Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 6, 2012

Registration No. 333-177594

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

Amendment No. 1

to

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

GLOBAL BRASS AND COPPER HOLDINGS, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   3350   06-1826563

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

1901 North Roselle Road, Suite 800

Schaumburg, IL 60195

(847) 517-6340

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Scott B. Hamilton

General Counsel

Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc.

1901 North Roselle Road, Suite 800

Schaumburg, IL 60195

(847) 517-6340

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Lawrence G. Wee

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10019

(212) 373-3000

 

LizabethAnn R. Eisen

Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP

825 Eighth Avenue

New York, New York 10019-7475

(212) 474-1000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public : As promptly as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨   Accelerated filer   ¨   Non-accelerated filer   þ   Smaller reporting company   ¨

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

 

Proposed

Maximum Aggregate

Offering Price(1)

 

Amount of

Registration Fee(2)

Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share

  $150,000,000   $17,190

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act.
(2) Registration fee previously paid in connection with the initial filing of the registration statement.

 

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion. Dated January 6, 2012.

 

            Shares

LOGO

GLOBAL BRASS AND COPPER HOLDINGS, INC.

Common Stock

 

 

This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc. All of the             shares to be sold in this public offering will be sold by the selling stockholder identified in this prospectus. Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc. will not receive any proceeds from this offering.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $             and $            . We intend to apply to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “BRSS”.

 

 

See “ Risk Factors ” on page 18 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of the common stock.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

     Per Share    Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                $            

Underwriting discount

   $                $            

Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholder

   $                $            

To the extent that the underwriters sell more than             shares of common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional             shares from the selling stockholder at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount.

 

 

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on                     , 2012.

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co.   Morgan Stanley

 

 

Prospectus dated                     , 2012.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prospectus

 

     Page  

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1   

SUMMARY HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

     12   

RISK FACTORS

     18   

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT CONCERNING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     45   

USE OF PROCEEDS

     47   

DIVIDEND POLICY

     48   

CAPITALIZATION

     49   

DILUTION

     50   

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

     51   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     54   

BUSINESS

     105   

MANAGEMENT

     128   

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

     136   

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     160   

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDER

     161   

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     162   

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

     168   

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     172   

MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS

     174   

UNDERWRITING

     178   

LEGAL MATTERS

     183   

EXPERTS

     183   

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

     183   

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1   

 

 

Through and including                         , 2012 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

We have not authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.

 

 

 

i


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise specified or the context requires otherwise:

The term “Global Brass and Copper Holdings” refers to Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc. and not to any of its subsidiaries;

The term “Global Brass and Copper” refers to Global Brass and Copper, Inc., the principal operating subsidiary of Global Brass and Copper Holdings, and not to any of its subsidiaries or direct or indirect parent companies;

The terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “GBC” and the “Company” refer collectively to Global Brass and Copper Holdings, its subsidiaries and its predecessors;

The term “KPS” refers to KPS Capital Partners, LP; and

The term “Halkos” refers to Halkos Holdings, LLC, the current owner and direct parent of Global Brass and Copper Holdings. Halkos is the Selling Stockholder in this offering.

The use of these terms is not intended to imply that Halkos, Global Brass and Copper Holdings and Global Brass and Copper or its predecessors are not separate and distinct legal entities.

Amounts and percentages appearing in this prospectus have been rounded to the amounts shown for convenience of presentation. Accordingly, the total of each column of amounts may not be equal to the total of the relevant individual items.

 

 

Industry and Market Data

This prospectus includes industry data that we obtained from periodic industry publications and internal company surveys. Industry publications and surveys generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable. In addition, this prospectus includes market share and industry data that we prepared primarily based on our knowledge of the industry and industry data. We have not independently verified any of the data from third-party sources nor have we ascertained the underlying economic assumptions relied upon therein. Statements as to our market position relative to our competitors are approximated and based on the above-mentioned third-party data and internal analysis and estimates and have not been verified by independent sources. Unless otherwise noted, all information regarding our market share is based on the latest available data. Information herein based on management’s belief or estimate is based upon management’s experience working in, and knowledge of, the metals industry, as well as management’s review of public disclosure of other participants in the metals industry and information provided by industry associations.

Trademarks

This prospectus contains references to our trademarks and service marks and to those belonging to other entities. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ® or TM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trade names, trademarks or service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other companies.

 

ii


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights material information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Because this is a summary, it may not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in the common stock of Global Brass and Copper Holdings, par value $0.01 per share, which we refer to as the “common stock”, and you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes and the information presented under the caption “Risk Factors”.

Our Company

We are a leading, value-added converter, fabricator, distributor and processor of specialized copper and brass products in North America. We engage in metal melting and casting, rolling, drawing, extruding and stamping to fabricate finished and semi-finished alloy products from processed scrap, copper cathode and other refined metals. Our products include a wide range of sheet, strip, foil, rod, tube and fabricated metal component products that we sell under the Olin Brass, Chase Brass and A.J. Oster brand names. Our products are used in various end markets, including the building and housing, munitions, automotive, transportation, coinage, electronics/electrical components, industrial machinery and equipment and general consumer end markets. We access these end markets through direct mill sales, through our captive distribution network and through third-party distributors. We believe the diversity of our product portfolio, the breadth of our value-added customer services, our vertical integration and our technical expertise underpin the long-standing relationships we have with our broad customer base. While we have continued to increase our profitability despite a difficult economic environment, when economic conditions strengthen we believe we are well positioned to benefit from growing customer demand across the majority of the key end markets we service. In addition, we expect to capitalize on new market and product growth opportunities, which we are currently pursuing.

We employ approximately 1,900 people and operate 11 manufacturing facilities and distribution centers across the United States, Puerto Rico and Mexico to service our North American customers. Through our 80% owned joint venture in China and our 50/50 joint venture in Japan, together with sales offices in China and Singapore, we supply our products in China and throughout Asia, where we believe we are positioned to take advantage of the region’s expanding copper and brass strip market. We service our European customers through distribution arrangements in the United Kingdom and Germany.

Our strategy is to maintain a leading market position in each of our businesses and to continue to achieve attractive operating margins. For a given level of volume produced, our operating margins are higher today than they were at the time of our formation in 2007. Our strong operating margins are a function of four key characteristics of our business: (1) we earn a premium margin over the cost of metal because of our value-added processing capabilities, patent-protected technologies, and first-class service; (2) we have strategically shifted our product portfolio toward value-added, higher margin products; (3) we have created a lean cost structure through durable fixed and variable cost reductions, process improvements, and workforce flexibility initiatives; and (4) we employ our “balanced book” business strategy to substantially reduce the financial impact of metal price volatility on our earnings and operating margins.

Our financial performance is primarily driven by metal conversion economics, not by the underlying movements in the price of the metal we use. Under our balanced book approach, we match

 

 

1


Table of Contents

the timing, quantity and price of our metal sales with the timing, quantity and price of our replacement metal purchases. This practice substantially reduces the financial impact of metal price movements on our earnings and operating margins.

For the year ended December 31, 2010, we shipped 554.1 million pounds of products, and we generated net sales of $1,658.7 million, adjusted sales (as defined in note 3 under “Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Data”) of $538.8 million, net income of $40.9 million and Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA (as defined in note 4 under “Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Data”) of $98.6 million. Our U.S. operations generated 94% of our total net sales in the year ended December 31, 2010. The following charts show our pounds shipped by our three operating segments and our pounds shipped by key end market for the year ended December 31, 2010.

For the year ended December 31, 2010:

LOGO

For the nine months ended September 30, 2011, we shipped 393.5 million pounds of products, and we generated net sales of $1,405.7 million, adjusted sales of $408.7 million, net income of $31.4 million and Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA of $92.3 million. Our U.S. operations generated 95% of our total net sales in the nine months ended September 30, 2011.

 

 

2


Table of Contents

Segments Overview

We have three operating segments: Olin Brass, Chase Brass and A.J. Oster.

 

   LOGO    LOGO    LOGO

Description

  

•    Leading manufacturer, fabricator and converter of specialized copper and brass sheet, strip, foil, tube and fabricated products

  

•    Leading manufacturer and supplier of brass rod

  

•    Leading distributor and processor of copper and brass products

  

•    #1 North American Position (by 2010 pounds shipped)

  

•    #1 or #2 North American Position (by 2010 pounds shipped)

  

•    #1 North American Position (by 2010 pounds shipped)

                

Key

Products /

Services

  

•    Produces more than 60 copper-based alloys, including 17 high performance alloys (“HPAs”), which provide superior strength, conductivity and formability

  

•    Produces nine brass alloys which provide superior strength and corrosion resistance, sold under the Blue Dot ® brass rod brand name

  

•    Network of strategically located distribution centers, providing inventory management, distribution and value-added metal processing services to customers

  

•    Over the past 3 years, approximately 15% to 20% of Olin Brass’s copper-based products have been sold to A.J. Oster

  

•    Holds exclusive rights for the production and sale of lead-free brass rod in North America, sold under the Green Dot™ rod and Eco Brass ® alloy brand names

  

•    Over the past 3 years, approximately 70% to 80% of A.J. Oster’s copper-based products have been sourced from Olin Brass

  

•    Products sold throughout the U.S., Puerto Rico, Mexico, Asia and Europe

  

•    Products sold throughout the U.S., Mexico and Canada

  

•    Products sold throughout the U.S., Puerto Rico and Mexico

                

Key End

Markets

  

•    Munitions, Automotive, Coinage, Building and Housing, Electronics/Electrical Components

  

•    Building and Housing, Transportation, Electronics/Electrical Components, Industrial Machinery and Equipment

  

•    Building and Housing, Automotive, Electronics/Electrical Components

                

Operations

  

•    5 strategically located sites in the U.S. (4 sites) and China

  

•    1 strategically located manufacturing site and 1 warehouse facility in the U.S.

  

•    6 strategically located sites in the U.S. (4 sites), Puerto Rico and Mexico

  

•    Marketing and sales joint venture office in Japan

 

•    Sales office in Singapore

 

•    1,296 employees; 1,258 in the U.S. and 38 in Asia each as of September 30, 2011

  

•    303 employees as of September 30, 2011

  

•    272 employees as of September 30, 2011

 

 

3


Table of Contents

Our Competitive Strengths

Leading Market Positions and Diverse Product Mix.     We believe we have leading market positions in the industry sectors served by each of our three operating segments. Management estimates that strategically located plants represent approximately 40% of North American capacity for copper and copper-alloy sheet, strip and plate (“SSP”) and brass rod production, supplying our customers with over 13,500 stock keeping units (“SKUs”). We believe our customers value our ability to provide a diverse range of products, many of which are exclusively offered by us. For example, at Olin Brass, we produce more than 60 alloys (including 17 HPAs), which, management estimates, based on available market information, is nearly twice as many types of alloys as produced by our closest competitor. Additionally, through Chase Brass, we have the exclusive production and sales rights for Eco Brass ® rod and control the licensing of Eco Brass ® ingot in North America. This “lead-free” alloy was designed to meet the manufacturing needs of our customers and can be used to make products that comply with both Federal and state standards for maximum allowable lead content in potable water systems as well as the widely accepted NSF-14 industry performance standard applicable to fittings for the cross-linked PEX piping that is increasingly used in residential water delivery applications. Compared with our major competitors’ “lead-free” and “low-lead” products, laboratory tests commissioned by the Company show Eco Brass ® also offers superior corrosion resistance. Our leading market positions also enable us to have favorable arrangements with our suppliers.

Long-Term Customer Relationships Across Diverse End Markets.     Each of our three operating segments benefits from the long-standing relationships we maintain with our diverse customer base, many of whom we have served for more than 30 years and are among the largest and most recognized companies in their respective industries. In 2010, we sold our products to over 1,850 customers, with no single customer accounting for more than 5% of our consolidated net sales.

Significant Operating Leverage to Benefit From Recovering Economic Conditions.     Our broad customer base encompasses a wide range of end markets. We expect greater demand for our products and value-added services when economic conditions in these end markets strengthen. We are well positioned to satisfy increased demand for our products and value-added services, and to generate strong earnings growth and returns on invested capital. Specifically:

 

   

We have available operating capacity which we can bring online quickly to respond to increased demand for our products and value-added services;

 

   

We believe we can increase production at our facilities with minimal change in our fixed costs and without significant additional capital investment;

 

   

We have low capital expenditure requirements. Over the last three years, the portion of our capital expenditures incurred to improve or extend the life of our existing plants has averaged $10.3 million per year, and we do not expect such capital expenditures to be significantly higher going forward; and

 

   

We have the financial capacity and balance sheet strength to meet the working capital requirements that would accompany production increases in response to growing customer demand.

Flexible, Lean Cost Structure.      Approximately 75% of our cost structure consists of variable metal costs, for which we use our balanced book approach to substantially reduce the financial impact of metal price volatility on our earnings and operating margins. Since our formation in 2007, we have implemented various cost reduction initiatives and workforce flexibility programs focused on reducing our fixed and non-metal variable costs. We believe the largely automated nature of our operations at our Chase Brass manufacturing facility contributes to low manufacturing and selling, general and administrative costs. In 2008, we negotiated a five-and-a-half year collective bargaining agreement

 

 

4


Table of Contents

with our workers represented by unions at Olin Brass. As part of this agreement, we significantly reduced the number of job classifications at Olin Brass’s East Alton manufacturing facility, which provides considerable labor flexibility at this facility. Additionally, we reduced employee headcount and other legacy liabilities, and we do not have defined benefit pension obligations or retiree healthcare obligations. The above factors have allowed us to create a lean, flexible cost structure, which in combination with our balanced book approach, our products and our value-added services, should position us to achieve strong operating margins going forward.

Balanced Book Approach to Substantially Reduce Metal Price Exposure.     Our business model is principally based on the conversion and fabrication of the metal we purchase into finished and semi-finished alloy products. Our financial performance is driven by metal conversion economics (i.e., the prices we charge for our products and value-added services and our ability to control our operating costs); we do not seek to profit from movements in underlying metal prices. Our balanced book approach allows us to substantially reduce the financial impact of metal price volatility on our earnings and operating margins. During 2008 and 2009, despite the economic downturn and the collapse in copper prices, our Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA per pound increased. Overall, from 2007 to 2010, despite wide fluctuations in copper prices, our Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA per pound increased.

Net income (loss) attributable to Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc. per pound was $0.07, $0.02 and $(0.11) for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Net income attributable to Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc. per pound was $1.01 for the successor period from October 10, 2007 to December 31, 2007, and net income per pound of our predecessor was $0.07 for the predecessor period from January 1, 2007 to November 18, 2007.

The following chart presents our historical Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA (1) per pound versus copper prices from 2007 to 2010:

LOGO

 

Source: Copper prices from the London Metal Exchange reported by Bloomberg

 

(1) See note 4 to “Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Data” for the calculation of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation to net income (loss) attributable to Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc., which is the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP financial measure to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA.

 

(2)

We acquired the worldwide metals business of Olin Corporation on November 19, 2007. As a result, the 2007 fiscal year is composed of a predecessor period from January 1, 2007 to November 18, 2007 (represented by “2007(P)” in the chart above), and a successor period from the date of our formation, October 10, 2007, to December 31, 2007 (represented by “2007(S)”) in the chart above. We had no material operations or assets prior to November 19, 2007. Data for the period from January 1, 2007 to November 18, 2007 are based on books and records provided to us by Olin Corporation in connection with the acquisition, we believe were prepared on a basis consistent with Olin Corporation’s accounting policies and procedures and have not been subject to an audit or review. Data for the predecessor period of 2007 are not

 

 

5


Table of Contents
 

prepared using our accounting policies and procedures, do not reflect the application of purchase accounting (which has been applied to the successor period financial statements) and also do not reflect the allocation of Olin Corporation selling, general and administrative expenses to the metals business unit. We believe that the unaudited financial information for the predecessor period of 2007 may be useful to investors for purposes of illustrating trends in our business. Although we have no reason to believe that the unaudited financial information for the predecessor period of 2007 is materially deficient, there is a risk that this unaudited financial information may contain errors that might have been detected in a review or audit process or might have been different if prepared in accordance with our policies and procedures instead of those of Olin Corporation. See note 4 to “Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Data” and note (a) to the reconciliation table contained in such note and “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—You should not place undue reliance on the selected financial and other information of our predecessor as of and for the year ended December 31, 2006, as of November 18, 2007 and for the period from January 1, 2007 to November 18, 2007, which are summarized in this prospectus”.

Experienced and Proven Management Team.      Since our formation in 2007, we have assembled a world-class, highly experienced management team, which combines our predecessor’s legacy experience with new team members who have many years of relevant industry experience. The members of our senior management team have, on average, over 23 years of metals industry experience. Since our formation, our senior management team has implemented a new business strategy and successfully transformed the cost structure of the business. Our management team has also instilled a culture that promotes performance excellence with a strong focus on driving profitability and, as a direct result, our operational and financial performance has improved significantly since 2007.

Our Growth Strategy

Participate in Demand Recovery When Economic Conditions Strengthen.     Our premium products and services have allowed us to achieve leading positions across a number of attractive end markets. In addition, we maintain strong relationships with a diverse set of customers across those end markets. When U.S. macroeconomic conditions improve, we expect to see increased activity in many of our key end markets, especially building and housing, automotive, coinage and industrial machinery and equipment, which we expect will drive increased demand for our products and services. We believe that our available production capacity will allow us to effectively and efficiently respond to increasing demand.

Capitalize on Growth Opportunities for Our Existing Products and Services.     We believe there are opportunities to expand the supply of our existing products and services in several key high-value end markets.

 

   

Lead-free and Low-lead Plumbing Products.     New regulations designed to reduce lead content in drinking water plumbing devices provide a key opportunity for future growth. Chase Brass is a premier provider of specialized lead-free products and low-lead alloys. Recently enacted Federal legislation (the Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act, which was patterned after legislation enacted in California and Vermont) will require the reduction of lead content in all drinking water plumbing devices beginning in January 2014. This legislation presents a significant growth opportunity for Chase Brass. Our Eco Brass ® products meet Federal, California and Vermont standards and can be used to produce cast, as well as machined and forged, faucet parts. We currently supply major faucet, valve and fitting manufacturers who produce multiple products using machined Eco Brass ® parts.

 

   

Transition to the Dollar Coin.     On September 20, 2011, the Currency Optimization Innovation and National Savings Act, or “COINS Act”, was introduced in the U.S. House of Representatives, which is intended to modernize the U.S. currency system by replacing $1 notes with $1 coins and result in average savings of $184 million per year (based on 2011 Government Accountability Office estimates). Despite a recently announced substantial

 

 

6


Table of Contents
 

reduction in $1 coin production over the next couple of years, we anticipate a significant increase in the size of the coinage market if the U.S. transitions to the $1 coin and eliminates the dollar bill. In addition, increased demand for coinage represents a key potential source of growth for our company.

Pursue New Growth Opportunities.     We have identified a number of important trends in key growth markets which we believe will drive significant incremental growth for our company, including:

 

  Ÿ  

Anti-microbial Applications.     Olin Brass is well positioned to become a leader in commercializing anti-microbial copper products. The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) recently recognized that copper is inherently capable of neutralizing potentially harmful viruses and bacteria and began accepting registrations of copper-alloys with anti-microbial properties. Olin Brass manufactures several such registered alloys, and we believe there is significant opportunity for us to expand our customer base to include companies that develop copper products for use in the healthcare, food service, heating, ventilation and air conditioning industries, replacing stainless steel and aluminum. Olin Brass has completed the Federal and state registration processes necessary to market its CuVerro materials as having anti-microbial properties.

 

   

Renewable Energy Applications:     Renewable energy is a fast growing and attractive sector, with significant long-term growth potential. Copper, copper-alloy and brass products are used in renewable energy technologies, including lithium batteries and solar power applications (e.g., photovoltaic cells). We believe increasing demand for renewable energy applications will be a key opportunity for further growth for our company.

In addition, we plan to continue to identify opportunities to extend our existing range of products and services through ongoing investment in technology research and development through our Materials Research Laboratory. The Materials Research Laboratory is a world-renowned copper-alloy research, manufacturing and production innovation lab and is responsible for numerous patents held by our company and also by our customers. The Materials Research Laboratory was instrumental in developing patented products such as CopperBond ® , CopperBond ® XTF, and other unique foil products such as C7025 for computer disk drives.

Pursue Strategic Opportunities to Expand Our Business.     The North American copper and brass distribution industry includes numerous small, regional players. We believe future industry consolidation and possible strategic acquisitions in key growth markets, notably Asia, will provide opportunities for us to create shareholder value. In addition, we may pursue, strategic acquisition and/or partnership opportunities to increase the breadth and distribution of our product portfolio and metal distribution services in the future.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

Organizational Structure

The chart below is a summary of our organizational structure as of September 30, 2011. All entities depicted are currently (and will be following this offering) wholly-owned subsidiaries, except for Global Brass and Copper Holdings which is currently a wholly-owned subsidiary of Halkos, but whose shares will be sold in this offering.

LOGO

Industry Overview

North American Copper and Copper-alloy SSP and Rod.      Prior to the recent economic downturn, demand for SSP and rod products in North America had been relatively stable over the period from 2001 to 2007. During 2007, activity in the North American building and housing market began to deteriorate and, in response, North American brass rod consumption started to decline. As economic conditions worsened during 2008 and 2009, demand for SSP and rod fell significantly. Since the end of 2009, improved conditions in financial and economic markets encouraged a rebound in demand for SSP and rod, primarily driven by greater activity in the building and housing and automotive end markets.

When economic conditions improve and activity in key end markets strengthens, we anticipate that demand for copper and copper-alloy SSP and rod products will increase. We also expect to see a greater shift in demand toward low-lead and lead-free copper and brass products driven by new government regulation, such as the Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act. This regulatory shift represents a significant growth opportunity for North American manufacturers of lead-free materials, many of whom are already experiencing increased demand for high quality, lead-free and low-lead products. In addition, we believe that there are a number of growth opportunities that could create significant incremental demand for copper and copper-alloy SSP products, including coinage, anti-microbial fixtures, and renewable energy applications (such as lithium batteries and solar applications).

 

 

8


Table of Contents

Distribution Centers.     Metal distribution centers and processors play a critical supply-chain role between metal production mills and end-users, especially between mills that manufacture large volumes and end-users who require smaller volumes, inventory management and processing services. The North American copper and brass distribution industry includes several large players, including us, and many smaller participants. A large distribution business with a low fixed-cost structure will generally benefit from economies of scale, a more robust distribution network, a more diversified product portfolio and the ability to provide higher-quality, value-added services relative to smaller competitors. In addition, a distribution center with greater scale can typically operate on shorter lead times and provide on-time delivery and smaller quantities of a wide variety of products. Over the longer term, we believe the role of the metal distribution industry will become increasingly important as both primary metal producers and end-users look to outsource their metal processing and inventory management needs to value-added metal distribution centers. We anticipate smaller competitors will consolidate over time in order to remain competitive.

Global Supply of SSP and Alloy Rod Products.     North American SSP and alloy rod consumers have historically developed long-term supply relationships with domestic SSP and alloy rod manufacturers and suppliers that offer a broad range of high quality products, that are able to respond quickly to product orders, and that provide on-time, frequent delivery in small batch sizes. Accordingly, our management believes North American consumer demand has largely been satisfied by North American SSP and alloy rod producers. Offshore supply of SSP and alloy rod products has historically contributed a small proportion of total North American supply.

Risk Factors

An investment in shares of our common stock involves risks. Below is a summary of certain key risk factors that you should consider in evaluating an investment in shares of our common stock. This list is not exhaustive. Please read the full discussion of these risks and other risks described under the caption “Risk Factors” beginning on page 18 of this prospectus.

 

   

downturns or cyclical economic conditions affecting the markets in which our products are sold, including the housing and commercial construction markets;

 

   

our ability to continue implementing our balanced book approach to substantially reduce the impact of fluctuations in metal prices on our earnings and operating margins;

 

   

shrinkage from processing operations and metal price fluctuations, particularly copper;

 

   

limitations on our ability to access raw materials, particularly copper;

 

   

fluctuations in commodity and energy prices and costs;

 

   

our ability to maintain sufficient liquidity as commodity and energy prices rise;

 

   

our ability to continue our operations internationally and the risks applicable to international operations;

 

   

our ability to continue to comply with the covenants in our debt agreements and service our indebtedness;

 

   

government regulations relating to our products and services, including new legislation relating to derivatives and the elimination of the dollar bill; and

 

   

our ability to remediate any material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting as we become subject to public company requirements.

 

 

9


Table of Contents

Global Brass and Copper Holdings

Global Brass and Copper Holdings was incorporated in Delaware on October 10, 2007. Global Brass and Copper Holdings acquired the worldwide metals business of Olin Corporation on November 19, 2007. The principal executive offices of Global Brass and Copper Holdings are located at 1901 North Roselle Road, Suite 800, Schaumburg, IL 60195, and the telephone number is (847) 517-6340.

We also maintain an internet site at http://www.gbcmetals.com. Our website and the information contained in that website or connected to that website will not be deemed to be incorporated into this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and you should not consider it part of this prospectus or rely on any such information in making your decision whether to purchase our common stock .

KPS Capital Partners, LP and Halkos Holdings, LLC

KPS Capital Partners, LP is a leading middle market private equity firm with over $2.7 billion of assets under management. KPS seeks to realize significant capital appreciation through controlling equity investments in manufacturing and industrial companies going through a period of transition. The KPS investment strategy is based upon partnering with top management teams to materially and permanently improve the operations of a company, and then growing the company, either organically or through strategic acquisitions. The KPS investment strategy and its portfolio companies are described in detail at the KPS website: www.kpsfund.com. The KPS website and the information contained in that website or connected to that website will not be deemed to be incorporated into this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and you should not consider it part of this prospectus or rely on any such information in making your decision whether to purchase our common stock .

KPS Special Situations Fund II, L.P., KPS Special Situations Fund II (A), L.P., KPS Special Situations Fund III, L.P. and KPS Special Situations Fund III (A), L.P. (collectively, the “KPS Funds”) are affiliates of KPS and are the majority members of Halkos Holdings, LLC. Halkos owns all of the outstanding shares of Global Brass and Copper Holdings.

 

 

10


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Common stock offered

               shares, all of which are being offered by the selling stockholder.

Underwriters’ option to purchase additional common stock from the selling stockholder

   Up to             shares.

Shares of our common stock to be outstanding immediately following this offering

               shares.

Use of proceeds

   All of the shares being offered in this offering are being offered by the selling stockholder. We will not receive any proceeds in this offering.

Dividends

   We do not currently anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. See “Dividend Policy”.

Principal Stockholders

   Upon completion of this offering Halkos will continue to own more than 50% of the voting stock of Global Brass and Copper Holdings. We currently intend to avail ourselves of the controlled company exemptions under the rules of The New York Stock Exchange.

Lock-up Agreements

   The significant stockholder and the officers and directors of Global Brass and Copper Holdings will be subject to customary lockup agreements with a duration of 180 days. See “Underwriting”.

Listing

   We intend to apply to list our common stock on The New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol “BRSS”.

Other Information About This Prospectus

Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus:

 

   

assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares;

 

   

reflects a     -to-1 stock split, which we refer to as the “stock split,” which became effective on             ;

 

   

does not give effect to             shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options as of             ; and

 

   

does not give effect to shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc. 2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan, which we refer to as the “2012 Plan”.

 

 

11


Table of Contents

SUMMARY HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

Set forth below is summary historical consolidated financial data of our business, as of the dates and for the periods indicated. The summary historical consolidated financial data as of September 30, 2011 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 have been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements, and in the opinion of our management, reflect all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the results for those periods. The results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for a full year. The summary historical consolidated financial data as of and for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus (other than the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2008, which has been derived from our audited consolidated balance sheet that is not included in this prospectus).

The summary historical consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with the information about the limitations on comparability of our financial results, including as a result of acquisitions. See “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data”, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, “Risk Factors” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,      Years Ended December 31,  
         2011(6)         2010          2010      2009      2008  
    

(in millions, except share, per share and per pound data)

 

Statements of Operations Data:

             

Net sales

   $ 1,405.7      $ 1,285.6       $ 1,658.7       $ 1,140.9       $ 2,008.3   

Cost of sales

     1,273.7        1,170.9         1,497.9         1,048.2         1,876.2   

Lower of cost or market adjustment

                                    170.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cost of sales

     1,273.7        1,170.9         1,497.9         1,048.2         2,047.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit (loss)

     132.0        114.7         160.8         92.7         (38.8

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     52.4        53.5         68.9         62.1         60.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     79.6        61.2         91.9         30.6         (99.7

Third party interest expense

     30.9        13.6         22.6         11.3         15.9   

Related party interest expense(1)

            2.5         2.5         6.8         4.1   

Other (income) expense, net

     (0.5     0.6         0.8         0.1         (1.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) before provision for (benefit from) income taxes and equity income

     49.2        44.5         66.0         12.4         (117.8

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

     18.2        17.1         26.1         2.5         (45.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) before equity income

     31.0        27.4         39.9         9.9         (72.3

Equity income, net of tax

     0.6        1.1         1.5                 0.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) before extraordinary item

     31.6        28.5         41.4         9.9         (71.7

Extraordinary item: Gain on valuation of assets in excess of purchase price

                                    2.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     31.6        28.5         41.4         9.9         (68.8

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

     0.2        0.3         0.5         0.1           
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc.

   $ 31.4      $ 28.2       $ 40.9       $ 9.8       $ (68.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

12


Table of Contents
    Nine Months Ended September 30,     Years Ended December 31,  
          2011(6)             2010           2010     2009     2008  
    (in millions, except share, per share and per pound data)  

Income (loss) per common share (in thousands)(2)

  $ 313.82      $ 282.12      $ 408.84      $ 98.27      $ (688.42

Number of common shares used in per share calculation(2)

    100        100        100        100        100   

Cash flow data:

         

Cash flows provided by operating activities

  $ 44.4      $ 40.4      $ 69.4      $ 10.7      $ 134.6   

Cash flows used in investing activities

    (15.0     (5.9     (11.9     (12.0     (25.8

Cash flows (used in) provided by financing activities

    (4.3     (32.2     (49.6     1.3        (118.0

Other data:

         

Pounds shipped

    393.5        437.4        554.1        463.9        612.5   

Adjusted sales(3)

  $ 408.7      $ 420.8      $ 538.8      $ 427.6      $ 536.6   

Adjusted sales per pound shipped

  $ 1.04      $ 0.96      $ 0.97      $ 0.92      $ 0.88   

Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA(4)

  $ 92.3      $ 89.5      $ 98.6      $ 55.7      $ 60.1   

Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA per pound shipped

  $ 0.23      $ 0.20      $ 0.18      $ 0.12      $ 0.10   

Total capital expenditures

  $ 15.1      $ 5.9      $ 11.9      $ 12.2      $ 15.7   

 

     As of September 30,      As of December 31,  
     2011(6)      2010      2009      2008  
     (in millions)  

Balance Sheet Data:

           

Cash

   $ 40.6       $ 15.5       $ 7.8       $ 8.0   

Total assets

     565.8         529.3         489.9         431.5   

Total debt(5)

     304.8         306.2         295.4         290.8   

Total liabilities

     507.6         502.1         465.5         417.3   

Total equity

     58.2         27.2         24.4         14.2   

 

(1) Represents interest on the related party term loan credit facility described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions”.
(2) Does not give effect to the planned     -for-1 stock split to be effected prior to this offering.
(3) Adjusted sales is a non-GAAP financial measure. For more information regarding adjusted sales, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Measures—Adjusted Sales”. Adjusted sales is defined as net sales less the metal component of net sales. Adjusted sales represents the value-added revenue we derive from our conversion and fabrication operations. Management uses adjusted sales on a consolidated basis to monitor the revenues that are generated from our value-added conversion and fabrication processes excluding the effects of fluctuations in metal costs, reflecting our toll sales and our balanced book approach for other sales. We believe that presenting adjusted sales is informative to investors because it shows our ability to generate revenue from conversion and fabrication. The following table shows a reconciliation of net sales to adjusted sales:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011      2010      2010      2009      2008  
                  

(in millions)

 

Net sales

   $ 1,405.7       $ 1,285.6       $ 1,658.7       $ 1,140.9       $ 2,008.3   

Metal component of net sales

     997.0         864.8         1,119.9         713.3         1,471.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted sales

   $ 408.7       $ 420.8       $ 538.8       $ 427.6       $ 536.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(4) Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA are non-GAAP financial measures. For more information regarding our EBITDA-based measures, including their limitations, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Measures—EBITDA-Based Measures”.

 

 

13


Table of Contents

We define Consolidated EBITDA as net income (loss) attributable to Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc., adjusted to exclude interest expense, provision for (benefit from) income taxes and depreciation and amortization expense. We also present Segment EBITDA elsewhere in this prospectus.

We use Consolidated EBITDA only to calculate Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA. Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA is Consolidated EBITDA, further adjusted to exclude extraordinary gains from the bargain purchase that occurred in the 2007 acquisition of the worldwide metals business of Olin Corporation, realized and unrealized gains and losses related to the collateral hedge contracts that were required under our prior asset-based loan facility, unrealized gains and losses on derivative contracts in support of our balanced book approach, unrealized gains and losses associated with derivative contracts related to electricity and natural gas costs, non-cash gains and losses due to a 2008 lower of cost or market adjustment to inventory and non-cash LIFO-based gains and losses due to the depletion of a LIFO layer of metal inventory with lower base year costs, non-cash compensation expense related to payments made to members of our management by our parent, Halkos, non-cash income accretion related to our joint venture with Dowa Holdings Co. Ltd. (“Dowa”), KPS management fees, restructuring and other business transformation charges, certain legal expenses and certain other items. We also present Segment Adjusted EBITDA elsewhere in this prospectus.

We present the above-described EBITDA-based measures because we consider them important supplemental measures and believe they are frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in the evaluation of companies in our industry.

We present Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA as a supplemental measure of our performance because we believe it represents a meaningful presentation of the financial performance of our core operations, without the impact of the various items excluded, in order to provide period-to-period comparisons that are more consistent and more easily understood. Measures similar to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, namely “EBITDA” (as defined in the agreement governing the $150.0 million amended and restated asset-based revolving loan facility (the “ABL Facility”)) and “Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA” (as defined in the agreement governing the $315.0 million five-year senior term loan facility (the “Term Loan Facility”)), are used to determine compliance with various financial covenants and tests.

Management uses Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA per pound in order to measure the effectiveness of the balanced book approach in reducing the financial impact of metal price volatility on earnings and operating margins, and to measure the effectiveness of our business transformation initiatives, exclusive of KPS management fees, restructuring and other business transformation charges and certain legal expenses and other items, in improving earnings and operating margins. In addition, Segment Adjusted EBITDA is the key metric used by our chief operating decision maker to evaluate the business performance of our company in comparison to budgets, forecasts and prior year financial results, providing a measure that management believes reflects our core operating performance. For a full description of Segment Adjusted EBITDA, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Measures”.

 

 

14


Table of Contents

Below is a reconciliation of net income (loss) attributable to Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc. to Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA:

 

   

 

    Successor    

 

  Predecessor  
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
    Years Ended
December 31,
    Period from
October 10 to
December 31,
   

 

  Period from
January 1 to
November 18,
 
        2011             2010         2010     2009     2008     2007(a)    

 

  2007(a)  
                (in millions)              

Net income (loss) attributable to Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc.

  $ 31.4      $ 28.2      $ 40.9      $ 9.8      $ (68.8   $ 60.0          $ 44.0   

Interest expense

    30.9        16.1        25.1        18.1        20.0        1.2              

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

    18.2        17.1        26.1        2.5        (45.5     (0.1         0.4   

Depreciation expense

    3.3        2.1        2.8        1.7        0.4        3.7            30.6   

Amortization expense

    0.1        0.1        0.2        0.2        0.2                     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated EBITDA

  $ 83.9      $ 63.6      $ 95.1      $ 32.3      $ (93.7   $ 64.8          $ 75.0   

Extraordinary gain from bargain purchase(b)

                                (2.9     (60.0           

Loss (gain) on derivative contracts(c)

    6.5        14.6        12.8        21.7        (19.9     (2.4         0.5   

Loss from lower of cost or market adjustment(d)

                                170.9                     

Impact of inventory basis adjustment(e)

                         (4.1                         

(Gain) loss from LIFO layer depletion(f)

                  (21.0     0.5                          (22.2

Non-cash accretion of income of Dowa joint venture(g)

    (0.5     (0.5     (0.7     (0.7     (0.7                  

Non-cash Halkos profits interest compensation expense(h)

    0.3        3.5        3.5                                   

Management fees(i)

    0.7        0.7        1.0        1.0        1.0                     

Restructuring and other business transformation charges(j)

           6.1        6.1        1.9        5.0                     

Specified legal/professional expenses(k)

    1.4        1.5        1.8        3.1        0.4                     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 92.3      $ 89.5      $ 98.6      $ 55.7      $ 60.1      $ 2.4          $ 53.3   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (a)

We acquired the worldwide metals business of Olin Corporation on November 19, 2007. As a result, the 2007 fiscal year is composed of a predecessor period from January 1, 2007 to November 18, 2007, and a successor period from the date of our formation, October 10, 2007, to December 31, 2007. We had no material operations or assets prior to November 19, 2007. Data for the period from January 1, 2007 to November 18, 2007 are based on books and records provided to us by Olin Corporation in connection with the acquisition, we believe were prepared on a basis consistent with Olin Corporation’s accounting policies and procedures and have not been subject to an audit or review. Data for the predecessor period of 2007 are not prepared using our accounting policies and procedures, do not reflect the application of purchase accounting (which has been applied to the successor period financial statements) and also do not reflect the allocation of Olin Corporation selling, general and administrative expenses to the metals business unit. We believe that the unaudited financial information for the predecessor period of 2007 may be useful to investors for purposes of illustrating trends in our business. Although we have no reason to believe that the unaudited financial

 

 

15


Table of Contents
 

information for the predecessor period of 2007 is materially deficient, there is a risk that this unaudited financial information may contain errors that might have been detected in a review or audit process or might have been different if prepared in accordance with our policies and procedures instead of those of Olin Corporation. See note 4 to “Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Data” and note (a) to the reconciliation table contained in such note and “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—You should not place undue reliance on the selected financial and other information of our predecessor as of and for the year ended December 31, 2006, as of November 18, 2007 and for the period from January 1, 2007 to November 18, 2007, which are summarized in this prospectus”. The allocation of Olin Corporation selling, general and administrative expenses to the metals business unit would decrease EBITDA for 2007 by the amount of such allocation. In 2006, the amount of such Olin Corporation selling, general and administrative expenses allocated to the business unit was approximately $6.0 million.

 

  (b) The fair market value of the net assets acquired in our acquisition of the worldwide metals business of Olin Corporation exceeded the purchase price, resulting in a bargain purchase event. In accordance with GAAP, the excess fair value was allocated as a pro rata reduction to the amounts that otherwise would have been assigned to all of the acquired assets. The remaining excess fair value was recorded as a one-time non-taxable extraordinary gain of $60.0 million in the successor period from October 10, 2007 (inception) to December 31, 2007 and $2.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2008.

 

  (c) Represents realized and unrealized gains and losses related to the collateral hedge that was required under our prior asset-based loan facility and is no longer required under the ABL Facility, unrealized gains and losses on derivative contracts in support of our balanced book approach and unrealized gains and losses associated with derivative contracts with respect to electricity and natural gas costs. No additional gains and losses with respect to the collateral hedge will be incurred in any subsequent periods. The following table summarizes the loss (gain) on derivative contracts:

 

     Successor           Predecessor  
     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
     Years Ended
December 31,
    Period from
October 10 to
December 31,
          Period from
January 1 to
November 18,
 
     2011      2010      2010      2009     2008     2007           2007  

Collateral hedge

   $       $ 4.6       $ 4.6       $ 30.8      $ (26.6   $ (5.2       $   

Other

     6.5         10.0         8.2         (9.1     6.7        2.8            0.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Loss (gain) on derivative contracts

   $ 6.5       $ 14.6       $ 12.8       $ 21.7      $ (19.9   $ (2.4       $ 0.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

  (d) In the year ended December 31, 2008, we recorded a $170.9 million non-cash charge for the revaluation of inventory from the prevailing metal prices at the time of the acquisition in November 2007 (reflecting a copper price of $3.00 per pound), to the significantly lower metal prices as of December 31, 2008 (reflecting a copper price of $1.52 per pound).

 

  (e) Our foreign operations are accounted for on a FIFO basis. The $4.1 million adjustment represents the difference between our foreign entities’ replacement cost of metal included in net sales in the year ended December 31, 2009 and the carrying value of our metal inventory at December 31, 2008 that was recognized in cost of sales in 2009 in accordance with the FIFO basis cost recognition.

 

  (f) Calculated based on the difference between the base year LIFO carrying value and the metal prices prevailing in the market at the time of inventory depletion.

 

  (g) As a result of the application of purchase accounting in connection with the November 19, 2007 acquisition, no carrying value was initially assigned to our equity investment in our joint venture with Dowa. This adjustment represents the accretion of equity in our joint venture with Dowa at the date of the acquisition over a 13-year period (which represents the estimated useful life of the technology and patents of the joint venture). See note 8 to our audited consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

  (h) Represents a portion of the dividend payments made by Halkos to members of our management that resulted in a non-cash compensation charge in connection with the refinancing transaction that occurred in August 2010. See “Use of Proceeds” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions”.

 

  (i) Represents annual management fees payable to affiliates of KPS. We expect to pay KPS or its affiliates an amount in cash equal to $     million, the aggregate amount of the remaining payments due under the management agreement upon termination of the agreement at the closing of this offering. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions”.

 

 

 

16


Table of Contents
  (j) Restructuring and other business transformation charges for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 included $3.2 million in severance charges to certain employees at Olin Brass, $0.5 million incurred for labor and productivity consultants in connection with operations at the Somers Thin Strip facility and $2.4 million in charges for excess and obsolete material associated with our exit and our share reduction in negative and low-margin product lines.

Restructuring and other business transformation charges for the year ended December 31, 2010 included $3.2 million in severance charges to certain employees at Olin Brass, $0.5 million incurred for labor and productivity consultants in connection with operations at the Somers Thin Strip facility and $2.4 million in charges for excess and obsolete material associated with our exit and our share reduction in negative and low-margin product lines.

Restructuring and other business transformation charges for the year ended December 31, 2009 included $0.7 million in fees incurred for labor and productivity consultants in connection with operations at the Olin Brass East Alton, Illinois casting plant, rolling mill and fabrication and cupping operation and $1.2 million in severance charges associated with the reorganization of Olin Brass’s senior management.

Restructuring and other business transformation charges for the year ended December 31, 2008 included $5.0 million in fees incurred for labor and productivity consultants in connection with operations at the Olin Brass East Alton, Illinois casting plant, rolling mill and fabrication and cupping operation, $1.4 million in integration expenses associated with the January 2008 asset acquisition from Bolton Metal Products Company and a $1.4 million gain associated with the sale of a redundant A.J. Oster distribution facility.

 

  (k) Specified legal/professional expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 included $2.5 million of professional fees for audit, tax, legal and consulting services related to this offering and $0.9 million of expense incurred relating to a waiver obtained from our lenders under the Term Loan Facility and the ABL Facility. Partly offsetting this was income of $2.0 million from a favorable legal settlement related to a products liability lawsuit in which we were named as a third-party defendant. The waiver fee paid related to a waiver for a technical restatement of the financial statements of Global Brass and Copper, Inc. previously delivered and an additional waiver because the consolidated financial statements of Global Brass and Copper, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2010 could not be delivered within the prescribed time period as a result of the restatement. For more information, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Outstanding Indebtedness—The ABL Facility” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Internal Control over Financial Reporting”.

Specified legal/professional expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 included legal and consulting fees of $0.5 million associated with the successful defense of two assumed predecessor company liabilities, $0.9 million of professional fees incurred in connection with preparations for the August 18, 2010 refinancing of our prior asset-based revolving loan facility and other future financings and $0.1 million associated with regulatory and compliance matters.

Specified legal/professional expenses for the year ended December 31, 2010 included legal and consulting fees of $0.8 million associated with the successful defense of two assumed predecessor company liabilities, $0.9 million of professional fees incurred in connection with preparations for the August 18, 2010 refinancing of our prior asset-based revolving loan facility and other future financings and $0.1 million associated with regulatory and compliance matters.

Specified legal/professional expenses for the year ended December 31, 2009 included legal and consulting fees of $2.4 million associated with a proposed acquisition that was not completed and $0.7 million associated with regulatory and compliance matters.

Specified legal/professional expenses for the year ended December 31, 2008 included legal and consulting fees of $0.4 million associated with a proposed acquisition that was not completed.

 

  (5) Consists of long-term debt, related party debt and current maturities of long-term debt.

 

  (6) The financial information as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 reflects an immaterial out-of-period adjustment with respect to the accounting surrounding self-insured workers’ compensation. The financial information presented with respect to prior periods does not reflect the adjustment, because any such adjustment would have been immaterial. See Note 1 to our Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, which are included in this prospectus.

 

 

 

17


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risk factors set forth below as well as the other information contained in this prospectus before investing in our common stock or deciding whether you will or will not participate in this offering. Any of the following risks could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. In such a case, you may lose all or part of your original investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

Our business, financial condition and results of operations or cash flows could be negatively affected by downturns in economic cycles in general or cyclicality in our end markets, both inside and outside of the U.S. Our future growth also depends, to a significant extent, on improvements in general economic conditions and in conditions in our end markets.

Many of our products are used in industries that are, to varying degrees, cyclical and have historically experienced periodic downturns due to factors such as economic conditions, energy prices, the availability of credit, consumer sentiment, demand and other factors beyond our control. These economic and industry downturns have resulted in diminished product demand and excess capacity for our products. The significant deterioration in economic conditions that occurred during the second half of 2008 resulted in disruptions in a number of our end markets, and prospects for improvements in U.S. and global economic conditions as well as in those end markets remain uncertain. Any future economic disruptions may also negatively impact our end markets or the consumers served by those end markets, which would adversely affect our operating results.

Future disruptions in the commercial credit markets may impact liquidity in the global credit market as greatly as, or even more than, in recent years, and we are not able to predict the impact any such worsening conditions would have on our customers in general, and our results of operations specifically. Businesses in one or more of the end markets that we serve, or consumers in one or more of the end markets that our customers serve, may postpone or choose not to make purchases in response to economic uncertainty, tighter credit, negative financial news, unemployment, interest rates, adverse consumer sentiment and declines in housing prices or other asset values.

In particular, the historically cyclical and volatile building and housing sector in the U.S. has not yet recovered from the downturn that began in 2007. If the housing, remodeling and residential and commercial construction markets continue to stagnate or deteriorate further, demand from such markets for our products, especially our brass rod products, is expected to continue to be adversely affected.

Similarly, the automotive end market has experienced significant downturns in connection with, or in anticipation of, declines in general economic conditions. Demand for vehicles depends largely on the strength of the economy, employment levels, consumer confidence levels, the availability and cost of credit and the cost of fuel. Further negative economic developments could reduce demand for new vehicles, causing our customers to reduce their vehicle and automotive component part production in North America.

The coinage and general consumer end markets are also affected by economic cycles. Demand for coinage-related products generally increases with the number of cash transactions that occur, and the number of cash transactions generally increases during periods of economic growth. Demand for consumer goods is also very sensitive to economic conditions and drives demand in our electronics/electrical components end market.

 

18


Table of Contents

As a result, cyclicality in economic conditions and in the end markets that we serve could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Our growth prospects also depend, to a significant extent, on the degree by which general economic conditions and conditions in the end markets that we serve improve in the future.

Failure to maintain our balanced book approach would cause increased volatility in our profitability and our operating results and may result in significant losses.

Copper scrap and cathode are subject to significant cyclical price fluctuations. The availability and price of copper scrap and cathode depend on a number of factors outside our control, including general economic conditions, international demand for metal and internal recycling activities by primary copper producers and other consumers of copper. The cost of copper scrap and cathode represents the largest component of our cost of sales.

We use our balanced book approach to substantially reduce the impact of metal price movements on operating margins from our non-toll sales, which are sales for which we assume responsibility for metal procurement and then recover the metal replacement cost from the customer. Non-toll sales represented 81.8% of our net sales during the year ended December 31, 2010. Under our balanced book approach, we seek to match the timing, quantity and price of the metal component of net sales with the timing, quantity and price of replacement metal purchases on all of our non-toll sales. We use a combination of matching price date of shipment terms, firm price terms and derivatives transactions to achieve our balanced book. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations—Balanced Book”.

We may not be able to maintain our balanced book if our customers become unwilling to bear metal price risk through the matching of price date of shipment terms. We may also not be able to find counterparties for the derivatives transactions entered into in connection with firm price terms, and the cost of those derivatives transactions may increase such that entering into such transactions is no longer cost-effective to us. Those risks may increase during periods of very high copper prices or increased volatility in those prices.

If we fail to effectively maintain our balanced book, our profitability will be significantly affected by fluctuations in metal costs and our ability to recoup metal costs through product pricing. As a result, the volatility of our results of operations would increase dramatically. Furthermore, if we are unable to maintain our balanced book approach, we will potentially replace metal at a different price than the price recovered from the customer, generating a loss in circumstances where the replacement price is higher than the price recovered from the customer.

Although we maintain our balanced book approach, metal costs still affect our profitability through “shrinkage”.

Shrinkage loss, which is primarily the loss of raw metal that occurs between the casting furnace and rolling operations, is an inherent part of a metal fabrication and conversion business. Despite our use of our balanced book approach to mitigate the impact of metal price fluctuations, we must bear the cost of any shrinkage during production, which may increase the volatility of our results of operations. Because we process a large amount of metal in our operations, a small increase in our shrinkage rates can have a significant effect on our margins and profitability. In addition, if metal prices increase, the same amount of shrinkage will have a greater effect on our manufacturing costs and have a more significant negative impact on our margins and profitability.

 

19


Table of Contents

Because our balanced book approach does not reduce the effects of fluctuations in metal prices on our working capital requirements, higher metal prices could have a negative effect on our liquidity.

Our balanced book approach does not reduce the impact of the volatility in metal prices on our working capital requirements. Metal prices impact our investment in working capital because our collection terms with our customers are longer than our payment terms to our suppliers. In 2010, the spread between our receivable collection cycle and purchase payment cycle was approximately 20 days. As a result, when metal prices are rising, even if the number of pounds of metal we process does not change, we tend to use more cash or draw more on the ABL Facility to cover the cash flow delay from material replacement purchase to cash collection. Thus, when metal prices increase, our working capital may be negatively affected as we are required to draw more on our cash or available financing sources to pay for raw materials. As a result, our liquidity may be negatively affected by increasing metal prices. Metal price volatility may also require us to draw on working capital sources more quickly and unpredictably, and therefore at higher cost. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Operating Results and Financial Condition—Key Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations—Metal Cost”.

Limited access to raw materials or fuel could negatively affect our business, financial condition or results of operations or cash flows.

Our ability to fulfill our customer orders in a timely and cost-effective manner depends on our ability to secure a sufficient and constant supply of raw materials and fuel. Although we often seek to source our copper from scrap, including internally generated scrap and repurchases of our customers’ scrap, where scrap is either not available or is not appropriate for use, we use virgin raw materials such as copper cathode, which are generally more expensive than scrap. We depend on natural gas for our manufacturing operations and source natural gas through open-market purchases.

We depend on scrap for our operations and acquire our scrap inventory from numerous sources. These suppliers generally are not bound by long-term contracts and have no obligation to sell scrap metals to us. In periods of low metal prices, suppliers may elect to hold scrap waiting for higher prices. In addition, the slowdown in industrial production and consumer consumption in the U.S. during the current economic crisis has reduced, and is expected to continue to reduce, the supply of scrap metal available to us, and the scrap supply may be subject to the activities of speculators. If an adequate supply of scrap metal is not available to us, we would be unable to recycle metals at desired volumes, forcing us to use a larger amount of more expensive virgin raw materials and our results of operations and financial condition would be materially and adversely affected. Furthermore, with the rapid growth of the economy of China, the demand for certain raw materials has increased significantly while the supply of such raw materials may not have increased correspondingly. This may affect our ability to secure the necessary raw materials in a cost-effective manner for production of our products.

We may experience disruptions in the supply of natural gas as a result of delivery curtailments to industrial customers due to extremely cold weather. We may also experience other delays or shortages in the supply of raw materials. If we are unable to obtain adequate, cost efficient or timely deliveries of required raw materials and fuel, we may be unable to manufacture sufficient quantities of products on a timely basis. This could cause us to lose sales, incur additional costs, delay new product introductions or harm our reputation in the end markets that we serve. In addition, our ability to find metal is dependent on an adequate and timely supply of raw materials. An inability to find an adequate and timely supply of raw materials could have a material adverse effect on our profit margin, and in turn on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

20


Table of Contents

Increases in the cost of energy could cause our cost of sales to increase, thereby reducing operating results and limiting our operating flexibility.

In 2010, the cost of energy and utilities represented approximately 8% of our non-metal cost of sales. The prices of natural gas and electricity can be particularly volatile. As a result, our natural gas and electricity costs may fluctuate dramatically, and we may not be able to mitigate the effect of higher natural gas and electricity costs on our cost of sales. A substantial increase in energy costs could cause our operating costs to increase and our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows may be materially and adversely affected. Although we attempt to mitigate short-term volatility in natural gas and electricity costs through the use of derivatives contracts, we may not be able to eliminate the long-term effects of such cost volatility. Furthermore, in an effort to offset the effect of increasing costs, we may have also limited our potential benefit from declining costs.

Our substantial leverage and debt service obligations may adversely affect our financial condition and restrict our operating flexibility, including our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry and prevent us from meeting our obligations under our indebtedness.

We are highly leveraged. As of September 30, 2011, our total indebtedness was $311.7 million. We also had an additional $137.0 million available for borrowing under the ABL Facility as of that date. Based on the amount of indebtedness outstanding and applicable interest rates at September 30, 2011, our annualized cash interest expense would be $32.0 million, all of which represents interest expense on floating-rate obligations (and thus is subject to increase in the event interest rates were to rise), prior to any consideration of the impact of interest rate derivative contracts.

Our substantial indebtedness and debt service obligations could have important consequences for investors, including:

 

   

they may impose, along with the financial and other restrictive covenants under our credit agreements, significant operating and financial restrictions, including our ability to borrow money, dispose of assets or raise equity for our working capital, capital expenditures, dividend payments, debt service requirements, strategic initiatives or other purposes;

 

   

they may limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our operations or business;

 

   

we may be more highly leveraged than some of our competitors, which may place us at a competitive disadvantage; and

 

   

they may make us more vulnerable to downturns in our business or the economy.

Any of these consequences could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects and ability to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness. In addition, there would be a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows if we were unable to service our indebtedness or obtain additional financing, as needed.

Covenants under our debt agreements impose significant operating and financial restrictions. Failure to comply with these covenants could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

The agreements governing the ABL Facility and the Term Loan Facility contain various covenants that limit or prohibit our ability, among other things, to:

 

   

incur or guarantee additional indebtedness;

 

21


Table of Contents
   

pay dividends on our capital stock or redeem, repurchase, retire or make distributions in respect of our capital stock or subordinated indebtedness or make certain other restricted payments;

 

   

make certain loans, acquisitions, capital expenditures or investments;

 

   

sell certain assets, including stock of our subsidiaries;

 

   

enter into certain sale and leaseback transactions;

 

   

create or incur certain liens;

 

   

consolidate, merge, sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets;

 

   

enter into certain transactions with our affiliates; and

 

   

engage in certain business activities.

The agreement governing the Term Loan Facility contains financial covenants that require us to maintain an interest coverage ratio and a leverage ratio, as defined in such agreement, within specified levels as of the end of each fiscal quarter, beginning with the three months ended December 31, 2010. Previously, we have had to obtain waivers for defaults of the agreements governing the ABL Facility and the Term Loan Facility. If we had not obtained such waivers, the lenders under those facilities would have been able to accelerate the indebtedness under those agreements. For additional details regarding the waivers, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Outstanding Indebtedness—The ABL Facility”. In October 2011, we sought and obtained an amendment to our interest coverage ratio covenant to make the covenant less difficult for us to meet. In addition, under the agreement governing the Term Loan Facility, we are prohibited from making consolidated capital expenditures in excess of $30.0 million during any fiscal year (subject to certain adjustments and carryover provisions) starting with the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010. Furthermore, the agreement governing the Term Loan Facility includes a mandatory prepayment from excess cash flow commencing with the results of the year ending December 31, 2011. For more information regarding these covenants, please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Covenant Compliance” and “Description of Certain Indebtedness—Term Loan Facility”.

The agreement governing the ABL Facility also contains a financial covenant that requires us to maintain a fixed charge coverage ratio that is tested whenever excess availability, as defined in such agreement, falls below a certain level. The fixed charge coverage ratio, as defined in the agreement, requires us to maintain a minimum ratio of “EBITDA” (as defined in the agreement governing the ABL Facility) to the amount of our fixed charges for the twelve consecutive months prior to the date on which the ratio is tested. The agreement governing the ABL Facility also requires excess availability to remain above a certain level to avoid default. For more information regarding these covenants, please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Covenant Compliance” and “Description of Certain Indebtedness—ABL Facility”.

As of September 30, 2011, we were in compliance with all of the covenants contained in our debt agreements. A violation of covenants may result in default or an event of default under our debt agreements. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under the ABL Facility or the Term Loan Facility, the requisite lenders under the applicable facility could elect to declare all amounts outstanding under such facility to be immediately due and payable and, in the case of the ABL Facility, terminate any commitments to extend further credit. If we are unable to repay those amounts, the lenders under such facilities may proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure such facilities. Substantially all of our assets are pledged as collateral under the ABL Facility and the Term Loan Facility. If the lenders under such facilities accelerate the repayment of borrowings, such acceleration would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

22


Table of Contents

Furthermore, cross-default provisions in the credit agreements mean that any default under one agreement could trigger a cross-default under the other credit agreement. If we are unable to repay the amounts outstanding under such facilities or obtain replacement financing on acceptable terms, which ability will depend in part upon the impact of economic conditions on the liquidity of credit markets, the lenders may exercise their rights and remedies against us and the assets that serve as collateral for the debt, including initiating a bankruptcy proceeding.

Although the terms of our credit agreements contain restrictions on our ability to incur additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions, which would allow us to borrow additional indebtedness. Additional leverage could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and could increase other risks harmful to our financial condition and results of operations and could increase the risks described in “—Our substantial leverage and debt service obligations may adversely affect our financial condition and restrict our operating flexibility, including our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry and prevent us from meeting our obligations under our indebtedness”.

For a more detailed description on the limitations on our ability to incur additional indebtedness and our compliance with financial covenants, please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Covenant Compliance” and “Description of Certain Indebtedness”.

To service our indebtedness, we will require a significant amount of cash. Our ability to generate cash and the availability of our cash to service our indebtedness depends on many factors beyond our control, and any failure to meet our debt service obligations could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our ability to satisfy our debt obligations will primarily depend upon our future operating performance. As a result, prevailing economic conditions and financial, business and other factors, many of which are beyond our control, will affect our ability to generate cash to satisfy our debt obligations. Included in such factors are the requirements, under certain scenarios, of our counterparties that we post cash collateral to maintain our hedging positions. In addition, metal price declines, by reducing our borrowing base, could limit availability under the ABL Facility and further constrain our liquidity.

If we do not generate sufficient cash flow from operations to satisfy our debt service obligations, including payments required to be made on the ABL Facility and the Term Loan Facility, we may have to undertake alternative financing plans, such as refinancing or restructuring our indebtedness, selling assets, reducing or delaying capital investments or seeking to raise additional capital. Our ability to restructure or refinance our indebtedness will depend on the condition of the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. Any refinancing of our indebtedness could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants, which could further restrict our business operations. The terms of existing or future debt instruments (including the ABL Facility and Term Loan Facility) may restrict us from adopting some of these alternatives, which in turn could exacerbate the effects of any failure to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our debt service obligations. In addition, any failure to make payments of interest and principal on our outstanding indebtedness on a timely basis would likely result in a reduction of our credit ratings, which could harm our ability to incur additional indebtedness or refinance our indebtedness on acceptable terms.

Our inability to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our debt service obligations, or to refinance our obligations at all or on commercially reasonable terms, would have an adverse effect, which could be material, on our business, financial condition and results of operations, may restrict our current and future operations, particularly our ability to respond to business changes or to take certain actions, as well as on our ability to satisfy our obligations in respect of the ABL Facility and the Term Loan Facility.

 

23


Table of Contents

Because all of our indebtedness bears interest at rates that fluctuate with changes in certain prevailing short-term interest rates, we are vulnerable to interest rate increases.

As of September 30, 2011, all of our outstanding debt bore interest at rates that fluctuate with changes in certain short-term prevailing interest rates. As of September 30, 2011, we had $2 thousand of outstanding advances on the ABL Facility and $311.7 million outstanding under the Term Loan Facility, all of which bears interest at floating rates, $300.0 million of which is subject to various derivative contracts to manage the interest rate risk. Assuming a consistent level of debt, a 100 basis point change in the interest rate on the indebtedness under our Term Loan Facility and ABL Facility would have increased or decreased the annual interest payments required to be made by us under the Term Loan Facility and the ABL Facility by $3.1 million. We use derivative financial instruments, mainly interest rate caps, to manage a portion of the potential impact of our interest rate risk. To some extent, derivative financial instruments can protect against increases in interest rates, but they do not provide complete protection over the long term. If interest rates increase dramatically, we could be unable to service our debt, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

If we were to lose order volumes from any of our largest customers, our sales volumes, revenues and cash flows could be reduced.

Our business is exposed to risks related to customer concentration. Our five largest customers were responsible for 18.3% of our net sales for the year ended December 31, 2010. No one customer accounted for more than 5% of those net sales. A loss of order volumes from, or a loss of industry share by, any major customer could negatively affect our business, financial condition or results of operations by lowering sales volumes, increasing costs and lowering profitability. In addition, during the economic downturn since 2008, three of our approximately 1,850 customers have become involved in bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings and have defaulted on their obligations to us. Our balance sheet reflected an allowance for doubtful accounts totaling $7.5 million at December 31, 2009 and $7.9 million at December 31, 2010. Similar incidents in the future could materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

We do not have long-term contractual arrangements with a substantial number of our customers, and our sales volumes and net sales could be reduced if our customers switch some or all of their business with us to other suppliers.

During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, a majority of our net sales were generated from customers who do not have long-term contractual arrangements with us. These customers purchase products and services from us on a purchase order basis and may choose not to continue to purchase our products and services. A significant loss of these customers or a significant reduction in their purchase orders could have a material negative impact on our sales volume and business, or cause us to reduce our prices, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our business could be disrupted if our customers shift their manufacturing offshore.

Much of our business depends on maintaining close geographical proximity to our customers because the costs of transporting metals across large distances can be prohibitive. If the general trend in relocating manufacturing capacity to foreign countries continues, especially those in the automotive parts industry, such relocations may disrupt or end our relationships with some customers and could lead to losing business to foreign competitors. These risks would increase to the extent we are unable to expand internationally when our customers do so.

 

24


Table of Contents

The loss of our contract with the United States Mint, or decreased demand from the United States Mint, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The United States Mint is a significant customer of Olin Brass. Olin Brass has a contractual arrangement to supply nickel and brass coinage strip to multiple United States Mint locations. Our supply agreement with the United States Mint runs through 2012. The United States Mint can also terminate the contract in whole or in part for convenience, and the damages payable to us by the United States Mint for such a termination do not include lost profits. The loss or reduction of any authorized supplier arrangement with the United States Mint for coin manufacture could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, the United States Government contracting and procurement cycle can be affected by the timing of, and delays in, the legislative process. As a result, our net sales and operating income may fluctuate, causing us to occasionally experience declines in net sales or earnings as compared to the immediately preceding quarter, and comparisons of our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful. Further, it is uncertain whether the COINS Act will be adopted, and if it would be adopted, when and how it would be implemented. As a result, even if the COINS Act is adopted, we may not benefit if its implementation is delayed or if our contract with the United States Mint is not renewed. Additionally, the U.S. Treasury department announced in December 2011 a halt in the production of Presidential $1 coins for circulation due to a lack of demand (which is primarily the result of the U.S. continuing the use of the dollar bill). Although their production will continue for the collectibles market, it is uncertain when their production for circulation will be resumed. This action is expected to adversely impact our business over the next several years and further actions to curtail coin production could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Following trends in electronic commerce, the United States Mint in the future may reduce its output of coinage and thus reduce its demand for coinage strip. A reduction in demand for coinage strip could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The loss of our munitions products contract with Alliant Techsystems (“ATK”), or decreased demand from ATK, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Currently, a sizeable share of our Olin Brass segment’s production supports ATK, a supplier of munitions to the U.S. Army. ATK uses our product to service its contract with the U.S. Army to supply the U.S. Army’s arsenal located at Independence, Missouri. ATK is under contract with the U.S. Army to supply small-caliber ammunition, and Olin Brass is under contract to supply ATK through September 2013.

The U.S. Army is in the process of soliciting bids for management of the U.S. Army arsenal located at Independence, Missouri and a determination of the successful bidder is anticipated in September 2012. We have no ability to control or influence the U.S. Army’s decision to renew its supply contract with ATK. If ATK fails to renew its contract with the U.S. Army, and Olin Brass does not supply the contractor that is eventually selected by the U.S. Army, Olin Brass’s sales volume of cup and strip could be materially reduced. The reduction in cup and strip sales resulting from the failure to renew our contract with ATK, or ATK’s failure to renew its contract with the U.S. Army, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Competition in our industry could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are engaged in a highly competitive industry. Each of our segments competes with a selected number of companies. The Olin Brass segment competes with domestic and foreign manufacturers of copper and brass alloys in the form of strip, sheet, foil and plate, the Chase Brass segment competes

 

25


Table of Contents

with domestic as well as foreign manufacturers of brass rod, and the A.J. Oster segment primarily competes with distributors, mills and processors of copper and brass products. In particular, we believe that domestic sales to customers that are not made by major companies, including us, are fragmented among many smaller companies. In the future, these smaller companies may choose to combine, creating a more significant domestic competitor against our business. We may be required to explore additional initiatives in each of our segments in order to maintain our sales volume at a competitive level. Increased competition in any of the fields in which our segments operate could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Competition from foreign manufacturers will increase if current anti-dumping orders expire and our sales volumes and profit margins could be adversely affected.

Currently, anti-dumping orders impose import duties on copper and brass products from France, Germany, Italy and Japan, which allows us and our domestic competitors to compete more fairly against French, German, Italian and Japanese producers in the U.S. copper and brass product market. While domestic manufacturers are lobbying for the extension of these orders, if they expire, import duties on metal products from these countries will be significantly reduced, increasing the ability of such foreign producers to compete with our products domestically. The increased competition could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Adverse developments in our relationship with our employees could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

As of September 30, 2011, we had approximately 1,900 employees, approximately 1,075, or 57%, of whom at various sites were members of unions. We have generally maintained good relationships with all unions and employees, which has been an important aspect of our ability to be competitive in our industry. There are nine unions representing employees in the Olin Brass segment (eight representing employees at the East Alton, Illinois facility and one representing employees of Bryan Metals, LLC), two representing employees of the A.J. Oster segment (one representing employees of A.J. Oster Foils, LLC and another representing employees of A.J.O. Global Services Mexico S.A. de C.V.) and one representing employees of the Chase Brass segment. The collective bargaining agreement with the eight unions that represent employees at the East Alton facility of Olin Brass expires in November 2013. The collective bargaining agreement covering union-represented employees of Chase Brass expires in June 2013, and the collective bargaining agreement covering union-represented employees of A.J. Oster Foils expires in January 2014. The collective bargaining agreement covering union-represented employees of A.J.O. Global Services Mexico S.A. de C.V. has an indeterminate term, with a review of wages every year and a review of benefits every other year. The collective bargaining agreement with the union-represented employees of Bryan Metals, LLC is effective through September 30, 2014. The current collective bargaining agreements that are in place are a meaningful determinant of our labor costs and are very important to our ability to maintain flexibility to fulfill our customers’ needs. As we attempt to renew our collective bargaining agreements, labor negotiations may not conclude successfully and, in that case, may result in a significant increase in the cost of labor or may result in work stoppages or labor disturbances, disrupting our operations. Any such cost increases, stoppages or disturbances could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows by limiting plant production, sales volumes and profitability. See “Business—Employees” for a discussion of our collective bargaining agreements.

 

26


Table of Contents

Our operations are subject to risks of natural disasters, acts of war, terrorism or widespread illness at our domestic and international locations, any one of which could result in a business stoppage and negatively affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our business operations depend on our ability to maintain and protect our facilities, computer systems and personnel. Our facilities and transportation for our employees are susceptible to damage from earthquakes and other natural disasters such as fires, floods, hurricanes, tornadoes and similar events. We have facilities located throughout North America, including in Illinois, Ohio, Connecticut, Rhode Island, Missouri, California, Puerto Rico, Mexico, China and Japan. We take precautions to safeguard our facilities, including obtaining insurance and maintaining health and safety protocols. However, a natural disaster, such as a tornado, fire, flood, hurricane or earthquake, could cause a substantial interruption in our operations, damage or destroy our facilities or inventory and cause us to incur additional expenses. The insurance we maintain against natural disasters may not be adequate to cover our losses in any particular case, which would require us to expend significant resources to replace any destroyed assets, thereby harming our financial condition and prospects significantly.

For example, Olin Brass’s manufacturing facilities and A.J. Oster’s California facility are located near geologic fault zones, and therefore are subject to greater risk of earthquakes which could result in increased costs and a disruption in our operations, which could harm our operating results and financial condition significantly. Our facility in East Alton, Illinois is located in a flood zone, and all of our facilities in the Midwestern United States are subject to the risk of tornadoes and damaging winds. Should earthquakes or other catastrophes, such as fires, tornadoes, hurricanes, floods, power outages, communication failures or similar events disable our facilities, we do not have readily available alternative facilities from which we could continue our operations, and any resulting stoppage could have a negative effect on our operating results. Acts of terrorism, widespread illness and war could also have a negative effect at our international and domestic facilities.

Any prolonged disruptions at or failures of our manufacturing facilities and equipment could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our ability to satisfy our customers’ orders in an efficient manner and to effectively manage inventory levels is dependent on the proper operation of our facilities and equipment. On-time delivery and accurate order fulfillment are essential to maintaining customer satisfaction and generating repeat business. To the extent we experience prolonged equipment failures, quality control incidents or other disruptions such as a major fire at our manufacturing facilities, our ability to satisfy our customers could be negatively impacted, and if, as a result, customer satisfaction decreased, this would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

In addition, we do not have redundancy in our operations on certain critical pieces of equipment, including the Olin Brass hot and cold mills and Chase Brass extruders. If this equipment were damaged, we would have to make alternative arrangements to replicate these processes, which could be costly and result in manufacturing delays, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Failure to meet the capital expenditure requirements for the introduction of new products or substantial further increases in the production of existing products could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Certain of our existing products, such as Eco Brass ® and other “green portfolio” products, require separate production facilities from those used for our other products in order to comply with applicable standards. As a result, in order to meet expected increased demand for such products, we will be

 

27


Table of Contents

required to make additional capital expenditures to modify or expand our facilities. In addition, if we introduce new products in the future, those products may also require modification or expansion of our production facilities. To accommodate any such production changes, we will be required to make additional capital expenditures to expand or modify our facilities. Under the agreement governing the Term Loan Facility, we are prohibited from making consolidated capital expenditures in excess of $30.0 million during any fiscal year (subject to certain adjustments and carryover provisions) starting with the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010. If we are unable to meet our capital expenditure requirements, we may not be able to timely respond to our customers’ needs and may lose their business to our competitors who may be better equipped to meet these needs, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The increased use of substitute materials and miniaturization may adversely affect our business.

In many applications, copper and other commodities may be replaced by other materials such as aluminum, stainless steel, plastic and other materials and the use of copper and other commodities may be reduced by the miniaturization of components. Increased prices of copper could encourage our customers to use substitute materials and/or miniaturization to limit the amount of copper in their products and applications in an attempt to control their overall product costs. For example, historically, there has been discussion over reducing or eliminating copper content in coins in reaction to the rising prices of copper. Such increased use of substitute materials and/or miniaturization could have a material adverse effect on prices and demand for our products.

In order to operate our business successfully, we must meet evolving customer requirements for copper and copper-alloy products and invest in the development of new products.

If we fail to develop or enhance our products to satisfy evolving customer demands, our business, operating results, financial condition and prospects may be harmed significantly. The market for copper and copper-alloy products is characterized by changing technologies, periodic new product introductions and evolving customer and industry standards. Eco Brass ® and other products in our “green portfolio” are examples of new products based on new technologies that have been developed as a result of evolving customer and industry standards. Our competitors are continuously searching for more cost-effective alloys and substitutes for copper and copper-alloys, including products in our “green portfolio”. Our current and prospective customers may choose products that might be offered at a lower price than our products. To achieve market acceptance for our products, we must effectively and timely anticipate and adapt to customer requirements and offer products and services that meet customer demands. This strategy may cause us to pursue other technologies or capabilities through acquisitions or strategic alliances. We may experience design, engineering and other difficulties that could delay or prevent the development, introduction or marketing of new products and services. Our failure to successfully develop and offer products or services that satisfy customer requirements may significantly weaken demand for our products and services, which would likely cause a decrease in our net sales and harm our operating results. In addition, if our competitors introduce products and/or services based on new or alternative technologies, our existing and future products and/or services could become obsolete, which would also weaken demand for our products or services, thereby decreasing our net sales and harming our operating results.

If we fail to implement our business strategy, including our growth initiatives, our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows could be adversely affected.

Our future financial performance and success depend in large part on our ability to successfully implement our business strategy. We may not be able to successfully implement our business strategy or be able to continue improving our operating results. In particular, we may not be able to continue to

 

28


Table of Contents

achieve all operating cost savings, further enhance our product mix, expand into selected targeted regions or continue to mitigate our exposure to metal price fluctuations.

The implementation of our business strategy may be affected by a number of factors beyond our control, such as increased competition, legal and regulatory developments, general economic conditions, the increase of operating costs or our ability to introduce new products and end-use applications. Any failure to successfully implement our business strategy could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. We may, in addition, decide to alter or discontinue certain aspects of our business strategy at any time.

Furthermore, we may not be successful in our growth initiatives and may not be able to effectively manage expanded or acquired operations. See “—We face a number of risks related to future acquisitions and joint ventures”.

A portion of our net sales is derived from our international operations, which exposes us to certain risks inherent in doing business abroad.

In the aggregate, our international operations accounted for 6% of our net sales in 2010. We have operations in China through Olin Luotong Metals (GZ) Corporation (“Olin Luotong Metals”), an 80%-owned joint venture with Chinalco Luoyang Copper Co. Ltd. (“Chinalco”) in Singapore through our subsidiary, GBC Metals Asia Pacific PTE, and in Japan through our 50/50 joint venture with Dowa Holdings Co. Ltd (“Dowa”). We also have distribution arrangements in the United Kingdom and Germany. In addition, we have various licensing agreements around the world and our products are distributed globally. We plan to continue to explore opportunities to expand our international operations. Our international operations generally are subject to risks, including:

 

   

changes in U.S. and international governmental regulations, trade restrictions and laws, including tax laws and regulations;

 

   

currency exchange rate fluctuations;

 

   

tariffs and other trade barriers;

 

   

the potential for nationalization of enterprises or government policies favoring local production;

 

   

interest rate fluctuations;

 

   

high rates of inflation;

 

   

currency restrictions and limitations on repatriation of profits;

 

   

differing protections for intellectual property and enforcement thereof;

 

   

divergent environmental laws and regulations;

 

   

political, economic and social instability;

 

   

unfamiliarity with foreign laws and regulations and ability to enforce obligations of foreign counterparties;

 

   

difficulties in staffing and managing international operations;

 

   

language and cultural barriers;

 

   

natural disasters and widespread illness;

 

   

geopolitical conditions, such as terrorist attacks, war, or other military action; and

 

   

a divergence between the price of copper on the copper exchange in China and the London Metal Exchange, or LME, and the Commodity Exchange, or COMEX.

 

29


Table of Contents

The occurrence of any of these events could cause our costs to rise, limit growth opportunities or have a negative effect on our operations and our ability to plan for future periods, and subject us to risks not generally prevalent in North America.

New governmental regulations or legislation, or changes in existing regulations or legislation, may subject us to significant costs, taxes and restrictions on our operations.

Our operations are subject to a wide variety of U.S. Federal, state, local and non-U.S. laws and regulations, including those relating to taxation, international trade and competition and firearms.

For example, the Olin Brass segment provides strip and cups to both the military and commercial munitions markets. In the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, the shipments by Olin Brass to the munitions end market accounted for 40.7% of its total shipments. The private use of firearms is subject to extensive regulation. Recent U.S. Federal legislative activities generally seek either to restrict or ban the sale and, in some cases, the ownership of various types of firearms. Several states currently have laws in effect similar to that legislation. Any restriction on the use of firearms could affect the demand for munitions, and in turn could negatively affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. Moreover, any changes in the government budget or policy over military spending may adversely affect our contracts with customers in the munitions end market.

The cost of our inventories is primarily determined using the last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) method. Under the LIFO inventory valuation method, changes in the cost of raw materials and production activities are recognized in cost of sales in the current period. Generally in a period of rising prices, LIFO recognizes higher costs of goods sold, which both reduces current income and assigns a lower value to the year-end inventory. The Department of the Treasury’s “General Explanations of the Administration’s Fiscal Year 2012 Revenue Proposals” contains a proposal to repeal the election to use the LIFO method for U.S. Federal income tax purposes. According to the proposal, taxpayers that currently use the LIFO method would be required to revalue their beginning LIFO inventory to its first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) value in the first taxable year beginning after December 31, 2012. As of September 30, 2011, if the FIFO method had been used instead of the LIFO method, our inventories would have been $205.4 million higher than the value reflected in our September 30, 2011 balance sheet. This increase in the carrying value of inventory would result in a one-time increase in taxable income of $131.2 million after taking into consideration total current differences in book-to-tax valuations of inventory, which would be taken into account ratably over ten years, beginning with the first taxable year beginning after December 31, 2012. The repeal of the election to use the LIFO method could result in a substantial cash tax liability, which could adversely impact our liquidity and financial condition. Furthermore, a transition to the FIFO method could result in an increase in the volatility of our earnings, a greater disparity between our earnings and net sales in our financial statements, and an increase in the costs associated with our derivative transactions to mitigate metal price fluctuations.

In addition, any termination or expiration of trade restrictions imposed on copper products by foreign governments could adversely affect our business as such products become freely tradable into the U.S. This may increase competition against our products and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. See “—Competition from foreign manufacturers will increase if current anti-dumping orders expire and our sales volumes and profit margins could be adversely affected”.

We may not be able to sustain the annual cost savings realized as part of our recent cost- reduction initiatives.

Since our formation in 2007, we have undertaken, and will continue to undertake, productivity and cost-reduction initiatives intended to improve performance and improve operating cash flow. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Financial

 

30


Table of Contents

Information, Acquisition, Business Transformation and Refinancing”. Although we believe that the cost savings we have realized through our efforts so far are permanent reductions, we may not be able to sustain some or all of these cost savings on an annual basis in the future, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Moreover, there can be no assurance that any new initiatives undertaken in the future will be completed or beneficial to us or that any estimated cost savings from such activities will be realized.

Our operations expose our employees to risk of injury or death. We may be subject to claims that are not covered by, or exceed, our insurance. Additional safety measures or rules imposed by regulatory agencies may reduce productivity, require additional capital expenditure or reduce profitability.

Because of the manufacturing activities conducted at our facilities, there exists a risk of injury or death to our employees or other visitors, notwithstanding the safety precautions we take. Our operations are subject to regulation by Federal, state and local agencies responsible for employee health and safety, including the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, which has from time to time taken various actions with respect to our facilities, including imposing fines for certain isolated incidents. Despite policies and standards that are designed to minimize such risks, we may nevertheless be unable to avoid material liabilities for any employee death or injury that may occur in the future. These types of incidents may not be covered by or may exceed our insurance coverage and may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

In addition, various regulatory agencies may impose additional safety measures or other rules designed to increase workplace safety. Compliance with such requirements could require additional capital expenditure or cause process changes that could reduce the productivity of the affected facilities, which could increase our costs and reduce our profitability.

Our ability to retain our senior management team is critical to the success of our business, and failure to do so could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We are dependent on our senior management team to remain competitive in our industry. We have employment contracts or severance agreements with members of our senior management team, including John Walker, Robert Micchelli, John Wasz, Devin Denner and Daniel Becker. Failure to renew the employment contracts or other agreements of a significant portion of our senior management team could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Members of our senior management team are subject to employment conditions or arrangements that permit the employees to terminate their employment without notice. See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Employment Arrangements with Named Executive Officers”. We do not maintain any life insurance policies for our benefit covering our key employees.

If our senior management team were not able to dedicate adequate time to our business, due to personal or other factors, if we lose or suffer an extended interruption in the services of a significant portion of our senior management team, or if a significant portion of our senior management team were to terminate employment within a short period it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, the market for qualified individuals may be highly competitive and we may not be able to attract and retain qualified personnel to replace or succeed members of our senior management team, should the need arise.

Rising employee medical costs may adversely affect operating results.

The potential of rising employee medical costs are difficult to assess at this time. During the year ended December 31, 2010, our expenses related to employee health benefits were an aggregate of $15.3 million. Because the implementation of various laws regarding employee medical costs and

 

31


Table of Contents

health insurance, including the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010 and other related regulations, is currently in progress, there is significant uncertainty as to how these current and future laws and regulations will affect our employee medical and other benefit costs. Therefore, we may incur significant increases in these costs that could reduce operating results.

Environmental costs could decrease our net cash flow and adversely affect our profitability.

Our operations are subject to extensive regulations governing the creation, use, transportation and disposal of wastes and hazardous substances, air and water emissions, remediation, workplace exposure and other environmental matters. The costs of complying with such laws and regulations, including participation in assessments and clean-ups of sites, as well as internal voluntary programs, can be significant and will continue to be so for the foreseeable future. Future environmental regulations could impose stricter compliance requirements on us and the end markets that we serve. Additional pollution control equipment, process changes, or other environmental control measures may be needed at some of our facilities to meet future requirements. Additionally, evolving regulatory standards and expectations could result in increased litigation and/or increased costs of compliance with environmental laws, all of which could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Environmental matters for which we may be liable may arise in the future at our present sites, at previously owned sites, sites previously operated by us, sites owned by our predecessors or sites that we may acquire in the future. Our operations or liquidity in a particular period could be affected by certain health, safety or environmental matters, including remediation costs and damages related to several sites. The properties we own or lease are located in areas with a history of heavy industrial use. See “Business—Government Regulation and Environmental Matters”. The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, or CERCLA, established responsibility for clean-up without regard to fault for persons who have released or arranged for disposal of hazardous substances at sites that have become contaminated and for persons who own or operate contaminated facilities. In many cases, courts have imposed joint and several liability on parties at CERCLA clean-up sites. Because a number of our properties are located in or near industrial or light industrial use areas, they may have been contaminated by pollutants which may have migrated from neighboring facilities or have been released by prior occupants. Some of our properties have been affected by releases of cutting oils and similar materials, and we are investigating and remediating such known contamination pursuant to applicable environmental laws. The costs of these clean-ups have not been material in the past. We are not currently subject to any claims or notices with respect to clean-up or remediation under CERCLA or similar laws for contamination at our leased or owned properties or at any off-site location. However, we cannot rule out the possibility that we could be notified of such claims in the future. It is also possible that we could be identified by the Environmental Protection Agency, a state agency or one or more third parties as a potentially responsible party under CERCLA or under analogous state laws.

On November 19, 2007, we acquired the assets and operations relating to the worldwide metals business of Olin Corporation. Olin Corporation agreed to retain liability arising out of then existing conditions on certain of our properties for any remedial actions required by environmental laws, and agreed to indemnify us for all or part of a number of other environmental liabilities. Since 2007, Olin Corporation has been performing remedial actions at the facilities in East Alton, Illinois and Waterbury, Connecticut, and has been participating in remedial actions at our other properties as well. If Olin Corporation were to stop its environmental remedial activities at our properties, we could be required to assume responsibility for these activities, the cost of which could be material. For additional information concerning the indemnity granted to us by Olin Corporation for environmental liabilities, see “Business—Government Regulation and Environmental Matters”.

 

32


Table of Contents

New governmental regulation of greenhouse gas emissions may subject us to significant new costs and restrictions on our operations.

Recently, Congress has considered legislation that would regulate greenhouse gas emissions through a cap-and-trade system under which emitters would be required to buy allowances to offset emissions of greenhouse gas. In addition, several states, including states where we have manufacturing plants, are considering various greenhouse gas registration and reduction programs. The EPA has also proposed several comprehensive regulations that would require reductions in greenhouse gas emissions by several types of sources. Certain of our manufacturing plants use significant amounts of energy, including electricity and natural gas, and certain of our plants emit amounts of greenhouse gas above certain minimum thresholds that are likely to be regulated. Greenhouse gas regulation could increase the price of the electricity we purchase, increase costs for our use of natural gas, potentially restrict access to, or the use of, natural gas, require us to purchase allowances to offset our own emissions, require operational changes or the use of new equipment or result in an overall increase in our costs of raw materials, any one of which could significantly increase our costs or capital expenditures, reduce our competitiveness or otherwise negatively affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. While future greenhouse gas regulation appears likely, it is too early to predict how this regulation may affect us.

We may be subject to litigation that could strain our resources and distract management.

From time to time, we are involved in a variety of claims, lawsuits and other disputes arising in the ordinary course of business. These suits concern issues including product liability, contract disputes, employee-related matters and personal injury matters. It is not feasible to predict the outcome of all pending suits and claims, and the ultimate resolution of these matters as well as future lawsuits could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or reputation.

We may face product liability claims that are costly and create adverse publicity.

If any of the products that we sell cause harm to any of our customers, we could be exposed to product liability lawsuits. If we were found liable under product liability claims, we could be required to pay substantial monetary damages and see a decrease in demand for our products. Further, even if we successfully defended ourselves against this type of claim, we could be forced to spend a substantial amount of money in litigation expenses, our management could be required to spend time and resources to defend against these claims, we could face negative publicity or our reputation could otherwise suffer, any of which could result in a decrease in demand for our products or otherwise harm our business.

New derivatives legislation could have an adverse impact on our ability to use derivative contracts to manage risks associated with our business and on the cost of our derivative contracts.

We use over-the-counter, or OTC, derivatives products to manage our metal commodity price risks and our interest rate risks. Recent legislation adopted by Congress increases regulatory oversight of OTC derivatives markets and imposes restrictions on certain derivative transactions, which could affect the use of derivatives in hedging transactions. Final regulations defining the scope of this legislation and the extent to which different types of market participants will be subject to the legislation have not yet been adopted. If final regulations subject us to heightened capital or margin requirements or otherwise increase our costs, directly or indirectly through costs passed on to us by our trading counterparties, of entering into OTC derivatives transactions, they could have an adverse effect on our ability to hedge risks associated with our business and on the cost of maintaining our derivative contracts.

 

33


Table of Contents

We have material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. If one or more material weaknesses persist, or if we fail to establish and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, our ability to accurately report our financial results could be adversely affected.

As a public company, we will be required to comply with the standards adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board in compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, regarding internal control over financial reporting. Prior to becoming a public company, we have not been required to comply with the requirements of Section 404. We will not be required to make our first annual assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 until the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC. Further, our independent registered public accounting firm is not yet required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC. Once it is required to do so, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue an adverse report in the event that they conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is not effective.

The process of becoming compliant with Section 404 may divert internal resources and will take a significant amount of time and effort to complete. We may experience higher than anticipated operating expenses, as well as increased independent registered public accounting firm fees during the implementation of these changes and thereafter. Completing documentation of our internal control system and financial processes, remediation of control deficiencies and management testing of internal controls will require substantial effort by us. While we have begun the process of evaluating our internal control over financial reporting, we are in the early phases of our review and may not be able to complete our review until after this offering is completed.

In connection with the audit of our subsidiary, Global Brass and Copper, we and our independent auditor identified certain material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The following material weaknesses were identified:

 

   

Accounting for Joint Ventures.     We did not maintain effective controls over the accuracy of the accounting for and disclosure for its investments in joint ventures. Specifically, the post-acquisition monitoring controls were not maintained, and consequently we did identify an error in the application of generally accepted accounting principles. This control deficiency resulted in the misstatement of the investment and related accumulated other comprehensive income that required restatement of previously issued subsidiary financial statements.

 

   

Income Tax Matters.     We did not maintain effective controls over the accuracy of the accounting for income taxes. Specifically, the controls to ensure that anticipated and foreseeable income tax return filing positions were appropriately reflected in our income tax accounting were not effective. This control deficiency resulted in the misstatement of the provision for income taxes, income taxes payable and deferred taxes that required restatement of previously issued subsidiary financial statements.

 

   

Physical Inventory Quantity Recordkeeping.     We did not maintain effective controls over the accuracy of the accounting of its inventory at the Olin Brass segment. Specifically, the controls over updating the inventory supporting records for the loss of inventory experienced during the production cycle and for inventory movements within stages of production were not effective. This deficiency could result in material adjustments to inventory.

See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations— Liquidity and Capital Resources—Outstanding Indebtedness—The ABL Facility” and “Management’s

 

34


Table of Contents

Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Internal Control over Financial Reporting” for further discussion of these material weaknesses.

In response, we have begun the process of evaluating our internal control over financial reporting, although we are in the early phases of our review and may not complete our review until after this offering is completed. We cannot predict the outcome of our review at this time. During the course of the review, we may identify additional control deficiencies, which could give rise to other material weaknesses in addition to those previously identified. As a result, our ability to report our financial results on a timely and accurate basis may be adversely affected, we may be subject to sanctions or investigation by regulatory authorities and investors may lose confidence in our financial information, which in turn could adversely affect the market price of Global Brass and Copper Holdings’ common stock.

You should not place undue reliance on the selected financial and other information of our predecessor as of and for the year ended December 31, 2006, as of November 18, 2007 and for the period from January 1, 2007 to November 18, 2007, which are summarized in this prospectus.

The selected financial and other information of our predecessor as of November 18, 2007 and for the period from January 1, 2007 to November 18, 2007 has been derived from books and records that were provided to us by Olin Corporation in the acquisition of the worldwide metals business of Olin Corporation and has not been subject to a review or audit by us or any independent registered public accounting firm. There is a risk that this unaudited financial information may contain errors that might have been detected in a review or audit process or might have been different if prepared in accordance with our policies and procedures instead of those of Olin Corporation. Furthermore, while the historical financial information as of and for the year ended December 31, 2006 was audited by Olin Corporation’s independent auditors for use by Olin Corporation and provided to us by Olin Corporation in connection with the acquisition transaction, Olin Corporation’s independent auditors have not performed any procedures with regard to the inclusion of any such financial or other information in this prospectus. Therefore, all of the predecessor financial information contained in this prospectus may not be reflective of our predecessor’s true historical financial information as of the dates presented and for the periods presented. Any differences between the financial information presented as of such dates and for the periods presented in this prospectus and the relevant actual historical financial information may be material.

In addition, the selected financial and other information of our predecessor as of and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 and for the period from January 1, 2007 to November 18, 2007 and as of November 18, 2007 was prepared using an accounting basis that is different from that used to prepare the successor’s consolidated financial statements. The predecessor financial and other information for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 and the period from January 1, 2007 to November 18, 2007 do not reflect the application of purchase accounting for our November 19, 2007 acquisition of the worldwide metals business from Olin Corporation, and such information for the period from January 1, 2007 to November 18, 2007 also does not reflect the allocation of Olin Corporation selling, general and administrative expenses to the metals business unit. We have only limited knowledge regarding the predecessor financial information, including the accounting policies under which the predecessor financial information was prepared. As is customary in such circumstances, we relied on contractual representations, warranties and indemnities of Olin Corporation, as seller, relating to the predecessor financial information. Based on these representations and warranties, we believe that the predecessor financial information was prepared on a GAAP basis and consistent with Olin Corporation’s accounting policies and procedures, but do not have access to records or personnel of Olin Corporation that would confirm this or provide the basis for any greater detail about the accounting

 

35


Table of Contents

basis used to prepare the predecessor financial information. Such information may not be comparable to the successor’s consolidated financial statements. Accordingly, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on the selected financial and other information of our predecessor included in this prospectus.

Increasing costs of insurance may adversely impact our results of operations.

While we are insured against certain claims, including in respect of general liability, property damage (including natural disasters and fire), equipment damage and injury to our personnel, our insurance may not cover all of the claims to which we may become subject, and future coverage of such claims may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. If we are unable to obtain adequate insurance coverage, substantial property or equipment damage, personal injury or other claims could materially impact our earnings and cash flows. Continued increases in insurance costs, additional coverage restrictions or unavailability of certain insurance products and other factors could increase our operating costs and further increase our exposure to natural disasters and other causes of catastrophic loss, as well as personal injury and other claims.

Failure to protect, or uncertainty regarding the validity, enforceability or scope of, our intellectual property rights could impair our competitive position.

Our products are covered by a variety of proprietary rights that are important to our competitive position and success. Because the intellectual property associated with our products, including Eco Brass ® technology is evolving and rapidly changing, our current intellectual property rights may not protect us adequately. We rely on a combination of patents, trademarks, trade secrets and other intellectual property rights, in addition to contractual rights, to protect the intellectual property we use in our business. However, it is possible that our intellectual property rights could be challenged, invalidated or violated. Our pending patent applications may not be granted or, if granted, the resulting patent may be challenged or invalidated by our competitors or by other third parties. Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, third parties may attempt to copy or otherwise obtain and use our intellectual property without our authorization. In addition, monitoring unauthorized use of our intellectual property is difficult, and we cannot be certain the steps we take to protect our intellectual property will prevent infringement or identify all unauthorized users of our intellectual property.

Because the extent to which any new technologies will enjoy intellectual property protection is uncertain, there can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain our competitive position by enforcing intellectual property rights in the future. Furthermore, our competitors independently may develop similar or improved technologies that limit the value of our intellectual property or design around patents issued to us. If competitors or third parties are able to use our intellectual property or are able to successfully challenge, circumvent, invalidate or render unenforceable our intellectual property, we likely would lose a significant portion of our competitive advantage in the market for products covered by such intellectual property. We may not be successful in securing or maintaining proprietary or patent protection for the technology used in our products and services, and protection that is secured may be challenged and possibly lost. We may have to prosecute unauthorized uses of our intellectual property and the expense, time, delay and burden on management of such litigation could prevent us from maintaining or increasing our business. Our inability to protect our intellectual property adequately for these and other reasons could result in weakened demand for our products and services, which could result in a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

In addition, we have entered into agreements with Mitsubishi Shindoh pursuant to which we have access to and the right to use certain of its technologies. To the extent that Mitsubishi Shindoh faces challenges to its intellectual property rights in its technologies, it could have an adverse effect on our ability to market our products and/or services that incorporate those technologies, which would result in a decline in our net sales.

 

36


Table of Contents

We could become subject to litigation regarding intellectual property rights, which could harm our business significantly.

Our commercial success will continue to depend in part on our ability to make and sell our products or provide our services without infringing the patents or proprietary rights of third parties. We face these risks with respect to intellectual property that we have developed internally, as well as with respect to intellectual property rights we have acquired from third parties. For example, pursuant to a license agreement, we have access to and the right to use certain technologies owned by Mitsubishi Shindoh. To the extent that Mitsubishi Shindoh has failed to adequately protect the technologies upon which we rely or if these technologies infringe upon the patents or proprietary rights of third parties, we may be unable to continue using such technologies or we may face lawsuits related to our past use of these technologies. In addition, our competitors, who have made significant investments in competing technologies or products, may seek to apply for and obtain patents that will prevent, limit or interfere with our ability to make or sell our products or provide our services.

If we are unsuccessful in defending against any challenge to our rights to market and sell our products, our rights to use third-party technologies or to provide our services, we may, among other things, be required to:

 

   

pay actual damages, royalties, lost profits and/or increased damages and the third party’s attorneys’ fees, which may be substantial;

 

   

cease the development, manufacture and/or marketing of our products or services that use the intellectual property in question through a court-imposed injunction or settlement agreement;

 

   

expend significant resources to modify or redesign our products or other technology or services so that they do not infringe the intellectual property rights of others or to develop or acquire non-infringing technology, which may not be possible; or

 

   

obtain licenses to the disputed rights, which could require us to pay substantial upfront fees and future royalty payments and may not be available to us on acceptable terms, if at all.

Even if we successfully defend any infringement claims, the expense, time, delay and burden on management of litigation could prevent us from maintaining or increasing our business. Further, negative publicity could decrease demand for our products and services and cause our revenues to decline, thus harming our operating results significantly.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our proprietary information and know-how, the value of our technology, products and services could be harmed significantly.

We rely on trade secrets, know-how and other proprietary information in operating our business. We seek to protect this information, in part, through the use of confidentiality agreements with employees, consultants, advisors and others who may have access to such proprietary information upon commencement of their relationships with us. These agreements require that all confidential information developed by the individual or made known to the individual by us during the course of the individual’s relationship with us be kept confidential and not disclosed to third parties. Our agreements with employees also provide that any inventions conceived by the individual in the course of rendering services to us are our exclusive property. Nonetheless, those agreements may not provide adequate protection for our trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information and prevent their unauthorized use or disclosure. In the event of unauthorized use or disclosure of our trade secrets or proprietary information, these agreements may not provide meaningful protection, particularly for our trade secrets or other confidential information.

To the extent that consultants, key employees or other third parties apply technological information independently developed by them or by others to our proposed products, disputes may

 

37


Table of Contents

arise as to the proprietary rights to such information, which may not be resolved in our favor. The risk that other parties may breach confidentiality agreements or that our trade secrets become known or independently discovered by competitors, could harm us by enabling our competitors, who may have greater experience and financial resources, to copy or use our trade secrets and other proprietary information in the advancement of their products, methods or technologies. The disclosure of our trade secrets would impair our competitive position, thereby weakening demand for our products or services and harming our ability to maintain or increase our customer base.

In addition, to the extent that we do not fulfill our contractual or other obligations to adequately protect the technologies to which we have been granted access by Mitsubishi Shindoh, we could be liable for any resulting harm to its business or could lose further access to this technology, which could harm our business, operating results or financial condition.

Disruption or failures of our information technology systems could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our information technology systems have not been updated for many years. As a result, our information technology systems are more susceptible to security breaches, operational data loss, general disruptions in functionality, and may not be compatible with new technology. We depend on our information technology systems for the effectiveness of our operations and to interface with our customers, as well as to maintain financial records and accuracy. Disruption or failures of our information technology systems could impair our ability to effectively and timely provide our services and products and maintain our financial records, which could damage our reputation and have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our liquidity, financial condition and ability to operate our business could be adversely affected by the failure of financial institutions to fulfill their commitments under committed credit facilities.

The ABL Facility is an asset-based revolving loan facility with a maximum availability of $150.0 million, subject to a borrowing base calculation. If one or more of the financial institutions that are lenders under the ABL Facility were to default on its obligations to provide available borrowings under the ABL Facility, such a default could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, and we might not be able to fulfill our cash needs using other sources, which could have a material and adverse effect on our financial condition and ability to operate our business.

Global Brass and Copper Holdings is a holding company and relies on future dividends and other payments, advances and transfers of funds from its subsidiaries to meet its financial obligations and provide cash for any dividends it might pay in the future.

Global Brass and Copper Holdings has no direct operations and derives all of its cash flow from its subsidiaries. Because Global Brass and Copper Holdings conducts its operations through its subsidiaries, Global Brass and Copper Holdings depends on those entities for dividends and other payments to generate the funds necessary to meet its financial obligations, and to pay any dividends with respect to its common stock. Legal and contractual restrictions in the ABL Facility, the Term Loan Facility and other debt agreements governing current and future indebtedness of Global Brass and Copper Holdings’ subsidiaries, as well as the financial condition and operating requirements of Global Brass and Copper Holdings’ subsidiaries, may limit the ability of Global Brass and Copper Holdings to obtain cash from its subsidiaries. The earnings from, or other available assets of, Global Brass and Copper Holdings’ subsidiaries may not be sufficient to pay dividends or make distributions or loans to enable Global Brass and Copper Holdings to pay any dividends on our common stock.

 

38


Table of Contents

We face a number of risks related to future acquisitions and joint ventures.

We have made investments to expand and streamline our business, including our acquisition in January 2008 of the North American order book, customer list and certain other assets of Bolton Metal Products Company. We recently amended the agreements governing the Term Loan Facility and ABL Facility in contemplation of a potential acquisition of Hussey Copper Ltd. (“Hussey Copper”) in a competitive bidding process before the U.S. Bankruptcy Court in Delaware. We abandoned the contemplated acquisition prior to completing our due diligence review or making a final determination as to purchase price. Hussey Copper has been sold to another bidder, and we are currently not contemplating any probable future acquisitions. We will continue to seek opportunities for further acquisitions to supplement our operations and for expansion of our international presence, particularly in Asia, through joint ventures.

Acquisitions and joint ventures involve a number of risks which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, including the following:

 

   

we may experience adverse short-term effects on our operating results;

 

   

we may be unable to successfully and rapidly integrate the new businesses, personnel and products with our existing business, including financial reporting, management and information technology systems;

 

   

we may experience higher than anticipated costs of integration and unforeseen operating difficulties and expenditures, including potential disruption of our ongoing business and distraction of management;

 

   

an acquisition may be in a market or geographical area in which we have little experience and could increase the scope, geographic diversity and complexity of our operations;

 

   

we may lose key employees or customers of the acquired company; and

 

   

we may encounter unknown contingent liabilities that could be material.

In addition, we may require additional debt or equity financing for future acquisitions, and such financing may not be available on favorable terms, if available at all. We may not be able to successfully integrate or profitably operate any new business we acquire, and we cannot assure you that any such acquisition will meet our expectations. The process of integrating acquired operations into our existing operations may result in unforeseen operating difficulties and may require significant financial resources that would otherwise be available for the ongoing development or expansion of existing operations. Finally, in the event we decide to discontinue pursuit of a potential acquisition, we will be required to immediately expense all costs incurred in pursuit of the possible acquisition, which may have an adverse effect on our results of operations in the period in which the expense is recognized.

Risks Related to an Investment in Our Common Stock and this Offering

Our controlling stockholder may have interests that conflict with the interests of other stockholders.

Halkos will own     % of our common stock (    % if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full) after this initial public offering. Through Halkos, KPS will have the ability to elect substantially all of the members of the board of directors of Global Brass and Copper Holdings (the “Board of Directors”) and make decisions relating to fundamental corporate actions. The directors generally will have the authority to make decisions affecting our capital structure, including the issuance of additional shares of stock, additional debt and declaration of dividends, will be able to select our management team, determine our corporate and management policies and authorize or

 

39


Table of Contents

prevent transactions that require approval of the Board of Directors or majority of stockholders of Global Brass and Copper Holdings, such as joint ventures or acquisitions, subject to certain restrictions as set forth in the agreements governing the ABL Facility or the Term Loan Facility or future credit facilities. These decisions could enhance KPS’s equity investment while involving risks to the interests of other stockholders. In addition, KPS has engaged, and may in the future continue to engage, in transactions with us. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions”.

As a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE’s corporate governance rules, we will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain NYSE corporate governance requirements. As a result, holders of our common stock may not have the same degree of protection as that afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE’s corporate governance requirements.

Following this offering, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE’s corporate governance rules as a result of the ownership position and voting rights of KPS, through Halkos, upon completion of this offering. A “controlled company” is a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company. More than 50% of our voting power will be held by KPS, through Halkos, after completion of this offering. As a controlled company we may elect not to comply with certain NYSE corporate governance rules that would otherwise require the Board of Directors to have a majority of independent directors and our compensation and nominating and governance committees to be comprised entirely of independent directors, have written charters addressing such committee’s purpose and responsibilities and perform an annual evaluation of such committee. Accordingly, holders of our common stock will not have the same protection afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements and the ability of our independent directors to influence our business policies and affairs may be reduced.

Our directors who have relationships with KPS may have conflicts of interest with respect to matters involving our company.

Following this offering, five of our eight non-executive directors will be affiliated with KPS. These persons will have fiduciary duties to Global Brass and Copper Holdings and in addition will have duties to KPS. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that no officer or director of us who is also an officer, director, employee or other affiliate of KPS or an officer, director or employee of an affiliate of KPS will be liable to us or our stockholders for breach of any fiduciary duty by reason of the fact that any such individual directs a corporate opportunity to KPS or its affiliates instead of us, or does not communicate information regarding a corporate opportunity to us that such person or affiliate has directed to KPS or its affiliates. As a result, such circumstances may entail real or apparent conflicts of interest with respect to matters affecting both us and KPS, whose interests, in some circumstances, may be adverse to ours. In addition, as a result of KPS’ indirect ownership interest, conflicts of interest could arise with respect to transactions involving business dealings between us and KPS or its affiliates, including potential business transactions, potential acquisitions of businesses or properties, the issuance of additional securities, the payment of dividends by us and other matters.

There has been no prior public market for our common stock, and the trading price of our common stock may be adversely affected if an active trading market in our common stock does not develop. Our stock price may be volatile, and you may be unable to resell your shares at or above the offering price or at all.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and an active trading market may not develop or be sustained upon the completion of this offering. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest will lead to the development of an active trading market in shares

 

40


Table of Contents

of our common stock or whether such a market will be sustained. The initial public offering price of our common stock offered in this prospectus will be determined through our negotiations with the underwriters and may not be indicative of the market price of the common stock after this offering. See “Underwriting”. The market price of our common stock after this offering will be subject to significant fluctuations in response to, among other factors, variations in our operating results and market conditions specific to our industry. If an active public market does not develop or is not sustained, it may be difficult for you to sell your shares at a price that is attractive to you, or at all.

The price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Our stock price may be volatile. Volatility in the market price of our common stock may prevent you from being able to sell your common stock at or above the price you paid for your common stock. The market price for our common stock could fluctuate for various reasons, including:

 

   

our operating and financial performance and prospects;

 

   

the price outlook for copper and copper-alloys;

 

   

our quarterly or annual earnings or those of other companies in our or other industries;

 

   

conditions that impact demand for our products and services;

 

   

future announcements concerning our business or our competitors’ businesses;

 

   

our results of operations that vary from those of our competitors;

 

   

shrinkage from our processing operations;

 

   

the public’s reaction to our press releases, other public announcements and filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission;

 

   

changes in earnings estimates or recommendations by securities analysts who track our common stock;

 

   

market and industry perception of our success, or lack thereof, in pursuing our growth strategy;

 

   

general market, economic and political conditions;

 

   

strategic actions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions or restructurings;

 

   

changes in government and environmental regulation;

 

   

changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles;

 

   

arrival and departure of key personnel;

 

   

the number of shares to be publicly traded after this offering;

 

   

sales of common stock by us, Halkos, members of our management team or other holders;

 

   

adverse resolution of new or pending litigation against us;

 

   

any announcements by third parties of significant claims or proceedings against us;

 

   

changes in general market, economic and political conditions and their effects on global economies or financial markets, including those resulting from natural disasters, terrorist attacks, acts of war, widespread illness and responses to such events; or

 

   

any material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting.

See “—Risks Related to Our Business”. These and other factors may lower the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. As a result, our common stock may trade at prices significantly below the public offering price.

 

41


Table of Contents

Furthermore, in recent years the stock market has experienced significant price and volume fluctuations. This volatility has had a significant impact on the market price of securities issued by many companies, including companies in our industry. The changes frequently appear to occur without regard to the operating performance of the affected companies. Hence, the price of our common stock could fluctuate based upon factors that have little or nothing to do with us, and these fluctuations could materially reduce our share price and materially affect the value of your investment.

Future sales of shares of our common stock in the public market could cause our stock price to fall significantly even if our business is profitable.

Upon the completion of this offering we will have             outstanding shares of common stock. Of these shares, the shares of common stock offered in this prospectus will be freely tradable without restriction in the public market, unless purchased by our affiliates. We expect that the remaining             outstanding shares of our common stock will become available for resale in the public market as shown in the chart below. Our officers, directors, Halkos and the holders of substantially all of our outstanding shares of common stock have signed lock-up agreements pursuant to which they have agreed not to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of their shares for 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to specified exceptions. The underwriters may, in their sole discretion and without notice, release the restrictions on all or any portion of the common stock subject to lock-up agreements. The underwriters are entitled to waive the lock-up provisions at their discretion prior to the expiration dates of such lock-up agreements.

Immediately following the completion of this offering, shares of our common stock will become available for resale in the public market as follows:

 

Number of Shares

   Percentage    

Date of Availability for Resale into the Public Market

                Upon effectiveness of this prospectus
                        days after the date of this prospectus, of which             shares are subject to holding period, volume and other restrictions under Rule 144

As restrictions on resale end, the market price of our common stock could drop significantly if the holders of these restricted shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to raise additional funds through future offerings of our common stock or other securities. Following this offering, we intend to file a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 registering shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our 2012 Plan, and we will enter into an investor rights agreement under which we will grant demand and piggyback registration rights to KPS and certain members of management. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a more detailed description of the shares that will be available for future sale upon completion of this offering.

We may issue shares of our common stock or other securities from time to time as consideration for future acquisitions or investments. If any such acquisition or investment is significant, the number of shares of our common stock, or the number or aggregate principal amount, as the case may be, of other securities that we may issue may in turn be substantial. We may also grant registration rights covering those shares of our common stock or other securities in connection with any such acquisitions or investments.

We cannot predict the size of future issuance of our common stock or the effect, if any, that future issuances and sales of our common stock will have on the market price of our common stock. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock (including shares of our common stock issued in connection with an acquisition or investment), or the perception that such sales could occur, may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our common stock.

 

42


Table of Contents

We do not intend to pay dividends in the foreseeable future.

For the foreseeable future, we intend to retain any earnings to finance our business and pay down our indebtedness, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of the Board of Directors and will be dependent on then-existing conditions, including our financial condition, earnings, legal requirements, restrictions in our debt agreements, including those governing the ABL Facility and Term Loan Facility, that limit our ability to pay dividends to stockholders and other factors the Board of Directors deems relevant. At this time, the agreements governing the ABL Facility and the Term Loan Facility generally restrict or limit the payment of dividends to shareholders. See “Dividend Policy”, “Description of Certain Indebtedness” and “Description of Capital Stock—Capital Stock—Common Stock”. For the foregoing reasons, you will not be able to rely on dividends to receive a return on your investment. Accordingly, if you purchase shares in this offering, realization of a gain on your investment will depend on the appreciation of the price of our common stock, which may never occur. Investors seeking cash dividends in the foreseeable future should not purchase our common stock.

Provisions in our charter and bylaws and provisions of Delaware law may delay or prevent our acquisition by a third party, which might diminish the value of our common stock.

The amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws of Global Brass and Copper Holdings, which we intend to adopt prior to the completion of this offering, will contain several provisions that may make it more difficult or expensive for a third party to acquire control of us without the approval of the Board of Directors. These provisions also may delay, prevent or deter a merger, acquisition, tender offer, proxy contest or other transaction that might otherwise result in our stockholders receiving a premium over the market price for their common stock. The provisions include, among others:

 

   

a prohibition on actions by written consent of the stockholders;

 

   

a classified board consisting of three classes;

 

   

removal of directors only for cause;

 

   

vacancies on the Board of Directors may be filled only by the Board of Directors;

 

   

no cumulative voting;

 

   

advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and director nominations; and

 

   

supermajority approval requirement for an amendment of the amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws.

For more information, see “Description of Capital Stock”. The provisions of the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws of Global Brass and Copper Holdings, the significant common stock ownership of Halkos and the ability of the Board of Directors to create and issue a new series of preferred stock or implement a stockholder rights plan could discourage potential takeover attempts and reduce the price that investors might be willing to pay for shares of our common stock in the future, which could reduce the market price of our common stock.

If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our company, or if they issue unfavorable commentary about us or our industry or downgrade our common stock, the price of our common stock could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that third-party securities analysts publish about our company and our industry. One or more analysts could downgrade our common stock or issue other negative commentary about our company or our industry.

 

43


Table of Contents

In addition, we may be unable or slow to attract research coverage. Alternatively, if one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company, we could lose visibility in the market. As a result of one or more of these factors, the trading price of our common stock could decline.

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert management’s attention and affect our ability to attract and retain qualified board members.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we have not incurred as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting requirements. We also have incurred and will incur costs associated with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and related rules implemented or to be implemented by the SEC and the NYSE. The expenses incurred by public companies generally for reporting and corporate governance purposes have been increasing and the costs we incur for such purposes may strain our resources. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs, divert management’s attention to ensuring compliance and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly, although we are currently unable to estimate these costs with any degree of certainty. We have hired a number of people to assist with the enhanced requirements of being a public company but still need to hire more people for that purpose. In addition, these laws and regulations could make it more difficult or costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. In addition, these laws and regulations could make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on the Board of Directors, its board committees or as its executive officers and may divert management’s attention. Furthermore, if Global Brass and Copper Holdings is unable to satisfy its obligations as a public company, we could be subject to delisting of our common stock, fines, sanctions and other regulatory action.

Any issuance of preferred stock could make it difficult for another company to acquire us or could otherwise adversely affect holders of our common stock, which could depress the price of our common stock.

The Board of Directors has the authority to issue preferred stock and to determine the preferences, limitations and relative rights of shares of preferred stock and to fix the number of shares constituting any series and the designation of such series, without any further vote or action by its stockholders. Such preferred stock could be issued with voting, liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to the rights of common stock. The potential issuance of preferred stock may delay or prevent a change in control of Global Brass and Copper Holdings, discouraging bids for our common stock at a premium over the market price, and adversely affect the market price and the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock.

 

44


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT CONCERNING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains “forward-looking statements” that involve risks and uncertainties. You can identify forward-looking statements because they contain words such as “believes”, “expects”, “may”, “would”, “should”, “seeks”, “approximately”, “intends”, “plans”, “estimates”, “anticipates” or similar expressions that relate to our strategy, plans or intentions. All statements we make relating to our estimated and projected earnings, margins, costs, expenditures, cash flows, growth rates and financial results or to our expectations regarding future industry trends are forward-looking statements. In addition, we, through our senior management, from time to time make forward-looking public statements concerning our expected future operations and performance and other developments. These forward-looking statements are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may change at any time, and, therefore, our actual results may differ materially from those that we expected. We derive many of our forward-looking statements from our operating budgets and forecasts, which are based upon many detailed assumptions. While we believe that our assumptions are reasonable, we caution that it is very difficult to predict the impact of known factors, and, of course, it is impossible for us to anticipate all factors that could affect our actual results. All forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus are based upon information available to us on the date of this prospectus.

Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations, which we refer to as “cautionary statements”, are disclosed under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus, including, without limitation, in conjunction with the forward-looking statements included in this prospectus. All forward-looking information in this prospectus and subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us, or persons acting on our behalf, are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements. Some of the factors that we believe could affect our results include:

 

   

general economic conditions affecting the markets in which our products are sold;

 

   

our ability to implement our business strategies, including acquisition activities;

 

   

our ability to continue implementing our balanced book approach to substantially reduce the impact of fluctuations in metal prices on our earnings and operating margins;

 

   

shrinkage from processing operations and metal price fluctuations, particularly copper;

 

   

the condition of various markets in which our customers operate, including the housing and commercial construction industries;

 

   

our ability to maintain business relationships with our customers on favorable terms;

 

   

our ability to compete effectively with competitors;

 

   

limitations on our ability to access raw materials, particularly copper;

 

   

fluctuations in commodity and energy prices and costs;

 

   

our ability to maintain sufficient liquidity as commodity and energy prices rise;

 

   

the effects of industry consolidation or competition in our business lines;

 

   

operational factors affecting the ongoing commercial operations of our facilities, including technology failures, catastrophic weather-related damage, regulatory approvals, permit issues, unscheduled blackouts, outages or repairs or unanticipated changes in energy costs;

 

   

supply, demand, prices and other market conditions for our products;

 

   

our ability to accommodate increases in production to meet demand for our products;

 

45


Table of Contents
   

our ability to continue our operations internationally and the risks applicable to international operations;

 

   

government regulations relating to our products and services, including new legislation relating to derivatives and the elimination of the dollar bill;

 

   

our ability to remediate any material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting as we become subject to public company requirements;

 

   

our ability to realize the planned cost savings and efficiency gains as part of our various initiatives;

 

   

workplace safety issues;

 

   

our ability to retain key employees;

 

   

adverse developments in our relationship with our employees or the future terms of our collective bargaining agreements;

 

   

rising employee medical costs;

 

   

environmental costs;

 

   

our exposure to product liability claims;

 

   

our ability to maintain cost-effective insurance policies;

 

   

our ability to maintain the confidentiality of our proprietary information and to protect the validity, enforceability or scope of our intellectual property rights;

 

   

our limited experience managing and operating a public company;

 

   

our ability to service our substantial indebtedness;

 

   

fluctuations in interest rates; and

 

   

restrictive covenants in our indebtedness that may adversely affect our operational flexibility.

We caution you that the foregoing list of factors may not contain all of the material factors that are important to you. In addition, in light of these risks and uncertainties, the matters referred to in the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus may not in fact occur. Accordingly, investors should not place undue reliance on those statements. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as otherwise required by law.

 

46


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

All of the shares of common stock to be sold in this offering, including those subject to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, will be sold by the selling stockholder. We will not receive any proceeds from this offering. We expect that $             million of the proceeds from this offering (based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus ($             million if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised)) will be paid to members of our management. For additional information, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions”.

 

47


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We do not currently anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future, although we have made limited dividend payments to shareholders within the past two years. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” for details on our recent dividend payments. Any future determination as to our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of the Board of Directors and will depend upon many factors, including our financial condition, earnings, legal requirements, restrictions in our debt agreements, including those governing the ABL Facility and Term Loan Facility, that limit our ability to pay dividends to stockholders and other factors the Board of Directors deems relevant. Furthermore, because we are a holding company with no operations of our own, any dividend payments would depend on the cash flow of our subsidiaries. The terms of our agreements governing the ABL Facility and the Term Loan Facility generally restrict or limit our subsidiaries’ ability to pay cash dividends to us, so the amount of cash that will be available to us to pay dividends may be limited. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to an Investment in Our Common Stock and this Offering—We do not intend to pay dividends in the foreseeable future”.

 

48


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth cash and capitalization of Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc. as of September 30, 2011:

 

   

on a historical basis; and

 

   

on an as-adjusted basis to give effect to this offering.

This table should be read together with “The Offering”, “Use of Proceeds”, “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data”, “Risk Factors”, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes, in each case, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of September 30, 2011  
     Historical     As Adjusted  
     (in millions)  

Cash

   $ 40.6      $                
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total short-term and long-term debt(1):

    

ABL Facility(2)

   $ —        $     

Term Loan Facility(3)

     311.7     

Discount, net of amortization

     (7.7  

Obligations under capital leases

     0.8     
  

 

 

   

Total debt

   $ 304.8     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Common stock(4)(5)

         

Additional paid-in capital

     10.5     

Retained earnings

     43.9     

Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax

     2.1     

Receivable from stockholder

     (1.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc. stockholders’ equity

     55.0     

Noncontrolling interest

     3.2     
  

 

 

   

Total equity

   $ 58.2      $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 363.0      $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Total short-term and long-term debt is defined as “current maturities of long-term debt” and “long-term debt”.

 

(2) The ABL Facility matures in August 2014 and has a maximum committed principal amount of $150.0 million, for which we may request an increase at our option under certain circumstances by up to $50.0 million. Outstanding borrowings under the ABL Facility bear interest at a rate equal to LIBOR plus a margin of 3.0% to 3.5% or the prime rate plus a margin of 2.0% to 2.5%. As of September 30, 2011, our borrowing base was $233.0 million, and outstanding borrowings under the ABL Facility bore interest at a rate of 5.25% per year. Availability under the ABL Facility is based on a formula that is based on inventory and accounts receivable, subject to various adjustments and capped at the committed principal amount. As of September 30, 2011, maximum availability under the ABL Facility was $150.0 million, and remaining availability was $137.0 million, giving effect to $2 thousand of outstanding borrowings and to $13.0 million of outstanding letters of credit. For more information, please see “Description of Certain Indebtedness—ABL Facility”.

 

(3) The Term Loan Facility matures in August 2015. Mandatory amortization payments of 0.25% per quarter are due quarterly beginning December 31, 2010. As of September 30, 2011, the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan Facility was $311.7 million. A closing fee of 3.0% was paid in connection with the closing of the Term Loan Facility. The fee is being amortized as original discount over the term of the Term Loan Facility and is recorded as interest expense as it amortizes. Outstanding borrowings under the Term Loan Facility bear interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 8.25%, subject to a LIBOR floor of 2.0%, or the prime rate plus a margin of 7.25%, subject to a prime rate floor of 3.0%. As of September 30, 2011, outstanding borrowings under the Term Loan Facility bore interest at a rate of 10.25% per year. For more information, please see “Description of Certain Indebtedness—Term Loan Facility”.

 

(4)              shares authorized;              shares issued and outstanding, reflective of the planned     -to-1 stock split to be effected prior to this offering.

 

(5) Upon consummation of this offering, there will be options to purchase              shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding under the 2012 Plan.

 

49


Table of Contents

DILUTION

All of the shares of common stock to be sold in this offering, including those subject to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, will be sold by the selling stockholder. The common stock to be sold by the selling stockholder is common stock that is currently issued and outstanding. Accordingly, there will not be any dilution to our existing stockholder or new investors.

 

50


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

Set forth below is selected historical consolidated financial data of our business as of the dates and for the periods indicated. The selected historical consolidated financial data as of September 30, 2011 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 have been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 2011 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 have been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements, and in the opinion of our management, reflect all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the results for those periods. The results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for a full year. The selected historical consolidated financial data for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 and as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 and for the period from October 10, 2007 (date of inception) to December 31, 2007 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus.

We were formed on October 10, 2007 in order to acquire the assets and operations relating to the worldwide metals business of Olin Corporation. On November 19, 2007, we completed the acquisition and commenced operations separate from our predecessor under control of KPS and with a different management team implementing a new business strategy and cost structure. Our historical financial data for periods prior to November 19, 2007 (our predecessor periods) were prepared on the historical cost basis of accounting that existed prior to our acquisition of the worldwide metals business of Olin Corporation. Our historical financial statements for periods ending subsequent to November 19, 2007 (our successor periods) have been prepared on a new basis of accounting, reflecting adjustments made as a result of the application of purchase accounting in connection with the acquisition. As a result, our financial information for the successor periods are not necessarily comparable to that for the predecessor periods.

Our predecessor financial and other information as of November 18, 2007 and for the period from January 1, 2007 to November 18, 2007 have been derived from books and records that were provided to us by Olin Corporation in the acquisition of the worldwide metals business of Olin Corporation and have not been subject to a review or audit by us or our independent registered public accounting firm, since such procedures would be impracticable at this time, given that the management of the worldwide metals business of Olin Corporation during such period is not available to us or our independent registered public accounting firm. Olin Corporation’s independent auditors have not performed any procedures with respect to the inclusion of any such financial and other information in this prospectus. Although we have no reason to believe that the unaudited financial information for the predecessor period of January 1, 2007 to November 18, 2007 is materially deficient, there is a risk that this unaudited financial information may contain errors that might have been detected in a review or audit process or might have been different if prepared in accordance with our policies and procedures instead of those of Olin Corporation. Our predecessor financial statements and other information as of and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 were prepared by management of our predecessor and are derived from the financial statements of the worldwide metals business of Olin Corporation, which are not included in this prospectus. The selected financial and other information of our predecessor for the period from January 1, 2007 to, and as of, November 18, 2007 and as of and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 was prepared by management of the predecessor using an accounting basis that is different from that used to prepare the successor’s consolidated financial statements. The selected financial and other information of our predecessor for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 and the period from January 1, 2007 to November 18, 2007 were not prepared using our accounting policies and procedures, do not reflect the application of purchase accounting for

 

51


Table of Contents

our November 19, 2007 acquisition of the worldwide metals business from Olin Corporation and such information for the period from January 1, 2007 to November 18, 2007 also does not reflect the allocation of Olin Corporation selling, general and administrative expenses to the metals business unit. We are unable to determine whether any other differences exist, since we do not have access to the relevant personnel or records of Olin Corporation. Such predecessor financial information may not be comparable to our consolidated financial statements after such period. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—You should not place undue reliance on the selected financial and other information of our predecessor as of and for the year ended December 31, 2006, as of November 18, 2007 and for the period from January 1, 2007 to November 18, 2007, which are summarized in this prospectus”.

The selected historical consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with the information about the limitations on comparability of our financial results, including as a result of acquisitions. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, “Risk Factors”, and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Successor           Predecessor(1)  
(in millions, except share
and per share data)
  Nine Months
Ended

September 30,
    Years Ended December 31,     Period from
October 10 to
December 31,
          Period from
January 1 to
November 18,
    Year Ended
December 31,
 
    2011(2)     2010     2010     2009     2008     2007(3)           2007(4)     2006(5)  

Statements of Operations Data:

                   

Net sales

  $ 1,405.7      $ 1,285.6      $ 1,658.7      $ 1,140.9      $ 2,008.3      $ 189.8          $ 1,960.1      $ 2,181.2   

Cost of sales

    1,273.7        1,170.9        1,497.9        1,048.2        1,876.2        183.5            1,870.8        2,103.1   

Lower of cost or market adjustment

                                170.9                            
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of sales

    1,273.7        1,170.9        1,497.9        1,048.2        2,047.1        183.5            1,870.8        2,103.1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit (loss)

    132.0        114.7        160.8        92.7        (38.8     6.3            89.3        78.1   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    52.4        53.5        68.9        62.1        60.9        5.4            45.1        53.3   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

    79.6        61.2        91.9        30.6        (99.7     0.9            44.2        24.8   

Third party interest expense(6)

    30.9        13.6        22.6        11.3        15.9        0.5                   0.9   

Related party interest expense(6)

           2.5        2.5        6.8        4.1        0.7                     

Other (income) expense, net

    (0.5     0.6        0.8        0.1        (1.9     (0.1         (0.2     (0.6
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before provision for (benefit from) income taxes and equity income

    49.2        44.5        66.0        12.4        (117.8     (0.2         44.4        24.5   

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

    18.2        17.1        26.1        2.5        (45.5     (0.1         0.4        8.6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before equity income

    31.0        27.4        39.9        9.9        (72.3     (0.1         44.0        15.9   

Equity income, net of tax

    0.6        1.1        1.5               0.6        0.1                   0.7   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before extraordinary item

    31.6        28.5        41.4        9.9        (71.7                44.0        16.6   

Extraordinary item: Gain on valuation of assets in excess of purchase price

                                2.9        60.0                     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

    31.6        28.5        41.4        9.9        (68.8     60.0            44.0        16.6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

    0.2        0.3        0.5        0.1                                   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc.(6)

  $ 31.4      $ 28.2      $ 40.9      $ 9.8      $ (68.8   $ 60.0          $ 44.0      $ 16.6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Per Share Data(7):

                   

Cash dividends declared per common share

                $ 425,000                           

Income (loss) per common share (in thousands)(6)

  $ 313.82      $ 282.12      $ 408.84      $ 98.27      $ (688.42          

Number of common shares used in share calculation

    100        100        100        100        100             

 

52


Table of Contents
     Successor            Predecessor  
(in millions)    As of
September 30,
    As of
December 31,
           As of
November 18,
     As of
December 31,
 
     2011(2)     2010     2009     2008     2007            2007      2006  

Balance Sheet Data:

                    

Cash

   $ 40.6      $ 15.5      $ 7.8      $ 8.0      $ 17.3           $ 4.3       $ 4.5   

Total assets

     565.8        529.3        489.9        431.5        691.9             689.0         746.9   

Total debt(8)

     304.8        306.2        295.4        290.8        408.6             0.0         17.1   

Total liabilities

     507.6        502.1        465.5        417.3        610.3             151.3         246.2   

Total equity

     58.2        27.2        24.4        14.2        81.6             537.7         500.7   

 

(1) Certain amounts of the predecessor have been reclassified to conform to the presentation used by the successor. The selected financial and other information of our predecessor as of and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 and for the period from January 1, 2007 to, and as of, November 18, 2007 was prepared by management of the predecessor using an accounting basis that is different from that used to prepare the successor’s consolidated financial statements. The selected financial and other information of our predecessor for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 and the period from January 1, 2007 to November 18, 2007 were not prepared using our accounting policies and procedures, do not reflect the application of purchase accounting for our November 19, 2007 acquisition of the worldwide metals business from Olin Corporation, and such information for the period from January 1, 2007 to November 18, 2007 also does not reflect the allocation of Olin Corporation selling, general and administrative expenses to the metals business unit. We are unable to determine whether any other differences exist, since we do not have access to the relevant personnel or records of Olin Corporation. Such predecessor financial information may not be comparable to our consolidated financial statements after such period. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—You should not place undue reliance on the selected financial and other information of our predecessor as of and for the year ended December 31, 2006, as of November 18, 2007 and for the period from January 1, 2007 to November 18, 2007, which are summarized in this prospectus”.
(2) The financial information as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 reflects an immaterial out-of-period adjustment with respect to the accounting surrounding self-insured workers’ compensation. The financial information presented with respect to prior periods does not reflect the adjustment, because any such adjustment would have been immaterial. See Note 1 to our Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, which are included in this prospectus.
(3) Although the inception of Global Brass and Copper Holdings was October 10, 2007, it had no material operations or assets until the completion of the acquisition of the worldwide metals business of Olin Corporation on November 19, 2007.
(4) Data for the predecessor period from January 1 to November 18, 2007 do not reflect the allocation of Olin Corporation selling, general and administrative expenses to the metals business unit of Olin Corporation.
(5) Data for 2006 reflect the allocation of approximately $6.0 million of Olin Corporation selling, general and administrative expenses to the metals business unit of Olin Corporation.
(6) On August 18, 2010, we refinanced the Term Loan Facility, which resulted in an increase in our interest expense. The proceeds from the Term Loan Facility were used to repay the existing related party term loan facility and the existing asset-based loan facility and to fund a cash distribution of $42.5 million to Halkos. After giving effect to these transactions, in each case as if they had occurred on January 1, 2010, our interest expense, net income attributable to Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc. and income per share for the year ended December 31, 2010 would have been $38.5 million, $32.8 million and $327.70 per share (in thousands), respectively. For further information, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Outstanding Indebtedness—The Term Loan Facility”.
(7) Per share data has not been provided for predecessor periods because such amounts are not meaningful due to the difference in equity capitalization between the predecessor and the successor.
(8) Consists of long-term debt, related party debt and current maturities of long-term debt.

 

53


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Readers should refer to the information presented under the caption “Risk Factors” for risk factors that may affect our future performance. The following discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data”, “Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Data” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical data, this discussion contains forward-looking statements about our business, operations and financial performance based on current expectations that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results may differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including but not limited to those discussed in the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Statements Concerning Forward-Looking Statements” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

Our Business

We are a leading value-added converter, fabricator, distributor and processor of specialized copper and brass products in North America. We offer a broad range of products, and we sell our products to multiple distinct end markets including the building and housing, munitions, automotive, transportation, coinage, electronics/electrical components, industrial machinery and equipment and general consumer end markets. Unlike other metals companies who may engage in mining, smelting and refining activities, we are purely a metal converter, fabricator, distributor and processor and do not attempt to generate profits from fluctuations in metal prices. We engage in melting and casting, rolling, drawing, extruding and stamping to manufacture finished and semi-finished alloy products from processed scrap, copper cathode and other refined metals. We participate in two distinct segments of the fabrication value chain: sheet, strip, foil, tube and plate and alloy rod.

For the year ended December 31, 2010, we sold 554.1 million pounds of products, compared to 463.9 million pounds and 612.5 million pounds in 2009 and 2008, respectively, and we generated net sales of $1,658.7 million and adjusted sales of $538.8 million. In 2009, we generated net sales of $1,140.9 million and adjusted sales of $427.6 million, and in 2008, we generated net sales of $2,008.3 million and adjusted sales of $536.6 million.

Our strategy is to maintain a leading market position in each of our businesses and to continue to earn attractive operating margins. Our strong operating margins are a function of four key characteristics of our business: (1) we earn a premium margin over the cost of metal because of our value-added processing capabilities, patent-protected technologies, and first-class service; (2) we have strategically shifted our product portfolio toward value-added, higher margin products; (3) we have created a lean cost structure through permanent fixed and variable cost reductions, process improvements, and workforce flexibility initiatives; and (4) we employ our balanced book approach to substantially reduce the financial impact of metal price volatility on our earnings and operating margins.

Our Operating Segments

We operate through three reportable operating segments: Olin Brass, Chase Brass and A.J. Oster.

Our Olin Brass segment is the leading manufacturer and converter of copper and copper-alloy sheet, strip, foil, tube and fabricated components in North America. While primarily processing copper and copper-alloys, the segment also rerolls and forms other metals such as stainless and carbon steel. Olin Brass’s products are used in five primary end markets: building and housing, munitions,

 

54


Table of Contents

automotive, coinage, and electronics/electrical components. For the past three years, between 15% and 20% of Olin Brass’s products have been sold to A.J. Oster.

Chase Brass is a leading North American manufacturer of brass rod. The segment principally produces brass rod in sizes ranging from 1/4 inch to 4.5 inches in diameter. The key attributes of brass rod include its machinability, corrosion resistance and moderate strength, making it ideal for forging and machining products such as valves and fittings. Chase Brass produces brass rod used in production applications which can be grouped into four end markets: building and housing, transportation, electronics/electrical components and industrial machinery and equipment.

Our A.J. Oster segment is a leading copper-alloy distributor and processor. The segment, through its family of metal service centers, is strategically focused on satisfying its customers’ needs for brass and copper strip and other products, with a high level of service, quality and flexibility by offering customization and just-in-time delivery. Our value-added processing services include precision slitting and traverse winding to provide greater customer press up-time, hot air level tinning for superior corrosion resistance and product enhancements such as edging and cutting. Important A.J. Oster end markets include building and housing, automotive and electronics/electrical components (primarily for housing and commercial construction). For the past three years, between 70% and 80% of A.J. Oster’s material requirements have been supplied by our Olin Brass segment.

All three segments generate revenue from product sales and earn a premium margin over the cost of metal as a result of our value-added processing and metal conversion capabilities and first-class service. Our financial performance is driven by metal conversion economics, not by the underlying movements in the price of the metal we use. In all three segments, most of the risk of changes in the metal cost of the products we make is borne by our customers or third parties rather than by us.

We also have a Corporate and Other segment, which includes certain administrative costs and expenses that management has not allocated to our operating segments. These costs include compensation for corporate executives and officers, corporate office and administrative salaries, and professional fees for audit, tax and legal services. The Corporate and Other segment also includes derivative gains and losses on the collateral hedge contracts required by our prior asset-based revolving loan facility before it was refinanced on August 18, 2010, interest expense, and state and Federal income taxes.

Financial Information, Acquisition, Business Transformation and Refinancing

On October 10, 2007, Global Brass and Copper Holdings was formed by affiliates of KPS as an acquisition vehicle to acquire the worldwide metals business of Olin Corporation. Prior to the date of acquisition, Global Brass and Copper Holdings had no material assets or operations. Post–acquisition, Global Brass and Copper Holdings has been a holding company and has had no business operations or material assets other than its ownership of 100% of the outstanding equity interests of Global Brass and Copper.

Acquisition of the Worldwide Metals Business of Olin Corporation

On November 19, 2007, we acquired Olin Corporation’s worldwide metals business. The transaction was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting, and the assets and liabilities of the business were recorded at fair value at the acquisition date.

The fair market value of the net assets acquired exceeded the purchase price in the acquisition, resulting in a bargain purchase event. In accordance with GAAP at the time of the transaction, the excess fair value was allocated as a pro rata reduction to the amounts that otherwise would have been

 

55


Table of Contents

assigned to all of the acquired assets. The remaining excess fair value was recorded as a one-time non-taxable extraordinary gain of $60.0 million in the period from November 19, 2007 to December 31, 2007 and $2.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2008.

As a result of the bargain purchase event, all identified intangible assets and other non-current assets, including the acquired property, plant and equipment, were recorded at a zero value on our opening balance sheet as of the acquisition date. Accordingly, our fixed assets reflect only post-acquisition capital investments, and our cost of sales includes depreciation only on capital investments made after the acquisition date. As we execute on our growth strategy and additional capital investment is made, we expect that the depreciation component of our cost of sales will increase.

Business Transformation

After the acquisition in November 2007, we implemented a series of transformative initiatives, which have resulted in a significant improvement in our financial performance despite the economic downturn that began in late 2008. Compared to 2007, our unit volume has declined from 650.8 million pounds to 554.1 million pounds in 2010, a decrease of 96.7 million pounds or 14.9%. Despite this decline in volume and associated loss of revenue, we generated $40.9 million of net income and $98.6 million of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to $104.0 million of net income (which includes a $60.0 million extraordinary gain related to purchase accounting) and $55.7 million of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA (which adjusts to exclude that extraordinary gain) for the combined year ended December 31, 2007. The improvements in Adjusted EBITDA have been primarily driven by the following:

 

   

a new five-and-one-half year collective bargaining agreement ratified by eight of the unions at Olin Brass’s principal facility in June 2008, which significantly reduced the number of job classifications, and provided Olin Brass with the ability to adjust staffing levels in line with production volume. We do not have any defined benefit pension and retiree health care obligations under the collective bargaining agreement and we do not offer a defined benefit pension or retiree health care benefits to our salaried workforce;

 

   

establishment of three independent business units with clear objectives and accountability for financial performance;

 

   

cash cost reductions from an approximately 20% reduction of salaried employee headcount;

 

   

acquisition of the order book, customer list and certain other assets of Bolton’s North American operations in January 2008;

 

   

increased margins from price increases and rationalization of our product mix to focus resources on products that provide attractive margins and growth opportunities;

 

   

inventory reductions of 51.8 million pounds, or 35.2%, from 147.2 million at November 19, 2007 to 95.4 million pounds at December 31, 2010, reducing working capital needs; and

 

   

closing facilities at A.J. Oster and consolidating operations.

The net result of the transformation is a company with higher margins, lower costs and lower working capital requirements. As of December 31, 2010, we had reduced our breakeven point by 34.7% since the acquisition date. Breakeven is defined as the volume level at which contribution margin (adjusted sales less variable conversion costs) equals the total of fixed manufacturing overhead and selling, general and administrative expenses (excluding the various items that are excluded from Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA). In an economic upturn, these factors in combination with our available production capacity should enable us to capitalize on increased demand for our products and services, which will drive profitable growth.

 

56


Table of Contents

Refinancing

On August 18, 2010, we completed a refinancing, which included entering into agreements for and making borrowings under the Term Loan Facility, which is a $315.0 million five-year senior term loan facility, and the ABL Facility, which is a four-year $150.0 million amended and restated asset-based revolving loan facility. Proceeds from these borrowings were used to retire our prior $380.0 million asset-based revolving loan facility (under which $197.8 million had been outstanding at the time), repay an existing $60.0 million collateralized term loan from an affiliate of KPS, fund a $42.5 million dividend to our sole stockholder and pay related fees and expenses of $15.1 million that will be amortized over the term of the Term Loan Facility and ABL Facility. The Term Loan Facility was borrowed at an initial discount of 3.0%, which amortizes as interest expense over the life of the Term Loan Facility.

The new capital structure significantly reduced our reliance on asset-based borrowing for long-term financing, and reduced the risk to our ability to borrow in support of long-term financing requirements due to a decline in metal prices. The prior asset-based loan facility served two purposes—first, to finance the acquisition of the worldwide metals business of Olin Corporation in November 2007 and second, to finance subsequent working capital requirements. Under this prior financing structure, a drop in metal prices could have reduced the borrowing base to a level that would have required us to repay and refinance borrowings related to the initial acquisition. Under the new structure, our long-term asset investment is financed by the Term Loan Facility, the size of which is fixed and therefore independent of metal prices, and the ABL Facility is used primarily to finance working capital requirements.

Key Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations

Metal Cost

We are a leading, value-added converter, fabricator, distributor and processor of specialized copper and brass products in North America. Our profitability is primarily driven by the value-added from the manufacturing and fabrication of metal products, and not by fluctuations in the price of metal. Our business model uses various methods to substantially reduce the financial impact of fluctuations in metal prices, such that our operating margins are largely unaffected by metal price trends. Nevertheless, metal price fluctuations will impact the total amount of our net sales, the cost of shrinkage loss and our working capital requirements.

We sell our products on a “toll” and “non-toll” basis. For sales on a toll basis, our customer purchases the metal, and we charge the customer a fee for fabrication and conversion. For sales on a non-toll basis, we assume responsibility for metal procurement and then recover the metal replacement cost from the customer. During the year ended December 31, 2010, 81.8% of our unit sales volume was on a non-toll basis. For sales on a non-toll basis, we use our balanced book approach, discussed below, to substantially reduce the impact of metal price movements on earnings and operating margins.

Shrinkage loss, which is primarily the loss of raw material that occurs between the casting furnace and slab rolling operations, is an inherent part of our metal casting process. While the shrinkage loss rate is very low relative to the total volume of metal casting, the cost of the shrinkage loss and its impact on financial performance increases as metal prices increase.

Metal prices will also impact our investment in working capital because our collection terms with our customers are longer than our payment terms to our suppliers, so when metal prices increase, even if the number of pounds processed does not change, our working capital requirements will also increase. In 2010, the spread between our receivable collection cycle and purchase payment cycle

 

57


Table of Contents

was approximately 20 days. As a result, when metal prices are rising, we tend to draw more on the ABL Facility to cover the cash flow delay between material replacement purchase and cash collection. When metal prices fall, we replace our metal at a lower cost than the metal content of cash collections and generally reduce our use of the ABL Facility. We believe that our cash flow from operations, supplemented with cash available under the ABL Facility, will provide sufficient liquidity to meet our needs in the current metal price environment.

Balanced Book

Most of our net sales are non-toll sales. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, non-toll sales accounted for 81.8% of our volume. To substantially reduce the financial impact of metal price volatility on earnings and operating margins, we use our balanced book approach for non-toll sales to offset forward metal sales with forward metal purchases. Using our balanced book approach, we seek to minimize the financial impact of metal price movements in the period between date of order and date of shipment by matching the timing, quantity and price of the metal component of net sales made on a non-toll basis with the timing, quantity and price of the replacement metal purchases. Our balanced book approach has improved the consistency of our margins despite underlying copper price volatility.

For any non-toll sale we achieve our balanced book through one of the following three mechanisms:

 

   

Metal sales and replacement purchases on “price date of shipment” terms, meaning that metal sale prices and the metal replacement prices are set on the date of shipment. The customer bears the risk of metal price changes from the date of order to the date of shipment, so all fluctuations in metal costs are passed through to the customer.

 

   

Metal sales and replacement purchases on a “firm price basis”, meaning that metal sale prices are fixed on the order date, and a matching replacement purchase at a fixed price is established with a metal supplier. The supplier therefore bears the risk of metal price changes from the date of order to the date of shipment.

 

   

Metal sales on a firm price basis in circumstances where a matching firm price purchase is unavailable. In this situation, we execute a forward purchase on “price date of shipment” terms and enter into a financial derivative transaction in the form of a forward purchase contract. The impact of price changes from date of order to the date of shipment on the previously required metal replacement purchase is offset by gains or losses on the derivative contract. The derivative counterparty bears the risk of metal price changes from the date of order to the date of shipment.

Price date of shipment transactions accounted for 78% of non-toll unit sales volume in the year ended December 31, 2010. Firm price basis transactions that are supported with either firm price replacement purchases or price date of shipment replacement purchases plus a derivative contract accounted for the remaining 22% of non-toll volume for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Metal Cost Hedging and ABL Facility Collateral Hedge

In the ordinary course of business, we use derivative contracts in support of our balanced book approach. These derivative contracts are not accounted for as hedges but are recorded at fair value in accordance with ASC Topic 820. Unrealized and realized gains and losses at period end are reported in cost of sales.

The agreement governing the ABL facility entered into on August 18, 2010 eliminated the collateral hedge requirement that was in the agreement governing the facility being refinanced at the time and required that we lock-in the accumulated mark to market loss recorded in the third quarter of

 

58


Table of Contents

2010 of $32.8 million as of August 18, 2010 such that there would be no further net mark-to-market gains or losses. This was accomplished by taking an offsetting hedge position, in this case a purchase position of matching quantity and maturity, to offset the sold position required under the original agreement. Metal price fluctuations from August 18, 2010 to the hedge maturity date resulted in offsetting mark-to-market impacts on the original collateral hedge sold position and on the offsetting purchase position.

Other Initiatives

We have also implemented the following initiatives to improve margins, increase profitability and reduce working capital requirements:

 

   

market-driven product mix improvements;

 

   

management-led product portfolio enhancements;

 

   

management-led productivity and production enhancements; and

 

   

establishment of more rigid business rules resulting in improved pricing across our product portfolio.

Company Outlook

Prior to the recent economic downturn, demand for SSP and rod products in North America had been relatively stable, with the SSP market averaging consumption of 1.0 billion pounds per annum from 2001 to 2007, and the rod market averaging 855 million pounds per annum from 2001 to 2006. Compared to 2008, total industry demand for brass strip decreased in 2009 by 24% from 945 million pounds to 715 million pounds, and total industry demand for brass rod decreased 32% from 654 million pounds to 446 million pounds. Most recently, total North American demand for brass strip increased 21%, from 715 million pounds in 2009 to 864 million pounds in 2010, and total industry demand for brass rod increased 23%, from 446 million pounds in 2009 to 549 million pounds in 2010. While the 2010 total demand statistics reflect some recovery from 2008 and 2009, when general U.S. economic conditions improve, we expect to see growth in demand for copper and copper-alloy SSP products increase from 2010 levels toward pre-recession historic levels. A return to pre-recession historic levels would provide us with significant growth opportunities and increased profitability given our much lower breakeven point.

Demand for our product is driven predominantly by four sectors: building and housing, munitions, automotive and coinage. The building and housing sector, as measured by new housing starts, has been very depressed since 2008, with an average of approximately 575,000 units annually during 2009-2010. The sector has remained weak during 2011, and depletion of excess housing inventory has been proceeding slowly. Although training requirements for troops and demand by U.S. citizens for sporting and self defense contribute to stability in the munitions sector, this sector has been experiencing reduced demand in recent months. The automotive sector is dependent on the level of consumer spending and replacement needs. Coinage is directly tied to consumer transactions and has been severely depressed since 2008 as well.

We believe that in addition to the growth that we expect to experience upon a return to more normalized levels of demand, there are a number of growth opportunities that could create a considerable increase in demand, for copper and copper-alloy SSP products, including anti-microbial fittings and fixtures and renewable energy applications (such as lithium batteries and solar applications). Olin Brass has completed the Federal and state registration processes necessary to market its CuVerro materials as having anti-microbial properties. Additionally, on September 20, 2011, the COINS Act was introduced in the U.S. House of Representatives, which is intended to modernize the U.S. currency system by replacing $1 notes with $1 coins. Despite a recently announced substantial reduction in $1 coin production over the next couple of years, we anticipate a significant increase in the size of the coinage market if the U.S. transitions to the $1 coin.

 

59


Table of Contents

The Federal Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act has mandated the use of lead-free and low-lead conduits to supply drinking water, beginning in January 2014. This regulatory shift represents a significant growth opportunity for North American manufacturers of lead-free and low-lead materials, many of whom are already experiencing increased demand for high-quality, lead-free and low-lead products because of existing state regulations.

On the distribution side of our business, we anticipate further rationalization to occur given the amount of excess capacity that exists and the increased costs associated with financing the increased working capital needs associated with relatively high metal prices. Finally, management believes North American consumer demand has largely been satisfied by North American SSP and rod producers. Offshore supply of a small range of SSP and alloy rod products has historically represented a small proportion of total North American supply.

Non-GAAP Measures

In addition to the results reported in accordance with U.S. GAAP, we have provided information regarding “Consolidated EBITDA”, “Segment EBITDA”, “Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA”, “Segment Adjusted EBITDA”, and “Adjusted sales”.

EBITDA-Based Measures

We define Consolidated EBITDA as net income (loss) attributable to Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc., adjusted to exclude interest expense, provision for (benefit from) income taxes and depreciation and amortization expense. Segment EBITDA is defined by us as Income (loss) before provision for (benefit from) income taxes, equity income, and extraordinary items of the relevant segment, adjusted to exclude interest expense and depreciation and amortization expense, in each case, to the extent such items are attributable to such segment.

We use Consolidated EBITDA only to calculate Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA. Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA is Consolidated EBITDA, further adjusted to exclude extraordinary gains from the bargain purchase that occurred in the acquisition, realized and unrealized gains and losses related to the collateral hedge contracts that were required under our prior asset-based loan facility, unrealized gains and losses on derivative contracts in support of our balanced book approach, unrealized gains and losses associated with derivative contracts related to electricity and natural gas costs, non-cash gains and losses due to a 2008 lower of cost or market adjustment to inventory and non-cash LIFO-based gains and losses due to the depletion of a LIFO layer of metal inventory with lower base year costs, non-cash compensation expense related to payments made to members of our management by our parent, Halkos, non-cash income accretion related to the joint venture with Dowa, KPS management fees, restructuring and other business transformation charges, certain legal expenses and certain other items.

We use Segment EBITDA only to calculate Segment Adjusted EBITDA. Segment Adjusted EBITDA is Segment EBITDA, further adjusted to exclude non-cash gains and losses due to a 2008 lower of cost or market adjustment to inventory and non-cash LIFO-based gains and losses due to the depletion of a LIFO layer of metal inventory with lower base year costs non-cash income accretion related to the joint venture with Dowa, in each case, to the extent such items are attributable to the relevant segment.

We present the above-described EBITDA-based measures because we consider them important supplemental measures and believe they are frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in the evaluation of companies in our industry. Nevertheless, our EBITDA-based measures may not be comparable to similarly titled measures presented by other companies.

 

60


Table of Contents

We present Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA as a supplemental measure of our performance because we believe it represents a meaningful presentation of the financial performance of our core operations, without the impact of the various items excluded, in order to provide period-to-period comparisons that are more consistent and more easily understood. Segment Adjusted EBITDA is the key metric used by our chief operating decision-maker to evaluate the business performance of our company in comparison to budgets, forecasts and prior-year financial results, providing a measure that management believes reflects our core operating performance. Measures similar to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, namely “EBITDA” (as defined in the agreement governing the ABL Facility) and “Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA” (as defined in the agreement governing the Term Loan Facility), are used in the agreements governing the ABL Facility and the Term Loan Facility to determine compliance with various financial covenants and tests.

Our EBITDA-based measures have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider them in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our results as reported under U.S. GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

 

   

they do not reflect every expenditure, future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

 

   

they do not reflect the significant interest expense or the amounts necessary to service interest or principal payments on our debt;

 

   

they do not reflect income tax expense, and because the payment of taxes is part of our operations, tax expense is a necessary element of our costs and ability to operate;

 

   

although depreciation and amortization are eliminated in the calculation of EBITDA-based measures, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced or require improvements in the future, and our EBITDA-based measures do not reflect any costs of such replacements or improvements;

 

   

they do not reflect the impact of earnings or charges resulting from matters we consider not to be indicative of our ongoing operations;

 

   

segment-based measures do not reflect the elimination of intercompany transactions, including those between Olin Brass and A.J. Oster;

 

   

they do not reflect limitations on our costs related to transferring earnings from our subsidiaries to us; and

 

   

other companies in our industry may calculate these measures differently from the way we do, limiting their usefulness as comparative measures.

We compensate for these limitations by using our EBITDA-based measures along with other comparative tools, together with GAAP measurements, to assist in the evaluation of operating performance. Such GAAP measurements include operating income (loss), net income (loss), cash flows from operations and cash flow data. We have significant uses of cash, including capital expenditures, interest payments, debt principal repayments, taxes and other non-recurring charges, which are not reflected in our EBITDA-based measures.

Our EBITDA-based measures are not intended as alternatives to net income (loss) as indicators of our operating performance, as alternatives to any other measure of performance in conformity with GAAP or as alternatives to cash flow provided by operating activities as measures of liquidity. You should therefore not place undue reliance on our EBITDA-based measures or ratios calculated using those measures. Our GAAP-based measures can be found in our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

61


Table of Contents

Adjusted Sales

Adjusted sales is defined as net sales less the metal component of net sales. Net sales is the most directly comparable GAAP measure to adjusted sales. Adjusted sales represents the value-added premium we earn over our conversion and fabrication costs. Management uses adjusted sales on a consolidated basis to monitor the revenues that are generated from our value-added conversion and fabrication processes excluding the effects of fluctuations in metal costs, reflecting our toll sales and our balanced book approach for non-toll sales. We believe that adjusted sales supplements our GAAP results to provide a more complete understanding of the results of our business, and we believe it is useful to our investors and other parties for these same reasons. Adjusted sales may not be comparable to similarly titled measures presented by other companies and is not a measure of operating performance or liquidity defined by GAAP.

Results of Operations

Condensed Consolidated Results of Operations for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011, Compared to the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010.

 

     Nine Months Ended
September  30, 2011
    % of
Net

Sales
    Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2010
     % of
Net

Sales
    Change:
2011 vs. 2010
 
(in millions)             Amount      Percent  

Net sales

   $ 1,405.7        100.0   $ 1,285.6         100.0   $ 120.1         9.3

Cost of sales

     1,273.7        90.6     1,170.9         91.1     102.8         8.8
  

 

 

     

 

 

      

 

 

    

Gross profit

     132.0        9.4     114.7         8.9     17.3         15.1

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     52.4        3.7     53.5         4.2     (1.1      (2.1 %) 
  

 

 

     

 

 

      

 

 

    

Operating income

     79.6        5.7     61.2         4.8     18.4         30.1

Third party interest expense

     30.9        2.2     13.6         1.1     17.3         127.2

Related party interest expense

            0.0     2.5         0.2     (2.5      (100.0 %) 

Other (income) expense, net

     (0.5     0.0     0.6         0.0     (1.1        
  

 

 

     

 

 

      

 

 

    

Income before provision for income taxes and equity income

     49.2        3.5     44.5         3.5     4.7         10.6

Provision for income taxes

     18.2        1.3     17.1         1.3     1.1         6.4
  

 

 

     

 

 

      

 

 

    

Income before equity income

     31.0        2.2     27.4         2.1     3.6         13.1

Equity income, net of tax

     0.6        0.0     1.1         0.1     (0.5      (45.5 %) 
  

 

 

     

 

 

      

 

 

    

Net income

     31.6        2.2     28.5         2.2     3.1         10.9

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

     0.2        0.0     0.3         0.0     (0.1      (33.3 %) 
  

 

 

     

 

 

      

 

 

    

Net income attributable to Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc.

   $ 31.4        2.2   $ 28.2         2.2   $ 3.2         11.3
  

 

 

     

 

 

      

 

 

    

Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 92.3        6.6   $ 89.5         7.0   $ 2.8         3.1

 

Net Sales

Net sales increased by $120.1 million, or 9.3%, from $1,285.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 to $1,405.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. Increases in metal prices and sales prices increased net sales by $219.0 million and $30.1 million, respectively,

 

62


Table of Contents

which were partially offset by a decrease in volume of $129.0 million. The sales prices represent the pricing component of adjusted sales, which we define as the excess of net sales over the metal component of net sales.

Volume decreased 43.9 million pounds, or 10.0%, from 437.4 million pounds for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 to 393.5 million pounds for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. The decrease in volume, which partially offset the increase in net sales by $129.0 million, was the result of lower demand due to macroeconomic factors and our continued efforts to rationalize our product mix in order to provide optimal margins and growth opportunities.

The metal cost recovery component of net sales increased by $132.2 million, or 15.3%, from $864.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 to $997.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. Per unit metal costs increased 27.8% and contributed $219.0 million to the increase in net sales, primarily as a result of a 28.8% increase in average daily reported copper prices during the nine months ended September 30, 2011 as compared to the same period in 2010. Lower volume partially offset the increase in the metal cost recovery component of net sales by $86.8 million.

Adjusted Sales

Adjusted sales, the excess of net sales over the metal component of net sales, decreased by $12.1 million, or 2.9%, from $420.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 to $408.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. Lower volume contributed $42.2 million to the decrease, which was partially offset by $30.1 million related to improved pricing and the rationalization of product mix. Adjusted sales per pound increased in the nine months ended September 30, 2011 by 8.3% compared to the same period in 2010.

Adjusted sales is a non-GAAP financial measure. See “—Non-GAAP Measures—Adjusted Sales”. The following table presents a reconciliation of net sales to adjusted sales, and net sales per pound to adjusted sales per pound:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
     Change:
2011 vs. 2010
 
(in millions, except per pound values)    2011      2010      Amount     Percent  

Pounds shipped

     393.5         437.4         (43.9     (10.0 %) 

Net sales

   $ 1,405.7       $ 1,285.6       $ 120.1        9.3

Metal component of net sales

     997.0         864.8         132.2        15.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Adjusted sales

   $ 408.7       $ 420.8       $ (12.1     (2.9 %) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

$ per pound shipped

          

Net sales per pound

   $ 3.57       $ 2.94       $ 0.63        21.4

Metal component of net sales per pound

     2.53         1.98         0.55        27.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Adjusted sales per pound

   $ 1.04       $ 0.96       $ 0.08        8.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Average copper price per pound

   $ 4.20       $ 3.26       $ 0.94        28.8

Gross Profit

Gross profit increased by $17.3 million, or 15.1%, from $114.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 to $132.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. Gross profit per pound increased from $0.26 for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 to $0.34 for the nine months ended September 30, 2011.

 

63


Table of Contents

Gross profit for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 includes a loss of $14.6 million related to collateral hedge contracts required under our prior asset-based loan agreement and net unrealized losses on other derivative contracts. Gross profit for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 included a loss of $6.5 million to net unrealized losses on derivative contracts. We exclude all such losses in calculating Segment Adjusted EBITDA and Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA. See “—Non-GAAP Measures—EBITDA-Based Measures”.

Depreciation included in gross profit increased from $2.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 to $3.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. The increase is attributable to an increase in our depreciable asset base, which resulted from capital expenditures made to improve or extend the life of equipment acquired from Olin Corporation, which equipment was initially recorded at zero value.

Several other offsetting factors contributed to the remaining $10.4 million increase in gross profit. Higher sales prices and lower restructuring and other business transformation charges in the nine months ended September 30, 2011 contributed $30.1 million and $3.6 million, respectively, to the increase in gross profit. The $3.6 million in restructuring and other business transformation charges recorded in 2010 related to a provision for excess and obsolete inventory resulting from rationalization of our product mix, severance costs related to a reduction in force and fees paid to labor and productivity consultants. These factors were partially offset by the impact of lower volume in the nine months ended September 30, 2011 of $16.4 million, higher shrinkage costs due to higher metal prices of $3.7 million and higher manufacturing conversion costs of $3.2 million.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased by $1.1 million, or 2.1%, from $53.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 to $52.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. The decrease in selling, general and administrative expenses was due primarily to a decrease in non-cash compensation charges for vested profit interest shares of $3.2 million, a decline in restructuring and other business transformation charges of $2.5 million associated with a reduction in force implemented in May 2010, a reduction in bad debt expenses of $1.6 million resulting from lower estimated losses as well as our entry into a credit insurance policy which limits our potential losses. Partially offsetting the decrease was an increase of $2.5 million in professional fees for audit, tax, legal and consulting services, $1.9 million due to an organizational realignment of certain departments that were previously recorded in cost of sales, $1.2 million of expenses incurred with the establishment of an office located in Louisville, Kentucky, and other miscellaneous expenses totaling $0.6 million.

Operating Income

Operating income increased by $18.4 million, or 30.1%, from $61.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 to $79.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 due to the changes in gross profit and selling, general and administrative expenses, as described above.

Interest Expense

Interest expense increased $14.8 million from $16.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 to $30.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. The increase was due to higher interest rates (a weighted average of 10.09% per annum during 2011 compared to 5.95% per annum during 2010) primarily due to the agreement governing the Term Loan Facility entered into as part of the August 18, 2010 refinancing, as well as higher average borrowings on our debt facilities of $321.4 million in 2011 as compared to $310.1 million in 2010. After giving effect to the refinancing as if it had occurred on January 1, 2010, our interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2010 would have been $38.5 million.

 

64


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the components of interest expense:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
(in millions)        2011              2010      

Interest on principal

   $ 24.6       $ 14.0   

Interest rate cap agreements

     1.8           

Amortization of debt discount and issuance costs

     3.4         1.2   

Other borrowing costs(1)

     1.1         0.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest expense

   $ 30.9       $ 16.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes interest on letters of credit and unused line of credit fees.

In compliance with the Term Loan Facility, we entered into interest rate cap agreements to fix a portion of our variable rate debt. During the nine months ended September 30, 2011, the fair value of the interest rate caps declined by $1.8 million, and the decline in fair value was recorded as non-cash interest expense. The increase in amortization expense was due to the refinancing on August 18, 2010, which resulted in amortization of capitalized costs associated with the refinancing as described in “—Financial Information, Acquisition, Business Transformation and Refinancing—Refinancing” above.

Other Expense (Income), Net

We recorded other income, net of $0.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to other expense, net of $0.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010. During the nine months ended September 30, 2011, we recorded income of $2.0 million related to a favorable legal settlement of a products liability lawsuit in which we were named as a third-party defendant. Partially offsetting this was $0.9 million of expense incurred relating to a waiver obtained from our lenders under the Term Loan Facility and the ABL Facility. The fee paid related to a waiver for a technical restatement of the financial statements of Global Brass and Copper, Inc. previously delivered and an additional waiver because the consolidated financial statements of Global Brass and Copper, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2010 could not be delivered within the prescribed time period as a result of the restatement. For more information, see “—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Outstanding Indebtedness—The ABL Facility” and “—Internal Control over Financial Reporting”.

 

65


Table of Contents

Provision for Income Taxes

The effective income tax rate, which is provision for income taxes as a percentage of income before provision for income taxes and equity income, differs from the amount determined by applying the applicable U.S. statutory Federal income tax rate to pretax results primarily as a result of the following:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2011     2010  

Statutory provision rate

     35.0     35.0

Permanent differences and other items

    

State tax provision

     4.2     3.7

Section 199 manufacturing credit

     (2.4 %)      (7.0 %) 

Foreign tax effects

            (0.4 %) 

Return to provision adjustments

     (0.1 %)      (1.9 %) 

Re-rate of deferred taxes

     (0.9 %)        

Other discretes

     0.5     0.5

Non-deductible non-cash compensation(1)

            2.9

Other

     0.6     5.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective income tax rate

     36.9     38.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Reflects the increase in effective income tax rate resulting from non-cash compensation expense that was recognized by us in connection with $3.5 million of distributions made to certain of our executives and other employees by Halkos in August 2010 from the proceeds it received from us as a result of the August 2010 refinancing transactions. See “Use of Proceeds” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.” The additional selling, general and administrative expense lowered our income before provision for income taxes and equity income, which resulted in our effective tax rate being higher in the 2010 period. Because even larger distributions to certain of our executives and other employees are expected to be made by Halkos from the net proceeds of this offering, a similar (and proportionally larger) effect is expected to occur in the fiscal periods during which such distributions are recorded.

Equity Income

Equity income, net of tax, decreased from $1.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 to $0.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. This decrease was due to reduced profitability period over period of our equity method investment in our joint venture with Dowa.

Net Income Attributable to Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc.

Net income attributable to Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc. increased by $3.2 million, or 11.3%, from $28.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 to $31.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 due to the increase in operating income, partially offset by the increase in interest expense as described above.

Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA

Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA increased by $2.8 million, or 3.1%, from $89.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 to $92.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. The increase was due to higher sales prices of $30.1 million and a reduction in bad debt expense of $1.6 million. Partially offsetting the increase was lower volume which negatively impacted Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA by $16.4 million, higher manufacturing conversion costs and selling, general and administrative expenses of $8.5 million, increased shrinkage loss costs due to the impact of higher metal prices, which contributed $3.7 million to the decline, and $0.3 million of other adjustments included in the calculation of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA.

 

 

66


Table of Contents

Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. See “—Non-GAAP Measures—EBITDA-Based Measures”.

Below is a reconciliation of net income attributable to Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc. to Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
(in millions)        2011             2010      

Net income attributable to Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc.

   $ 31.4      $ 28.2   

Interest expense

     30.9        16.1   

Provision for income taxes

     18.2        17.1   

Depreciation expense

     3.3        2.1   

Amortization expense

     0.1        0.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consolidated EBITDA

   $ 83.9      $ 63.6   

Loss on derivative contracts(a)

     6.5        14.6   

Non-cash accretion of income of Dowa joint venture(b)

     (0.5     (0.5

Non-cash Halkos profits interest compensation expense(c)

     0.3        3.5   

Management fees(d)

     0.7        0.7   

Restructuring and other business transformation charges(e)

            6.1   

Specified legal/professional expenses(f)

     1.4        1.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 92.3      $ 89.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Represents realized and unrealized gains and losses related to the collateral hedge that was required under our prior asset-based loan facility and is no longer required under the ABL Facility, unrealized gains and losses on derivative contracts in support of our balanced book approach and unrealized gains and losses associated with derivative contracts with respect to electricity and natural gas costs. No additional gains and losses with respect to the collateral hedge will be incurred in any subsequent periods. The following table summarizes the loss on derivative contracts:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2011      2010  

Collateral hedge

   $       $ 4.6   

Other

     6.5         10.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss on derivative contracts

   $ 6.5       $ 14.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(b) As a result of the application of purchase accounting in connection with the November 2007 acquisition, no carrying value was initially assigned to our equity investment in our joint venture with Dowa. This adjustment represents the accretion of equity in our joint venture with Dowa at the date of the acquisition over a 13-year period (which represents the estimated useful life of the technology and patents of the joint venture). See note 8 to our audited consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

(c) Represents a portion of the dividend payments made by Halkos to members of our management that resulted in a non-cash compensation charge in connection with the refinancing transaction that occurred in August 2010. See “Use of Proceeds” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions”.

 

(d) Represents annual management fees payable to affiliates of KPS. We expect to pay KPS or its affiliates an amount in cash equal to $         million, the aggregate amount of the remaining payments due under the management agreement upon termination of the agreement at the closing of this offering. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions”.

 

(e) Restructuring and other business transformation charges for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 included $3.2 million in severance charges to certain employees at Olin Brass, $0.5 million incurred for labor and productivity consultants in connection with operations at the Somers Thin Strip facility and $2.4 million in charges for excess and obsolete material associated with our exit and our share reduction in negative and low-margin product lines.

 

 

67


Table of Contents
(f) Specified legal/professional expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 included $2.5 million of professional fees for audit, tax, legal and consulting services related to this offering and $0.9 million of expense incurred relating to a waiver obtained from our lenders under the Term Loan Facility and the ABL Facility. Partly offsetting this was income of $2.0 million from a favorable legal settlement related to a products liability lawsuit in which we were named as a third-party defendant. The waiver fee paid related to a waiver for a technical restatement of the financial statements of Global Brass and Copper, Inc. previously delivered and an additional waiver because the consolidated financial statements of Global Brass and Copper, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2010 could not be delivered within the prescribed time period as a result of the restatement. For more information, see “—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Outstanding Indebtedness—The ABL Facility” and “—Internal Control over Financial Reporting”.

 

     Specified legal/professional expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 included legal and consulting fees of $0.5 million associated with the successful defense of two assumed predecessor company liabilities, $0.9 million of professional fees incurred in connection with preparations for the August 18, 2010 refinancing of our prior asset-based revolving loan facility and other future financings and $0.1 million associated with regulatory and compliance matters.

Segment Results of Operations

Segment Results of Operations for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011, Compared to the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010.

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
    Change
2011 vs. 2010
 
(in millions)    2011     2010     Amount     Percent  

Pounds shipped

        

Olin Brass

     204.4        240.6        (36.2     (15.0 %) 

Chase Brass

     172.8        185.2        (12.4     (6.7 %) 

A.J. Oster

     54.7        61.9        (7.2     (11.6 %) 

Corporate & other(1)

     (38.4     (50.3     11.9        23.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total

     393.5        437.4        (43.9     (10.0 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net Sales

        

Olin Brass

   $ 606.3      $ 595.0      $ 11.3        1.9

Chase Brass

     555.6        479.6        76.0        15.8

A.J. Oster

     283.6        257.4        26.2        10.2

Corporate & other(1)

     (39.8     (46.4     6.6        14.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total

   $ 1,405.7      $ 1,285.6      $ 120.1        9.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Segment Adjusted EBITDA

        

Olin Brass

   $ 34.1      $ 27.6      $ 6.5        23.6

Chase Brass

     53.5        49.3        4.2        8.5

A.J. Oster

     13.8        16.0        (2.2     (13.8 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total for operating segments

   $ 101.4      $ 92.9      $ 8.5        9.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

(1) Amounts represent intercompany eliminations.

 

68


Table of Contents

Below is a reconciliation of income before provision for income taxes and equity income to Segment EBITDA and Segment Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented:

 

    Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2011
    Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2010
 
(in millions)   Olin
Brass
    Chase
Brass
    AJ
Oster
    Olin
Brass
    Chase
Brass
    AJ
Oster
 

Income before provision for income taxes and equity income

  $ 32.3      $ 52.2      $ 13.6      $ 26.0      $ 48.6      $ 15.8   

Interest Expense

                                         

Depreciation expense

    1.9        1.2        0.2        1.3        0.6        0.2   

Amortization expense

           0.1                      0.1          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Segment EBITDA

  $ 34.2      $ 53.5      $ 13.8      $ 27.3      $ 49.3      $ 16.0   

Equity income, net of tax

    0.6                      1.1                 

Net income attributable to non-controlling interest

    (0.2                   (0.3              

Non-cash accretion of income of Dowa joint venture(1)

    (0.5                   (0.5              
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Segment Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 34.1      $ 53.5      $ 13.8      $ 27.6      $ 49.3      $ 16.0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) As a result of the application of purchase accounting in connection with the November 2007 acquisition, no carrying value was initially assigned to our equity investment in our joint venture with Dowa. This adjustment represents the accretion of equity in our joint venture with Dowa over a 13-year period (which represents the estimated useful life of the technology and patents of the joint venture). See note 8 to our audited consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Olin Brass

Olin Brass net sales increased by $11.3 million, or 1.9%, from $595.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 to $606.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. The increase was due primarily to higher metal costs and sales prices, partially offset by lower volume.

Volume decreased by 36.2 million pounds, or 15.0%, from 240.6 million pounds for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 to 204.4 million pounds for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. The decrease in volume, which partially offset the increase in net sales by $89.6 million, was the result of lower demand due to macroeconomic factors and our continued efforts to rationalize our product mix in order to provide optimal margins and growth opportunities.

Higher metal prices, improved pricing and rationalization of the product mix contributed $100.9 million to the increase in net sales during the nine months ended September 30, 2011 as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2010.

Segment Adjusted EBITDA of Olin Brass increased by $6.5 million, from $27.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 to $34.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. The increase was due primarily to higher margins due to higher sales prices and a restructuring and other business transformation charge of $6.1 million in the 2010 period that did not recur in the 2011 period. The restructuring and other business transformation charge related to a provision for excess and obsolete inventory resulting from a rationalization of our product mix, severance costs related to a workforce reduction and fees paid to labor and productivity consultants, all of which occurred during the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and did not recur in 2011. The higher margins were the result of several factors, including price increases and product mix rationalization, which were partially offset by lower volume, a less favorable market-driven product mix, higher shrinkage loss costs due to higher metal prices, and higher conversion costs and selling, general and administrative expenses.

Segment Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. See “—Non-GAAP Measures—EBITDA-Based Measures”.

 

69


Table of Contents

Chase Brass

Chase Brass net sales increased by $76.0 million, or 15.8%, from $479.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 to $555.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. The increase was due primarily to higher metal costs and sales prices in the nine months ended September 30, 2011, partially offset by lower volume.

Volume decreased 12.4 million pounds, or 6.7%, from 185.2 million pounds for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 to 172.8 million pounds for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. The decrease in volume, which partially offset the increase in net sales by $32.0 million, was the result of lower demand due to macroeconomic factors and our continued efforts to rationalize our product mix in order to provide optimal margins and growth opportunities.

Higher metal prices, improved pricing and rationalization of the product mix contributed $108.0 million to the increase in net sales during the nine months ended September 30, 2011 as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2010.

Segment Adjusted EBITDA of Chase Brass increased by $4.2 million, from $49.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 to $53.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. The increase was due primarily to higher margins resulting from higher sales prices, partially offset by lower volume and higher shrinkage loss costs in the nine months ended September 30, 2011.

Segment Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. See “—Non-GAAP Measures—EBITDA-Based Measures”.

A.J. Oster

A.J. Oster net sales increased by $26.2 million, or 10.2%, from $257.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 to $283.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. The increase was due primarily to higher metal costs and sales prices in the nine months ended September 30, 2011, partially offset by lower volume.

Volume decreased by 7.2 million pounds, or 11.6%, from 61.9 million pounds for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 to 54.7 million pounds for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. The decrease in volume, which partially offset the increase in net sales by $29.8 million, was the result of lower demand due to macroeconomic factors and our continued efforts to rationalize our product mix in order to provide optimal margins and growth opportunities.

Higher metal prices, improved pricing and rationalization of the product mix contributed $56.0 million to the increase in net sales during the nine months ended September 30, 2011 as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2010.

Segment Adjusted EBITDA of A.J. Oster decreased by $2.2 million, from $16.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 to $13.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. The decrease was due to lower volume, higher supplier prices, including products supplied by Olin Brass, and a negative shift in market-driven product mix, and was partially offset by higher sales prices.

Segment Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. See “—Non-GAAP Measures—EBITDA-Based Measures”.

 

70


Table of Contents

Consolidated Results of Operations for the Year ended December 31, 2010, compared to the Year ended December 31, 2009.

The statement of operations data presented below for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position and operating results for such periods and as of such dates. See note 19 of our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information regarding our segment reporting.

 

(in millions)

   2010      % of
Net
Sales
    2009      % of
Net
Sales
    Change: 2010 vs.
2009
 
             Amount     Percent  

Net sales

   $ 1,658.7         100.0   $ 1,140.9         100.0   $ 517.8        45.4

Cost of sales

     1,497.9         90.3     1,048.2         91.9     449.7        42.9
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

Gross profit

     160.8         9.7     92.7         8.1     68.1        73.5

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     68.9         4.2     62.1         5.4     6.8        11.0
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

Operating income

     91.9         5.5     30.6         2.7     61.3        200.3

Third party interest expense

     22.6         1.4     11.3         1.0     11.3        100.0

Related party interest expense

     2.5         0.2     6.8         0.6     (4.3     (63.2 %) 

Other expense, net

     0.8         0.0     0.1         0.0     0.7        700.0
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

Income before provision for income taxes and equity income

     66.0         4.0     12.4         1.1     53.6        432.3

Provision for income taxes

     26.1         1.6     2.5         0.2     23.6        944.0
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

Income before equity income

     39.9         2.4     9.9         0.9     30.0        303.0

Equity income, net of tax

     1.5         0.1             0.0     1.5        n/a   
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

Net income

     41.4         2.5     9.9         0.9     31.5        318.2

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

     0.5         0.0     0.1         0.0     0.4        400.0
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

Net income attributable to Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc.

   $ 40.9         2.5   $ 9.8         0.9   $ 31.1        317.3
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 98.6         5.9   $ 55.7         4.9   $ 42.9        77.0

Net Sales

Net sales increased $517.8 million, or 45.4%, from $1,140.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 to $1,658.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Increases in volume, metal prices and sales prices increased net sales by $221.7 million, $268.1 million and $28.0 million, respectively. The sales prices represent the pricing component of adjusted sales, which we define as the excess of net sales over the metal component of net sales.

Volume increased 90.2 million pounds, or 19.4%, from 463.9 million pounds for the year ended December 31, 2009 to 554.1 million pounds for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase in volume, which contributed $221.7 million to the increase in net sales, was due to improvement in general economic conditions. End markets, such as building and housing and automotive, that are most sensitive to macroeconomic trends showed the greatest increase in demand. Demand increased modestly in two other significant end markets, munitions and coinage. Total demand for brass SSP and rod, while improved compared to 2009, remained low in 2010 by historical standards.

 

71


Table of Contents

The metal cost recovery component of net sales increased $406.6 million, or 57.0%, from $713.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 to $1,119.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Per unit metal costs increased 31.2% and contributed $268.1 million to the increase in net sales, primarily as a result of a 46.0% increase in average daily reported copper prices during the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. Contributing an additional $138.5 million to the increase in the metal cost recovery component was higher volume in 2010.

Adjusted Sales

Adjusted sales, the excess of net sales over the metal component of net sales, increased by $111.2 million, or 26.0%, from $427.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 to $538.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Higher volume contributed $83.2 million and improved pricing and the rationalization of product mix contributed $28.0 million. Adjusted sales per pound increased in 2010 by 5.4% compared to 2009.

Adjusted sales is a non-GAAP financial measure. See “—Non-GAAP Measures—Adjusted Sales”. The following table presents a reconciliation of net sales to adjusted sales and net sales per pound to adjusted sales per pound:

 

(in millions, except per pound values)

   2010      2009      Change: 2010 vs.
2009
 
         Amount      Percent  

Pounds shipped

     554.1         463.9         90.2         19.4

Net sales

   $ 1,658.7       $ 1,140.9       $ 517.8         45.4

Metal component of net sales

     1,119.9         713.3         406.6         57.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Adjusted sales

   $ 538.8       $ 427.6       $ 111.2         26.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

$ per pound shipped

           

Net sales per pound

   $ 2.99       $ 2.46       $ 0.53         21.5

Metal component of net sales per pound

     2.02         1.54         0.48         31.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Adjusted sales per pound

   $ 0.97       $ 0.92       $ 0.05         5.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Average reported copper price per pound

   $ 3.43       $ 2.35       $ 1.08         46.0

Gross Profit

Gross profit increased by $68.1 million, or 73.5%, from $92.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 to $160.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Gross profit per pound increased from $0.20 for the year ended December 31, 2009 to $0.29 for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Gross profit in 2010 and 2009 includes losses of $12.8 million and $21.7 million on derivatives related to collateral hedge contracts required under our prior asset-based loan agreement, which are not required in the agreement governing the ABL Facility, which refinanced the prior agreement on August 18, 2010. The losses on derivative instruments for 2010 and 2009 primarily related to the collateral hedge contracts and reflected the increase in metal prices from year-end 2008 to year-end 2009, and to year-end 2010. Losses with respect to the collateral hedge contracts will not continue in subsequent periods because of the elimination of the collateral hedge requirement. Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2010 also reflects the reduction of inventory balances and a decrement in the base LIFO layer, which is carried at a copper price of $1.52 per pound and is significantly below weighted-average replacement costs of $3.43 per pound for the year ended December 31, 2010. Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2010, included a LIFO gain of $21.0 million, compared to a LIFO charge of $0.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2009. Gross profit in 2010 was $21.0 million higher as a result of this decrement than it would have been had the metal used been purchased at the copper prices prevailing on the inventory depletion date. Gross profit for 2009

 

72


Table of Contents

includes a $4.1 million benefit from the recovery in metal prices in 2009 compared to 2008, on the FIFO basis valuation of inventory in our foreign operations. This recovery in metal prices effectively reversed the lower of cost or market charge related to inventory in foreign operations which was recorded in 2008. We exclude the above items in calculating Adjusted EBITDA and Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA. See “—Non-GAAP Measures—EBITDA-Based Measures”.

Depreciation and amortization expense included in gross profit increased from $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 to $2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase is attributable to an increase in our depreciable asset base from $31.6 million at December 31, 2009 to $44.5 million at December 31, 2010, which resulted from capital expenditures of $12.2 million and $11.9 million in 2009 and 2010, respectively, made for maintenance and replacement of equipment acquired from Olin Corporation, which was initially recorded at zero value.

Several other offsetting factors contributed to the remaining $42.9 million increase in gross profit in 2010. Gross profit was positively impacted by higher volume and higher sales prices, which contributed $31.3 million and $28.0 million, respectively, to the increase in 2010 compared to 2009. These factors were partially offset by the negative impact of higher metal costs on shrinkage loss of $5.4 million, higher restructuring and other business transformation charges related to a provision for excess and obsolete inventory resulting from rationalization of our product mix and severance costs of $2.9 million related to a reduction in force, the impact of inflation net of cost reduction on conversion costs and other cost changes of $8.1 million.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $6.8 million, or 11.0%, from $62.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 to $68.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses was due primarily to higher cash incentive compensation of $4.6 million for executive management and other bonus eligible employees resulting from improved performance, a dividend made by our parent, Halkos, to certain members of management in August 2010 that resulted in a $3.5 million non-cash compensation charge and increases in other expenses of $4.3 million. These items were partially offset by bad debt expenses of $1.3 million in 2010 compared to $5.9 million in 2009. The decrease in bad debt expenses in 2010 compared to 2009 was primarily due to provisions established for specific bad debts from certain customers that experienced financial difficulty during 2009, without similar customer experience in 2010, and lower estimates of losses on customer accounts receivable, primarily as a result of improved economic conditions in 2010. Further offsetting the change in selling, general and administrative expenses was restructuring and other business transformation charges of $2.5 million associated with a reduction in workforce implemented in May 2010 compared to restructuring and other business transformation charges of $3.5 million related to a reduction in workforce and other operational changes in 2009.

Operating Income

Operating income increased by $61.3 million, or 200.3%, from $30.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 to $91.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 due to the changes in gross profit and selling, general and administrative expenses described above.

Interest Expense

Interest expense increased by $7.0 million from $18.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 to $25.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase was due to higher average borrowings on our debt facilities of $313.0 million in 2010 as compared to $268.5 million in 2009, as well as higher interest rates (a weighted average of 7.14% per annum during 2010 compared to 4.96% per annum during 2009) as a result of the August 18, 2010 refinancing. Interest expense for 2010 includes amortized financing costs and debt issuance discount of $2.3 million, compared to amortized financing

 

73


Table of Contents

costs in 2009 of $0.4 million. The increase in amortization expense is due to the refinancing on August 18, 2010, which resulted in the write-off of unamortized capitalized financing costs of $0.3 million relating to the prior asset-based loan facility, amortization of debt discount of $0.7 million on the Term Loan Facility and amortization of capitalized costs associated with the refinancing of $0.9 million.

The following table summarizes the components of interest expense:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
(in millions)            2010                     2009          

Interest on principal

   $ 22.3      $ 13.3   

Interest rate cap agreements

     (0.8       

Amortization of debt discount and issuance costs

     2.3        0.4   

Other borrowing costs(1)

     1.3        4.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense

   $ 25.1      $ 18.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes interest on letters of credit and unused line of credit fees.

Provision for Income Taxes

Income tax expense increased $23.6 million, from $2.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 to $26.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase was due to higher income before provision for income taxes, equity income and extraordinary items of $66.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to $12.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. Also, the effective income tax rate increased from 20.4% for the year ended December 31, 2009 to 39.6% for the year ended December 31, 2010. This increase was due to substantial provision adjustments in 2009 related to our final determination of the purchase price allocation for tax return purposes of the worldwide metals business of Olin Corporation, resulting in a $8.3 million reduction in income tax expense (see note 12 of our audited consolidated financial statements). Also, we rescinded our APB 23 assertion on permanent reinvestment of foreign earnings in 2009. We also experienced higher incremental tax effects of foreign earnings in 2009 versus 2010.

The following table summarizes the effective income tax rate components for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

     For the Year Ended
December 31,
 
         2010             2009      

Statutory provision rate

     35.0     35.0

Permanent differences and other items

    

State tax provision

     5.7     5.7

Section 199 manufacturing credit

     (1.5 %)      (2.1 %) 

Incremental tax effects of foreign earnings

     0.3     10.3

Return to provision adjustments

     (2.1 %)      (66.8 %) 

Rescission of APB 23 assertion on permanent reinvestment of foreign earnings

     0.0     36.1

Non-deductible non-cash compensation (1)

     1.8     0.0

Other

     0.4     2.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective income tax rate

     39.6     20.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Reflects the increase in effective income tax rate resulting from non-cash compensation expense that was recognized by us in connection with $3.5 million of distributions made to certain of our executives and other employees by Halkos in August 2010 from the proceeds it received from us as a result of the August 2010 refinancing transactions. See “Use of Proceeds” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.” The additional selling, general and administrative expense lowered our income before provision for income taxes and equity income, which resulted in our effective tax rate being higher in the 2010 period. Because even larger distributions to certain of our executives and other employees are expected to be made by Halkos from the net proceeds of this offering, a similar (and proportionally larger) effect is expected to occur in the fiscal periods during which such distributions are recorded.

 

74


Table of Contents

Equity Income

Equity income, net of tax, increased from less than $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 to $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. This increase was due to improved profitability from 2009 to 2010 of our equity method investment in our joint venture with Dowa due to improved metals prices and economic conditions.

Net Income Attributable to Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc.

Net income attributable to Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc. increased by $31.1 million, or 317.3%, from $9.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 to $40.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 due to the changes in operating income and partially offset by the increase in provision for income taxes, as described above.

Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA

Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA increased by $42.9 million, or 77.0%, from $55.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 to $98.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase was due to higher volume, and higher adjusted sales per pound. These items were partially offset by increased shrinkage loss costs due to the impact of higher metal prices, additional restructuring and other business transformation charges, higher manufacturing conversion costs and higher selling, general and administrative costs, and the positive impact from year over year changes in the exclusions for restructuring and other business transformation charges and other adjustments included in the calculation of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA.

Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. See “ Non-GAAP Measures—EBITDA-Based Measures”.

Below is a reconciliation of net income (loss) attributable to Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc. to Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009:

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
 
         2010             2009      
    

(in millions)

 

Net income attributable to Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc.

   $ 40.9      $ 9.8   

Interest expense

     25.1        18.1   

Provision for income taxes

     26.1        2.5   

Depreciation expense

     2.8        1.7   

Amortization expense

     0.2        0.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consolidated EBITDA

   $ 95.1      $ 32.3   

Loss on derivative contracts(a)

     12.8        21.7   

Impact of inventory basis adjustment(b)

            (4.1

(Gain) loss from LIFO layer depletion(c)

     (21.0     0.5   

Non-cash accretion of income of Dowa joint venture(d)

     (0.7     (0.7

Non-cash Halkos profits interest compensation expense(e)

     3.5          

Management fees(f)

     1.0        1.0   

Restructuring and other business transformation charges(g)

     6.1        1.9   

Specified legal/professional expenses(h)

     1.8        3.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 98.6      $ 55.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a)

Represents realized and unrealized gains and losses related to the collateral hedge that was required under our prior asset-based loan facility and is no longer required under the ABL Facility, unrealized gains and losses on derivative contracts in support of our balanced book approach and unrealized gains and losses associated with derivative contracts with respect to

 

75


Table of Contents
 

electricity and natural gas costs. No additional gains and losses with respect to the collateral hedge will be incurred in any subsequent periods. The following table summarizes the loss on derivative contracts:

 

       Years Ended
December 31,
 
       2010      2009  

Collateral hedge

   $ 4.6       $ 30.8   

Other

     8.2         (9.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss on derivative contracts

   $ 12.8       $ 21.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(b) Our foreign operations are accounted for on a FIFO basis. The $4.1 million adjustment represents the difference between our foreign entities’ replacement cost of metal included in net sales in the year ended December 31, 2009 and the carrying value of our metal inventory at December 31, 2008 that was recognized in cost of sales in 2009 in accordance with the FIFO basis cost recognition.

 

(c) Calculated based on the difference between the base year LIFO carrying value and the metal prices prevailing in the market at the time of inventory depletion.

 

(d) As a result of the application of purchase accounting in connection with the November 2007 acquisition, no carrying value was initially assigned to our equity investment in our joint venture with Dowa. This adjustment represents the accretion of equity in our joint venture with Dowa at the date of the acquisition over a 13-year period (which represents the estimated useful life of the technology and patents of the joint venture). See note 8 to our audited consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

(e) Represents a portion of the dividend payments made by Halkos to members of our management that resulted in a non-cash compensation charge in connection with the refinancing transaction that occurred in August 2010. See “Use of Proceeds” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions”.

 

(f) Represents annual management fees payable to affiliates of KPS. We expect to pay KPS or its affiliates an amount in cash equal to $                 million, the aggregate amount of the remaining payments due under the management agreement upon termination of the agreement at the closing of this offering. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions”.

 

(g) Restructuring and other business transformation charges for the year ended December 31, 2010 included $3.2 million in severance charges to certain employees at Olin Brass, $0.5 million incurred for labor and productivity consultants in connection with operations at the Somers Thin Strip facility and $2.4 million in charges for excess and obsolete material associated with our exit and our share reduction in negative and low-margin product lines.

 

     Restructuring and other business transformation charges for the year ended December 31, 2009 included $0.7 million in fees incurred for labor and productivity consultants in connection with operations at the Olin Brass East Alton, Illinois casting plant, rolling mill and fabrication and cupping operation and $1.2 million in severance charges associated with the reorganization of Olin Brass’s senior management.

 

(h) Specified legal/professional expenses for the year ended December 31, 2010 included legal and consulting fees of $0.8 million associated with the successful defense of two assumed predecessor company liabilities, $0.9 million of professional fees incurred in connection with preparations for the August 18, 2010 refinancing of our prior asset-based revolving loan facility and other future financings and $0.1 million associated with regulatory and compliance matters.

 

     Specified legal/professional expenses for the year ended December 31, 2009 included legal and consulting fees of $2.4 million associated with a proposed acquisition that was not completed and $0.7 million associated with regulatory and compliance matters.

 

76


Table of Contents

Segment Results of Operations for the Year ended December 31, 2010, Compared to the Year ended December 31, 2009

 

(in millions)    2010     2009     Change:
2010 vs. 2009
 
       Amount     Percent  

Pounds shipped

        

Olin Brass

     307.0        261.0        46.0        17.6

Chase Brass

     230.8        187.2        43.6        23.3

A.J. Oster

     79.4        66.1        13.3        20.1

Corporate & other(1)

     (63.1     (50.4     (12.7     (25.2 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total

     554.1        463.9        90.2        19.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net Sales

        

Olin Brass

   $ 768.2      $ 544.3      $ 223.9        41.1

Chase Brass

     612.6        411.9        200.7        48.7

A.J. Oster

     337.5        230.0        107.5        46.7

Corporate & other(1)

     (59.6     (45.3     (14.3     (31.6 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total

   $ 1,658.7      $ 1,140.9      $ 517.8        45.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Segment Adjusted EBITDA

        

Olin Brass

   $ 22.8      $ 8.9      $ 13.9        156.2

Chase Brass

     61.2        39.3        21.9        55.7

A.J. Oster

     21.3        8.8        12.5        142.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total for operating segments

   $ 105.3      $ 57.0      $ 48.3        84.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

(1) Amounts represent intercompany eliminations.

Below is a reconciliation of income before provision for income taxes and equity income to Segment EBITDA and Segment Adjusted EBITDA:

 

    Year Ended
December 31, 2010
     Year Ended
December 31, 2009
 
($ in millions)   Olin
Brass
    Chase
Brass
     A.J.
Oster
     Olin
Brass
    Chase
Brass
     A.J.
Oster
 

Income before provision for income taxes and equity

  $ 44.2      $ 60.0       $ 21.1       $ 12.2      $ 38.5       $ 8.7   

Interest expense

                                            

Depreciation expense

    1.6        1.0         0.2         1.0        0.6         0.1   

Amortization expense

           0.2                        0.2           
 

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Segment EBITDA

  $ 45.8      $ 61.2       $ 21.3       $ 13.2      $ 39.3       $ 8.8   

Equity income, net of tax

    1.5                        0.1                  

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

    (0.5                     (0.1               

(Gain) loss from LIFO layer depletion(1)

    (23.3                     0.5                  

Impact of inventory basis adjustment(2)

                           (4.1               

Non-cash accretion of income of Dowa joint venture(3)

    (0.7                     (0.7               
 

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Segment Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 22.8      $ 61.2       $ 21.3       $ 8.9      $ 39.3       $ 8.8   
 

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Calculated based on the difference between the $1.52 per pound carrying value and the copper price per pound prevailing in the market at the time of inventory depletion.
(2) Our foreign operations are accounted for on a FIFO basis. The $4.1 million adjustment represents the difference between our foreign entities’ replacement cost of metal included in net sales in the year ended December 31, 2009 and the carrying value of our metal inventory at December 31, 2008 that was recognized in cost of sales in 2009 in accordance with the FIFO basis cost recognition.

 

77


Table of Contents
(3) As a result of the application of purchase accounting in connection with the November 2007 acquisition, no carrying value was initially assigned to our equity investment in our joint venture with Dowa. This adjustment represents the accretion of equity in our joint venture with Dowa at the date of the acquisition over a 13-year period (which represents the estimated useful life of the technology and patents of the joint venture). See note 8 to our audited consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Olin Brass

Olin Brass net sales increased by $223.9 million, or 41.1%, from $544.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 to $768.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase was due primarily to higher volume, metal costs and sales prices.

Volume increased 46.0 million pounds, or 17.6%, from 261.0 million pounds for the year ended December 31, 2009 to 307.0 million pounds for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase in volume in 2010, which contributed $95.8 million to the increase in net sales, was due primarily to a recovery in demand for brass strip, copper and copper-alloys, most notably in the munitions, automotive and electronics/electrical components end markets. The growth in brass strip, copper and copper-alloys for the automotive end market was the result of increased automotive build rates in both North America and globally. This recovery of demand, coupled with the necessary “restocking” of the supply chain to support the higher build rates, led to a healthy year-over-year improvement in 2010.

Higher metal prices, improved pricing and rationalization of the product mix contributed $128.1 million to the increase in net sales as compared to 2009.

Segment Adjusted EBITDA of Olin Brass increased by $13.9 million, from $8.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 to $22.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase was due primarily to higher volume and higher margins due to higher sales prices and product mix rationalization for the year ended December 31, 2010. Various manufacturing productivity initiatives began to deliver cost improvements as the year progressed but they were largely offset by higher maintenance costs resulting from the introduction of a company-wide preventative maintenance program and by higher shrinkage loss costs due to the year-over-year increase in metal prices. In addition, we incurred $6.1 million of severance and restructuring and other business transformation charges at Olin Brass in 2010, resulting from organizational restructuring. Segment Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. See “—Non-GAAP Measures—EBITDA-Based Measures”.

Chase Brass

Chase Brass net sales increased by $200.7 million, or 48.7%, from $411.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 to $612.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase was due primarily to higher volume, metal costs and sales prices in the year ended December 31, 2010.

Volume increased 43.6 million pounds, or 23.3%, from 187.2 million pounds for the year ended December 31, 2009 to 230.8 million pounds for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase in volume, which contributed $95.8 million to the increase in net sales, was due to a recovery in demand for brass rod, particularly in the building and housing, automotive and transportation end markets.

Higher metal prices, improved pricing and rationalization of the product mix contributed $104.9 million to the increase in net sales as compared to 2009.

Segment Adjusted EBITDA of Chase Brass increased by $21.9 million, from $39.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 to $61.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase was due primarily to higher margins due to higher prices and product mix enrichment and higher volume in the year ended December 31, 2010. These factors were partially offset by higher shrinkage loss costs due to the increase in metal prices and inflation. Segment Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. See “—Non-GAAP Measures—EBITDA-Based Measures”.

 

78


Table of Contents

A.J. Oster

A.J. Oster net sales increased by $107.5 million, or 46.7%, from $230.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 to $337.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase was due primarily to higher volume, metal costs and sales prices in the year ended December 31, 2010.

Volume increased 13.3 million pounds, or 20.1%, from 66.1 million pounds for the year ended December 31, 2009 to 79.4 million pounds for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase in volume, which contributed $46.3 million to the increase in net sales, was due to a recovery in demand for brass strip and aluminum foil, most notably in the building and housing, automotive and electronics/electrical components end markets.

Higher metal prices, improved pricing and rationalization of the product mix contributed $61.2 million to the increase in net sales as compared to 2009.

Segment Adjusted EBITDA of A.J. Oster increased by $12.5 million, from $8.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 to $21.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase was due primarily to higher margins due to higher sales prices and product mix rationalization and higher volume in the year ended December 31, 2010. Segment Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. See “—Non-GAAP Measures—EBITDA-Based Measures”.

Consolidated Results of Operations for the Year ended December 31, 2009, Compared to the Year ended December 31, 2008

The statement of operations data presented below for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position and operating results for such periods and as of such dates. See note 19 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information regarding our segment reporting.

 

(in millions)   2009     % of
Net Sales
    2008     % of
Net Sales
    Change: 2009 vs. 2008  
              Amount           Percent    

Net sales

  $ 1,140.9        100.0   $ 2,008.3        100.0   $ (867.4     (43.2 %) 

Cost of sales

    1,048.2        91.9     1,876.2        93.4     (828.0     (44.1 %) 

Lower of cost or market adjustment

           0.0     170.9        8.5     (170.9     (100.0 %) 
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total cost of sales

    1,048.2        91.9     2,047.1        101.9     (998.9     (48.8 %) 
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Gross profit (loss)

    92.7        8.1     (38.8     (1.9 %)      131.5          

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    62.1        5.4     60.9        3.0     1.2        2.0
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Operating income (loss)

    30.6        2.7     (99.7     (5.0 %)      130.3          

Third party interest expense

    11.3        1.0     15.9        0.8     (4.6     (28.9 %) 

Related party interest expense

    6.8        0.6     4.1        0.2     2.7        65.9

Other expense (income), net

    0.1        0.0     (1.9     (0.1 %)      2.0          
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Income (loss) before provision for (benefit from) income taxes and equity income

    12.4        1.1     (117.8     (5.9 %)      130.2          

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

    2.5        0.2     (45.5     (2.3 %)      48.0          
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Income (loss) before equity income

    9.9        0.9     (72.3     (3.6 %)      82.2          

Equity income, net of tax

           0.0     0.6        0.0     (0.6     (100.0 %) 
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Income (loss) before extraordinary item

    9.9        0.9     (71.7     (3.6 %)      81.6          

Extraordinary item: Gain on valuation of assets in excess of purchase price

           0.0     2.9        0.1     (2.9     (100.0 %) 
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Net income (loss)

    9.9        0.9     (68.8     (3.4 %)      78.7          

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

    0.1        0.0            0.0     0.1        n/a   
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Net income (loss) attributable to Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc.

  $ 9.8        0.9   $ (68.8     (3.4 %)    $ 78.6          
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 55.7        4.9   $ 60.1        3.0   $ (4.4     (7.3 %) 

 

79


Table of Contents

Net Sales

Net sales decreased by $867.4 million, or 43.2%, from $2,008.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 to $1,140.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. Decreases in volume and metal prices reduced net sales by $487.2 million and $401.4 million, respectively, and were partially offset by $21.2 million due to an increase in sales prices. The sales prices represent the pricing component of adjusted sales, which we define as the excess of net sales over the metal cost recovery component of net sales.

Volume decreased 148.6 million pounds, or 24.3%, from 612.5 million pounds for the year ended December 31, 2008 to 463.9 million pounds for the year ended December 31, 2009. The decrease in volume, which contributed $487.2 million to the decline in net sales, was due to the significant deterioration in general economic conditions, which began in the fourth quarter of 2008. All significant end markets experienced a significant drop in demand with the exception of the munitions end market, which remained essentially unchanged compared to 2008.

The metal cost recovery component of net sales decreased $758.4 million, or 51.5%, from $1,471.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 to $713.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. Per unit metal costs decreased 35.8%, and contributed $401.4 million to the decrease in net sales, primarily as a result of a 24.9% decrease in average daily reported copper prices during the year ended December 31, 2009 as compared to the same period in 2008. Contributing an additional $357.0 million to the decrease in the metal cost recovery component was lower volume in 2009.

Adjusted Sales

Adjusted sales decreased $109.0 million, or 20.3%, from $536.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 to $427.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, primarily due to lower volume, which contributed $130.2 million to the decline. Partially offsetting the decrease was an increase of $21.2 million related to improved pricing and the rationalization of product mix. Adjusted sales per pound increased by 4.5% compared to 2008.

Adjusted sales is a non-GAAP financial measure. See “—Non-GAAP Measures—Adjusted Sales”. The following table presents a reconciliation of net sales to adjusted sales and net sales per pound to adjusted sales per pound:

 

(in millions, except per pound values)

   2009      2008      Change: 2009 vs. 2008  
         Amount     Percent  

Pounds shipped

     463.9         612.5         (148.6     (24.3 %) 

Net sales

   $ 1,140.9       $ 2,008.3       $ (867.4     (43.2 %) 

Metal component of net sales

     713.3         1,471.7         (758.4     (51.5 %) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Adjusted sales

   $ 427.6       $ 536.6       $ (109.0     (20.3 %) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

$ per pound shipped

          

Net sales per pound

   $ 2.46       $ 3.28       $ (0.82     (25.0 %) 

Metal component of net sales per pound

     1.54         2.40         (0.86     (35.8 %) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Adjusted sales per pound

   $ 0.92       $ 0.88       $ 0.04        4.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Average reported copper price per pound

   $ 2.35       $ 3.13       $ (0.78     (24.9 %) 

Gross Profit (Loss)

Gross profit (loss) increased by $131.5 million, from a loss of $(38.8) million for the year ended December 31, 2008 to profit of $92.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. Gross profit (loss) per pound was a loss of $(0.06) for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $0.20 in profit for the year ended December 31, 2009.

 

80


Table of Contents

Gross profit (loss) for 2008 included a $170.9 million non-cash lower of cost or market charge for the revaluation of inventory from the prevailing metal prices at the time of the acquisition in November 2007 (reflecting a copper price of $3.00 per pound), to the significantly lower metal prices as of December 31, 2008 (reflecting a copper price of $1.52 per pound). Gross profit (loss) also included the losses or gains on the collateral hedge contracts required by our prior asset-based loan agreement, which was refinanced in August 2010. The collateral hedge contracts resulted in a gain of $19.9 million in 2008 and a loss of $21.7 million in 2009, reflecting the change in metal prices from the time of the acquisition in November 2007, when the collateral hedge contracts were established, to year-end 2008 and to year-end 2009. The LIFO basis inventory revaluation at December 31, 2009 reflected a $0.5 million charge. In addition, gross profit for 2009 includes a $4.1 million benefit from the recovery in metal prices in 2009 compared to 2008, on the FIFO basis valuation of inventory in our foreign markets. This recovery in metal prices effectively reversed the lower of cost or market charge related to inventory in foreign operations which was recorded in 2008. We exclude the above items in calculating Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA. See “—Non-GAAP Measures—EBITDA-Based Measures”.

Depreciation and amortization expense included in cost of sales increased from $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 to $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. Due to the acquisition date purchase accounting, which assigned zero value to the property, plant and equipment acquired from Olin Corporation, depreciation expense relates solely to capital investment after the acquisition. The increase in depreciation and amortization in 2009 was due to the acquisition of additional depreciable assets in 2009.

Several other offsetting factors contributed to the remaining $0.1 million decrease in gross profit in 2009. Gross profit was negatively impacted by $41.4 million due to the decrease in volume compared to 2008. The negative impact of lower volume was offset in 2009 by a $21.2 million increase in gross profit due to improvements in product mix and higher sales prices, the positive impact of lower shrinkage loss costs of $2.3 million due to lower metal prices, lower restructuring and other business transformation charges of $5.7 million, and the impact of cost reduction net of inflation and other cost changes of $12.1 million.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $1.2 million, or 2.0%, from $60.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 to $62.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses was primarily due to higher restructuring and other business transformation charges of $3.5 million in 2009 compared to $0.3 million in 2008 as a result of a reduction in force in 2009, and higher cash incentive compensation of $0.5 million, which were partially offset by cost reduction and other spending reductions of $2.5 million.

Operating Income (Loss)

Operating income (loss) increased by $130.3 million, from a loss of $(99.7) million for the year ended December 31, 2008 to $30.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, due to the changes to gross profit and selling, general and administrative expenses described above.

Interest Expense

Interest expense decreased by $1.9 million from $20.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 to $18.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The decrease was due to lower average borrowings under the combined prior asset-based loan facility and prior term loan of $268.5 million in 2009, compared to $380.0 million in 2008, as well as lower average interest rates during 2009 (a weighted average of 4.96% per annum during 2009 compared to 5.05% per annum during 2008).

 

81


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the components of interest expense:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
(in millions)    2009      2008  

Interest on principal

   $ 13.3       $ 19.0   

Amortization of debt discount and issuance costs

     0.4           

Other borrowing costs(1)

     4.4         1.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest expense

   $ 18.1       $ 20.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes interest on letters of credit and unused line of credit fees.

Other Expense (Income), Net

Other expense (income), net, increased $2.0 million, from $(1.9) million for the year ended December 31, 2008 to $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The change was due to the sale of the Watertown, Connecticut facility in 2008, which resulted in a $1.4 million gain in 2008.

Provision for (Benefit from) Income Taxes

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes increased $48.0 million, from a benefit of $(45.5) million for the year ended December 31, 2008 to an expense of $2.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase was due to higher income (loss) before provision for income taxes, equity income and extraordinary items of $12.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 as compared to $(117.8) million for the year ended December 31, 2008. Also, the effective income tax rate decreased from a 38.6% benefit for the year ended December 31, 2008 to a 20.4% expense for the year ended December 31, 2009. This decrease was due to substantial provision adjustments in 2009 related to our final determination of the purchase price allocation for tax return purposes of the worldwide metals business of Olin Corporation, resulting in a $8.3 million reduction in income tax expense (see note 12 to our audited consolidated financial statements). Also, we rescinded our APB 23 assertion on permanent reinvestment of foreign earnings in 2009. We also experienced higher incremental tax effects of foreign earnings in 2009 versus 2008.

The following table summarizes the effective income tax rate components for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 

     For the Year Ended
December  31,
 
         2009             2008      

Statutory provision rate

     35.0     (35.0 %) 

Permanent differences and other items

    

State tax provision

     5.7     (3.6 %) 

Section 199 manufacturing credit

     (2.1 %)      (0.8 %) 

Incremental tax effects of foreign earnings

     10.3     (0.1 %) 

Return to provision adjustments

     (66.8 %)      0.6

Rescission of APB 23 assertion on permanent reinvestment of foreign earnings

     36.1     0.0

Non-deductible non-cash compensation

     0.0     0.0

Other

     2.2     0.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective income tax rate

     20.4     (38.6 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

82


Table of Contents

Equity Income

Equity income, net of tax, decreased $0.6 million, or 100.0%, from $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 to $0.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. This decrease was due to reduced profitability from 2008 to 2009 of our equity method investment in our joint venture with Dowa due to declining metal prices and economic conditions.

Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc.

Net income attributable to Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc. increased to $9.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from a net loss attributable to Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc. of $68.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The change is primarily due to the increase in operating income and partially offset by the increase in provision for income taxes, as described above.

Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA

Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA decreased by $4.4 million, or 7.3%, from $60.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 to $55.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The decrease was due to lower volume, which was partially offset by higher adjusted sales per unit, lower shrinkage loss costs due to the impact of lower metal prices, lower restructuring and other business transformation charges, and lower manufacturing conversion costs and selling, general and administrative costs due to cost reduction programs initiated in 2008 and 2009 and the negative impact from year-over-year changes in the exclusions for restructuring and other business transformation charges and other adjustments included in the calculation of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA.

Below is a reconciliation of net income (loss) attributable to Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc. to Consolidated EBITDA, and Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008:

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
 
         2009             2008      
    

(in millions)

 

Net income (loss) attributable to Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc.

   $ 9.8      $ (68.8

Interest expense

     18.1        20.0   

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

     2.5        (45.5

Depreciation expense

     1.7        0.4   

Amortization expense

     0.2        0.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consolidated EBITDA

   $ 32.3      $ (93.7

Extraordinary gain from bargain purchase(a)

            (2.9

Loss (gain) on derivative contracts(b)

     21.7        (19.9

Loss from lower of cost or market adjustment(c)

            170.9   

Impact of inventory basis adjustment(d)

     (4.1       

Loss from LIFO layer depletion(e)

     0.5          

Non-cash accretion of income of Dowa joint venture(f)

     (0.7     (0.7

Management fees(g)

     1.0        1.0   

Restructuring and other business transformation charges(h)

     1.9        5.0   

Specified legal/professional expenses(i)

     3.1        0.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 55.7      $ 60.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a)

The fair market value of the net assets acquired in our acquisition of the worldwide metals business of Olin Corporation exceeded the purchase price, resulting in a bargain purchase event. In accordance with GAAP, the excess fair value was

 

83


Table of Contents
 

allocated as a pro rata reduction to the amounts that otherwise would have been assigned to all of the acquired assets. The remaining excess fair value was recorded as a one-time non-taxable extraordinary gain of $60.0 million in the successor period from October 10, 2007 (inception) to December 31, 2007 and $2.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2008.

 

(b) Represents realized and unrealized gains and losses related to the collateral hedge that was required under our prior asset-based loan facility and is no longer required under the ABL Facility, unrealized gains and losses on derivative contracts in support of our balanced book approach and unrealized gains and losses associated with derivative contracts with respect to electricity and natural gas costs. No additional gains and losses with respect to the collateral hedge will be incurred in any subsequent periods. The following table summarizes the loss (gain) on derivative contracts:

 

       Years Ended
December 31,
 
       2009     2008  

Collateral hedge

   $ 30.8      $ (26.6

Other

     (9.1     6.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss (gain) on derivative contracts

   $ 21.7      $ (19.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(c) In the year ended December 31, 2008, we recorded a $170.9 million non-cash charge for the revaluation of inventory from the prevailing metal prices at the time of the acquisition in November 2007 (reflecting a copper price of $3.00 per pound), to the significantly lower metal prices as of December 31, 2008 (reflecting a copper price of $1.52 per pound).

 

(d) Our foreign operations are accounted for on a FIFO basis. The $4.1 million adjustment represents the difference between our foreign entities’ replacement cost of metal included in net sales in the year ended December 31, 2009 and the carrying value of our metal inventory at December 31, 2008 that was recognized in cost of sales in 2009 in accordance with the FIFO basis cost recognition.

 

(e) Calculated based on the difference between the base year LIFO carrying value and the metal prices prevailing in the market at the time of inventory depletion.

 

(f) As a result of the application of purchase accounting in connection with the November 2007 acquisition, no carrying value was initially assigned to our equity investment in our joint venture with Dowa. This adjustment represents the accretion of equity in our joint venture with Dowa at the date of the acquisition over a 13-year period (which represents the estimated useful life of the technology and patents of the joint venture). See note 8 to our audited consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

(g) Represents annual management fees payable to affiliates of KPS. We expect to pay KPS or its affiliates an amount in cash equal to $       million, the aggregate amount of the remaining payments due under the management agreement upon termination of the agreement at the closing of this offering. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions”.

 

(h) Restructuring and other business transformation charges for the year ended December 31, 2009 included $0.7 million in fees incurred for labor and productivity consultants in connection with operations at the Olin Brass East Alton, Illinois casting plant, rolling mill and fabrication and cupping operation and $1.2 million in severance charges associated with the reorganization of Olin Brass’s senior management.

 

     Restructuring and other business transformation charges for the year ended December 31, 2008 included $5.0 million in fees incurred for labor and productivity consultants in connection with operations at the Olin Brass East Alton, Illinois casting plant, rolling mill and fabrication and cupping operation, $1.4 million in integration expenses associated with the January 2008 asset acquisition from Bolton Metal Products Company and a $1.4 million gain associated with the sale of a redundant A.J. Oster distribution facility.

 

(i) Specified legal/professional expenses for the year ended December 31, 2009 included legal and consulting fees of $2.4 million associated with a proposed acquisition that was not completed and $0.7 million associated with regulatory and compliance matters.

 

     Specified legal/professional expenses for the year ended December 31, 2008 included legal and consulting fees of $0.4 million associated with a proposed acquisition that was not completed.

 

84


Table of Contents

Segment Results of Operations for the Year ended December 31, 2009, Compared to the Year ended December 31, 2008

 

(in millions)    2009     2008     Change: 2009 vs. 2008  
         Amount     Percent  

Pounds shipped

        

Olin Brass

     261.0        344.9        (83.9     (24.3 %) 

Chase Brass

     187.2        247.5        (60.3     (24.4 %) 

A.J. Oster

     66.1        96.2        (30.1     (31.3 %) 

Corporate & other(1)

     (50.4     (76.1     25.7        33.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total

     463.9        612.5        (148.6     (24.3 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net sales

        

Olin Brass

   $ 544.3      $ 983.2      $ (438.9     (44.6 %) 

Chase Brass

     411.9        711.6        (299.7     (42.1 %) 

A.J. Oster

     230.0        392.2        (162.2     (41.4 %) 

Corporate & other(1)

     (45.3     (78.7     33.4        42.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total

   $ 1,140.9      $ 2,008.3      $ (867.4     (43.2 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Segment adjusted EBITDA

        

Olin Brass

   $ 8.9      $ 17.8      $ (8.9     (50.0 %) 

Chase Brass

     39.3        36.2        3.1        8.6

A.J. Oster

     8.8        5.2        3.6        69.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total for operating segments

   $ 57.0      $ 59.2      $ (2.2     (3.7 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

(1) Amounts represent intercompany eliminations.

Below is a reconciliation of income (loss) before provision for (benefit from) income taxes and equity income to Segment EBITDA and Segment Adjusted EBITDA:

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2009
     Year Ended
December 31, 2008
 
($ in millions)    Olin
Brass
    Chase
Brass
     A.J.
Oster
     Olin
Brass
    Chase
Brass
     A.J.
Oster
 

Income (loss) before provision for (benefit from) income taxes and equity income

   $ 12.2      $ 38.5       $ 8.7       $ (87.1   $ 4.0       $ (29.1

Interest expense

                                             

Depreciation expense

     1.0        0.6         0.1         0.2        0.1         0.1   

Amortization expense

            0.2                        0.2           
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Segment EBITDA

   $ 13.2      $ 39.3       $ 8.8       $ (86.9   $ 4.3       $ (29.0

Equity income, net of tax

     0.1                        0.6                  

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

     (0.1                                      

Loss from LIFO layer depletion(1)

     0.5                                         

Loss from lower of cost or market adjustments(2)

                            104.8        31.9         34.2   

Impact of inventory basis adjustment(3)

     (4.1                                      

Non-cash accretion of income of Dowa joint venture(4)

     (0.7                     (0.7               
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Segment Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 8.9      $ 39.3       $ 8.8       $ 17.8      $ 36.2       $ 5.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Calculated based on the difference between the base year LIFO carrying value and the metal prices prevailing in the market at the time of inventory depletion.

 

(2) In the year ended December 31, 2008, we recorded a $170.9 million non-cash charge for the revaluation of inventory from the prevailing metal prices at the time of the acquisition in November 2007 (reflecting a copper price of $3.00 per pound), to the significantly lower metal prices as of December 31, 2008 (reflecting a copper price of $1.52 per pound).

 

(3) Our foreign operations are accounted for on a FIFO basis. The $4.1 million adjustment represents the difference between our foreign entities’ replacement cost of metal included in net sales in the year ended December 31, 2009 and the carrying value of our metal inventory at December 31, 2008 that was recognized in cost of sales in 2009 in accordance with the FIFO basis cost recognition.

 

85


Table of Contents
(4) As a result of the application of purchase accounting in connection with the November 2007 acquisition, no carrying value was initially assigned to our equity investment in our joint venture with Dowa. This adjustment represents the accretion of equity in our joint venture with Dowa at the date of the acquisition over a 13-year period (which represents the estimated useful life of the technology and patents of the joint venture). See note 8 to our audited consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Olin Brass

Olin Brass net sales decreased by $438.9 million, or 44.6%, from $983.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 to $544.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The decrease was due primarily to lower volume and lower metal prices, partially offset by higher margins due to higher sales prices.

Volume decreased 83.9 million pounds, or 24.3%, from 344.9 million pounds for the year ended December 31, 2008 to 261.0 million pounds for the year ended December 31, 2009. The decrease in volume, which contributed $239.1 million to the decrease in net sales, was due to a drop in demand for brass strip, copper and copper alloys across all Olin Brass end markets other than munitions. The demand decrease was largely the result of the global economic recession and the resulting “destocking” of the supply channels serving these various markets.

Lower metal prices, partially offset by improved pricing and rationalization of the product mix, contributed $199.8 million to the decrease in net sales.

Segment Adjusted EBITDA of Olin Brass decreased by $8.9 million, from $17.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 to $8.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The decrease was due primarily to lower volume and unfavorable mix due to a disproportionate drop in overall industry demand for certain higher margin products. These factors were partially offset by higher sales prices resulting from price increases, lower shrinkage loss costs due to the decrease in metal prices and the benefit of cost reduction and productivity initiatives. Segment Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. See “—Non-GAAP Measures—EBITDA-Based Measures”.

Chase Brass

Chase Brass net sales decreased by $299.7 million, or 42.1%, from $711.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 to $411.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The decrease was due primarily to lower volume and lower metal prices, partially offset by higher sales prices, and the full-year benefit of incremental volume from the acquisition of the order book, customer list and certain assets of Bolton.

Volume decreased by 60.3 million pounds, or 24.4%, from 247.5 million pounds for the year ended December 31, 2008 to 187.2 million pounds for the year ended December 31, 2009. The decrease in volume, which contributed $173.2 million to the decrease in net sales, was due to a drop in demand for brass rod resulting from deterioration of the building and housing and all other end markets, partially offset by added Bolton-related volume.

Lower metal prices, partially offset by improved pricing and rationalization of the product mix, contributed $126.5 million to the decrease in net sales.

Segment Adjusted EBITDA of Chase Brass increased by $3.1 million, from $36.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 to $39.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase was due primarily to higher margins resulting from price increases and product mix enrichment, which reflected a shift toward low-lead and lead-free products and materials required to meet legislative requirements associated with improved performance and potable water standards, and lower

 

86


Table of Contents

shrinkage loss costs due to the decrease in metal prices. These factors were partially offset by the negative impact of lower volume. Segment Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. See “—Non-GAAP Measures—EBITDA-Based Measures”.

A.J. Oster

A.J. Oster net sales decreased by $162.2 million, or 41.4%, from $392.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 to $230.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The decrease was due primarily to lower volume and lower metal prices, partially offset by higher sales prices.

Volume decreased 30.1 million pounds, or 31.3%, from 96.2 million pounds for the year ended December 31, 2008 to 66.1 million pounds for the year ended December 31, 2009. The decrease in volume, which contributed $122.8 million to the decrease in net sales, was due to a drop in demand for copper, copper alloy, brass strip and aluminum foil across all A.J. Oster market segments. The market demand drop was primarily the result of the global economic recession and the resulting “destocking” of the supply channel serving these various markets.

Lower metal prices, partially offset by improved pricing and rationalization of the product mix, contributed $39.4 million to the decrease in net sales.

Segment Adjusted EBITDA of A.J. Oster increased by $3.6 million, from $5.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 to $8.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase was due primarily to higher margins resulting from price increases and product mix rationalization. These factors were partially offset by the negative impact of lower volume. Segment Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. See “—Non-GAAP Measures—EBITDA-Based Measures”.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Sources and Uses of Cash

Our primary uses of cash are to fund working capital, operating expenses, debt service and capital expenditures. Historically, our primary sources of short-term liquidity have been cash flow from operations and borrowings under our ABL Facility. We believe that these resources will be sufficient to meet our working capital and debt service needs for the next twelve months, including costs that we may incur in connection with our growth strategy. At September 30, 2011, we had $2 thousand of outstanding borrowings under our ABL Facility, $13.0 million of letters of credit, and borrowing availability of $137.0 million. The letters of credit represent collateral against the unrealized mark-to-market losses from our metal derivative accounts and certain workers compensation liabilities assumed from Olin Corporation.

On August 18, 2010, we refinanced our original ABL facility, entering into an amended and restated ABL facility. The agreement governing the ABL facility entered into on August 18, 2010 eliminated the collateral hedge requirement that was in the agreement governing the facility being refinanced at the time and required that we lock-in the accumulated mark to market loss recorded in the third quarter 2010 of $32.8 million as of August 18, 2010 such that there would be no further net mark-to-market gains or losses. This was accomplished by taking an offsetting hedge position, in this case a purchase position of matching quantity and maturity to offset the sold position required under the original agreement. Metal price fluctuations from August 18, 2010 to the hedge maturity date resulted in offsetting mark-to-market impacts on the original collateral hedge sold position and on the offsetting purchase position. The accumulated losses were collateralized with a combination of $17.8 million of cash on deposit with the hedge counterparty and $15.0 million of letters of credit. The contracts mature in roughly equal amounts in each of the four quarters of 2011. The contracts that matured during the first nine months ended September 30, 2011 were settled with cash on deposit with

 

87


Table of Contents

the hedge counterparty and canceling the letters of credit in the amount of $8.0 million. We anticipate that the remaining contracts will also be settled by canceling the letters of credit and by drawing on our current ABL Facility. This borrowing will increase funded debt but will not change borrowing availability under the ABL Facility, as the calculation of borrowing availability under the ABL Facility is reduced by both funded debt and letters of credit.

Our borrowing base under our current ABL Facility fluctuates with changes in eligible accounts receivable and inventory, less outstanding borrowings and letters of credit. As of September 30, 2011, the value of our eligible collateral against which we can borrow exceeded our maximum committed amount of $150.0 million by $173.6 million. Consequently, increases in eligible collateral due to increases in volume, metal prices or inventory balances will not increase the borrowing base but may increase our borrowing requirements. Conversely, decreases in volume, metal prices or inventory balances will not have an immediate impact on the borrowing base due to the excess of eligible collateral over the maximum borrowing base, but may decrease our borrowing requirements. We have the option to request a $50.0 million increase in the maximum borrowing from $150.0 million to $200.0 million in the event that copper prices exceed $3.60 per pound and we are in compliance with all Term Loan Facility and ABL Facility covenants. In the event that the increased maximum borrowing limit is not sufficient to support our borrowing requirements, we would have to renegotiate our existing credit agreements or obtain new financing.

We are a value-added converter, fabricator, distributor and processor and not a commodity metal producer. Our business strategy employs our balanced book approach in order to substantially reduce the financial impact of fluctuations in metal costs on our earnings and operating margins. While changes in metal prices do not have a substantial impact on our earnings or margins, except for increased costs attributable to shrinkage loss that occur as a result of increased metal prices and the potential effect higher metal prices may have on our customers’ demand for our products, changes in metal prices do affect our liquidity because of the difference between our payment terms for metal purchases and our credit terms with our customers. As a result, when metal prices are rising, we tend to use more cash or draw more on the ABL Facility to cover the cash flow delay between cash collection from our customers and material replacement purchases. When metal prices fall, we replace our metal at a lower cost than the metal content of cash collections and generally increase our cash balances or reduce our use of the ABL Facility. Because the financial instruments that we use to effectuate the balanced-book approach are designed to hedge against the cost of metal used in our operations, those financial instruments do not have a material impact on our liquidity. We believe that our cash flow from operations, supplemented with cash available under the ABL Facility, will provide sufficient liquidity to meet our needs in the current metal price environment.

On August 18, 2010, we refinanced the Term Loan Facility, which resulted in an increase in our interest expense. The proceeds from the Term Loan Facility were used to repay the existing related party term loan facility and the existing asset-based loan facility and to fund a cash distribution of $42.5 million to Halkos. After giving effect to these transactions, in each case as if they had occurred on January 1, 2010, our interest expense, net income attributable to Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc. and income per share for the year ended December 31, 2010 would have been $38.5 million, $32.8 million and $327.70 per share (in thousands), respectively. For further information, see “—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Outstanding Indebtedness—The Term Loan Facility” below.

As of September 30, 2011, we had $311.7 million outstanding under the Term Loan Facility, which matures in August 2015. The Term Loan Facility includes scheduled principal payments of $0.8 million per quarter, which began with the quarter ending December 31, 2010 and will continue until the maturity date of August 18, 2015, at which time the remaining principal amount will be due. In addition, the agreement governing the Term Loan Facility includes a mandatory prepayment from “Consolidated Excess Cash Flow” commencing with the year ending December 31, 2012. Consolidated Excess Cash

 

88


Table of Contents

Flow represents essentially all net cash flow from operating activities in excess of capital expenditures and scheduled principal payments, although the percentage of Consolidated Excess Cash Flow that we must use for mandatory prepayment varies based on our leverage as a multiple of our “Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA” (as defined in the agreement governing the Term Loan Facility). As a consequence, we will not be able to retain substantial cash balances in order to supplement the borrowing available under the ABL Facility.

We manage our levels of inventory in order to be able to satisfy customers’ needs in a timely fashion, while limiting our working capital requirements, to the extent possible. While we do not have a formal policy with respect to inventory, we generally keep approximately ten weeks of inventory on hand at most times of the year, subject to upward or downward adjustments depending on seasonality and management estimates of expected customer activity. Generally, we use cash on hand or borrowings under the ABL Facility to acquire inventory.

We acquired a substantial base of property, plant and equipment when we acquired the worldwide metals business of Olin Corporation and therefore have operating capacity available to support growth in our base business. Consequently, maintenance and replacement costs account for the majority of our capital expenditures. We currently have one substantial capacity expansion program underway related to Eco Brass ® and other “green portfolio” products, which cannot be accommodated on existing equipment. We expect this program will require a total of approximately $10 million of future capital expenditures, based on current management estimates of demand, to be funded from cash flows from operations or borrowings under the ABL Facility.

We generally meet long-term liquidity requirements, the repayment of debt and investment funding needs through cash flow from operations and additional borrowing under the ABL Facility. We believe that cash flow from operations, supplemented by cash available under the ABL Facility will be sufficient to enable us to meet our capital investment, debt service and operational obligations as they continue for at least the next twelve months.

Term Loan Facility and ABL Facility Amendment

On October 26, 2011, we agreed with our lender group to amend the minimum interest coverage ratio in the agreement governing the Term Loan Facility such that we must maintain a minimum interest coverage ratio as of the last day of any fiscal quarter of at least 2.5:1 through the quarter ending December 31, 2013, increasing to 3.0:1 for and after the quarter ending March 31, 2014 through June 30, 2015. Prior to this amendment, the interest coverage ratio was set to increase to 3.0:1 for the test on the last day of the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011. The amendment to our interest coverage ratio was sought due to our forecasted operating results that indicated that there was increased risk of a covenant violation within the next twelve months. We made certain technical changes to ensure that we could retain existing headroom under our interest coverage test and to address an imbalance between the headroom under the leverage and interest coverage tests. The amendment to the interest coverage ratio, as well as the modifications made to the definition of “Adjusted EBITDA”, the key performance measure used in determining compliance with the interest coverage ratio, provides us with enhanced operational flexibility under the Term Loan Facility.

Additionally, certain other terms and provisions of the agreements governing the Term Loan Facility and the ABL Facility were amended. In summary, the amended terms:

 

   

permit us to pursue a strategic acquisition of up to $75.0 million on or before June 30, 2012, which is in addition to the existing $50.0 million permitted acquisition provision under the agreements governing such facilities prior to the amendments, subject to:

 

   

a requirement that compliance with the leverage ratio under our Term Loan Facility on a pro forma basis for the four consecutive most recently completed fiscal quarters prior to such acquisition be no greater than 3.5:1 or 0.5:1 more restrictive than the existing quarterly leverage ratio;

 

89


Table of Contents
   

a requirement that our average excess availability under our ABL Facility for the 45 day period immediately prior to the date of acquisition and as if the acquisition took place on the first day of the 45 day period shall not be less than $60.0 million;

 

   

a requirement that at least 25% of the total gross cash consideration payable for the acquisition (including any deferred cash consideration) shall be paid with the proceeds of cash common equity contributed to us by KPS; and

 

   

a requirement that the aggregate amount of pro forma adjustments related to the acquisition that can be considered in the calculation of “Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA” (as defined in the agreement governing the Term Loan Facility) and “EBITDA” (as defined in the agreement governing the ABL Facility) for purposes of compliance with the terms and provisions of the Term Loan Facility and ABL Facility shall not exceed $6.5 million.

 

   

allow for an increase in the management fees permitted to be paid to KPS upon termination of the existing management services agreement between the Company and KPS in an amount not to exceed $6.0 million less any management fee payments made to KPS after the October 26, 2011 amendment but prior to a Qualified IPO; and

 

   

modify the definition of “Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA” and “EBITDA”, to permit the add-back of certain expenses associated with the October 26, 2011 amendment and the increased KPS management agreement termination fees referred to above.

As a result of the amendment, we currently believe that we will remain in compliance with our covenants based on our current financial projections. However, our financial projections are based on current assumptions with respect to the economy, competition, and other factors and are subject to change. An adverse change in one or more of these assumptions may have an adverse impact on our financial performance and render us unable to comply with some or all of our covenants. We could seek waivers or additional amendments to the credit agreements if a violation did occur. However, we can provide no assurance that we could successfully obtain such waivers or amendments from our lenders. If we are unable to comply with some or all of the financial or non-financial covenants and if we fail to obtain future waivers or amendments to the credit agreements, the lenders may terminate our Term Loan Facility and our ABL Facility and declare all or any portion of the obligations under the agreements due and payable.

Cash Flows

The following table presents the summary components of net cash provided by (used in) operating, investing and financing activities for the periods indicated. As of September 30, 2011, we had cash of $40.6 million, compared to cash of $15.5 million at December 31, 2010. The accompanying discussion should be read in conjunction with our consolidated statements of cash flows in our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

Cash Flow Analysis    Nine Months Ended September 30,      Year Ended December 31,  
(in millions)          2011             2010          2010     2009     2008  

Cash flows provided by operating activities

   $ 44.4      $ 40.4       $ 69.4      $ 10.7      $ 134.6   

Cash flows used in investing activities

   $ (15.0   $ (5.9    $ (11.9   $ (12.0   $ (25.8

Cash flows (used in) provided by financing activities

   $ (4.3   $ (32.2    $ (49.6   $ 1.3      $ (118.0

 

90


Table of Contents

Cash flows from operating activities

During the nine months ended September 30, 2011, net cash provided by operating activities was $44.4 million. This amount was primarily attributable to net income of $31.6 million and non-cash adjustments to net income of $14.9 million and partially offset by a decrease in assets net of liabilities of $2.1 million. Included in the non-cash adjustments is the provision for bad debt expense, which declined significantly from the nine months ended September 30, 2010, resulting from lower estimated losses as well as our entry into a credit insurance policy which limits our potential losses. The primary contributor to the decrease in assets net of liabilities was the reduction of accrued liabilities as a result of net realized gains on commodity contracts of $21.2 million and an increase in accounts receivable net of accounts payable of $11.8 million, reflecting the impact of higher metal prices on the spread between our receivable collection terms and metal purchase terms, which was partially offset by a reduction in inventory of $29.0 million due to manufacturing process improvements and product portfolio rationalization and a net decrease in other assets and liabilities of $1.9 million.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2010, net cash provided by operating activities was $40.4 million. This amount was primarily attributable to net income of $28.5 million and non-cash adjustments to net income of $18.0 million, partially offset by an increase in assets net of liabilities of $6.1 million. The primary contributors to the increase in assets net of liabilities were an increase in accounts receivable net of accounts payable of $17.3 million, reflecting the impact of higher demand and higher metal prices on the spread between our receivable collection terms and partially offset by a reduction in inventory balances of $8.9 million due to manufacturing process improvements and product portfolio rationalization and a net decrease in other assets and liabilities of $2.3 million.

Cash flows from investing activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $15.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, which consisted primarily of capital investment, of which $9.4 million was due to maintenance, or replacement of existing capital items and $5.6 million was due to capacity expansion or other growth.

Net cash used in investing activities was $5.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, which consisted primarily of capital investment, of which $4.6 million was due to maintenance or replacement of existing capital items and $1.3 million was due to capacity expansion or other growth.

Cash flows from financing activities

Net cash used in financing activities was $4.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, which consisted primarily of scheduled payments under the term loan of $2.5 million, a $1.5 million receivable due from stockholder pertaining to reimbursable expenses and principal payments on capital lease obligation of $0.3 million. Payments on the ABL Facility were $167.5 million, which offset borrowing of $167.5 million.

Net cash used in financing activities was $32.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010. The August 2010 refinancing included the following transactions, which affected cash used in financing activities:

 

   

receipt of $305.6 million of proceeds from the Term Loan Facility (reflecting a 3.0% original discount, which will amortize as interest expense over the life of the Term Loan Facility);

 

   

receipt of $9.0 million of proceeds from borrowings under the ABL Facility;

 

   

repayment of the $60.0 million term loan extended by affiliates of KPS;

 

   

payment of a $42.5 million dividend to Halkos, the sole stockholder of Global Brass and Copper Holdings;

 

91


Table of Contents
   

repayment of the entire $197.8 million outstanding amount under our prior asset-based loan facility; and

 

   

payment of $15.0 million of fees and expenses related to the refinancing.

Payments on the ABL Facility in the nine months ended September 30, 2010 were $1,252.7 million, which offset borrowings of $1,087.1 million. Uses of cash in financing activities during the nine months ended September 30, 2010 included cash overdrafts of $5.2 million.

Covenant Compliance

“EBITDA” (as defined in the agreement governing the ABL Facility) and “Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA” (as defined in the agreement governing the Term Loan Facility), are used in the agreements governing the ABL Facility and the Term Loan Facility to measure compliance with various financial ratio tests. See “—Non-GAAP Measures—EBITDA-Based Measures”.

Leverage Ratio

Pursuant to the agreement governing the Term Loan Facility, the leverage ratio is calculated on a rolling four-quarter basis as of the end of each quarter by dividing (1) Consolidated Funded Debt as of such date by (2) “Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA” (as defined in the agreement governing the Term Loan Facility) for the four-quarter period. Consolidated Funded Debt is defined as all indebtedness except for certain categories of permitted debt.

Pursuant to the agreement governing the Term Loan Facility, we must maintain a leverage ratio as of the last day of any fiscal quarter that does not exceed 4.5:1, declining to 4.25:1 for the quarter ending September 30, 2011, declining to 4.0:1 for the quarter ending December 31, 2011 and declining by 0.5:1 every fourth quarter thereafter to 2.5:1 for the quarter ending December 31, 2014 and each quarter thereafter.

As of September 30, 2011, we were in compliance with the leverage ratio covenant in the agreement governing the Term Loan Facility.

Interest Coverage Ratio

Pursuant to the agreement governing the Term Loan Facility, the interest coverage ratio is calculated on a rolling four-quarter basis as of the end of each quarter by dividing (1) “Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA” (as defined in the agreement governing the Term Loan Facility) for the four-quarter period by (2) Consolidated Interest Expense for such period. Consolidated Interest Expense is defined as our total interest expense for any period (including that portion attributable to capital leases in accordance with GAAP) on a consolidated basis with respect to all of our outstanding indebtedness, less (a) the amortization of any financing fees, (b) the amortization of debt discounts, if any, or fees in respect of various specified derivatives and (c) cash interest income.

We must maintain a minimum interest coverage ratio as of the last day of any fiscal quarter of at least 2.5:1 through the quarter ending December 31, 2013, increasing to 3.0:1 for and after the quarter ending March 31, 2014 through June 30, 2015.

As of September 30, 2011, we were in compliance with the interest coverage ratio covenant in the agreement governing the Term Loan Facility.

 

92


Table of Contents

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio

Pursuant to the agreement governing the ABL Facility, the fixed charge coverage ratio is calculated each month on a rolling twelve-month basis by dividing (1) “EBITDA” (as defined in the agreement governing the ABL Facility) minus cash taxes to the extent actually paid during such period, dividends and capital expenditures paid in cash during such period, for such twelve-month period by (2) Fixed Charges for such twelve-month period. Fixed Charges are defined as all interest expense, excluding paid-in-kind, accrued or deferred interest, net of all interest income, plus all regularly scheduled principal payments of indebtedness for borrowed money, indebtedness for the deferred purchase price of any property or services or indebtedness with respect to capital leases.

The fixed charge coverage ratio covenant only is tested when excess availability is less than $22.5 million for five consecutive days (15% of the $150.0 million maximum borrowing base currently in effect) or $18.8 million for one day (12.5% of the $150.0 million maximum borrowing base). Under such circumstances, we would be required to maintain a fixed charge coverage ratio of greater than or equal to 1.1:1.

As of September 30, 2011, the fixed charge coverage ratio was not in effect.

Minimum Excess Availability

Pursuant to the agreement governing the ABL Facility, for any period of two consecutive days, Excess Availability under the ABL facility may not be less than $10.0 million. “Excess Availability” is defined as (1) the lesser of: (a) the “Borrowing Base” (as defined in the agreement governing the ABL Facility) and (b) the maximum amount available under the ABL Facility at such time; minus (2) the sum of: (a) the amount of all then outstanding loans under the ABL Facility; plus (b) the amount of all reserves then established in respect of letter of credit obligations; plus (c) the aggregate amount of all then outstanding trade payables that are more than 60 days past due as of the end of the immediately preceding calendar month (other than such payables that are being contested in good faith); plus (d) without duplication, the amount of checks issued but not yet sent to pay trade payables and other obligations more than 60 days past due as of the end of the immediately preceding calendar month.

As of September 30, 2011, we were in compliance with the minimum Excess Availability covenant.

Outstanding Indebtedness

The Term Loan Facility

On November 19, 2007, in conjunction with the acquisition of the worldwide metals business of Olin Corporation, we entered into two credit agreements, one of which provided for a related party term loan and the other for an asset-based loan facility. KPS Capital Finance, LLC, an affiliate of KPS (refer to note 16, “Related Parties”, in the notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus), issued the related party debt, which provided for initial borrowings of $70.0 million. The related party term loan credit agreement was subsequently amended to increase the related party term loan to $119.8 million. Interest expense under the related party debt term loan was $2.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010.

On August 18, 2010, we entered into a credit and guaranty agreement for the Term Loan Facility, which provided for a senior secured term loan facility under which we borrowed $315.0 million, net of an original discount of $9.4 million. The original discount is being amortized using the effective interest method as incremental non-cash interest expense over the term of the Term Loan Facility.

 

93


Table of Contents

The proceeds from the Term Loan Facility were used to repay the existing related party term loan facility and the existing asset-based loan facility and to fund a cash distribution of $42.5 million to Halkos. The Term Loan Facility has a maturity date of August 18, 2015 and contains various covenants to which we are subject on an ongoing basis, including those discussed under “—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Covenant Compliance” above. We may elect to accrue interest for the Term Loan Facility at the prime rate or LIBOR rate plus the applicable spread subject to a specified minimum interest rate, as defined by the agreement governing the Term Loan Facility. At September 30, 2011, the Term Loan Facility accrued interest at a rate of 10.25%. After giving effect to these transactions, in each case as if they had occurred on January 1, 2010, our interest expense, net income attributable to Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc. and income per share for the year ended December 31, 2010 would have been $38.5 million, $32.8 million and $327.70 per share (in thousands), respectively.

At September 30, 2011, we believe we were in compliance with all of our covenants under the agreement governing the Term Loan Facility. For a description of the principal terms of the Term Loan Facility, see “Description of Certain Indebtedness—Term Loan Facility”.

The ABL Facility

On August 18, 2010, we entered into an amended and restated loan and security agreement providing for borrowings of up to the lesser of $150.0 million or the borrowing base, in each case, less outstanding loans and letters of credit. The borrowing base is defined as 85% of eligible accounts; plus the lesser of (x) 80% of the value of eligible inventory, (y) 90% of the net recovery percentage for the eligible inventory multiplied by the value of such eligible inventory and (z) the Inventory Loan Limit (which was $100.0 million as of September 30, 2011); minus reserves. As of September 30, 2011, our eligible collateral for our borrowing base had a value of $323.6 million, with a maximum allowed borrowing amount of $150.0 million, and we had outstanding letters of credit of $13.0 million. In the event that copper prices exceed $3.60 per pound and we are in compliance with all covenants in the agreements governing the Term Loan Facility and the ABL Facility, we may request, but the creditors are not obligated, to increase the maximum allowable borrowings to up to $200 million. At any time, if the amount outstanding under the ABL Facility exceeds the maximum allowable borrowings, we are required to make a prepayment for the amount of the excess borrowings.

At any time after the occurrence of a “Trigger Event”, as defined by the agreement governing the ABL Facility, following an event including, among others, an asset sale or issuance or sale of equity securities, we must make a mandatory prepayment for a portion or all of the outstanding amounts due.

We may elect to receive advances under the ABL Facility in the form of either prime rate advances or LIBOR rate advances, as defined by the agreement governing the ABL Facility. Unused allowable borrowings under the ABL Facility determine the applicable spread added to the LIBOR rate. The unused portion of the ABL Facility was $137.0 million as of September 30, 2011. Unused amounts under the ABL Facility incur fees at a rate of 0.625% per annum, payable in full on a quarterly basis. The agreement governing the ABL Facility has a maturity date of August 18, 2014 and contains various debt covenants to which we are subject on an ongoing basis. Borrowings under the ABL Facility as of September 30, 2011 were subject to an interest rate of 5.25%. Apart from the letters of credit discussed above, we had outstanding borrowings of $2 thousand under the ABL Facility as of September 30, 2011.

We obtained waivers from our lenders under the ABL Facility and the Term Loan Facility related to a technical restatement of the financial statements of Global Brass and Copper, Inc. previously delivered under the agreements governing those facilities and an additional waiver because the consolidated financial statements of Global Brass and Copper, Inc. for the year ended December 31,

 

94


Table of Contents

2010 could not be delivered within the prescribed time period as a result of the restatement. The waivers to the agreements governing the ABL facility and Term Loan Facility were permanent and applicable only to delivery of our financial statements delivered as of August 18, 2010, our September 30, 2010 financial statements and our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2010. Specifically, the waivers cured defaults in the credit agreements related to the following:

 

   

Breach of representations and warranties because the September 30, 2010 financial statements delivered to lenders were not true and correct in all material respects;

 

   

Breach of a covenant requiring timely delivery to lenders of the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2010;

 

   

Breach of a covenant requiring the timely delivery to lenders of an officer’s certificate related to the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2010;

 

   

Breach of a covenant requiring delivery to lenders of a notice of default; and

 

   

Breach of cross default provisions between the agreement governing the Term Loan Facility and the agreement governing the ABL Facility.

The terms of the waivers required us to pay certain fees and expenses of $0.9 million and to deliver our restated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2010. We delivered our restated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2010 pursuant to the provisions of the waivers prior to the date of effectiveness of the waivers. All conditions and covenants set forth in the waivers were met.

We currently believe that we will remain in compliance with our covenants in the agreements governing the Term Loan Facility and the ABL Facility based on our current financial projections. However, we could seek waivers to the agreements governing the Term Loan Facility and the ABL Facility if we anticipate that a breach may occur or has occurred. The ability to obtain waivers is outside of our control, and we may not be able to obtain any such waivers on reasonable terms or at all. If we are unable to comply with some or all of the financial or non-financial covenants in the agreements governing the Term Loan Facility and the ABL Facility and if we fail to obtain future waivers or amendments to such agreements, the lenders may terminate our Term Loan Facility and our ABL Facility and declare all or any portion of the obligations under the agreements due and payable. This would have a negative impact on our liquidity and capital resources.

At September 30, 2011, we believe we were in compliance with all of our covenants under the agreement governing the ABL Facility. For a description of the principal terms of the ABL Facility, see “Description of Certain Indebtedness—ABL Facility”.

Interest Rate Caps

During the fourth quarter of 2010, we entered into interest rate cap agreements in compliance with the requirement pursuant to the agreement governing the Term Loan Facility to provide that at least 50% of the Term Loan Facility be subject to a fixed rate or interest rate protection at least through the third anniversary of the agreement governing the Term Loan Facility. The interest rate cap agreements cap the interest rate on $300.0 million of the aggregate principal outstanding under the Term Loan Facility. We have not designated the interest rate cap agreements as an accounting hedge, so changes in the fair value of the interest rate cap agreements are recorded as non-cash interest expense in our consolidated statements of operations.

 

95


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations

 

Contractual Commitments

(in millions)

   2011      2012      2013      2014      2015      Beyond      Total  

Leases

   $ 2.2       $ 1.5       $ 1.0       $ 0.2       $       $       $ 4.9   

IAM National Pension Fund

     3.2         3.3         3.2                                 9.7   

Term Loan Facility—Principal

     3.3         3.3         3.3         3.3         301.0                 314.2   

Term Loan Facility—Interest

     32.1         31.7         31.4         31.1         19.5                 145.8   

Purchase Obligations

     131.8                                                 131.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 172.6       $ 39.8       $ 38.9       $ 34.6       $ 320.5       $       $ 606.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

We are obligated to make future payments under various contracts such as debt agreements, lease agreements and collective bargaining agreements. Operating lease obligations are payment obligations under leases classified as operating leases. Most leases are for a period of three years but some last up to five years and are primarily for equipment used in our manufacturing and distribution operations. Our purchase obligations are agreements to purchase goods or services that are enforceable and legally binding on us that specify all significant terms, including fixed or minimum quantities, fixed or variable prices and the approximate timing of the transaction. Purchase obligations include the pricing of anticipated metal purchases using contractual metal prices, or where pricing is dependent on prevailing COMEX or LME prices at the time of delivery, market metal prices as of December 31, 2010, as well as natural gas and electricity prices. As a result of the variability in the pricing of many of our metal purchasing obligations, actual amounts may vary from the amounts shown above.

We participate in a multi-employer pension plan under the collective bargaining agreement that covers the East Alton, Illinois operations of our Olin Brass segment. The collective bargaining agreement runs through June of 2013 and obligates us to contribute to the plan at a rate per eligible hour per covered employee as specified in the agreement. We do not have any defined benefit or post-retirement benefit plans. The contributions to the multi-employer plan are a function of employment levels and eligible work hours. As a result, actual amounts may vary from the amounts shown above.

The ABL Facility bears interest at variable rates and outstanding amounts for which estimating future interest and principle payments is not practicable. Interest rates for the Term Loan Facility may vary depending on the timing of any prepayment of outstanding principal amounts. The agreement governing the Term Loan Facility requires quarterly principal payments of $0.8 million up to the maturity date of August 18, 2015, at which time the remaining principal is due.

Additionally, the agreement governing the Term Loan Facility includes a mandatory prepayment calculated as a percentage of “Consolidated Excess Cash Flow” commencing with the year ending December 31, 2011 and due in the first half of 2012. Consolidated Excess Cash Flow represents essentially all net cash flow from operating activities in excess of capital expenditures and scheduled principal payments. The percentage of Consolidated Excess Cash Flow that we must use for mandatory prepayment varies based on our leverage as a multiple of our “Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA” (as defined in the agreement governing the Term Loan Facility), and, as such, estimating the prepayment is not practicable. The percentage of Consolidated Excess Cash Flow to be used, as provided in the agreement governing the Term Loan Facility, is 75%, unless the Leverage Ratio (as defined in the agreement governing the Term Loan Facility) is 2.5:1 or less as of the last day of the relevant fiscal year, in which case the percentage of Consolidated Excess Cash Flow to be used is 50%.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have not created, and are not party to, any special-purpose or off-balance sheet entities for the purpose of raising capital, incurring debt or operating our business. We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements or relationships with entities that are not consolidated into our financial

 

96


Table of Contents

statements that have or are reasonably likely to have a material current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, sales, expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. Estimates are based on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. The result of this process forms the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. We review our estimates and judgments on a regular, ongoing basis. Actual results may differ from these estimates due to changed circumstances and conditions.

The following accounting policies and estimates are considered critical in light of the potentially material impact that the estimates, judgments and uncertainties affecting the application of these policies might have on our reported financial information.

Our accounting policies are more fully described in note 2 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. There have been no significant changes to our critical accounting policies or estimates for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue when title and risk of loss are transferred to customers, which is generally the date the product is shipped. Estimates for future rebates on certain product lines and product returns are recognized in the period in which the revenue is recorded. Rebates are estimated based upon our historical experience, combined with a review of current developments. The allowance for doubtful accounts is estimated based upon our historical experience, combined with a review of current developments and the specific identification method of accounts for which payment has become unlikely. The cost of shipping product to customers is expensed as incurred as a component of cost of sales. Billings to customers for shipping costs are included in net sales and the cost of shipping product to those customers is reflected as a component of cost of sales.

Inventories

Inventories include costs attributable to direct labor and manufacturing overhead but are primarily comprised of raw material costs. The material component of inventories comprise approximately 73% and 75% of total inventory at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, and is valued on a last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) basis.

Other manufactured inventories, including the non-material components and certain non-U.S. inventories, are valued on a first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) basis. Elements of cost in finished goods inventory in addition to the cost of material include depreciation, amortization, utilities, consumable production supplies, maintenance, production wages and transportation costs.

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. The market price of metals used in production and related scrap is subject to volatility. During periods when open-market prices decline below net book value, we may need to record an allowance to reduce the carrying value of our

 

97


Table of Contents

inventory. We analyze the carrying value of inventory for impairment if circumstances indicate impairment may have occurred. If an impairment occurs, the amount of impairment loss is determined by measuring the excess of the carrying value of inventory over the net realizable value of inventory.

No allowance was recorded in 2010 or 2009 due to the market price of copper exceeding its carrying value. In the year ended December 31, 2008, we recorded a $170.9 million non-cash charge for the revaluation of inventory from the prevailing metal prices at the time of the acquisition in November 2007 (reflecting a copper price of $3.00 per pound), to the significantly lower metal prices as of December 31, 2008 (reflecting a copper price of $1.52 per pound). Additionally, we record an estimate for slow moving and obsolete inventory based upon product knowledge, physical inventory observation, estimated future demand, market conditions and an aging analysis of the inventory on hand. Our policy is to evaluate all inventories including raw material, work-in-process, finished goods, and spare parts. Inventory in excess of our estimated usage requirements is written down to its estimated net realizable value.

Purchase Accounting

Determining the fair value of certain assets, liabilities and subsidiaries assumed in a business combination is judgmental in nature and often involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions. Some of the more significant estimates and assumptions used in valuing our acquisition of the worldwide metals business of Olin Corporation in 2007 and our acquisition of the order book, customer list and certain other assets of Bolton’s North American operations in January 2008 included projected future cash flows and discount rates reflecting the risk inherent in future cash flows.

We recognized goodwill related to the acquisition of the order book, customer list and certain other assets of Bolton’s North American operations, as the purchase price exceeded the fair value of net assets. For the acquisition of the worldwide metals business of Olin Corporation, the estimated fair value of the net assets exceeded the purchase price, thus creating negative goodwill under then-current GAAP guidance. As such, noncurrent assets were assigned no value in the acquisition from Olin Corporation.

We own a 50% interest in Dowa-Olin Metal Corporation, a joint venture with Dowa based in Japan. As a result of the acquisition of the worldwide metals business of Olin Corporation, a negative basis difference was created between our books and our share of Dowa-Olin Metal Corporation’s equity. ASC Topic 323-10- 35-5(b) states that basis difference between the investor’s cost and underlying equity in net assets of the investee at the date of investment requires recognition unless it is attributable to a non-amortizing asset such as goodwill. The negative basis difference was created due to the bargain purchase event and was not attributable to any specific element of the joint venture itself. As the difference was not attributable to any of the assets of Dowa-Olin Metal Corporation, the equity investment as a whole was assessed to determine the appropriate accretion period for the basis difference. The purpose of the joint venture is to supply Olin Brass’s HPAs to the Asian market through the licensing of Olin Brass technology. Given consideration of this use, the negative basis difference is being accreted over a period of 13 years.

Uncertain Tax Positions

Our management evaluates the recognition and measurement of uncertain tax positions based on applicable tax law, regulations, case law, administrative rulings and pronouncements and the facts and circumstances surrounding the tax position. Changes in our estimates related to the recognition and measurement of the amount recorded for uncertain tax positions could result in significant changes in our provision for (benefit from) income taxes, which could be material to our consolidated results of operations.

 

98


Table of Contents

Derivative Contracts

We account for our derivative contract positions under the provisions of ASC Topic 820, which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and enhances disclosures about fair value measures required under other accounting pronouncements but does not change existing guidance as to whether or not an instrument is carried at fair value. This guidance also specifies a fair value hierarchy based upon the observability of inputs used in valuation techniques.

In accordance with this guidance, fair value measurements are classified under the following hierarchy:

 

   

Level 1 —Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets.

 

   

Level 2 —Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active and model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs or significant value-drivers are observable in active markets.

 

   

Level 3 —Model-derived valuations in which one or more significant inputs or significant value-drivers are unobservable.

In accordance with ASC Topic 820, we determine the fair value of derivative contracts using Level 2 inputs. As of December 31, 2010, we did not hold assets or liabilities requiring a Level 3 measurement, and there were not any transfers between the hierarchy levels during 2010 or 2009. We do not use hedge accounting for our derivative contracts. All gains and losses are recorded as operating expense in the consolidated statement of operations as these contracts are marked to market each period.

Embedded Derivatives from the Agreements Governing the Term Loan Facility and ABL Facility

Under ASC Topic 815-15, we are required to perform an evaluation on whether embedded derivatives are present within the agreements governing the Term Loan Facility and the ABL Facility. We have identified the embedded features within these agreements and assessed the probability of each occurrence as remote. The most significant potential embedded feature is a change of control, which the agreements consider an event of default. Our impending initial public offering was considered in the drafting of the agreements and the agreements provide that upon an initial public offering this change-in-control provision would not be triggered. As such, no embedded derivatives are recorded, as the probability of their occurrence is considered remote. We will continue to assess the probability of occurrence of embedded derivatives on an ongoing basis.

Profits Interest Awards

As of September 30, 2011, Halkos owned 100% of the common stock of Global Brass and Copper Holdings. Halkos has granted, pursuant to the Halkos Equity Plan, non-voting membership interests to select members of management, namely Class B Profits Interest Shares, Class C Profits Interest Shares and Class D Profits Interest Shares. The Class B Shares, Class C Shares and Class D Shares are profits interests in Halkos.

Class B Profits Interest Shares

Class B Shares are accounted for as a profit-sharing arrangement. Expense on the Class B Shares is recorded in the period in which distributions from Halkos to Class Share award holders are determined to be probable. We account for these distributions as non-cash compensation expense with a corresponding increase in additional paid-in capital.

 

99


Table of Contents

Class C Profits Interest Shares and Class D Profits Interest Shares

As of September 30, 2011, there were no Class C Shares or Class D Shares outstanding. Throughout the time they were outstanding, Class C Shares and Class D Shares were considered to be dual-indexed awards that would have been accounted for as liability awards if it became probable that KPS would own less than 20% of Halkos and exceed a specified rate of return target on its investment in Global Brass and Copper Holdings. At that time, expense would have been recognized over the implied service period and the awards would have been remeasured at each reporting date at fair market value with any changes therein recorded as compensation expense. The valuation model would have used a discounted cash flow and comparable company analysis to estimate an enterprise value for Global Brass and Copper Holdings and then used the Black-Scholes model to allocate enterprise value to the Class C Shares and Class D Shares. The determination of fair value would be affected by assumptions regarding a number of highly complex and subjective variables. Changes in the subjective assumptions can materially affect the estimate of their fair value.

At December 31, 2010, we determined that the achievement of performance conditions for the then outstanding Class C Shares and Class D Shares was not probable. As a result, no expense relative to these awards has been reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

On June 30, 2011, the Halkos limited liability company agreement was amended and the Class C Shares and Class D Shares were converted into Class B Shares. As a result, there are no longer any Class C Shares or Class D Shares outstanding. The amendment and conversion did not result in any impact to the consolidated financial statements as the conversion was in effect a liability to liability modification.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In September 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2011-09 “Compensation-Retirement Benefits—Multiemployer Plans”. ASU 2011-09 amends disclosure requirements related to an employer’s financial obligation to a multiemployer pension plan. The revised standard is intended to provide more information about an employer’s financial obligations to a multiemployer pension plan and, therefore, help financial statement users better understand the financial health of all of the significant plans in which the employer participates. The revisions do not change the current recognition and measurement guidance for an employer’s participation in a multiemployer plan. The revised standard is effective for public entities for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2011, with a one-year deferral for non-public entities. The implementation of this amended accounting guidance is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08 “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other Testing Goodwill for Impairment”. Under the amendments in this update, an entity has the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, an entity determines it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then performing the two-step impairment test is unnecessary. The amendments are effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. The implementation of this amended accounting guidance is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In June 2011, FASB issued ASU-2011-05 “Presentation of Comprehensive Income”. ASU 2011-05 amends disclosure requirements for presentation of comprehensive income. This guidance, effective retrospectively for the interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2011

 

100


Table of Contents

(early adoption is permitted), requires presentation of total comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. The implementation of this amended accounting guidance is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04, “Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs”. ASU 2011-04 amends disclosure requirements for common fair value measurement. These amendments, effective for the interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2011 (early adoption is prohibited), result in common definition of fair value and common requirements for measurement of and disclosure requirements between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. Consequently, the amendments change some fair value measurement principles and disclosure requirements. The implementation of this amended accounting guidance is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-06, which amends ASC 820, Fair Value Measures and Disclosures . The guidance requires companies to disclose the amount of significant transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy and the reasons for these transfers and the reasons for any transfers in or out of Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. In addition, the guidance clarifies certain existing disclosure requirements. The standard did not have a material impact on our disclosures in our consolidated financial statements.

In June 2009, the FASB issued authoritative guidance amending the timing and the qualitative considerations to be applied to evaluate the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity. A primary beneficiary is defined as the company that has both the power to direct the most significant activities of a variable interest entity and the rights to either benefits or losses which are potentially significant to the variable interest entity. The guidance was effective as of the first annual reporting period beginning after November 15, 2009. The adoption of this guidance did not result in the consolidation of a variable interest entity, and therefore, it did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Inflation and Seasonality

We experience effects of inflation on input costs, such as wages, natural gas, electricity, plating and other key inputs. We may not be able to offset fully the impact of inflation on these input costs or energy costs through price increases, productivity improvements or cost reduction programs.

There is a slight decrease in our net sales in each fourth fiscal quarter as a result of a decrease in demand due to customer shutdowns for the holidays and holiday and year-end maintenance of plants and inventory by customers. We also typically experience slight working capital increases in the first fiscal quarter.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk

Market risk represents the risk of changes in the value of market risk sensitive instruments caused by fluctuations in interest rates and commodity prices. Changes in these factors could cause fluctuations in the results of our operations and cash flows. In the ordinary course of business, we are primarily exposed to changes in commodity prices, interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. To manage the volatility related to these exposures we use various financial instruments, including some derivatives, to help us manage our metal price, energy price, and interest rate risk. We also use offsetting forward sale and purchase agreements to help mitigate commodity price risks on operating margins. These agreements generally do not contain minimum purchase requirements.

 

101


Table of Contents

We do not use derivative instruments for trading or speculative purposes and have not elected to use hedge accounting. We manage counterparty credit risk by entering into derivative instruments only with financial institutions with investment-grade credit ratings.

The following tables set forth the impact of a 10% price change on our hedging positions as of September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.

 

(in millions)                           
As of September 30, 2011    Nominal value      Fair value      Unrealized
losses
    Impact of 10%
price change
on fair value
 

Metals

   $ 29.3       $ 23.7       $ (5.6   $ 2.4   

Natural Gas

     0.8         0.6         (0.2     0.1   

Interest Rate Caps

     1.2         0.2         (1.0     —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Totals

   $ 31.3       $ 24.5       $ (6.8   $ 2.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2010

   Nominal value      Fair value      Unrealized
gains (losses)
    Impact of 10%
price change
on fair value
 

Metals

   $ 5.7       $ 5.7       $ —        $ 0.6   

Natural Gas

     1.1         1.0         (0.1     0.1   

Interest Rate Caps

     1.2         2.0         0.8        0.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Totals

   $ 8.0       $ 8.7       $ 0.7      $ 0.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

In addition to the above open hedging positions, there are also collateral hedge contracts that we entered into under the ABL Facility. These contracts had maturity dates in 2011. In order to lock in the gain/loss, we entered into offsetting positions for exactly the same quantities and maturity dates so any subsequent change in market prices on the original contracts would be exactly offset with the contracts purchased in August 2010. Total pounds of copper hedged was 26.6 million, and the loss incurred in the year ended December 31, 2010 on the collateral hedges was $32.8 million. All collateral hedge contracts were settled in the first nine months of 2011.

Commodity Prices

In the ordinary course of business, we are exposed to earnings and cash flow volatility resulting from fluctuations in metal, natural gas and electricity costs. We use our balanced book approach, supported, where required, by derivative contracts, to substantially reduce the impact of metal price fluctuations on operating margins. Despite our use of our balanced book approach to mitigate the impact of metal price fluctuations on our operating margins, we must bear the cost of any shrinkage during production, which may increase the volatility of our results of operations. We also use derivative contracts to reduce uncertainty and volatility in natural gas and electricity costs.

Interest Rates

We are exposed to volatility in interest rates and expense under the terms of our credit agreements. Interest rates under the Term Loan Facility and the ABL Facility are comprised of a base rate and margin. The Term Loan Facility and the ABL Facility use LIBOR as the base rate and provide the option of a LIBOR or prime base rate. In order to reduce our exposure to interest rate fluctuations, we have entered into a three-year interest cap agreement on $300 million of loan principal. If interest rates increase, our debt service obligations on variable rate debt would increase even though the amount borrowed would not increase. Including variable rate debt that is subject to the interest rate cap

 

102


Table of Contents

agreement, assuming the amount of our variable debt remains the same, an increase of 1% in the interest rates on our variable rate debt would have increased our 2010 debt service requirements by approximately $0.2 million. See also “Risk Factors—Because all of our indebtedness bears interest at rates that fluctuate with changes in certain prevailing short-term interest rates, we are vulnerable to interest rate increases”.

Foreign Exchange

Our international operations accounted for approximately 6% of our sales in 2010. As a result, we have exposure to foreign exchange risk on transactions that can potentially be denominated in many foreign currencies. The functional currency of our operating subsidiaries is the related local currency. During 2010, the fluctuation of the U.S. dollar against other currencies resulted in an unrealized currency translation gain that increased our equity by $0.5 million. Gains or losses from currency translation are primarily related to our equity investment in Dowa-Olin Metal Corporation.

We do not attempt to hedge foreign currency exposure in a manner that would eliminate the effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates on net income and cash flow. We do not speculate in foreign currency nor do we hedge the foreign currency translation of our international business to the U.S. dollar for purposes of consolidating our financial results, or other foreign currency net asset positions. During 2010, foreign currency had a negative impact to net income of less than $0.1 million.

Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We are not currently required to comply with the SEC’s rules implementing Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, and are therefore not required to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for that purpose. Upon becoming a public company, we will be required to comply with the SEC’s rules implementing Section 302 and 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which will require our management to certify financial and other information in our quarterly and annual reports and provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. We will not be required to make our first annual assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 until the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC. Further, our independent registered public accounting firm is not yet required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC. Once it is required to do so, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue an adverse report in the event that they conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is not effective.

In connection with the audit of our subsidiary, Global Brass and Copper, we and our independent auditors identified certain material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting.

A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our interim or annual financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The following material weaknesses were identified:

 

   

Accounting for Joint Ventures.     We did not maintain effective controls over the accuracy of the accounting for and disclosure for its investments in joint ventures. Specifically, the post-acquisition monitoring controls were not maintained, and consequently we did identify an error in the application of generally accepted accounting principles. This control deficiency resulted in the misstatement of the investment and related accumulated other comprehensive income that required restatement of previously issued subsidiary financial statements.

 

103


Table of Contents
   

Income Tax Matters.     We did not maintain effective controls over the accuracy of the accounting for income taxes. Specifically, the controls to ensure that anticipated and foreseeable income tax return filing positions were appropriately reflected in our income tax accounting were not effective. This control deficiency resulted in the misstatement of the provision for income taxes, income taxes payable and deferred taxes that required restatement of previously issued subsidiary financial statements.

 

   

Physical Inventory Quantity Recordkeeping.     We did not maintain effective controls over the accuracy of the accounting of its inventory at the Olin Brass segment. Specifically, the controls over updating the inventory supporting records for the loss of inventory experienced during the production cycle and for inventory movements within stages of production were not effective. This deficiency could result in a material adjustment to inventory.

The material weaknesses associated with joint venture and income taxes resulted in the restatement of Global Brass and Copper’s 2009, 2008 and 2007 financial statements that had previously been provided to the lenders under our debt facilities. We obtained the necessary waivers and amendments with respect to those restatements. For more information, see “—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Outstanding Indebtedness—The ABL Facility”. The material weakness associated with physical inventory counts resulted in a material adjustment of the subsidiary’s 2010 financial statements. No restatement or adjustment of Global Brass and Copper Holdings’ financial statements was required because no such statements had been issued at the time of the discovery of the errors.

Prior to the conclusion of the 2010 audit of Global Brass and Copper, Inc., the Board of Directors made a determination to make a significant investment in upgrading our financial reporting functions to conform with public company standards. Management has taken various steps to address the causes of the material weaknesses by putting in place new processes and control procedures. We have begun implementing a remediation plan to address the material weaknesses, which includes the following activities:

 

   

we have appointed a Corporate Controller from our existing finance staff;

 

   

we have hired a number of professionals at the corporate level, including an Internal Audit Director and staff, a Senior Manager of External Reporting and staff, a Senior Manager of Taxation (working with an outside provider of tax services) and a General Counsel, in an effort to increase staffing of our technical accounting, tax and legal functions to levels adequate for public company reporting;

 

   

we have hired a number of professionals at the segment level, including a Vice President of Finance and Information Technology and staff at Olin Brass;

 

   

we are currently conducting period-end physical inventory counts at Olin Brass each quarter; we are also evaluating the results of an inventory process improvement study and implementing enhanced controls to reduce the reliance on period-end inventory counts and establish effective control over the perpetual inventory system at Olin Brass; we are also reviewing our practices at the other business units in light of those recommendations;

 

   

we are implementing an automated financial consolidation system to replace the current consolidation process;

 

   

we have commenced the foundational review and assessment for development of a Sarbanes-Oxley compliance program.

Each of the material weaknesses described above could result in a misstatement of our accounts or disclosures that would result in a material misstatement of our annual or interim consolidated financial statements that would not be prevented or detected. We cannot assure you that the measures we have taken to date, or any measures we may take in the future, will be sufficient to remediate the material weaknesses described above or avoid potential future material weaknesses.

 

104


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Our Company

We are a leading, value-added converter, fabricator, distributor and processor of specialized copper and brass products in North America. We engage in metal melting and casting, rolling, drawing, extruding and stamping to fabricate finished and semi-finished alloy products from processed scrap, copper cathode and other refined metals. Our products include a wide range of sheet, strip, foil, rod, tube and fabricated metal component products which we sell under the Olin Brass, Chase Brass and A.J. Oster brand names. Our products are used in various end markets, including the building and housing, munitions, automotive, transportation, coinage, electronics/electrical components, industrial machinery and equipment and general consumer end markets. We access these end markets through direct mill sales, our captive distribution network and third-party distributors. We hold the exclusive production and distribution rights in North America for a free machining, lead-free brass rod product, which we sell under the Green Dot™ and Eco Brass ® brand names. The vertical integration of the manufacturing capabilities of Olin Brass and the distribution capabilities of A.J. Oster allows us to access a wide variety of customers with both high and low volume demand for our products. We believe the diversity of our product portfolio, the breadth of our value-added customer services, our vertical integration and our technical expertise underpin the long-standing relationships we have with our broad customer base. While we have continued to increase our profitability despite a difficult economic environment, when economic conditions strengthen, we expect to benefit from growing customer demand across the majority of the key end markets we service. In addition, we expect to capitalize on new market and new product growth opportunities, which we are currently pursuing.

We employ approximately 1,900 people and operate 11 manufacturing facilities and distribution centers across the United States, Puerto Rico and Mexico to service our North American customers. Through our 80% owned joint venture in China and our 50/50 joint venture in Japan, together with sales offices in China and Singapore, we supply our products in China and throughout Asia, where we believe we are positioned to take advantage of the region’s expanding copper and brass strip market. We service our European customers through distribution arrangements in the United Kingdom and Germany.

Our strategy is to maintain a leading market position in each of our businesses and to continue to achieve attractive operating margins. For a given level of volume produced, our operating margins are higher today than they were at the time of our formation in 2007. Our strong operating margins are a function of four key characteristics of our business: (1) we earn a premium margin over the cost of metal because of our value-added processing capabilities, patent-protected technologies, and first-class service; (2) we have strategically shifted our product portfolio toward value-added, higher margin products; (3) we employ our “balanced book” business strategy to substantially reduce the financial impact of metal price volatility on our earnings and operating margins; and (4) we have created a lean cost structure through durable fixed and variable cost reductions, process improvements, and workforce flexibility initiatives. For example, we have improved our labor efficiency and cost structure at Olin Brass by streamlining our reporting structure and increasing the number of tasks our Olin Brass employees are qualified to perform. Salaried and hourly employee headcount has been reduced and we have greater flexibility to vary labor levels in line with production volumes.

Our cost-focused reductions and initiatives have helped us create a lean cost structure. When our production volumes increase, our operating costs increase by a smaller proportion, allowing us to generate higher operating margins. The combination of our lean cost structure and our high-value product mix allows us to maximize our operating margins.

Our financial performance is primarily driven by metal conversion economics, not by the underlying movements in the price of the metal we use. Under our balanced book approach, we match

 

105


Table of Contents

the timing, quantity and price of our metal sales with the timing, quantity and price of our replacement metal purchases. This practice substantially reduces the financial impact of metal price movements on our earnings and operating margins.

For the year ended December 31, 2010, we shipped 554.1 million pounds of products, and we generated net sales of $1,658.7 million, adjusted sales of $538.8 million, net income of $40.9 million and Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA of $98.6 million. Our U.S. operations generated 94% of our total net sales in the year ended December 31, 2010. The following charts show our pounds shipped by our three operating segments and our pounds shipped by key end market for the year ended December 31, 2010.

For the year ended December 31, 2010:

LOGO

For the nine months ended September 30, 2011, we shipped 393.5 million pounds of products, and we generated net sales of $1,405.7 million, adjusted sales of $408.7 million, net income of $31.4 million and Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA of $92.3 million. Our U.S. operations generated 95% of our total net sales in the nine months ended September 30, 2011.

 

106


Table of Contents

Segments Overview

We have three operating segments: Olin Brass, Chase Brass and A.J. Oster.

 

   LOGO    LOGO    LOGO

Description

  

•    Leading manufacturer, fabricator and converter of specialized copper and brass sheet, strip, foil, tube and fabricated products

  

•    Leading manufacturer and supplier of brass rod

  

•    Leading distributor and processor of copper and brass products

  

•    #1 North American Position (by 2010 pounds shipped)

  

•    #1 or #2 North American Position (by 2010 pounds shipped)

  

•    #1 North American Position (by 2010 pounds shipped)

                

Key

Products /

Services

  

•    Produces more than 60 copper-based alloys, including 17 HPAs, which provide superior strength, conductivity and formability

  

•    Produces nine brass alloys which provide superior strength and corrosion resistance, sold under the Blue Dot ® brass rod brand name

  

•    Network of strategically located distribution centers, providing inventory management, distribution and value-added metal processing services to customers

  

•    Over the past 3 years, approximately 15-20% of Olin Brass’s copper-based products have been sold to A.J. Oster

  

•    Holds exclusive rights for the production and sale of lead-free brass rod in North America, sold under the Green Dot™ rod and Eco Brass ® alloy brand names

  

•    Over the past 3 years, approximately 70% to 80% of A.J. Oster’s copper-based products have been sourced from Olin Brass

  

•    Products sold throughout the U.S., Puerto Rico, Mexico, Asia and Europe

  

•    Products sold throughout the U.S., Mexico and Canada

  

•    Products sold throughout the U.S., Puerto Rico and Mexico

                

Key End

Markets

  

•    Munitions, Automotive, Coinage, Building and Housing, Electronics/Electrical Components

  

•    Building and Housing, Transportation, Electronics/Electrical Components, Industrial Machinery and Equipment

  

•    Building and Housing, Automotive, Electronics/Electrical Components

                

Operations

  

•    5 strategically located sites in the U.S. (4 sites) and China

  

•    1 strategically located manufacturing site and 1 warehouse facility in the U.S.

  

•    6 strategically located sites in the U.S. (4 sites), Puerto Rico and Mexico

  

•    Marketing and sales joint venture office in Japan

 

•    Sales office in Singapore

 

•    1,296 employees; 1,258 in the U.S. and 38
in Asia each as of September 30, 2011

  

•    303 employees as of September 30, 2011

  

•    272 employees as of September 30, 2011

 

107


Table of Contents

Our Competitive Strengths

Leading Market Positions and Diverse Product Mix

We believe we have leading market positions in the industry sectors served through each of our three operating segments. We participate in two distinct segments of the metals fabrication value chain: SSP and alloy rod. Management estimates that our strategically located plants represent approximately 40% of North American capacity for copper and copper-alloy SSP and brass rod production, supplying our customers with over 13,500 SKUs. We believe our customers value our ability to provide a diverse range of products, many of which are exclusively offered by us. For example, at Olin Brass, we produce more than 60 alloys (including 17 HPAs), which, management estimates, based on available market information, is nearly twice as many types of alloys as produced by our closest competitor. Additionally, through Chase Brass, we have the exclusive production and sales rights for Eco Brass ® rod and control the licensing of Eco Brass ® ingot in North America. This “lead-free” alloy was designed to meet the manufacturing needs of our customers and can be used to make products that comply with both Federal and state standards for maximum allowable lead content in potable water systems as well as the widely accepted NSF-14 industry performance standard applicable to fittings for the cross-linked PEX piping that is increasingly used in residential water delivery applications. Compared with our major competitors’ “lead-free” and “low-lead” products, laboratory tests commissioned by the Company show Eco Brass ® also offers superior corrosion resistance. Our leading market positions also enable us to have favorable arrangements with our suppliers.

Long-Term Customer Relationships Across Diverse End Markets

Each of our three operating segments benefits from the long-standing relationships we maintain with our diverse customer base, many of whom we have served for more than 30 years and are among the largest and most recognized companies in their respective industries. Our strong customer relationships span the entirety of our diverse end markets, including the building and housing, munitions, automotive, transportation, coinage, electronics/electrical components, industrial machinery and equipment and general consumer end markets. In 2010, we sold our products to over 1,850 customers, with no single customer accounting for more than 5% of our consolidated net sales.

Significant Operating Leverage to Benefit From Recovering Economic Conditions

Our broad customer base encompasses a wide range of end markets. We expect greater demand for our products and value-added services when economic conditions in these end markets strengthen. We are well positioned to satisfy increased demand for our products and services, and to generate strong earnings growth and returns on invested capital. Specifically:

 

   

We have available operating capacity which we can bring online quickly to respond to increased demand for our products and value-added services;

 

   

We believe we can increase production at our facilities with minimal change in our fixed costs and without significant additional capital investment;

 

   

We have low capital expenditure requirements. Over the last three years, the portion of our capital expenditures incurred to improve or extend the life our existing plants has averaged $10.3 million per year, and we do not expect these costs to be significantly higher going forward; and

 

   

We have the financial capacity and balance sheet strength to meet the working capital requirements that would accompany production increases in response to growing customer demand.

Flexible, Lean Cost Structure

Approximately 75% of our cost structure consists of variable metal costs, which we pass through under our balanced book approach to substantially reduce the financial impact of metal price volatility

 

108


Table of Contents

on our earnings and operating margins. Since our formation in 2007, we have implemented various cost reduction initiatives and workforce flexibility programs focused on reducing our fixed and non-metal variable costs. We believe the largely automated nature of our operations at our Chase Brass manufacturing facility contributes to low manufacturing and selling, general and administrative costs. In 2008, we negotiated a five-and-a-half year collective bargaining agreement with our workers represented by unions at Olin Brass. As part of this agreement, we significantly reduced the number of job classifications at Olin Brass’s East Alton manufacturing facility, which provides considerable labor flexibility at this facility. Additionally, we reduced employee headcount and other legacy liabilities and we do not have defined benefit pension obligations or retiree healthcare obligations. The above factors have allowed us to create a lean, flexible cost structure, which in combination with our balanced book approach and our value-added products, should position us to achieve strong operating margins going forward.

Balanced Book Approach to Substantially Reduce Metal Price Exposure

Our business model is principally based on the conversion and fabrication of the metal we purchase into finished and semi-finished alloy products. Our financial performance is driven by metal conversion economics (i.e., the prices we charge for our products and value-added services and our ability to control our operating costs); we do not seek to profit from movements in underlying metal prices. Our balanced book approach allows us to substantially reduce the financial impact of metal price volatility on our earnings and operating margins. Using the balanced book approach, we match the timing, quantity and price of our metal sales with the timing, quantity and price of our inventory replacement metal purchases. During 2008 and 2009, despite the economic downturn and the collapse in copper prices, our Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA per pound increased. Overall, from 2007 to 2010, despite wide fluctuations in copper prices, our Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA per pound increased. These results demonstrate the effectiveness of our balanced book approach.

Net income (loss) attributable to Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc. per pound was $0.07, $0.02 and $(0.11) for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Net income attributable to Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc. per pound was $1.01 for the successor period from October 10, 2007 to December 31, 2007, and net income per pound for our predecessor was $0.07 for the predecessor period from January 1, 2007 to November 18, 2007.

The following chart presents our historical Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA (¹) per pound versus copper prices from 2007 to 2010:

LOGO

 

 

Source: Copper prices from the London Metal Exchange reported by Bloomberg

 

(1) See note 4 to “Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Data” for the calculation of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation to net income (loss) attributable to Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc., which is the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP financial measure to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA.

 

109


Table of Contents
(2) We acquired the worldwide metals business of Olin Corporation on November 19, 2007. As a result, the 2007 fiscal year is composed of a predecessor period from January 1, 2007 to November 18, 2007 (represented by “2007(P)” in the chart above), and a successor period from the date of our formation, October 10, 2007, to December 31, 2007 (represented by “2007(S)”) in the chart above. We had no material operations or assets prior to November 19, 2007. Data for the predecessor period of 2007 are based on books and records provided to us by Olin Corporation in connection with the acquisition, we believe were prepared on a basis consistent with Olin Corporation’s accounting policies and procedures and have not been subject to an audit or review and do not reflect the allocation of Olin Corporation selling, general and administrative expenses to the metals business unit. We believe that the unaudited financial information for the predecessor period of 2007 are not prepared using our accounting policies and procedures, do not reflect the application of purchase accounting (which has been applied to the successor period financial statements) and also may be useful to investors for purposes of illustrating trends in our business. Although we have no reason to believe that the unaudited financial information for the predecessor period of January 1, 2007 to November 18, 2007 is materially deficient, there is a risk that this unaudited financial information may contain errors that might have been detected in a review or audit process or might have been different if prepared in accordance with our policies and procedures instead of those of Olin Corporation. See note 4 to “Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Data” and note (a) to the reconciliation table contained in such note, and “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—You should not place undue reliance on the selected financial and other information of our predecessor as of and for the year ended December 31, 2006, as of November 18, 2007 and for the period from January 1, 2007 to November 18, 2007, which are summarized in this prospectus”.

Experienced and Proven Management Team

Since our formation in 2007, we have assembled a world-class, highly experienced management team, which combines our predecessor’s legacy experience with new team members who have many years of relevant industry experience. The members of our senior management team have, on average, over 23 years of metals industry experience. Since our formation, our senior management team has implemented a new business strategy and successfully transformed the cost structure of the business. Our management team has also instilled a culture that promotes performance excellence with a strong focus on driving profitability, and as a direct result, our operational and financial performance has improved significantly since 2007.

Our Growth Strategy

Participate in Demand Recovery When Economic Conditions Strengthen

Our premium products and services have allowed us to achieve leading positions across a number of attractive end markets. In addition, we maintain strong relationships with a diverse set of customers across those end markets. When U.S. macroeconomic conditions improve, we expect to see increased activity in many of our key end markets, especially building and housing, automotive, coinage and industrial machinery and equipment, which we expect will drive increased demand for our products and services. We believe that our available production capacity will allow us to effectively and efficiently respond to increasing demand.

Capitalize on Growth Opportunities for Our Existing Products and Services

We believe there are opportunities to expand the supply of our existing products and services in several key high-value end markets.

 

   

Lead-free and Low-lead Plumbing Products .    New regulations designed to reduce lead content in drinking water plumbing devices provide a key opportunity for future growth. Chase Brass is a premier provider of specialized lead-free products and low-lead alloys. Recently enacted Federal legislation (the Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act, which was patterned after legislation enacted in California and Vermont) will require the reduction of lead content in all drinking water plumbing devices beginning in January 2014. This legislation presents a significant growth opportunity for Chase Brass. Our Eco Brass ® products meet Federal, California and Vermont standards and can be used to produce cast, as well as machined and forged, faucet parts. We currently supply major faucet, valve and fitting manufacturers who produce multiple products using machined Eco Brass ® parts.

 

110


Table of Contents
   

Transition to the Dollar Coin.     On September 20, 2011, Representatives David Schweikert and Jeb Hensarling introduced the Currency Optimization, Innovation and National Savings, or “COINS Act”, which is intended to modernize the U.S. currency system by transitioning fully from a $1 note to a $1 coin. The Government Accountability Office estimated in 2011 that the transition to a $1 coin would save the government on average $184 million a year. While it is uncertain whether any legislation implementing the transition to the $1 coin will be adopted and despite a recently announced substantial reduction in $1 coin production over the next couple of years, we anticipate a significant increase in the size of the coinage market if the U.S. does transition to the $1 coin and elimates the dollar bill. In addition, increased demand for coinage represents a key potential source of growth for our company.

Pursue New Growth Opportunities

We have identified a number of important trends in key growth markets which we believe will drive significant incremental growth for our company, including:

 

   

Anti-microbial Applications.     Olin Brass is well positioned to become a leader in commercializing anti-microbial copper products. The EPA recently recognized that copper is inherently capable of neutralizing potentially harmful viruses and bacteria and began accepting registrations of copper alloys with anti-microbial properties. Olin Brass manufactures several such registered alloys, and we believe there is significant opportunity for us to expand our customer base to include companies that develop copper products for use in the healthcare, food service, heating, ventilation and air conditioning industries, replacing stainless steel and aluminum. Olin Brass has completed the Federal and state registration process necessary to market products containing anti-microbial public health claims in full compliance with EPA standards.

 

   

Renewable Energy Applications:     Renewable energy is a fast growing and attractive sector, with significant long-term growth potential. Copper, copper-alloy and brass products are used in renewable energy technologies, including lithium batteries and solar power applications (e.g. photovoltaic cells). We believe increasing demand for renewable energy applications will be a key opportunity for further growth for our company.

In addition, we plan to continue to identify opportunities to extend our existing range of products and services through ongoing investment in technology research and development through our Materials Research Laboratory. The Materials Research Laboratory is a copper-alloy research, manufacturing and production innovation lab and is responsible for numerous patents held by our company and also by our customers. The Materials Research Laboratory was instrumental in developing patented products such as CopperBond ® , CopperBond ® XTF, and other unique foil products such as C7025 for computer disk drives.

Pursue Strategic Opportunities to Expand Our Business

The North American copper and brass distribution industry includes numerous small, regional players. We believe future industry consolidation and possible strategic acquisitions in key growth markets, notably Asia, will provide opportunities for us to create shareholder value. In addition, we may pursue strategic acquisition and/or partnership opportunities to increase the breadth and distribution of our product portfolio and metal distribution services in the future.

Company History

Global Brass and Copper Holdings is a portfolio company of KPS. Global Brass and Copper Holdings was formed in October 2007 to acquire the worldwide metals business of Olin Corporation. In connection with the acquisition, which was completed on November 19, 2007, we recruited a new

 

111


Table of Contents

senior management team, led by John Walker, our Chief Executive Officer, to lead the company. In January 2008, we acquired the order book, customer list and certain other assets of Bolton’s North American operations. Our senior management team has led a transformation of the business, implementing a new business strategy and cost structure and significantly increasing the profitability of the business, despite the severe economic downturn that began in late 2008.

Before Global Brass and Copper Holdings acquired the worldwide metals business of Olin Corporation, most of what is now our business operated for almost 90 years as the Metals segment of Olin Corporation. Over many decades, Olin Corporation’s Metals segment expanded by greatly increasing capacity, developing new technologies and products, such as the gold-colored metal alloy first used in the Sacagawea dollar coin, forging business relationships in foreign markets, such as China, and acquiring a distribution business to complement its core metals manufacturing business.

Olin Brass

Olin Brass is a leading manufacturer and converter of specialized copper and brass sheet, strip and fabricated products. The Olin Brass segment also rerolls and forms other alloys such as stainless steel, carbon steel and aluminum.

Olin Brass manufactures its products through four sites in North America and employs approximately 1,300 employees. The integrated brass mill in East Alton, Illinois is the main operating facility, which produces strip products. Strip products are processed further through the segment’s downstream operations for value-added applications. Olin Brass’s downstream operations include: a stamping operation located in East Alton; a rolling mill in Waterbury, Connecticut with rolling, annealing, leveling, plating and slitting capabilities for various products; a rolling mill in Bryan, Ohio specializing in products sold in the automotive and electronics/electrical components end markets; and a manufacturing facility in Cuba, Missouri that produces high frequency welded copper-alloy tube for heat transfer, decorative, automotive and plumbing applications.

Olin Brass produces a wide variety of products. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, it produced over 60 alloys, including 17 HPAs. Olin Brass is working to expand its market portfolio further by capitalizing on certain trends, including applications that utilize the anti-microbial properties of copper, possible transition to the dollar coin in the U.S. and the use of copper, copper-alloy and brass products in renewable energy technologies, including lithium batteries and solar power applications.

Olin Brass’s products are distributed either directly to original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) or supply chain customers or to A.J. Oster. Between approximately 15% and 20% of these products are sold to A.J. Oster.

The vertical integration of the manufacturing capabilities of Olin Brass and the distribution capabilities of A.J. Oster allows us to access a wide variety of customers with both high and low volume demand for our products. The manufacturing and distribution integration between Olin Brass and A.J. Oster is also a competitive strength because we believe that among our major competitors Olin Brass is the only major mill in North America with an associated “in-house” distribution operation that can provide customers flexibility in volume and service levels.

Olin Brass also has operations in Guangzhou, China, through an 80% owned service center joint venture with Chinalco, Olin Luotong Metals. Olin Luotong Metals mainly distributes HPA products within China, accounting for 1.6% of products shipped from Olin Brass during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010. Olin Brass also has other operations in other parts of Asia and Europe. See “—International”.

 

112


Table of Contents

Net sales from the shipments to external customers by the Olin Brass segment were $710.3 million during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 (42.8% of our total net sales), $500.8 million during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 (43.9% of our total net sales), and $912.1 million during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 (45.4% of our total net sales). The total assets of the Olin Brass segment were $209.4 million as of December 31, 2010, $222.4 million as of December 31, 2009, and $206.2 million as of December 31, 2008.

Segment Adjusted EBITDA for the Olin Brass segment was $22.8 million, $8.9 million, and $17.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.

Olin Brass’s products are used in five primary end markets: building and housing, munitions, automotive, coinage and electronics/electrical components.

Building and Housing End Market

Olin Brass manufactures strip, welded tube and stamped parts for a variety of products used in commercial and residential buildings, including faucets, locksets, decorative door hardware and hinges, which require workability, corrosion resistance and attractive appearance. Olin Brass also manufactures strip used in products that require electrical conductivity such as plug outlets, switches, lamp shells, other wiring devices, industrial controls, circuit breakers and switchgears. The products are generally manufactured with copper and copper-alloy sheet and strip, both HPAs and standard alloys, as well as copper-alloy welded tube.

We intend to further expand our customer base in this end market with a focus on healthcare, heating, ventilating and air conditioning and food service industries by utilizing the anti-microbial properties of copper to replace stainless steel and aluminum.

Customers in this end market are OEMs producing building and housing products. These products are supplied either directly to customers or to A.J. Oster. Olin Brass also supplies building and housing products in China through Olin Luotong Metals.

Demand within this end market is affected by new residential housing, commercial construction and remodeling spending, all of which are significantly dependent on overall economic conditions. The building and housing end market accounted for 6% of the total pounds shipped by the Olin Brass segment during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, 6% during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, and 6% during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.

Munitions End Market

Olin Brass manufactures parts utilized in both the military and commercial munitions markets, such as strip and cup, including for uses in shot shell bullet jackets, centerfire, rimfire and small caliber military munitions. Munitions demand is predominantly domestic, with occasional opportunities to supply U.S. alliance partners with these parts.

Customers in this end market include major munitions suppliers in the U.S., as well as government facilities producing small caliber ammunition.

Demand within this market is affected by the U.S. government’s security policies, as well as consumer demand for firearms and munitions. The munitions end market accounted for 41% of the total pounds shipped by the Olin Brass segment during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, 44% during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 and 31% during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.

 

113


Table of Contents

Automotive End Market

Olin Brass manufactures electrical connectors for use in automobiles. These connectors are made with HPAs, which makes these products suitable for applications requiring high reliability, high temperature and low insertion force. For example, these connectors, along with lead frames manufactured by us, are used in junction boxes, wiring harnesses, ignition systems, lighting and automotive entertainment systems.

We intend to further expand the product base in this end market through the use of copper, copper-alloy and brass products in renewable energy technology, including lithium batteries and solar power applications. We have invested in our facilities in Bryan, Ohio to add slitting capacity, traverse winding capacity and improved service to accommodate products relating to renewable energy for automotive applications.

Customers in this end market include primary automotive connector suppliers in the U.S. Although historically the business in this end market remained largely regional in the U.S., Olin Brass and A.J. Oster are collectively working to capitalize on the migration of automotive production to Mexico, where an A.J. Oster service center is located.

Demand within this end market is affected by the level of consumer spending on automobiles, which is significantly dependent on overall economic conditions. The automotive end market accounted for 12% of the total pounds shipped by the Olin Brass segment during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, 10% during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 and 11% during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.

Coinage End Market

Olin Brass supplies coinage strip for use in the production of dollar coins, quarters, dimes and nickels. Customers in this end market include the United States Mint, for which we are a supplier contracted through 2012. Olin Brass has been a supplier for the United States Mint for over 30 years and expects to continue to renew its contract periodically with the United States Mint for the foreseeable future. Olin Brass services the United States Mint directly.

The demand within this end market is affected by the level of activities in retail transactions. If the U.S. economy continues to improve and/or the United States Mint transitions from dollar bills to $1 coins, we expect the demand for our coinage strip to increase further. The coinage end market accounted for 5% of the total pounds shipped by the Olin Brass segment during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, 6% during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 and 14% during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.

On September 20, 2011, Representatives David Schweikert and Jeb Hensarling introduced the COINS Act, which is intended to modernize the U.S. currency system by transitioning fully from a dollar bill to a $1 coin. The Government Accountability Office estimated in 2011 that the transition to a dollar coin would save the government on average $184 million a year. While it is uncertain whether any legislation implementing the transition to the $1 coin will be adopted and the U.S. Treasury department announced on December 13, 2011 that the U.S. Mint would halt production of Presidential $1 coins for circulation (due primarily to the lack of demand resulting from the continued use of the dollar bill), we anticipate a significant increase in the size of the coinage market if the U.S. does transition to the $1 coin and eliminates the dollar bill. Increased demand for coinage represents a key potential source of growth for our company.

 

114


Table of Contents

Electronics/Electrical Components End Market

Olin Brass manufactures strip used in integrated circuit sockets for circuit boards, connectors for laptop computers, consumer electronics and appliances, and foils for flexible circuit applications. The strip manufactured in this end market is high in HPA content.

Customers in this end market are primarily electronics manufacturers that operate globally. A portion of these customers is serviced through A.J. Oster, and the remainder is supplied directly by Olin Brass.

Demand within this end market is affected by consumer spending on electronics, which may fluctuate significantly as a result of economic conditions. The electronics end market accounted for 3% of the total pounds shipped by the Olin Brass segment during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, 3% during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 and 3% during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.

International

Asia

Olin Brass’s operations in Asia primarily consist of Olin Luotong Metals in Guangzhou, China, a value-added service center joint venture between Olin Brass and Chinalco; GBC Metals Asia Pacific PTE, a 100% owned subsidiary in Singapore; and Dowa-Olin Metal Corporation, a marketing and sales joint venture with Dowa located in Hamamatsu, Japan.

Olin Luotong Metals, established in 2002, is a value-added service center joint venture in Guangzhou, China, which is 80% owned by Olin Brass and 20% owned by Chinalco. It distributes into the Chinese market HPAs manufactured by Olin Brass in the U.S. and standard alloys manufactured by Chinalco. Olin Luotong Metals performs value-added slitting and winding operations to these alloys prior to distribution. Primary customers include major multinational manufacturers of components used in automotive, electronic and electrical applications. Almost all of Olin Luotong Metals’ sales are settled in U.S. dollars. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, Olin Luotong Metals generated $35.2 million of net sales (excluding sales to other Olin Brass affiliates).

Dowa-Olin Metal Corporation, established in 1987, is a marketing and sales joint venture located in Hamamatsu, Japan, and is 50% owned by Olin Brass and 50% owned by Dowa. The main function of Dowa-Olin Metal Corporation is to market and sell HPAs licensed from Olin Brass and manufactured at Dowa’s strip mills to key customers in Japan and southeast Asia. The primary markets served include electronic lead frames and connectors. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, Dowa-Olin Metal Corporation generated $77.8 million of net sales. As Dowa-Olin Metal Corporation is accounted for as a non-consolidated entity, these sales are not included in our total net sales or the net sales of Olin Brass.

GBC Metals Asia Pacific PTE is an Olin Brass wholly-owned subsidiary located in Singapore. GBC Metals Asia Pacific PTE markets and sells HPAs supplied primarily by Olin Brass and Dowa-Olin Metal Corporation into key electronics markets in Asia, including Singapore, Malaysia, Korea, Taiwan and China. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, GBC Metals Asia Pacific PTE generated $27.2 million of net sales (excluding sales to other Olin Brass affiliates).

Sales volume of Olin Brass in Asia (excluding Dowa-Olin Metal Corporation) was 13.1 million pounds during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 (4.3% of total pounds shipped by Olin Brass), 9.3 million pounds during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 (3.6% of total pounds shipped by Olin Brass), and 12.9 million pounds during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 (3.7% of total pounds shipped by Olin Brass).

 

115


Table of Contents

Europe

Olin Brass’s business in Europe is conducted through distribution arrangements with Aurubis U.K. in the United Kingdom and Türkis GmbH in Germany.

Sales volume of Olin Brass in the European region was 1.1 million pounds during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 (0.4% of total pounds shipped by Olin Brass), 2.3 million pounds during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 (0.9% of total pounds shipped by Olin Brass), and 1.8 million pounds during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 (0.5% of total pounds shipped by Olin Brass).

Others

Sales volume from Olin Brass’s international business in regions other than Asia and Europe, including sales shipments in Mexico and Canada, was 7.3 million pounds during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 (2.4% of total pounds shipped by Olin Brass), 6.9 million pounds during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 (2.6% of total pounds shipped by Olin Brass), and 13.9 million pounds during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 (4.0% of total pounds shipped by Olin Brass).

For a discussion of the risks relating to our foreign operations, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—A portion of our net sales is derived from our international operations, which exposes us to certain risks inherent in doing business abroad”.

Chase Brass

Chase Brass primarily manufactures brass rod, including round and other shapes, ranging in size from 1/4 inch to 4.5 inches in diameter. These primary shapes and sizes are used by consumers of brass rod, who machine or otherwise process the rod for applications used in various end markets. Brass rod is primarily used for forging and machining products, such as valves and fittings. Key attributes of brass rod include its machinability, corrosion resistance and moderate strength. Brass rod is generally manufactured from copper or copper-alloy scrap.

All of the segment’s rod is manufactured at its facility located in Montpelier, Ohio. Chase Brass distributes all of its products directly to customers. The acquisition of the order book, customer list and certain other assets of Bolton’s North American operations in January 2008 boosted Chase Brass’s capabilities and customer base. Chase Brass plans to further capitalize on opportunities arising from regulation limiting lead content in potable water plumbing fixtures. We believe this will increase the need for low-lead and lead-free materials, including Eco Brass ® .

Net sales from the shipments to external customers by the Chase Brass segment were $611.9 million during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 (36.9% of our total net sales), $411.1 million during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 (36.0% of our total net sales), and $705.5 million during the fiscal year ended December 31 , 2008 (35.1% of our total net sales). The total assets of the Chase Brass segment were $107.5 million as of December 31, 2010, $84.1 million as of December 31, 2009, and $73.7 million as of December 31, 2008.

Segment Adjusted EBITDA for the Chase Brass segment was $61.2 million, $39.3 million, and $36.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.

Chase Brass’s products are used in four primary end markets: building and housing, transportation, electronics/electrical components and industrial machinery and equipment.

 

116


Table of Contents

Building and Housing End Market

Chase Brass manufactures brass rod for use in faucets, valves and fittings, including single lever faucet hubs, bodies of standard stop valves and stems and balls of valves. Demand within this end market is affected by new residential housing activity, commercial construction activity and remodeling spending, all of which are significantly dependent on overall economic conditions.

Chase Brass produces a number of low-lead and lead-free products, or “green portfolio” products, which meet the standards under new state laws in California and Vermont as well as Federal standards (patterned after legislation enacted in California and Vermont) that will go into effect in January 2014 with respect to the level of lead content in products used in plumbing and drinking water applications. Chase Brass’s Green Dot rod and Eco Brass ® ingot products are part of the green portfolio, and Chase Brass is the exclusive licensee of the intellectual property rights for their production and sale in North America. Chase Brass also manufactures other non-patented green portfolio products. Our green portfolio products accounted for 8.7% of pounds shipped of Chase Brass during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, growing from 5.5% and 2.1% in the fiscal years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. See “—Our Growth Strategy”.

Customers in this end market include major faucet, valve and fitting manufacturers who are producing multiple products using green portfolio materials.

The building and housing end market accounted for 64.5% of the total pounds shipped of Chase Brass during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, 61.8% during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, and 63.8% during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.

Transportation End Market

Chase Brass manufactures brass rod for uses in automobiles and trucking. Specific applications include heavy truck braking systems, tire valves, heat sensors and various truck and automotive fittings. Demand within this end market is affected by levels of transportation activity, levels of maintenance capital spending by transportation companies and the level of commercial truck fleet replacement activity, all of which are affected significantly by overall economic conditions. Customers in this end market include major OEMs in the transport industry and customers who support domestic automotive production.

The transportation end market accounted for 8.1% of the total pounds shipped by the Chase Brass segment during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, 5.5% during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, and 5.6% during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.

Electronics/Electrical Components End Market

Chase Brass manufactures brass rod used for telecommunication applications, including products such as coaxial connectors and traps and filters for cable television. Demand within this end market is affected by consumer spending along with new home construction.

Customers within these end markets include major manufacturers of specialty products for use in home and commercial construction, both of which are very dependent on overall economic conditions.

The electronics/electrical components end market accounted for 14.7% of the total pounds shipped by Chase Brass during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, 21.5% during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, and 19.1% during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.

 

117


Table of Contents

Industrial Machinery and Equipment End Market

Chase Brass manufactures brass rod used in industrial valves and fittings. Demand within this end market is affected by capital spending levels, U.S. GDP growth and industrial production growth in the U.S.

Customers in this end market include various major diversified manufacturers and a variety of screw machine companies supporting OEMs.

The industrial machinery and equipment end market accounted for 12.7% of the total pounds shipped by the Chase Brass segment during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, 11.2% during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, and 11.5% during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.

International

Chase Brass primarily supplies products within North America. Export sales outside of North America accounted for less than 1.0% of net sales in each year from 2008 through 2010. Net sales to Canada and Mexico during this time period averaged 4.3% to 6.6% of Chase Brass net sales.

For a discussion of the risks relating to our foreign operations, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—A portion of our net sales is derived from our international operations, which exposes us to certain risks inherent in doing business abroad”.

A.J. Oster

A.J. Oster is a processing distributor of copper and copper-alloy sheet, strip and foil. A.J. Oster operates six strategically-located service centers in the United States, Puerto Rico and Mexico. Olin Brass supplies A.J. Oster with approximately 70% to 80% of A.J. Oster’s copper-alloy products. Luvata is A.J. Oster’s second largest supplier after Olin Brass, supplying approximately 13.6% of A.J. Oster’s copper-alloy products in the year ended December 31, 2010. Many of the coils purchased from Olin Brass are full-width and require slitting.

Each A.J. Oster service center reliably provides a broad range of high-quality products at quick lead-times in small quantities. These capabilities, combined with A.J. Oster’s operations of precision slitting, hot tinning, traverse winding, cutting, edging and special packaging, provide value to a broad customer base.

Net sales from the shipments to external customers by the A.J. Oster segment were $336.6 million during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 (20.3% of our total net sales), $228.9 million during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 (20.1% of our total net sales), and $390.7 million during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 (19.5% of our total net sales). The total assets of the A.J. Oster segment were $89.7 million as of December 31, 2010, $85.4 million as of December 31, 2009, and $85.8 million as of December 31, 2008.

Segment Adjusted EBITDA for the A.J. Oster segment was $21.3 million, $8.8 million, and $5.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.

A.J. Oster’s products are used in three primary end markets: building and housing, automotive and electronics/electrical components.

Building and Housing End Market

A.J. Oster slits and distributes copper-alloy strip and aluminum foil used for products in commercial and residential buildings. The two primary applications are electrical and hardware.

 

118


Table of Contents

Electrical products are primarily for wiring devices. Other applications include switchgears, switches, controls and circuit breakers. Several of our customers for these products are in Puerto Rico or Mexico. These customers require short lead-times, small quantities and numerous specifications. A.J. Oster’s capabilities are well-suited for the geographic locations and the stringent service requirements of the electrical end market.

Hardware products include products such as faucets, window trim, locksets, hinges and kick plates. A.J. Oster uses Olin Brass’s high-finish strip to service the end market.

Demand in the building and housing end market is affected by new residential housing, commercial construction and remodeling spending, all of which are significantly dependent on overall economic conditions. The building and housing end market accounted for 40% of the total pounds shipped for A.J. Oster during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, 49% during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 and 47% during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.

Automotive End Market

A.J. Oster slits, hot tins, coats, traverse winds and distributes copper-alloy strip and aluminum foil used in automobile production. Primary customer products are connectors, automotive trim and heat exchangers.

A.J. Oster has excellent geographic coverage to service this market. A.J. Oster Mexico, Queretaro is well-positioned to take advantage of the growing number of second-tier automobile component suppliers that are located in Mexico.

Demand within this end market is affected by the level of consumer spending on automobiles, which is significantly dependent on overall economic conditions. The automotive end market accounted for 34% of the total pounds shipped by the A.J. Oster segment during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, 29% during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 and 28% during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.

Electronics/Electrical Components End Market

A.J. Oster slits, hot tins, traverse winds and distributes copper-alloy strip used for electronic connectors in computers, consumer electronics and automobiles. The markets served by A.J. Oster are service intensive and therefore require A.J. Oster capabilities.

The demand within this end market is affected by consumer spending on electronics, which may fluctuate significantly as a result of economic conditions. The electronics/electrical components end market accounted for 21% of the total pounds shipped by the A.J. Oster segment during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, 17% during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 and 18% during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.

International

A.J. Oster’s North American operations include a service center in central Mexico. The facility is located in Queretaro on the NAFTA Highway in the center of Mexico’s industrial triangle marked by Mexico City, Monterey and Guadalajara.

Automakers in Mexico produce approximately two million automobiles per year. Automotive sub-suppliers that consume copper-alloy strip are now locating facilities in central Mexico in order to support primary automotive manufacturing.

 

119


Table of Contents

A.J. Oster is well positioned to capture growth in the Mexican market for copper-alloy strip. Our customers located in Mexico will require first-class service and quality levels traditionally demanded by the electrical, electronics and automotive industries. Meeting these demands is a core competency of A.J. Oster.

Net sales from A.J. Oster Mexico were $28.9 million during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 (8.6% of A.J. Oster net sales), $18.5 million during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 (8.1% of A.J. Oster net sales) and $27.7 million during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 (7.1% of A.J. Oster net sales).

For a discussion of the risks related to our foreign operations, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—A portion of our net sales is derived from our international operations, which exposes us to certain risks inherent in doing business abroad”.

Raw Materials and Supply

We manufacture our products using metal in the form of scrap metal or virgin raw materials. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, 83.3% of our metal came from scrap metal, and the remainder came from virgin raw materials. Olin Brass utilizes both scrap and virgin raw materials, while Chase Brass almost exclusively uses scrap.

The following table shows the breakdown of metal used in casting facilities of Chase Brass and Olin Brass during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010:

 

Input Raw Material

   Olin Brass
(million lbs)
     Chase Brass
(million lbs)
     Total
(million lbs)
     % of Total  

Internally generated scrap(1)

     287.4         86.6         374.0         40.5   

Virgin raw materials

     131.4         22.3         153.7         16.7   

Dealer scrap

     118.7         68.4         187.1         20.3   

Customer scrap

     59.1         149.1         208.2         22.5   

Total

     596.6         326.4         923.0         100.0   

 

(1) Includes downstream process scrap from internal operations.

We obtain scrap in the following ways:

 

   

Internally generated scrap .    During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, at our casting facilities in East Alton, Illinois and Montpelier, Ohio, 379.8 million pounds of internally generated process scrap (including 5.8 million pounds generated by A.J. Oster) were returned to the casting facilities to be re-melted based on 917.1 million pounds of copper and copper-alloy slabs and billets produced.

 

   

Customer generated scrap .    Primarily in the Chase Brass segment, we execute scrap supply agreements with most customers that purchase Chase Brass’s brass rod.

 

   

Dealer scrap .    A portion of scrap metal procured by us is obtained in the open market from a wide variety of scrap dealers.

Virgin raw materials, including copper cathode, are purchased at a premium on the London Metal Exchange or Commodities Exchange, or directly from key dealers that support producers around the world. Although virgin raw materials are more expensive compared to scrap, we use them to produce HPAs and other products that require exact specifications.

 

120


Table of Contents

Customers

Our customer base is broadly diversified, spanning various North American end markets, including building and housing, munitions, automotive, transportation, coinage, electronics/electrical components, industrial machinery and equipment and general consumer end markets. In the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, we sold over 13,500 different SKUs to more than 1,850 customers, with no customer representing greater than 5% of net sales. In the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, net sales from all foreign countries were $91.3 million, $54.5 million, and $88.1 million, respectively. We have long-term relationships with our customers, although our contracts with our customers generally have relatively short terms. Our relationships with many of our significant customers have lasted more than 30 years. For additional information see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We do not have long-term contractual arrangements with a substantial number of our customers, and our sales volumes and net sales could be reduced if our customers switch some or all of their business with us to other suppliers”.

Each of our operating segments had only one customer to whom shipments constituted more than 10% of net sales during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010. Olin Brass generated 10.1% of its total net sales through shipments to Olin Corporation’s Winchester operating division; A.J. Oster generated 12.3% of its total net sales through shipments to Molex Incorporated; and Chase Brass generated 11.7% of its total net sales through shipments to Masco Corporation and its affiliates.

Competition

We compete with other companies on price, service, quality and availability of products. Historically, we believe we have been able to compete effectively because of our high levels of service, broad-based inventory, knowledgeable and trained sales force, modern equipment, numerous locations, geographic dispersion, operational economies of scale and sales volume.

The North American market for brass and copper strip and sheet and brass rod consists of a few market leaders and a number of smaller competitors.

Our largest competitors in each of the markets in which we operate are the following:

 

   

Luvata and PMX Industries, Inc.: manufacturing of copper and copper-alloys in the form of strip, sheet and plate (Olin Brass);

 

   

ThyssenKrupp Materials NA, Copper and Brass Sales Division: distribution and processing of copper, brass, stainless and aluminum products (A.J. Oster);

 

   

Mueller Industries, Inc.: manufacturing of brass rod (Chase Brass).

Based on the data published by Copper Development Association Inc., Copper and Brass Servicecenter Association, Inc. (both independent industry associations) and management estimates, as of December 31, 2010, the Olin Brass segment accounted for 39% of North American shipments (including shipments to A.J. Oster) of copper and brass alloys in the form of strip, sheet and plate; the A.J. Oster segment accounted for 33% of North American shipments of copper and brass, sheet and strip products; and the Chase Brass segment accounted for 42% of North American shipments of brass rod.

Government Regulation and Environmental Matters

Anti-microbial Products

Olin Brass’s copper-based CuVerro materials are in full compliance with EPA standards for products recognized by the EPA as having anti-microbial properties. Olin Brass has now completed the Federal and state registration processes that will allow it to market its CuVerro products with anti-microbial public health claims.

 

121


Table of Contents

Environmental

Our operations are subject to a number of Federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of the environment and to workplace health and safety. In particular, our operations are subject to extensive Federal, state and local laws and regulations governing the creation, transportation, use, release and disposal of wastes, air and water emissions, the storage and handling of hazardous substances, environmental protection, remediation, workplace exposure and other matters. Hazardous materials used in our operations include general commercial lubricants, cleaning solvents and cutting oils. Among the regulated activities that occur at some of our facilities are: the accumulation of scrap metal, which is sold for recycling; and the generation of hazardous waste, solid wastes and wastewaters, such as water from burning tables operated at some of our facilities. The generation, storage, and disposal of these wastes is in accordance with the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, CERCLA and the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, and we use third-party commercial disposal services as permitted by these laws for the removal and disposal of these wastes. The storage, handling, and use of lubricating and cutting oils and small quantities of maintenance-related products and chemicals are also regulated under environmental laws, and the health hazards of these materials are communicated to employees pursuant to the Occupational Safety and Health Act.

In general, our facilities’ operations do not involve the types of emissions of air pollutants, discharges of pollutants to land or surface water, or treatment, storage, or disposal of hazardous waste which would ordinarily require Federal or state environmental permits. Some of our facilities possess authorizations under the Clean Air Act for air emissions from paints and coatings. At some locations, we also possess hazardous materials storage permits under local fire codes or ordinances for the storage of combustible materials such as oils or paints. At some facilities we possess state or local permits for on-site septic systems. Our cost of obtaining and complying with such permits has not been, and is not anticipated to be, material.

We believe that we are in substantial compliance with all applicable environmental and workplace health and safety laws and do not currently anticipate that we will be required to expend any substantial amounts in the foreseeable future in order to meet such requirements. Nevertheless, some of the properties we own or lease are located in areas with a history of heavy industrial use, and are near sites listed on the CERCLA National Priority List, CERCLIS and comparable state listings. CERCLA establishes responsibility for clean-up without regard to fault for persons who have released or arranged for disposal of hazardous substances at sites that have become contaminated and for persons who own or operate contaminated facilities. In many cases, courts have imposed joint and severable liability on parties at CERCLA clean-up sites. We have a number of properties located in or near industrial or light industrial use areas; accordingly, these properties may have been contaminated by pollutants which may have migrated from neighboring facilities or have been released by prior occupants. Some of our properties have been affected by releases of cutting oils and similar materials and we are investigating and remediating such known contamination pursuant to applicable environmental laws. The costs of these clean-ups have not been material in the past. We are not currently subject to any claims or notices with respect to clean-up or remediation under CERCLA or similar laws for contamination at our leased or owned properties or at any off-site location. However, we could be notified of such claims in the future. It is also possible that we could be identified by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, a state agency or one or more third parties as a potentially responsible party under CERCLA or under analogous state laws.

Pursuant to the agreement, dated November 19, 2007, by which we purchased our current operating locations from Olin Corporation, Olin Corporation agreed to retain responsibility for a wide range of liabilities under environmental laws arising out of existing contamination on our properties, and agreed to indemnify us without limitation with respect to these liabilities. Specifically, Olin Corporation retained responsibility for:

 

   

compliance with all obligations to perform investigations and remedial action required under the Connecticut Real Property Transfer Act at properties in Connecticut;

 

122


Table of Contents
   

pending corrective action/compliance obligations under the Federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act for certain areas of concern at our East Alton, Illinois facility; and

 

   

all obligations under environmental laws arising out of 24 additional specifically identified areas of concern on various of our properties.

Olin Corporation also retained complete responsibility for all liabilities arising out of then pending governmental inquiries relating to environmental matters; for “any liability or obligation in connection with a facility of the Business to the extent related to pre-Closing human exposure to Hazardous Materials, including asbestos-containing materials”; and for “any liability or obligation in connection with the off-site transportation or disposal of Hazardous Materials arising out of any pre-Closing operations of the Business”.

In addition, Olin Corporation agreed to indemnify us, subject to a $1.0 million deductible and $30.0 million liability cap, for any other environmental liabilities arising out of pre-acquisition activities in decreasing percentages, starting with 75% of losses in the first two years following the closing and decreasing to 0% of losses by the seventh year. Since 2007, Olin Corporation has continued to perform environmental remedial actions on our properties, including the East Alton, Illinois and Waterbury, Connecticut properties, and continues to work closely with us to address matters covered by the indemnity. Because of the Olin Corporation indemnity, we have not been required to engage in any significant environmental cleanup activity on our properties during the past four years and do not currently have any material reserves established to address environmental remedial requirements.

Management Information Systems

Each of our three operating segments has its own information systems that organize various business data to streamline its operations. Olin Brass generally uses a unified custom-developed application platform that keeps track of data, including with respect to plant maintenance, procurement, accounts payable and fixed assets. Olin Brass’s facility in Waterbury, Connecticut is the only facility that has its own independent application environment that supports all business and financial data on site. A.J. Oster utilizes two applications on a single platform. One application handles metalware organization, inventory and customer orders, and the other application handles customer information, supplier information and the general ledger. Chase Brass uses a fully integrated ERP system that supports purchasing, inventory, accounts payables, customer data, sales orders, billing, accounts receivables, cash application and the general ledger.

We currently use Olin Brass’s general ledger as the base for the company-wide general ledger and consolidate all business segments manually. We currently do not have an automated centralized consolidation system but are in the process of implementing a platform that will allow us to automatically consolidate results produced by each of our segments by November 2011.

Employees

As of September 30, 2011, we employed 1,890 persons. As of the same date, the Olin Brass segment employed 1,296 persons, 69% of our total employees, the A.J. Oster segment employed 272 persons, 14% of our total employees, the Chase Brass segment employed 303 persons, 16% of our total employees and the corporate office employed 19 persons, 1% of our total employees.

As of September 30, 2011, approximately 1,075, or approximately 57%, of our employees at various sites were members of unions. We have generally maintained good relationships with all unions and employees, which has been an important aspect of our ability to be competitive in our industry. There are nine unions representing employees in the Olin Brass segment (eight representing

 

123


Table of Contents

employees at the East Alton, Illinois facility and one representing employees of Bryan Metals, LLC), two representing employees of the A.J. Oster segment (one representing employees of A.J. Oster Foils, LLC and another representing employees of A.J.O. Global Services Mexico S.A. de C.V.) and one representing employees of the Chase Brass segment. The collective bargaining agreement with the eight unions that represent employees at the East Alton facility of Olin Brass expires in November 2013. The collective bargaining agreement with the union representing employees of Chase Brass expires in June 2013, and the collective bargaining agreement with the union representing employees of A.J. Oster Foils, LLC expires in January 2014. The collective bargaining agreement with the union representing employees of A.J.O. Global Services Mexico S.A. de C.V. has an indeterminate term, with a review of wages every year and a review of benefits every two years. The collective bargaining agreement with the union represented employees of Bryan Metals, LLC is effective through September 30, 2014. Since our acquisition of the worldwide metals business of Olin Corporation in November 2007, we have not experienced any work stoppages at any of our facilities. We presently do not anticipate any problems or issues with respect to renewing the outstanding collective bargaining agreements upon acceptable terms. Historically, we have succeeded in negotiating new collective bargaining agreements without a strike. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Adverse developments in our relationship with our employees could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows”.

Research and Development

We conduct research and development through our Materials Research Laboratory, located within our facilities in East Alton, Illinois and Waterbury, Connecticut. Our research facilities are staffed with six scientists in metallurgy and electrochemistry. We intend to continue to invest in research and development to develop new products and to expand our value-added services that meet our customers’ needs.

Our key research and development accomplishments are the following:

 

   

Alloy Development .    We have developed numerous alloy systems that we have designed and patented, including those that meet many of the global standards for electronic, lead frame and connector applications, as well as specialty clad alloys supplied to the United States Mint, including a gold-colored metal alloy we developed for both the Sacagawea and Presidential one-dollar coins.

 

   

Foil Products—CopperBond ® ; CopperBond ® XTF .    We have developed CopperBond ® treated foil, an ultra-thin copper plated foil product used in electronic flexible circuit applications. Our rolling mill in Waterbury, Connecticut utilizes four specialized plating lines to manufacture CopperBond ® foil. Other unique foil products developed include C7025 for computer disk drives and CopperBond ® XTF foil, a flexible extra-thin treated foil that can be produced in thicknesses as thin as one micron.

 

   

Specialized Coatings .    We have developed specialized coatings and plating systems for copper-based alloys. The proprietary tin coatings used by us have been licensed in many countries for automotive terminal applications, which require extreme thermal stability and low insertion forces. We have also been developing specialized anti-tarnish coatings for a variety of end markets.

 

   

Process Improvements .    We research and develop improvements for the Olin Brass manufacturing facilities intended to enhance product quality, operating efficiency and cost effectiveness. We have also developed melting and casting procedures that are tailored to improve cast bar quality and yield in commercial operations. We are currently working on the development of improved casting techniques for Olin Brass. We also utilize the Materials Research Laboratory facilities to improve our downstream mill processing process to reduce costs and further improve product quality.

 

124


Table of Contents

The following describes some of the primary laboratory functions available at our Materials Research Laboratory facilities:

 

   

Metal Forming .    Formability tests are used to determine the ability of sheet metal to make a desired part. Standard simulative tests and specialized tests assess strip metal formability.

 

   

Electrical Interconnects .    A fully-automated, computer-driven data acquisition and control system is used to measure static contact resistance, fretting wear, macro wear and coefficients of friction. The equipment simulates and quantifies various failure mechanisms typically responsible for connector malfunction.

 

   

Test Development .    We have the capability to perform a wide range of tests to applicable standards, such as ASTM, or in accordance with locally developed or customer specific procedures. If a currently available test is not appropriate, a new test can be developed.

 

   

Materials Characterization .    A broad range of materials characterization capabilities are available to support the Materials Research Laboratory technology development efforts.

Our research and development expenditures for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 were $1.7 million (0.1% of total net sales), $2.0 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 (0.2% total net sales) and $2.1 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 (0.1% of total net sales). See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Failure to protect, or uncertainty regarding the validity, enforceability or scope of, our intellectual property rights could impair our competitive position”.

Risk Management and Insurance

The primary risks in our operations are personal injury, property damage, transportation, criminal acts, risks associated with international operations, directors and officers’ liability and general commercial liabilities. We are insured against general commercial liabilities, automobile accidents (including injury to employees and physical damage of goods and property and employer liabilities), directors and officers liability, crime, foreign risks, aircraft products liability, ocean cargo liability and flood through insurance policies provided by various insurance companies up to amounts we consider are sufficient to protect against losses due to claims associated with these risks. Our insurance policies are renewed annually, and reassessed as we deem appropriate.

We also maintain bonds with certain Federal, state and international authorities to insure against risks relating to, among other things, delays due to customs clearances, compliance with certain laws and regulations and import and export of goods.

Safety

Consistent with other strategic initiatives, management is pursuing a ‘Best in Class’ performance status for employee safety. Our management has committed itself to achieving a formal ‘Star’ certification within the OSHA sponsored Voluntary Protection Program, or VPP . A formal VPP Star certification is OSHA’s official recognition for outstanding efforts between employers and employees for achieving exemplary occupational safety and health. The Safety Excellence / VPP initiative shifts the safety paradigm to an aggressive proactive approach that stresses strong employee participation and collaboration, management accountability, employee training and hazard elimination as core foundational elements.

Patents, Trademarks and Other Intellectual Property Rights

Chase Brass has an exclusive intellectual property license, valid through the expiration of the U.S. patents in 2027, to produce and sell Eco Brass ® rod and ingot in North America, granted by Mitsubishi Shindoh Company, Ltd., the Japanese company that owns the relevant intellectual property

 

125


Table of Contents

rights. We have sublicensed our rights to three sublicensees, none of which is a competitor of any of our subsidiaries or segments. These sublicensing arrangements are valid until the expiration of the relevant patents in North America. In addition, we have alloy licensing arrangements with companies in Germany, Japan and China.

As of September 30, 2011, we owned 190 patents, of which 62 were U.S. patents. We also own various trademarks relating to our products. As of September 30, 2011, we owned 27 trademarks, of which 13 are U.S. trademarks. Most of these are owned by GBC Metals, LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of ours. We license the marks OLIN BRASS and OLIN METALS for metal products from Olin Corporation. These licenses continue unless we breach the license agreement. We also license stylized versions of these marks from Olin Corporation and the license to the stylized version includes an annual termination option.

We license the intellectual property rights related to certain proprietary alloy systems to other major brass mills around the world, including Dowa. As of September 30, 2011, there were seven such licenses.

Government Contract

The United States Mint is a significant customer of Olin Brass. Olin Brass has been one of the authorized suppliers to the United States Mint since 1969 and currently has a contractual arrangement to supply nickel and brass coinage strip to multiple United States Mint facilities. Our supply agreement with the United States Mint runs through 2012. The United States Mint can terminate our contract in whole or in part when it is in the best interest of the United States Mint to do so and any damages payable to us by the United States Mint for such termination would not include lost profits. We expect to renew our contract with the United States Mint for the foreseeable future.

Seasonality and Backlog

There is a slight decrease in our net sales in the fourth fiscal quarter as a result of the decrease in demand due to customer shutdowns for the holidays and holiday and year-end maintenance of plants and inventory by customers. We also typically experience slight working capital increases in the first fiscal quarter. We do not experience significant backlog.

Vehicles

We operate a fleet of owned or leased trucks and trailers, as well as fork lifts and support vehicles. We believe these vehicles are generally well maintained and adequate for our current operations.

Manufacturing, Property and Facilities

Many of our facilities are capable of being used at higher capacities than those at which they are currently being used, and as a result we can increase production to respond to increased demand for our products and services. We believe that our facilities will be adequate for the expected needs of our existing businesses over the next several years. We estimate based on generally available data that our plants currently represent approximately 40% of North American capacity for copper and copper-alloy SSP and brass rod production, supplying our customers with over 13,500 SKUs.

Pursuant to a 2007 transition services agreement, Olin Corporation supplies Olin Brass with natural gas, water, steam and waste water disposal, among other things, at its East Alton, Illinois facility. According to the transition services agreement, Olin Corporation has agreed to provide utility services until Olin Corporation ceases operations at its East Alton, Illinois facility, at which time Olin Brass has the option to acquire the utilities infrastructure at fair market value.

 

126


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes our major facilities as of September 30, 2011:

 

   

Operation

 

Location

 

Owned or
Leased

 

Products

Corporate and

other segment

 

Corporate

Headquarters

  Schaumburg, Illinois   Leased    

Olin Brass

segment(1)

  Mill Products   East Alton, Illinois(2)   Owned(3)  

Copper-based strip

 

Clad copper & copper-alloy strip

    Fabricated Products   East Alton, Illinois   Owned(3)   Stamped & drawn copper-based parts
    Fineweld Tube   Cuba, Missouri   Owned   Welded copper-alloy tube
    Bryan Metals   Bryan, Ohio   Owned   Copper-based strip
   

Somers Thin

 

Strip

  Waterbury, Connecticut   Owned  

Copper-based strip and foil

 

Stainless steel light gauge strip

    Olin Luotong Metals   Guangzhou, China  

Owned building;

50-year lease on land

  Copper-based strip
   

Olin Brass

Headquarters

  Louisville, Kentucky  

Leased

   

Chase Brass

segment

   

Montpelier, Ohio(4)

(manufacturing)

  Owned   Alloy-rod
        Los Angeles, California (warehouse)   Leased   Alloy-rod

A.J. Oster

segment

    Warwick, Rhode Island   Leased  
    Alliance, Ohio   Owned  
    Carol Stream, Illinois   Owned   Copper-alloy strip, aluminum foil, specialty stainless steel, specialty rod and wire
    Yorba Linda, California   Leased  
    Caguas, Puerto Rico   Owned  
    Queretaro, Mexico   Owned  

 

(1) All of Olin Brass’s copper and copper-alloy sheet and strip mills are ISO 9000-2000 certified.

 

(2) The East Alton, Illinois facility is TS 16949 certified.

 

(3) Certain utility infrastructure at the East Alton, Illinois facility is leased by Olin Brass from Olin Corporation.

 

(4) The Montpelier, Ohio facility is ISO 9001-200 certified.

Legal Proceedings

We are currently and from time to time involved in a variety of claims, lawsuits and other disputes arising in the ordinary course of business, none of which management currently believes are, or will be, material to our business.

 

127


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Our executive officers and directors as of the date of this prospectus are as follows. Each is a citizen of the U.S. unless otherwise indicated.

 

Name

   Age     

Position

John H. Walker

     54       Chief Executive Officer and Class Director

Robert T. Micchelli

     56       Chief Financial Officer

Daniel B. Becker

     58       President—A.J. Oster

Devin K. Denner

     54       President—Chase Brass

John J. Wasz

     51       President—Olin Brass

Scott B. Hamilton

     53       General Counsel and Secretary

Paul Schwind

     35       Corporate Controller

Michael Psaros

     44       Chairman of Board of Directors (Class Director)

Raquel Palmer

     39       Class Director

David Shapiro

     49       Class Director

Jay Bernstein

     36       Class Director

George Thanopoulos

     48       Class Director

Ronald C. Whitaker

     64       Class Director

Martin E. Welch, III

     63       Class Director

David Burritt

     56       Class Director

John H. Walker —Mr. Walker has served as chief executive officer of Global Brass and Copper Holdings and as a director of Global Brass and Copper Holdings since 2007. From 2006 to 2007 he was the chief executive officer of WDW Advisors, a consulting firm, and from 2003 to 2006, he served as chief executive officer and president of The Boler Company, a major transportation manufacturer. Additionally, he currently serves as a director of Nucor Corporation, a major steel manufacturer, and of UAL Corporation, a global airline. Mr. Walker served as a director of Delphi Corporation, an auto parts manufacturer, from 2005 to 2009 and of The Boler Company from 2003 to 2006. Mr. Walker provides valuable business expertise and extensive management knowledge to the Board of Directors, having served as our chief executive officer and in key management and operational oversight roles in various other corporations. The restructuring knowledge he has gained from his executive role at Weirton Steel, a major steel producer, which reorganized under federal bankruptcy laws, provided valuable turnaround experience. He also brings consulting and strategy expertise from his early career with McKinsey & Company, a global management consulting firm. Mr. Walker brings audit and financial experience to the Board of Directors through his service on the audit committees of Delphi Corporation and Nucor Corporation, and knowledge of director and executive compensation through his service on the compensation committee of Nucor Corporation. For the foregoing reasons, we believe Mr. Walker is a valuable member of the Board of Directors.

Robert T. Micchelli Mr. Micchelli has served as the chief financial officer of Global Brass and Copper Holdings since 2008. Prior to joining Global Brass and Copper Holdings, from 2007 to 2008 Mr. Micchelli served as executive vice president and chief financial officer of Wilbert Plastics, Inc., a plastics design and processing company, vice president of finance of The Boler Company from 2001 to 2006 and vice president of finance of Marconi Medical Systems, Inc., a medical diagnostics equipment manufacturer. Mr. Micchelli brings to us 30 years of diverse financial management experience in the fields of manufacturing, plastics processing, transportation equipment, medical imaging and specialty chemicals. He holds a bachelor’s degree from Rutgers University and an MBA from the University of Chicago Booth School of Business.

Daniel B. Becker Mr. Becker has been president of A.J. Oster since 2004. Prior to becoming president of A.J. Oster, Mr. Becker served in executive roles both domestically and internationally at Olin Corporation, a major metals manufacturer. Mr. Becker has led successful restructurings of several

 

128


Table of Contents

European business units of Olin Corporation and achieved turnaround and profitability improvements at Olin Corporation’s pool chemical business. Mr. Becker earned his degree in accounting from Iowa State University in 1976.

Devin K. Denner —Mr. Denner has served as the president of Chase Brass since 2007. Prior to this role, he was vice president and general manager of Chase Brass from 2006 to 2007 and before that held executive positions of increasing responsibility with Olin Corporation. He has led multiple business acquisition integration efforts during his career. He is well respected in the metals industry and currently serves as the vice chairman of the Copper and Brass Fabricators Council. Mr. Denner holds a degree in mechanical engineering from the Missouri University of Science and Technology and an MBA in finance from Saint Louis University.

John J . Wasz —Mr. Wasz has served as the president of Olin Brass since 2010. From 2008 to 2009, he was the special advisor to the chief executive officer of Aleris International, Inc. From 2004 to 2008, Mr. Wasz served as executive vice president and president of Aleris Rolled Products North America, an aluminum manufacturer. Prior to that time, from 1999 to 2001, he served as executive vice president and president of Aflex, a manufacturer of industrial flexible hose, and prior to that Mr. Wasz held the position of vice president of operations of Aflex. Additionally, Mr. Wasz has served in several other management capacities at other companies.

Scott B. Hamilton Mr. Hamilton has served as General Counsel of Global Brass and Copper Holdings since May 2011. From 2007 to 2011, Mr. Hamilton served as the general counsel and chief restructuring officer of Basin Water, Inc., a designer and manufacturer of water treatment systems that filed for bankruptcy in July of 2009. From 1999 to 2007, Mr. Hamilton served as associate general counsel of Veolia Water North America, a leading wastewater services provider, and from 1998 to 1999 he served as vice president and general counsel of USFilter Operating Services, Inc., a wastewater services provider. Mr. Hamilton also served at the SEC from 1992 to 1998, where he held the position of branch chief. Mr. Hamilton holds a degree in history from Duke University and a degree in law from the University of Illinois College of Law.

Paul Schwind Mr. Schwind currently serves as corporate controller and has been with Global Brass and Copper Holdings since he became director of financial planning and analysis in July 2010. From January 2009 to June 2010, Mr. Schwind served as senior manager of financial reporting and consolidations for PepsiAmericas, a global beverage distribution company. From 2006 to 2008, he served as manager of financial reporting at Kimball Hill Homes, a national homebuilding company, and from 2002 to 2006 he served as a senior accountant at Nuveen Investments, an investment management and advisement firm. Mr. Schwind also served as a senior audit associate at PricewaterhouseCoopers from 1999 to 2002. Mr. Schwind holds an accounting degree from Illinois State University and an MBA from the Northwestern University Kellogg School of Management.

Michael Psaros —Mr. Psaros currently serves as chairman of the Board of Directors and has held this position since 2007. He is a co-founder and managing partner of KPS. Mr. Psaros currently serves as chairman of the board of WWRD Holdings Limited, a provider of luxury home and lifestyle products, and HHI Group Holdings, a leading manufacturer of forged and forged/machined components in North America. Mr. Psaros also serves as a director of Motor Coach Industries, Inc., a major coach bus manufacturer, and North American Breweries, Inc., a beer brewing company. He has also previously served on the boards of directors of many former KPS portfolio companies. Mr. Psaros earned his finance degree from Georgetown University and prior to founding KPS was an investment banker at Bear, Stearns and Co., Inc. Mr. Psaros brings extensive experience in leadership, finance and business turnaround to the Board of Directors. For these reasons, we believe he is well qualified to serve as chairman of the Board of Directors.

 

129


Table of Contents

Raquel Palmer —Ms. Palmer has been a director of Global Brass and Copper Holdings since 2007. Ms. Palmer is a partner at KPS. She currently serves as chairman of the board of North American Breweries, Inc. and as a director of WWRD Holdings Limited, HHI Group Holdings and Motor Coach Industries, Inc. She has also previously served on the boards of directors of many former KPS portfolio companies. Ms. Palmer holds a degree in political science from Stanford University. Prior to joining KPS in 1997, Ms. Palmer was an investment banker with Kidder, Peabody & Co. Ms. Palmer brings extensive experience in leadership, finance and business turnaround to the Board of Directors. For these reasons, we believe she is well qualified to serve on the Board of Directors.

David Shapiro —Mr. Shapiro has been a director of Global Brass and Copper Holdings since 2007. Mr. Shapiro is a co-founder and managing partner of KPS. He currently serves as a director of WWRD Holdings Limited, HHI Group Holdings, Motor Coach Industries, Inc. and North American Breweries, Inc. He has also previously served on the boards of directors of many former KPS portfolio companies. Mr. Shapiro holds a degree in history from the University of Michigan and an MBA in finance from the University of Chicago Booth School of Business. Prior to founding KPS, Mr. Shapiro was an investment banker with Drexel Burnham Lambert and Dean Witter Reynolds. Mr. Shapiro brings extensive experience in leadership, finance and business turnaround to the Board of Directors. For these reasons, we believe he is well qualified to serve on the Board of Directors.

Jay Bernstein —Mr. Bernstein has been a director of Global Brass and Copper Holdings since 2007. Mr. Bernstein is a partner at KPS. He currently serves as chairman of the board of Motor Coach Industries, Inc. and as a director of WWRD Holdings Limited and North American Breweries, Inc. He has also previously served on the boards of directors of many former KPS portfolio companies. Mr. Bernstein holds a degree in economics from the University of Michigan and an MBA in finance from Columbia University. Prior to joining KPS in 1999, Mr. Bernstein was an investment banker with Schroders. Mr. Bernstein brings extensive experience in leadership, finance and business turnaround to the Board of Directors. For these reasons, we believe he is well qualified to serve on the Board of Directors.

George Thanopoulos —Mr. Thanopoulos has served as a director of Global Brass and Copper Holdings since July 2011. Concurrently, Mr. Thanopoulos has served as chief executive officer of HHI Group Holdings, a leading manufacturer of forged and forged/machined components in North America, since 2005 and also currently serves as a director of JL French, one of the leading global suppliers of die cast aluminum components and assemblies. Prior to joining HHI Group Holdings, Mr. Thanopoulos was president of the engine group of Metaldyne, an automotive parts manufacturer, located in Plymouth, Michigan. He holds a degree in mechanical engineering from the University of Michigan. We believe Mr. Thanopoulos’s extensive experience in management and in the manufacturing industry makes him well qualified to serve on the Board of Directors.

Ronald C. Whitaker —Mr. Whitaker has served as a director of Global Brass and Copper Holdings since July 2011. Mr. Whitaker served as the president and chief executive officer of Hyco International Inc, a major manufacturer of hydraulic cylinders, from 2003 to 2011. From 1995 to 2003, he served as chief executive officer or chairman of the board of directors of various manufacturing companies, including Strategic Distributions, Inc., a distributor of items to industrial customers, Johnson Outdoors, a sporting goods manufacturer, and EWI (Studebaker) Inc., an automotive tier-1 stampings supplier. Mr. Whitaker currently serves on the boards of directors of Sturm Ruger & Co., a firearms manufacturer, Pangborn Corp., an industrial surfacing company, and The Savannah Music Festival. Mr. Whitaker graduated from the College of Wooster in 1969 with a degree in economics and from Dartmouth’s Tuck School of Business in 1971. We believe Mr. Whitaker’s extensive background in turnaround leadership, corporate strategy, operations and marketing make him well qualified to serve on the Board of Directors.

 

130


Table of Contents

Martin E. Welch, III —Mr. Welch has served as a director of Global Brass and Copper Holdings since July 2011. In October, 2011, Mr Welch was appointed executive vice president and chief financial officer of Visteon Corporation, a global automotive parts supplier. Mr. Welch served as executive vice president and chief financial officer of United Rentals, Inc., an industrial and construction equipment rental company, from 2005 to 2009, and concurrently from 2002 to 2008 he served as business advisor to the private equity firm York Management Services. Mr. Welch served on the board of directors and chaired the audit committee of Delphi Corporation from 2006 to 2009. Mr. Welch served as chief financial officer of Kmart Corporation, a major retailer that filed for bankruptcy in 2002, from 1995 to 2001. From 1991 until 1995, Mr. Welch served as chief financial officer for Federal-Mogul Corporation, an automotive parts supplier. Mr. Welch is a certified public accountant (inactive). Mr. Welch has acquired important business leadership, financial and accounting skills from his career in the retail, business services, and automotive industries, including through his tenure as chief financial officer of United Rentals, Inc., Kmart Corporation and Federal-Mogul Corporation. We believe these skills make him well suited to serve on the Board of Directors.

David Burritt —Mr. Burritt has served as a director of Global Brass and Copper Holdings since July 2011. Until June 2010, Mr. Burritt served as chief financial officer and vice president of global finance and strategic services for Caterpillar Inc., an industrial and construction machinery and engines manufacturer. He has also served on the board of directors of Lockheed Martin Corporation, a global security company, since 2008, where he currently chairs the audit committee. Mr. Burritt recently joined the board of directors of Aperam, S.A., a spinoff of the stainless steel division of AcelorMittal, where he also chairs the audit committee. Mr. Burritt earned a degree in accounting from Bradley University in 1977 and an MBA from the University of Illinois at Champaign-Urbana in 1990. Mr. Burritt is a certified public accountant (inactive) and a certified management accountant. Mr. Burritt brings extensive accounting, financial and manufacturing industry experience to the Board of Directors. For this reason, we believe he is well qualified to serve on the Board of Directors.

Controlled Company

We intend to list the shares offered in this offering on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”). KPS will control more than 50% of the combined voting power of our common stock following completion of this offering, so under current NYSE listing standards, we would qualify as a “controlled company” and accordingly, will be exempt from the NYSE requirement to have a majority of independent directors, a fully-independent nominating and corporate governance committee and a fully-independent compensation committee.

Director Independence

The Board of Directors has determined that Messrs. Thanopoulos, Whitaker, Welch and Burritt are “independent directors” as such term is defined by the applicable rules and regulations of the NYSE.

Board Structure

Composition

The Board of Directors currently consists of nine members. In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, the number of directors on the Board of Directors will be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors, and only a majority of the Board of Directors may fix the number of directors. Each director is to hold office until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. At any meeting of the Board of Directors, except as otherwise required by law, a majority of the total number of directors then in office will constitute a quorum for all purposes.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Board of Directors will be divided into three classes of directors, with staggered three-year terms, with the classes to be as

 

131


Table of Contents

nearly equal in number as possible. As a result, approximately one-third of the Board of Directors will be elected each year. The classification of directors has the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of the Board of Directors.

Committees of the Board

Upon consummation of this offering, the Board of Directors will have four standing committees. We will be required to have an audit committee consisting entirely of independent directors, subject to applicable phase-in periods. As a controlled company, we are not required to have a fully-independent nominating and governance or compensation committee.

Audit Committee

Upon completion of this offering, our audit committee will consist of Messrs. Burritt, Welch and Whitaker. The Board of Directors has determined that Messrs. Burritt, Welch and Whitaker all qualify as “audit committee financial experts” as such term is defined in Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K and that each of Messrs. Burritt, Welch and Whitaker are “independent” for purposes of Rule 10A-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and under the NYSE listing standards. The composition of the audit committee satisfies the independence requirements of the SEC and the NYSE.

The principal duties and responsibilities of our audit committee are to prepare the report required by the rules of the SEC to be included in our annual proxy statement or annual report and oversee and monitor the following:

 

   

the integrity of our financial statements;

 

   

the independence, qualifications and performance of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

compliance by our personnel with our code of ethics and related-party transactions policies;

 

   

the performance of our internal audit function; and

 

   

compliance by us with legal and regulatory requirements.

Compensation Committee

Upon completion of this offering, our compensation committee will consist of Messrs. Burritt, Welch, Whitaker, Thanopoulos, Psaros and Shapiro. Because we will be a “controlled company” under the NYSE rules, our compensation committee is not required to be fully independent, although if such rules change in the future or we no longer meet the definition of a controlled company under the current rules, we will adjust the composition of the compensation committee accordingly in order to comply with such rules.

The principal duties and responsibilities of the compensation committee are as follows:

 

   

developing and monitoring our overall compensation policies, including, without limitation, determining the appropriate balance among base salary, annual bonus and long-term incentive awards, and establishing performance based incentives that support and reinforce our long-term strategic goals, organizational objectives and shareholder interests;

 

   

annually reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to CEO compensation, evaluating the CEO’s performance and determining and approving the CEO’s compensation level;

 

   

reviewing and approving the annual base salaries and annual incentive opportunities of other members of our senior management;

 

132


Table of Contents
   

reviewing and approving employment agreements, change-in-control agreements and all other incentive awards and opportunities, including both cash-based and equity-based awards and opportunities, retirement benefits, perquisites and other compensation and benefits for the members of our senior management both during and after employment;

 

   

monitoring and reviewing our incentive compensation plans and equity-based compensation plans and making recommendations to the Board of Directors with respect to those plans;

 

   

reviewing and approving our Compensation Discussion and Analysis and other reports and disclosures to be included in our various public filings;

 

   

reviewing our employee compensation programs as they relate to risk management and risk-taking incentives;

 

   

overseeing compliance with NYSE rules with respect to equity compensation plans; and

 

   

providing regular reports to the Board of Directors and any compensation committee reports required by the SEC to be included in our proxy statement and annual report.

The compensation committee will have the sole authority to retain and terminate any compensation consultant to assist in the evaluation of employee compensation and to approve the consultant’s fees and the other terms and conditions of the consultant’s retention.

Nominating and Governance Committee

Upon completion of this offering, the nominating and governance committee will consist of Messrs. Welch, Burritt, Whitaker, Thanopoulos, Psaros and Shapiro. Because we will be a “controlled company” under the NYSE rules, our nominating and governance committee is not required to be fully independent, although if such rules change in the future or we no longer meet the definition of a controlled company under the current rules, we will adjust the composition of the compensation committee accordingly in order to comply with such rules. The principal duties and responsibilities of the nominating and governance committee will be as follows:

 

   

to establish criteria for board and committee membership and recommend to the Board of Directors proposed nominees for election to the Board of Directors and for membership on committees of the Board of Directors;

 

   

to make recommendations to the Board of Directors regarding board governance matters and practices;

 

   

to develop and recommend to the Board of Directors sound corporate governance practices and principles;

 

   

to oversee the implementation of processes and procedures for the annual review of corporate management, members of the Board of Directors and its committees;

 

   

to consider and report to the Board of Directors on all matters relating to the selection and qualification of the candidates nominated to the Board of Directors;

 

   

to assist the Board of Directors by identifying individuals believed qualified to become members of the Board of Directors, consistent with criteria approved by the Board of Directors, and to recommend to the Board of Directors the director nominees for the next annual meeting of stockholders;

 

   

to recommend to the Board of Directors director nominees for each committee; and

 

   

to perform such other functions as the Board of Directors may from time to time assign to the nominating and governance committee. In performing its duties, the nominating and governance committee shall seek to maintain an effective working relationship with the Board of Directors and our management.

 

133


Table of Contents

Executive Committee

Upon completion of this offering, our executive committee will consist of Messrs. Walker, Psaros, Shapiro, Bernstein and Ms. Palmer. The principal duties and responsibilities of the executive committee will be as follows:

 

   

to exercise the powers and duties of the Board of Directors when the Board of Directors is not in session;

 

   

to make regular reports to the Board of Directors;

 

   

to review and exercise final approval authority over earnings press releases, financial information and earnings and earnings guidance provided to analysts, rating agencies and included in some of our SEC filings; and

 

   

to implement the policy decisions of the Board of Directors.

Risk Oversight

The Board of Directors has an oversight role, as a whole and also at the committee level, in overseeing management of our risks. The Board of Directors regularly reviews information regarding our credit, liquidity and operations, as well as the risks associated with each. The compensation committee of the Board of Directors is responsible for overseeing the management of risks relating to our employee compensation plans and arrangements and the audit committee of the Board of Directors oversees the management of financial risks. While each committee is responsible for evaluating certain risks and overseeing the management of such risks, the entire Board of Directors is regularly informed through committee reports about such risks.

Risk and Compensation Policies

Our management, at the direction of the Board of Directors, has reviewed our employee compensation policies, plans and practices to determine if they create incentives or encourage behavior that is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on us. In conducting this evaluation, management has reviewed our various compensation plans, including our incentive and bonus plans, equity award plans and severance compensation plans, to evaluate risks and the internal controls we have implemented to manage those risks. In completing this evaluation, the Board of Directors and management believe that there are no unmitigated risks created by our compensation policies, plans and practices that create incentives or encourage behavior that is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on us.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers will serve as a member of our compensation committee, and none of them have served, or will be permitted to serve, on the compensation committee (or any other committee serving a similar function) of any other entity.

Codes of Conduct

We maintain and enforce a Code of Ethics that applies to our President, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, senior financial officers and controllers at the corporate and segment levels (the “Senior Officers Code”). The Senior Officers Code was designed to be read and applied in conjunction with our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics applicable to all employees. Both the Senior Officers Code and the Code of Business Conduct are available at                     . Any future changes or amendments to the Senior Officers Code or the Code of Business Conduct, and any waiver of the

 

134


Table of Contents

Senior Officers Code or the Code of Business Conduct that applies to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or Principal Accounting Officer will be posted to our website at the above location. We expect to adopt the Senior Officers Code and the Code of Business Conduct prior to the consummation of this offering.

Related Person Transactions

At the completion of this offering, the Board of Directors will adopt a written Related Person Transaction Policy, which sets forth our policy with respect to the review, approval, ratification and disclosure of all related person transactions by our audit committee. In accordance with our Related Person Transaction Policy, our audit committee has overall responsibility for the implementation and compliance with this policy.

For the purposes of our Related Person Transaction Policy, a “related person transaction” is a transaction, arrangement or relationship (or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships) in which we were, are or will be a participant and in which any related person (as defined in our Related Person Transaction Policy) had, has or will have a direct or indirect material interest, in excess of $10,000. A “related person transaction” does not include any employment relationship or transaction involving an executive officer and any related compensation resulting solely from that employment relationship which has been reviewed and approved by the Board of Directors or compensation committee.

Our Related Person Transaction Policy will require that notice of a proposed related person transaction be provided to our legal department prior to entering into such transaction. If our legal department determines that such transaction is a related person transaction, the proposed transaction will be submitted to our audit committee for consideration at its next meeting. Under our Related Person Transaction Policy, our audit committee will only be permitted to approve those related person transactions that are in, or not inconsistent with, our best interests. In the event we become aware of a related person transaction that has not been previously reviewed, approved or ratified under our Related Person Transaction Policy and that is ongoing or is completed, the transaction will be submitted to the audit committee so that it may determine whether to ratify, rescind or terminate the related person transaction.

Our Related Person Transaction Policy will also provide that the audit committee will review certain previously approved or ratified related person transactions that are ongoing to determine whether the related person transaction remains in our best interests and the best interests of our stockholders.

 

135


Table of Contents

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Executive Compensation

The following Compensation Discussion and Analysis provides information regarding the objectives and elements of our compensation philosophy, policies and practices with respect to the compensation of our named executive officers. The following discussion and analysis of compensation arrangements of our named executive officers for 2011 should be read together with the compensation tables and related disclosures set forth below. This discussion is based on our current plans, considerations and expectations regarding our compensation programs. Compensation policies that we adopt in the future may differ materially from the policies summarized in this discussion.

Our named executive officers for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 were:

 

   

John H. Walker, Chief Executive Officer

 

   

Robert T. Micchelli, Chief Financial Officer

 

   

Daniel B. Becker, President—A.J. Oster

 

   

Devin K. Denner, President—Chase Brass

 

   

John J. Wasz, President—Olin Brass

Objectives of Our Executive Compensation Program

Our executive compensation philosophy is based on the principle of pay-for-performance. Accordingly, our executive compensation programs are designed to achieve the following objectives:

 

   

Align the interests of our named executive officers with those of our stockholders .    We link a meaningful portion of compensation to the achievement of our long-term goals by rewarding named executive officers as stockholder value increases. To that end, a significant portion of the compensation awarded to our named executive officers is in the form of profits interests in Halkos, our ultimate parent.

 

   

Retain management .    Compensation is designed to retain our named executive officers by having meaningful long-term equity compensation.

 

   

Motivate through ownership .    We believe that the best way to inspire leadership and performance is by distributing ownership in the form of equity-based compensation and requiring executive management to retain meaningful exposure to our stock through the grant of profits interests in Halkos.

We anticipate increasing the flexibility and expanding the elements of our compensation structure in the future, while maintaining simplicity and a pay-for-performance culture. As we transition into a public company, we intend to evaluate our compensation programs and philosophy and will review executive compensation on an annual basis. We intend to adopt a new omnibus equity incentive plan in connection with this offering. See “—Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc. 2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan”.

Setting Executive Compensation

Our current executive compensation program is largely based on arrangements that were negotiated at the time of our formation. KPS directly negotiated with Mr. Walker the terms of his compensation as well as the compensation arrangements for the other named executive officers.

 

136


Table of Contents

Role of Compensation Committee

Prior to this offering, we did not have a formal compensation committee, and Mr. Walker and his management team were responsible for compensation arrangements, subject to the approval of the Board of Directors. In connection with this offering, we intend to appoint a formal compensation committee but since we will be a “controlled company” following this offering, the members of our compensation committee are not required to be independent under the NYSE rules. See “Management—Controlled Company” and “Management—Board Structure—Committees of the Board—Compensation Committee”.

Role of Compensation Consultant

In connection with this offering and our transition from a privately held company to a public company, we have engaged Towers Watson in order to benchmark compensation and make recommendations for future compensation (including cash, annual bonus and equity-based compensation) for our named executive officers. The Board of Directors intends to review and evaluate the results of Towers Watson’s work and will use its judgment to implement new compensation arrangements with the named executive officers, while considering best practices with respect to executive compensation arrangements. During 2010, we engaged Sibson Consulting in order to review the executive compensation programs that we had in place. Sibson Consulting reviewed the salary, bonus and long-term incentive awards (which consisted solely of profits interests shares granted to the named executive officers).

Sibson Consulting benchmarked the named executive officer compensation against a peer group of fourteen companies. Sibson Consulting benchmarked the components of base salary and target bonuses against the 60th percentile of its peer group. The Board of Directors determined to target cash compensation at the 60th percentile. The peer group was composed of (i) eight of our competitors and (ii) six additional companies (marked with an asterisk (*) below) that are in an industry similar to ours and that have revenue size similar to ours. These six additional companies were included by Sibson Consulting to increase the sample size of the proxy peer group. The companies in the peer group were:

 

   

AK Steel Holding Corporation;

 

   

Allegheny Technologies Incorporated;

 

   

Alliant Techsystems Inc.;

 

   

Carpenter Technology Corporation*;

 

   

Century Aluminum Company*;

 

   

Gibraltar Industries, Inc.;

 

   

Handy & Harman Ltd. (formerly known as WHX Corporation);

 

   

Haynes International, Inc.;

 

   

Kaiser Aluminum Corporation*;

 

   

Materion Corporation (formerly known as Brush Engineered Materials Inc.)*;

 

   

Mueller Industries, Inc.;

 

   

OM Group, Inc.*;

 

   

Titan International, Inc.; and

 

   

Titanium Metals Corporation*.

The Board of Directors reviewed the Sibson Consulting report and, as a result, increased the base pay for three of our named executive officers effective July 1, 2010, because it was determined

 

137


Table of Contents

that their base salary was below market. The adjustment to base salary would result in the named executive officers having target cash compensation generally equal to the 60% percentile of their peer group. No adjustments were made to base salaries for our named executive officers in 2011. No adjustments were made to the profits interest shares as Sibson Consulting determined that the grants were generally competitive with market practice.

Principal Components of Compensation of our Named Executive Officers

The compensation package offered to our named executive officers consists of:

Base salary .    The base salary for each of our named executive officers is designed to compensate the named executive officer for his experience, education, personal qualities and other qualifications that are essential for the specific role the named executive officer serves for us while remaining competitive with the market.

Annual cash bonuses .    Our named executive officers are eligible to receive annual cash bonuses based on a predetermined formula agreed to between us and KPS. Each of our named executive officers has a target bonus based on a percentage of his base salary. In addition, a discretionary bonus may be paid out based on the subjective assessment of performance by Mr. Walker, subject to the approval of the Board of Directors. The cash bonuses are considered at-risk compensation as such payments are not guaranteed.

Long-term equity-based compensation .    In general, we provide a significant portion of the compensation due to our named executive officers in the form of long-term equity-based compensation. We believe that providing compensation that is contingent on our long-term performance and that is at-risk serves to align the long-term interests of our named executive officers with the long-term interests of our stockholder. To date, long-term equity-based compensation has been granted to our named executive officers solely in the form of Class B Shares in Halkos. See “—Equity-Based Compensation”.

Limited perquisites and other benefits .    Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in our 401(k) retirement plan and life insurance coverage. In addition, Mr. Becker is entitled to use of a company car.

Compensation Mix

Our current compensation package is designed to provide a strong link between the compensation of our executive officers, our success and our stockholders generally. The cash components—base salary and cash bonus compensation—collectively represent what we believe is appropriate pay for expected performance during the year. The equity-based compensation component is designed to encourage high performance by closely aligning an executive officer’s pay with the interests of our stockholders. The allocation between different elements of compensation with respect to our named executive officers has been a product of individual negotiations to date.

Employment Agreement and Severance Protection

We have entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Walker, as well as severance protection agreements with each of Messrs. Micchelli and Wasz. Messrs. Becker and Denner were not parties to employment agreements, offer letters or severance protection agreements because they were employed by us prior to our acquisition of the worldwide metals business of Olin Corporation in 2007.

Mr. Micchelli’s severance protection agreement was amended and restated, effective October 20, 2011, to incorporate a revised definition of “cause”. In anticipation of this offering, Messrs. Becker, Denner and Wasz entered into new severance protection agreements with us on July 28, 2011,

 

138


Table of Contents

July 29, 2011, and August 31, 2011, respectively, which are substantially similar to Mr. Micchelli’s severance protection agreement, except with respect to the definition of “good reason”. Mr. Wasz’s new severance protection agreement supersedes his prior severance protection agreement.

Under Mr. Micchelli’s amended and restated severance protection agreement, and under each of Messrs. Becker’s, Denner’s and Wasz’s new severance protection agreements, “cause” generally means:

 

   

the failure or refusal to perform the duties of his position after written notice from the CEO;

 

   

willful misconduct or gross negligence in the performance of his duties that has an adverse effect on our operations after receipt of at least one warning from us (or, if applicable, the president’s segment);

 

   

intentional breach by the executive of a written covenant with us or, if applicable, the president’s segment, of a written policy, in each case relating to the use and preservation of intellectual property and/or confidentiality;

 

   

being impaired by or under the influence of alcohol, illegal drugs or controlled substances while working or while on our property;

 

   

conviction of or plea of nolo contendere to a felony; or

 

   

dishonest, disloyal or illegal conduct or gross misconduct that materially and adversely affects his performance or our reputation or business (or, if applicable, that of the president’s segment) (it being agreed that a petty offense or a violation of the motor vehicle code shall not constitute “cause”).

Prior to the determination that “cause” has occurred with respect to any of the grounds listed above other than a conviction of or plea of nolo contendere to a felony, the executive will have a 30-day cure period to remedy such breach, unless, in the Board of Directors’ discretion, the “cause” event is incapable of reasonably prompt cure or if the Board of Directors determines that its fiduciary duty requires such termination.

“Good reason” under Mr. Micchelli’s amended and restated severance protection agreement generally means any of the following events occurring without Mr. Micchelli’s consent:

 

   

any change in title or reporting relationship that does not reasonably constitute a promotion;

 

   

assignment of duties materially and adversely inconsistent with his position which results in a material diminution of position, authorities, duties or responsibilities;

 

   

any material diminution in base salary, bonus opportunities or benefits;

 

   

any requirement to relocate from Mr. Micchelli’s principal residence; or

 

   

if John Walker is no longer the CEO.

“Good reason” under our segment presidents’ new severance protection agreements generally means any of the following events occurring without such executive’s consent:

 

   

assignment of duties materially and adversely inconsistent with his position which results in a material diminution of position, authorities, duties or responsibilities;

 

   

any material diminution in base salary, bonus opportunities or benefits; or

 

   

for Mr. Wasz, a requirement that he relocate, which increases his one-way commute by more than 50 miles from his current location.

Under Mr. Micchelli’s amended and restated severance protection agreement, and under each of Messrs. Becker’s, Denner’s and Wasz’s new severance protection agreements, the executive must

 

139


Table of Contents

provide written notice of events claimed to constitute “good reason” within 60 days of the initial occurrence of such events and provide us (or, if applicable, the president’s segment) with an opportunity to cure the applicable circumstance within 30 days following such written notice. If we (or, if applicable, the president’s segment) fail to cure such circumstance, the executive’s resignation for “good reason” must be tendered within 30 days of our (or, if applicable, the president’s segment) failure to cure.

For additional information regarding Mr. Walker’s employment agreement and the severance protection agreements of Messrs. Micchelli, Wasz, Denner and Becker, see “— Employment Arrangements with Named Executive Officers” and “—Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control”.

Base Salary

We provide our named executive officers with base salary to compensate them for services rendered during the year. We believe that, with respect to our named executive officers, base salary should compensate the executives for their service and performance but that superior contributions and performance should be rewarded by other forms of compensation, including long-term equity-based compensation. The minimum base salary for each of Messrs. Walker and Wasz was set in his respective employment agreement or offer letter. Based on a review of compensation by Sibson Consulting, we increased the base salary of three of our named executive officers, effective July 1, 2010 and we did not increase base salaries in 2011. The increases were designed so that our base salaries would be competitive with those of our peers at the 60th percentile, which we determined would be an appropriate level of compensation. The increased base salaries are set forth in the table below:

Base Salaries

 

Name

   Base Salary
January 1, 2010
     Base Salary
July 1, 2010
 

Robert T. Micchelli

   $ 300,000       $ 375,000   

Devin K. Denner

   $ 275,000       $ 300,000   

Daniel B. Becker

   $ 278,640       $ 300,000   

Annual Cash Bonuses

During 2011, the Board of Directors approved a discretionary bonus plan for 2011 which had target and maximum bonus amounts consistent with the Management Incentive Compensation Plan for 2010. The Management Incentive Compensation Plan is described below. Our management personnel, including our named executive officers, participate in our Management Incentive Compensation Plan, which is designed to compensate management based on achievement of annual corporate and/or business segment goals. Under the Management Incentive Compensation Plan, each participant has the opportunity to earn a threshold, target or maximum bonus amount that is contingent upon achieving the performance goals set by the Total Reward Compensation Committee (a committee composed of Messrs. Walker, Micchelli and our director of compensation and benefits) and reviewed by the Board of Directors. The Management Incentive Compensation Plan was established in early 2008 based on our desire to achieve a certain level of equity value creation by the end of 2010 in excess of the corresponding value at the end of 2007. The Board of Directors determined that this goal would result in the proper alignment of the interests of our management and our stockholder and would incentivize our management to grow the business. The Management Incentive Compensation Plan provided for a bonus payout to the extent earned, based on cumulative growth at the end of each of calendar years 2008, 2009 and 2010. In order to mitigate the risks that our named executive officers would sacrifice long-term growth in favor of short-term incentives, the Management Incentive

 

140


Table of Contents

Compensation Plan provides that if a bonus was paid out and performance declined in a subsequent year, then future bonuses would not be paid out until such performance increased.

For purposes of the Management Incentive Compensation Plan, we measure the equity value creation generally as (a) six times Segment Adjusted EBITDA minus (b) long-term debt and letters of credit minus (c) the equity value in 2007 as set forth in the chart below. The equity value creation for our CEO and CFO was based on our results as a whole. For each of our three segment presidents, the equity value creation was based on that individual’s specific segment’s results (using Segment Adjusted EBITDA). Segment Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. For more information regarding the calculation of Segment Adjusted EBITDA and the limitations of this measure, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Measures—EBITDA-Based Measures”.

Under the Management Incentive Compensation Plan for 2010 (which we refer to as the “2010 Management Incentive Compensation Plan”) the target award levels achievable (that is, the amount achievable if 100% of the applicable performance targets are met) by each of Messrs. Walker, Micchelli, Wasz, Denner and Becker are expressed as a percentage of annual base salary. It was possible to receive an award amount under the 2010 Management Incentive Compensation Plan above or below the target award percentage. The potential 2010 Management Incentive Compensation Plan awards for each of our named executive officers, expressed as a percentage of the target award, ranged from 0% for achievement of threshold performance levels established by our total rewards compensation committee, 100% for performance at the target performance levels and up to a maximum payout of 200% of the target award if actual performance had risen to the specified upper achievement thresholds. Each of our named executive officers also had the opportunity to earn a bonus bank (up to 400% of their target award), if they exceeded their maximum performance targets. Mr. Denner was the only executive to exceed his performance targets in prior years and a special bonus bank of $600,000 (equal to 400% of his target award) was established for Mr. Denner. In any year in which Mr. Denner does not achieve 200% of his target award, he will receive a payment from the bonus bank, up to 200% of his target award for such year, less any payment which he would receive under the annual bonus plan for such year. The bonus bank will be terminated and paid out to Mr. Denner prior to this offering.

The amount of the bonus for 2011 for our named executive officers has not been determined as of the date of this filing. In 2010, each of our named executive officers exceeded his respective target performance levels. The actual amount of the 2010 Management Incentive Compensation Plan award achieved equaled 200% of target for each of Messrs. Walker, Micchelli, Becker and Denner, and 183% of target for Mr. Wasz.

The Management Incentive Compensation Plan chart below reflects, for each named executive officer who participated in the 2010 Management Incentive Compensation Plan, the percentage of his target award achievable pursuant to the performance goals applicable to his award, and the actual amount of the award achieved. For the dollar amounts of the awards for each named executive, see “—Summary Compensation Table”.

Management Incentive Compensation Plan

Target and Actual Bonuses

 

Name

   Salary      Target Bonus
Percentage
    Equity Value
2007
    Equity Value
2010
     Actual Bonus Paid for
2010
 

John H. Walker

   $ 770,000         100   $ (124,100,000   $ 285,100,100       $ 1,540,000   

Robert T. Micchelli

   $ 375,000         70   $ (124,100,000   $ 285,100,000       $ 525,000   

Daniel B. Becker

   $ 300,000         50   $ (145,800,000   $ 65,900,000       $ 300,000   

Devin K. Denner

   $ 300,000         50   $ 72,900,000      $ 366,500,000       $ 300,000   

John J. Wasz

   $ 400,000         50   $ (8,800,000   $ 13,100,000       $ 350,000   

 

141


Table of Contents

Equity-Based Compensation

Profits Interest Shares

Pursuant to the limited liability company agreement of Halkos and related award agreements, our named executive officers each received equity-based compensation in the form of Profits Interest Shares in Halkos. The Profits Interest Shares are membership interests in Halkos and represent the right of the holder to share in distributions from Halkos after KPS has received certain returns on its investment. At the time of our inception, Profits Interest Shares representing the right to receive an amount equal to 12% of our increase in value after returns to KPS and its affiliates had been made were allocated to a pool for grants to the named executive officers and other key employees. Of the total membership interests, 11.8% have been allocated to management, out of the amount reserved.

Each of Messrs. Walker, Micchelli, Becker and Denner were granted Class B Profits Interest Shares on December 31, 2008. The awards were intended to vest over three years following our acquisition of the worldwide metals business of Olin Corporation, and thus have a vesting start date of October 15, 2007. One-third of the Class B Profits Interest Shares were vested on the grant date, one-third vested in October 2009 and the remaining third vested on October 15, 2010. Mr. Wasz was granted Class B Profits Interest Shares on April 7, 2010, and one-third of his Profits Interest Shares vested on January 18, 2011 (the first anniversary of his employment with us), one-third will vest on January 18, 2012 and one-third on January 18, 2013, subject to continued employment on such dates. Vested Class B Profits Interest Shares have voting rights in Halkos. The unvested Class B Profits Interest Shares will also vest on an accelerated basis upon the occurrence of certain events, such as a change in control in Halkos. Halkos has the right, but not the obligation, to repurchase the Class B Profits Interest Shares upon termination of employment, at a formula price.

The table below sets forth the number of Class B Profits Interest Shares owned by our named executive officers and the percentage vested as of December 31, 2011:

Class B Profits Interest Shares and Percentage Vested

 

Name

   Class B Shares     Vested  

John H. Walker

     13,500 (1)      100

Robert T. Micchelli

     2,920        100

Daniel B. Becker

     1,000        100

Devin K. Denner

     1,500        100

John J. Wasz

     3,000        33.3 %(2) 

 

(1) This represents 10,000 Class B Profits Interest Shares which were granted to Mr. Walker in 2008 and 2,000 Class C Profits Interest Shares and 2,000 Class D Profits Interest Shares that were, collectively, converted into 3,500 Class B Profits Interest Shares on June 30, 2011.
(2) 33.3% of Mr. Wasz’s shares vested on January 18, 2011. 33.4% of his shares will vest on January 18, 2012 and the remaining 33.3% will vest on January 18, 2013.

On May 19, 2011, the Board of Directors awarded the 420 Class B Profits Interest Shares that were unallocated to Mr. Micchelli. Those shares were 100% vested on May 19, 2011.

 

142


Table of Contents

On August 18, 2010, Halkos distributed cash to its members, including with respect to the Class B Profits Interest Shares, in the amounts set forth in the table below, to our named executive officers. Mr. Wasz did not receive a distribution of cash in 2010 because he was not vested in his Class B Profits Interest Shares. On January 18, 2011, Mr. Wasz received a distribution of $169,588 with respect to his vested Class B Profits Interest Shares, which was determined by deducting a monetized tax advance of $45,080 from a gross distribution amount of $214,668.

August 2010 Distributions in respect of Class B Profits Interest Shares

 

Name

   Distribution in
Respect of Class B
Profits Interest
Shares
 

John Walker

   $ 2,213,903   

Robert Micchelli

   $ 587,627   

Daniel Becker

   $ 216,837   

Devin Denner

   $ 325,255   

These distributions were paid in cash by Halkos but were recorded as a non-cash compensation expense by us. The Class B Profits Interest Shares held by our named executive officers are reflected in such executive’s holdings set forth under the caption “Principal and Selling Stockholder”, and are not reflected in the tabular disclosure of compensation following this Compensation Discussion and Analysis.

Mr. Walker was also granted 2,000 performance-based Class C Profits Interest Shares and 2,000 Class D Profits Interest Shares on December 31, 2008. On June 30, 2011, the Halkos limited liability company agreement was amended, and the Class C Profits Interest Shares and Class D Profits Interest Shares were converted into Class B Profits Interest Shares. As a result, no Class C Profits Interest Shares or Class D Profits Interest Shares are outstanding. Pursuant to such amendment, the 2,000 Class C Profits Interest Shares and 2,000 Class D Profits Interest Shares held by Mr. Walker were converted into 2,000 and 1,500 Class B Profits Interest Shares, respectively. As of December 31, 2011, there were no Class C and D Profits Interest Shares outstanding.

Stock Options and Other Equity and Equity-Based Awards

We have not granted any stock options or other equity or equity-based awards to date.

In connection with this offering, we plan to adopt an omnibus equity plan which will provide for the grant of options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares and other equity-based awards. For more information about the omnibus equity plan, see “—Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc. 2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan”.

Stock Ownership Guidelines

We do not currently have established stock ownership guidelines for our members of management. Recognizing the potential benefits of such guidelines, we are considering formally implementing a

 

143


Table of Contents

required policy and are in the process of seeking input from management and compensation consultants regarding best practices. We believe that requiring members of our management to maintain ownership in our company serves to align their interests with the interests of our stockholders generally.

Tax and Accounting Considerations

Deductibility of Executive Compensation

Section 162(m) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, which we refer to as the “Code,” limits the amount that we may deduct from our Federal income taxes for remuneration paid to our named executive officers (other than the chief financial officer) to one million dollars per named executive officer per year, unless certain requirements are met. Section 162(m) provides an exception from this deduction limitation for certain forms of “performance-based compensation”, as well as for the gain recognized by named executive officers upon the exercise of qualifying compensatory stock options. In addition, transition provisions under Section 162(m) may apply for a period of three years following the consummation of this offering to certain compensation arrangements that were entered into by us before we were publicly held. After this offering, our compensation committee will generally seek to structure performance-based, equity and equity-based compensation for the named executive officers in a manner that complies with Section 162(m) in order to provide for the deductibility of such compensation. At the same time, there may be circumstances in which the compensation committee determines, in its judgment, that it is in our best interests to provide for compensation that may not be deductible.

Taxation of “Parachute” Payments and Deferred Compensation

We did not provide any named executive officer with a “gross-up” or other reimbursement payment for any tax liability that he might owe as a result of the application of Sections 280G, 4999, or 409A of the Code during 2010, and we have not agreed and are not otherwise obligated to provide any named executive officers with such a gross-up or other reimbursement. Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code provide that executive officers, certain highly compensated employees, directors who hold significant equity interests and certain other service providers may be subject to an excise tax if they receive payments or benefits in connection with a change in control that exceeds certain prescribed limits, and that we, or a successor, may forfeit a deduction on the amounts subject to this additional tax. Section 409A of the Code also imposes additional significant taxes on the individual in the event that an executive officer, director or other service provider receives “deferred compensation” that does not meet the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

 

144


Table of Contents

Summary Compensation Table

The following summary compensation table sets forth the total compensation paid or accrued for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 to our named executive officers.

 

Name and Principal Position

  Year     Salary     Bonus     Stock
Awards(1)
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation(2)(3)
    All Other
Compensation(5)
    Total  

John H. Walker

    2011      $ 770,000            $ 42,925      $ 812,925   

Chief Executive Officer

    2010        770,000                    $ 1,540,000        42,925        2,352,925   

Robert T. Micchelli,

    2011      $ 375,000            $ 35,485      $ 410,485   

Chief Financial Officer

    2010        337,500                    $ 525,000        35,260        897,760   

Daniel B. Becker,

    2011      $ 300,000            $ 37,318      $ 337,318   

President-A.J. Oster

    2010        289,320                    $ 300,000 (4)      37,933        627,253   

Devin K. Denner,

    2011      $ 300,000            $ 32,325      $ 332,325   

President-Chase Brass

    2010        287,500                    $ 300,000        31,740        619,240   

John J. Wasz,

    2011      $ 400,000            $ 36,370      $ 436,370   

President-Olin Brass

    2010        383,333                    $ 350,000        34,870        768,203   

 

(1) This Summary Compensation Table does not include the named executive officers’ profits interest shares or the distributions certain of the officers received as paid by Halkos on August 18, 2010, and January 18, 2011 with respect to Mr. Wasz, in respect of their Class B Profits Interest Shares, which are described above under “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Equity—Based Compensation—Profits Interest Shares”.

 

(2) Represents the amount of annual bonus earned under the Management Incentive Compensation Plan for 2010. The bonus was paid on January 3, 2011 for Messrs. Walker and Micchelli and paid on March 31, 2011 for Messrs. Becker, Denner and Wasz.

 

(3) The amount of the bonus for 2011 for our named executive officers has not been determined yet.

 

(4) Mr. Becker decided to accept $20,000 out of the $300,000 bonus in order to fund a $20,000 bonus for certain sales employees of A.J. Oster.

 

(5) Amounts in the “All Other Compensation” column for 2011 consist of:

 

Name

   Employer
Matching
Contribution(a)
     Non-Elective
Company
Contribution(b)
     Life
Insurance
Premiums(c)
     Car     Total  

John H. Walker

   $ 7,350       $ 18,375       $ 17,200       $      $ 42,925   

Robert T. Micchelli

   $ 7,350       $ 18,375       $ 9,760       $      $ 35,485   

Daniel B. Becker

   $ 7,350       $ 18,375       $ 6,850       $ 4,743 (d)    $ 37,318   

Devin K. Denner

   $ 7,350       $ 18,375       $ 6,600       $      $ 32,325   

John J. Wasz

   $ 7,350       $ 18,375       $ 10,645       $      $ 36,370   

 

(a) Represents a matching contribution of 50% of the first 6% of eligible compensation the named executive officer defers into our 401(k) Plan (the “Retirement Savings Plan”).

 

(b) Represents a Company-provided non-elective contribution of 7.5% of eligible compensation into the Retirement Savings Plan.

 

(c) Represents the annual life insurance premium paid for the fiscal year. We provide life insurance coverage equal to two times base salary for each named executive officer.

 

(d) Represents the cost of maintenance, insurance and fuel for Mr. Becker’s personal use of a company car, calculated by multiplying a per mile rate by the number of miles related to Mr. Becker’s personal use, and subtracting reimbursements that Mr. Becker paid to the company. Mr. Becker is the only executive provided with a company car.

 

145


Table of Contents

Grants of Plan-Based Awards

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to awards granted under the 2011 Management Incentive Compensation Plan to each of our named executive officers during 2011:

2011 Grants of Plan-Based Awards(1)

 

Name

   Estimated Future Payouts Under
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards
 
     Threshold($)      Target($)      Maximum($)  

John H. Walker

           $ 770,000       $ 1,540,000   

Robert T. Micchelli

           $ 262,500       $ 525,000   

Daniel B. Becker

           $ 150,000       $ 300,000   

Devin K. Denner

           $ 150,000       $ 300,000   

John J. Wasz

           $ 200,000       $ 400,000   

 

(1) Table does not include 2011 grants of Profits Interest Shares to Mr. Micchelli.

Employment Arrangements with Named Executive Officers

On October 15, 2007, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Walker, our chief executive officer. The employment agreement was for an initial term of three years, and on each anniversary of October 15, 2007, the term extends for an additional year, unless prior written notice is given. The employment agreement provides that Mr. Walker will receive a base salary of $770,000 and a target bonus equal to 100% of his base salary during the term. In addition, the employment agreement provides that Mr. Walker is entitled to an equity-based award of up to 7% of our total equity value. The grant to Mr. Walker of 10,000 Class B Profits Interest Shares, 2,000 Class C Profits Interest Shares and 2,000 Class D Profits Interest shares are in full satisfaction of such 7% equity award. As described above, on June 30, 2011, the 2,000 Class C Profits Interest Shares and 2,000 Class D Profits Interest Shares were converted into 2,000 Class B Profits Interest Shares and 1,500 Class B Profits Interest Shares, respectively.

Mr. Micchelli, our chief financial officer, is party to a severance protection agreement, dated as of March 24, 2009, which was amended and restated effective October 20, 2011. As of July 28, 2011, July 29, 2011 and August 31, 2011, respectively, Messrs. Becker, Denner and Wasz, our segment presidents, also entered into severance protection agreements, which are substantially similar to Mr. Micchelli’s amended and restated severance protection agreement. Mr. Wasz’s new severance protection agreement supersedes his prior severance protection agreement, which was dated as of January 16, 2010.

In addition, Mr. Wasz’s offer letter, dated as of January 6, 2010, provides that Mr. Wasz will serve as the president of Olin Brass, and will receive a starting base salary of $400,000 per year, a target bonus of 50% of base salary with a maximum bonus of 100% of base salary, and entitlement to participation in our standard health and welfare benefits plans. In addition, pursuant to the terms of his offer letter, Mr. Wasz was granted Class B Profits Interest Shares, subject to vesting over a three-year period.

For a description of severance payments and benefits made available under Mr. Walker’s employment agreement and Messrs. Micchelli’s and Wasz’s severance protection agreements in effect as of December 31, 2011, see “ Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control”.

Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc. 2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan

In connection with this offering, we intend to establish the Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc. 2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan, which we refer to as the “2012 Plan”. We expect the Board of

 

146


Table of Contents

Directors to adopt, and our shareholders to approve, the 2012 Plan prior to the consummation of this offering. The 2012 Plan will become effective immediately prior to the consummation of this offering.

The following summary of the material features of the 2012 Plan is qualified in its entirety by reference to the complete text of the 2012 Plan, a copy of which will be filed as an exhibit to this registration statement prior to consummation of this offering.

Administration

Our compensation committee (or a subcommittee thereof, if necessary to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code) will administer the 2012 Plan. The compensation committee will have the authority to determine the terms and conditions of any agreements evidencing any awards granted under the 2012 Plan and to adopt, alter and repeal rules, guidelines and practices relating to the 2012 Plan. The compensation committee will have full discretion to administer and interpret the 2012 Plan and to adopt such rules, regulations and procedures as it deems necessary or advisable and to determine, among other things, the time or times at which the awards may be exercised and whether and under what circumstances an award may be exercised.

Eligibility

Any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors (or prospective employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors), or any of the employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors (or prospective employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors) of our subsidiaries or their respective affiliates will be eligible for awards under the 2012 Plan. The compensation committee will have the sole and complete authority to determine who will be granted an award under the 2012 Plan. Employees of certain of our designated foreign subsidiaries are also eligible under separate “Sub Plans”.

Number of Shares Authorized

The 2012 Plan provides for an aggregate of              shares of Global Brass and Copper Holdings’ common stock to be available for awards. No more than              shares of common stock may be issued with respect to incentive stock options under the 2012 Plan. No participant may be granted awards of options and stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) with respect to more than              shares of our common stock in any one fiscal year. No more than              shares of our common stock may be granted under the 2012 Plan to any participant with respect to performance compensation awards in any one performance period (or with respect to each fiscal year in the event a performance period extends beyond a single fiscal year). The maximum amount payable for an individual employee or officer under the 2012 Plan for any one performance period (or with respect to each fiscal year in the event a performance period extends beyond a single fiscal year) is $10,000,000 (with respect to each year if the performance period is more than one year). Shares of our common stock subject to awards are generally unavailable for future grant; provided, in no event may we increase the number of shares of common stock that may be delivered pursuant to incentive stock options granted under the 2012 Plan. If any award granted under the 2012 Plan expires, terminates, is canceled or forfeited without being settled or exercised, or if a SAR is settled in cash or otherwise without the issuance of shares, shares of common stock subject to such award will again be made available for future grant. In addition, if any shares are surrendered or tendered to pay the exercise price of an award or to satisfy withholding taxes owed, such shares will again be available for grant under the 2012 Plan. If there is any change in our corporate capitalization, the compensation committee in its sole discretion may make substitutions or adjustments to the number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2012 Plan, the number of shares covered by awards then outstanding under the 2012 Plan, the limitations on awards under the 2012 Plan, the exercise price of outstanding options and such other equitable substitution or adjustments as it may determine appropriate.

 

147


Table of Contents

Change in Capitalization

If there is a change in Global Brass and Copper Holdings’ corporate capitalization in the event of a stock or extraordinary cash dividend, recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split up, split-off, spin-off, consolidation or other relevant change in capitalization or applicable law or circumstances, such that the compensation committee determines that an adjustment is necessary or appropriate, then the compensation committee may make adjustments in a manner that it deems equitable.

Awards Available for Grant

The compensation committee may grant awards of non-qualified stock options, incentive (qualified) stock options, SARs, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, other stock-based awards, performance compensation awards (including cash bonus awards), other cash-based awards or any combination of the foregoing. Awards may be granted under the 2012 Plan and in assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding awards previously granted by an entity acquired by us or with which we combine (the “Substitute Awards”).

Stock Options

The compensation committee will be authorized to grant options to purchase shares of our common stock that are either “qualified”, meaning they are intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code for incentive stock options, or “non-qualified”, meaning they are not intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code. All options granted under the 2012 Plan shall be non-qualified unless the applicable award agreement expressly states that the option is intended to be an “incentive stock option”. Options granted under the 2012 Plan will be subject to the terms and conditions established by the compensation committee. Under the terms of the 2012 Plan, the exercise price of the options will not be less than the fair market value of common stock at the time of grant (except with respect to Substitute Awards). Options granted under the 2012 Plan will be subject to such terms, including the exercise price and the conditions and timing of exercise, as may be determined by the compensation committee and specified in the applicable award agreement. The maximum term of an option granted under the 2012 Plan will be ten years from the date of grant (or five years in the case of a qualified option granted to a 10% stockholder); provided, that, if the term of a non-qualified option would expire at a time when trading in the shares of common stock is prohibited by our insider trading policy, the option’s term shall be automatically extended until the 30 th day following the expiration of such prohibition. Payment in respect of the exercise of an option may be made in cash, by check, by cash equivalent and/or shares of our common stock valued at the fair market value at the time the option is exercised (provided that such shares are not subject to any pledge or other security interest), or by such other method as the compensation committee may permit in its sole discretion, including:

 

   

by surrendering the minimum number of shares of our common stock otherwise deliverable in respect of an option that are needed to pay the exercise price and all applicable required withholding taxes;

 

   

if there is a public market for the shares of our common stock at such time, by means of a broker-assisted cashless exercise mechanism; or

 

   

by means of a “net exercise” procedure effected by withholding the minimum number of shares otherwise deliverable in respect of an option that are needed to pay the exercise price and all applicable required withholding taxes.

The compensation committee may, in its sole discretion, at any time buy out for a payment in cash, or the delivery of shares of our common stock, or other property, an option previously granted to a participant. Any fractional shares of our common stock will be settled in cash.

 

148


Table of Contents

Stock Appreciation Rights

The compensation committee will be authorized to award SARs under the 2012 Plan. SARs will be subject to the terms and conditions established by the compensation committee. A SAR is a contractual right that allows a participant to receive, either in the form of cash, shares or any combination of cash and shares, the appreciation, if any, in the value of a share over a certain period of time. An option granted under the 2012 Plan may include SARs and SARs may also be awarded to a participant independent of the grant of an option. SARs granted in connection with an option shall be subject to terms similar to the option corresponding to such SARs, including with respect to vesting and expiration. Except as otherwise provided by the compensation committee (in the case of Substitute Awards or SARs granted in tandem with previously granted options), the strike price per share of common stock for each SAR shall not be less than 100% of the fair market value of such share, determined as of the date of grant. The remaining terms of the SARs shall be subject to terms established by the compensation committee and reflected in the award agreement.

Restricted Stock

The compensation committee will be authorized to award restricted stock under the 2012 Plan. Awards of restricted stock will be subject to the terms and conditions established by the compensation committee. Restricted stock is common stock that generally is non-transferable and is subject to other restrictions determined by the compensation committee for a specified period.

Restricted Stock Unit Awards

The compensation committee will be authorized to award restricted stock unit awards. Restricted stock unit awards will be subject to the terms and conditions established by the compensation committee. Unless the compensation committee determines otherwise, or specifies otherwise in an award agreement, if the participant terminates employment or services during the period of time over which all or a portion of the units are to be earned, then any unvested units will be forfeited. At the election of the compensation committee, the participant will receive a number of shares of our common stock equal to the number of units earned or an amount in cash equal to the fair market value of that number of shares at the expiration of the period over which the units are to be earned or at a later date selected by the compensation committee, less an amount equal to any taxes required to be withheld. To the extent provided in an award agreement, the holder of outstanding restricted stock units shall be entitled to be credited with dividend equivalent payments upon the payment by Global Brass and Copper Holdings of dividends on shares of our common stock, either in cash or (at the sole discretion of the compensation committee) in shares of our common stock having a fair market value equal to the amount of such dividends, and interest may, at the sole discretion of the compensation committee, be credited on the amount of cash dividend equivalents at a rate and subject to such terms as determined by the compensation committee, which accumulated dividend equivalents (and interest thereon, if applicable) shall be payable at the same time as the underlying restricted stock units are settled.

Other Stock-Based Awards

The compensation committee will be authorized to grant awards of unrestricted shares of our common stock, rights to receive grants of awards at a future date, or other awards denominated in shares of our common stock or which provide for cash payments based in whole or in part on the value or future value of shares of our common stock under the 2012 Plan under such terms and conditions as the compensation committee may determine and as set forth in the applicable award agreement.

Performance Compensation Awards

The compensation committee may grant any award under the 2012 Plan in the form of a “Performance Compensation Award” by conditioning the number of shares earned or vested under the

 

149


Table of Contents

award on the satisfaction of certain “Performance Goals”. The compensation committee may establish these Performance Goals with reference to one or more of the following:

 

   

net earnings or net income (before or after taxes);

 

   

basic or diluted earnings per share (before or after taxes);

 

   

net revenue or net revenue growth;

 

   

gross revenue or gross revenue growth, gross profit or gross profit growth;

 

   

net operating income or profit (before or after taxes);

 

   

return measures (including, but not limited to, return on investment, assets, capital, gross revenue or gross revenue growth, invested capital, equity or sales);

 

   

cash flow measures (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow, free cash flow and cash flow return on capital), which may but are not required to be measured on a per-share basis;

 

   

earnings before or after taxes, interest, depreciation and amortization (including EBIT and EBITDA);

 

   

gross or net operating margins; productivity ratios; share price (including, but not limited to, growth measures and total stockholder return); expense targets or cost reduction goals, general and administrative expense savings; margins; and operating efficiency;

 

   

objective measures of customer satisfaction;

 

   

working capital targets;

 

   

measures of economic value-added or other “value creation” metrics;

 

   

inventory control;

 

   

enterprise value;

 

   

sales;

 

   

stockholder return;

 

   

client retention;

 

   

competitive market metrics;

 

   

employee retention;

 

   

timely completion of new product rollouts;

 

   

timely launch of new facilities;

 

   

objective measures of personal targets, goals or completion of projects (including, but not limited to, succession and hiring projects, completion of specific acquisitions, reorganizations or other corporate transactions or capital-raising transactions, expansions of specific business operations and meeting segment project budgets);

 

   

system-wide revenues;

 

   

royalty income;

 

   

cost of capital, debt leverage, year-end cash position or book value;

 

   

strategic objectives, development of new product lines and related revenue, sales and margin targets, or international operations; or

 

   

any combination of the above.

 

150


Table of Contents

Any of the above Performance Goal elements can be stated as a percentage of another Performance Goal or used on an absolute, relative or adjusted basis to measure our performance or the performance of our affiliates or any segments, divisions, operations or business units, product lines, brands, operating segments, administrative departments or combination thereof, as the compensation committee deems appropriate. Performance Goals may be compared to the performance of a group of comparator companies or a published or special index that the compensation committee deems appropriate or, stock market indices. The compensation committee also may provide for accelerated vesting of any award based on the achievement of Performance Goals. Any award that is intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code will be granted, and Performance Goals for such an award will be established, by the compensation committee in writing not later than 90 days after the commencement of the performance period to which the Performance Goals relate, or such other period required under Section 162(m) of the Code; provided that the outcome is substantially uncertain at the time the compensation committee establishes the Performance Goal; and provided further that in no event will a Performance Goal be considered to be pre-established if it is established after 25% of the performance period (as scheduled in good faith at the time the Performance Goal is established) has elapsed. Before any payment is made in connection with any award intended to qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code, the compensation committee must certify in writing that the Performance Goals established with respect to such award have been achieved. In determining the actual amount of an individual participant’s Performance Compensation Award for a performance period, the compensation committee may reduce or eliminate the amount of the Performance Compensation Award earned through the use of negative discretion consistent with Section 162(m) of the Code, if, in its sole judgment, such reduction or elimination is appropriate.

The compensation committee may also specify adjustments or modifications (to the extent it would not result in adverse results under Section 162(m) of the Code) to be made to the calculation of a Performance Goal for such performance period, based on and in order to appropriately reflect the following events:

 

   

asset write-downs;

 

   

litigation or claim judgments or settlements;

 

   

the effect of changes in tax laws, accounting principles, or other laws or regulatory rules affecting reported results;

 

   

any reorganization and restructuring programs;

 

   

extraordinary nonrecurring items and/or in management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations appearing in our annual report to stockholders for the applicable year;

 

   

acquisitions or divestitures;

 

   

any other specific, unusual or nonrecurring events, or objectively determinable category thereof;

 

   

foreign exchange gains and losses;

 

   

discontinued operations and nonrecurring charges; and

 

   

a change in our fiscal year.

Unless otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, a participant shall be eligible to receive payment in respect of a Performance Compensation Award only to the extent that the Performance Goals for such period are achieved and all or some of the portion of such participant’s Performance Compensation Award has been earned for the performance period based on the application of the “Performance Formula” (as defined in the 2012 Plan) to such Performance Goals.

 

151


Table of Contents

Effect of a Change in Control in Global Brass and Copper Holdings

In the event of a “change in control” in Global Brass and Copper Holdings, the Board of Directors may take steps it considers appropriate. Unless otherwise provided in an award agreement, the Board of Directors in its sole discretion may provide that, with respect to any particular outstanding award:

 

   

all then-outstanding options and SARs shall become immediately exercisable as of immediately prior to the “change in control” with respect to up to 100% of the shares subject to such option or SAR;

 

   

any restricted period shall expire as of immediately prior to the “change in control” with respect to up to 100% of then-outstanding shares of restricted stock or restricted stock units (including without limitation a waiver of any applicable Performance Goals);

 

   

all incomplete performance periods in effect on the date the “change in control” occurs shall end on such date, and the compensation committee may:

 

   

determine the extent to which Performance Goals with respect to each such performance period have been met based upon such audited or unaudited financial information or other information then available as it deems relevant; and

 

   

cause the participant to receive partial or full payment of awards for each such performance period based upon the compensation committee’s determination of the degree of attainment of Performance Goals, or assuming that the applicable “target” levels of performance have been attained or on such other basis determined by the compensation committee; and

 

   

all awards previously deferred will be settled in full as soon as practicable.

Transferability

Each award may be exercised during the participant’s lifetime by the participant or, if permissible under applicable law, by the participant’s guardian or legal representative. In addition, during the participant’s lifetime, the award may be transferred, without consideration, to one or more immediate family members of the participant (within the meaning of the instructions to Form S-8 under the Securities Act), to a trust established exclusively for the participant or one or more of his or her immediate family members, a partnership or limited liability company whose only partners or shareholders are the participant and his or her immediate family members, or any other transferee as may be approved either:

 

   

by the Board of Directors or the compensation committee in its sole discretion; or

 

   

as provided in the applicable award agreement, in each case subject to such rules as the compensation committee may adopt consistent with any applicable award agreement to preserve the purposes of the 2012 Plan.

The terms applicable to the assigned portion shall generally be the same as those in effect for the award immediately prior to such assignment. Other than as described above, awards may not be transferred or encumbered by a participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

Amendment

The 2012 Plan will have a term of ten years. The Board of Directors may amend, suspend or terminate the 2012 Plan at any time; however, stockholder approval to amend the 2012 Plan may be necessary if required by law or by NYSE rules. No amendment, suspension or termination will impair the rights of any participant or recipient of any award without the consent of the participant or recipient.

 

152


Table of Contents

The compensation committee may, to the extent consistent with the terms of any applicable award agreement, waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter, suspend, discontinue, cancel or terminate, any award theretofore granted or the associated award agreement, prospectively or retroactively. Any such waiver, amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, cancellation or termination that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any participant or any holder or beneficiary of any option theretofore granted will not to that extent be effective without the consent of the affected participant, holder or beneficiary. Further, without stockholder approval:

 

   

no amendment or modification may reduce the option price of any option or the strike price of any SAR;

 

   

the compensation committee may not cancel any outstanding option and replace it with a new option (with a lower option price) or cancel any SAR and replace it with a new SAR (with a lower strike price); and

 

   

no option or SAR may be exchanged for cash or another award.

However, stockholder approval is not required with respect to any of the preceding three bullets with respect to certain adjustments on changes in capitalization. In addition, none of the requirements described in the preceding three bullets can be amended without stockholder approval.

U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences

The following is a general summary of the material U.S. Federal income tax consequences of the grant and exercise and vesting of awards under the 2012 Plan and the disposition of shares acquired pursuant to the exercise or settlement of such awards and is intended to reflect the current provisions of the Code and the regulations thereunder. This summary is not intended to be a complete statement of applicable law, nor does it address foreign, state, local and payroll tax considerations. Moreover, the U.S. Federal income tax consequences to any particular participant may differ from those described herein by reason of, among other things, the particular circumstances of such participant.

Stock Options.     The Code requires that, for treatment of an option as an incentive stock option, shares of Common Stock acquired through the exercise of an incentive stock option cannot be disposed of before the later of two years from the date of grant of the option, or one year from the date of exercise. Holders of incentive stock options will generally incur no Federal income tax liability at the time of grant or upon exercise of those options. However, the spread at exercise will be an “item of tax preference”, which may give rise to “alternative minimum tax” liability for the taxable year in which the exercise occurs. If the holder does not dispose of the shares before two years following the date of grant and one year following the date of exercise, the difference between the exercise price and the amount realized upon disposition of the shares will constitute long-term capital gain or loss, as the case may be. Assuming both holding periods are satisfied, no deduction will be allowed to us for Federal income tax purposes in connection with the grant or exercise of the incentive stock option. If, within two years following the date of grant or within one year following the date of exercise, the holder of shares acquired through the exercise of an incentive stock option disposes of those shares, the participant will generally realize taxable compensation at the time of such disposition equal to the difference between the exercise price and the lesser of the fair market value of the share on the date of exercise or the amount realized on the subsequent disposition of the shares, and that amount will generally be deductible by us for Federal income tax purposes, subject to the possible limitations on deductibility under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to executives designated in those Sections. Finally, if an incentive stock option becomes first exercisable in any one year for shares having an aggregate value in excess of $100,000 (based on the grant date value), the portion of the incentive stock option in respect of those excess shares will be treated

 

153


Table of Contents

as a non-qualified stock option for Federal income tax purposes. No income will be realized by a participant upon grant of an option that does not qualify as an incentive stock option (“a non-qualified stock option”). Upon the exercise of a non-qualified stock option, the participant will recognize ordinary compensation income in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the underlying exercised shares over the option exercise price paid at the time of exercise, and the participant’s tax basis will equal the sum of the compensation income recognized and the exercise price. We will be able to deduct this same amount for U.S. Federal income tax purposes, but such deduction may be limited under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to certain executives designated in those Sections. In the event of a sale of shares received upon the exercise of a non-qualified stock option, any appreciation or depreciation after the exercise date generally will be taxed as capital gain or loss and will be long-term gain or loss if the holding period for such shares is more than one year.

SARs .    No income will be realized by a participant upon grant of a SAR. Upon the exercise of a SAR, the participant will recognize ordinary compensation income in an amount equal to the fair market value of the payment received in respect of the SAR. We will be able to deduct this same amount for U.S. Federal income tax purposes, but such deduction may be limited under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to certain executives designated in those Sections.

Restricted Stock .     A participant will not be subject to tax upon the grant of an award of restricted stock unless the participant otherwise elects to be taxed at the time of grant pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code. On the date an award of restricted stock becomes transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, the participant will have taxable compensation equal to the difference between the fair market value of the shares on that date over the amount the participant paid for such shares, if any, unless the participant made an election under Section 83(b) of the Code to be taxed at the time of grant. If the participant made an election under Section 83(b), the participant will have taxable compensation at the time of grant equal to the difference between the fair market value of the shares on the date of grant over the amount the participant paid for such shares, if any. If the election is made, the participant will not be allowed a deduction for amounts subsequently required to be returned to us. Special rules apply to the receipt and disposition of restricted shares received by officers and directors who are subject to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act. We will be able to deduct, at the same time as it is recognized by the participant, the amount of taxable compensation to the participant for U.S. Federal income tax purposes, but such deduction may be limited under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to certain executives designated in those Sections.

Restricted Stock Units .     A participant will not be subject to tax upon the grant of a restricted stock unit award. Rather, upon the delivery of shares or cash pursuant to a restricted stock unit award, the participant will have taxable compensation equal to the fair market value of the number of shares (or the amount of cash) the participant actually receives with respect to the award. We will be able to deduct the amount of taxable compensation to the participant for U.S. Federal income tax purposes, but the deduction may be limited under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to certain executives designated in those Sections.

Section 162(m) .     In general, Section 162(m) of the Code denies a publicly held corporation a deduction for U.S. Federal income tax purposes for compensation in excess of $1,000,000 per year per person to its chief executive officer and the three other officers whose compensation is required to be disclosed in its proxy statement (excluding the chief financial officer), subject to certain exceptions. The 2012 Plan is intended to satisfy an exception with respect to grants of options and SARs to covered employees. In addition, the 2012 Plan is designed to permit certain awards of restricted stock, restricted stock units and other awards (including cash bonus awards) to be awarded as performance compensation awards intended to qualify under the “performance-based compensation” exception to Section 162(m) of the Code. In addition, under a Section 162(m)

 

154


Table of Contents

transition rule for compensation plans of corporations which are privately-held and which become publicly-held in an initial public offering, the 2012 Plan will not be subject to Section 162(m) until a specified transition date, which is generally the earliest of:

 

   

the material modification of the 2012 Plan;

 

   

the issuance of all employer stock and other compensation that has been allocated under the 2012 Plan; or

 

   

the first annual meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which the initial public offering occurs.

New Plan Benefits

It is not possible to determine the benefits or amounts that will be received by or allocated to participants under the 2012 Plan because awards under the 2012 Plan will be made at the discretion of the compensation committee (or subcommittee thereof, if necessary for Section 162(m) of the Code).

Option Exercises and Stock Vested

We did not grant any stock options or stock in 2011 or prior years.

Pension Benefits

We do not offer any defined benefit pension plans.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

We do not offer any nonqualified deferred compensation plans.

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control

Employment Agreement with John H. Walker

Mr. Walker’s employment agreement provides him with severance benefits upon certain terminations of employment.

Mr. Walker’s employment may be terminated at any time and for any reason. If Mr. Walker’s employment is terminated by us for “cause” (as defined below) then he is entitled to receive any base salary which has been earned but not paid through the date of termination. If his employment is terminated due to his death, disability or by Mr. Walker upon 60 days’ prior notice without “good reason” (as defined below), he is entitled to receive:

 

   

the base salary accrued through the date of termination;

 

   

pay for any vacation time earned but not used;

 

   

any earned but unpaid bonus for the year prior to termination; and

 

   

any business expenses properly incurred but not submitted prior to the date of termination, provided that such expenses are submitted within 30 days of termination and are reimbursable in accordance with our policy (collectively, the “Accrued but Unpaid Payments”).

 

155


Table of Contents

For purposes of the employment agreement, “disability” means the inability of Mr. Walker to perform his duties for 90 consecutive days, or for an aggregate of 120 days in any consecutive 12-month period.

Mr. Walker’s employment may be terminated by us without “cause” or by him for “good reason” (which includes a non-renewal by us of his employment term). Upon such a termination, he is entitled to receive: (a) the Accrued but Unpaid Payments and (b) 24 months’ base salary continuation which will be paid out in continuing bimonthly installments over such 24 month period. The continuation of his base salary is contingent upon Mr. Walker executing a general release of claims in our favor.

“Cause” under Mr. Walker’s employment agreement generally means:

 

   

a commission of fraud or gross negligence that, in the case of gross negligence, has a material adverse effect on our business or financial condition;

 

   

a willful material misrepresentation to the Board of Directors;

 

   

refusal to comply with any material obligations under Mr. Walker’s employment agreement or to comply with a reasonable and lawful instruction of the Board of Directors;

 

   

engaging in any conduct or commission of any act that is, in the reasonable opinion of the Board of Directors, materially injurious or detrimental to our substantial interest (provided that a termination by us for “cause” on this ground shall be effective only if, within 30 days following the delivery of a notice of termination for “cause” by us to Mr. Walker, Mr. Walker has failed to cure any unintentional occurrence which gave rise to such “cause” event, so long as Mr. Walker is reasonably capable of curing in the 30-day cure period);

 

   

conviction of, or entry of a pleading of guilty or no contest to any (a) felony, (b) lesser crime of which fraud or dishonesty is a material element or (c) crime of moral turpitude; or

 

   

failure to comply with any material obligations under Mr. Walker’s employment agreement or with any of our written rules, regulations, policies or procedures furnished to Mr. Walker that, if not complied with, could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on our business (provided that a termination by us for “cause” on this ground shall be effective only if, within 30 days following the delivery of a notice of termination for “cause” by us to Mr. Walker, Mr. Walker has failed to cure any unintentional occurrence which gave rise to such “cause” event, so long as Mr. Walker is reasonably capable of curing in the 30-day cure period).

“Good reason” under Mr. Walker’s employment agreement generally means any of the following events occurring without Mr. Walker’s consent:

 

   

our failure to continue Mr. Walker in the position of CEO;

 

   

our requiring that Mr. Walker report to an individual or body other than the Board of Directors;

 

   

a material diminution in Mr. Walker’s position with us or the duties and responsibilities associated with such position;

 

   

a reduction of Mr. Walker’s base salary or annual target bonus opportunity;

 

   

our requiring Mr. Walker to relocate to an office more than 50 miles from both the city of Chicago, Illinois and Mr. Walker’s primary place of residence on the date of termination; or

 

   

nonrenewal of the employment term by us.

Mr. Walker must provide written notice of events claimed to constitute “good reason” within 30 days after the initial occurrence of such events, and provide us with an opportunity to cure the applicable circumstance within 30 days following such written notice. If we fail to cure such circumstance, Mr. Walker’s resignation for “good reason” must be tendered within 60 days after our failure to cure.

 

156


Table of Contents

Mr. Walker is subject to non-competition and non-solicitation covenants for 24 months post-termination. In addition, he is subject to perpetual confidentiality covenants.

Severance Protection Agreement with Robert T. Micchelli

Mr. Micchelli is party to a severance protection agreement, dated as of March 24, 2009, which was amended and restated effective October 20, 2011. Under his amended and restated severance protection agreement, Mr. Micchelli’s employment may be terminated at any time for any reason. If his employment is terminated by us without “cause” or he resigns for “good reason” (each as defined below), then he will be entitled to a severance payment. Assuming such termination occurred on December 31, 2011, the severance payment would be payable in a cash lump sum, equal to one year of base pay at the highest rate of base salary payable to the executive during the one-year period immediately prior to the termination, plus the highest of (x) his target bonus amount for the year in which the last day of employment occurs (which is currently 70% of base salary), (y) the amount of the average of his annual bonus over the three years immediately prior to the year in which the last day of employment occurs and (z) an amount set forth on an exhibit to the severance protection agreement (which is currently zero). In addition, upon such a termination, Mr. Micchelli and his dependents will be entitled to continued health and welfare participation for one year following such termination, unless he obtains coverage from a new employer, and he will be entitled to COBRA coverage at the end of such one-year period if he has not obtained new coverage. Such severance payments and benefits are contingent upon Mr. Micchelli executing a general release of claims in our favor.

Mr. Micchelli will also be entitled to payment of any accrued but unpaid base salary and business expenses in accordance with our policy, as well as any payments, benefits or entitlements that are vested, fully and unconditionally earned pursuant to any of our plan, policy, program or arrangement or other agreement, other than those providing for severance, separation pay or salary continuation payments or benefits. Mr. Micchelli’s severance payment pursuant to his amended and restated severance protection agreement is in lieu and satisfaction of any amount otherwise payable under the Management Incentive Compensation Plan.

 

For the definitions of “cause” and “good reason” under Mr. Micchelli’s amended and restated severance protection agreement, see “—Employment Agreement and Severance Protection”.

Mr. Micchelli is subject to a non-competition covenant which extends for 24 months following his termination of employment for any reason, a nondisparagement covenant, as well as a confidentiality covenant extending for five years following any termination of the severance protection agreement.

Severance Protection Agreement with John J. Wasz

Mr. Wasz was party to a severance protection agreement, dated as of January 16, 2010, which was superseded by a new severance protection agreement, effective as of August 31, 2011. The new severance protection agreement is substantially similar to Mr. Micchelli’s amended and restated severance protection agreement.

Mr. Wasz’s employment may be terminated at any time for any reason. If his employment is terminated by us without “cause” or he resigns for “good reason” (each as defined below), then he will be entitled to a severance payment. Assuming such termination occurred on December 31, 2011, he will be entitled to a lump sum severance payment equal to his annual base salary plus the highest of (x) his target bonus amount for the year in which the last date of employment occurs (which is currently 50% of base salary), (y) the amount of the average of his annual bonus over the three years immediately prior to the year in which the last day of employment occurs and (z) an amount set forth on an exhibit to the severance protection agreement (which is currently zero). In addition, he will be entitled to continued health and welfare participation and participation for his dependents for a one-year period, unless he obtains coverage from a new employer, and he will be entitled to COBRA coverage at the end of such one-year period if he has not obtained new coverage.

 

157


Table of Contents

For the definitions of “cause” and “good reason” under Mr. Wasz’s new severance protection agreement, see “—Employment Agreement and Severance Protection”.

Mr. Wasz is subject to a non-competition covenant which extends for 12 months following his termination of employment for any reason, a nonsolicitation of employees, vendors, customers or other parties covenant that extends for 12 months following any such termination, as well as a confidentiality covenant extending for five years following any termination of the severance protection agreement.

Severance Protection Agreements with Daniel B. Becker and Devin K. Denner

Mr. Becker and Mr. Denner entered into severance protection agreements with us on July 28, 2011 and July 29, 2011. The severance protection agreements are substantially similar to Mr. Micchelli’s amended and restated severance protection agreement.

Mr. Becker and Mr. Denner’s employment may be terminated by us at any time for any reason. If such executive’s employment is terminated by us without “cause” or he resigns for “good reason” (each as defined below), then he will be entitled to a severance payment. Assuming such termination occurred on December 31, 2011, he will be entitled to a lump sum severance payment equal to his annual base salary plus the highest of (x) his target bonus amount for the year in which the last date of employment occurs (which is currently 50% of base salary), (y) the amount of the average of his annual bonus over the three years immediately prior to the year in which the last day of employment occurs and (z) an amount set forth on an exhibit to the severance protection agreement (which is currently zero for Mr. Becker and $600,000 for Mr. Denner). In addition, he will be entitled to continued health and welfare participation and participation for his dependents for a one-year period, unless he obtains coverage from a new employer, and he will be entitled to COBRA coverage at the end of such one-year period if he has not obtained new coverage.

For the definitions of “cause” and “good reason” under Mr. Becker and Mr. Denner’s severance protection agreements, see “—Employment Agreement and Severance Protection”.

Mr. Becker and Mr. Denner are each subject to a non-competition covenant which extends for 12 months following his termination of employment for any reason, a nonsolicitation of employees, vendors, customers or other parties covenant that extends for 24 months following any such termination, as well as a confidentiality covenant extending for five years following any termination of the severance protection agreement.

 

158


Table of Contents

The following table shows the severance payments and benefits that would have become payable to each named executive officer, assuming the termination of his employment occurred as of December 31, 2011. We do not provide enhanced severance upon a change of control.

Potential Payments upon Termination of Employment without Cause or for Good Reason

 

Name

   Cash
Severance(1)
     Health and Welfare
Benefits
Continuation(2)
     Total  

John Walker

   $ 1,540,000       $       $ 1,540,000   

Robert Micchelli

   $ 770,118       $ 9,000       $ 779,118   

John Wasz

   $ 750,000       $ 9,000       $ 759,000   

Devin Denner

   $ 900,000       $ 9,000       $ 909,000   

Daniel Becker

   $ 497,143       $ 9,000       $ 506,143   

 

(1) For Mr. Walker, the cash severance is equal to two times his base salary of $770,000.
     For Mr. Micchelli, the cash severance is equal to his base salary of $375,000 plus his average bonus of $395,118.
     For Mr. Wasz, the cash severance is equal to his base salary of $400,000 plus his average bonus of $350,000.
     For Mr. Denner, the cash severance is equal to his base salary of $300,000 plus his bonus bank of $600,000.
     For Mr. Becker, the cash severance is equal to his base salary of $300,000 plus his average bonus of $197,143.
(2) Mr. Wasz would also be entitled to accelerated vesting of his Class B Profits Interest Shares. On December 31, 2011, the other named executive officers were fully vested in their profits interest shares.

Director Compensation in 2011

The following table shows the director fees earned by the directors for 2011. We paid our three independent directors a quarterly fee of $12,500 on each of September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2011. In addition, we reimbursed the directors for expenses incurred in attending Board meetings. The reimbursements are not included in the table below as the reimbursement was significantly below the $10,000 threshold. We did not pay the non-independent directors of Global Brass and Copper Holdings any compensation for their service on the Board of Directors in 2011. We are currently evaluating a compensation program in order to attract and retain qualified directors in connection with this offering. In the future, directors who are also our employees will not receive any compensation from us for service on the Board of Directors.

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

 

Name

   Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash ($)
     Total  

Michael Psaros

               

Raquel Palmer

               

David Shapiro

               

Jay Bernstein

               

George Thanopoulos

               

Ronald C. Whitaker

   $ 25,000       $ 25,000   

Martin E. Welch III

   $ 25,000       $ 25,000   

David Burritt

   $ 25,000       $ 25,000   

 

159


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The KPS Funds are majority members of Halkos. Halkos owns all of the outstanding shares of Global Brass and Copper Holdings. Global Brass and Copper Holdings is the direct parent of Global Brass and Copper and the source of the initial investment as reported in additional paid in capital in the consolidated balance sheets. The KPS Funds are also affiliates of KPS Capital Finance, LLC, the agent of a related party term loan credit agreement. On August 18, 2010, we repaid the $60.0 million balance then outstanding on the related party term loan credit agreement and in connection with the related party term loan agreement we made interest payments of $2.5 million in 2010, $6.8 million in 2009 and $4.1 million in 2008. In August 2010, we distributed $42.5 million to the KPS Funds and other members of Halkos. Of this total, $2.2 million was paid by Halkos to Mr. Walker, our Chief Executive Officer, $1.3 million collectively was paid by Halkos to Messrs. Micchelli, Denner, Becker and other employees, and $0.9 million was escrowed to be paid to other employees. Even though the amounts were paid by Halkos, these payments resulted in non-cash compensation charges to Global Brass and Copper Holdings. Additionally, we expect that $             million of the proceeds from this offering (based on an assumed initial offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus ($             million if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised)) will be paid to members of our management. See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Equity-Based Compensation—Profits Interest Shares”.

We and affiliates of the KPS Funds are parties to an agreement under which those affiliates charge us for management and other services provided to us. The charges, which are included in selling, general and administrative expenses, were $1.0 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, of which $0.25 million is included in accrued liabilities at December 31, 2010 and 2009. Additionally, in 2008, we paid a $0.4 million transaction fee to the KPS Funds associated with the acquisition of assets from Bolton. This agreement will be terminated at the closing of this offering. We expect to pay KPS or its affiliates an amount in cash equal to $             million, the aggregate amount of the remaining payments due under the management agreement upon termination of that agreement at the closing of this offering.

We and the KPS Funds are also parties to an agreement whereby the KPS Funds have agreed to reimburse us for specific incremental costs directly attributable to an offering of equity securities. As of September 30, 2011, we have recorded $1.5 million as a receivable from stockholder.

 

160


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDER

The table below sets forth, as of                     , 2012, information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock by:

 

   

each of our directors and each of the executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table;

 

   

the selling stockholder;

 

   

each person or group of affiliated persons who is known to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of any class or series of our capital stock; and

 

   

all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

The amounts and percentages of common stock outstanding and percentage of beneficial ownership before this offering are based on the number of shares of common stock to be issued and outstanding prior to this offering.

The amounts and percentages of common stock beneficially owned are reported on the basis of the regulations of the SEC governing the determination of beneficial ownership of securities. Under these rules, a person is deemed to be a beneficial owner of a security if that person has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting of such security, or investment power, which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of the same securities.

The following table shows beneficial ownership of our shares, both under the assumption that the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is not exercised and the assumption that the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full:

 

          Shares Offered Hereby    Shares Beneficially Owned
After Closing

Beneficial Owner

   Shares
Beneficially
Owned Prior to
    the Offering    
   Assuming No
Exercise of
Option to
Purchase
Additional
Shares
   Assuming
Full Exercise
of Option to
Purchase
Additional
Shares
   Assuming No
Exercise of
Option to
Purchase
Additional
Shares
   Assuming Full
Exercise of
Option to
Purchase
Additional
Shares
   Number    %    Number    Number    Number    %    Number    %

Halkos Holdings, LLC(1)

                       

All directors and executive officers as a group

                       

 

(1) The address of Halkos is 427 N. Shamrock Street, East Alton, IL 62024. The majority members of Halkos are the KPS Funds. The KPS Funds are ultimately controlled by KPS Capital Partners, LLC, whose managing members, Michael Psaros and David Shapiro, have investment and voting control over the shares held by Halkos.

Relationship with Selling Stockholder

All of the shares sold in this offering will be sold by the selling stockholder. The selling stockholder is Halkos, an affiliate of KPS. For additional information with respect to the selling stockholder and its relationships with us please see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions”.

 

161


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

Capital Stock

In connection with this offering, Global Brass and Copper Holdings expects to amend its certificate of incorporation so that its authorized capital stock will consist of              shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and              shares of preferred stock, par value $             per share. After the consummation of this offering, Global Brass and Copper Holdings expects to have              shares of common stock and no shares of preferred stock outstanding. Summarized below are material provisions of Global Brass and Copper Holdings’ amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws as they will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, as well as relevant sections of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”). The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of Global Brass and Copper Holdings’ amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Common Stock

The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, including the election of directors. Generally, all matters to be voted on by stockholders must be approved by a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of our common stock present in person or represented by proxy, subject to any voting rights granted to holders of any preferred stock. An election of directors by our stockholders shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote on the election. Holders of our common stock do not have any preemptive rights or cumulative voting rights, which means that the holders of a majority of the outstanding common stock voting for the election of directors can elect all directors then being elected. At completion of this offering will own a majority of the shares of our common stock. The holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends when, as, and if declared by the Board of Directors out of legally available funds. Upon the liquidation or dissolution of Global Brass and Copper Holdings, the holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in those of Global Brass and Copper Holdings’ assets that are legally available for distribution to its stockholders after payment of liabilities and subject to the prior rights of any holders of preferred stock then outstanding. All of the outstanding shares of our common stock are fully paid and nonassessable. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of our common stock are subject to the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that may be issued in the future. The shares of our common stock are not subject to any redemption provisions and are not convertible into any other shares of our capital stock.

Preferred Stock

Under the terms of Global Brass and Copper Holdings’ amended and restated certificate of incorporation (which will be in effect upon the consummation of this offering), Global Brass and Copper Holdings will be authorized to issue up to              shares of preferred stock without further action by holders of our common stock. The Board of Directors will be authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by Delaware law and Global Brass and Copper Holdings’ amended and restated certificate of incorporation, to determine the terms and conditions of the preferred stock, including whether the shares of preferred stock will be issued in one or more series, the number of shares to be included in each series and the powers, designations, preferences and rights of the shares. The Board of Directors will also be authorized to designate any qualifications, limitations or restrictions on the shares without any further vote or action by the stockholders. The purpose of authorizing the Board of Directors to issue preferred stock and determine its rights and preferences is to eliminate delays associated with a stockholder vote on specific issuances. The ability of the Board of Directors to issue preferred stock,

 

162


Table of Contents

while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions, future financings and other corporate purposes, could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, or could adversely affect the rights of holders of our common stock by restricting dividends on our common stock, diluting the voting power of our common stock, impairing the liquidation rights of our common stock or delaying or preventing a change in control without further action by the holders of our common stock. As a result of these or other factors, the issuance of preferred stock could have an adverse impact on the market price of our common stock.

Options

As of the completion of this offering, options to purchase a total of              shares of Global Brass and Copper Holdings’ common stock will be outstanding, of which              will be eligible for exercise or sale immediately following the completion of this offering. Options issued concurrently with completion of this offering, if any, will be exercisable at the same price as the offering price. Common stock may be subject to the granting of options under the equity incentive plan. See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc. 2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan” and “Shares Eligible for Future Sale”.

Special Meetings of Stockholders

Upon completion of this offering, the amended and restated bylaws of Global Brass and Copper Holdings will provide that special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the Board of Directors.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

Certain provisions in the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws of Global Brass and Copper Holdings summarized below may be deemed to have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, deter or prevent a tender offer or other takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider to be in its best interests, including attempts that might result in a premium being paid over the market price for the shares of our common stock held by stockholders.

No Action by Written Consent of Stockholders and Special Meetings of Stockholders

The amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws of Global Brass and Copper Holdings that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering will provide that any action required or permitted to be taken by its stockholders must be taken at a duly called meeting of stockholders and not by written consent.

Authorized But Unissued Shares

The amended and restated certificate of incorporation of Global Brass and Copper Holdings that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering will contain provisions that permit the Board of Directors to issue, without any further vote or action by the stockholders, shares of preferred stock and common stock in one or more series and, with respect to each such series, to fix the number of shares constituting the series and the designation of the series, the voting rights (if any) of the shares of the series and, with respect to preferred stock, the powers, preferences and relative, participation, optional and other special rights, if any, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions on the shares of such series. See “—Capital Stock—Preferred Stock”. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of our common stock and preferred stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

 

163


Table of Contents

Classified Board; Number of Directors

The amended and restated certificate of incorporation of Global Brass and Copper Holdings that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering will provide that the Board of Directors is divided into three classes of directors, with staggered three-year terms, with the classes to be as nearly equal in number as possible. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. The amended and restated certificate of incorporation will also provide that the number of directors on the Board of Directors may be fixed only by the majority of the Board of Directors, as described above in “Management—Board Structure—Composition”.

Removal of Directors; Vacancies

The stockholders of Global Brass and Copper Holdings will be able to remove directors only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of its capital stock entitled to vote in the election of directors. Vacancies on the Board of Directors may be filled only by a majority of the Board of Directors.

No Cumulative Voting

The amended and restated certificate of incorporation of Global Brass and Copper Holdings that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering will provide that stockholders do not have the right to vote cumulatively in the election of directors.

Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Director Nominations

The amended and restated bylaws of Global Brass and Copper Holdings that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering will provide that stockholders seeking to nominate candidates for election as directors or to bring business before an annual meeting of stockholders must provide timely notice of their proposal in writing to the corporate secretary.

Generally, to be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 60 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary date of the previous year’s annual meeting. The amended and restated bylaws of Global Brass and Copper Holdings that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering will also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. These provisions may impede stockholders’ ability to bring matters before an annual meeting of stockholders or make nominations for directors at an annual meeting of stockholders.

Supermajority Voting Requirement for Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation

The amended and restated certificate of incorporation of Global Brass and Copper Holdings that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering will provide that it can be amended only with the affirmative vote of the holders of 66  2 / 3 % of the shares of its capital stock then entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders.

Supermajority Voting Requirement for Amendment of Bylaws

The amended and restated bylaws of Global Brass and Copper Holdings that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering will provide that they can be amended only with the affirmative vote of the holders of 66  2 / 3 % of the shares of its capital stock then entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or by the vote of a majority of the Board of Directors.

 

164


Table of Contents

All the above-described provisions of the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws of Global Brass and Copper Holdings could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change in control. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of the Board of Directors and in the policies formulated by the Board of Directors and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened change of control. These provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal. The provisions also are intended to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. These same provisions may delay, deter or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider to be in its best interest. In addition, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for shares of our common stock and, as a consequence, they also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. Such provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in the management of Global Brass and Copper Holdings.

Section 203 of the DGCL

Upon the closing of this offering, the amended and restated certificate of incorporation of Global Brass and Copper Holdings will contain a provision to the effect that Global Brass and Copper Holdings will not be subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which would have imposed additional requirements regarding certain mergers and other business combinations. Section 203 of the DGCL provides that a corporation may not engage in a business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years following the time that such stockholder became an interested stockholder unless:

 

   

prior to such time the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

   

upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers and employee stock plans in which participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

   

at or subsequent to such time, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of 66  2 / 3 % of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Under Section 203 of the DGCL, an “interested stockholder” is any person (other than the corporation and any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary) who owns 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation or is an affiliate or associate of the corporation and was the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation at any time within the three-year period immediately prior to the date of determination, and the affiliates and associates of such person.

Corporate Opportunities

The amended and restated certificate of incorporation of Global Brass and Copper Holdings will provide that no officer or director of Global Brass and Copper Holdings who is also an officer, director, employee or other affiliate of KPS or an officer, director or employee of an affiliate of KPS will be liable to us or its stockholders for breach of any fiduciary duty by reason of the fact that any such individual directs a corporate opportunity to KPS or its affiliates instead of us, or does not communicate

 

165


Table of Contents

information regarding a corporate opportunity to us that such person or affiliate has directed to KPS or its affiliates. Similar provisions will apply to the constituent documents of the various direct and indirect subsidiaries of Global Brass and Copper Holdings.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

The amended and restated certificate of incorporation of Global Brass and Copper Holdings that will be in effect at the time of this offering will provide that no director will be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of any fiduciary duty as a director, except with respect to liability:

 

   

for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

   

for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

under Section 174 of the DGCL (governing distributions to stockholders); or

 

   

for any transaction from which the director derived any improper personal benefit.

However, if the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of the directors of Global Brass and Copper Holdings will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended. The modification or repeal of this provision of the amended and restated certificate of incorporation of Global Brass and Copper Holdings will not adversely affect any right or protection of a director existing at the time of such modification or repeal.

The amended and restated certificate of incorporation of Global Brass and Copper Holdings will provide that it will, to the fullest extent from time to time permitted by law, indemnify its directors and officers against all liabilities and expenses in any suit or proceeding, arising out of their status as an officer or director or their activities in these capacities. It will also indemnify any person who, at its request, is or was serving as a director, officer or employee of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. It may, by action of the Board of Directors, provide indemnification to its employees and agents within the same scope and effect as the foregoing indemnification of directors and officers.

The right to be indemnified will include the right of an officer or a director to be paid expenses in advance of the final disposition of any proceeding, provided that, if required by law, Global Brass and Copper Holdings receives an undertaking to repay such amount if it will be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified. The Board of Directors may take such action as it deems necessary to carry out these indemnification provisions, including adopting procedures for determining and enforcing indemnification rights and purchasing insurance policies. The Board of Directors may also adopt bylaws, resolutions or contracts implementing indemnification arrangements as may be permitted by law. Neither the amendment or repeal of these indemnification provisions, nor the adoption of any provision of its amended and restated certificate of incorporation inconsistent with these indemnification provisions, will eliminate or reduce any rights to indemnification relating to their status or any activities prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption. We believe these provisions will assist in attracting and retaining qualified individuals to serve as directors.

The amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws of Global Brass and Copper Holdings, which will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, will permit it to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of its current and former directors, officers, employees or agents against any liability asserted against them and incurred by them in any such capacity or arising out of their status as such. It currently maintains liability insurance for its officers and directors.

 

166


Table of Contents

Global Brass and Copper Holdings intends to enter into separate indemnification agreements with each of its directors and officers, which may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the DGCL. These indemnification agreements may require it, among other things, to indemnify its directors and officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers, other than liabilities arising from willful misconduct. These indemnification agreements may also require it to advance any expenses incurred by the directors or officers as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified and to obtain directors’ and officers’ insurance, if available on reasonable terms.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws of Global Brass and Copper Holdings may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions may also have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders.

Currently, to our knowledge, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers, employees or agents in which indemnification by us is sought, nor are we aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that may result in a claim for indemnification.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted for our directors, officers and controlling persons under the foregoing provisions or otherwise, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be             .

New York Stock Exchange Listing

We intend to apply to list our common stock on The New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “BRSS”.

 

167


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

ABL Facility

In November 2007, we entered into an ABL Facility with a group of lenders, and in August 2010, we completed an amendment and restatement of that facility. Maximum availability under the ABL Facility, as of September 30, 2011, was equal to $150.0 million and we may request an increase at our option, under certain circumstances, of up to $50.0 million.

Outstanding borrowings under the ABL Facility bear interest at a rate equal to either:

 

   

a base rate plus a margin between 2.0% and 2.5%, depending on excess availability levels, for base rate loans, or

 

   

LIBOR plus a margin of 3.0% to 3.5%, depending on excess availability levels for Eurodollar loans.

As of September 30, 2011, outstanding borrowings under the ABL Facility bore interest at a rate of 5.25% per year.

Global Brass and Copper Holdings is a guarantor of the ABL Facility and substantially all of its wholly owned domestic subsidiaries are borrowers under, or guarantors of, the ABL Facility. The ABL Facility is available on a revolving basis until its maturity date. Availability under the ABL Facility is based on a formula that is based on eligible inventory and eligible accounts receivable, subject to certain reserves and various adjustments. A portion of the funds available under the ABL Facility not in excess of $40.0 million is available for the issuance of letters of credit. As of September 30, 2011, maximum availability under the ABL Facility was $150.0 million, and remaining availability was $137.0 million, giving effect to $2 thousand of outstanding borrowings and to $13.0 million of outstanding letters of credit. The ABL Facility is secured by a first priority lien on accounts and inventory, and a second priority lien on all real estate, equipment and equity interests of the borrowers under, and guarantors of, the ABL Facility.

The agreement governing the ABL Facility restricts our ability to, among other things, incur indebtedness, grant liens, repurchase stock, pay cash dividends, make investments and acquisitions and sell assets, in each case subject to certain designated exceptions. In addition, the agreement governing the ABL Facility:

 

   

requires us to maintain excess availability of not less than $10.0 million for any two consecutive-day period each year;

 

   

requires us to maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.1:1 if our average excess availability for the prior five days is less than $22.5 million or is for one day less than $18.8 million;

 

   

requires us to apply substantially all cash collections to reduce outstanding borrowings under the ABL Facility when the maximum credit amount of $150.0 million or certain sublimits related to the borrowing base or letters of credit have been reached; and

 

   

permits the acquisition of certain joint venture interests and the indebtedness and guarantees by certain parties arising in connection with such acquisition, subject to certain capped amounts.

The funds available under the ABL Facility may be used to refinance or repurchase certain existing debt or for working capital and for general corporate purposes. The ABL Facility contains customary event of default clauses and cross-default provisions with respect to our other outstanding indebtedness, including the Term Loan Facility. Upon the occurrence of an event of default pursuant to

 

168


Table of Contents

the agreement governing the ABL Facility, lenders representing a majority of the commitments under the ABL Facility could require us to repay all outstanding borrowings under the ABL Facility and during the continuance of an event of default we would not be able to make additional borrowings under the ABL Facility. The ABL Facility will mature in August 2014.

We obtained a waiver from our lenders under the ABL Facility and the Term Loan Facility related to a technical restatement of the financial statements of Global Brass and Copper, Inc. previously delivered under the agreements governing those facilities and an additional waiver because the consolidated financial statements of Global Brass and Copper, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2010 could not be delivered within the prescribed time period as a result of the restatement. For more information, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Outstanding Indebtedness—The ABL Facility”.

On October 26, 2011 we agreed with our lender group to amend certain terms and provisions of the agreements governing our Term Loan Facility and our ABL Facility. In summary, the amended terms applicable to the ABL Facility:

 

   

permit us to pursue a strategic acquisition of up to $75.0 million on or before June 30, 2012, which is in addition to the existing $50.0 million permitted acquisition provision under the agreements governing such facilities prior to the amendments, subject to:

 

   

a requirement that compliance with the leverage ratio under our Term Loan Facility on a pro forma basis for the four consecutive most recently completed fiscal quarters prior to such acquisition be no greater than 3.5:1, or 0.5:1 more restrictive than the existing quarterly leverage ratio;

 

   

a requirement that our average excess availability under our ABL Facility for the 45 day period immediately prior to the date of acquisition and as if the acquisition took place on the first day of the 45 day period shall not be less than $60.0 million;

 

   

a requirement that at least 25% of the total gross cash consideration payable for the acquisition (including any deferred cash consideration) shall be paid with the proceeds of cash common equity contributed to us by KPS; and

 

   

a requirement that the aggregate amount of pro forma adjustments related to the acquisition that can be considered in the calculation of “Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA” (as defined in the agreement governing the Term Loan Facility) and “EBITDA” (as defined in the agreement governing the ABL Facility) for purposes of compliance with the terms and provisions of the Term Loan Facility and ABL Facility shall not exceed $6.5 million.

 

   

allow for an increase in the management fees permitted to be paid to KPS upon termination of the existing management services agreement between the Company and KPS in an amount not to exceed $6.0 million less any management fee payments made to KPS after the October 26, 2011 amendment prior to a Qualified IPO; and

 

   

modify the definition of “Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA” and “EBITDA” to permit the add-back of certain expenses associated with the October 26, 2011 amendment and the increased KPS management agreement termination fees referred to above.

For more information regarding covenant compliance pursuant to the agreement governing the ABL Facility, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Covenant Compliance”.

Term Loan Facility

In August 2010, we entered into a credit and guarantee agreement with a group of lenders for our $315 million Term Loan Facility. Global Brass and Copper Holdings is a guarantor of the Term Loan Facility and all of its domestic subsidiaries are borrowers under, or guarantors of, the Term Loan Facility. The term loans outstanding under the Term Loan Facility are subject to scheduled

 

169


Table of Contents

amortization payments in an amount equal to 1.0% per annum of the aggregate outstanding principal amount, payable in equal quarterly installments at the end of each fiscal quarter. The amount of debt under the Term Loan Facility recorded on our financial statements reflects the borrowing of the outstanding amount thereunder and a closing fee of 3.0% that was paid in connection with the closing of the Term Loan Facility. The fee is being amortized as original discount over the life of the Term Loan Facility as interest expense.

Outstanding borrowings under the Term Loan Facility bear interest at a rate equal to either:

 

   

a base rate plus 7.25%, subject to a base rate floor of 3.0% for base rate loans, and

 

   

LIBOR plus 8.25%, subject to a LIBOR floor of 2.0% for Eurodollar loans.

As of September 30, 2011, the total outstanding amount under the Term Loan Facility was $311.7 million, bearing interest at a rate of 10.25% per year. Currently, the Term Loan Facility is secured by a first priority lien on all real estate, equipment and equity interests, and a second priority lien on accounts and inventory.

The agreement governing the Term Loan Facility restricts our ability to, among other things, incur indebtedness, grant liens, repurchase stock, pay cash dividends, make investments and acquisitions and sell assets, in each case subject to certain designated exceptions. The agreement governing the Term Loan Facility permits the acquisition of certain joint venture interests and the indebtedness and guarantees by certain parties arising in connection with such acquisition, subject to certain capped amounts.

The agreement governing the Term Loan Facility also contains financial maintenance covenants including:

 

   

a minimum interest coverage ratio as of the last day of any fiscal quarter of 2.5:1 through the quarter ending December 31, 2013, (increasing to 3.0:1 for and after the quarter ending March 31, 2014 through June 30, 2015);

 

   

a maximum leverage ratio as of the last day of any fiscal quarter of 4.5:1 (declining to 4.25:1 for the quarter ending September 30, 2011, declining to 4.0:1 for the quarter ending December 31, 2011 and declining by 0.5:1 every fourth quarter thereafter) to 2.5:1 for the quarter ending December 31, 2014 and each quarter thereafter; and

 

   

a maximum capital expenditure limit of $30.0 million for each fiscal year (subject to certain adjustments and carryover provisions).

The funds from the Term Loan Facility were used primarily to refinance or repurchase then-existing debt. The agreement governing the Term Loan Facility contains customary event of default clauses and cross-default provisions with respect to our other outstanding indebtedness, including the ABL Facility. Upon the occurrence of an event of default pursuant to the agreement governing the Term Loan Facility, lenders representing a majority of the principal amount of loans outstanding under the Term Loan Facility could require us to repay all outstanding borrowings under the Term Loan Facility. The Term Loan Facility will mature in August 2015.

We obtained a waiver from our lenders under the ABL Facility and the Term Loan Facility related to a technical restatement of the financial statements of Global Brass and Copper, Inc. previously delivered under the agreements governing those facilities and an additional waiver because the consolidated financial statements of Global Brass and Copper, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2010 could not be delivered within the prescribed time period as a result of the restatement. For more information, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Outstanding Indebtedness—The ABL Facility”.

 

170


Table of Contents

On October 26, 2011 we agreed with our lender group to amend the minimum interest coverage ratio has been amended such that we must maintain a minimum interest coverage ratio as of the last day of any fiscal quarter of at least 2.5:1 through the quarter ending December 31, 2013, increasing to 3.0:1 for and after the quarter ending March 31, 2014 through June 30, 2015. Prior to this amendment, the interest coverage ratio was set to increase to 3.0:1 for the test on the last day of the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011. Additionally, certain other terms and provisions of the agreements governing our Term Loan Facility and our ABL Facility were amended. In summary, the amended terms:

 

   

permit us to pursue a strategic acquisition of up to $75.0 million on or before June 30, 2012, which is in addition to the existing $50.0 million permitted acquisition provision under the agreements governing such facilities prior to the amendments, subject to:

 

   

a requirement that compliance with the leverage ratio under our Term Loan Facility on a pro forma basis for the four consecutive most recently completed fiscal quarters prior to such acquisition be no greater than 3.5:1, or 0.5:1 more restrictive than the existing quarterly leverage ratio;

 

   

a requirement that our average excess availability under our ABL Facility for the 45 day period immediately prior to the date of acquisition and as if the acquisition took place on the first day of the 45 day period shall not be less than $60.0 million;

 

   

a requirement that at least 25% of the total gross cash consideration payable for the acquisition (including any deferred cash consideration) shall be paid with the proceeds of cash common equity contributed to us by KPS; and

 

   

a requirement that the aggregate amount of pro forma adjustments related to the acquisition that can be considered in the calculation of “Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA” (as defined in the agreement governing the Term Loan Facility) and “EBITDA” (as defined in the agreement governing the ABL Facility) for purposes of compliance with the terms and provisions of the Term Loan Facility and ABL Facility shall not exceed $6.5 million.

 

   

allow for an increase in the management fees permitted to be paid to KPS upon termination of the existing management services agreement between the Company and KPS in an amount not to exceed $6.0 million less any management fee payments made to KPS after the October 26, 2011 amendment prior to a Qualified IPO; and

 

   

modify the definition of “Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA” and “EBITDA”, to permit the add-back of certain expenses associated with the October 26, 2011 amendment and the increased KPS management agreement termination fees referred to above.

For more information regarding covenant compliance pursuant to the agreement governing the Term Loan Facility, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Covenant Compliance”.

 

171


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We cannot make any prediction as to the effect, if any, that sales of common stock or the availability of common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock. The market price of our common stock could decline because of the sale of a large number of shares of our common stock or the perception that such sales could occur. These factors could also make it more difficult to raise funds through future offerings of common stock. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to an Investment in Our Common Stock and this Offering—Future sales of shares of our common stock in the public market could cause our stock price to fall significantly even if our business is profitable”.

Sale of Restricted Shares

Upon the completion of this offering, we will have              shares of common stock outstanding, excluding              shares of common stock underlying outstanding options. Of these shares,              the              shares sold in this offering (or              shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) will be freely tradable without restriction or further restriction under the Securities Act, except that any shares purchased by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, may generally only be sold in compliance with the limitations of Rule 144 described below. As defined in Rule 144, an affiliate of an issuer is a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the issuer. After this offering, approximately              of our outstanding shares of common stock will be deemed “restricted securities,” as that term is defined under Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below, or any other applicable exemption under the Securities Act. Immediately following the consummation of this offering, the holders of approximately              shares of common stock will be entitled to dispose of their shares pursuant to the holding period, volume and other restrictions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, and the holders of approximately              shares of common stock, representing approximately     % of our outstanding common stock, will be entitled to dispose of their shares following the expiration of an initial 180-day underwriter “lock-up” period pursuant to the holding period, volume and other restrictions of Rule 144. The underwriters are entitled to waive these lock-up provisions at their discretion prior to the expiration dates of such lock-up agreements.

Rule 144

The availability of Rule 144 will vary depending on whether restricted securities are held by an affiliate or a non-affiliate. In general, under Rule 144, an affiliate who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of one percent of the then outstanding shares of our common stock or the average weekly trading volume of our common stock reported through the NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding such sale. Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us. The volume limitations, manner of sale and notice provisions described above will not apply to sales by non-affiliates. For purposes of Rule 144, a non-affiliate is any person or entity who is not our affiliate at the time of sale and has not been our affiliate during the preceding three months. A non-affiliate who has beneficially owned restricted securities for six months may rely on Rule 144 provided that certain public information regarding us is available. A non-affiliate who has beneficially owned the restricted securities proposed to be sold for at least one year will not be subject to any restrictions under Rule 144.

 

172


Table of Contents

Rule 701

Securities issued in reliance on Rule 701 under the Securities Act are also restricted and may be sold by stockholders other than our affiliates subject only to the manner of sale provisions of Rule 144 and by affiliates under Rule 144 without compliance with its one year holding period requirement.

Options/Equity Awards

We intend to file a registration statement under the Securities Act to register              shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2012 Plan. As of                     , 2012, there were              options outstanding under our 2012 Plan to purchase a total of              shares of our common stock, of which options to purchase              shares were exercisable immediately. Shares issued upon the exercise of stock options after the effective date of the registration statement will be eligible for resale in the public market without restriction, subject to Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates and the lock-up agreements described below.

Lock-up Agreements

We and each of our executive officers, directors and the selling stockholder have agreed with the underwriters, that for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, we or they will not offer, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of or hedge any shares of our common stock, or any options or warrants to purchase any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock, subject to specified exceptions. The representatives of the underwriters may, in their discretion, release all or any portion of the shares from the restrictions in any such agreement. See “Underwriting” for additional information regarding such agreements and the exceptions thereto.

Registration Rights

We intend to provide the selling stockholder with registration rights with respect to the additional shares of our common stock it will hold after the completion of this offering.

 

173


Table of Contents

MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX

CONSEQUENCES FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a discussion of the material U.S. Federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of common stock by Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below) that acquire common stock pursuant to this offering and that hold such shares as capital assets (generally, for investment). This discussion is not a complete analysis or listing of all of the possible tax consequences of such transactions and does not address all tax considerations that might be relevant to particular holders in light of their personal circumstances or to persons that are subject to special tax rules. In addition, this description of the material U.S. Federal income tax consequences does not address the tax treatment of special classes of Non-U.S. Holders, such as:

 

   

financial institutions

 

   

regulated investment companies

 

   

real estate investment trusts

 

   

tax-exempt entities

 

   

insurance companies

 

   

persons holding the shares as part of a hedging, integrated or conversion transaction, constructive sale or “straddle”

 

   

persons who acquired common stock through the exercise or cancellation of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation for their services

 

   

U.S. expatriates

 

   

persons subject to the alternative minimum tax

 

   

dealers or traders in securities or currencies.

This summary does not address estate and gift tax consequences (except to the extent specifically provided herein) or tax consequences under any state, local or foreign laws.

For purposes of this section, you are a “U.S. Holder” if you are: (1) an individual citizen of the United States or a resident alien of the United States as determined for U.S. Federal income tax purposes; (2) a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. Federal income tax purposes) created or organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia; (3) an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. Federal income taxation regardless of its source; or (4) a trust (A) if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary jurisdiction over its administration and one or more U.S. persons have authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (B) that has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

The term “Non-U.S. Holder” means any Holder of our common stock that is neither a U.S. Holder nor a partnership (including for this purpose any entity that is treated as a partnership for U.S. Federal income tax purposes).

If a partnership or other pass-through entity is a beneficial owner of our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner or other owner will generally depend upon the status of the partner (or other owner) and the activities of the entity. If you are a partner (or other owner) of a pass-through entity that acquires our common stock, you should consult your tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of acquiring, owning and disposing of our common stock.

 

174


Table of Contents

The following discussion is based upon the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), U.S. judicial decisions, administrative pronouncements and existing and proposed Treasury regulations, all as in effect as of the date hereof. All of the preceding authorities are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect, which may result in U.S. Federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. We have not requested, and will not request, a ruling from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) with respect to any of the U.S. Federal income tax consequences described below, and as a result there can be no assurance that the IRS will not disagree with or challenge any of the conclusions we have reached and describe herein.

The following discussion is for general information only and is not intended to be, nor should it be construed to be, legal or tax advice to any holder or prospective holder of our common stock and no opinion or representation with respect to the U.S. Federal income tax consequences to any such holder or prospective holder is made. Prospective purchasers are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the particular consequences to them under U.S. Federal, state and local, and applicable foreign tax laws of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

Distributions

Distributions of cash or property that we pay in respect of our common stock will constitute dividends for U.S. Federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. Federal income tax principles). Distributions of cash and property that constitute dividends for U.S. Federal income tax purposes generally will be subject to U.S. Federal withholding at a thirty percent (30%) rate unless a reduced rate is prescribed by an applicable income tax treaty. If the amount of the distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, such excess first will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of your tax basis in our common stock, and thereafter will be treated as capital gain. However, except to the extent that we elect (or the paying agent or other intermediary through which you hold your common stock elects) otherwise, we (or the intermediary) must generally withhold on the entire distribution, in which case you would be entitled to a refund from the IRS for the withholding tax on the portion of the distribution that exceeded our current and accumulated earnings and profits.

Subject to the discussion of FATCA below, in order to obtain a reduced rate of U.S. Federal withholding tax under an applicable income tax treaty, you will be required to provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN (or successor form) certifying your entitlement to benefits under the treaty. If you are eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. Federal withholding tax under an income tax treaty, you may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS. You are urged to consult your own tax advisor regarding your possible entitlement to benefits under an income tax treaty.

Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock

Subject to the discussion below concerning backup withholding and FATCA, you generally will not be subject to U.S. Federal income or withholding tax in respect of any gain on a sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock unless:

 

   

the gain is U.S. trade or business income, in which case, such gain will be taxed as described in “U.S. Trade or Business Income,” below;

 

   

you are an individual who is present in the United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met, in which case you will be subject to U.S. Federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or a reduced rate under an applicable tax treaty) on the amount by which certain capital gains allocable to U.S. sources exceed certain capital losses allocable to U.S. sources; or

 

175


Table of Contents
   

we are or have been a “U.S. real property holding corporation” (a “USRPHC”) under section 897 of the Code at any time during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition and your holding period for the common stock, in which case, subject to the exception set forth in the second sentence of the next paragraph, such gain will be subject to U.S. Federal income tax in the same manner as U.S. trade or business income.

In general, a corporation is a USRPHC if the fair market value of its “U.S. real property interests” equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests and its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. In the event that we are determined to be a USRPHC, gain will not be subject to tax as U.S. trade or business income if your holdings (direct and indirect) at all times during the applicable period constituted 5% or less of our common stock, provided that our common stock was regularly traded on an established securities market during such period. We believe that we are not currently, and we do not anticipate becoming in the future, a “U.S. real property holding corporation” for U.S. Federal income tax purposes.

U.S. Trade or Business Income

For purposes of this discussion, dividend income and gain on the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our common stock will be considered to be “U.S. trade or business income” if (A) such income or gain is (i) effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business within the United States and (ii) if you are eligible for the benefits of an income tax treaty with the United States, attributable to a permanent establishment (or, if you are an individual, a fixed base) that you maintain in the United States or (B) we are or have been a USRPHC at any time during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition of your interest and your holding period for the common stock (subject to the exception set forth above in the second paragraph of “Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock)”. Generally, U.S. trade or business income is not subject to U.S. Federal withholding tax, provided that you comply with applicable certification and disclosure requirements, including providing a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or successor form); instead, you are subject to U.S. Federal income tax on a net basis at regular U.S. Federal income tax rates (in the same manner as a U.S. person) on your U.S. trade or business income. If you are a corporation, any U.S. trade or business income that you receive may also be subject to a “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate, or at a lower rate prescribed by an applicable income tax treaty.

U.S. Federal Estate Tax

If you are an individual Non-U.S. Holder who is treated as the owner of or has made certain lifetime transfers of an interest in our common stock, you will be required to include the value thereof in your gross estate for U.S. Federal estate tax purposes, and you may be subject to U.S. Federal estate tax unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Tax

We must annually report to the IRS and to each Non-U.S. Holder any dividend income that is subject to U.S. Federal withholding tax, or that is exempt from such withholding pursuant to an income tax treaty. Copies of these information returns may also be made available under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which a Non-U.S. Holder resides. Under certain circumstances, the Code imposes a backup withholding obligation on certain reportable payments. Dividends paid to you will generally be exempt from backup withholding if you provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN (or successor form) or otherwise establish an exemption and we do not have actual knowledge or reason to know that you are a U.S. person or that the conditions of such other exemption are not, in fact, satisfied.

The payment of the proceeds from the disposition of our common stock to or through the U.S. office of any broker (U.S. or non-U.S.) will be subject to information reporting and possible backup

 

176


Table of Contents

withholding unless you certify as to your non-U.S. status under penalties of perjury or otherwise establish an exemption and the broker does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that you are a U.S. person or that the conditions of any other exemption are not, in fact, satisfied. The payment of proceeds from the disposition of our common stock to or through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker will not be subject to information reporting or backup withholding unless the non-U.S. broker has certain types of relationships with the United States (a “U.S. related financial intermediary”). In the case of the payment of proceeds from the disposition of our common stock to or through a non-U.S. office of a broker that is either a U.S. person or a U.S. related financial intermediary, the Treasury regulations require information reporting (but not backup withholding) on the payment unless the broker has documentary evidence in its files that the owner is a Non-U.S. Holder and the broker has no knowledge to the contrary. You are urged to consult your tax advisor on the application of information reporting and backup withholding in light of your particular circumstances.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to you will be refunded or credited against your U.S. Federal income tax liability, if any, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS.

FATCA

Pursuant to Code provisions commonly referred to as “FATCA”, foreign financial institutions (which include most hedge funds, private equity funds, mutual funds, securitization vehicles and any other investment vehicles regardless of their size) must comply with certain information reporting rules with respect to their U.S. account holders and investors or be subject to a 30% withholding tax with respect to “withholdable payments”. For this purpose, withholdable payments are U.S.-source payments otherwise subject to nonresident withholding tax and also include the entire gross proceeds from the sale of any equity or debt instruments of U.S. issuers. The new FATCA withholding tax will apply even if the payment would otherwise not be subject to U.S. nonresident withholding tax (e.g., because it is capital gain treated as foreign source income under the Code). 2011 IRS guidance provides that regulations implementing this legislation will defer this withholding obligation until January 1, 2014 for payments of dividends on common stock of U.S. corporations and until January 1, 2015 for payments of gross proceeds from dispositions of common stock of such corporations. Treasury is authorized to provide rules for implementing the FATCA withholding regime and coordinating the FATCA withholding regime with the existing nonresident withholding tax rules.

FATCA withholding will not apply to withholdable payments made directly to foreign governments, international organizations, and foreign central banks of issue, and Treasury is authorized to provide additional exceptions.

Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of the FATCA provisions to them based on their particular circumstances.

Additional Tax on Investment Income

For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012, certain persons, including certain individuals, estates and trusts that do not qualify as “nonresident aliens” within the meaning of Section 1411 of the Code, will be required to pay a 3.8% Medicare surtax on “net investment income” including, among other things, dividends and net gain from disposition of property (other than property held in a trade or business). The term “nonresident alien” is not defined in Section 1411 or elsewhere in the Code, and it is unclear whether the term refers only to nonresident alien individuals or whether the term also includes foreign estates and trusts. Accordingly, Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of the Reconciliation Act on their ownership and disposition of our common stock.

 

177


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We, the selling stockholder and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC are the representatives of the underwriters.

 

Underwriters

   Number of Shares

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

  

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Total

  

The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

If the underwriters sell more shares than the total number set forth in the table above, the underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional              shares from the selling stockholder. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following tables show the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by the selling stockholder. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase              additional shares.

Paid by the Selling Stockholder

 

     No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Per Share

   $                    $                

Total

   $         $     

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $             per share from the initial public offering price. If all the shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

The selling stockholder may be deemed an “underwriter” within the meaning of Section 2(11) of the Securities Act. The selling stockholder represented to us at the time of its purchase of our common stock that such purchase was made for investment purposes and not with a view towards distribution.

We have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of, any of our securities that are substantially similar to the shares of our common stock, including but not limited to any options or warrants to purchase shares of our common stock or any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, our common stock or any such substantially similar securities (other than pursuant to employee stock option plans existing on the date hereof, or upon the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities issued pursuant to such employee stock plans or outstanding as of the date of this prospectus), during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, without the prior written consent of the representatives of the underwriters. This agreement does not apply to any existing employee benefit plans. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

 

178


Table of Contents

Our executive officers, directors and the selling stockholder have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of or hedge any of their shares of our common stock or any options or warrants to purchase any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of our common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representatives of the underwriters. The foregoing restrictions shall not apply to (a) bona fide gifts, (b) dispositions to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the applicable officer, director or selling stockholder or the such person’s immediate family, (c) transfers in response to a bona fide third party take-over bid made to all holders of shares of our common stock or any other acquisition transaction whereby all or substantially all of the shares of our common stock are acquired by a bona fide third party, (d) if the party to such agreement is a corporation, limited partnership, limited liability company or other entity, transfers of our common stock by such entity to its partners, members, stockholders or other affiliates, or any wholly owned subsidiary of such entity, or (e) sales of shares of our common stock purchased by such executive officer, director or the selling stockholder in open market transactions following the completion of this offering. For purposes of this paragraph, “immediate family” means any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be automatically extended if: (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 15-day period following the last day of the 180-day period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release of the announcement of the material news or material event.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price has been negotiated among us, the selling stockholder and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be the company’s historical performance, estimates of the business potential and earnings prospects of our company, an assessment of our company’s management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

An application has been made to list the common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “BRSS”. In order to meet one of the requirements for listing the common stock on the NYSE, the underwriters have undertaken to sell lots of 100 or more shares to a minimum of 400 beneficial holders.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of the common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from the selling stockholder in the offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option granted to them. “Naked” short sales are any sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the

 

179


Table of Contents

common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of the common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the company’s stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued at any time. These transactions may be effected on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the Relevant Implementation Date) it has not made and will not make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

 

  (a) to legal entities which are authorised or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorised or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

 

  (b) to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than 43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than 50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;

 

  (c) to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

  (d) in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the Issuer of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

 

180


Table of Contents

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

  (a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares of common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

 

  (b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

 

181


Table of Contents

The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered.

The company and the selling stockholder estimate that their share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be $            .

The company and the selling stockholder have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for the issuer, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses. An affiliate of Goldman, Sachs & Co. is the administrative agent and collateral agent pursuant to the agreement governing the Term Loan Facility.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments, including serving as counterparties to certain derivative and hedging arrangements, and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

 

182


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, New York, New York, will pass on the validity of the common stock offered by this prospectus for us and the selling stockholder. Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP has represented KPS and its related parties from time to time in various matters. The underwriters have been represented by Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, New York, New York.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc. as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

After we complete this offering, we will become subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and will file annual, quarterly and current reports and other information with the SEC. We have also filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 with respect to the common stock being sold in this offering. This prospectus constitutes a part of that registration statement. This prospectus does not contain all the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement because some parts have been omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock being sold in this offering, you should refer to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed as part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any agreement, contract or other document referred to are not necessarily complete. Reference is made in each instance to the copy of the actual contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each statement is qualified by reference to the exhibit. You may inspect a copy of the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules without charge at the SEC’s principal office in Washington, D.C. and at the SEC’s website referred to below. Copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained after payment of fees prescribed by the SEC from the SEC’s Public Reference Room at the SEC’s principal office, at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549.

You may obtain information regarding the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, including a copy of the registration statement of which this prospectus constitutes a part and its exhibits and schedules, and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The SEC’s website address is www.sec.gov.

 

183


Table of Contents

I NDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Unaudited Financial Statements   

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets (Unaudited) at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010

     F-2   

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations (Unaudited) for the nine months ended September  30, 2011 and 2010

     F-3   

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity and Comprehensive Income (Unaudited) for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010

     F-4   

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited) for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010

     F-5   

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

     F-6   

Audited Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-17   

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2010 and 2009

     F-18   

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

     F-19   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity and Comprehensive Income for the years ended December  31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

     F-20   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

     F-21   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-22   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc.

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets (Unaudited)

 

     September 30,     December 31,  
(In thousands, except share and per share data)    2011     2010  

Assets

    

Current assets:

    

Cash

   $ 40,634      $ 15,523   

Accounts receivable (net of allowance of $6,269 and $7,921 at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively)

     203,250        161,389   

Inventories

     163,880        192,898   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     24,752        30,662   

Deferred income taxes

     26,658        28,433   

Income tax receivable

     3,612        2,139   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     462,786        431,044   

Property, plant and equipment, net

     51,589        39,710   

Investment in joint venture

     3,321        2,387   

Goodwill

     4,399        4,399   

Intangible assets, net

     1,001        1,150   

Deferred income taxes

     31,903        34,354   

Other noncurrent assets

     10,820        16,257   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 565,819      $ 529,301   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and equity

    

Current liabilities:

    

Current maturities of long-term debt

   $ 3,672      $ 3,606   

Accounts payable

     107,971        77,982   

Accrued liabilities

     59,526        78,002   

Accrued interest

     4,122        4,220   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     175,291        163,810   

Long-term debt

     301,125        302,586   

Other noncurrent liabilities

     31,239        35,667   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     507,655        502,063   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Notes 11 and 12)

              

Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc. stockholder’s equity:

    

Common stock—$.01 par value; 200 shares authorized; 100 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010

              

Additional paid-in capital

     10,498        10,206   

Retained earnings

     43,948        12,566   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     2,089        1,561   

Receivable from stockholder

     (1,544       
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc. stockholder’s equity

     54,991        24,333   

Noncontrolling interest

     3,173        2,905   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

     58,164        27,238   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 565,819      $ 529,301   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations (Unaudited)

 

     Nine Months Ended  
     September 30,  
(In thousands, except share data)    2011     2010  

Net sales

   $ 1,405,666      $ 1,285,603   

Cost of sales

     1,273,671        1,170,901   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     131,995        114,702   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     52,441        53,489   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     79,554        61,213   

Third party interest expense

     30,870        13,629   

Related party interest expense

            2,463   

Other (income) expense, net

     (488     599   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes and equity income

     49,172        44,522   

Provision for income taxes

     18,167        17,114   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before equity income

     31,005        27,408   

Equity income, net of tax

     553        1,146   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     31,558        28,554   

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

     176        342   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to
Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc.

   $ 31,382      $ 28,212   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Per Share Data:

    

Cash dividends declared per common share

          $ 425   

Basic earnings per common share:

    

Net income per common share

   $ 313.82      $ 282.12   

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

    

Basic

     100        100   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity and Condensed

Comprehensive Income (Unaudited)

 

(Dollars in thousands)   Common
stock
    Additional
paid-in
capital
    Retained
earnings
(Accumulated
deficit)
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income
    Receivable
from
stockholder
    Total
Global Brass
and Copper
Holdings, Inc.

stockholder’s
equity
    Noncontrolling
interest
    Total
equity
 

Balance at
December 31, 2009

  $      $ 20,000      $ 936      $ 1,119      $      $ 22,055      $ 2,322      $ 24,377   

Profit interests compensation

           3,452                             3,452               3,452   

Distribution to shareholder

           (13,246     (29,254                   (42,500            (42,500

Other comprehensive income:

               

Net income

                  28,212                      28,212        342        28,554   

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax of $185

                         291               291        39        330   
           

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

              28,503        381        28,884   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at
September 30, 2010

  $      $ 10,206      $ (106   $ 1,410      $      $ 11,510      $ 2,703      $ 14,213   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
(Dollars in thousands)   Common
stock
    Additional
paid-in
capital
    Retained
earnings
    Accumulated
other

comprehensive
income
    Receivable
from
stockholder
    Total
Global Brass
and Copper
Holdings, Inc.

stockholder’s
equity
    Noncontrolling
interest
    Total
equity
 

Balance at
December 31, 2010

  $      $ 10,206      $ 12,566      $ 1,561      $      $ 24,333      $ 2,905      $ 27,238   

Profit interests compensation

           292                             292               292   

Amounts due from stockholder

                                (1,544     (1,544            (1,544

Other comprehensive income:

               

Net income

                  31,382                      31,382        176        31,558   

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax of $301

                         528               528        92        620   
           

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

              31,910        268        32,178   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at
September 30, 2011

  $      $ 10,498      $ 43,948      $ 2,089      $ (1,544   $ 54,991      $ 3,173      $ 58,164   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited)

 

    For the Nine Months
Ended
 
    September 30,  
(Dollars in thousands)   2011     2010  

Cash flows from operating activities

   

Net income

  $ 31,558      $ 28,554   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
operating activities:

   

Mark to market on commodity contracts

    6,522        14,635   

Mark to market on interest rate cap agreements

    1,840          

Depreciation

    3,328        2,080   

Amortization of intangible assets

    149        149   

Amortization of debt discount and issuance costs

    3,439        1,191   

Profit interests compensation

    292        3,452   

Provision for bad debts

    (4     1,579   

Deferred income taxes

    (503     (4,469

Gain on sale of property, plant and equipment

    (64     (13

Equity income, net of tax

    (553     (1,146

Distributions from equity method investment

    500        566   

Change in assets and liabilities:

   

Accounts receivable

    (41,856     (50,732

Inventories

    29,002        8,924   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    5,908        (5,721

Accounts payable

    30,013        33,481   

Accrued liabilities

    (24,981     5,699   

Accrued interest

    (98     (2,568

Income taxes, net

    (1,473     1,991   

Other, net

    1,348        2,785   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

    44,367        40,437   

Cash flows from investing activities

   

Capital expenditures

    (15,062     (5,882

Proceeds from sale of fixed assets

    70        15   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

    (14,992     (5,867

Cash flows from financing activities

   

Payments on term loan

    (2,475       

Deferred financing fees

           (14,996

Proceeds from term loan, net of discount

           305,550   

Borrowings on revolving credit facility

    167,518        1,087,113   

Payments on revolving credit facility

    (167,516     (1,252,732

Payments on related party debt

           (119,805

Principal payments on capital lease obligations

    (266       

Distribution to stockholder

           (42,500

Amounts due from stockholder

    (1,544       

Cash overdrafts

           5,210   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

    (4,283     (32,160

Effect of foreign currency exchange rates

    19        (302
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash

    25,111        2,108   

Cash at beginning of period

    15,523        7,832   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash at end of period

  $ 40,634      $ 9,940   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noncash Investing Activities

   

Capital lease obligations

  $ 157      $   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(All dollar amounts in thousands)

1. Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc. (“Holdings” or the “Company”), an investee company of KPS Capital Partners, L.P. and its affiliates (“KPS”), was incorporated in Delaware, on October 10, 2007. KPS is the majority shareholder of Halkos Holdings, LLC (“Halkos”). Halkos owns 100% of Holdings. Holdings, through its wholly-owned principal operating subsidiary, Global Brass and Copper, Inc. (“GBC”), commenced commercial operations on November 19, 2007 through the acquisition of the metals business from Olin Corporation. GBC is a leading value added manufacturer, fabricator and distributor of specialty copper and brass products in North America.

Results of operations for the interim periods presented are not necessarily indicative of results which may be expected for any other interim period or for the year as a whole. There have been no significant changes to the Company’s significant accounting policies during the nine months ended September 30, 2011. These interim financial statements should be read in conjunction with the December 31, 2010 consolidated financial statements of the Company.

The accompanying unaudited interim financial statements include all normal recurring adjustments which are, in the opinion of management, necessary to a fair statement of the results for the interim periods presented. During September 2011, the Company identified an error relating to the accounting surrounding workers’ compensation insurance. Correcting the error in the nine month period ended September 30, 2011 increased prepaid expenses and other current assets by $7,269, increased accrued liabilities by $7,225, and decreased cost of sales by $44. The Company determined that the impact of the error on the originating periods was not material, and accordingly a restatement of prior period financial statements was not considered necessary. The Company also determined the impact of correcting the error in the nine months ended September 30, 2011 was not material. The December 31, 2010 consolidated balance sheet data was derived from audited financial statements, but does not include all disclosures required by accounting principles generally accepted in The United States of America. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in annual financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States have been condensed or omitted.

These condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, its wholly-owned subsidiaries and its majority-owned subsidiaries in which the Company has a controlling interest. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions relative to wholly- and majority-owned subsidiaries have been eliminated. The equity method is used to account for investments in affiliated companies, 20% to 50% owned where the Company does not hold a controlling voting interest and does not direct the matters that most significantly impact the investee’s operations.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements. In addition, it requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of net sales and expenses during the reporting period. Actual amounts could differ from those estimates.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(All dollar amounts in thousands)

 

2. Inventories

The Company’s inventories are as follows:

 

     September 30,
2011
     December 31,
2010
 

Raw materials and supplies

   $ 19,619       $ 22,281   

Work-in-process

     79,151         96,041   

Finished goods

     65,110         74,576   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total inventories

   $ 163,880       $ 192,898   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market, with the material costs of inventory being determined principally on a last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) basis. Other manufactured inventories, including the non-material components and certain non-U.S. inventories, are valued on a first-in first-out (“FIFO”) basis.

At September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the total amounts of inventories valued on a LIFO basis were 68% and 73%, respectively. If all inventories had been valued at period-end market values, inventories would have been approximately $297,813 and $421,753 at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.

3. Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

The Company’s prepaid expenses and other current assets are as follows:

 

     September 30,
2011
     December 31,
2010
 

Collateral on deposit - commodity contracts

   $ 10,187       $ 24,873   

Deferred financing fees, net

     3,399         3,399   

Loss fund payments - workers’ compensation

     7,977         866   

Prepaid insurance

     1,710         127   

Other

     1,479         1,397   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total prepaid expenses and other current assets

   $ 24,752       $ 30,662   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

4. Property, Plant and Equipment

Depreciation expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 was $3,328 and $2,080, respectively. The Company’s property, plant and equipment balances are as follows:

 

     September 30,
2011
    December 31,
2010
    Useful Life
(in years)
 

Land and land improvements

   $ 1,598      $ 1,513     

Buildings

     7,483        2,232        20   

Machinery and equipment

     34,113        26,247        12   

Information technology

     1,917        1,549        5   

Motor vehicles

     184        85        5   

Investment in capital leases

     1,125        968        5   

Construction-in-process

     13,467        11,918     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Gross property, plant and equipment

     59,887        44,512     

Accumulated depreciation

     (8,298     (4,802  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Property, plant and equipment, net

   $ 51,589      $ 39,710     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(All dollar amounts in thousands)

 

5. Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities consisted of the following:

 

     September 30,
2011
     December 31,
2010
 

Commodity pricing contracts

   $ 14,254       $ 35,464   

Personnel expense

     19,208         20,597   

Workers’ compensation

     15,025         8,262   

Professional fees

     1,791         3,305   

Insurance

     1,601         1,753   

Utilities

     1,981         1,814   

Taxes

     1,968         1,965   

Other

     3,698         4,842   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued liabilities

   $ 59,526       $ 78,002   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

6. Long-Term Debt

Long-term debt consisted of the following:

 

     September 30,
2011
    December 31,
2010
 

Revolving credit facility

   $ 2      $   

Senior secured term loan

     311,700        314,175   

Discount, net of amortization

     (7,712     (8,899

Obligations under capital leases

     807        916   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     304,797        306,192   

Less: Current maturities of long-term debt

     3,672        3,606   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

   $ 301,125      $ 302,586   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

On October 26, 2011 the Company agreed with its lender group to amend the minimum interest coverage ratio pursuant to the agreement governing the Credit and Guaranty Agreement such that the Company must maintain a minimum interest coverage ratio as of the last day of any fiscal quarter of at least 2.5:1 through the quarter ending December 31, 2013, increasing to 3.0:1 for and after the quarter ending March 31, 2014 through June 30, 2015. Prior to this amendment, the interest coverage ratio was set to increase to 3.0:1 effective upon the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011.

Additionally, certain other terms and provisions of the Credit and Guaranty Agreement and Revolving Credit Facility were amended. In summary, the amended terms:

 

   

permit the Company to pursue a strategic acquisition of up to $75,000 on or before June 30, 2012, which is in addition to the existing $50,000 permitted acquisition provision included in the initial agreements, subject to:

 

   

a requirement that compliance with the leverage ratio under the Credit and Guaranty Agreement on a pro forma basis for the four consecutive most recently completed fiscal quarters prior to such acquisition be no greater than 3.5:1, or 0.5:1 more restrictive than the existing quarterly leverage ratio;

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(All dollar amounts in thousands)

 

 

   

a requirement that the average excess availability under the Revolving Credit Facility for the 45 day period immediately prior to the date of acquisition and as if the acquisition took place on the first day of the 45 day period shall not be less than $60,000;

 

   

a requirement that at least 25% of the total gross cash consideration payable for the acquisition (including any deferred cash consideration) shall be paid with the proceeds of cash common equity contributed to the Company by KPS; and

 

   

a requirement that the aggregate amount of pro forma adjustments related to the acquisition that can be considered in the calculation of “Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA” (as defined in the Credit and Guaranty Agreement) and “EBITDA” (as defined in the Revolving Credit Facility) for purposes of compliance with the terms and provisions of the Credit and Guaranty Agreement and Revolving Credit Facility shall not exceed $6,500.

 

   

allow for an increase in the management fees permitted to be paid upon termination of the existing management services agreement between the Company and KPS in an amount not to exceed $6,000 less any management fee payments made to KPS after the October 26, 2011 amendment prior to a Qualified IPO; and

 

   

modify the definition of “Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA” and “EBITDA” to permit the add-back of certain expenses associated with the October 26, 2011 amendment and certain increased KPS management agreement termination fees.

As a result of the amendment, the Company currently believes that it will remain in compliance with its covenants based on its current financial projections. However, the Company’s financial projections are based on assumptions with respect to the economy, competition, and other factors. An adverse change in one or more of these assumptions may have an adverse impact on the Company’s financial performance and render the Company unable to comply with some or all of its covenants. The Company could seek waivers or additional amendments to the credit agreements if a violation did occur. However, the Company can provide no assurance that it could successfully obtain such waivers or amendments from its lenders. If the Company is unable to comply with some or all of the financial or non-financial covenants and the Company fails to obtain future waivers or amendments to the credit agreements, the lenders may terminate the Credit and Guaranty Agreement and the Revolving Credit Facility and declare all or any portion of the obligations under the Credit and Guaranty Agreement and the Revolving Credit Facility due and payable.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(All dollar amounts in thousands)

 

7. Income Taxes

The effective income tax rate, which is provision for income taxes as a percentage of income before provision for income taxes and equity income, differs from the amount determined by applying the applicable U.S. statutory federal income tax rate to pretax results primarily as a result of the following:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2011     2010  

Statutory provision rate

     35.0     35.0

Permanent differences and other items

    

State tax provision

     4.2     3.7

Section 199 manufacturing credit

     (2.4 %)      (7.0 %) 

Foreign tax effects

            (0.4 %) 

Return to provision adjustments

     (0.1 %)      (1.9 %) 

Re-rate of deferred taxes

     (0.9 %)        

Other discretes

     0.5     0.5

Non-deductible non-cash compensation

            2.9

Other

     0.6     5.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective income tax rate

     36.9     38.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

At September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the Company had $30,929 and $35,483 respectively, of unrecognized tax benefits, none of which would impact the effective tax rate, if recognized. Estimated interest and penalties related to the underpayment of income taxes were $126 and $105 for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and are classified as a component of income tax expense in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of operations. Accrued interest and penalties as of September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 were $310 and $184, respectively. The Company’s liability for uncertain tax positions of $31,239 and $35,667 at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively, are presented in other noncurrent liabilities.

The Company is subject to income taxation in several jurisdictions around the world. Resolution of the related tax positions through negotiations with relevant tax authorities or through litigation may take years to complete. Therefore, it is difficult to predict the timing for resolution of tax positions. However, the Company does not anticipate that the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits will increase or decrease significantly in the next twelve months. The number of years with open tax audits varies by jurisdiction. All of the Company’s US federal and state returns for the periods ended September 30, 2008, and after remain open for audit. On November 3, 2011, the Company received notice from the Internal Revenue Service that its federal return for the period ended September 30, 2009 has been selected for examination.

8. Derivative Contracts

The Company utilizes commodity contracts to offset certain metal pricing and supply exposures. All realized and unrealized gains and losses relative to such contracts are recorded in cost of sales on the consolidated statements of operations. The Company’s counterparties require the Company to maintain specific levels of collateral in deposit accounts to cover the future settlement of open commodity contracts.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(All dollar amounts in thousands)

 

During the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company entered into three-year interest rate cap agreements in compliance with the requirement under the senior secured term loan to provide that at least 50% of the term loan be subject to a fixed rate or interest rate protection for a period of not less than three years. The interest rate agreements cap the interest rate on $300 million of the aggregate principal outstanding. The Company has not designated the interest rate cap agreements as an accounting hedge and changes in the fair value of the interest rate cap agreements are recorded as non-cash interest expense.

The fair values include the impact of netting derivative assets and liabilities when a legally enforceable master netting agreement exists. The following tables summarize the effects of derivative contracts in the consolidated financial statements:

 

     September 30,
2011
    December 31,
2010
 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    

Collateral on deposit—metal contracts

   $ 10,074      $ 23,584   

Collateral on deposit—natural gas contracts

     113        1,289   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 10,187      $ 24,873   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other noncurrent assets

    

Interest rate cap agreements

     168        2,008   

(2 contracts at each period presented)

    

Accrued liabilities

    

Open metal contracts

     13,985        35,156   

(435 contracts and 259 contracts, respectively)

    

Open natural gas contracts

     142        308   

(26 contracts and 42 contracts, respectively)

    

Open electricity contracts

     127          

(2 contracts and 0 contracts, respectively)

    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 14,254      $ 35,464   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2011     2010  

Cost of sales

    

Realized and unrealized gain/(loss)—metal contracts

   $ 21,171      $ (11,195

Realized and unrealized (loss)/gain—natural gas contracts

     166        (708

Realized and unrealized loss—electricity contracts

     (127       
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 21,210      $ (11,903
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense

    

Unrealized loss—interest rate cap agreements

   $ (1,840   $   

As of September 30, 2011, the total notional amount of the Company’s interest rate cap agreements was $300 million.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(All dollar amounts in thousands)

 

9. Fair Value Measurements

ASC 820 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and enhances disclosures about fair value measures required under other accounting pronouncements but does not change existing guidance as to whether or not an instrument is carried at fair value. This guidance also specifies a fair value hierarchy based upon the observability of inputs used in valuation techniques. In accordance with this guidance, fair value measurements are classified under the following hierarchy:

 

   

Level 1 —Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets.

 

   

Level 2 —Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active and model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs or significant value-drivers are observable in active markets.

 

   

Level 3 —Model-derived valuations in which one or more significant inputs or significant value-drivers are unobservable.

The following tables provide the hierarchy of inputs used to derive the fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities at fair value as of September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010.

 

     As of September 30, 2011  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Interest rate cap agreements

   $       $ 168       $       $ 168   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $       $ 168       $       $ 168   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Open metal contracts

   $       $ 13,985       $       $ 13,985   

Open natural gas contracts

             142                 142   

Open electricity contracts

             127                 127   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $       $ 14,254       $       $ 14,254   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     As of December 31, 2010  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Interest rate cap agreements

   $ —         $ 2,008       $ —         $ 2,008   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ —         $ 2,008       $ —         $ 2,008   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Open metal contracts

   $ —         $ 35,156       $ —         $ 35,156   

Open natural gas contracts

     —           308         —           308   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ —         $ 35,464       $ —         $ 35,464   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In accordance with ASC 820, the Company determines the fair value of its interest rate agreement and commodity derivative contracts using Level 2 inputs.

The Company’s metal and natural gas commodity derivative contracts are considered Level 2 as fair value measurements consist of both quoted price inputs and inputs provided by a third party that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation. These assumptions include, but are not limited to, those concerning interest rates, credit rates, discount rates, default rates and other factors. All derivative commodity contracts have a set maturity of less than 12 months.

The Company’s interest rate cap agreements are considered Level 2 fair value measurements as the pricing is derived from discounting the future expected cash flows that would occur if variable

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(All dollar amounts in thousands)

 

interest rates rise above the strike rates of the caps. The variable interest rates used in the calculation of projected cash flows on the caps are based on an expectation of future interest rates derived from observable market interest rate curves (LIBOR forward curves) and volatilities that are observable at commonly quoted intervals.

The Company does not hold assets or liabilities requiring a Level 3 measurement and there have not been any transfers between the hierarchy levels during 2011 or 2010.

For purposes of financial reporting, the Company has determined that the carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses approximate fair value due to the short maturities of these instruments. As of September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the fair value of the Company’s long-term debt approximated $321,441 and $323,600, respectively. The fair value of the long-term debt was based upon quotes from financial institutions.

10. Related Parties

KPS Special Situations Fund II, L.P., KPS Special Situations Fund II (A), L.P., KPS Special Situations Fund III, L.P. and KPS Special Situations Fund III (A), L.P. (together, “KPS Funds”) are majority shareholders of Halkos. Halkos owns all of the outstanding shares of Holdings. The Company and KPS Funds have entered into an agreement whereby the KPS Funds have agreed to reimburse the Company for specific incremental costs directly attributable to an offering of equity securities (the “KPS Reimbursement Obligation”). As of September 30, 2011, the Company has recorded $1,544 as a receivable from stockholder pertaining to the KPS Reimbursement Obligation.

11. Commitments and Contingencies

Environmental Considerations

The Company is subject to a variety of environmental laws and regulations governing discharges to air and water, the handling, storage and disposal of hazardous or solid waste materials and the remediation of contamination associated with releases of hazardous substances. Although the Company believes it is in material compliance with all of the various regulations applicable to its business, there can be no assurance that requirements will not change in the future or that the Company will not incur significant cost to comply with such requirements. The Company employs responsible personnel at each facility, along with various environmental engineering consultants from time to time to assist with ongoing management of environmental, health and safety requirements. Management expenses environmental costs related to existing conditions resulting from past or current operations and from which no current or future benefit is discernible. Expenditures that extend the life of the related property are capitalized. The Company determines its liability on a location by location basis and records a liability at the time it is deemed probable and can be reasonably estimated. The Company is currently not aware of any environmental matters which may have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, or liquidity.

On November 19, 2007 (the date of inception of GBC), the Company acquired the assets and operations relating to the worldwide metals business of Olin Corporation. Olin Corporation agreed to retain liability arising out of the existing conditions on certain of our properties for any remedial actions required by environmental laws, and agreed to indemnify the Company for all or part of a number of other environmental liabilities. Since 2007, Olin Corporation has been performing remedial actions at the facilities in East Alton, Illinois and Waterbury, Connecticut, and has been participating in remedial

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(All dollar amounts in thousands)

 

actions at certain other properties as well. If Olin Corporation were to stop its environmental remedial activities at the Company’s properties, the Company could be required to assume responsibility for these activities, the cost of which could be material.

Insurance Coverage

The Company maintains Comprehensive Medical Plans for employees of GBC and its subsidiaries (the “Plans”) to provide health insurance for eligible employees on a self-insured basis. The Plans are covered by a stop loss policy for those benefits provided on a self-insured basis with a deductible of $275 per occurrence.

The Company is self-insured for workers’ compensation claims assumed from its predecessor company for activity prior to November 19, 2007 (the date of inception of GBC) and benefits paid under employee health care programs. Workers’ compensation claims relating to activity after November 19, 2007 are covered by a loss funding insurance arrangement whereby the Company makes a fixed payment to the insurer which is used to pay submitted claims. The Company is self-insured for a portion of annual workers’ compensation costs of up to $500 per occurrence.

Legal Considerations

The Company is party to various legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. The Company believes that none of its lawsuits are individually material or that the aggregate exposure of all of its lawsuits, including those that are probable and those that are only reasonably possible, is material to its financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

In August 2011, a favorable settlement was reached in an injury lawsuit involving company personnel. The Company had been named as a third-party defendant in the lawsuit, which was a products liability claim against another, unaffiliated entity. The Company reflected an accrued liability of $2,000 in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2010 in respect of the probable estimated loss incurred in connection with this case. Under the terms of the settlement, the Company is required to pay $50 in damages. The remaining excess reserve of $1,950 was eliminated in other income in the condensed consolidated statement of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2011.

Department of Justice Inquiry

On August 31, 2009 the Company received a subpoena issued by a federal grand jury in the Northern District of Ohio seeking documents and information from Chase in connection with an investigation by the Antitrust Division of the United States Department of Justice (“DOJ”) into possible antitrust violations in the brass rods industry. The case was closed in February 2011, with no charges filed against Chase.

12. Profit Interest Awards

Halkos owns 100% of Holdings which owns 100% of GBC. Halkos granted, pursuant to the Halkos Equity Plan, non-voting membership interests to select members of management of Class B, C and D Shares. The Class B, C and D Shares are profits interests in Halkos.

Class B Shares

During the nine months ended September 30, 2011, GBC executives received $292 in distributions from Halkos to the extent their B Shares were vested. To the extent vesting provisions are achieved in 2012 and 2013, certain GBC executives may also be paid a total of $593 by Halkos.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(All dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Distributions are accounted for by GBC as non-cash compensation expense with a corresponding increase in additional paid-in capital.

Class C and D Shares

In June 2011, the Halkos Equity Plan was amended and the Class C and D Shares were converted to Class B Shares at fair market value. As a result, no expense relative to these awards is reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. As of September 30, 2011, there were not any Class C or Class D Shares outstanding.

13. Segment Information

The Company reports segments on the basis of products and services offered and have determined that it has three reportable segments: Olin Brass, Chase Brass and Oster.

The Olin Brass segment is the leading manufacturer and converter of copper and copper-alloy sheet, strip, foil and fabricated components in North America. While primarily processing copper and copper-alloys, the segment also rerolls and forms other metals such as stainless and carbon steel. Olin Brass’s products are used in five primary end markets: building and housing, munitions, automotive, coinage, and electronics/electrical components.

Chase Brass is a leading North American manufacturer of brass rod. The segment principally produces brass rod in sizes ranging from 1/4 inch to 4.5 inches in diameter. The key attributes of brass rod include its machinability, corrosion resistance and moderate strength, making it ideal for forging and machining products such as valves and fittings. Chase Brass produces brass rod used in production applications which can be grouped into four end markets: building and housing, transportation, electronics/electrical components and industrial machinery and equipment.

A.J. Oster is a leading copper-alloy distributor and processor. The segment, through its family of metal service centers, is strategically focused on satisfying its customers’ needs for brass and copper parts and other products, with a high level of service, quality and flexibility by offering customization and just-in-time delivery. Value-added processing services include precision slitting and traverse winding to provide greater customer press up-time, hot air level tinning for superior corrosion resistance and product enhancement such as edging and cutting. Important A.J. Oster end markets include building and housing, automotive, transportation, and electronics/electrical components (primarily for housing and commercial construction).

The chief operating decision maker evaluates performance and determines resource allocations based on a number of factors, the primary performance measures being Segment Adjusted EBITDA.

Segment Adjusted EBITDA is an EBITDA based measure of operating performance with EBITDA being defined by the Company as net income (loss) before depreciation and amortization, interest expense, and income taxes. The Company defines Segment Adjusted EBITDA as EBITDA further adjusted to remove the impacts of inventory values for LIFO and lower of cost or market charges, the cost of terminating certain collateral hedges, unrealized mark to market gains and losses on derivative instruments, non-cash compensation expense and non-cash income accretion related to the Company’s joint venture investment, each of which are excluded because management believes they are not indicative of the ongoing performance of the Company’s core operations. Corporate and Eliminations include corporate amounts, primarily compensation, tax and overhead costs unrelated to a specific segment, and elimination of intercompany balances. The chief operating decision maker is not provided with nor reviews assets by segment for purposes of allocating resources.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

(All dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Below is a reconciliation of the Company’s Segment Adjusted EBITDA to income before provision for income taxes and equity income:

 

           Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
           2011     2010  

Net Sales, External Customers

      

Olin Brass

     $ 567,346      $ 549,893   

Chase

       555,026        479,020   

AJ Oster

       283,294        256,690   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net sales, external customers

     $ 1,405,666      $ 1,285,603   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Intersegment Revenues

      

Olin Brass

     $ 38,947      $ 45,071   

Chase

       548        628   

AJ Oster

       258        714   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total intersegment net sales

     $ 39,753      $ 46,413   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Segment Adjusted EBITDA

      

Olin Brass

     $ 34,084      $ 27,598   

Chase

       53,485        49,300   

Oster

       13,803        15,972   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total segment adjusted EBITDA

       101,372        92,870   

Corporate and Eliminations

       (11,205     (11,679

Depreciation and amortization

       (3,477     (2,229

Interest expense

       (30,870     (16,092

Equity method investment income

     (A)        (10     (603

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

       176        342   

Loss on derivative contracts

       (6,522     (14,635

Compensation expense—profit interest awards

       (292     (3,452
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes and equity income

     $ 49,172      $ 44,522   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(A) Excludes accretion income of $543 for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010.

14. Subsequent Events

The Company has performed an evaluation of events that have occurred subsequent to September 30, 2011 and through January 6, 2012 (which is the date the Company issued its financial statements).

 

F-16


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholder of Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc.:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in equity and comprehensive income and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/    PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Chicago, Illinois

October 28, 2011

 

F-17


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BRASS AND COPPER HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

     As of December 31,  
(In thousands, except share data)    2010      2009  

Assets

     

Current assets:

     

Cash

   $ 15,523       $ 7,832   

Accounts receivable (net of allowance of $7,921 and $7,505 at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively)

     161,389         141,990   

Inventories

     192,898         200,929   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     30,662         21,706   

Deferred income taxes

     28,433         32,333   

Income tax receivable

     2,139         2,893   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     431,044         407,683   

Property, plant and equipment, net

     39,710         29,578   

Investment in joint venture

     2,387         1,121   

Goodwill

     4,399         4,399   

Intangible assets, net

     1,150         1,349   

Deferred income taxes

     34,354         38,447   

Other noncurrent assets

     16,257         7,286   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 529,301       $ 489,863   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities and equity

     

Current liabilities:

     

Current maturities of long-term debt

   $ 3,606       $   

Accounts payable

     77,982         63,053   

Cash overdrafts

             1,228   

Accrued liabilities

     78,002         66,332   

Accrued interest

     4,220         1,713   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     163,810         132,326   

Long-term debt

     302,586         175,619   

Related party debt

             119,805   

Other noncurrent liabilities

     35,667         37,736   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     502,063         465,486   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 17)

               

Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc. stockholder’s equity:

     

Common stock—$.01 par value; 200 shares authorized; 100 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2010 and 2009

               

Additional paid-in capital

     10,206         20,000   

Retained earnings

     12,566         936   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     1,561         1,119   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc. stockholder’s equity

     24,333         22,055   

Noncontrolling interest

     2,905         2,322   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity

     27,238         24,377   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 529,301       $ 489,863   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BRASS AND COPPER HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
(In thousands, except share data)    2010      2009      2008  

Net sales

   $ 1,658,729       $ 1,140,861       $ 2,008,278   

Cost of sales

     1,497,944         1,048,163         1,876,174   

Lower of cost or market adjustment

                     170,939   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cost of sales

     1,497,944         1,048,163         2,047,113   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit (loss)

     160,785         92,698         (38,835

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     68,857         62,068         60,885   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     91,928         30,630         (99,720

Third party interest expense

     22,613         11,326         15,863   

Related party interest expense

     2,463         6,810         4,182   

Other expense (income), net

     810         57         (1,942
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) before provision for (benefit from) income taxes and equity income

     66,042         12,437         (117,823

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

     26,176         2,538         (45,518
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) before equity income

     39,866         9,899         (72,305

Equity income, net of tax

     1,530         54         629   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) before extraordinary item

     41,396         9,953         (71,676

Extraordinary item:

        

Gain on valuation of assets in excess of purchase price

                     2,863   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     41,396         9,953         (68,813

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

     512         126         29   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc.

   $ 40,884       $ 9,827       $ (68,842
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic earnings (loss) per common share:

        

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   $ 408.84       $ 98.27       $ (717.05

Extraordinary item

   $       $       $ 28.63   

Net income (loss) per common share

   $ 408.84       $ 98.27       $ (688.42

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

        

Basic

     100         100         100   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BRASS AND COPPER HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

(Dollars in thousands)   Common
stock
    Additional
paid-in
capital
    Retained
(deficit)
earnings
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income
    Total
Global Brass
and Copper
Holdings, Inc.
stockholder’s
equity
    Noncontrolling
interest
    Total
equity
 

Balance at December 31, 2007

  $      $ 20,000      $ 59,951      $ 133      $ 80,084      $ 2,038      $ 82,122   

Other comprehensive income:

             

Net income (loss)

                  (68,842            (68,842     29        (68,813

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax
of $0

          802        802        130        932   
         

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

            (68,040     159        (67,881
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2008

  $      $ 20,000      $ (8,891   $ 935      $ 12,044      $ 2,197      $ 14,241   

Other comprehensive income:

             

Net income

                  9,827               9,827        126        9,953   

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax
of $707

          184        184        (1     183   
         

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

            10,011        125        10,136   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2009

  $      $ 20,000      $ 936      $ 1,119      $ 22,055      $ 2,322      $ 24,377   

Profits interest compensation

           3,452                      3,452               3,452   

Distribution to shareholder

           (13,246     (29,254            (42,500            (42,500

Other comprehensive income:

             

Net income

                  40,884               40,884        512        41,396   

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax
of $280

          442        442        71        513   
         

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

            41,326        583        41,909   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

  $      $ 10,206      $ 12,566      $ 1,561      $ 24,333      $ 2,905      $ 27,238   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BRASS AND COPPER HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
(In thousands)    2010     2009     2008  

Cash flows from operating activities

      

Net income (loss)

   $ 41,396      $ 9,953      $ (68,813

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Gain on valuation of assets in excess of purchase price

                   (2,863

Lower of cost or market adjustment to inventory

                   170,939   

Mark to market on commodity contracts

     12,797        21,690        (4,300

Mark to market on interest rate cap agreements

     (800              

Depreciation

     2,772        1,704        362   

Amortization of intangible assets

     199        199        199   

Amortization of debt discount and issuance costs

     2,299        435          

Profits interest compensation expense

     3,452                 

Bad debt expense

     1,324        5,893        6,083   

Deferred income taxes

     5,645        (9,754     (63,335

(Gain) loss on sale of property, plant and equipment

     (39     (136     1,500   

Equity income, net of tax

     (1,530     (54     (629

Distributions from equity method investment

     566        2,028          

Change in assets and liabilities, excluding the effects of acquisitions:

      

Accounts receivable

     (20,241     (15,870     62,249   

Inventories

     8,359        17,818        83,735   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (6,075     (9,977     (7,206

Commodity pricing contract asset

            7,074        (4,629

Accounts payable

     14,856        (2,322     (13,167

Accrued liabilities

     (1,159     (11,137     (26,999

Accrued interest

     2,507        156        1,077   

Income taxes, net

     752        (5,619     4,138   

Other, net

     2,334        (1,356     (3,775
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     69,414        10,725        134,566   

Cash flows from investing activities

      

Capital expenditures

     (11,927     (12,194     (15,664

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

     39        167        5,890   

Bolton acquisition

            54        (13,825

Additional GBC acquisition costs incurred

                   (2,243
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (11,888     (11,973     (25,842

Cash flows from financing activities

      

Deferred financing fees

     (15,131     (1,900       

Proceeds from term loan, net of discount

     305,550                 

Payments on term loan

     (825              

Borrowings on revolving credit facility

     1,096,578        1,016,224        664,868   

Payments on revolving credit facility

     (1,272,197     (1,011,553     (832,475

Principal payments under capital lease obligation

     (52              

Proceeds from related party debt

                   49,805   

Payments on related party debt

     (119,805              

Distribution to shareholder

     (42,500              

Cash overdrafts

     (1,228     (1,497     (157
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (49,610     1,274        (117,959

Effect of foreign currency exchange rates

     (225     (160     (125
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash

     7,691        (134     (9,360

Cash at beginning of year

     7,832        7,966        17,326   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash at end of year

   $ 15,523      $ 7,832      $ 7,966   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flows information

      

Cash paid during the period for:

      

Interest

   $ 19,626      $ 17,545      $ 20,244   

Income taxes, net of refunds

   $ 19,657      $ 17,313      $ 12,553   

Noncash Investing Activities

      

Capital lease obligations

   $ 967      $      $   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BRASS AND COPPER HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All dollar amounts in thousands)

1. Organization and Formation of the Company

Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc. (“Holdings” or the “Company”), an investee company of KPS Capital Partners, L.P. and its affiliates (“KPS”), was incorporated in Delaware, on October 10, 2007. KPS is the majority shareholder of Halkos Holdings, LLC (“Halkos”). Halkos owns 100% of Holdings. Holdings, through its wholly-owned principal operating subsidiary, Global Brass and Copper, Inc. (“GBC”), commenced commercial operations on November 19, 2007 through the acquisition of the metals business from Olin Corporation. GBC is a leading value added manufacturer, fabricator and distributor of specialty copper and brass products in North America.

The Company is operated and managed through three distinct divisions which are also the Company’s reportable segments: GBC Metals, LLC (“Olin Brass”), Chase Brass and Copper Company, LLC (“Chase”) and A.J. Oster, LLC (“Oster”).

Olin Brass

The Olin Brass division manufactures sheet, strip and fabricated components by primarily processing copper and copper alloys. The division also rerolls and forms other alloys such as stainless and carbon steel.

Olin Brass manufactures its products through four sites in North America. The strip mill in East Alton, IL is the main operating facility, which produces strip products. Strip products are processed further through the division’s downstream operations for specified uses. The division’s downstream operations include: a stamping operation located also in East Alton, IL; a rolling mill in Waterbury, CT with rolling, annealing, leveling, plating and slitting capabilities for various products; a rolling mill in Bryan, OH specializing in products sold in the automotive and electronic connectors end-market; and a manufacturing facility in Cuba, MO that produces high frequency welded copper-alloy tube for heat transfer, decorative, automotive and plumbing applications.

Olin Brass also has operations in Guangzhou, People’s Republic of China, or PRC, through a service center joint venture with Luoyang Copper. Olin Brass’s products are distributed either directly to customers or through Oster.

Chase

Chase manufactures round and hexagonal shaped brass rod. The main attributes of brass rod are its machinability, corrosion resistance and moderate strength, and it is used for forging and machining products such as valves and fittings.

All of the division’s rod is manufactured at the facility located in Montpelier, OH. Chase distributes all of its products directly to customers.

Oster

Oster is a distributor of primarily copper and copper-alloy strip products as well as phosphor bronze, nickel, silver, stainless steel and aluminum products. Oster operates as an independent service center with Olin Brass as its primary supplier. Oster also conducts finishing operations on products it distributes, including slitting, traverse coil winding, edging and cutting that aim to enhance product quality and usefulness.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BRASS AND COPPER HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Oster has six service centers in the U.S. and Mexico, which are strategically located with the objective to service customers throughout North America.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, its wholly-owned subsidiaries and its majority-owned subsidiaries, in which the Company holds a controlling interest. All intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated in consolidation. The equity method is used to account for investments in affiliated companies, 20% to 50% owned, where the Company does not hold a controlling voting interest and does not direct the matters that most significantly impact the investee’s operations.

The Company owns an 80% interest in Olin Luotong (GZ) Corporation (“Luotong”), based in China, and Luotong’s financial information is consolidated herein, with the net results attributable to the 20% noncontrolling interest reflected in the consolidated financial statements.

Use of Estimates and Assumptions

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements. In addition, it requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of net sales and expenses during the reporting period. Actual amounts could differ from those estimates.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable primarily consists of trade receivable for amounts billed to customers for products sold and other receivables. The determination of collectability of the Company’s accounts receivable requires management to make frequent judgments and estimates in order to determine the appropriate amount of allowance needed for doubtful accounts. In circumstances where the Company is aware of a customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations (e.g., bankruptcy filings or substantial down-grading of credit ratings), it records an allowance for bad debts equal to the amount the Company does not believe to be collectible. For all other customers, the Company recognizes allowances for bad debts based on its historical collection experience. If circumstances change (e.g., greater than expected defaults or an unexpected material change in a major customer’s ability to meet its financial obligations), the Company’s estimate of the recoverability of amounts due could be changed by a material amount. Accounts are written off once deemed to be uncollectible. Any subsequent cash collections relating to accounts that have been previously written off are recorded as a reduction to bad debt expense in the period of collection.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BRASS AND COPPER HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All dollar amounts in thousands)

 

The reconciliation of the activity in the allowance for doubtful accounts is summarized below:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010     2009     2008  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 7,505      $ 6,775      $ 1,092   

Bad debt expense

     1,324        5,893        6,083   

Write-offs, net of recoveries

     (908     (5,163     (400
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 7,921      $ 7,505      $ 6,775   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Inventories

Inventories include costs attributable to direct labor and manufacturing overhead but are primarily comprised of raw material costs. The material component of inventories comprise approximately 73% and 75% of total inventory at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, and is valued on a last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) basis. Other manufactured inventories, including the non-material components and certain non-U.S. inventories, are valued on a first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) basis. Elements of cost in finished goods inventory in addition to the cost of material include depreciation, amortization, utilities, consumable production supplies, maintenance, production wages and transportation costs.

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. The market price of metals used in production and related scrap is subject to volatility. We evaluate the need to record adjustments for inventory on a regular basis. During periods when open market prices decline below net book value, the Company may provide an allowance to reduce the carrying value of its inventory. No allowance was recorded as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 as the market price of metals exceeded their carrying value. Additionally, the Company records an estimate for slow moving and obsolete inventory based upon product knowledge, physical inventory observation, future demand, market conditions and an aging analysis of the inventory on hand. Our policy is to evaluate all inventories including raw material, work-in-process, finished goods, and spare parts. Inventory in excess of our estimated usage requirements is written down to its estimated net realizable value. See note 4, “Inventories,” in the notes to these consolidated financial statements.

Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses are stated at historical cost, net of any related amortization, and consist of amounts which are of continuing benefit to the Company. See note 5, “Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets,” in the notes to these consolidated financial statements.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation of property, plant and equipment generally is computed using the straight-line method based on the estimated useful lives of the assets as they are placed into service. Depreciation expense is recorded in cost of sales or selling, general and administrative costs depending on the nature and use of the underlying asset.

Expenditures for repairs, maintenance and minor renewals are expensed as incurred. Expenditures which improve an asset or extend its estimated useful life are capitalized. When assets

 

F-24


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BRASS AND COPPER HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All dollar amounts in thousands)

 

are retired or otherwise disposed of, the related cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any gain or loss is included in the results of operations.

The Company reviews property, plant and equipment for impairment when a change in events or circumstances indicates that the carrying value of the assets may not be recoverable. The Company has determined that its asset group for impairment testing is comprised of the assets and liabilities of each of its operating segments as this is the lowest level of identifiable cash flows. The Company determines the fair value of its asset group through various valuation techniques, including discounted cash flow models, quoted market values and third-party independent appraisals, as considered necessary. To date, the Company has not recognized an impairment charge related to the write-down of property, plant and equipment. See note 6, “Property, Plant and Equipment,” in the notes to these consolidated financial statements.

Investment in Joint Venture

The Company owns a 50% interest in Dowa-Olin Metal Corporation (“Dowa”), a joint venture based in Japan. The Company accounts for Dowa under the equity method of accounting. Due to the timing of the receipt of available financial information, the results of Dowa are recorded on a one-month lag basis.

As a result of the purchase method of accounting, a negative basis difference of $9,416 was created between the Company’s books and the Company’s share of Dowa’s equity as of November 19, 2007. ASC 323, Investments—Equity Method & Joint Ventures, states that the basis difference between the investor cost and underlying equity in net assets of the investee at the date of investment requires recognition unless it is attributable to a non-amortizing asset such as goodwill. The negative basis difference was created due to the bargain purchase event and was not attributable to any specific element of the joint venture itself. As the difference was not attributable to any of the assets of Dowa, the equity investment as a whole was assessed to determine the appropriate accretion period for the basis difference. The purpose of the joint venture is to provide Olin Brass’ high performance alloy materials to the Asia market through the licensing of Olin Brass technology. Given consideration of this use, the negative basis difference is being accreted over a period of 13 years. See note 8, “Investment in Joint Venture,” in the notes to these consolidated financial statements.

The Company reviews its equity method investment for impairment using an other-than-temporary model when triggering events are identified. An impairment loss is recognized when the investment’s carrying amount exceeds its fair value and this decline in fair value is deemed to be other-than-temporary.

Acquisitions and Goodwill

All acquisitions are accounted for using the acquisition method as prescribed by ASC 805, Business Combinations . The purchase price paid is allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. Any excess purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BRASS AND COPPER HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Pursuant to ASC 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other , the Company does not amortize goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite useful lives. The Company reviews goodwill to determine potential impairment annually, or more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired, by comparing the carrying value of the asset with the anticipated present value of future cash flows.

As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the present value of anticipated cash flows exceeded the carrying value of goodwill, and no impairment loss was recognized.

Intangible Assets

Definite-lived intangible assets are recorded at fair market value under the purchase method of accounting as of the respective acquisition dates and are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Amortization expense related to intangible assets is reflected in selling, general and administrative expenses. Identifiable definite-lived intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. See note 7, “Intangible Assets,” in the notes to these consolidated financial statements.

Deferred Financing Fees

Deferred financing fees incurred in connection with the issuance of debt are amortized as non-cash interest expense over the terms of the debt agreements. The current portion of the unamortized balance is recorded in prepaid expenses and the noncurrent portion is recorded in other assets.

Deferred financing fees incurred in connection with the issuance of the senior secured term loan are amortized using the effective interest method over the term of the senior secured term loan. Deferred financing fees incurred in connection with the issuance of the revolving credit facility are amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the revolving credit facility.

Derivative Contracts

The Company’s operating activities expose it to a variety of market risks, including risks related to the effects of commodity prices and interest rates. These financial exposures are monitored and managed by the Company as an integral part of its overall risk-management program. The Company does not enter into derivative contracts for speculation purposes where the objective is to generate profits. The Company has not applied hedge accounting to its derivative contracts in any of the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 or 2008. The Company includes the fair value of the derivative contracts as assets or liabilities in its balance sheet and recognizes all amounts paid and received and changes in fair value of derivative contracts, including unrealized gains and losses, as adjustments to the consolidated statement of operations. See note 14, “Derivative Contracts,” in the notes to these consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue when title and risk of loss are transferred to customers; generally the date shipped. Estimates for future rebates on certain product lines and product returns are recognized in the period which the revenue is recorded. Such rebates were not material for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008. Billings to customers for shipping costs are included in net sales and the cost of shipping product to those customers is reflected as a reduction of net sales.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BRASS AND COPPER HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Research and Development

The Company participates in various research and development programs The Company conducts research and development through the Olin Brass reportable segment, the costs for which are expensed as incurred. Research and development expenditures for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 were $1,740, $2,027 and $2,075, respectively, and are included as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes is determined using the asset and liability approach. The current and deferred tax consequences are measured by applying the provisions of enacted tax laws to determine the amount of taxes payable currently or in future years. Deferred income taxes are provided for temporary differences between income tax basis of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce deferred tax assets when management determines it is “more likely than not” that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

On November 19, 2007, the Company adopted the provisions of ASC 740, Income Taxes , related to accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements. See note 12, “Income Taxes,” in the notes to these consolidated financial statements.

Profits Interest Compensation

Halkos has granted, pursuant to the Halkos Holdings, LLC Executive Equity Incentive Plan (“Halkos Equity Plan”), non-voting membership interests to select members of the Company’s management in the form of Class B, C and D Shares. The Class B, C and D shares are profits interests in Halkos. See note 18, “Profits Interest Awards,” in the notes to these consolidated financial statements.

Class B Shares are accounted for as a profit sharing arrangement under ASC 710, Compensation—General . Expense on the Class B Shares is recorded in the period in which distributions to Class B award holders are determined to be probable. These distributions are accounted for by the Company as non-cash compensation expense with a corresponding increase in additional paid-in capital.

Class C and D shares are considered to be dual-indexed awards which will be accounted for as liability awards under ASC 718, Compensation- Stock Compensation , once it becomes probable that KPS will own less than 20% of Halkos. At that time, expense will be recognized over the implied service period and the awards will be remeasured at each reporting date at fair market value with any changes therein recorded as compensation expense. The valuation of fair market value uses a discounted cash flow and comparable company analyses to estimate an enterprise value for GBC and then uses a Black-Scholes model to allocate enterprise value to the C and D Shares. The determination of fair value is affected by assumptions regarding a number of highly complex and subjective variables. Changes in the subjective assumptions can materially affect the estimate of their fair value.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BRASS AND COPPER HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Foreign Currency Translation

The financial statements of foreign subsidiaries are translated into United States dollars in accordance with ASC 830, Foreign Currency Matters. The functional currency of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries is the local currency. The consolidated statements of operations are translated at weighted-average exchange rates for the periods. Assets and liabilities are translated at period-end exchange rates and equity transactions are translated at historical rates. Gains and losses resulting from the translation adjustment are reported as a component of other comprehensive income (loss) within equity. The income tax effect of currency translation adjustments related to foreign subsidiaries from certain subsidiaries and joint ventures that are not considered indefinitely reinvested are recorded as a component of deferred taxes with an offset to other comprehensive income.

Concentrations of Credit Risk and Certain Other Exposures

The Company sells and distributes its products to a wide range of companies primarily in the ammunition, automotive, electronics, housing and coinage industries. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and generally does not require collateral. For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, sales to any one customer did not exceed 10% of consolidated net sales.

The Company uses various strategies to minimize the impact of changes in the base metal prices between the date of order and the date of sale. Generally, the Company prices a forward replacement purchase of an equivalent amount of copper and other metals under flexible pricing arrangements it maintains with its suppliers, at the same time it determines the forward selling price of finished products to its customers. The Company has various sources of raw materials and is not materially dependent on any one supplier.

There are eight unions at Olin Brass division, one labor union at the Oster division, and one labor union at the Chase. The collective bargaining agreement with the Olin Brass unions expires in 2013, the collective bargaining agreement with Oster’s union expires in 2014, and the collective bargaining agreement with the Chase union expires in mid-2012. The relationship with these unions has been satisfactory. Since the Company’s establishment in November 2007, the Company has not experienced any work stoppages at any of its facilities.

Self-Insurance Programs

The Company is self-insured for workers’ compensation claims and benefits paid under employee health care programs. Accruals for employee health care are primarily based on estimated undiscounted cost of claims, which includes incurred but not reported claims. Accruals for workers’ compensation and related expenses for claims are estimated, in part, by considering historical claims experience and undiscounted claims estimates provided by insurance carriers, third-party administrators and actuaries. Self-insurance accruals are deemed to be sufficient to cover outstanding claims, including those incurred but not reported as of the estimation date.

Workers’ compensation claims relating to activity after November 19, 2007 are covered by a loss funding insurance arrangement whereby the Company makes a fixed payment to the insurer which is used to pay submitted claims. Loss fund payments to the insurer in excess of workers’ compensation claim payments are classified as prepaid expenses and other current assets. The amount of the loss fund payments to the insurer is based on a combination of claims experience and a contractually agreed upon loss development factor.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BRASS AND COPPER HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Environmental Reserves and Environmental Expenses

The Company recognizes an environmental liability when it is probable the liability exists and the amount is reasonably estimable. The Company estimates the duration and extent of its remediation obligations based upon internal analyses of clean-up costs, ongoing monitoring costs and estimated legal fees, communications with regulatory agencies and changes in environmental law. If the Company were to determine that its estimates of the duration or extent of its environmental obligations were no longer accurate, the Company would adjust its environmental liabilities accordingly in the period that such determination is made. Estimated future expenditures for environmental remediation are not discounted to their present value. Accrued environmental liabilities are not reduced by potential insurance reimbursements.

Environmental expenses that relate to ongoing operations are included as a component of cost of sales. See note 17, “Commitments and Contingencies,” in the notes to these consolidated financial statements.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In September 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2011-09 “Compensation-Retirement Benefits—Multiemployer Plans”. ASU 2011-09 amends disclosure requirements related to an employer’s financial obligation to a multiemployer pension plan. The revised standard is intended to provide more information about an employer’s financial obligations to a multiemployer pension plan and, therefore, help financial statement users better understand the financial health of all of the significant plans in which the employer participates. The revisions do not change the current recognition and measurement guidance for an employer’s participation in a multiemployer plan. The revised standard is effective for public entities for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2011, with a one year deferral for non-public entities. The implementation of this amended accounting guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08 “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other Testing Goodwill for Impairment”. Under the amendments in this update, an entity has the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, an entity determines it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then performing the two-step impairment test is unnecessary. The amendments are effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. The implementation of this amended accounting guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05 “Presentation of Comprehensive Income”. ASU 2011-05 amends disclosure requirements for presentation of comprehensive income. This guidance, effective retrospectively for the interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2011 (early adoption is permitted), requires presentation of total comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. The implementation of this amended accounting guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BRASS AND COPPER HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All dollar amounts in thousands)

 

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04, “Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs”. ASU 2011-04 amends disclosure requirements for common fair value measurement. These amendments, effective for the interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2011 (early adoption is prohibited), result in common definition of fair value and common requirements for measurement of and disclosure requirements between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. Consequently, the amendments change some fair value measurement principles and disclosure requirements. The implementation of this amended accounting guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-06, which amends ASC 820, Fair Value Measures and Disclosures . The guidance requires companies to disclose the amount of significant transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy and the reasons for these transfers and the reasons for any transfers in or out of Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. In addition, the guidance clarifies certain existing disclosure requirements. The standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s disclosures in its consolidated financial statements.

In June 2009, the FASB issued authoritative guidance amending the timing and the qualitative considerations to be applied to evaluate the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity. A primary beneficiary is defined as the Company that has both the power to direct the most significant activities of a variable interest entity and the rights to either benefits or losses which are potentially significant to the variable interest entity. The guidance was effective as of the first annual reporting period beginning after November 15, 2009. The adoption of this guidance did not result in the consolidation of a variable interest entity, and therefore, it did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

3. Business Combinations

Acquisition of metals business from Olin Corporation

On November 19, 2007, the Company acquired certain assets, liabilities and subsidiaries of Olin Corporation (the “Seller”) relating to the Seller’s metals business in a transaction (the “GBC Acquisition”) accounted for under the purchase method of accounting.

The GBC Acquisition was financed through a $20,000 contribution from Halkos to Holdings and proceeds from the Credit Agreements described in note 11, “Financing”. Based on the preliminary purchase price allocation, current assets and liabilities were recorded at their estimated fair values. The net current assets acquired exceeded the purchase price of approximately $432,904 (inclusive of approximately $19,777 in acquisition related expenses) by approximately $59,984 resulting in a bargain purchase event. In accordance with U.S. GAAP at the time of the transaction, the excess fair value was recorded as a nontaxable extraordinary gain in the consolidated statements of operations for the period ended December 31, 2007.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BRASS AND COPPER HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All dollar amounts in thousands)

 

The following table reflects the allocation of the purchase price inclusive of acquisition costs to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, based on their fair value:

 

Purchase price

   $ 432,904   

Allocation of purchase price:

  

Current assets (including $4,301 in cash)

     707,785   

Deferred tax asset (current)

     17,721   

Deferred tax asset (noncurrent)

     9,695   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 735,201   
  

 

 

 

Accounts payable

     110,809   

Accrued liabilities

     63,730   

Other liabilties

     67,774   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

     242,313   
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

   $ 492,888   
  

 

 

 

Total Excess Fair Value

   $ 59,984   

On March 3, 2009, the Company received a final purchase price cash settlement from the Seller of approximately $20,563 of which approximately $1,257 was interest. A deferred tax liability of approximately $4,863 was established based on the purchase price adjustment. Management also reconciled estimates in working capital items such as inventory, accrued liabilities and other reserves initially recorded as of November 19, 2007. The following table reconciles the components of the additional nontaxable gain of $2,863 that was recorded in the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2008 as a result of purchase accounting being finalized:

 

Initial Excess Fair Value recorded as a nontaxable gain in 2007

   $ 59,984   
  

 

 

 

Subsequent Purchase Price Allocation Adjustments:

  

Accrued liablities and other reserves

     (13,858

Inventory

     3,264   

Acquisition costs

     (2,243

Purchase price adjustment

     20,563   

Deferred taxes

     (4,863
  

 

 

 

Final Excess Fair Value

   $ 62,847   
  

 

 

 

Incremental Excess Fair Value recorded as a nontaxable gain in 2008

   $ 2,863   
  

 

 

 

Bolton acquisition

On January 31, 2008, the Company, through its Chase reportable segment, acquired certain assets of the brass business of Bolton Metals Product Company (“Bolton”). Bolton’s brass business, located in Pennsylvania, was a brass products manufacturing company exiting the U.S. market. The Company believes Bolton made the decision to exit the brass rod business in the U.S. due to a non-competitive cost structure, coupled with reduced market place consumption resulting from the declining U.S. economy. This acquisition provided the Company with the Bolton’s customer list and assets to be used in the manufacturing of brass rod.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BRASS AND COPPER HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All dollar amounts in thousands)

 

The Bolton acquisition was accounted for as a business combination in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations . The results of operations of Bolton since January 31, 2008 have been included in the consolidated statement of operations.

The aggregate purchase price of the Bolton acquisition was $13,825, and consisted of cash consideration of $13,195 and direct transaction costs of $630. The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired at the date of acquisition.

 

Inventory

   $ 311   

Property, plant and equipment

     6,570   

Intangible assets

     1,747   

Goodwill

     4,399   

Deferred income taxes

     798   
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

   $ 13,825   
  

 

 

 

The $1,747 of acquired intangible assets consist of customer relationships of $1,350 (13-year weighted—average useful life), non-compete agreement of $380 (4-year weighted—average useful life) and order backlog of $17 (0.33-year weighted—average useful life). The $4,399 of goodwill was assigned to the Chase business segment. As the Company elected to treat the Bolton acquisition as an asset acquisition for tax purposes, $3,100 of goodwill is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

4. Inventories

The Company’s inventories are as follows:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2010      2009  

Raw materials and supplies

   $ 22,281       $ 28,634   

Work-in-process

     96,041         97,531   

Finished goods

     74,576         74,764   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total inventories

   $ 192,898       $ 200,929   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

During 2010, inventory quantities were reduced resulting in a liquidation of LIFO inventory layers carried at lower costs prevailing in prior years as compared with current costs. In 2010, the effect of this reduction of inventory decreased cost of sales by $21,009 and increased profit by $12,682. If all inventories had been valued at year-end market values, inventories would have been approximately $421,753 and $361,645 at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Due to significant decreases in metals prices throughout the fourth quarter of the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company reduced the recorded value of inventory by $170,939 at December 31, 2008. This non-cash, lower of cost or market adjustment was recorded in cost of sales in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BRASS AND COPPER HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All dollar amounts in thousands)

 

5. Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

The Company’s prepaid expenses and other current assets are as follows:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2010      2009  

Collateral on deposit—commodity derivative contracts

   $ 24,873       $ 18,388   

Deferred financing fees, net

     3,399         521   

Loss fund payments—workers’ compensation

     866         954   

Other

     1,524         1,843   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total prepaid expenses and other current assets

   $ 30,662       $ 21,706   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company’s derivative counterparties require the Company to maintain specific levels of collateral in deposit accounts to cover the future settlement of open commodity derivative contracts. The collateral on deposit increased in 2010 because the Company’s loss position on open commodity derivative contracts increased in 2010 as discussed in note 14, “Derivative Contracts”.

6. Property, Plant and Equipment

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $2,772, $1,704 and $362, respectively. The Company’s property, plant and equipment balances are as follows:

 

     As of December 31,     Useful Life
(in years)
 
     2010     2009    

Land and land improvements

   $ 1,513      $ 274     

Buildings

     2,232        1,532        20   

Machinery and equipment

     26,247        14,387        12   

Information technology

     1,549        1,411        5   

Motor vehicles

     1,053        86        5   

Construction-in-process

     11,918        13,918     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Gross property, plant and equipment

     44,512        31,608     

Accumulated depreciation

     (4,802     (2,030  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Property, plant and equipment, net

   $ 39,710      $ 29,578     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

The carrying value of property, plant and equipment under capital leases was $968 at December 31, 2010 and is reflected in the Motor vehicles component. The Company did not have any capital leases at December 31, 2009.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BRASS AND COPPER HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All dollar amounts in thousands)

 

7. Intangible Assets

Intangible assets other than goodwill consisted of the following:

 

     As of December 31,     Amortization
Period (in  years)
     2010     2009    

Gross carrying amount:

      

Customer relationships

   $ 1,350      $ 1,350      13

Non-compete agreement

     380        380      4

Order backlog

     17        17      0.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total gross intangible assets

     1,747        1,747     

Accumulated amortization:

      

Customer relationships

     (303     (199  

Non-compete agreement

     (277     (182  

Order backlog

     (17     (17  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total accumulated amortization

     (597     (398  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Intangible assets, net

   $ 1,150      $ 1,349     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Amortization expense was $199 for each of the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008. Amortization expense is expected to be incurred in subsequent years as follows:

 

Year

   Amortization  

2011

   $ 199   

2012

     112   

2013

     104   

2014

     104   

2015

     104   

Thereafter

     527   
  

 

 

 
   $ 1,150   
  

 

 

 

8. Investment in Joint Venture

In November 2007, the equity investment in Dowa which was purchased as part of the metals business acquired from Olin Corporation (see note 2), was recorded at a carrying value of zero as a result of the bargain purchase event recognized under the purchase method of accounting for the acquisition, creating a negative basis difference of $9,416. Based on management’s estimate as to the underlying commercial utility of the alloys that Dowa manufactured and sold at the date of acquisition, the negative basis difference is being accreted on a straight-line basis over a 13 year period as an increase to equity earnings. Accretion of the negative basis difference of $724 was reflected in equity income, net of tax in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for each of the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the negative basis difference was $7,183 and $7,907, respectively.

During the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company received cash dividends from Dowa of $566 and $2,028, respectively, which were recorded as reductions in the Company’s

 

F-34


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BRASS AND COPPER HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All dollar amounts in thousands)

 

investment in Dowa. The Company did not receive any dividends from Dowa in 2008. During the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the Company recorded equity income, net of tax of $1,530, $54 and $629, respectively. There are no undistributed earnings of Dowa in GBC’s retained earnings as of December 31, 2010 and 2009.

9. Other Noncurrent Assets

Other noncurrent assets consisted of the following:

 

     As of December 31,  
           2010            2009  

Deferred financing fees, net

   $ 11,449       $ 944   

Utility deposits

     2,388         5,688   

Interest rate cap agreements

     2,008           

Other

     412         654   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other noncurrent assets

   $ 16,257       $ 7,286   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As described in note 11, “Financing,” on August 18, 2010, the Company entered into a Credit and Guaranty Agreement which provided for a senior secured term loan credit facility of $315,000 and entered into an Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement. As a result of the refinancing that occurred during 2010, the Company incurred and capitalized debt issuance costs of $15,131, of which, $11,666 was recorded in other noncurrent assets and $3,465 in prepaid expenses and other current assets. The capitalized debt issuance costs are being amortized as incremental non-cash interest expense over the terms of the debt agreements.

In 2009, the Company changed its utility service provider and was required to place a deposit with the new utility service provider, causing a temporary increase in utility deposits at December 31, 2009. In 2010, $3,300 held in deposit by the former utility service provider was repaid.

In 2010, the Company entered into three-year interest rate cap agreements to satisfy the requirement that at least 50% of the senior secured term loan be subject to a fixed rate or interest rate protection for a period of not less than three years. As of December 31, 2010, the fair value of the interest rate cap agreements was $2,008. See note 14, “Derivative Contracts,” for further information on the interest rate cap agreements.

10. Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities consisted of the following:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2010      2009  

Commodity derivative contracts

   $ 35,464       $ 24,034   

Personnel expense

     20,597         17,002   

Workers’ compensation

     8,262         8,965   

Professional fees

     3,305         4,122   

Insurance

     1,753         2,171   

Utilities

     1,814         2,126   

Taxes

     1,965         2,333   

Other

     4,842         5,579   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued liabilities

   $ 78,002       $ 66,332   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-35


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BRASS AND COPPER HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All dollar amounts in thousands)

 

11. Financing

Related party and long-term debt consisted of the following:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2010     2009  

Revolving credit facility

   $      $ 175,619   

Senior secured term loan

     314,175          

Discount, net of amortization

     (8,899       

Obligations under capital leases

     916          
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     306,192        175,619   

Less: Current maturities of long-term debt

     3,606          
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

   $ 302,586      $ 175,619   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Related party term loan

   $      $ 119,805   

On November 19, 2007, in conjunction with the acquisition of the metals business from Olin Corporation, the Company entered into two credit agreements which provided for a related party term loan and a revolving credit facility. KPS Capital Finance, LLC, an affiliate of KPS Funds (refer to note 16, “Related Parties,” in the notes to these consolidated financial statements), issued the related party term loan, which provided for initial borrowings of $70,000. The credit agreement was subsequently amended to increase the related party term loan to $119,805. Interest expense under the related party term loan was $2,463, $6,810 and $4,182, for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

On August 18, 2010, the Company entered into a Credit and Guaranty Agreement which provided for a senior secured term loan credit facility of $315,000, net of an issuance discount of $9,450 (the “Credit and Guaranty Agreement”). The issuance discount is being amortized using the effective interest method as incremental non-cash interest expense over the term of the senior secured term loan.

The proceeds from the Credit and Guaranty Agreement were used to repay the existing related party term loan and revolving credit facility and to fund a cash distribution of $42,500 to existing shareholders. The senior secured term loan under the Credit and Guaranty Agreement has an expiration date of August 18, 2015 and contains various debt covenants to which the Company is subject on an ongoing basis. The Company may elect to accrue interest for the senior secured term loan at the Prime Rate or LIBOR Rate plus the applicable spread subject to a specified minimum interest rate. Outstanding borrowings under the senior secured term loan bear interest at (i) for Prime Rate loans, Prime Rate plus 7.25% spread, subject to a Prime Rate floor of 3.0%, and for LIBOR Rate loans, a LIBOR Rate plus 8.25% spread, subject to a LIBOR Rate floor of 2.0%. During 2010, amounts outstanding under the senior secured term loan accrued interest at a rate of 10.25% and interest expense was $12,208 for the year ended December 31, 2010.

The Credit and Guaranty Agreement requires mandatory prepayments upon the occurrence of events defined by the agreement, including, among others, asset sale, casualty event, issuance of debt or equity securities or consolidated excess cash flow. The Company may voluntarily prepay any or all of the outstanding amounts owed prior to the maturity of the Credit and Guaranty Agreement. If the

 

F-36


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BRASS AND COPPER HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Company prepays voluntarily or if required to make mandatory prepayments due to issuance of debt or equity securities, the Company is required to pay a premium on the amount repaid of 105% for prepayments within the first year after the closing date, 103% for payments within the second year after the closing date and 101% for payments within the third year after the closing date.

The senior secured term loan credit facility restricts the Company’s ability to, among other things, incur indebtedness, grant liens, repurchase stock, issue cash dividends, make investments and acquisitions and sell assets, in each case subject to certain designated exceptions. The senior secured term loan credit facility permits the acquisition of certain joint venture interests and the indebtedness and guarantees by certain parties arising in connection with such acquisition, subject to certain capped amounts.

On August 18, 2010, the Company entered into an Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement (“Revolving Credit Facility”) which provided for borrowings of up to the lesser of $150,000 or the Borrowing Base less outstanding loans and letters of credit. As a result of the modification, $342 of unamortized capitalized debt issuance costs relating to the prior revolving credit facility was recorded as interest expense in the consolidated statement of operations and $796 of unamortized capitalized debt issuance costs relating to the prior revolving credit facility is being amortized over the term of the new revolving credit facility. The Borrowing Base is defined as 85% of Eligible Accounts; plus the lesser of 80% of Eligible Inventory, 90% of the Net Recovery Percentage for the Eligible Inventory or the Inventory Loan Limit; minus Reserves. The Borrowing Base was $150,000 at December 31, 2010 and the Company had outstanding letters of credit of approximately $21,050 as of December 31, 2010. In the event of increased commodity prices indicated by the terms of the agreement, the Company may request, but the creditors are not obligated to, increase the maximum borrowings up to $200,000. At any time, if the amount outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility exceeds the maximum allowable borrowings, the Company is required to make a mandatory prepayment for the amount of the excess borrowings. At any time after the occurrence of a Trigger Event as defined by the Revolving Credit Facility, following an event including, among others, an asset sale or issuance or sale of equity securities, the Company must make a mandatory prepayment for a portion or all of the outstanding amounts due.

The Company may elect to receive advances under the Revolving Credit Facility in the form of either Prime Rate advances or LIBOR Rate advances, as defined by the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement. Unused monies under the Revolving Credit Facility determine the applicable spread added to the LIBOR Rate. The unused portion of the Revolving Credit Facility was $128,950 as of December 31, 2010. Unused amounts under the Revolving Credit Facility incur fees at a rate of 0.625% per annum, payable in full on a quarterly basis. Outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility bear interest at a rate equal to either (i) for Prime Rate loans, a Prime Rate plus a spread between 2.0% and 2.5%, depending on excess availability levels or (ii) for LIBOR Rate loans, LIBOR plus a spread of 3.0% to 3.5% depending on excess availability levels. Except for the aforementioned letters of credit, the Company has no outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility as of December 31, 2010. Had the Company drawn on the Revolving Credit Facility as of December 31, 2010, amounts borrowed would have been subject to an interest rate of 5.5%. Interest expense under the Revolving Credit Facility, prior to and after being amended and restated in August 2010, was $7,659, $6,513 and $15,022, for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

The Revolving Credit Facility has an expiration date of August 18, 2014 and contains various debt covenants to which the Company is subject on an ongoing basis. The Revolving Credit Facility restricts

 

F-37


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BRASS AND COPPER HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All dollar amounts in thousands)

 

the Company’s ability to, among other things, incur indebtedness, grant liens, repurchase stock, issue cash dividends, make investments and acquisitions and sell assets, in each case subject to certain designated exceptions.

All borrowings under the senior secured term loan and Revolving Credit Facility are collateralized by substantially all of the Company’s assets, including accounts receivable, inventories and property, plant and equipment.

Both the Credit and Guaranty Agreement and the Revolving Credit Facility contain customary events of default including, among others, failure to make payment when due, materially incorrect representations and warranties, breach of covenants, events of bankruptcy, or a change in control. In the case of an event of default occurring, the applicable interest rate spread increases by 2% and the creditors would have the option to call the outstanding amount due. At December 31, 2010, the Company believes it is in compliance with all of its covenants under the agreements.

No interest was capitalized in 2010, 2009, or 2008.

12. Income Taxes

Income (loss) before provision for (benefit from) income taxes and equity income is comprised of the following:

 

     For the Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2010      2009      2008  

Domestic

   $ 60,654       $ 10,223       $ (120,275

Foreign

     5,388         2,214         2,452   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 66,042       $ 12,437       $ (117,823
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The provision (benefit from) for income taxes is summarized as follows:

 

     For the Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2010      2009     2008  

Current tax provision

       

U.S. federal

   $ 13,563       $ 9,319      $ 15,328   

State and local

     5,525         2,317        1,768   

Foreign

     1,443         656        721   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current

     20,531         12,292        17,817   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax provision (benefit)

       

U.S. federal

     5,323         (8,596     (57,745

State and local

     322         (1,158     (5,590

Foreign

                      
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred

     5,645         (9,754     (63,335
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total provision (benefit)

   $ 26,176       $ 2,538      $ (45,518
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-38


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BRASS AND COPPER HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All dollar amounts in thousands)

 

The effective income tax rate differs from the amount determined by applying the applicable U.S. statutory federal income tax rate to pretax results primarily as a result of the following:

 

     For the Year Ended
December 31,
 
         2010             2009             2008      

Statutory provision (benefit) rate

     35.0     35.0     (35.0 %) 

Permanent differences and other items

      

State tax provision (benefit)

     5.7     5.7     (3.6 %) 

Section 199 manufacturing credit

     (1.5 %)      (2.1 %)      (0.8 %) 

Incremental tax effects of foreign earnings

     0.3     10.3     (0.1 %) 

Return to provision adjustments

     (2.1 %)      (66.8 %)      0.6

Rescission of APB 23 assertion on permanent reinvestment of foreign earnings

     0.0     36.1     0.0

Non-deductible non-cash compensation

     1.8     0.0     0.0

Other

     0.4     2.2     0.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective income tax rate

     39.6     20.4     (38.6 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The “Non-deductible non-cash compensation” expense as described further in note 18, “Profits Interest Awards,” is not deductible in the Company’s tax returns and has been reflected as a permanent difference in the 2010 effective tax rate reconciliation above.

During June 2009, the Company filed its initial tax returns for the period from November 19, 2007 (the date of inception of GBC) to September 30, 2008 (its tax year end). In those tax returns, the Company finalized various tax elections, including an election to utilize LIFO accounting for valuing its material component of inventories, and the November 19, 2007 purchase price allocation for tax return purposes. Certain of these final decisions resulted in significant “Return to provision adjustments” which favorably impacted the Company’s 2009 effective tax rate as noted in the effective tax rate reconciliation table above. Of the total return to provision adjustments shown above, the most significant item relates to the finalization of the purchase price allocation and the decision to allocate zero basis to the foreign entities. This was completed with the filing of the September 30, 2008 tax return in June 2009. This item was offset by an adjustment to purchase price liabilities as reflected in the September 30, 2008 return. Both items resulted in a change to inventory tax basis as prescribed under IRC Sec. 1060. In addition, the Company’s provision of deferred taxes on undistributed foreign earnings beginning in 2009 as described below had an unfavorable impact on the Company’s 2009 effective tax rate. Further, in 2009 the Company received a distribution from its Mexican subsidiary of which $4,550 was a return of capital which was taxable. As such, this distribution was treated as a capital gain and was fully taxable in the United States. The impact of this item is reflected within the 2009 “Incremental tax effects of foreign earnings” line item in the table above.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BRASS AND COPPER HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are comprised of the following:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2010      2009  

Deferred tax assets

     

Inventory

   $ 56,129       $ 58,767   

Accruals and other reserves

     9,485         12,471   

Financing fees

     1,036         1,523   

Accounts receivable

     4,223         3,188   

UNICAP adjustment

     1,204         978   

Derivative contracts

     871         496   

Other

             424   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax assets

   $ 72,948       $ 77,847   

Deferred tax liabilities

     

Investments in foreign entities

   $ 5,582       $ 4,752   

Other

     4,579         2,315   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax liability

     10,161         7,067   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

   $ 62,787       $ 70,780   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net current deferred tax asset

   $ 28,433       $ 32,333   

Net long-term deferred tax asset

     34,354         38,447   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

   $ 62,787       $ 70,780   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2010, the inventory deferred tax asset includes $33,282 related to the impact of the November 19, 2007 purchase price allocations to LIFO inventories for tax purposes, which resulted in a bargain purchase gain. This deferred tax asset has a corresponding liability recorded in the Company’s other noncurrent liabilities in accordance with the provisions of ASC 740. This item has been classified as a long-term deferred tax asset.

The total deferred tax asset is supported by taxable temporary differences that reverse within the carry forward period, tax planning strategies and projections of future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences. The net deferred tax assets do not require a valuation allowance at December 31, 2010 and 2009 as it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will be realized.

Beginning in 2009, the Company asserted its intentions to not permanently reinvest the earnings of its foreign subsidiaries. As a result, deferred tax liabilities of $4,752 have been established related to undistributed earnings of its foreign entities in 2009. These amounts would be payable if the undistributed foreign earnings were distributed to the U.S. The Company plans foreign remittance amounts based on projected cash flow needs as well as the working capital and long-term investment requirements of its foreign subsidiaries and its domestic operations.

Uncertain Tax Positions

The Company accounts for its income tax positions under the provisions of ASC 740, which was initially adopted on November 19, 2007. ASC 740 prescribes a minimum threshold a tax position is

 

F-40


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BRASS AND COPPER HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All dollar amounts in thousands)

 

required to meet before being recognized in these consolidated financial statements. This interpretation requires the Company to recognize in these consolidated financial statements tax positions determined more likely than not to be sustained upon examination, based on the technical merits of the position.

The Company is subject to income taxation in several jurisdictions around the world. Resolution of the related tax positions through negotiations with relevant tax authorities or through litigation may take years to complete. Therefore, it is difficult to predict the timing for resolution of tax positions. However, the Company does not anticipate that the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits will increase or decrease significantly in the next twelve months. The number of years with open tax audits varies by jurisdiction. The Company’s U.S. federal and state returns for the period ended September 30, 2008 and all subsequent periods remain open for audit.

At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company had $35,483 and $37,628, respectively, of unrecognized tax benefits, none of which would impact the effective tax rate, if recognized. Estimated interest and penalties related to the underpayment of income taxes are classified as a component of income tax expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Accrued interest and penalties as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 were $183 and $107, respectively. The Company’s liability for uncertain tax positions of $35,666 and $37,735 at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, are presented in other noncurrent liabilities.

A reconciliation of the summary of activity of the Company’s uncertain tax positions is summarized as follows:

 

Balance at January 1, 2009

   $ 36,433   

Reductions for tax positions related to prior years

     (2,625

Additions for tax positions related to the current year

     3,820   
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2009

   $ 37,628   

Additions for tax positions related to prior years

     1,404   

Reductions for tax positions related to prior years

     (3,549
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

   $ 35,483   
  

 

 

 

From 2007 through 2009, the Company’s tax year end was September 30 and its fiscal year end was December 31. During 2011, the Company filed a request to change its tax year end to December 31. The effective date of this request is December 31, 2010. Accordingly, the Company will file a stub year income tax return for the period from October 1, 2010 through December 31, 2010.

13. Employee Defined Contribution Plans and Multi-Employer Plans

The Company has a retirement savings plan (the “Plan”) for all of its domestic subsidiaries under section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code that covers all U.S. salaried and most hourly employees. Participants may elect to defer a percentage of their compensation to the Plan, subject to aggregate limits required by the Internal Revenue Code. The Company contributed $2,452, $2,240 and $2,901 to the Plan for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

The Company also provides a defined contribution pension plan to its employees. Bargaining unit employees in East Alton, IL and Alliance, OH are in a multi-employer plan with negotiated fixed company costs per employee hour worked. The Company recorded expense of $2,779, $2,312 and

 

F-41


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BRASS AND COPPER HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All dollar amounts in thousands)

 

$2,101 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, and are included in cost of sales in the consolidated statement of operations. Salaried employees and hourly employees not covered by a multi-employer plan, receive up to 7.5% of their pay based on employee age. The Company contributed $4,147, $4,348 and $6,415 to the defined contribution plans for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

14. Derivative Contracts

The Company maintains a metal and natural gas pricing risk-management strategy that uses commodity derivative contracts to minimize significant, unanticipated earnings or losses and cash fluctuations that may arise from volatility of the commodity indices. The Company’s commodity derivative contracts consists of delivery contracts matched in quantity, price and maturity to firm price sales orders, in circumstances where physical firm price metal is unavailable, in order to protect sales margins from metal price fluctuations between the firm price sale order date and shipment date.

By using derivative contracts to limit exposures to fluctuations in metal and natural gas prices and interest rate movements, the Company exposes itself to credit risk and market risk. Credit risk is the risk that the counterparty might fail to fulfill its performance obligations under the terms of the derivative contract. Market risk is the risk that the value of a derivative instrument might be adversely affected by a change in commodity price or interest rates. The Company manages the market risk associated with derivative contracts by establishing and monitoring parameters that limit the types and degree of market risk that may be undertaken.

The Company primarily executes derivative contracts with major financial institutions. These counterparties expose the Company to credit risk in the event of non-performance. The amount of such exposure is limited to the fair value of the derivative contract plus the unpaid portion of amounts due to the Company pursuant to terms of the derivative contracts, if any. If a downgrade in the credit rating of these counterparties occurs, management believes that this exposure is mitigated by provisions in the derivative arrangements which allow for the legal right of offset of any amounts due to the Company from the counterparties with any amounts payable to the counterparties by the Company. As part of its consideration over non-performance risk, the Company uses an estimate of the counterparty’s non-performance risk when the Company is in a net asset position and uses an estimate of the Company’s own non-performance risk when the Company is in a liability position. As of December 31, 2010, the Company’s open derivatives are in a liability position. However, the adjustment for nonperformance risk did not materially impact the fair value of derivative instruments.

Prior to the debt refinancing in August 2010 (see note 11, “Financing,” in the notes to these consolidated financial statements), the Company’s derivative contracts also consisted of sales contracts, at levels specified by the prior revolving credit facility, in order to mitigate the effect of market fluctuations on the value of the inventory component of the borrowing base collateral. The refinancing eliminated the collateral hedge requirement that was in the original agreement, resulting in a loss of $32,772 being recorded in the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2010. To mitigate the effect of further market fluctuations on the market value of the collateral hedge, the Company took on an offsetting hedge position, in this case a purchase position to offset the sold position required under the original revolving loan agreement.

The Company also utilizes interest rate cap agreements in compliance with the requirement under the senior secured term loan to provide that at least 50% of the term loan be subject to a fixed

 

F-42


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BRASS AND COPPER HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All dollar amounts in thousands)

 

rate or interest rate protection for a period of not less than three years. During 2010 the Company entered into three-year interest rate cap agreements that cap the interest rate on $300,000 of the aggregate principal outstanding. The Company has not designated the interest rate cap agreements as an accounting hedge and changes in the fair value of the interest rate cap agreements are recorded as non-cash interest expense. See note 11, “Financing,” in the notes to these consolidated financial statements.

The fair values include the impact of netting derivative assets and liabilities when a legally enforceable master netting agreement exists. The following tables summarize the effects of derivative contracts in the consolidated financial statements:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2010      2009  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     

Collateral on deposit—metal contracts

   $ 23,584       $ 16,651   

Collateral on deposit—natural gas contracts

     1,289         1,737   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 24,873       $ 18,388   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other noncurrent assets

     

Interest rate cap agreements

     2,008           

(2 contracts and 0 contracts, respectively)

     

Accrued liabilities

     

Open metal contracts

     35,156         23,912   

(259 contracts and 89 contracts, respectively)

     

Open natural gas contracts

     308         122   

(42 contracts and 110 contracts, respectively)

     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 35,464       $ 24,034   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     For the Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2010     2009     2008  

Cost of sales

      

Realized and unrealized loss (gain)—metal contracts

   $ 11,244      $ 30,558      $ (3,301

Realized and unrealized loss (gain)—natural gas contracts

     186        (2,625     1,848   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 11,430      $ 27,933      $ (1,453
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense

      

Unrealized gain—interest rate cap agreements

   $ (800   $      $   

 

F-43


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BRASS AND COPPER HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All dollar amounts in thousands)

 

15. Fair Value Measurements

The Company adopted ASC 820 in January 2009. ASC 820 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and enhances disclosures about fair value measures required under other accounting pronouncements but does not change existing guidance as to whether or not an instrument is carried at fair value. This guidance also specifies a fair value hierarchy based upon the observability of inputs used in valuation techniques. In accordance with this guidance, fair value measurements are classified under the following hierarchy:

 

   

Level 1 —Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets.

 

   

Level 2 —Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active and model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs or significant value-drivers are observable in active markets.

 

   

Level 3 —Model-derived valuations in which one or more significant inputs or significant value-drivers are unobservable.

The following tables provide the hierarchy of inputs used to derive the fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities at fair value as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009.

 

     As of December 31, 2010  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Interest rate cap agreements

   $       $ 2,008       $       $ 2,008   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $       $ 2,008       $       $ 2,008   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Open metal contracts

   $       $ 35,156       $       $ 35,156   

Open natural gas contracts

             308                 308   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $       $ 35,464       $       $ 35,464   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     As of December 31, 2009  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Open metal contracts

   $       $ 23,912       $       $ 23,912   

Open natural gas contracts

             122                 122   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $       $ 24,034       $       $ 24,034   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In accordance with ASC 820, the Company determines the fair value of its interest rate agreement and commodity derivative contracts using Level 2 inputs.

The Company’s metal and natural gas commodity derivative contracts are considered Level 2 as fair value measurements consist of both quoted price inputs and inputs provided by a third party that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation. These assumptions include, but are not limited to, those concerning interest rates, credit rates, discount rates, default rates and other factors. All derivative commodity contracts have a set term of less than 12 months.

The Company’s interest rate cap agreements are considered Level 2 fair value measurements as the pricing is derived from discounting the future expected cash flows that would occur if variable

 

F-44


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BRASS AND COPPER HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All dollar amounts in thousands)

 

interest rates rise above the strike rates of the caps. The variable interest rates used in the calculation of projected cash flows on the caps are based on an expectation of future interest rates derived from observable market interest rate curves (LIBOR forward curves) and volatilities that are observable at commonly quoted intervals.

The Company does not hold assets or liabilities requiring a Level 3 measurement and there have not been any transfers between the hierarchy levels during 2010 or 2009.

For purposes of financial reporting, the Company has determined that the fair value of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses, approximates fair value due to the short maturities of these instruments. As of December 31, 2010, the fair value of the Company’s long-term debt approximated $323,600. The fair value of the long-term debt was based upon quotes from financial institutions.

16. Related Parties

KPS Special Situations Fund II, L.P., KPS Special Situations Fund II (A), L.P., KPS Special Situations Fund III, L.P. and KPS Special Situations Fund III (A), L.P. (together, “KPS Funds”) are majority shareholders of Halkos. Halkos owns all of the outstanding shares of Holdings. KPS Funds are also affiliates of KPS Capital Finance, LLC, the agent of the prior related party term loan credit agreement. On August 18, 2010, the Company repaid amounts outstanding under the related party term loan credit agreement of $59,975, including $170 of accrued but unpaid interest and distributed $42,500 to Halkos (see note 11, “Financing,” in the notes to these consolidated financial statements). Interest expense on amounts borrowed from KPS totaled $2,463, $6,810 and $4,182 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Affiliates of KPS Funds charge the Company for services of their personnel engaged in line or staff functions relating specifically to the operations of the Company. The charges, which are included in selling, general and administrative expenses, were $1,000 for each of the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, of which $250 is included in accrued liabilities at December 31, 2010 and 2009.

Pursuant to the management services agreement between the Company and the KPS Funds, in 2008, the Company paid a $400 transaction fee to the KPS Funds associated with the Bolton asset acquisition. The Bolton asset acquisition is further described in note 3, “Business Combinations,” in the notes to these consolidated financial statements.

17. Commitments and Contingencies

Environmental Considerations

The Company is subject to a variety of environmental laws and regulations governing discharges to air and water, the handling, storage and disposal of hazardous or solid waste materials and the remediation of contamination associated with releases of hazardous substances. Although the Company believes it is in material compliance with all of the various regulations applicable to its business, there can be no assurance that requirements will not change in the future or that the Company will not incur significant cost to comply with such requirements. The Company employs responsible personnel at each facility, along with various environmental engineering consultants from time to time to assist with ongoing management of environmental, health and safety requirements.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BRASS AND COPPER HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Management expenses environmental costs related to existing conditions resulting from past or current operations and from which no current or future benefit is discernible. Expenditures that extend the life of the related property are capitalized. The Company determines its liability on a location by location basis and records a liability at the time it is deemed probable and can be reasonably estimated. The Company is currently not aware of any environmental matters which may have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, or liquidity.

On November 19, 2007 (the date of inception of GBC), the Company acquired the assets and operations relating to the worldwide metals business of Olin Corporation. Olin Corporation agreed to retain liability arising out of the existing conditions on certain of our properties for any remedial actions required by environmental laws, and agreed to indemnify the Company for all or part of a number of other environmental liabilities. Since 2007, Olin Corporation has been performing remedial actions at the facilities in East Alton, Illinois and Waterbury, Connecticut, and has been participating in remedial actions at certain other properties as well. If Olin Corporation were to stop its environmental remedial activities at the Company’s properties, the Company could be required to assume responsibility for these activities, the cost of which could be material.

Insurance Coverage

The Company maintains Comprehensive Medical Plans for employees of GBC and its subsidiaries (the “Plans”) to provide health insurance for eligible employees on a self-insured basis. The Plans are covered by a stop loss policy for those benefits provided on a self-insured basis with a deductible of $275 per occurrence.

The Company is self-insured for workers’ compensation claims assumed from its predecessor company for activity prior to November 19, 2007 and benefits paid under employee health care programs. Workers’ compensation claims relating to activity after November 19, 2007 are covered by a loss funding insurance arrangement whereby the Company makes a fixed payment to the insurer which is used to pay submitted claims. The Company is self-insured for a portion of annual workers’ compensation costs of up to $500 per occurrence.

Legal Considerations

The Company is party to various legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. The Company believes that none of its lawsuits are individually material or that the aggregate exposure of all of its lawsuits, including those that are probable and those that are only reasonably possible, is material to its financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Department of Justice Inquiry

On August 31, 2009 the Company received a subpoena issued by a federal grand jury in the Northern District of Ohio seeking documents and information from Chase in connection with an investigation by the Antitrust Division of the United States Department of Justice (“DOJ”) into possible antitrust violations in the brass rods industry. The case was closed in February 2011, with no charges filed against Chase.

Operating Leases

The Company has operating leases covering certain of its facilities and equipment under non-cancelable lease agreements.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BRASS AND COPPER HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable leases in effect are as follows:

 

Year

   Payment  

2011

   $ 1,835   

2012

     1,052   

2013

     711   

2014

     200   

2015

     18   

Thereafter

     28   
  

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 3,844   
  

 

 

 

Rental expense under all operating leases was approximately $3,319, $3,800 and $3,366 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, and is recorded in cost of sales or selling, general and administrative costs depending on the nature and use of the underlying asset being leased.

18. Profit Interest Awards

Halkos has granted, pursuant to the Halkos Equity Plan, non-voting membership interests to select members of the Company’s management called Class B, C and D Shares. The Class B, C and D Shares are profits interests in Halkos.

Class B Shares

In 2007, 2010 and 2011 in connection with the of Class C and D Shares, Halkos issued Class B Shares to certain members of the Company’s management. Class B Shares generally vest over a period of three years. Due to certain aspects of the plan, primarily related to Halkos repurchase rights, the Class B Shares are accounted for as a profit sharing arrangement. Expense on the Class B Shares is recorded in the period in which distributions to Class B award holders are determined to be probable. Prior to August 2010, no distributions were made. In August 2010, the Company executives received $3,452 in distributions from Halkos to the extent their B Shares were vested. To the extent vesting provisions are achieved in 2011, 2012 and 2013, certain Company executives may also be paid a total of $885 by Halkos. Distributions are accounted for by the Company as non-cash compensation expense with a corresponding increase in additional paid-in capital.

Class C and D Shares

In 2007, Halkos issued Class C and D Shares to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. The Class C and D Shares provide the holder the opportunity to receive additional compensation if certain market conditions and performance conditions are achieved, including certain specified returns on KPS’s original investment. Based upon the terms of the awards, the Class C and D Shares are considered to be dual-indexed awards which will be accounted for as liability awards once it becomes probable that KPS will own less than 20% of Halkos. At that time, expense will be recognized over the implied service period and the awards will be remeasured at each reporting date at fair market value with any changes therein recorded as compensation expense.

 

 

F-47


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BRASS AND COPPER HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All dollar amounts in thousands)

 

At December 31, 2010, the Company determined that the performance conditions for the C and D Shares were not probable. As a result, no expense relative to these awards is reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. The Company performed a valuation of the Class C and D Shares as of December 31, 2010. The valuation used discounted cash flow and comparable company analyses to estimate an enterprise value for the Company and then used a Black-Scholes model to allocate enterprise value to the C and D Shares. Key assumptions in the Black-Scholes model were as follows:

 

Risk free rate:

     0.5

Time to expiration:

     1.25 years   

Volatility:

     47.5

Fair value (per C award):

   $ 1,506   

Fair value (per D award):

   $ 1,167   

At December 31, 2010, the Class C and D Shares were estimated to have an aggregate value of approximately $5,150, all of which was unrecognized.

In June 2011, the Halkos Equity Plan was amended and the Class C and D Shares were converted to Class B Shares at fair market value. As a result, no expense relative to these awards is reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. As of September 30, 2011, there were not any Class C or Class D Shares outstanding.

19. Segment Information

The Company reports segments on the basis of products and services offered and have determined that it has three reportable segments: Olin Brass, Chase Brass and Oster.

The Olin Brass segment is the leading manufacturer and converter of copper and copper-alloy sheet, strip, foil and fabricated components in North America. While primarily processing copper and copper-alloys, the segment also rerolls and forms other metals such as stainless and carbon steel. Olin Brass’s products are used in five primary end markets: building and housing, munitions, automotive, coinage, and electronics/electrical components.

Chase Brass is a leading North American manufacturer of brass rod. The segment principally produces brass rod in sizes ranging from 1/4 inch to 4.5 inches in diameter. The key attributes of brass rod include its machinability, corrosion resistance and moderate strength, making it ideal for forging and machining products such as valves and fittings. Chase Brass produces brass rod used in production applications which can be grouped into four end markets: building and housing, transportation, electronics/electrical components and industrial machinery and equipment.

A.J. Oster is a leading copper-alloy distributor and processor. The segment, through its family of metal service centers, is strategically focused on satisfying its customers’ needs for brass and copper parts and other products, with a high level of service, quality and flexibility by offering customization and just-in-time delivery. Value-added processing services include precision slitting and traverse winding to provide greater customer press up-time, hot air level tinning for superior corrosion resistance and product enhancement such as edging and cutting. Important A.J. Oster end markets include building and housing, automotive, transportation, and electronics/electrical components (primarily for housing and commercial construction).

 

F-48


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BRASS AND COPPER HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All dollar amounts in thousands)

 

The chief operating decision maker evaluates performance and determines resource allocations based on a number of factors, the primary performance measures being Segment Adjusted EBITDA.

Segment Adjusted EBITDA is an EBITDA based measure of operating performance with EBITDA being defined by the Company as net income (loss) before depreciation and amortization, interest expense, and income taxes. The Company defines Segment Adjusted EBITDA as EBITDA further adjusted to remove the impacts of inventory values for LIFO and lower of cost or market charges, the cost of terminating certain collateral hedges, unrealized mark to market gains and losses on derivative instruments, non-cash compensation expense and non-cash income accretion related to the Company’s joint venture investment, each of which are excluded because management believes they are not indicative of the ongoing performance of the Company’s core operations. Corporate and Eliminations include corporate amounts, primarily compensation, tax and overhead costs unrelated to a specific segment, and elimination of intercompany balances. The chief operating decision maker is not provided with nor reviews assets by segment for purposes of allocating resources.

 

 

F-49


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BRASS AND COPPER HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Below is a reconciliation of the Company’s Segment Adjusted EBITDA to income before provision for income taxes and equity income:

 

           For the Year Ended December 31,  
           2010     2009     2008  

Net Sales, External Customers

        

Olin Brass

     $ 710,271      $ 500,829      $ 912,084   

Chase

       611,870        411,095        705,527   

Oster

       336,588        228,937        390,667   
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net sales, external customers

     $ 1,658,729      $ 1,140,861      $ 2,008,278   
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Intersegment Net Sales

        

Olin Brass

     $ 57,919      $ 43,484      $ 71,104   

Chase

       765        756        6,054   

Oster

       928        1,014        1,563   
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total intersegment net sales

     $ 59,612      $ 45,254      $ 78,721   
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Segment Adjusted EBITDA

        

Olin Brass

     $ 22,855      $ 8,880      $ 17,750   

Chase

       61,158        39,252        36,230   

Oster

       21,324        8,823        5,162   
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total segment adjusted EBITDA

       105,337        56,955        59,142   

Corporate and Eliminations

       (15,714     (7,193     (5,425

Depreciation and amortization

       (2,971     (1,903     (561

Interest expense

       (25,076     (18,136     (20,045

Equity method investment (income) / loss

     (A     (806     670        95   

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

       512        126        29   

LIFO liquidation gain/(loss)

       21,009        (474       

Lower of cost or market adjustment

                     (170,939

Impact of inventory basis adjustment

     (B            4,082          

Gain (loss) on derivative contracts

       (12,797     (21,690     19,881   

Compensation expense—profits interest awards

       (3,452              
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before provision for (benefit from) income taxes and equity income

     $ 66,042      $ 12,437      $ (117,823
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

        

Olin Brass

     $ 1,624      $ 1,062      $ 221   

Chase

       1,200        726        297   

Oster

       147        115        43   
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total depreciation and amortization

     $ 2,971      $ 1,903      $ 561   
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIFO liquidation gain/(loss)

        

Olin Brass

     $ 23,253      $ (474   $   

Chase

       75                 

Oster

       (48              

Corporate and Eliminations

       (2,271              
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total LIFO liquidation gain/(loss)

     $ 21,009      $ (474   $   
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-50


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BRASS AND COPPER HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All dollar amounts in thousands)

 

         For the Year Ended December 31,  
         2010     2009     2008  

Lower of cost or market adjustment

        

Olin Brass

     $      $      $ (104,746

Chase

                     (31,925

Oster

                     (34,268

Corporate and Eliminations

                       
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total lower of cost or market adjustment

     $      $      $ (170,939
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capital Expenditures

        

Olin Brass

     $ 3,999      $ 6,616      $ 9,266   

Chase

       7,377        5,155        4,988   

Oster

       551        423        1,096   

Corporate and Eliminations

                     314   
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capital expenditures

     $    11,927      $    12,194      $       15,664   
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(A) Excludes accretion income of $724 in each of the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008. Equity method investment (income)/loss is exclusive to Olin Brass.
(B) The $4,082 adjustment represents the difference between our foreign entities’ replacement cost of metal included in net sales in the year ended December 31, 2009 and the carrying value of our metal inventory at December 31, 2008 that was recognized in cost of sales in 2009 in accordance with the FIFO basis cost recognition. Our foreign operations are accounted for on a FIFO basis. The impact of inventory basis adjustment is exclusive to Olin Brass.

Summarized geographic information is shown in the following table. Net sales are attributed to individual countries based on the location from which the products are shipped. No customer represented 10 percent or more of consolidated revenues in 2010, 2009 or 2008.

 

     For the Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2010      2009      2008  

Net sales:

        

United States

   $ 1,567,472       $ 1,086,299       $ 1,920,154   

Asia Pacific

     62,358         36,109         60,407   

Mexico

     28,899         18,453         27,717   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net sales

   $ 1,658,729       $ 1,140,861       $ 2,008,278   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Substantially all long-lived assets are maintained in the United States.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BRASS AND COPPER HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All dollar amounts in thousands)

 

20. Subsequent Events

The Company has performed an evaluation of events that have occurred subsequent to December 31, 2010 and through October 28, 2011 (which is the date the Company issued its financial statements).

On October 26, 2011 the Company agreed with its lender group to amend the minimum interest coverage ratio financial covenant pursuant to the Credit and Guaranty Agreement as follows:

 

     Previous Covenant      Amended Covenant  

Ending September 30, 2011

     2.5:1         2.5:1   

Ending December 31, 2011

     3.0:1         2.5:1   

Ending March 31, 2012

     3.0:1         2.5:1   

Ending June 30, 2012

     3.0:1         2.5:1   

Ending September 30, 2012

     3.0:1         2.5:1   

Ending December 31, 2012

     3.0:1         2.5:1   

Ending March 31, 2013

     3.0:1         2.5:1   

Ending June 30, 2013

     3.0:1         2.5:1   

Ending September 30, 2013

     3.0:1         2.5:1   

Ending December 31, 2013

     3.0:1         2.5:1   

Ending March 31, 2014

     3.0:1         3.0:1   

Ending June 30, 2014

     3.0:1         3.0:1   

Ending September 30, 2014

     3.0:1         3.0:1   

Ending December 31, 2014

     3.0:1         3.0:1   

Ending March 31, 2015

     3.0:1         3.0:1   

Ending June 30, 2015

     3.0:1         3.0:1   

The interest coverage ratio at June 30, 2011 was 3.1:1.

Additionally, certain other terms and provisions of its Credit and Guaranty Agreement and Revolving Credit Facility were amended. In summary, the amended terms:

 

   

permit the Company to pursue a strategic acquisition of up to $75,000 on or before June 30, 2012, which is in addition to the existing $50,000 permitted acquisition provision included in the initial agreements, subject to:

 

   

a requirement that compliance with the leverage ratio under the Credit and Guaranty Agreement on a pro forma basis for the four consecutive most recently completed fiscal quarters prior to such acquisition be no greater than 3.5:1, or 0.5:1 more restrictive than the existing quarterly leverage ratio;

 

   

a requirement that the average excess availability under the Revolving Credit Facility for the 45 day period immediately prior to the date of acquisition and as if the acquisition took place on the first day of the 45 day period shall not be less than $60,000;

 

   

a requirement that at least 25% of the total gross cash consideration payable for the acquisition (including any deferred cash consideration) shall be paid with the proceeds of cash common equity contributed to the Company by KPS; and

 

   

a requirement that the aggregate amount of pro forma adjustments related to the acquisition that can be considered in the calculation of “Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA” (as defined in the Credit and Guaranty Agreement) and “EBITDA” (as defined in the Revolving Credit Facility) for purposes of compliance with the terms and provisions of the Credit and Guaranty Agreement and Revolving Credit Facility shall not exceed $6,500.

 

 

F-52


Table of Contents

GLOBAL BRASS AND COPPER HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All dollar amounts in thousands)

 

   

allow for an increase in the management fees permitted to be paid upon termination of the existing management services agreement between the Company and KPS in an amount not to exceed $6,000 less any management fee payments made to KPS after the October 26, 2011 amendment prior to a Qualified IPO; and

 

   

modify the definition of “Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA” and “EBITDA” to permit the add-back of certain expenses associated with the October 26, 2011 amendment and certain increased KPS management agreement termination fees.

Fees paid to lenders in connection with the amendment of $1,675 have been deferred and will be amortized as interest expense over the remaining term of the debt agreements. Fees paid to third parties were expensed as incurred.

As a result of the amendment, the Company currently believes that it will remain in compliance with its covenants based on its current financial projections. However, the Company’s financial projections are based on assumptions with respect to the economy, competition, and other factors. An adverse change in one or more of these assumptions may have an adverse impact on the Company’s financial performance and render the Company unable to comply with some or all of its covenants. The Company could seek waivers or additional amendments to the credit agreements if a violation did occur. However, the Company can provide no assurance that it could successfully obtain such waivers or amendments from its lenders. If the Company is unable to comply with some or all of the financial or non-financial covenants and the Company fails to obtain future waivers or amendments to the credit agreements, the lenders may terminate the Credit and Guaranty Agreement and the Revolving Credit Facility and declare all or any portion of the obligations under the Credit and Guaranty Agreement and the Revolving Credit Facility due and payable.

On May 13, 2011, the Company obtained a waiver from its lenders under the Credit and Guaranty Agreement and the Revolving Credit Facility related to a technical restatement of financial statements of Global Brass and Copper, Inc. previously delivered under the agreements governing those facilities and an additional waiver because the consolidated financial statements of Global Brass and Copper, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2010 could not be delivered within the prescribed time period as a result of the restatement.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

 

 

            Shares

Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc.

Common Stock

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

Morgan Stanley

 

 

Through and including                     , 2012 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, expected to be incurred in connection with the issuance and distribution of the common stock registered hereby. All amounts are estimates except the SEC registration, Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, and The New York Stock Exchange filing fees.

 

SEC registration fee.

   $ 17,190   

FINRA filing fee.

   $ 15,500   

New York Stock Exchange listing fee

     *   

Accountants’ fees and expenses

     *   

Legal fees and expenses

     *   

Transfer Agent’s fees and expenses.

     *   

Printing and engraving expenses

     *   

Miscellaneous

     *   
  

 

 

 

Total Expenses

   $ *   
  

 

 

 

 

* To be filed by amendment

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Directors’ liability; indemnification of directors and officers .    Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc. is a Delaware corporation. Section 145(a) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides, in general, that a corporation shall have the power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, other than an action by or in the right of the corporation, because the person is or was a director or officer of the corporation. Such indemnity may be against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and if, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, the person did not have reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was unlawful.

Section 145(b) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides, in general, that a corporation shall have the power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor because the person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, against any expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to be indemnified for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

Section 145(g) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides, in general, that a corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the corporation against any liability asserted against the person in any such

 

II-1


Table of Contents

capacity, or arising out of the person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify the person against such liability under the provisions of the law. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, a director will not be liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. In addition, our bylaws provide that we will indemnify each director and officer and may indemnify employees and agents, as determined by our board, to the fullest extent provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.

The foregoing statements are subject to the detailed provisions of Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and by-laws.

Section 102 of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits the limitation of directors’ personal liability to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duties as a director except for (i) any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law, (iii) breaches under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which relates to unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchase or redemptions, and (iv) any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Reference is made to Item 17 for our undertakings with respect to indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act.

We maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance for our officers and directors.

The underwriting agreement for this offering will provide that each underwriter severally agrees to indemnify and hold us harmless, each of our directors, each of our officers who signs the registration statement, and each person who controls us within the meaning of the Securities Act but only with respect to written information relating to such underwriter furnished to the us by or on behalf of such underwriter specifically for inclusion in the documents referred to in the foregoing indemnity.

Upon completion of this offering, we expect to enter into an indemnification agreement with each of our executive officers and directors that provides, in general, that we will indemnify them to the fullest extent permitted by law in connection with their service to us or on our behalf.

The indemnification rights set forth above shall not be exclusive of any other right which an indemnified person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our amended and restated bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

 

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

The registrant has not sold any securities during the last three years in transactions that were not registered under the Securities Act.

 

II-2


Table of Contents
Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

 

  (a) Exhibits

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  2.1     Purchase Agreement, between Global Brass and Copper Acquisition Co. and Olin Corporation, dated as of October 15, 2007.
  3.1*    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc.
  3.2*    Amended and Restated Bylaws of Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc.
  4.1*    Form of Certificate of Common Stock of Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc.
  5.1*    Opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP regarding the validity of common stock being registered.
10.1*    Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc. 2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan.
10.2     Employment Agreement between Global Brass and Copper, Inc. and John Walker, dated October 31, 2008.
10.3     Severance Agreement, by and between John J. Wasz and Global Brass and Copper, Inc., dated August 31, 2011.
10.4     Severance Agreement, by and between Daniel B. Becker and Global Brass and Copper, Inc., dated July 28, 2011.
10.5     Severance Agreement, by and between Robert T. Micchelli and Global Brass and Copper, Inc., dated October 20, 2011.
10.6     Severance Agreement, by and between Devin K. Denner and Global Brass and Copper, Inc., dated July 29, 2011.
10.7*    Credit and Guaranty Agreement, by and among Global Brass and Copper, Inc., GBC Metals, LLC, A.J. Oster, LLC, Chase Brass, LLC, Chase Brass and Copper Company LLC, Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc., certain subsidiaries of Global Brass and Copper, Inc. and Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC, dated August 18, 2010.
10.8*    Amendment No. 1 and Waiver to Credit and Guaranty Agreement, by and among Global Brass and Copper, Inc., GBC Metals, LLC, A.J. Oster, LLC, Chase Brass, LLC, Chase Brass and Copper Company LLC, Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc., certain subsidiaries of Global Brass and Copper, Inc. and Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC, dated May 13, 2011.
10.9*    Amendment No. 2 to Credit and Guaranty Agreement, by and among Global Brass and Copper, Inc., GBC Metals, LLC, A.J. Oster, LLC, Chase Brass, LLC, Chase Brass and Copper Company LLC, Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc., certain subsidiaries of Global Brass and Copper, Inc. and Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC, dated October 26, 2011.
10.10*    Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, by and among Global Brass and Copper, Inc., Chase Brass and Copper Company, LLC, GBC Metals, LLC, Chase Brass, LLC, A.J. Oster, LLC, Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc., other guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association and other lenders, dated August 18, 2010.
10.11*    Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement and Waiver, by and among Global Brass and Copper, Inc., Chase Brass and Copper Company, LLC, GBC Metals, LLC, Chase Brass, LLC, A.J. Oster, LLC, Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc., other guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association and other lenders, dated May 13, 2011.
10.12*
   Amendment No. 2 to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, by and among Global Brass and Copper, Inc., Chase Brass and Copper Company, LLC, GBC Metals, LLC, Chase Brass, LLC, A.J. Oster, LLC, Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc., other guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association and other lenders, dated October 26, 2011.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

10.13    Indenture of Lease, between The Lares Group II and A.J. Oster Company, dated March 1, 1995, as amended.
10.14    Single Tenant Lease, between La Palmea Flex, L.P. and A.J. Oster West LLC, dated February 1, 2009.
11.1*     Statement regarding computation of earnings per share.
21.1**    List of Subsidiaries of Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc.
23.1*     Consent of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP (included in the opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1).
23.2      Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
24.1**    Power of Attorney (included on the signature page hereof).

 

* To be filed by amendment
** Previously filed

 

  (b) Financial Statement Schedules

See Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc.’s Consolidated Financial Statements starting on page F-1. All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the SEC are not required, are inapplicable or the information is included in the consolidated financial statements, and have therefore been omitted.

 

Item 17. Undertakings.

(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing date specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(c) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of East Alton, in the state of Illinois, on the 6th day of January, 2012.

 

GLOBAL BRASS AND COPPER HOLDINGS, INC.

By:  

/s/ John H. Walker

Name:   John H. Walker
Title:  

Chief Executive Officer and Director

(principal executive officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed on January 6, 2012 by the following persons in the capacities indicated.

 

Name

  

Position

 

/s/ John H. Walker

John H. Walker

  

Chief Executive Officer and Director

(principal executive officer)

 

 

/s/ Robert T. Micchelli

Robert T. Micchelli

  

Chief Financial Officer

(principal financial officer and

principal accounting officer)

*

Michael Psaros

  

Chairman of the Board of Directors

*

Raquel Palmer

  

Director

*

David Shapiro

  

Director

*

Jay Bernstein

  

Director

*

George Thanopoulos

  

Director

*

Ronald C. Whitaker

  

Director

*

Martin E. Welch, III

  

Director

*

David Burritt

  

Director

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Name

  

Position

 

*By:

 

/s/ Robert T. Micchelli

 

Robert T. Micchelli

  Attorney-in-fact

 

II-6


Table of Contents

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

  1.1*     Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  2.1     Purchase Agreement, between Global Brass and Copper Acquisition Co. and Olin Corporation, dated as of October 15, 2007.
  3.1*     Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc.
  3.2*     Amended and Restated Bylaws of Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc.
  4.1*     Form of Certificate of Common Stock of Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc.
  5.1*     Opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP regarding the validity of common stock being registered.
10.1*     Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc. 2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan.
10.2    Employment Agreement between Global Brass and Copper, Inc. and John Walker, dated October 31, 2008.
10.3    Severance Agreement, by and between John J. Wasz and Global Brass and Copper, Inc., dated August 31, 2011.
10.4    Severance Agreement, by and between Daniel B. Becker and Global Brass and Copper, Inc., dated July 28, 2011.
10.5    Severance Agreement, by and between Robert T. Micchelli and Global Brass and Copper, Inc., dated October 20, 2011.
10.6    Severance Agreement, by and between Devin K. Denner and Global Brass and Copper, Inc., dated July 29, 2011.
10.7*    Credit and Guaranty Agreement, by and among Global Brass and Copper, Inc., GBC Metals, LLC, A.J. Oster, LLC, Chase Brass, LLC, Chase Brass and Copper Company LLC, Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc., certain subsidiaries of Global Brass and Copper, Inc. and Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC, dated August 18, 2010.
10.8*    Amendment No. 1 and Waiver to Credit and Guaranty Agreement, by and among Global Brass and Copper, Inc., GBC Metals, LLC, A.J. Oster, LLC, Chase Brass, LLC, Chase Brass and Copper Company LLC, Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc., certain subsidiaries of Global Brass and Copper, Inc. and Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC, dated May 13, 2011.
10.9*    Amendment No. 2 to Credit and Guaranty Agreement, by and among Global Brass and Copper, Inc., GBC Metals, LLC, A.J. Oster, LLC, Chase Brass, LLC, Chase Brass and Copper Company LLC, Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc., certain subsidiaries of Global Brass and Copper, Inc. and Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC, dated October 26, 2011.
10.10*    Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, by and among Global Brass and Copper, Inc., Chase Brass and Copper Company, LLC, GBC Metals, LLC, Chase Brass, LLC, A.J. Oster, LLC, Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc., other guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association and other lenders, dated August 18, 2010.
10.11*    Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement and Waiver, by and among Global Brass and Copper, Inc., Chase Brass and Copper Company, LLC, GBC Metals, LLC, Chase Brass, LLC, A.J. Oster, LLC, Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc., other guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association and other lenders, dated May 13, 2011.

 

II-7


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

    

Description

  10.12*       Amendment No. 2 to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, by and among Global Brass and Copper, Inc., Chase Brass and Copper Company, LLC, GBC Metals, LLC, Chase Brass, LLC, A.J. Oster, LLC, Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc., other guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association and other lenders, dated October 26, 2011.
  10.13       Indenture of Lease, between The Lares Group II and A.J. Oster Company, dated March 1, 1995, as amended.
  10.14       Single Tenant Lease, between La Palmea Flex, L.P. and A.J. Oster West LLC, dated February 1, 2009.
  11.1*      

Statement regarding computation of earnings per share.

  21.1**       List of Subsidiaries of Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc.
  23.1*       Consent of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP (included in the opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1).
  23.2       Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
  24.1**       Power of Attorney (included on the signature page hereof).

 

* To be filed by amendment
** Previously filed

 

II-8

Exhibit 2.1

 

 

 

PURCHASE AGREEMENT

dated as of October 15, 2007,

between

GLOBAL BRASS AND COPPER ACQUISITION CO.

and

OLIN CORPORATION

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

ARTICLE I

 

  

Purchase and Sale of Purchased Companies’ Equity Interests and Transferred Assets; Assumption of Transferred Liabilities

  

SECTION1.01. Sale of Purchased Companies’ Equity Interests and Transferred Assets; Assumption of the Transferred Liabilities

     2   

SECTION 1.02. Transfer of the Excluded Assets; Excluded Liabilities; Consents of Third Parties

     3   

SECTION 1.03. Closing; Closing Date

     3   

SECTION 1.04. Transactions To Be Effected at closing

     4   

SECTION 1.05. Post-Closing Purchase Price Adjustment

     5   

ARTICLE II

 

  

Representations and Warranties Relating to the Seller and the Purchased Companies’ Equity Interests

  

SECTION 2.01. Organization Standing and Power

     8   

SECTION 2.02. Authority; Execution and Delivery; Enforceability

     8   

SECTION 2.03. No Conflicts; Consents

     9   

SECTION 2.04. The Purchased Companies’ Equity Interests

     10   

SECTION 2.05. Brokers or Finders

     10   

ARTICLE III

 

  

Representations and Warranties Relating to the Transferred Entities and the Transferred Assets

  

SECTION 3.01. Organization and Standing; Books and Records

     10   

SECTION 3.02. Equity Interests in the Transferred Entities; Equity Interests in Other Persons; Indebtedness

     11   

SECTION 3.03. Authority; Execution and Delivery; Enforceability

     11   

SECTION 3.04. No Conflicts; Consents

     12   

SECTION 3.05. Financial Statements; Undisclosed Liabilities

     13   

SECTION 3.06. Assets Other than Real Property Interests

     13   

SECTION 3.07. Real Property

     14   

SECTION 3.08. Intellectual Property

     15   

SECTION 3.09. Contracts

     16   

SECTION 3.10. Permits

     18   

SECTION 3.11. Insurance

     18   

SECTION 3.12. Taxes

     18   

 

i


     Page  

SECTION 3.13. Proceedings

     20   

SECTION 3.14. Benefit Plans

     20   

SECTION 3.15. Absence of Changes or Events

     23   

SECTION 3.16. Compliance with Applicable Laws

     24   

SECTION 3.17. Environmental Matters

     25   

SECTION 3.18. Employee and Labor Matters

     25   

SECTION 3.19. Transactions with Affiliates

     26   

SECTION 3.20. Sufficiency of Assets

     26   

SECTION 3.21. Customers

     27   

SECTION 3.22. Suppliers; Raw Materials

     27   

SECTION 3.23. Products; Product and Service Warranties; Product Liability

     27   

SECTION 3.24. No Other Representations or Warranties

     27   

ARTICLE IV

 

  

Representations and Warranties of the Purchaser

 

  

SECTION 4.01. Organization, Standing and Power

     28   

SECTION 4.02. Authority; Execution and Delivery; Enforceability

     28   

SECTION 4.03. No Conflicts; Consents

     28   

SECTION 4.04. Litigation

     29   

SECTION 4.05. Securities Act

     29   

SECTION 4.06. Financing

     29   

SECTION 4.07. Activities of the Purchaser

     30   

SECTION 4.08. Solvency

     30   

SECTION 4.09. Sponsor Fund Guarantees

     30   

SECTION 4.10. Going Concern

     30   

SECTION 4.11. Brokers or Finders

     30   

SECTION 4.12. No Other Representations and Warranties

     30   

ARTICLE V

 

  

Pre-Closing Covenants

 

  

SECTION 5.01. Covenants Relating to Conduct of Business

     31   

SECTION 5.02. No Solicitation

     34   

SECTION 5.03. Commercially Reasonable Efforts; Financing

     34   

SECTION 5.04. Expenses; Transfer Taxes

     39   

SECTION 5.05. Tax Matters

     40   

SECTION 5.06. [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

     42   

SECTION 5.07. Section 338(g) Election

     43   

SECTION 5.08. Employee Matters

     43   

SECTION 5.09. Access to Information

     53   

SECTION 5.10. Commercial Arrangements

     54   

SECTION 5.11. Release of Guarantees and Letters of Credit

     54   

SECTION 5.12. Repayment of Indebtedness; Intercompany Accounts

     55   

SECTION 5.13. Yamaha-Olin Metal Joint Venture Agreement

     55   

 

ii


     Page  

SECTION 5.14. Resignations

     55   

SECTION 5.15. Monthly Financial Information

     56   

SECTION 5.16. Conversions to LLCs

     56   

ARTICLE VI

 

  

Other Agreements

 

  

SECTION 6.01. Agreement Not To Compete; Non-Solicitation of Employees

     56   

SECTION 6.02. Confidentiality

     57   

SECTION 6.03. Publicity

     58   

SECTION 6.04. Connecticut Property Transfer Law; Pre-Closing Environmental Matters

     58   

SECTION 6.05. Use of Names Following the Closing; Supplies

     58   

SECTION 6.06. Export Licenses

     59   

SECTION 6.07. Arrangements Pending Subdivision of Real Property; Easements

     59   

SECTION 6.08. Accounts Receivable

     59   

SECTION 6.09. Post-Closing Cooperation

     59   

SECTION 6.10. Further Assurances

     60   

SECTION 6.11. Consents

     60   

ARTICLE VII

 

  

Conditions Precedent

 

  

SECTION 7.01. Conditions to Each Party’s Obligation

     60   

SECTION 7.02. Conditions to Obligation of the Purchaser

     60   

SECTION 7.03. Conditions to Obligation of the Seller

     61   

SECTION 7.04. Frustration of Closing Conditions

     62   

ARTICLE VIII

 

  

Termination, Amendment and Waiver

 

  

SECTION 8.01. Termination

     62   

SECTION 8.02. Effect of Termination; Sponsor Termination Fee; Limitation of Liability

     63   

SECTION 8.03. Amendments and Waivers

     65   

ARTICLE IX

 

  

Indemnification

 

  

SECTION 9.01. Tax Indemnification

     65   

SECTION 9.02. Indemnification by the Seller

     66   

SECTION 9.03. Threshold; Cap; De Minimis; Other Limitations

     67   

SECTION 9.04. Survival of Representations; Covenants; Agreements

     69   

SECTION 9.05. Termination of Indemnification

     69   

SECTION 9.06. Exclusive Monetary Remedy; Consequential Damages; Nature of Payments; No Duplicate Recovery; Access Rights

     70   

 

iii


     Page  

SECTION 9.07. Indemnification by the Purchaser

     71   

SECTION 9.08. Calculation of Losses

     71   

SECTION 9.09. Procedures

     72   

ARTICLE X

  

General Provisions

  

SECTION 10.01. Assignment

     76   

SECTION 10.02. No Third Party Beneficiaries

     76   

SECTION 10.03. Notices

     77   

SECTION 10.04. Counterparts

     78   

SECTION 10.05. Entire Agreement

     78   

SECTION 10.06. Severability

     78   

SECTION 10.07. Governing Law

     78   

SECTION 10.08. Consent to Jurisdiction

     78   

SECTION 10.09. Waiver of Jury Trial

     79   

SECTION 10.10. Enforcement

     79   

SECTION 10.11. Defined Terms

     80   

SECTION 10.12. Exhibits and Schedules; Interpretation

     89   

 

Exhibits

    
Exhibit A   

Purchased Companies’ Equity Interests and Purchased Company Subsidiaries Equity Interests

Exhibit B   

Form of Transition Services Agreement

Exhibit C   

Form of Winchester Supply Agreement

Exhibit D   

Form of Environmental Access Agreement

Exhibit E   

Form of Trademark License Agreement

Exhibit F   

Calculation of Working Capital

Exhibit G   

Arrangements Pending Subdivision of Real Property; Easements

Exhibit H   

Balance Sheet

Exhibit I   

Transferred Assets and Transferred Liabilities; Excluded Assets and

Excluded Liabilities

Exhibit J   

Knowledge of the Seller; Knowledge of the Purchaser

 

iv


PURCHASE AGREEMENT dated as of October 15, 2007 (this “ Agreement ”), between GLOBAL BRASS AND COPPER ACQUISITION CO., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Purchaser ”) and OLIN CORPORATION, a corporation organized under the laws of Commonwealth of Virginia (the “ Seller ”).

WHEREAS the Seller desires to sell, and the Purchaser desires to purchase, the Business;

WHEREAS the Seller is the direct owner of the number of equity interests (such term and each other defined term used but not otherwise defined in this Agreement having the meaning given it in Section 10.11(a)) in each of the entities set forth below the Seller’s name in Exhibit A hereto set forth opposite such entities’ names (such entities are collectively referred to as the “ Purchased Companies ” and such equity interests are collectively referred to as the “ Purchased Companies’ Equity Interests ”);

WHEREAS the applicable Purchased Company is directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, the owner of the number of equity interests in each of the entities listed below such Purchased Company’s name in Exhibit A hereto set forth opposite such entities’ names (such entities are collectively referred to as the “ Purchased Company Subsidiaries ” and such equity interests are collectively referred to as the “ Purchased Company Subsidiaries, Equity Interests ”);

WHEREAS the Seller, the Subsidiary Transferors, the Purchased Companies and the Purchased Company Subsidiaries conduct the Business (the Purchased Companies and the Purchased Company Subsidiaries are collectively referred to as the “ Transferred Entities ”; the Seller, the Subsidiary Transferors are together referred to as the “ Transferors ”);

WHEREAS KPS Special Situations Fund II, L.P., KPS Special Situations Fund II (A), L.P., KPS Special Situations Fund III, L.P. and KPS Special Situations Fund III (A), L.P., affiliates of the Purchaser (collectively, the “ Sponsor Funds ”), have executed and delivered to the Purchaser, and the Purchaser has delivered to the Seller in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, (a) commitment letters dated as of the date of this Agreement pursuant to which the Sponsor Funds have issued equity commitments to the Purchaser, the proceeds of which will be used to pay a portion of the Purchase Price and the fees and expenses relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (such commitment letters and, if applicable, any replacement commitments obtained by the Purchaser in compliance with Section 5.03(b) are collectively referred to as the “ Equity Financing Commitments ”) and (b) limited guarantees dated as of the date of this Agreement in favor of the Seller with respect to the obligations of the Purchaser arising under or relating to this Agreement (such guarantees are collectively referred to as the “ Sponsor Fund Guarantees ”);

 


WHEREAS certain financial institutions have executed and delivered to the Purchaser, and the Purchaser has delivered to the Seller in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, commitment letters dated as of the date of this Agreement pursuant to which such financial institutions have issued lending commitments to the Purchaser, the proceeds of which will be used to pay a portion of the Purchase Price and the fees and expenses relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (such commitment letters and, if applicable, any replacement commitments obtained by the Purchaser in compliance with Section 5.03(b) are collectively referred to as the “ Debt Financing Commitments ”; the Debt Financing Commitments and the Equity Financing Commitments are referred to as the “ Financing Commitments ”);

WHEREAS, at the Closing, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Transferors desire to sell and transfer to the Purchaser or its designees, and the Purchaser or its designees desire to purchase and accept from the Transferors, the Purchased Companies’ Equity Interests, the Transferred Assets and the Transferred Liabilities (the “ Acquisition ”); and

WHEREAS, immediately after the Closing, the Purchaser or its designees will (a) directly own the Purchased Companies’ Equity Interests and the Transferred Assets, (b) directly be responsible for the Transferred Liabilities and (c) indirectly own the Purchased Company Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (the Purchased Companies’ Equity Interests and the Purchased Company Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests are collectively referred to as the “ Transferred Equity Interests ”).

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Purchase and Sale of Purchased Companies’ Equity Interests and Transferred Assets;

Assumption of Transferred Liabilities

SECTION 1.01. Sale of the Purchased Companies’ Equity Interests and the Transferred Assets; Assumption of the Transferred Liabilities . (a) Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, at the Closing, the Seller shall, and shall cause the Subsidiary Transferors to, sell, transfer and deliver to the Purchaser or its designees, and the Purchaser or its designees shall purchase and accept from the Transferors, the Purchased Companies’ Equity Interests and the Transferred Assets free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens) for (i) (A) an aggregate purchase price of $400,000,000 in cash plus (B) the Working Capital Overage, if any, minus (C) the Working Capital Underage, if any, (the “ Estimated Purchase Price ”) payable as set forth below in Section 1.04(b) and subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 1.05 and (ii) the assumption of the Transferred Liabilities, which the Purchaser shall, from and after the Closing, pay, perform and discharge when due.

(b) At least two business days prior to the Closing Date, the chief financial officer of the Seller shall deliver to the Purchaser a reasonable estimate of Closing Working Capital (the “ Working Capital Estimate ”) and the resulting Working

 

2


Capital Overage or Working Capital Underage, as the case may be, certifying that the estimate has been prepared in accordance with the requirements of this Article I and that the line items of the Working Capital Estimate have been calculated in the same manner, using the same methods, as the corresponding line item of the Working Capital Amount set forth on Exhibit F hereto was calculated (except as otherwise provided in Exhibit F hereto), whether or not doing so is in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“ GAAP ”). The foregoing principles are referred to in this Agreement as the “ Working Capital Principles ”.

SECTION 1.02. Transfer of the Excluded Assets; Excluded Liabilities; Consents of Third Parties. (a) Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, immediately prior to the Closing, the Seller shall, and shall cause its subsidiaries (including the Transferred Entities) to make, at the expense and risk of the Seller, such contributions, transfers, assignments and acceptances in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the parties, such that, upon the consummation of such contributions, transfers, assignments and acceptances, the Seller or its designees shall own the Excluded Assets and shall be responsible for the Excluded Liabilities, without further recourse to any Transferred Entity, the Purchaser or its other affiliates. In furtherance of the foregoing, (i) the Seller shall retain, and neither the Purchaser nor any Transferred Entity shall acquire, and no Transferred Entity shall retain, any interest in the Excluded Assets and (ii) the Seller shall retain, and neither the Purchaser nor any Transferred Entity shall assume and no Transferred Entity shall retain, any Excluded Liability.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement to the contrary, no asset, claim, right or benefit the assignment or transfer of which is otherwise contemplated by this Agreement shall be assigned or transferred if such assignment or transfer (or attempt to make such an assignment or transfer) without the consent or approval of a third party would constitute a breach or other contravention of the rights of such third party (such assets being collectively referred to herein as “ Restricted Assets ”) until such consent or approval is obtained; and any assignment or transfer of a Restricted Asset shall be made subject to such consent or approval being obtained. If any such consent or approval is not obtained prior to the Closing, (i) the assigning party, upon request of the other party, shall continue to use its commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with the other party in attempting to obtain any such consent or approval and (ii) the parties agree to negotiate in good faith with respect to alternative arrangements (such as a license, sublease or operating agreement) until such time as such consent or approval has been obtained which would result in the assignee party receiving all the benefits and bearing all the costs, liabilities and burdens with respect to any such Restricted Asset.

SECTION 1.03. Closing; Closing Date. The closing of the Acquisition (the “ Closing ”) shall take place at the offices of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, 825 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10019, at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date specified by the parties, which shall be no later than the third business day following the satisfaction (or, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, the waiver) of the conditions set forth in Section 7.01, or, if on such day any condition set forth in

 

3


Section 7.02 or Section 7.03 (other than any such condition that by its nature is to be satisfied at the Closing) has not been satisfied (or, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, waived by the party entitled to the benefit thereof), as soon as practicable after all the conditions set forth in Article VII (other than such conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing) have been satisfied (or, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, waived by the parties entitled to the benefit thereof), or at such other place, time and date as shall be agreed between the Purchaser and the Seller; provided, however, that in no event shall the Closing occur prior to 31 calendar days from the date hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Purchaser has not received the proceeds of the Debt Financing on the date on which the Closing would otherwise occur pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, the Purchaser shall have the right to delay the Closing for up to 20 calendar days therefrom by providing written notice to the Seller (which notice shall include the new date on which the Closing shall occur and shall be given no later than the date on which the Closing would otherwise occur pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence). The date to which the Closing is delayed pursuant to the written notice referred to in the immediately preceding sentence is referred to in this Agreement as the “ Extension Date ” and the date on which the Closing takes place is referred to in this Agreement as the “ Closing Date ”. The Closing shall be deemed to be effective as of the close of business on the Closing Date.

SECTION 1.04. Transactions To Be Effected at the Closing . At the Closing:

(a) the Seller shall deliver to the Purchaser or its designees (i) in the case of the Purchased Companies’ Equity Interests that are certificated, the certificates representing such Purchased Companies’ Equity Interests, duly endorsed in blank or accompanied by stock or unit powers duly endorsed in blank in proper form for transfer or other proper instruments of transfer, with appropriate transfer Tax stamps, if any, affixed, (ii) such appropriately executed deeds (in recordable form), bills of sale, assignments and other instruments of transfer relating to the Transferred Assets and the Transferred Liabilities, in the form and substance required by applicable Law and reasonably acceptable to the Purchaser to demonstrate the sale, transfer, delivery and assumption of the Transferred Assets and the Transferred Liabilities to or by the Purchaser or its designees and (iii) such other documents as the Purchaser may reasonably request to demonstrate satisfaction of the conditions and compliance with the covenants set forth in this Agreement, including the sale, transfer, delivery and assumption of the Purchased Companies’ Equity Interests, the Transferred Assets and the Transferred Liabilities to or by the Purchaser or its designees;

(b) the Purchaser or its designees shall deliver to the Seller (i) payment by wire transfer, to one or more bank accounts designated in writing by the Seller (such designation to be made at least two business days prior to the Closing Date), of immediately available funds in an amount equal to the Estimated Purchase Price, (ii) such appropriately executed deeds (in recordable form), bills of sale, assignments and other instruments of transfer relating to the Transferred Assets and the Transferred Liabilities, in the form and substance required by applicable

 

4


Law and reasonably acceptable to the Seller to demonstrate the sale, transfer, delivery and assumption of the Transferred Assets and the Transferred Liabilities to or by the Purchaser or its designees and (iii) such other documents as the Seller may reasonably request to demonstrate satisfaction of the conditions and compliance with the covenants set forth in this Agreement, including the sale, transfer, delivery and assumption of the Purchased Companies’ Equity Interests, the Transferred Assets and the Transferred Liabilities to or by the Purchaser or its designees;

(c) the Seller shall deliver to the Purchaser a copy, duly executed by the Seller, and the Purchaser shall deliver to the Seller a copy, duly executed by the Purchaser, of the Transition Services Agreement substantially in the form as set forth in Exhibit B hereto (the “ Transition Services Agreement ”);

(d) the Seller shall deliver to the Purchaser a copy, duly executed by the Seller, and the Purchaser shall deliver to the Seller a copy, duly executed by the Purchaser, of the Winchester Supply Agreement substantially in the form as set forth in Exhibit C hereto (the “ Winchester Supply Agreement ”);

(e) the Seller shall deliver to the Purchaser a copy, duly executed by the Seller, and the Purchaser shall deliver to the Seller a copy, duly executed by the Purchaser, of the Environmental Access Agreement substantially in the form as set forth in Exhibit D hereto (the “ Environmental Access Agreement ”);

(f) the Seller shall deliver to the Purchaser a copy, duly executed by the Seller, and the Purchaser shall deliver to the Seller a copy, duly executed by the Purchaser, of the Trademark License Agreement substantially in the form as set forth in Exhibit E hereto (the “ Trademark License Agreement ”); and

(g) each of the Purchaser and the Seller shall deliver to the other party the certificates referred to in Sections 7.02 and 7.03, as applicable.

SECTION 1.05. Post-Closing Purchase Price Adjustment . (a) Within 60 days after the Closing Date, the Purchaser shall prepare and deliver to the Seller (i) a statement (the “ Statement ”) setting forth the Closing Working Capital and (ii) a certificate of the Purchaser stating that the Statement has been prepared in accordance with the requirements of this Section 1.05.

(b) During the 30 day period following the Seller’s receipt of the Statement, the Seller and its advisors (including its accountants) shall be permitted to review the working papers of the Purchaser and its accountants relating to the Statement; provided that the Seller and its advisors (including its accountants) shall have executed all release letters reasonably requested by the Purchaser and its accountants in connection therewith. The Statement shall become final and binding upon the parties on the 30 th day following delivery thereof, unless the Seller gives written notice of its disagreement with the Statement (the “ Notice of Disagreement ”) to the Purchaser prior to such date. Any Notice of Disagreement shall be signed by the Seller and shall (i) specify in reasonable

 

5


detail the nature of any disagreement so asserted, (ii) only include disagreements based on mathematical errors or based on the Closing Working Capital not being calculated in accordance with this Article I and (iii) specify what the Seller reasonably believes is the correct amount of the Closing Working Capital based on the disagreements set forth in the Notice of Disagreement, including a reasonably detailed description of the adjustments applied to the Statement in calculating such amount. If the Notice of Disagreement is received by the Purchaser within the aforementioned thirty day period, then the Statement (as revised in accordance with this sentence) shall become final and binding upon the Purchaser and the Seller on the earlier of (i) the date the Purchaser and the Seller resolve in writing any differences they have with respect to the matters specified in the Notice of Disagreement or (ii) the date any disputed matters are finally resolved in writing by the Accounting Firm. During the thirty day period following the delivery of the Notice of Disagreement, the Purchaser and the Seller shall seek in good faith to resolve in writing any differences that they may have with respect to the matters specified in the Notice of Disagreement. During such period, the Purchaser and its advisors (including its accountants) shall have access to the working papers of the Seller and its accountants prepared in connection with the Notice of Disagreement; provided that the Purchaser and its advisors (including its accountants) shall have executed all release letters reasonably requested by the Seller or its accountants in connection therewith. At the end of such 30 day period, the Purchaser and the Seller shall submit to an independent accounting firm (the “ Accounting Firm ”) for resolution any matters that remain in dispute and which were properly included in the Notice of Disagreement, in the form of a written brief. The Accounting Firm shall be an internationally recognized independent public accounting firm as shall be agreed upon by the parties hereto in writing that is not either the Purchaser’s or the Seller’s outside accounting firm involved with the Closing Working Capital under this Agreement. The Purchaser and the Seller shall jointly instruct the Accounting Firm that it (i) shall review only the matters that were properly included in the Notice of Disagreement and which remain unresolved, (ii) shall make its determination in accordance with the requirements of this Section 1.05 and (iii) shall to the extent practicable render its decision within 30 days from the submission of such matters. Judgment may be entered upon the determination of the Accounting Firm in any court having jurisdiction over the party against which such determination is to be enforced. The fees, costs and expenses of the Accounting Firm incurred pursuant to this Section 1.05(b) shall be shared equally by the Purchaser and the Seller. The fees, costs and expenses of the Purchaser incurred in connection with its preparation of the Statement, its review of any Notice of Disagreement and its preparation of its written brief submitted to the Accounting Firm shall be borne by the Purchaser, and the fees, costs and expenses of the Seller incurred in connection with its review of the Statement, its preparation, review and certification of the Notice of Disagreement and its preparation of its written brief submitted to the Accounting Firm shall be borne by the Seller.

(c) The Estimated Purchase Price shall be increased by the amount by which the Closing Working Capital exceeds the Working Capital Estimate, and the Estimated Purchase Price shall be decreased by the amount by which the Closing Working Capital is less than the Working Capital Amount (the Estimated Purchase Price as so increased or decreased shall hereinafter be referred to as the “ Final Purchase

 

6


Price ”). If the Estimated Purchase Price is less than the Final Purchase Price, the Purchaser shall, and if the Estimated Purchase Price is more than the Final Purchase Price, the Seller shall, within five business days after the Statement becomes final and binding on the parties, make payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds of the amount of such difference, together with interest thereon at a rate equal to the rate of interest from time to time announced publicly by Citibank, N.A., as its prime rate, calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed divided by 365, from (and including) the Closing Date through (but not including) the date of payment.

(d) The parties acknowledge and agree that the adjustment to the Estimated Purchase Price, if any, contemplated by this Section 1.05 can only be effected as intended by the parties if the calculation of the Closing Working Capital is done in accordance with the Working Capital Principles. The scope of the disputes to be resolved by the Accounting Firm shall be limited to whether there were mathematical errors in the Statement and whether the calculation of the Closing Working Capital was done in accordance with this Section 1.05, and the Accounting Firm is not to make any other determination, including any determination as to whether GAAP was followed in calculating the Working Capital Amount, the Closing Working Capital or the Statement or as to whether the Working Capital Amount is correct. Any determinations by the Accounting Firm, and any work or analyses performed by the Accounting Firm in connection with its resolution of any dispute under this Section 1.05, shall not be admissible in evidence in any suit, action or other proceeding between the parties, other than to the extent necessary to enforce payment obligations under Section 1.05(c). With respect to the final calculation of Closing Working Capital pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the amount of any item determined by the Accounting Firm shall not be greater than the larger of the amounts or smaller than the smaller of the amounts as prepared by the Purchaser or the Seller.

(e) Following the Closing, the Purchaser shall not take any action with respect to the accounting books and records of the Business on which the Statement is to be based primarily for the purpose of obstructing, preventing or otherwise affecting the results of the procedures set forth in this Section 1.05 (including the amount of the Closing Working Capital or any other amount included in the Working Capital Amount or the Statement or the preparation of the Statement). From and after the Closing Date through the resolution of any adjustment to the Estimated Purchase Price contemplated by this Section 1.05, the Purchaser shall (i) assist, and shall cause its subsidiaries (including the Transferred Entities) to assist, the Seller, its advisors (including its accountants) and other representatives in the review of the Statement and (ii) afford to the Seller, its advisors (including its accountants) and other representatives, reasonable access during normal business hours to the personnel, properties, books and records of the Business to the extent relevant to the review of the Statement or the adjustment to the Estimated Purchase Price contemplated by this Section 1.05.

 

7


ARTICLE II

Representations and Warranties

Relating to the Seller and the Purchased Companies’ Equity Interests

Except as set forth in the letter dated as of the date of this Agreement delivered by the Seller to the Purchaser in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement (the “ Seller Letter ”) (each section of which qualifies only the correspondingly numbered representation and warranty and only such other representations and warranties to the extent a matter in such section is disclosed in such a manner as to make its relevance to the information called for by such other representation and warranty reasonably apparent), the Seller hereby represents and warrants to the Purchaser on the date of this Agreement and on the Closing Date as follows:

SECTION 2.01. Organization. Standing and Power . Each Transferor is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is organized and has all requisite power and authority and possesses all governmental franchises, licenses, permits, authorizations and approvals necessary (a) to enable it to own, lease or otherwise hold its assets and properties and (b) to conduct its business as currently conducted, other than such franchises, licenses, permits, authorizations and approvals the lack of which, individually or in the aggregate, is not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Transferors. The Seller has made available to the Purchaser complete and correct copies of each Transferor’s organizational documents, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified through (and including) the date of this Agreement.

SECTION 2.02. Authority; Execution and Delivery; Enforceability . The Seller has all requisite corporate power and authority and full legal capacity to execute this Agreement and each Transferor has all requisite corporate or partnership power and authority, as the case may be, and full legal capacity to execute the other agreements and instruments executed and delivered in connection with this Agreement (such other agreements, the “ Ancillary Agreements ”) to which it is, or is specified to be, a party, to fully perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder and to consummate the Acquisition and the other transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution and delivery by the Seller of this Agreement and the execution and delivery by each Transferor of the Ancillary Agreements to which it is, or is specified to be, a party and the consummation by the Transferors of the Acquisition and the other transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Transferors, and no other action on the part of the Transferors is necessary to authorize this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements or the consummation of the Acquisition or the other transactions contemplated hereby or thereby. The Seller has duly executed and delivered this Agreement and, prior to the Closing, each Transferor will have duly executed and delivered each Ancillary Agreement to which it is, or is specified to be, a party, and, assuming their due execution and delivery by the Purchaser, this Agreement constitutes the Seller’s, and each Ancillary Agreement to which it is, or is specified to be, a party will, after execution and delivery by each Transferor, constitute such Transferor’s, legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at Law.

 

8


SECTION 2.03. No Conflicts; Consents . The execution and delivery by the Seller of this Agreement do not, the execution and delivery by each Transferor of each Ancillary Agreement to which it is, or is specified to be, a party will not, and the consummation of the Acquisition and the other transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and compliance by the Transferors with the terms hereof and thereof will not, conflict with, or result in any violation or breach of, or default (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) under, or give rise to a right of, or result in, termination, cancellation or acceleration of any obligation or to loss of a material benefit under, or to increased, additional, accelerated or guaranteed rights or entitlements of any person under, or result in the creation of any Lien upon any of the assets or properties of the Transferors or the Business under, any provision of (a) the certificate of incorporation or formation, by-laws or other organizational documents of the Transferors or any Transferred Entity, (b) any material written contract, lease, sublease, license, indenture, bond, debenture, note, mortgage, guarantee, instrument, agreement, deed of trust, conditional sales contract or other legally binding arrangement, together with modifications and amendments thereto (each, a “ Contract ”), to which any Transferor or any Transferred Entity is a party or by which any of the Transferor’s or the Business’s assets or properties is bound or (c) subject to the governmental filings and other matters referred to in the immediately following sentence, any material judgment, order, writ, injunction, legally binding agreement with a Governmental Entity, stipulation or decree (each, a “ Judgment ”) or material statute, law (including common law), ordinance, code, rule or regulation of a Governmental Entity (each, a “ Law ”) applicable to any Transferor or the Business or any of their assets or properties. No consent, approval, license, permit, order or authorization (each, a “ Consent ”) of, or registration, declaration or filing with, any national, state, county, local, municipal or other government or any court of competent jurisdiction, administrative agency or commission or other governmental authority or instrumentality (each, a “ Governmental Entity ”) is required to be obtained or made by or with respect to any Transferor in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement or the consummation of the Acquisition or the other transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, other than (A) compliance with and filings under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended (the “ HSR Act ”) and compliance with and filings and approvals under applicable foreign merger control or competition Laws (the “ Foreign Merger Control Laws ”), (B) consents and approvals required for the assignment or novation of, or pursuant to “change in control” provisions in, governmental contracts, (C) compliance with and filings under the International Traffic in Arms Regulations, 22 C.F.R. Parts 120- 130 (“ ITAR ”), (D) compliance with and filings and notifications under applicable Environmental Laws, including Sections 22a-134 through 22a-l34(e) of the Connecticut General Statutes, commonly referred to as the Connecticut Property Transfer Law (the “ CPTL ”), (E) compliance with and filings under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”) and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, (F) compliance with and filings or notices required by the rules and regulations of the New York Stock Exchange (the “ NYSE ”) and (G) those that may be required solely by reason of the Purchaser’s (as opposed to any third party’s) participation in the Acquisition and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement and by the Ancillary Agreements.

 

9


SECTION 2.04. The Purchased Companies’ Equity Interests . The Seller has good and valid title to the Purchased Companies’ Equity Interests, free and clear of all Liens and is the record and beneficial owner thereof. Assuming the Purchaser or its applicable designee, as the case may be, has the requisite power and authority to be the lawful owner of the Purchased Companies’ Equity Interests, upon (a) delivery to the Purchaser or its designees at the Closing of (i) in the case of the Purchased Companies’ Equity Interests that are certificated, certificates representing such Purchased Companies’ Equity Interests, duly endorsed in blank or accompanied by stock or unit powers duly endorsed in blank in proper form for transfer or other proper instruments of transfer and (ii) in the case of Purchased Companies’ Equity Interests that are not certificated, proper instruments of transfer and (b) the Seller’s receipt of the Estimated Purchase Price, good and valid title to the Purchased Companies’ Equity Interests will pass to the Purchaser or its designees, free and clear of any Liens, other than those arising from acts of the Purchaser or its affiliates.

SECTION 2.05. Brokers or Finders . No agent, broker, investment banker or other person is or will be entitled to any broker’s or finder’s fee or any other commission or similar fee from the Seller or its affiliates (including the Transferred Entities) in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except Goldman, Sachs & Co., whose fees, costs and expenses will be paid by the Seller.

ARTICLE III

Representations and Warranties

Relating to the Transferred Entities and the Transferred Assets

Except as set forth in the Seller Letter (each section of which qualifies only the correspondingly numbered representation and warranty and only such other representations and warranties to the extent a matter in such section is disclosed in such a manner as to make its relevance to the information called for by such other representation and warranty reasonably apparent), the Seller hereby represents and warrants to the Purchaser on the date of this Agreement and on the Closing Date as follows:

SECTION 3.01. Organization and Standing; Books and Records. (a) Each Transferred Entity is duly organized, validly existing and, except in any jurisdiction that does not recognize such concept, in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is organized. Each Transferred Entity has all requisite power and authority necessary (i) to enable it to own, lease or otherwise hold its assets and properties and (ii) to conduct its business as currently conducted. Each Transferred Entity is duly qualified and in good standing to do business as a foreign entity in each jurisdiction in which the conduct or nature of the Business or the ownership, leasing or holding of the Business’s properties makes such qualification necessary, except such jurisdictions where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing, individually or in the aggregate, is not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Business.

 

10


(b) The Seller has made available to the Purchaser complete and correct copies of the organizational documents of each Transferred Entity, each as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified through (and including) the date of this Agreement.

SECTION 3.02. Equity Interests in the Transferred Entities; Equity Interests in Other Persons; Indebtedness. (a)  Section 3.02(a) of the Seller Letter sets forth the name and the jurisdiction of organization of each Transferred Entity. Section 3.02(a) of the Seller Letter sets forth, as of the date of this Agreement and for each Transferred Entity, the number of authorized equity interests in such Transferred Entity, the number of outstanding equity interests in such Transferred Entity and the record and beneficial owners thereof. Except for the Transferred Equity Interests, as of the date of this Agreement, there are no equity interests in a Transferred Entity issued, reserved for issuance or outstanding and there are no preemptive or similar rights on the part of any holder of any class of securities of any Transferred Entity. One of the Transferred Entities has good and valid title to the Purchased Company Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, free and clear of all Liens, and is the record and beneficial owner thereof. The Transferred Equity Interests have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable. As of the date of this Agreement, there are not any bonds, debentures, notes or other indebtedness of any Transferred Entity having the right to vote (or that are convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, securities having the right to vote) on any matters on which holders of the Transferred Equity Interests may vote (“ Transferred Entity Voting Debt ”). As of the date of this Agreement, there are not any options, warrants, rights, convertible or exchangeable securities, “phantom” stock rights, stock appreciation rights, stock-based performance units, commitments, Contracts, arrangements or undertakings to which any Transferred Entity is a party or by which any of them is bound (i) obligating any Transferred Entity to issue, deliver or sell, or cause to be issued, delivered or sold, additional units of its equity interests or any security convertible into , or exercisable or exchangeable for, any equity interest in any Transferred Entity or any Transferred Entity Voting Debt, (ii) obligating any Transferred Entity to issue, grant, extend or enter into any such option, warrant, security, right, unit, commitment, Contract, arrangement or undertaking or (iii) that give any person the right to receive any economic benefit or right similar to or derived from the economic benefits and rights accruing to holders of the Transferred Equity Interests.

(b) Except for equity interests in another Transferred Entity, as of the date of this Agreement, no Transferred Entity owns, directly or indirectly, any equity interests in any other person.

(c) Section 3.02(c) of the Seller Letter sets forth a complete and correct list, as of September 30, 2007, of all outstanding indebtedness of each Transferred Entity.

 

11


SECTION 3.03. Authority; Execution and Delivery; Enforceability. Each Transferred Entity has all requisite power and authority to execute the Ancillary Agreements to which it is, or is specified to be, a party, to perform fully its obligations thereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby. The execution and delivery by each Transferred Entity of the Ancillary Agreements to which it is, or is specified to be, a party and the consummation by each Transferred Entity of the transactions contemplated thereby have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of each Transferred Entity, and no other action on the part of any Transferred Entity is necessary to authorize the Ancillary Agreements or the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby. Prior to the Closing, each Transferred Entity will have duly executed and delivered each Ancillary Agreement to which it is, or is specified to be, a party, and each Ancillary Agreement to which it is, or is specified to be, a party will, after the Closing constitute its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with such Ancillary Agreement’s terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at Law.

SECTION 3.04. No Conflicts; Consents . The execution and delivery by any Transferred Entity of each Ancillary Agreement to which it is, or is specified to be, a party will not, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby and compliance by the Transferred Entities with the terms thereof will not, conflict with, or result in any violation or breach of, or default (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) under, or give rise to a right of, or result in, termination, cancellation or acceleration of any obligation or to loss of a material benefit under, or to increased, additional, accelerated or guaranteed rights or entitlements of any person under, or result in the creation of any Lien upon any of the assets or properties of the Business or any Transferred Entity under, any provision of (a) the certificate of incorporation or formation, by-laws or other organizational documents of any Transferred Entity, (b) any material Contract to which any Transferred Entity is a party or by which any of the Business’s assets or properties is bound or (c) subject to the governmental filings and other matters referred to in the immediately following sentence, any material Judgment or material Law applicable to the Business or any Transferred Entity or any of their assets or properties. No Consent of, or registration, declaration or filing with, any Governmental Entity is required to be obtained or made by or with respect to the Business or any Transferred Entity in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement or the consummation of the Acquisition or the other transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, other than (A) compliance with and filings under the HSR Act and compliance with and filings and approvals under Foreign Merger Control Laws, (B) consents and approvals required for the assignment or novation of, or pursuant to “change in control” provisions in, governmental contracts, (C) compliance with and filings under ITAR, (D) compliance with and filings and notifications under applicable Environmental Laws, including the CPTL, (E) those that may be required solely by reason of the Purchaser’s (as opposed to any third party’s) participation in the Acquisition and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement and by the Ancillary Agreements and (F) the filing of the relevant instruments in the requisite jurisdictions in order to create or perfect Liens granted to secure the indebtedness and other obligations incurred as a result of the consummation of the Debt Financing.

 

12


SECTION 3.05. Financial Statements; Undisclosed Liabilities. (a)  Section 3.05(a ) of the Seller Letter sets forth complete and correct copies of the following financial statements (collectively, the “ Financial Statements ”): (i) the audited combined consolidated balance sheets of the Business as of December 31, 2005 and 2006, and the related audited combined consolidated statements of income, net investment and cash flows for the fiscal years then ended (including the notes contained therein or annexed thereto) (the financial statements described in this clause (i) are referred to as the “ Audited Financial Statements ”) and (ii) the unaudited combined consolidated balance sheet of the Business as of August 31, 2007, and the related unaudited combined consolidated statement of income, net investment and cash flows for the eight month period then ended and for the corresponding period of the prior year (the financial statements described in this clause (ii) are collectively referred to as the “ Unaudited Financial Statements ”). The Financial Statements have been prepared in conformity with GAAP as consistently applied to the Business (except in each case as described in the notes thereto) and fairly present in accordance with GAAP (subject to, in the case of the Unaudited Financial Statements, (A) normal, recurring year-end audit adjustments which adjustments will be similar in nature to those made in connection with the Audited Financial Statements and will not be material to the Business as compared to those made in connection with the Audited Financial Statements and (B) the absence of footnotes) the combined consolidated financial condition, assets, liabilities, results of operations and cash flows of the Business as of the dates thereof and for the periods indicated.

(b) No Transferred Entity has any liability or obligation of any nature (whether accrued, absolute, contingent unasserted or otherwise), except (i) as disclosed or reserved against on the face of the Balance Sheet or the notes thereto, (ii) for liabilities and obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business since the date of the Balance Sheet, (iii) for Taxes and (iv) liabilities and obligations that, individually and in the aggregate, are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Business.

SECTION 3.06. Assets Other than Real Property Interests. (a) The Transferors or one of the Transferred Entities has good and valid title to or valid leases of all the material assets reflected on the balance sheet included in the Unaudited Financial Statements or thereafter acquired, other than those disposed of since the date of the balance sheet included in the Unaudited Financial Statements in the ordinary course of business, in each case free and clear of all liens, security interests, pledges, mortgages, leases, subleases, licenses, covenants, charges, easements, rights of way, restrictions on real property interests, encroachments or similar exceptions (collectively, “ Liens ”), except for (i) such Liens as are set forth in Section 3.06(a) of the Seller Letter (all of which shall be discharged at or prior to Closing, (ii) mechanics’, carriers’, workmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising or incurred in the ordinary course of business with respect to a liability that is not yet due or delinquent or as to which adequate reserves are maintained, Liens arising under original purchase price conditional sales contracts and equipment leases with third parties entered into in the ordinary course of business and Liens for Taxes and (iii) other imperfections of title or other similar encumbrances not securing the payment of indebtedness, if any, that, individually and in the aggregate, do not impair, and are not reasonably likely to impair, the continued use and operation of the assets to which they relate in the conduct of the Business as currently conducted (the Liens described in clauses(i) through (iii) above, together with the Liens referred to in clauses (ii) through (v) of Section 3.07(a), are referred to collectively as “ Permitted Liens ”).

 

13


(b) Section 3.06(a) does not relate to real property or interests in real property, such items being the subject of Section 3.07, or to Intellectual Property, such items being the subject of Section 3.08.

SECTION 3.07. Real Property . (a)  Section 3.07(a) of the Seller Letter sets forth a complete and correct list, as of the date of this Agreement, of all real property and interests in real property that are owned by the Seller or its subsidiaries (other than the Transferred Entities) and are exclusively or primarily used in the Business and all real property and interests in real property that are owned by the Transferred Entities (each, an “ Owned Property ”), in each case, including the name of the entity owning each such Owned Property (each a “ Property Owning Entity ”). Section 3.07(a) of the Seller Letter sets forth a complete and correct list, as of the date of this Agreement, of all real property and interests in real property of which the Seller or its subsidiaries (other than the Transferred Entities) is a lessee, sublessee, licensee or occupant and that are exclusively or primarily used in the Business and all real property and interests in real property of which the Transferred Entities is a lessee, sublessee, licensee or occupant (each, a “ Leased Property ”). Each Property’ Owning Entity has good and valid fee title to each Owned Property it owns (including any and all improvements located thereon) and each Leasing Entity has good and valid title to the leasehold estates in all Leased Property it leases (an Owned Property or a Leased Property being sometimes referred to herein, individually, as a “ Transferred Real Property ”), in each case free and clear of all Liens, except (i) Liens described in clause (ii) and (iii) of Section 3.06(a), (ii) such Liens as are set forth in Section 3.07(a) of the Seller Letter (all of which shall be discharged at or prior to Closing), (iii) leases, subleases and similar agreements set forth in Section 3.07(a) of the Seller Letter, (iv) easements covenants, rights-of-way and other similar restrictions of record and (v) (A) zoning, building and other similar restrictions and (B) Liens that have been placed by any developer, landlord or other third person on property over which the Seller or one of its subsidiaries has easement rights or on any Leased Property and subordination or similar agreements relating thereto. None of the items set forth in clauses(i) and (iii) through (v) above, individually or in the aggregate, is reasonably likely to impair the continued use and operation of the Transferred Real Property to which it or they relate in the conduct of the Business as currently conducted.

(b) Section 3.07(b) of the Seller Letter sets forth, as of the date of this Agreement, each lease, sublease, license or occupancy agreement in respect of a Leased Property (each “ Lease ”), which schedule sets forth the date of and parties to each Lease and any amendments or modifications thereto (each of the Seller or any of its subsidiaries a party thereto, a “ Leasing Entity ”), Each Lease is, as of the date of this Agreement, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Leasing Entity party thereto and is in full force and effect. As of the date of this Agreement, the Leasing Entity is in possession of each applicable Leased Property. As of the date of this Agreement, neither the lessee under any Lease (or sublessee in the case of a sublease) nor, to the knowledge

 

14


of the Seller, any other party to such Lease is in material breach or material default under such Lease and, to the knowledge of the Seller, no event has occurred and no condition exists which, with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a default or breach. The Seller has made available to the Purchaser a complete and correct copy of each Lease, in each case as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified through (and including) the date of this Agreement.

(c) Neither Seller nor any of its subsidiaries has received written notice of any pending, threatened or contemplated condemnation proceeding affecting the Transferred Real Property or any part thereof or of any sale or other disposition of the Transferred Real Property or any part thereof in lieu of condemnation.

(d) Except as set forth in a Lease, neither the Seller nor any of its subsidiaries owns, holds, has granted or is obligated under any option, right of first offer, right of first refusal or other contractual right to purchase, acquire, sell or dispose of the Transferred Real Property or any portion thereof or interest therein.

SECTION 3.08. Intellectual Property . (a) Section 3.08(a) of the Seller Letter sets forth a complete and correct list, as of the date of this Agreement, of (i) all Intellectual Property owned by the Seller or its subsidiaries and exclusively or primarily used in the Business (the “ Owned Intellectual Property ”) and (ii) all licenses under which the Seller or its subsidiaries are licensees to Intellectual Property owned by third parties and exclusively or primarily used in the Business (the “ Licensed Intellectual Property”) and all licenses under which the Seller or its subsidiaries are licensees to Transferred Technology owned by third parties, with the exception of “off the shelf” software. The Owned Intellectual Property and the Licensed Intellectual Property are referred to collectively as the “ Transferred Intellectual Property.” With respect to all Owned Intellectual Property that is registered or subject to an application for registration, Section 3.08(a) of the Seller Letter sets forth a list, as of the date of this Agreement, of all jurisdictions in which such Owned Intellectual Property is registered or registrations have been applied for and all registration and application numbers. To the knowledge of the Seller, all such registrations and applications are valid, subsisting, in full force and effect, and have not been or are not, as applicable, cancelled, expired, abandoned or otherwise terminated, and payment of all due renewal and maintenance fees in respect thereof, and all filings related thereto, have been duly made. As of the date of this Agreement, (i) the Seller or one of its subsidiaries is the sole and exclusive owner, free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens), of all Owned Intellectual Property and all Transferred Technology owned by the Seller or such subsidiary, (ii) has the right to license, without payment to any other person, any patent included in the Owned Intellectual Property within the relevant jurisdiction and (iii) has the right to prevent others from making, selling, importing or using, without payment to any other person, products based on any patent included in the Owned Intellectual Property within the relevant jurisdiction. As of the date of this Agreement, the Seller or one of its subsidiaries has a valid written license with respect to all Licensed Intellectual Property and all material Transferred Technology that is licensed to the Seller or its subsidiaries. Neither the Seller nor its applicable subsidiary is in default in any material respect under any such license. The consummation of the Acquisition and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement do not conflict in any material respect with, materially alter or impair any rights in and to any Transferred Intellectual Property or any Transferred Technology.

 

15


(b) As of the date of this Agreement, neither the Seller nor any Transferred Entity has granted any license of any kind relating to any Technology that is owned by or licensed to the Seller or its subsidiaries and exclusively or primarily used in the Business (the “ Transferred Technology ”) or Transferred Intellectual Property, or the marketing or distribution thereof, except for non-exclusive licenses to end users in the ordinary course of business. To the knowledge of the Seller, the conduct of the Business as currently conducted does not violate, conflict with or infringe the Intellectual Property or Technology of any other person. As of the date of this Agreement, no claims are pending or, to the knowledge of the Seller, threatened, against the Seller or one of its subsidiaries by any person with respect to the ownership, validity, enforceability, effectiveness or use in the Business of any Intellectual Property or Technology and, since January 1, 2005 through (and including) the date of this Agreement, neither the Seller nor any Transferred Entity has received any written communication alleging that the Seller or one of its subsidiaries violated any rights relating to Intellectual Property or Technology of any person. To the knowledge of the Seller, no third party is infringing or otherwise violating the Owned Intellectual Property and there is no litigation currently pending or, to the knowledge of the Seller, threatened alleging the same. All trade secrets and confidential information that are part of Transferred Technology have been maintained in confidence in accordance with protection procedures customarily used in the industry to protect rights of like importance. To the Seller’s knowledge, all computer software programs used in the conduct of the Business perform in material conformance with their documentation and are free from any material software defect.

SECTION 3.09. Contracts . (a) Except as set forth on Section 3.09(a) of the Seller Letter, as of the date of this Agreement, neither a Transferred Entity nor the Business is a party to or bound by any:

(i) employment agreement of any employee or former employee on a full-time, part-time, consulting or other basis providing annual compensation in excess of $100,000 for any such person employed in the United States and $200,000 for any such person employed outside of the United States or providing material severance, retention or change of control benefits;

(ii) collective bargaining agreement or other contract with any labor organization, union or association, other than any mandatory national collective bargaining agreement;

(iii) Contract with (A) the Seller or one of its affiliates (other than a Transferred Entity) or (B) any current or former director, officer or employee of a Transferred Entity or any affiliate of the Seller (other than any employment agreement);

(iv) Contract that, following the Closing, (A) restricts the ability of the Business to compete in any business or with any person in any geographic area, (B) provides for exclusivity or any similar requirement, (C) requires the Business to grant “most favored nation” pricing or terms or (D) restricts the ability of the Business to solicit or hire any person;

 

16


(v) Contract (excluding purchase orders issued in the ordinary course of business) involving payment by a Transferred Entity of more than $1,000,000 or extending for a term more than 180 days from the date of this Agreement;

(vi) Contract (excluding sale orders issued in the ordinary course of business) involving the obligation of a Transferred Entity to deliver products or services for payment of more than $1,000,000 or extending for a term more than 180 days from the date of this Agreement;

(vii) commodity agreement, interest rate agreement or currency agreement;

(viii) Contract with respect to any joint venture, partnership or similar arrangement;

(ix) Contract for the lease of personal property to or from any person providing for lease payments in excess of $250,000 per annum;

(x) Contract under which a Transferred Entity has incurred, assumed or guaranteed any indebtedness or under which it has created a Lien on any of its assets, tangible or intangible, other than a Permitted Lien;

(xi) Contract under which a Transferred Entity has advanced or loaned any other person amounts in the aggregate exceeding $250,000;

(xii) Contracts for acquisitions of the capital stock or assets of another person (whether by merger, stock or asset purchase) consummated, or that are expected to be consummated, after January 1, 2002 for a purchase price in excess of $2,500,000, other than Contracts for acquisitions of inventory, supplies and equipment made in the ordinary course of business;

(xiii) Contracts entered into since January 1, 2006 involving any resolution or settlement of any actual or threatened litigation, arbitration, claim or other dispute with a value of greater than $250,000;

(xiv) Contracts with Governmental Entities or other Contracts where, to the knowledge of the Seller, the ultimate consumer of goods or services supplied is a Governmental Entity;

(xv) Contracts requiring that a U.S. Government facility security clearance be maintained, or for which a facility security clearance has in fact been issued or maintained; or

 

17


(xvi) other Contracts that are material to the Business, taken as a whole.

(b) Each Contract set forth in Section 3.09(a) of the Seller Letter (the “ Transferred Contracts ”) is, as of the date of this Agreement, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Seller or one of its subsidiaries, enforceable against the Seller or the applicable subsidiary in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at Law. As of the date of this Agreement, neither the Seller nor the subsidiary of the Seller that is party to a Transferred Contract nor, to the knowledge of the Seller, any other party to such Transferred Contract is in material breach or default under such Transferred Contract. The Seller has made available to the Purchaser a complete and correct copy of each Transferred Contract, in each case as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified through (and including) the date of this Agreement, except, in the case of any employment agreement that a redacted version of such agreement has been provided in the event that the Seller or its affiliates is prohibited from such agreement making available to the Purchaser as the result of applicable Laws relating to the safeguarding of data privacy.

SECTION 3.10. Permits. Section 3.10 of the Seller Letter sets forth a complete and correct list, as of the date of this Agreement, of all material certificates, licenses, permits, authorizations, registrations and approvals issued or granted by a Governmental Entity (“ Permits ”) in connection with the Business to the Seller or its subsidiaries, each of which are validly held by the Seller or one of its subsidiaries, and the holder thereof has complied, as of the date of this Agreement, in all material respects with all terms and conditions thereof. All such Permits are in full force and effect and, since January 1, 2005 through (and including) the date of this Agreement, no Seller or Transferred Entity has received written notice of any suit, action or other proceeding relating to the revocation or modification of any Permit or that the Business has not complied in any material respect with any Permit. The Business possesses all Permits necessary to own, lease and operate the assets of the Business and to conduct the Business as currently conducted.

SECTION 3.11. Insurance. Since January 1, 2006 through (and including) the Closing Date, the Seller or its subsidiaries maintained policies of fire and casualty, liability and other forms of insurance in such amounts, with such deductibles and against such risks and losses as were reasonable for the Business and its assets. Section 3.11 of the Seller Letter sets forth a list of all claims made by the Seller or any of its subsidiaries under any policy of insurance since January 1, 2006 through (and including) the date of this Agreement, with respect to the Business or its assets.

SECTION 3.12. Taxes. (a) The Transferred Entities and any affiliated group of which any Transferred Entity is or has been a member have filed or caused to be filed in a timely manner (within any applicable extension periods) all income and other material Tax Returns required to be filed by applicable national, state, county, local, municipal or other Tax Laws. All such Tax Returns were complete and correct in all material respects. All material Taxes with respect to taxable periods covered by such Tax

 

18


Returns (whether or not shown on any Tax Return), and all other material Taxes for which any Transferred Entity is liable (other than Taxes not yet due and payable, for which adequate provision has been made), have been timely paid in full or are being contested in good faith.

(b) There are no outstanding agreements extending or waiving the statutory period of limitations applicable to any claim for, or the period for the collection or assessment or reassessment of, material Taxes due from the Transferred Entities and no request for any such waiver or extension is currently pending, other than pursuant to extensions of time to file Tax Returns obtained in the ordinary course.

(c) No material Tax Return of any Transferred Entity is under audit or examination by any Taxing Authority, and no written notice of any such an audit or examination has been received by the Seller. No written claim has been received by the Seller from a Taxing Authority in a jurisdiction where any Transferred Entity does not currently file Tax Returns that such Transferred Entity or such affiliated group is or may be subject to taxation by that jurisdiction.

(d) Each deficiency resulting from any audit or examination relating to Taxes of a Transferred Entity or a Transferred Asset by any Taxing Authority has been fully and timely paid.

(e) None of the assets of any Transferred Entity, and no Transferred Asset, is subject to a Tax lien, except for Taxes not yet due and payable.

(f) No Transferred Entity has taken any reporting position on a Tax Return (relating to a year for which the statute of limitations has not yet expired), which reporting position (i) if not sustained would be reasonably likely, absent disclosure, to give rise to a penalty for substantial understatement of federal income Tax under Section 6662 of the Code (or any similar provision of state, local, or foreign Tax Law), and (ii) has not adequately been disclosed on such Tax Return in accordance with Section 6662 (d)(2)(B) of the Code (or any similar provision of state, local, or foreign Tax Law).

(g) No Transferred Entity has constituted a “distributing corporation” or a “controlled corporation” (within the meaning of Section 355(a)(1)(A) of the Code) in a distribution of shares qualifying for tax-free treatment under Section 355 of the Code (i) in the two years prior to the date of this Agreement or (ii) in a distribution that could otherwise constitute part of a “plan” or “series of related transactions” (within the meaning of Section 355(e) of the Code) in conjunction with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(h) No Transferred Entity has agreed, or is required to make, any adjustment under Section 481(a) of the Code, and to the knowledge of the Seller, no Governmental Entity has proposed any such adjustment or change in accounting method.

(i) Any adjustment of a material amount of Taxes of the Transferred Entities made by the Internal Revenue Service (the “ IRS ”), which adjustment is required to be reported to the appropriate state, local, or foreign governmental authorities, has been so reported.

 

19


(j) No Transferred Entity (i) has executed, entered into, or is the subject of a closing agreement pursuant to Section 7121 of the Code or any similar provision of state, local or foreign Law, or (ii) is subject to any private letter ruling of the IRS or comparable ruling of any other Taxing Authority.

(k) There is no Contract, agreement, plan, or arrangement covering any person that, individually or collectively, could give rise to the payment of any amount as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement that would not be deductible by the Purchaser or any Transferred Entity by reason of Section 280G of the Code.

SECTION 3.13. Proceedings. Section 3.13 of the Seller Letter sets forth a list, as of the date of this Agreement, of each pending or, to the knowledge of the Seller, threatened suit, action, demand, arbitration, investigation, other proceeding or claim of any nature, civil, criminal, regulatory or otherwise, in law or in equity arising out of the conduct of the Business or to which any Transferred Entity is a party that (a) alleges damages or other liabilities in excess of $200,000, (b) seeks any injunctive relief affecting the Business or (c) is reasonably likely to give rise to any legal restraint on or prohibition against the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. As of the date of this Agreement, neither the Business nor any Transferred Entity is a party or subject to or in default in any material respect under any Judgment. This Section 3.13 does not relate to matters with respect to Intellectual Property, which are the subject of Section 3.08, to Permits, which are the subject of Section 3.10, to Taxes, which are the subject of Section 3.12, to benefit matters, which are the subject of Section 3.14, to environmental matters, which are the subject of Section 3.17, or to employee and labor matters, which are the subject of Section 3.18.

SECTION 3.14. Benefit Plans . (a) Each “employee benefit plan”, as defined in Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”), each stock option, stock purchase or other equity compensation, incentive compensation, deferred compensation, change of control or severance plan, arrangement or policy, retention, salary continuation, vacation, sick leave, disability, death benefit, group insurance, hospitalization, medical, dental, life (including all individual life insurance policies as to which the Seller or any of its subsidiaries is the owner, the beneficiary or both), Code Section 125 “cafeteria” or “flexible” benefit, employee loan, educational assistance and each other employee fringe benefit plan, arrangement or policy, whether written or oral, formal or informal, including (i) each “employee welfare benefit plan” (as defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA) or “employee pension benefit plan” (as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), and (ii) other employee benefit plan, program, policy, practice, agreement or arrangement, whether or not subject to ERISA, in each case that is currently sponsored, maintained or otherwise contributed to by the Seller, any of its subsidiaries or any other person that, together with the Seller, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code (each, a “ Seller Commonly Controlled Entity ”) for the benefit of (i) any employee of the Seller or its affiliates who works exclusively or primarily for the Business or (ii) any other

 

20


employee of the Seller or its affiliates who provides significant services to the Business and is listed on Section 3.14(a) of the Seller Letter (subject to the revision of same by mutual agreement of the Seller and the Purchaser not more than 30 days following the date of this Agreement) (the employees described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) (other than those set forth in Section 3.14(a) of the Seller Letter under the caption “ Retained Employees ”) are collectively referred to herein as the “ Business Employees”) other than any plan, arrangement or policy mandated by applicable Law or any “multiemployer plan” (within the meaning of Section 3(37) of ERISA), is referred to herein as a “ Seller Benefit Plan ”. Each Seller Benefit Plan or portion thereof (i) sponsored by a Transferred Entity, (ii) that the Purchaser or any of its affiliates has explicitly agreed to assume pursuant to this Agreement or (iii) that the Purchaser or any of its affiliates is required to assume under applicable Law is referred to herein as an “ Assumed Benefit Plan ”. Each employment, change in control, retention and severance agreement between the Seller or any of its affiliates, on the one hand, and any Business Employee, on the other hand, is referred to herein as a “ Seller Benefit Agreement ”. Each Seller Benefit Agreement (i) to which any Transferred Entity is a party, (ii) that the Purchaser or any of its affiliates has explicitly agreed to assume pursuant to this Agreement or (iii) that the Purchaser or any of its affiliates is required to assume under applicable Law is referred to herein as an “ Assumed Benefit Agreement ”. Section 3.14(a)(i) of the Seller Letter is a complete and correct list, as of the date of this Agreement, of each material Seller Benefit Plan and each material Seller Benefit Agreement. Section 3.14(a)(i) of the Seller Letter identifies each material Assumed Benefit Plan and material Assumed Benefit Agreement. The Seller has made available to the Purchaser complete and correct copies, as of the date of this Agreement, of (A) each material Seller Benefit Plan and material Seller Benefit Agreement, (B) any related trust agreement or other funding instrument with respect to any material Assumed Benefit Plan or material Assumed Benefit Agreement, (C) the most recent annual report on Form 5500 (including all schedules and attachments thereto) filed with the Internal Revenue Service with respect to each Assumed Benefit Plan (if any such report was required by applicable Law), (D) the most recent IRS determination or opinion letter, if applicable, with respect to each Assumed Benefit Plan, and (E) the most recent summary plan description for each material Seller Benefit Plan for which a summary plan description is required by applicable Law.

(b) Each Assumed Benefit Plan has been administered in accordance with its terms and in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code, all other applicable Laws and the terms of all applicable collective bargaining agreements, except where, individually or in the aggregate, any failures to be so administered are not reasonably likely to be material to the Business, taken as a whole. Except as are not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably likely to be material to the Business, taken as a whole, all required reports, returns, notices, descriptions and other documentation (including Form 5500 annual reports, summary annual reports, PBGC- 1’s, and summary plan descriptions) have been filed or distributed correctly and on a timely basis with respect to each Assumed Benefit Plan. As of the date of this Agreement, the Seller has not received written notice of any pending or in progress, and, to the knowledge of the Seller, there are no threatened (i) investigations by any Governmental Entity, termination proceedings or other claims with respect to an Assumed Benefit Plan (except routine

 

21


claims for benefits payable under the Assumed Benefit Plans) or (ii) suits, actions or other proceedings against or involving any Assumed Benefit Plan or asserting any rights to or claims for benefits under any Assumed Benefit Plan, in each case, that, individually or in the aggregate, are reasonably likely to be material to the Business, taken as a whole. As of the date of this Agreement, to the knowledge of the Seller, no audits or proceedings have been initiated with respect to any Assumed Benefit Plan pursuant to the Employee Plans Compliance Resolution System or similar proceedings or are pending with the IRS or Department of Labor.

(c) No Assumed Benefit Plan is subject to Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code. Upon and following the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, none of the Purchaser or any Transferred Entity would reasonably be expected to incur any liability (i) under Section 302 of ERISA, Title IV of ERISA, Section 412 of the Code or the Coal Industry Retiree Health Benefit Act of 1992, as amended or (ii) for violation of the continuation coverage requirements of Section 601 et seq. of ERISA and Section 4980B of the Code (collectively, “ COBRA ”) or the group health requirements of Sections 9801 et seq. of the Code and Sections 701 et seq. of ERISA, in each case, that is due to the Seller’s status (or former status) as part of a Seller Commonly Controlled Entity.

(d) The only “multiemployer plan” (within the meaning of Section 3(37) of ERISA) to which the Seller and its affiliates are obligated to contribute on behalf of the Business Employees is the I.A.M. National Pension Fund (the “ IAM Fund ”).

(e) All contributions (including all employer contributions and employee salary reduction contributions) which are required to have been made under applicable Law or contract have been made in accordance with applicable Law or contract to each Assumed Benefit Plan that is an employee benefit plan and, except as are not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably likely to be material to the Business, taken as a whole, all contributions for any period ending on or before the Closing Date which are not yet due under applicable Law or contract have been paid to each such employee benefit plan or accrued in accordance with GAAP.

(f) There have been no prohibited transactions within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code with respect to any Assumed Benefit Plan that has not been exempted under Section 408 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code. Except as are not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably likely to be material to the Business, taken as a whole, no fiduciary has any liability for breach of fiduciary duty or any other failure to act or comply with the requirements of ERISA, the Code or any other applicable Laws in connection with the administration or investment of the assets of any Assumed Benefit Plan.

(g) Assuming that the Purchaser complies with its obligations to make offers of employment to the Business Employees in accordance with Section 5.08(a), neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby shall (i) result in any material payment (including severance, change in control or otherwise) becoming due to any Business Employee

 

22


under any Seller Benefit Plan or Seller Benefit Agreement, (ii) materially increase any benefits otherwise payable under any Seller Benefit Plan or Seller Benefit Agreement to any Business Employee or (iii) result in the acceleration of time of payment or vesting of any such benefits under any Seller Benefit Plan or Seller Benefit Agreement, except, in the case of the foregoing clauses (i), (ii), and (iii), for any payments or benefits for which the Seller or any of its affiliates (other than any Transferred Entity) shall be solely liable.

(h) The Seller has not announced orally or in writing an intention to create any additional employee benefit or compensation plans, policies or arrangements that would be Assumed Benefit Plans if created and, except as may be required by applicable law, has not announced orally or in writing an intention to materially modify, suspend or terminate any Assumed Benefit Plan or Assumed Benefit Agreement.

(i) Section 3.14(i) of the Seller Letter sets forth a list, as of the date of this Agreement, of each Assumed Benefit Plan that provides retiree health, medical, life insurance or death benefits to any Business Employee, except as may be required under COBRA or any applicable non-U.S. Law.

SECTION 3.15. Absence of Changes or Events. (a) From the date of the Balance Sheet through (and including) the date of this Agreement, there has not been any material adverse effect on the Business.

(b) From the date of the Balance Sheet through (and including) the date of this Agreement, the Business has been conducted in the ordinary course, and in substantially the same manner as previously conducted.

(c) Since the date of the Balance Sheet through (and including) the date of this Agreement:

(i) the Business has not amended the organizational documents of any Transferred Entity;

(ii) the Business has not declared, set aside or paid any dividend or made any other distribution to the holders of the equity interests in any Transferred Entity, other than dividends or other distributions paid or payable to another Transferred Entity;

(iii) the Business has not redeemed or otherwise acquired any shares of equity interests in, or any other securities of, a Transferred Entity or issued (A) any equity interest in, or any other security of, a Transferred Entity, (B) any option or warrant for, or any security convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, any equity interests in, or any other security of, a Transferred Entity, (C) “phantom” stock rights, stock appreciation rights, stock-based performance units, commitments, Contracts, arrangements or undertakings to which any Transferred Entity is a party or by which any of them is bound (1) obligating any Transferred Entity to issue, deliver or sell, or cause to be issued, delivered or sold, additional units of its equity interests or any security convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, any equity

 

23


interest in any Transferred Entity or any Transferred Entity Voting Debt, (2) obligating any Transferred Entity to issue, grant, extend or enter into any such option, warrant, security, right, unit, commitment, Contract, arrangement or undertaking or (3) that give any person the right to receive any economic benefit or right similar to or derived from the economic benefits and rights accruing to holders of the Transferred Equity Interests or (D) any bond, debenture, note or other indebtedness having the right to vote (or convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, securities having the right to vote) on any matters on which the holders of equity interests in a Transferred Entity may vote;

(iv) the Business has not split, combined or reclassified any of the equity interests in any Transferred Entity, or issued any other security in respect of, in lieu of or in substitution for the equity interests in any Transferred Entity;

(v) the Business has not loaned, advanced, invested or made a capital contribution of any amount to or in any person, other than (A) advances in the ordinary course of business or (B) loans, advances, investments or capital contributions to or in another Transferred Equity;

(vi) the Business has not commenced any litigation, other than (i) litigation in connection with the collection of accounts receivable or (ii) litigation as a result of suits, actions or other proceedings commenced against the Business;

(vii) the Business has not changed the fiscal year of any Transferred Entity, revalued any of its material assets or made any change in any method of accounting or accounting practice or policy (including procedures with respect to the payment of accounts payable and collection of accounts receivable), except as required by GAAP or applicable Law;

(viii) the Business has not made, revoked or changed any material Tax election, adopted or changed any material Tax accounting method or period, filed any material amended Tax Return, settled any material Tax claim or assessment or consented to any extension or waiver of the statute of limitations period applicable to any Tax claim or assessment, or surrendered any right to claim a Tax refund, offset or other reduction in Tax liability; or

(ix) the Business has not agreed to make any capital expenditures, other than (A) as set forth in the Capital Expenditure Budget attached in Section 3.15 of the Seller Letter (the “ Cap Ex Budget ”) and (B) capital expenditures made prior to the date of this Agreement.

 

24


SECTION 3.16. Compliance with Applicable Laws. The Business is in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Laws. None of the Seller or any Transferred Entity has received any written communication since January 1, 2005 through (and including) the date of this Agreement from any person that alleges that the Business is not in compliance in any material respect with any applicable Law. This Section 3.16 does not relate to matters with respect to Intellectual Property, which are the subject of Section 3.08, to Permits, which are the subject of Section 3.10, to Taxes, which are the subject of Section 3.12, to benefit matters, which are the subject of Section 3.14, to environmental matters, which are the subject of Section 3.17, or to employee and labor matters, which are the subject of Section 3.18.

SECTION 3.17. Environmental Matters. (a)

(i) The Business is in material compliance with all Environmental Laws, has all material Permits required under Environmental Law for its operations as presently conducted, and is in material compliance with such Permits. Seller has not received any (A) written communication that alleges that the Business is not in material compliance with, or has material liability under, any Environmental Law or (B) written request for information from any Governmental Entity pursuant to any Environmental Law which is reasonably likely to result in material liability under any Environmental Law.

(ii) There are no material Environmental Claims pending or, to the knowledge of the Seller, threatened in connection with the Business.

(iii) There have been no Releases of any Hazardous Materials at, under or from any facility or property currently, and, to the knowledge of the Seller, there have been no Releases of any Hazardous Materials at, under or from any facility or property formerly, owned or operated by the Business, in each case, that would reasonably be expected to form the basis of a material Environmental Claim against the Business.

(b) The Seller has made available to the Purchaser copies of all material environmental reports, studies and assessments concerning the current or former operations, assets or properties of the Business which are in the possession or control of the Seller or its subsidiaries as of the date of this Agreement.

SECTION 3.18. Employee and Labor Matters . Since January 1, 2006 through (and including) the date of this Agreement, (a) there has not been nor is there pending or, to the knowledge of the Seller, threatened any labor strike, walk-out, slowdown, work stoppage or lockout with respect to the Business, (b) the Seller has not received written notice of any unfair labor practice charges against the Business that are pending before the National Labor Relations Board or any similar state, local or foreign Governmental Entity and (c) the Seller has not received written notice of any pending or in progress and, to the knowledge of the Seller, there are no threatened, suits, actions or other proceedings in connection with the Business before the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or any similar state, local or foreign Governmental Entity responsible for the prevention of unlawful employment practices, except, in the case of each of clauses (a), (b) and (c) above, for any such matters that, individually or in the aggregate, are not reasonably likely to be material to the Business, taken as a whole.

 

25


Except as is not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably likely to be material to the Business, taken as a whole, the Seller is operating the Business in compliance with all applicable foreign, federal, state and local Laws relating to employment, employment standards, employment of minors, employment discrimination, health and safety, labor relations, withholding, wages and hours, workplace safety and insurance and/or pay equity (collectively, “ Labor Laws ”). As of the date of this Agreement, no Business Employee, at the officer level or above, has given notice to the Seller that such employee intends to terminate his or her employment with the Seller (other than as a result of a transfer of employment to the Purchaser and its affiliates). To the knowledge of the Seller, no employee of the Business is in any material respect in violation of any material term of any employment contract, non-disclosure agreement or non-competition agreement. Prior to the Closing, the Seller shall (in consultation with the Purchaser) have provided notice of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement to each labor union that represents any Business Employees and shall have satisfied in all material respects any bargaining obligations relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, in each case, to the extent required by applicable Law or any applicable collective bargaining agreement identified on Section 3.18 of the Seller Letter (collectively, the “ CBAs ”). The Seller is currently operating the Business in a manner that, if continued by the Purchaser, would not reasonably be expected to result in a “plant closing” or “mass layoff”(within the meaning of the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act of 1988, as amended, the “ WARN Act ”) with respect to any current or former Business Employee.

SECTION 3.19. Transactions with Affiliates . Except for employment relationships and the payment of compensation and benefits in the ordinary course of business, none of the Transferred Entities or the Business is a party to any Contract with, or involving the making of any payment, benefit or transfer of assets to, an affiliate of such Transferred Entity (other than a Transferred Entity). Neither the Seller nor its affiliates possess directly or indirectly, any financial interest in a material supplier, customer, lessor, lessee, or competitor of the Business; provided , that ownership of securities of a company whose securities are registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, of five percent (5%) or less of any class of such securities shall not be deemed to be a financial interest for purposes of this Section 3.19. Except as provided for in this Agreement, no Contract between a Transferred Entity, on the one hand, and the Seller or any of its affiliates (other than a Transferred Entity), on the other hand, will continue in effect subsequent to the Closing.

SECTION 3.20. Sufficiency of Assets. The Transferred Assets, the assets and properties that will be owned by the Transferred Entities immediately following the Closing, the assets and properties of which any Transferred Entity will be a lessee, sublessee or licensee immediately following the Closing and the assets and properties which the Transferred Entities will have the right to use pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement or the Trademark License Agreement, comprise all the assets and properties (tangible or intangible) currently employed by the Business. Such assets and properties will be sufficient for the conduct of the Business immediately following the Closing in substantially the same manner as currently conducted.

 

26


SECTION 3.21. Customers. Section 3.21 of the Seller Letter lists the names of the 30 largest customers of the Business measured by dollar value for the 12 months ended June 30, 2007 and sets forth opposite the name of each customer the amount of conversion sales by the Business to such customer during such period. As of the date of this Agreement, none of the customers listed in Section 3.21 of the Seller Letter has notified either the Seller or any of its subsidiaries in writing that it intends to cancel or terminate its relationship with the Business and, to the knowledge of the Seller as of the date of this Agreement, no such customer intends to cancel, terminate or materially and adversely alter its relationship with the Business.

SECTION 3.22. Suppliers; Raw Materials . Section 3.22 of the Seller Letter lists the names of the 30 largest suppliers from which the Business ordered raw materials, supplies, merchandise and other goods and services measured by dollar value for the 12 months ended June 30, 2007. As of the date of this Agreement, none of the suppliers listed in Section 3.22 of Seller Letter has notified either the Seller or any of its subsidiaries in writing that it intends to cancel or terminate its relationship with the Business and, to the knowledge of Seller as of the date of this Agreement, no such supplier intends to cancel, terminate or materially and adversely alter its relationship with the Business.

SECTION 3.23. Products; Product and Service Warranties; Product Liability. Since January 1, 2006 through (and including) the date of this Agreement, (a) except for ordinary course customer returns and allowances, the products manufactured and sold by the Business and the services provided by the Business conform with all applicable contractual commitments and warranties in all material respects and (b) there have been no material product liability claims, suits, actions or proceedings against the Transferors or any Transferred Entity that involves products manufactured and sold by the Business arising out of any injury to any individual or property as a result of the use of any such product. Section 3.23 of the Seller Letter sets forth all material product liability claims settled by the Transferors or any Transferred Entity relating to the Business since January 1, 2006 through (and including) the date of this Agreement.

SECTION 3.24. No Other Representations or Warranties . Except for the representations and warranties contained in Article IV or in any certificate delivered by the Purchaser in connection with the Closing, the Seller acknowledges that neither the Purchaser nor any other person on behalf of the Purchaser makes or has made any other express or implied representation or warranty with respect to the Acquisition or the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, with respect to the Purchaser or with respect to any other information provided or made available to the Seller by the Purchaser in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

27


ARTICLE IV

Representations and Warranties of the Purchaser

The Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to the Seller on the date of this Agreement and on the Closing Date as follows:

SECTION 4.01. Organization, Standing and Power. The Purchaser is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction in which it is organized and has all requisite power and authority and possesses all material governmental franchises, licenses, permits, authorizations and approvals necessary (a) to enable it to own, lease or otherwise hold its assets and properties and (b) to conduct its business as currently conducted. The Purchaser has made available to the Seller complete and correct copies of its organizational documents, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified through (and including) the date of this Agreement.

SECTION 4.02. Authority; Execution and Delivery; Enforceability . The Purchaser has full power and authority and full legal capacity to execute this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which it is, or is specified to be, a party, to fully perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder and to consummate the Acquisition, the Financing and the other transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution and delivery by the Purchaser of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which it is, or is specified to be, a party and the consummation by the Purchaser of the Acquisition, the Financing and the other transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Purchaser, and no other action on the part of the Purchaser is necessary to authorize this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements or the consummation of the Acquisition, the Financing or the other transactions contemplated hereby or thereby. The Purchaser has duly executed and delivered this Agreement and, prior to the Closing, will have duly executed and delivered each Ancillary Agreement to which it is, or is specified to be, a party, and, assuming their due execution and delivery by the Seller, this Agreement constitutes, and each Ancillary Agreement to which it is, or is specified to be, a party will, after execution and delivery by the Purchaser, constitute, its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at Law.

SECTION 4.03. No Conflicts; Consents . The execution and delivery by the Purchaser of this Agreement do not, the execution and delivery by the Purchaser of each Ancillary Agreement to which it is, or is specified to be, a party will not, and the consummation of the Acquisition, the Financing and the other transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and compliance by the Purchaser with the terms hereof and thereof will not, conflict with, or result in any violation or breach of, or default (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) under, or give rise to a right of, or result in, termination, cancellation or acceleration of any obligation or to loss of a material benefit under, or to increased, additional, accelerated or guaranteed rights or entitlements of any person

 

28


under, or result in the creation of any Lien upon any of the assets or properties of the Purchaser, under any provision of (a) the organizational documents of the Purchaser, (b) any material Contract to which the Purchaser is a party or by which any of the Purchaser’s assets or properties is bound or (c) subject to the governmental filings and other matters referred to in the immediately following sentence, any Judgment or Law applicable to the Purchaser or any of its assets or properties. No Consent of, or registration, declaration or filing with, any Governmental Entity is required to be obtained or made by or with respect to the Purchaser in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement or the consummation of the Acquisition, the Financing or the other transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, other than (A) compliance with and filings under the HSR Act and compliance with and filings and approvals under Foreign Merger Control Laws, (B) consents and approvals required for the assignment or novation of, or pursuant to “change in control” provisions in, governmental contracts, (C) compliance with and filings under ITAR, (D) compliance with and filings and notifications under applicable Environmental Laws, including the CPTL, and (E) the filing of the relevant instruments in the requisite jurisdictions in order to create or perfect Liens granted to secure the indebtedness and other obligations incurred as a result of the consummation of the Debt Financing.

SECTION 4.04. Litigation. There are not any (a) outstanding Judgments applicable to the Purchaser or any of its affiliates, (b) suit, action, demand, arbitration, investigation, other proceeding or claim of any nature, civil, criminal, regulatory or otherwise, pending or, to the knowledge of the Purchaser, threatened against the Purchaser or any of its affiliates or (c) investigations by any Governmental Entity that are, to the knowledge of the Purchaser, pending or threatened against the Purchaser or any of its affiliates that, individually or in the aggregate, are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Purchaser.

SECTION 4.05. Securities Act . The Transferred Equity Interests are being acquired for investment only and not with a view to any public distribution thereof, and the Purchaser shall not offer to sell or otherwise dispose of the Transferred Equity Interests so acquired by it in violation of any of the registration requirements of the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

SECTION 4.06. Financing . Complete and correct executed copies of the Financing Commitments have been delivered to the Seller on or prior to the date of this Agreement. There are no conditions or other contingencies to the funding of the Financing other than those contained in the Financing Commitments. Except to the extent permitted by Section 5.03(b), none of the Financing Commitments has been amended, supplemented or otherwise modified and the commitments contained in the Financing Commitments have not been reduced, terminated, withdrawn or rescinded in any respect. The Financing Commitments are in full force and effect and are the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Purchaser and, to the Purchaser’s knowledge, the applicable counterparties thereto. To the knowledge of the Purchaser, no event has occurred which, with or without notice, lapse of time or both, would constitute a default or breach on the part of the Purchaser under any term or condition of the Financing

 

29


Commitments. The Purchaser has fully paid any commitment fees or other fees incurred in connection with the Financing that have become due and payable. The Financing, when funded in accordance with the Financing Commitments, will provide funds at the Closing sufficient to consummate the Acquisition and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement and to pay the related fees and expenses associated therewith. As of the date of this Agreement, assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Seller set forth in Articles II and III, the Purchaser has no reason to believe that any of the conditions or other contingencies to the Financing will not be satisfied upon the satisfaction (or, to the extent permitted by applicable Law) waiver of the conditions set forth in Article VII or that the Financing will not be available to the Purchaser at the Closing.

SECTION 4.07. Activities of the Purchaser. The Purchaser was formed solely for the purpose of engaging in the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, has not engaged in any business activities or conducted any operations (other than in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement) and, prior to the Closing, will not have incurred liabilities or obligations of any nature (other than in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement).

SECTION 4.08. Solvency . Assuming the accuracy of the representations of the Seller set forth in Article II and Article III of this Agreement, immediately after the Closing and after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including the Financing, the payment of the Estimated Purchase Price and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, each of the Purchaser and the Transferred Entities will be Solvent.

SECTION 4.09. Sponsor Fund Guarantees. Each Sponsor Fund Guarantee is in full force and effect and is the valid, binding and enforceable obligation of the applicable Sponsor Fund, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization moratorium or other Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at Law. To the knowledge of the Purchaser, no event has occurred which, with or without notice, lapse of time or both, would constitute a default on the part of any Sponsor Fund under its Sponsor Fund Guarantee.

SECTION 4.10. Going Concern . Without prejudice to the Purchaser’s rights to operate the Business following the Closing in its sole discretion, the Purchaser is acquiring the Business as a going concern for the purpose of carrying out a business that is similar to the Business following the Closing.

SECTION 4.11. Brokers or Finders . No agent, broker, investment banker or other person engaged by or on behalf of the Purchaser or any of its affiliates is or will be entitled to any broker’s or finder’s fee or any other commission or similar fee in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

30


SECTION 4.12. No Other Representations and Warranties . Except for the representations and warranties contained in Article II and Article III or in any certificate delivered by the Seller pursuant to this Agreement, the Purchaser acknowledges that neither the Seller nor any person on behalf of the Seller makes or has made any other express or implied representation or warranty (including as to merchantability or fitness for any particular purpose) with respect to the Acquisition or the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, with respect to the Seller or the Business or with respect to any other information provided or made available to the Purchaser in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including in any “data rooms” or management presentations). None of the Seller or its affiliates shall have or be subject to any liability or indemnification obligation to the Purchaser or its affiliates resulting from the distribution to the Purchaser, or the Purchaser’s use of, any such information.

ARTICLE V

Pre-Closing Covenants

SECTION 5.01. Covenants Relating to Conduct of Business . Except as set forth in Section 5.01 of the Seller Letter, as otherwise expressly contemplated or permitted by the terms of this Agreement or with the prior written consent of the Purchaser (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), from the date of this Agreement through (and including) the Closing Date, the Seller shall, and shall cause its subsidiaries to, conduct the Business in the ordinary course in substantially the same manner as previously conducted and use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep intact the Business, keep available the services of the Business’s current officers, employees, contractors and consultants, preserve the Business’s assets and properties and preserve the Business’s relationships with customers, suppliers, licensors, licensees, distributors and others with whom they deal. In addition (and without limiting the generality of the foregoing), except as set forth in Section 5.01 of the Seller Letter or otherwise expressly contemplated or permitted by the terms of this Agreement, from the date of this Agreement through (and including) the Closing Date, the Seller shall not permit, and shall cause its subsidiaries not to permit, the Business to do any of the following without the prior written consent of the Purchaser:

(a) amend the organizational documents of any Transferred Entity;

(b) declare, set aside or pay any dividend or make any other distribution to the holders of equity interests in any Transferred Entity, other than (i) dividends or other distributions paid or payable to another Transferred Entity and (ii) dividends or other distributions made to withdraw cash and cash equivalents of the Transferred Entities;

(c) redeem or otherwise acquire any equity interests in, or any other securities of, a Transferred Entity or issue (i) any equity interests in, or any other security of, a Transferred Entity, (ii) any option or warrant for, or any security convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, any equity interests in, or any other security of, a Transferred Entity, (iii) “phantom” stock rights, stock appreciation rights, stock-based performance units, commitments, Contracts,

 

31


arrangements or undertakings to which any Transferred Entity is a party or by which any of them is bound (A) obligating any Transferred Entity to issue, deliver or sell, or cause to be issued, delivered or sold, additional units of its equity interests or any security convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, any equity interest in any Transferred Entity or any Transferred Entity Voting Debt, (B) obligating any Transferred Entity to issue, grant, extend or enter into any such option, warrant, security, right, unit, commitment, Contract, arrangement or undertaking or (C) that give any person the right to receive any economic benefit or right similar to or derived from the economic benefits and rights accruing to holders of the Transferred Equity Interests or (iv) any bond, debenture, note or other indebtedness having the right to vote (or convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, securities having the right to vote) on any matters on which the holders of equity interests in Transferred Entity may vote;

(d) split, combine or reclassify any of the equity interests in any Transferred Entity, or issue any other security in respect of, in lieu of or in substitution for the equity interests in any Transferred Entity;

(e) loan, advance, invest or make a capital contribution to or in any person, other than (i) advances in the ordinary course of business or (ii) loans, advances, investments or capital contributions to or in a Transferred Equity;

(f) (i) incur any indebtedness or assume, guarantee, endorse or otherwise become liable or responsible (whether directly, contingently or otherwise) for the indebtedness of any other person, other than in the ordinary course of business or (ii) mortgage, pledge or create a security interest in any material assets of the Business, tangible or intangible;

(g) repay any indebtedness or guarantees of any such indebtedness, other than (i) in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice or (ii) as contemplated by Section 5.12;

(h) cancel any material indebtedness other than as contemplated by Section 5.12;

(i) sell, transfer or lease any of its assets to, or enter into any agreement or arrangement with, the Seller or any of its affiliates, except for (A) transactions among the Business and (B) intercompany sales and purchases of goods and services (and payments for such sales and purchases) in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

(j) acquire by merging or consolidating with, or by purchasing a substantial portion of the assets of, or by purchasing all of or substantial equity interests in, any other person or its business or acquire any material assets, other than (A) assets acquired in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice or (B) assets acquired in compliance with clause (k) of this Section 5.01;

 

32


(k) incur any capital expenditure, other than (i) as contemplated by the Cap Ex Budget and (ii) capital expenditures made to repair, replace or rebuild assets of the Business that are damaged or destroyed after the date of this Agreement;

(l) sell, lease, license or otherwise dispose of any of its assets or properties, other than assets sold, leased, licensed or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

(m) pay, discharge, settle or satisfy any liabilities or obligations (whether absolute, accrued, asserted or unasserted, contingent or otherwise), other than the payment, discharge, settlement or satisfaction (i) of liabilities or obligations as required by the terms of any applicable Judgment or Law, (ii) of liabilities or obligations constituting indebtedness, (iii) of liabilities or obligations reflected or reserved against on the Balance Sheet or incurred since the date of the Balance Sheet in the ordinary course of business or (iv) of liabilities or obligations that, in the aggregate, do not exceed $500,000;

(n) waive, discharge, settle, release, grant or transfer any claim, right, action or suit of material value;

(o) commence any litigation, other than (i) litigation in connection with the collection of accounts receivable, (ii) litigation to enforce the terms of this Agreement or (iii) litigation as a result of suits, actions or other proceedings commenced against the Business;

(p) enter into or renew (i) any Contract that has a term of more than one year and that is not terminable on not more than 60 days prior notice without the payment of any penalty, (ii) any Contract with a value (net of metal costs) in excess of $3,500,000, (iii) any Contract with respect to any joint venture, partnership or similar arrangement, (iv) any commodity agreement, interest rate agreement or currency agreement, other than commodity agreements entered into to hedge fluctuations in the price of raw materials purchased or to be purchased to fill accepted customer orders or (v) any Contract that, following the Closing, (A) materially restricts the ability of the Business to compete in any business or with any person in any geographic area, (B) provides for exclusivity or any similar requirement, (C) requires the Business to grant “most favored nation” pricing or terms or (D) restricts the ability of the Business to solicit or hire any person;

(q) enter into, amend in any material respect, terminate or renew any lease of real property;

(r) amend, supplement, otherwise modify or terminate any Lease (other than a lease of real property), other than amendments, supplements or other modifications in the ordinary course of business;

 

33


(s) (A) enter into, adopt, amend in any material respect or terminate any Assumed Benefit Plan, Assumed Benefit Agreement or any CBA, (B) grant any material increase in the compensation or benefits of, or pay or otherwise grant any bonus not required by any Seller Benefit Plan, Seller Benefit Agreement or other written agreement to, any Business Employee or (C) enter into any contract to do any of the foregoing, except, in the case of clauses (A), (B) and (C), (1) to the extent required by applicable Law, (2) as may be required under any Seller Benefit Plan or Seller Benefit Agreement or (3) with respect to any Seller Benefit Plan, Seller Benefit Agreement or other written agreement that is not an Assumed Benefit Plan, Assumed Benefit Agreement or a CBA or in the case of clause (B), (x) in the ordinary course of business, (y) as would relate to a substantial number of other similarly situated employees of the Seller or its affiliates (other than the Transferred Entities), or (z) for any actions described in each of clauses (B) and (C) for which the Seller or its affiliates (other than the Transferred Entities) shall be solely obligated, and which would not result in a material liability to the Purchaser;

(t) change the fiscal year of any Transferred Entity, revalue any of its material assets or make any change in any method of accounting or accounting practice or policy (including procedures with respect to the payment of accounts payable and collection of accounts receivable), except as required by the mandatory provisions of GAAP or applicable Law;

(u) make, revoke or change any material Tax election, adopt or change any material Tax accounting method or period, file any material amended Tax Return, settle any material Tax claim or assessment, consent to any extension or waiver of the statute of limitations period applicable to any Tax claim or assessment, except for consents made in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, or surrender any right to claim a Tax refund, offset or other reduction in Tax liability, except in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice; or

(v) authorize any of, or commit or agree to take, the foregoing actions.

SECTION 5.02. No Solicitation. From the date of this Agreement through (and including) the Closing Date, the Seller shall not, and shall not authorize or permit any of its affiliates or its or their directors, officers, employees, investment bankers, attorneys, accountants or other representatives to, (a) solicit, initiate or knowingly encourage or approve any other bid, (b) enter into any agreement with respect to any other bid or (c) participate in any discussions or negotiations regarding, or furnish to any person any information with respect to, or take any other action to knowingly facilitate any inquiries or the making of any proposal that constitutes, or may reasonably be expected to lead to, any other bid.

 

34


SECTION 5.03. Commercially Reasonable Efforts; Financing . (a) Commercially Reasonable Efforts. (i) Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, each party shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Closing to occur and to consummate the Acquisition, the Financing and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including taking all reasonable actions necessary to comply promptly with all legal requirements that may be imposed on it or any of its affiliates with respect to the Closing. In furtherance of the foregoing, each party shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all appropriate action, do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable under applicable Laws, and to execute and deliver such instruments and documents as may be required to carry out the provisions of this Agreement and to consummate the Acquisition, the Financing and the other transactions contemplated hereby.

(ii) Each party shall, and shall cause each of its affiliates to, use its commercially reasonable efforts to take all actions and to do, cause to be done, and assist and cooperate with the other party in doing, all things necessary or desirable to (A) make any filing or declaration with, give any notices to, or obtain any Consent of, any Governmental Entity which filing, declaration, notice or Consent is necessary or desirable in connection with the Acquisition and the other transactions contemplated hereby, including filings, notifications and Consents under applicable Environmental Laws, applications on behalf of the Purchaser or any affiliate of Purchaser for the Permits listed in Section 3.10(1) of the Seller Letter, Permit revisions for the Permits listed in Section 3.10(2) , (3) and (4) of the Seller Letter and such applications as are necessary to accomplish compliance with Environmental Laws, if any, for the air emissions sources listed in Section 3.10(5) of the Seller Letter, and filings, notifications and Consents under applicable federal communications laws (and to the extent not received the parties shall enter into a shared use agreement with respect to the same in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Purchaser) and (B) obtain all consents from third persons necessary or appropriate to permit the consummation of the Acquisition and the other transactions contemplated hereby; provided , however , that the parties shall not be required to pay or commit to pay any amount to (or incur any obligation in favor of) any person from whom such consent may be required. In furtherance (and not in limitation of) the foregoing:

(1) The Purchaser and the Seller shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable after the date of this Agreement, file with all applicable U.S. and foreign Governmental Entities any notices and applications necessary to obtain merger control or competition Law approval for the Acquisition; provided that each of the Seller and the Purchaser shall have the right to review and provide comments on any such notices and applications prior to their filing. Without limiting the foregoing, the Purchaser and the Seller shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable after the date of this Agreement, file with the United States Federal Trade Commission (the “ FTC ”) and the United States Department of Justice (the “ DOJ ”) the notification and report form, if any, required under the HSR Act for the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Subject to reasonable confidentiality restrictions, the Purchaser and the Seller shall each

 

35


furnish to the other such necessary information and reasonable assistance as the other may reasonably request in connection with its preparation of any filing or submission that is necessary under the HSR Act or any Foreign Merger Control Law. The Purchaser and the Seller shall comply promptly with any inquiry or request for additional information from any Governmental Entity and shall promptly provide any supplemental information requested in connection with the filings made hereunder pursuant to the HSR Act or any Foreign Merger Control Law. Each party shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any clearance or approval, and to cause the expiration or termination of any waiting period, required under the HSR Act and any Foreign Merger Control Law for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Each party shall not, and shall cause its affiliates not to, enter into, or consummate any acquisition or license agreement which would present a material risk of making it materially more difficult to obtain any approval or authorization for the Acquisition under the HSR Act or any Foreign Merger Control Law. For purposes of this Section 5.03, “commercially reasonable efforts” shall include (A) opposing any action for a temporary, preliminary or permanent injunction against the Acquisition, (B) entering into a consent decree containing the Purchaser’s agreement to hold separate and divest the products and assets of the Business as may be required by any Governmental Entity and (C) responding to any request for additional information issued by the FTC or DOJ, as applicable; provided , however , that, notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, nothing in this Agreement shall require the Purchaser to implement any divesture or agree to any other condition or consent decree or enter into any contract if doing so would reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have an adverse impact (other than a de minimis adverse impact) on the Business.

(2) Each party shall (A) promptly inform, and provide copies to, the other party of any communication received from, or given by it to, any Governmental Entity with respect to obtaining clearance or approval, or the expiration or termination of any waiting, notice or review periods, for the Acquisition under the HSR Act, any Foreign Merger Control Law and ITAR, (B) to the extent practicable and subject to reasonable confidentiality restrictions, provide the other party and its counsel with advance notice of, and the opportunity to participate in, any discussion, telephone call or meeting with any Governmental Entity in respect of any filing, investigation or other inquiry in connection with the Acquisition and to participate in the preparation for such discussion, telephone call or meeting and (C) to the extent permitted by applicable Law and subject to reasonable confidentiality restrictions, consult with each other prior to filing or submitting documents or entering into discussions with any

 

36


Governmental Entity and give each other advance notice to engage in meaningful consultation with respect thereto.

(iii) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the failure to obtain any consent or approval required in connection with a Restricted Asset, after the party responsible for obtaining the same has used its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such consent or approval, shall not, individually or in the aggregate, constitute a material adverse effect on the Purchaser, on the Seller or on the Business, as applicable, a breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement under this Agreement or any certificate delivered pursuant to this Agreement or a failure of any condition under this Agreement.

(b) Financing. (i) The Purchaser shall, and shall cause its affiliates to, use commercially reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all appropriate action, do, or cause to be done, all things reasonably necessary, proper or advisable under applicable Laws, and to execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, such instruments and documents as may be reasonably required, to arrange and consummate the Financing on or prior to the Closing on the terms and subject only to the conditions contained in the Financing Commitments, including using its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the conditions in the Financing Commitments that are within the Purchaser’s control to be satisfied and to cause the financial institutions providing the Debt Financing to fund the Debt Financing.

(ii) The Purchaser shall not agree to or permit any material amendment, supplement or other modification of, or waive any of its rights under, any Financing Commitments or the definitive agreements relating to the Financing without the Seller’s prior written consent, not to be unreasonably withheld, except that the Purchaser may amend, supplement or otherwise modify the Debt Financing Commitments if such amendment, supplement or other modification would not be reasonably likely to materially impair or delay the funding of the Debt Financing or the Closing (it being understood that, subject to the requirements of this clause (ii), such amendment, supplement or other modification (1) does not contain additional or modified conditions or other contingencies to the funding of the Debt Financing relative to those contained in Debt Financing Commitments and (2) is otherwise not reasonably likely to impair or delay the funding of the Debt Financing or the Closing (it being understood than, subject to the requirements of this clause (ii), such amendment, supplement or other modification of the Debt Financing Commitments may provide for the assignment of a portion of the Debt Financing Commitment to additional agents or arrangers and grant such persons approval rights with respect to certain matters as are customarily granted to additional agents or arrangers).

(iii) If any portion of the Financing becomes unavailable on the terms and conditions contained in the Financing Commitments, the Purchaser shall promptly notify the Seller, and the Purchaser shall use its commercially

 

37


reasonable efforts to obtain, as promptly as practicable following the occurrence of such event, replacement commitments on terms that will enable the Purchaser to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and that are not less favorable in the aggregate (as determined by the Purchaser in its reasonable judgment) to the Purchaser and the Seller than those contained in the Financing Commitments. The Purchaser shall deliver to the Seller complete and correct copies of all amendments, supplements, other modifications or agreements pursuant to which any amended, supplemented, modified or replacement commitments shall provide the Purchaser with any portion of the Financing; provided that the Purchaser may redact from any such copies the fee amounts and pricing information payable to their Financing sources.

(iv) The Seller shall, and shall cause its subsidiaries to, and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause its and its subsidiaries’ independent accountants, legal counsel and other advisors to, provide such reasonable cooperation in connection with the arrangement of the Debt Financing as may be reasonably requested by the Purchaser or their Financing sources, including (A) participation in meetings, drafting sessions, presentations, road shows and due diligence session, (B) using commercially reasonable efforts to furnish the Purchaser and its Debt Financing sources with the Required Financial Information and such other information and projections reasonably requested by the Purchaser in connection with the Debt Financing, (C) assisting the Purchaser and its Debt Financing sources in the preparation of (1) offering documents and other informational and marketing materials and documents to be used for the Debt Financing and (2) materials for rating agency presentations, (D) reasonably cooperating with the marketing efforts of the Purchaser and its Debt Financing sources, including using commercially reasonable efforts to cause the syndication of the Debt Financing to benefit materially with Seller’s and Company’s existing lending relationships, (E) reasonably facilitating the pledging of collateral including real property collateral and execution and delivery of definitive agreements relating to the Financing and customary deliverables and (F) using commercially reasonable efforts to obtain accountants’ “comfort letters”, accountants’ consent letters, legal opinions, customary landlord lien and access waivers, surveys, appraisals and title insurance as reasonably requested by the Purchaser; provided that none of the Seller nor any of its subsidiaries shall be required to pay any commitment or other fee or incur any other liability in connection with the Debt Financing; and provided further that such requested cooperation does not unreasonably interfere with the ongoing operations of the Seller and its subsidiaries. The Purchaser shall, promptly upon request by the Seller, reimburse the Seller for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs incurred by the Seller or any of its subsidiaries in connection with such cooperation. The Seller shall have the right to consent to the use of its and its subsidiaries’ logos in connection with the Debt Financing.

 

38


(v) The Purchaser shall keep the Seller reasonably informed on a timely basis of any material developments relating to the Financing.

(vi) The Purchaser acknowledges that the information being provided to it in connection with the Financing is subject to the terms of Section 6.02(a).

(vii) The Seller understands that the majority of the Purchase Price will be financed with proceeds of the Debt Financing, which will be provided by third party sources. The Seller accordingly acknowledges that the obligations of the Purchaser under this Section 5.03(b) do not require the Purchaser or any of its affiliates to provide the Debt Financing themselves if such third party sources fail to provide the Debt Financing or to guarantee that such third party sources will provide the Debt Financing but only requires that the Purchaser use its commercially reasonable efforts to arrange and consummate the Debt Financing.

(viii) In the event the Seller or any Transferred Entity suffers on or prior to the Closing any casualty or loss to any building, structure, material fixture or material improvement included within the Transferred Real Property, the Seller shall assign to the Purchaser insurance proceeds sufficient to cover such casualty or loss or otherwise make adequate provisions to bear the cost of the repair or replacement of such building, structure, material fixture or material improvement.

SECTION 5.04. Expenses; Transfer Taxes. (a) Except as provided in the following sentence, Section 1.05(b), paragraph (b) of this Section 5.04, Section 5.06(f), Section 6.06(b), Section 6.09(b) and Section 8.02(e), each party shall bear its and its affiliates’ fees, costs and expenses (including fees, costs and expenses of legal counsel and other representatives and consultants) incurred by them in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements and consummation of the Acquisition, the Financing and the other transactions contemplated hereby or thereby. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all fees, costs and expenses (including fees, costs and expenses of legal counsel) incurred in connection with compliance with and filings and approvals under merger control and competition Laws, including the HSR Act, shall be shared equally by the Purchaser, on the one hand, and the Seller, on the other hand.

(b) All sales, use, value added, transfer, stamp, registration, documentary, excise, real property transfer or gains, or similar Taxes (the “ Transfer Taxes ”) applicable to the transfer of the Transferred Assets, the Excluded Assets or the Purchased Companies’ Equity Interests shall be shared equally by the Purchaser, on the one hand, and the Seller, on the other hand. Each party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to avail itself of any available exemptions. from any such Transfer Taxes, and to cooperate with the other in providing any information and documentation that may be necessary to obtain such exemptions. The Purchaser, the Seller and the Transferred Entities shall jointly file all required returns and similar statements and take all other actions under all applicable transfer notification statutes and regulations and all applicable Tax statutes and

 

39


regulations that are required to be made or taken by the parties in connection with or as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

SECTION 5.05. Tax Matters. (a)  Return Filings. For any taxable period of the Transferred Entities that includes (but does not end on) the Closing Date, the Purchaser shall timely prepare (or cause to be prepared) and file with the appropriate Taxing Authorities all Tax Returns required to be filed on a basis consistent with past practices of the Business and shall pay (or cause to be paid) all Taxes due with respect to such Tax Returns; provided , however , that the Seller shall pay the Purchaser at least five days before such Tax Return is due any amount owed by the Seller pursuant to Section 9.01(a) with respect to the taxable periods covered by such Tax Returns. For any taxable period of the Transferred Entities that ends on or before the Closing Date, the Seller shall timely prepare and file with the appropriate Taxing Authority all Tax Returns required to be filed; provided that if such Tax Return is required to be filed by a Transferred Entity after the Closing Date, the Seller shall deliver such Tax Return to the Purchaser which shall sign and file such Tax Return; and provided further that any such Tax Return described in this sentence shall be prepared, on a basis consistent with the past practices of the Business and in accordance with applicable Law. The Seller shall pay all Taxes due with respect to such Tax Returns and, if such Tax Return is to be filed by the Purchaser, shall pay the Purchaser at least five days before such Tax Return is due any amount shown as due on such Tax Return.

(b) The Seller shall include the income of the Transferred Entities (including any deferred income triggered into income under Treasury Regulations Sections 1.1502-13 and 1.1502-14 and any excess loss accounts taken into income under Treasury Regulations Section 1.1502-19, and any income triggered under any comparable provisions of state, local or foreign law) resulting from or related to transactions contemplated by this Agreement and arising on or before the Closing Date on the relevant Seller group consolidated, combined and unitary Tax Returns for all periods through and including the Closing Date and pay any federal, foreign, state or local income Taxes attributable to such income.

(c) Cooperation . The Purchaser and the Seller shall reasonably cooperate, and shall cause their affiliates, officers, employees, agents, auditors and representatives to reasonably cooperate, in preparing and filing all Tax Returns, including maintaining and making available to each other all records necessary in connection with Taxes and in resolving all suits, claims, actions, investigations, proceedings or audits (collectively, “Actions ”) with respect to all taxable periods relating to Taxes involving or otherwise relating to the Transferred Entities or Transferred Assets. The Seller and its affiliates will need access, from time to time, after the Closing Date, to certain accounting and Tax records and information held by the Transferred Entities to the extent such records and information pertain to events occurring prior to the Closing Date; therefore, the Purchaser shall, and shall cause each Transferred Entity to, (i) use its commercially reasonable efforts to properly retain and maintain such records for ten (10) years and shall thereafter provide the Seller with written notice prior to any destruction, abandonment or disposition, (ii) transfer such records to the Seller upon its written request prior to any such destruction, abandonment or disposition and (ii) allow the Seller and its agents and

 

40


representatives (and agents or representatives of any of its affiliates), at times and dates mutually acceptable to the parties, to inspect, review and make copies of such records as the Seller may deem necessary or appropriate from time to time, such activities to be conducted during normal business hours and at the Seller’s expense. Any information obtained under this Section 5.05 (c) shall be kept confidential, except as may be otherwise necessary in connection with the filing of Tax Returns or in the conduct of an audit or other Action.

(d) Refunds and Credits . Any refund or credit of Taxes, or any tax benefit or reduction (including as a result of any overpayment of Taxes in prior periods) accruing to the Purchaser or any of its affiliates as a result of the ownership of the Business (each, a “ Tax Asset ”) attributable to any taxable period ending on or before the Closing Date shall be for the account of the Seller, unless any such refund or credit (i) is attributable to the carryback from a Post-Closing Tax Period of items of loss, deductions or other Tax items of the Transferred Entities (or any of their affiliates, including the Purchaser) or (ii) relates to the shift in timing of the incurrence of tax liabilities from a Pre-Closing Tax Period to a Post-Closing Tax Period. Any Tax Asset attributable to any Straddle Period shall be apportioned between the Purchaser and the Seller in accordance with the principles of Section 9.01(c). Each party shall forward, and shall cause its affiliates to forward, to the party entitled pursuant to this Section 5.05(d) to receive the amount or economic benefit of the Tax Asset within 10 days after such Tax Asset is received or after such Tax Asset is allowed or applied against another Tax liability, as the case may be.

(e) Tax Sharing Agreements . The Seller shall cause the provisions of any agreement relating to the sharing, allocation or indemnification of Taxes, or any similar agreement, contract or arrangement (collectively, “ Tax Sharing Agreements ”) between the Seller or any of their affiliates (other than the Transferred Entities) and any Transferred Entity to be terminated on or before the Closing Date. After the Closing Date, no party shall have any rights or obligations under any such Tax Sharing Agreement.

(f) Closing Date . On the Closing Date, the Purchaser shall cause each Transferred Entity to conduct its business in the ordinary course in substantially the same manner as currently conducted and on the Closing Date shall not permit any Transferred Entity to effect any extraordinary transactions (other than any such transactions expressly required by applicable law or by this Agreement) that could result in Tax liability to any Transferred Entity in excess of Tax liability associated with the conduct of its business in the ordinary course.

(g) Purchase Price Adjustments . The Purchaser and the Seller agree to treat any amounts payable pursuant to Section 5.05(c) or Article IX as adjustments to the Purchase Price for all Tax purposes, unless a final determination causes any such payment not to be treated as an adjustment to the Purchase Price for U.S. Federal income Tax purposes. Neither the Purchaser nor the Seller shall file any Tax Return, or take a position with a Taxing Authority, that (i) is inconsistent with the Allocation or (ii) treats the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in a manner inconsistent with the terms

 

41


of this Agreement, unless required to do so by a final determination and after which prompt notice thereof shall be given to the other parties to this Agreement.

(h) Purchase Price Allocation . (i) The Purchaser and the Seller agree to allocate for all Tax purposes the Purchase Price (taking into account any adjustments under Section 5.05(f)), of the Transferred Assets and the stock of the Purchased Companies, the amount of the liabilities of the Purchased Companies that are liabilities for income tax purposes and any other relevant items among the Transferred Assets and the stock of the Purchased Companies in accordance with Section 1060 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder (the “ Asset Allocation ”).

(ii) The Purchaser shall deliver a draft of the Asset Allocation (the “ Proposed Asset Allocation ”) to the Seller for its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned, no later than 90 days after the Closing Date. Except as provided in subparagraphs (j) and (k) of this Section 5.05, at the close of business on the 30th day after delivery of the Proposed Asset Allocation, the Proposed Asset Allocation shall become binding upon the Purchaser and the Seller and shall be the Asset Allocation.

(iii) The Seller shall raise any objection to the Proposed Asset Allocation in writing within 30 days of the delivery of the Proposed Asset Allocation. The Purchaser and the Seller shall negotiate in good faith to resolve any differences for 30 days after delivery of any objection by the Seller. If the Purchaser and the Seller reach written agreement amending the Proposed Asset Allocation, the Proposed Asset Allocation, as so amended, shall become binding upon Purchaser and Seller and shall be the Asset Allocation.

(iv) If the Purchaser and the Seller cannot agree on the appropriate allocation within the 30-day period set forth in subparagraph (j) above, then all remaining disputed items shall be submitted for resolution by an Accounting Firm mutually selected by the Purchaser and the Seller (the “ Allocation Accounting Firm ”). The Allocation Accounting Firm shall make a final determination as to the disputed items within 30 days after such submission. Such determination shall be final, binding and conclusive on the Purchaser and the Seller and shall be the Asset Allocation. The fees and expenses of the Allocation Accounting Firm shall be shared equally between the Purchaser and the Seller.

(v) The Asset Allocation shall be amended to reflect any adjustments to the Purchase Price under this Agreement. Except as required by applicable law, the Purchaser and the Seller shall, and shall cause their affiliates to, file all Tax returns consistent with the Asset Allocation, as so amended.

SECTION 5.06. [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

 

42


SECTION 5.07. Section 338(g) Election . The Purchaser shall be permitted to make an election under Section 338(g) of the Code with respect to the transfer of any eligible Transferred Entity that is not a U.S. Transferred Entity (a “ Foreign Transferred Entity ”); provided that any additional Taxes imposed on the Seller or any of its affiliates as a result of such an election shall be subject to indemnification pursuant to Section 9.01(b). If the Purchaser intends to make an election under Section 338(g) of the Code, the Purchaser shall first give reasonable notice to the Seller. The Seller shall then notify the Purchaser, within a reasonable period of time, of any increase in Tax liability that may result from such an election. Upon receiving notice from the Seller, the Purchaser may choose whether to make, or refrain from making, such election.

SECTION 5.08. Employee Matters . (a) Effective as of the Closing, the Purchaser shall, or shall cause its affiliates to, make offers of employment (which offers shall be in compliance with the Purchaser’s covenants set forth in this Section 5.08) to, or continue the employment of, as applicable, each Business Employee who is actively employed by Seller or its affiliates as of the Closing Date (each, an “ Active Employee ”). The Seller shall not knowingly take any action to discourage any Business Employee from accepting such offer of employment. For purposes of this Agreement, any Business Employee who is not actively at work on the Closing Date due to an approved leave of absence (including due to vacation, holiday, sick leave, workers compensation, maternity or paternity leave, military leave, jury duty, bereavement leave or injury, but not including due to unauthorized leave of absence or lay-off), other than short-term or long-term disability leave, in compliance with the applicable policies of the Seller and its affiliates, shall be considered an Active Employee. The Purchaser will comply, and will cause its affiliates to comply, with the requirements of all applicable CBAs relating to the rights of any laid-off employee of the Business who is not actively at work on the Closing Date due to a lay-off to be recalled to active employment with the Purchaser or its affiliates following the Closing Date. With respect to each Business Employee who is not actively at work as of the Closing Date due to short-term or long-term disability leave (each, a “ Disabled Employee ”), effective as of the date on which such Disabled Employee presents himself or herself to the Purchaser for active employment following the Closing Date, provided such Disabled Employee is cleared for work and presents himself or herself to the Purchaser for active employment within 180 days following the Closing Date, (i) in the case of any such Disabled Employee who was employed by a Transferred Entity immediately prior to the date such employee’s disability leave began, the Purchaser shall continue the employment of such Disabled Employee and (ii) in the case of any such Disabled Employee who was employed by the Seller or one of its affiliates (other than a Transferred Entity) immediately prior to the date such employee’s disability leave began, the Purchaser shall, or shall cause its affiliates to, make an offer of employment (which offer shall be in compliance with the Purchaser’s covenants set forth in this Section 5.08) to such Disabled Employee, in each case, with job responsibilities that are substantially similar to such Disabled Employee’s job responsibilities with the Seller or its affiliates immediately prior to the date such employee commenced disability leave, to the same extent, if any, as the Seller or its affiliates would have been required to re-employ such Disabled Employee if the transactions contemplated by this Agreement had not occurred, in accordance with applicable Law and any applicable collective

 

43


bargaining agreement. Business Employees who transfer to the Purchaser or one of its affiliates, as of the effective date of such transfer, shall be referred to as “ Transferred Employees ”, and the date that such Business Employee transfers to the Purchaser or one of its affiliates shall be referred to as the “ Transfer Date ”. In the case of (i) any Active Employee or (ii) any Disabled Employee who was employed by a Transferred Entity immediately prior to the date such employee’s disability leave began, the Transfer Date shall be the Closing Date; provided , however , that, except as relates to any Assumed Benefit Plan, the Purchaser and its affiliates shall have no liabilities or obligations with respect to any such Disabled Employee unless and until such employee presents himself or herself to the Purchaser or its affiliates for active employment in accordance with this Section 5.08(a). In the case of any Disabled Employee who was employed by the Seller or one of its affiliates (other than a Transferred Entity) immediately prior to the date such employee’s disability leave began, the Transfer Date shall be the date such employee commences active employment with the Purchaser or its affiliates. The Seller and the Purchaser intend that the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall not constitute a severance of employment of any Transferred Employee prior to or upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and that Transferred Employees will have continuous and uninterrupted employment immediately before and immediately after the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(b) During the period from the Closing Date until the 12-month anniversary of the Closing Date (such period, the “ Continuation Period ”), the Purchaser or its affiliates shall provide each Transferred Employee with (i) a base salary or rate of base pay that is at least equal to such Transferred Employee’s base salary or rate of base pay immediately prior to the Closing (provided that such base salary or rate of base pay is either the same as in effect on the date of this Agreement or has been modified only to the extent permitted by Section 5.01(s)) and (ii) other compensation and employee benefits that, in the aggregate, are substantially comparable to the compensation and employee benefits provided to each such Transferred Employee immediately prior to the Closing (without regard to any changes made pursuant to the authority set forth in Section 5.01(s) except for cash bonuses paid in the ordinary course consistent with Section 5.08(r)); provided that (A) none of the Purchaser or any of its affiliates shall have any obligation to (i) issue, or adopt any plans or arrangements providing for the issuance of equity or equity based compensation, (ii) provide post-retirement medical coverage unless such coverage is both (x) required pursuant to the terms of the CBAs and (y) applicable solely to Transferred Employees (other than Retiree Medical Eligible Employees) and (iii) provide a U.S. qualified or non-qualified defined benefit pension plan unless such coverage is both (x) required pursuant to the terms of the CBAs and (y) applicable solely to Transferred Employees, (B) no such plans or arrangements of the Seller or its affiliates shall be taken into account in determining whether compensation and employee benefits are substantially comparable in the aggregate and (C) the Seller’s recently approved defined contribution benefit plan described in Section 5.08(b ) of the Seller Letter shall be taken into account in determining whether compensation and employee benefits of 401(k) Covered Employees are substantially comparable in the aggregate. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, in the case of any Transferred Employee whose employment with the Seller or its affiliates is covered by a collective bargaining agreement immediately prior to the Closing (a “ Represented

 

44


Employee”), during the Continuation Period, the Purchaser and its affiliates shall be permitted to make changes to such Transferred Employee’s compensation and benefits to the extent permitted under the applicable collective bargaining agreement. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, the active participation and accrual of benefits of the Transferred Employees in the Seller Benefit Plans (other than the Assumed Benefit Plans) and the other employee compensation, benefit and perquisite plans, programs and arrangements of the Seller and its affiliates shall terminate effective as of 12:01 a.m. on each Transferred Employee’s Transfer Date. Except as required by applicable Law, nothing herein shall (1) guarantee employment of any Transferred Employee for any period of time after the Closing Date or preclude the ability of the Purchaser to terminate the employment of any Transferred Employee for any reason or no reason, or (2) other than as set forth in Sections 5.08(c), (1) and (q), require the Purchaser to continue any particular employee benefit plan or arrangement after the Closing Date. No provision of this Section 5.08 shall create any third party beneficiary or other rights in any current or former employee of the Seller, the Business or the Purchaser (including any dependent or beneficiary thereof) or any other person or modify or create any employee benefit plan. Except as set forth in this Section 5.08(b) and Sections 5.08(c), (1) and (q) or as required by applicable Law, the Purchaser and its affiliates, as applicable, shall have the right in their sole discretion to amend, modify, terminate or adjust benefit levels under any and all employee benefit plans and arrangements after the Closing Date, and, except as set forth in Sections 5.08(c), (1) and (q) or as required by applicable Law, nothing in this Section 5.08 shall be construed to limit any rights that the Purchaser or any of its affiliates may have under any such plan or arrangement, to amend, modify, terminate or adjust any particular plan or arrangement. No provision of this Section 5.08 is intended to modify, amend or create any employee benefit plan or arrangement of the Seller or the Purchaser or any affiliate of the Purchaser.

(c) Without limiting the generality of Section 5.08(b), during the Continuation Period, the Purchaser shall, or shall cause its affiliates to, provide each Transferred Employee (other than any Represented Employee) whose employment is terminated by the Purchaser or its affiliates during the Continuation Period with severance and other separation benefits that, in the aggregate, are no less favorable than what would be provided to such Transferred Employee pursuant to the Seller’s severance plan as in effect as of the date of this Agreement ( a complete and correct copy of which has been delivered to the Purchaser), taking into account such Transferred Employee’s service with the Purchaser and its affiliates following the Closing and all Pre-Closing Service; provided , however , that no such Transferred Employee will be entitled to any of the severance or separation benefits pursuant to this Section 5.08(c) unless and until such Transferred Employee executes a release of claims in favor of both the Seller and the Purchaser, each of their subsidiaries and each of their respective predecessors, successors, parents and affiliates, and their respective present and former officers, directors, employees and agents, and such release becomes effective and irrevocable.

(d) From and after each Transferred Employee’s Transfer Date, the Purchaser shall, or shall cause its affiliates to, credit service accrued by Transferred Employees with, or otherwise recognized for benefit plan purposes by, the Seller and its

 

45


affiliates (as well as service with any predecessor employer of the Seller or any its affiliates, to the extent service with the predecessor employer is recognized by the Seller or any of its affiliates) as of such Transferred Employee’s Transfer Date (“ Pre-Closing Service ”) for purposes of eligibility to participate, vesting, level of benefits and benefit accruals and, to the extent required by any applicable CBA, for purposes of early retirement eligibility and early retirement subsidies, in each case, under any employee benefit plans and arrangements and employment-related entitlements sponsored, maintained or contributed to by the Purchaser or its affiliates, to the same extent recognized by the Seller and its affiliates immediately prior to such Transferred Employee’s Transfer Date, except (i) for benefit accrual purposes under any defined benefit pension plan of the Purchaser or its affiliates, (ii) for eligibility purposes under any post-retirement welfare benefit plan of the Purchaser or its affiliates, except as required pursuant to the terms of any applicable CBA, or (iii) to the extent such credit would result in duplication of benefits for the same period of service.

(e) With respect to any welfare benefit plans maintained for the benefit of Transferred Employees or their dependents on and after each Transferred Employee’s Transfer Date, the Purchaser shall (i) cause there to be waived any pre-existing condition limitations, exclusions and actively-at-work requirements with respect to participation and coverage, to the extent waived or satisfied under the Seller Benefit Plans in effect as of the date immediately prior to such Transferred Employees, Transfer Date and (ii) give effect, in determining any deductible and maximum out-of-pocket limitations, to claims incurred and amounts paid by, and amounts reimbursed to, such Transferred Employee’s or their dependents in the plan year in which such Transferred Employee’s Transfer Date occurs for purposes of satisfying any applicable deductible or out-of-pocket requirements under any similar welfare benefit plans in which such Transferred Employees or their dependents participate at or following the relevant Transfer Date.

(f) The Seller shall be responsible for providing such continuation coverage, within the meaning of COBRA, as is required pursuant to COBRA in respect of any Business Employee or “qualified beneficiary” (as defined in COBRA) of a Business Employee who incurs a “qualifying event” prior to 12:01 a.m. on the Closing; provided that, in the event that such Business Employee is covered by an employee welfare benefit plan that is an Assumed Benefit Plan, the Purchaser shall be responsible for such continuation coverage, regardless of whether such Business Employee incurs a qualifying event before, on or after the Closing Date. The Purchaser shall be responsible for providing such continuation coverage as is required under COBRA in respect of any Transferred Employee or qualified beneficiary of a Transferred Employee, in each case, who incurs a qualifying event at or following 12:01 a.m. on the Closing Date and any Business Employee described in the proviso in the immediately preceding sentence.

(g) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Seller shall retain all liabilities, obligations and commitments with respect to any non-qualified defined benefit pension and non-qualified defined contribution plans of the Seller (including the Supplemental Deferral Benefit Retirement Plan, the Senior Executive Pension Plan and the Supplemental Contributing Employee Ownership Plan), which liabilities, obligations and commitments, other than those that relate to the Benefit

 

46


Restoration Plan, shall be considered Excluded Liabilities for purposes of this Agreement. On or prior to the Closing, the Seller shall cause to be satisfied all liabilities, obligations and commitments with respect to the Chase Brass & Copper Company Benefit Restoration Plan and shall be entitled to the value of the assets in the account that was previously established to satisfy the liabilities under such plan. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Seller shall retain all liabilities, obligations and commitments with respect to any stock incentive plan and employee stock purchase plan that relates to shares of the Seller’s common stock (other than the Seller 401(k) Plan, to the extent that a rollover is elected in accordance with Section 5.08(p)), and all awards granted under such plans, which liabilities, obligations and commitments shall be considered Excluded Liabilities for purposes of this Agreement. Upon the Closing, the Seller shall fully vest (i) all Seller contributions to the Seller 401(k) Plan and (ii) any other U.S. tax-qualified and supplemental defined contribution plans in which Transferred Employees participate.

(h) The Seller agrees to allow each Transferred Employee who, immediately prior to the Closing, has satisfied the eligibility criteria to receive benefits under the Seller’s post-retirement medical plans to participate in, and receive benefits from, the Seller’s post-retirement medical plans upon such employee’s eligibility to commence benefits in accordance with the terms of such medical plans as in effect from time to time. Solely in the case of any Transferred Employee who is within two years of satisfying such eligibility criteria as of the Closing, the Seller agrees to recognize such Transferred Employee’s service with the Purchaser or its affiliates for purposes of satisfying such eligibility criteria. In the event that any such Transferred Employee is terminated by the Purchaser or its affiliates without cause (as reasonably determined in the Purchaser’s discretion) prior to the second anniversary of the Closing, provided that, in the case of any Transferred Employee whose employment is terminated by the Purchaser during the Continuation Period, such Transferred Employee satisfies the release requirement set forth in Section 5.08(c), except to the extent prohibited by any applicable CBA, such Transferred Employee shall be deemed to have satisfied the service-related eligibility criteria to receive benefits under the Seller’s post-retirement medical plans as of the date the release of claims executed by such Transferred Employee becomes effective and irrevocable. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, (i) nothing herein shall prohibit the Seller from amending, modifying or terminating any of its post-retirement welfare plans or prevent the application of any such amendment, modification or termination to any Transferred Employee, provided any such amendment, modification or termination is applied on substantially the same basis to all similarly situated active and retired employees of the Seller (it being understood that status as a Transferred Employee shall not in and of itself make the Transferred Employees “similarly situated”) and the Seller shall indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser from all costs, expenses or other damages that may result to the Purchaser as a result of actions taken by the Seller or its affiliates in connection with, or as a result of any such amendment, modification or termination, (ii) the Purchaser shall provide, or cause its affiliates to provide, the Transferred Employees described in this Section 5.08(h) (such employees, the “ Retiree Medical Eligible Employees ”) with medical coverage under the Purchaser’s plans on the same basis as such coverage is provided to other similarly situated Transferred Employees for so long as such Retiree

 

47


Medical Eligible Employees remain actively employed with the Purchaser or any of its affiliates, (iii) if the employment of any Retiree Medical Eligible Employee is involuntarily terminated, such Retiree Medical Eligible Employee shall be entitled to post-employment medical coverage pursuant to the Purchaser’s severance plan that is applicable to such Transferred Employee on the same basis as such coverage is provided to other similarly situated Transferred Employees who have been terminated for the period required pursuant to the applicable Purchaser’s severance plan, if any and (iv) while a Retiree Medical Eligible Employee remains eligible for coverage under the Purchaser’s plans in accordance with the preceding clauses (ii) and (iii), such Retiree Medical Eligible Employee shall not be permitted to receive post-retirement medical benefits pursuant to the Seller’s plans. For the avoidance of doubt, and notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Purchaser shall not be obligated to provide post-retirement medical coverage to any Transferred Employee unless and to the extent post-retirement medical coverage is required by the applicable CBAs to be provided to Transferred Employees (other than Retiree Medical Eligible Employees) covered by the CBAs. No provision of this Section 5.08 is intended to modify, amend or create any employee benefit plan or arrangement of the Seller or the Purchaser or any of their affiliates.

(i) Except as otherwise required under applicable Law, the Seller shall be responsible in accordance with its welfare plans in effect prior to the Closing for all reimbursement claims ( such as medical and dental claims) for expenses incurred, and for all non-reimbursement claims (such as life insurance and disability claims) incurred, under any Seller Benefit Plans that are “employee welfare benefit plans” (within the meaning of Section 3(1) of ERISA) prior to the Closing by Employees and their dependents and beneficiaries. Except as otherwise required under applicable Law, the Purchaser shall be responsible for all reimbursement claims (such as medical and dental claims) for expenses incurred, and for all non-reimbursement claims (such as life insurance and disability claims) incurred from and after 12:01 a.m. on the Closing Date by any Transferred Employee (and his or her dependents and beneficiaries) under any welfare benefit plans of the Purchaser or its affiliates. Except as otherwise provided under applicable Law, for purposes of this Section 5.08(i), a claim shall be deemed to be incurred as follows: (1) life, accidental death and dismemberment, disability and business travel accident insurance benefits, upon the death, accident or illness giving rise to such benefits and (2) health, dental and prescription drug benefits (including in respect of any hospital confinement), upon provision of the related services, materials or supplies. Notwithstanding any provision of this Section 5.08(i) to the contrary, in the case of any Disabled Employee, the Seller shall retain liability for all welfare benefit claims (including medical, dental and disability claims) incurred prior to the date such employee becomes actively employed by the Purchaser or its affiliates.

(j) Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, except as specifically provided in this Section 5.08(j), the Purchaser and its affiliates shall be responsible for all claims that are properly accrued on the Statement or that relate to a reserve that is reflected on the Statement and which are incurred by Transferred Employees prior to or on the Closing under the workers compensation plans of the Seller and its affiliates, it being understood that all such liabilities shall constitute Transferred

 

48


Liabilities with respect to which the Seller shall be entitled to indemnification from the Purchaser pursuant to Section 9.07; provided , however , that in the case of any Disabled Employee, the Seller shall retain liability for workers compensation claims incurred prior to the date such employee becomes actively employed by the Purchaser or its affiliates. The Purchaser and its affiliates shall administer all such workers compensation claims in a commercially reasonable manner and in accordance with the past practices of the Seller and its affiliates.

(k) Except as specifically provided in the immediately following sentence, after the Closing, the Seller agrees to assume and/or retain and shall indemnify the Purchaser and the Transferred Entities against all liabilities and obligations arising out of or relating to any and all liabilities with respect to any employee benefit plan or arrangement that relates to employees of the Seller or any Seller Commonly Controlled Entity that is subject to Section 302 of ERISA, Title IV of ERISA, COBRA, Section 412 of the Code, the Coal Industry Retiree Health Benefit Act of 1992, as amended or any other statute that imposes liability on a so-called controlled group basis with reference to any provision of Section 52(a) or Section 414 of the Code or Section 4001 of ERISA, as applicable, that is due to the Seller’s and the Transferred Entities’ status as part of a Seller Commonly Controlled Entity (such liability, collectively, “ Controlled Group Liability ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of the immediately preceding sentence shall be deemed not to apply to, and the term “Controlled Group Liability” shall not include, any liabilities or obligations with respect to (i) any Assumed Benefit Plan or (ii) the IAM Fund to the extent it relates to the Business.

(l) As of the Closing Date, the Purchaser shall have in effect flexible spending reimbursement accounts under a cafeteria plan qualifying under Section 125 of the Code (the “ Purchaser Cafeteria Plan ”). The Purchaser shall cause the Purchaser Cafeteria Plan to accept a spin-off of the flexible spending reimbursement accounts of each Transferred Employee who participates in a cafeteria plan of the Seller (the “ Seller Cafeteria Plan ”) immediately prior to the Closing Date (each, an “ FSA Participant ”) and to honor and continue through December 31 of the year in which the Closing occurs (the “ FSA Participation Period ”) the elections made by each FSA Participant under the Seller Cafeteria Plan in respect of such flexible spending reimbursement accounts that are in effect immediately prior to the Closing. As soon as practicable following the Closing Date, the Seller shall cause to be transferred from the Seller Cafeteria Plan to the Purchaser Cafeteria Plan the excess, if any, of the aggregate accumulated contributions to the flexible spending reimbursement accounts made by Transferred Employees prior to the Closing during the year in which the Closing occurs over the aggregate reimbursement payouts made to the Transferred Employees prior to the Closing for such year from such accounts. From and after the Closing, the Purchaser shall assume and be solely responsible for all claims by Transferred Employees under the flexible spending reimbursement accounts of the Seller Cafeteria Plan incurred at any time during the calendar year in which the Closing Date occurs, whether incurred prior to, on or after the Closing Date, that have not been paid in full as of the Closing Date. For purposes of this paragraph, a claim for reimbursement shall be deemed to have been incurred on the date on which the charge or expense giving rise to such claim is incurred. Nothing herein

 

49


shall prevent the Purchaser from amending, modifying or terminating the Purchaser Cafeteria Plan at any time after December 31 of the year in which the Closing occurs.

(m) Effective as of the Closing, each Transferred Employee who is a participant as of such employee’s Transfer Date in one or more Seller Benefit Plans that is a U.S. tax-qualified defined benefit pension plan (as applicable, a “ Seller Pension Plan ”) shall cease accruing benefits under such Seller Pension Plan and, except as required by applicable Law or as set forth in this Section 5.08(m), service with any employer following such employee’s Transfer Date shall not be taken into account for any purpose under such Seller Pension Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of any Transferred Employee who is a participant in a Seller Pension Plan as of such employee’s Transfer Date but who has not satisfied the vesting criteria or the eligibility criteria to receive an unreduced retirement benefit or an early retirement subsidy under such plan as of such employee’s Transfer Date (each such Transferred Employee, a “ Pension Service Employee ”), such Pension Service Employee shall be given credit for service with the Purchaser and its affiliates following the Closing solely for purposes of vesting of benefits and eligibility for unreduced retirement benefits and early retirement subsidies under such Seller Pension Plan. The Seller shall undertake to identify each Pension Credit Employee prior to the Closing and, promptly following the Closing, the Seller shall provide the Purchaser with a list of each Transferred Employee who the Seller has identified as a Pension Service Employee. Within 10 Business Days following the termination of employment of any Pension Service Employee listed on the schedule for any reason, the Purchaser shall provide the Seller with a notice which specifies the date on which such Pension Service Employee’s employment terminated and the circumstances of such termination ( i.e ., whether such termination was due to the employee’s voluntary resignation, death or disability or was a termination by the Purchaser or its affiliates with or without cause). For the avoidance of doubt, in no event will the Purchaser or any of its affiliates be deemed to sponsor or contribute to or have liability under or with respect to any Seller Pension Plan as a result of the recognition of the service of any Pension Seller Employee with the Purchaser or its affiliates, in accordance with this Section 5.08(m). Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement to the contrary, following the Closing, the Seller or its affiliates shall retain, or shall cause the Seller Pension Plans to retain, all assets and liabilities that relate to benefits accrued by Transferred Employees prior to the Closing pursuant to the Seller Pension Plans and shall make payments to Transferred Employees with vested rights thereunder in accordance with the terms of the applicable Seller Pension Plan as in effect from time to time; provided , however , that except as required by law or the terms of the applicable Seller Pension Plan, as in effect from time to time, no Transferred Employee shall be permitted to commence receiving benefits pursuant to any Seller Pension Plan until such Transferred Employee’s employment with the Purchaser has terminated.

(n) The Purchaser will assume the CBAs identified on Section 5.08(n) of the Seller Letter effective as of the Closing (including the obligation to honor the terms and conditions thereof and any obligations thereunder requiring a successor to recognize a particular labor union as authorized representative of an employee group or for any other purpose) on terms and conditions no less favorable than those in effect on the date of this Agreement. As of the Closing Date, the Purchaser or one of its affiliates shall be

 

50


the “Employer” for purposes of each such CBA and the Purchaser and its affiliates shall have sole responsibility for all obligations and liabilities arising from and after 12:01 a.m. on the Closing Date under the CBAs, and shall indemnify and hold harmless the Seller and its affiliates with respect to the CBAs for actions which occur after 12:01 a.m. on the Closing Date.

(o) The Seller and Purchaser intend that while ownership of the Transferred Entities will change as a result of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, such transactions will not constitute a complete or partial withdrawal by the Seller or any Transferred Entity from the IAM Fund. For so long as the Purchaser or its affiliates are obligated to contribute to the IAM Fund pursuant to the applicable collective bargaining agreement, the Purchaser will be obligated to contribute to the IAM Fund for substantially the same number of contribution base units for which the Seller and its affiliates had an obligation to contribute thereto with respect to the Business Employees. If the Purchaser withdraws from the IAM Fund in a complete withdrawal, or a partial withdrawal with respect to operations covered by the applicable collective bargaining agreement, the Purchaser will be liable to the IAM Fund, it being understood that any such liability would constitute a Transferred Liability with respect to which the Seller would be entitled to indemnification from the Purchaser pursuant to Section 9.07.

(p) The Seller shall provide to the Purchaser, no later than five calendar days prior to the Closing Date, a list of all employees or former employees of the Seller who have suffered an “employment loss” (as defined in the WARN Act), during the ninety calendar day period preceding 12:01 a.m. on the Closing Date at each “single site of employment” (as defined in WARN) that relates to the Business and the date of such employment loss and applicable site of employment for each such person. If, from and after 12:01 a.m. on the Closing Date, the Purchaser operates the Business of the Seller in the same manner operated by the Seller during the six-month period prior to the Closing Date, the Purchaser will not incur any liability under WARN or any similar state or local statute. Subject to the foregoing representation, the Purchaser shall indemnify and hold harmless the Seller and its affiliates with respect to any liability under the WARN Act or any similar state statute arising from the actions of the Purchaser or its affiliates from and after 12:01 a.m. on the Closing Date.

(q) Effective as of the Closing Date, the Purchaser shall establish or otherwise have in effect a defined contribution plan that includes a qualified cash or deferred arrangement within the meaning of Section 401(k) of the Code (the “ Purchaser 401(k) Plan ”) that will provide benefits to Transferred Employees participating in one or more defined contribution plans of the Seller or its affiliates that include a cash or deferred arrangement within the meaning of Section 401(k) of the Code (as applicable, the “ Seller 401(k) Plan ”). Each Transferred Employee participating in the Seller 401(k) Plan as of such employee’s Transfer Date shall become a participant in the Purchaser 401(k) Plan as of such employee’s Transfer Date. The accounts of Transferred Employees under the Seller 401(k) Plan shall be distributable according to the terms of the Seller 401(k) Plan. Upon the Closing, the Seller shall fully vest (i) all Seller contributions to the Seller 401(k) Plan and (ii) any other U.S. tax-qualified and

 

51


supplemental defined contribution plans in which Transferred Employees participate. The Purchaser shall cause the Purchaser 401(k) Plan to accept “direct rollovers” (within the meaning of Section 401(a)(31) of the Code) of distributions from the Seller 401(k) Plan to Transferred Employees (including direct rollovers of outstanding loans and any promissory notes or other documents evidencing such loans) if such rollovers are elected in accordance with applicable Law by such Transferred Employees during the one year period following the Transferred Employee’s Transfer Date on terms mutually agreeable to the Seller and the Purchaser. The Seller and the Purchaser shall cooperate with each other (and cause the trustees of the Seller 401(k) Plan and the Purchaser 401(k) Plan to cooperate with each other) with respect to the rollover of the distributions to the Purchaser 401(k) Plan. During the Continuation Period, the Purchaser shall cause the Purchaser 401(k) Plan to maintain for the benefit of the 401(k) Covered Employees the level of employer contributions detailed in Section 5.08(b) of the Seller Letter. For the avoidance of doubt, the Seller shall have no responsibility for any failure of the Purchaser to properly administer the Purchaser 401(k) Plan in accordance with its terms and applicable Law, including without limitation any failure to properly administer the accounts of Transferred Employees and their beneficiaries who have effected a direct rollover of their account balances from the Seller 401(k) Plan to the Purchaser 401(k) Plan, and the Purchaser shall indemnify and hold harmless the Seller and its affiliates from all costs, expenses or other damages that may result to the Seller and its affiliates from any such failure.

(r) With respect to the calendar year in which the Closing occurs, the Seller shall retain all liabilities, obligations and commitments for the portion of any annual cash bonuses that relate to the portion of such year that elapses prior to the Closing Date. The Seller shall make a prorated annual cash bonus payment to each Transferred Employee the amount (if any) of which shall be equal to the product of (i) the amount (if any, and as determined in accordance with the following sentence) that would have been payable to such Transferred Employee in respect of such employee’s annual cash bonus had such Transferred Employee remained employed by the Seller for the full calendar year (such amount with respect to each Transferred Employee, the “ Annual Bonus Amount ”) multiplied by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in the calendar year during which the Closing occurs that elapse prior to the Closing, and the denominator of which is 365. The Seller shall determine the Annual Bonus Amount, if any, for each Transferred Employee using a good faith, reasonable methodology (which need not be the same for each Transferred Employee) consistent with past practice as to methodology (including targets), including by basing such amount upon target bonus or upon actual performance. Such prorated annual cash bonuses shall be paid not later than 30 days following the Closing Date.

(s) The Seller has entered into a severance agreement with the Business Employee set forth in Section 5.08(s)(i) of the Seller Letter. Effective as of the Closing, Purchaser shall, or shall cause its affiliates, to assume and honor such employment agreement pursuant to its terms as in effect on the Closing Date. On and following the Closing Date, Purchaser or one of its affiliates shall be deemed to be the employer for all purposes pursuant to such severance agreement, provided the Business Employee executes a written acknowledgement of the assumption of the severance agreement by the

 

52


Purchaser. The Seller has also entered into a letter agreement regarding international assignment or relocation with each of the Business Employees set forth in Section 5.08(s)(ii) of the Seller Letter. Effective as of the Closing, the Purchaser shall, or shall cause its affiliates, to assume and honor each such letter agreement pursuant to its terms as in effect on the Closing Date.

(t) The Seller has entered into a change in control severance agreement with the Business Employee set forth in Section 5.08(t) of the Seller Letter. Effective as of the Closing Date, the Seller will take all such actions (if any) as are necessary to cause, in a manner that does not create any obligation upon or liability of the Purchaser or any Transferred Entity, such Business Employee to have no further rights pursuant to such change in control severance agreement.

(u) Notwithstanding Section 5.08(b) or any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the applicable Laws of any country or any collective bargaining agreements require the Purchaser or its affiliates (i) to maintain the same Terms and Conditions of Employment (as defined below) that relate to any Transferred Employee following such employee’s Transfer Date or (ii) to continue or cause to be continued any employment contract of any Transferred Employee that is required under any applicable non-U.S. law and described on Section 5.08(u) of the Seller Letter, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), the Purchaser shall maintain, or cause to the maintained, the same Terms and Conditions of Employment that relate to such Transferred Employee or shall continue, or cause to be continued, such Transferred Employee’s employment contract for the period required under applicable Law or by the applicable collective bargaining agreements. “ Terms and Conditions of Employment ” shall mean the rights of Transferred Employees according to their individual terms and conditions of employment with the Seller and its affiliates prior to the relevant Transfer Date and, where applicable, under collective bargaining agreements.

(v) From and after the Closing, the Purchaser and the Transferred Entities shall, jointly and severally, indemnify the Seller against, and hold each of them harmless from, any Loss suffered or incurred by the Seller (without duplication for (i) any indemnification provided for in Section 9.01(b) and (ii) any indemnification that may be sought under more than one clause of Section 9.07) arising from, relating to or otherwise in respect of any discontinuance, suspension or modification on or after the Closing of any Assumed Benefit Plan.

(w) Prior to the Closing, the Purchaser and its representatives shall be given reasonable advance notice of and shall have the right to be present at and participate in any meetings or negotiations relating to transactions contemplated by this Agreement with any union or similar organized labor group representing Business Employees (it being agreed that the Seller shall be the spokesperson at any such meetings or negotiations).

SECTION 5.09. Access to Information . (a) To the extent consistent with applicable Law, the Seller shall, and shall cause the Business to, afford to the Purchaser and its accountants, counsel and other representatives (including surveyors) reasonable

 

53


access, upon reasonable notice during normal business hours during the period prior to the Closing, to all the personnel, properties, books, Contracts, commitments, Tax Returns and records of the Business, and, during such period, shall furnish promptly to the Purchaser any information concerning the Business and its assets as the Purchaser may reasonably request; provided , however , that such access (a) shall not permit the Purchaser to perform environmental studies in respect of the Business or its assets and (b) does not unreasonably disrupt the normal operations of the Seller or the Business.

(b) The Seller will retain all books and records (other than the books and records transferred to the Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement) relating to the Business in accordance with the Seller’s record retention policies as currently in effect. During the six-year period beginning on the Closing Date, the Seller shall not dispose of or permit the disposal of any such books and records not required to be retained under such policies without first giving 60 days’ prior written notice to the Purchaser offering to surrender the same to the Purchaser at the Purchaser’s expense.

SECTION 5.10. Commercial Arrangements . Except as contemplated by this Agreement and for Contracts or other arrangements set forth in Section 5.10 of the Seller Letter, all Contracts or other arrangements between the Seller or its affiliates (other than the Transferred Entities), on the one hand, and the Transferred Entities, on the other hand, shall be canceled and terminated at or prior to the Closing.

SECTION 5.11. Release of Guarantees and Letters of Credit . (a) The Purchaser shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause (i) to be unconditionally released or extinguished in full the guarantees or sureties (whether or not of indebtedness), together with any ancillary obligations thereto, issued by the Seller or any of its affiliates (other than the Transferred Entities) on behalf of the Business or any Transferred Entity and that are listed on Section 5.11 of the Seller Letter, without further recourse to the Seller or its applicable affiliate and (ii) the Seller and its affiliates (other than the Transferred Entities) to be unconditionally released in full from any liability or obligation in respect of any letter of credit issued for the account of the Business or in connection with any liability or obligation of the Business and that are listed on Section 5.11 of the Seller Letter, without further recourse to the Seller or its applicable affiliate. If any guarantee, surety, letter of credit or ancillary obligation referred to in the preceding sentence is not unconditionally released or extinguished in full on or prior to the Closing, the Purchaser shall or shall cause one or more letters of credit, from financial institutions, in amounts and on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Seller and the Purchaser, to be issued for the benefit of the Seller or its applicable affiliate to guarantee the reimbursement to the Seller or such affiliate of any amounts paid by it under or in respect of any such guarantee, surety, letter of credit or obligation, which letters of credit (or renewals thereof) shall remain in full force and effect until such guarantee, surety, letter of credit or obligation has been unconditionally released or extinguished in full. The Purchaser and its subsidiaries shall, on a joint and several basis, shall indemnify and hold harmless the Seller and its affiliates from and against any Losses suffered or incurred by them in connection with any of the foregoing guarantees, sureties, liabilities or obligations.

 

54


(b) At or prior to the Closing, the Seller shall or shall cause (i) to be unconditionally released or extinguished in full all guarantees or sureties (whether or not of indebtedness), together with any ancillary obligations thereto, issued by any Transferred Entity on behalf of the Seller or any of its affiliates (other than guarantees or sureties issued on behalf of another Transferred Entity or in respect of the Business), without further recourse to the applicable Transferred Entity and (ii) the Transferred Entities to be unconditionally released in full from any liability or obligation in respect of any letter of credit issued for the account of the Seller or any of its affiliates (other than letters of credit issued for the account of the Business or in connection with any liability or obligation of the Business), without further recourse to the applicable Transferred Entity. The Seller and its affiliates shall, on a joint and several basis, indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser and its affiliates from and against any Losses suffered or incurred by them in connection with any of the foregoing guarantees, sureties, liabilities or obligations.

SECTION 5.12. Repayment of Indebtedness; Intercompany Accounts . (a) Prior to the Closing, the Seller (i) shall assume, extinguish, repay or contribute as equity, or shall cause to be assumed, extinguished, repaid or contributed as equity, all indebtedness and ancillary obligations thereto (including interest) owed by any Transferred Entity or the Business to any person (including the Seller and its affiliates), other than indebtedness owed to another Transferred Entity; provided that if on the Closing Date the aggregate amount of indebtedness owed by any non-U.S. Transferred Entity to any U.S. Transferred Entity exceeds the aggregate amount of indebtedness owed by any non-U.S. Transferred Entity to any U.S. Transferred Entity on September 30, 2007 as set forth on Section 3.02(c) of the Seller Letter by more than $5,000,000, the Seller shall repay, or shall cause the repayment of, all such excess indebtedness, and (ii) shall, and shall cause its affiliates to, repay in full all indebtedness and ancillary obligations thereto (including interest) it or they owe to any Transferred Entity, other than indebtedness and ancillary obligations thereto owed by one Transferred Entity to another Transferred Entity.

(b) Prior to the Closing, the Seller shall, and shall cause its affiliates (including the Transferred Entities) to, settle or extinguish all intercompany receivables and payables that were incurred on or prior to the Closing and that arose between the Seller or its affiliates (other than the Transferred Entities), on the one hand, and the Transferred Entities, on the other hand.

SECTION 5.13. Yamaha-Olin Metal Joint Venture Agreement . At or prior to the Closing, the Purchaser shall assume all of the obligations of the Seller under the Joint Venture Agreement dated as of June 15, 1987, between the Seller and Nippon Gakki Co., Ltd. in accordance with the terms thereof.

SECTION 5.14. Resignations . On the Closing Date, the Seller shall cause to be delivered to the Purchaser duly signed resignations, effective as of the close of business on the Closing Date, of all directors and officers (or persons performing similar functions) of each Transferred Entity.

 

55


SECTION 5.15. Monthly Financial Information. As soon as reasonably practicable after it is available but in any event not later than 15 business days after the end of each month, commencing with the month ending on September 30, 2007, the Seller shall provide to the Purchaser the monthly financial information package respecting the Business prepared for the senior managers of the Seller for such month.

SECTION 5.16. Conversions to LLCs. Prior to the Closing, the Seller shall cause each Transferred Entity organized under the laws of any constituent state of the United States of America to be converted to a limited liability company and to be treated as a disregarded entity and a branch of the Seller for U.S. Federal income tax purposes.

ARTICLE VI

Other Agreements

SECTION 6.01. Agreement Not To Compete; Non-Solicitation of Employees . (a) The Seller understands that the Purchaser shall be entitled to protect and preserve the going concern value of the Business to the extent permitted by Law and that the Purchaser would not have entered into this Agreement absent the provisions of this Section 6.01 and, therefore, from the Closing Date until (i) the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date with respect to the Primary Metals Business and (ii) the third anniversary of the Closing Date with respect to the Fabrication Business, the Seller shall not, and shall cause each of its affiliates not to engage in activities or businesses, invest or acquire any interest in any person or establish any new businesses, engaged in the Primary Metals Business or the Fabrication Business (“ Competitive Activities ”); provided , however , that (i) the Seller and its affiliates not shall be prohibited from investing in securities of any company that is listed on a national securities exchange or traded on NASDAQ provided that, in the case of the Seller or any affiliate of the Seller that is not a retirement, pension, medical or other benefit plan (where a fiduciary of the beneficiaries of such plan exercises independent investment oversight over the assets of such plan), the Seller or such affiliate does not hereafter own, or have the right to acquire, more than 5% of the outstanding voting securities of a company engaged in Competitive Activities and (ii) the term “Competitive Activities” shall exclude the conversion of copper, copper alloy, aluminum and stainless steel strip, sheet, strip, foil, rod, welded tube and plate into components that are intended to be included into the final products of the Seller and its subsidiaries.

(b) From the date of this Agreement through (and including) the first anniversary of the Closing Date, the Seller shall not, and shall cause each of its affiliates not to directly or indirectly solicit, recruit or hire any Transferred Employees or directly or indirectly solicit or encourage any Transferred Employee to leave the employment of the Purchaser or its affiliates; provided that the Seller and its affiliates shall not be prohibited from making general solicitations of employment that are not specifically targeted at Transferred Employees.

 

56


(c) Except as otherwise specifically required by this Agreement, from the date of this Agreement through (and including) the first anniversary of the Closing Date, the Purchaser shall not, and shall cause each of its affiliates not to directly or indirectly solicit, recruit or hire any employee of the Seller or its affiliates other than the Business Employees (such employees, the “ Remaining Employees ”) or directly or indirectly solicit or encourage any Remaining Employee to leave the employment of the Seller or its affiliates; provided that the Purchaser and its affiliates shall not be prohibited from making general solicitations of employment that are not specifically targeted at Remaining Employees.

(d) Section 6.01(a) shall be deemed not breached as a result of the acquisition following the Closing Date and subsequent ownership by the Seller or any of its affiliates of a person that engages, directly or indirectly, in Competitive Activities if such Competitive Activities account for less than 20% of such person’s consolidated annual revenues and earnings; provided , however , that no such acquired person shall be permitted to use the names “Olin Metals” or “Olin Brass” or any other name that in the reasonable opinion of the Purchaser is confusingly similar to the names “Olin Metals” or “Olin Brass” (it being understood that nothing in this Section 6.01(d) shall be deemed to restrict the use of the name Olin in any corporate name).

(e) It is the desire and intent of the parties to this Agreement that the provisions of Section 6.01(a) shall be enforced to the fullest extent permissible under the laws and public policies applied in each jurisdiction in which enforcement is sought. It is expressly understood and agreed that although the Seller and the Purchaser consider the provisions of Section 6.01(a) to be reasonable, if a judicial determination is made by a court of competent jurisdiction that the time or territory or any other restriction contained in this Agreement is an unenforceable restriction against the Seller, the provisions of this Agreement shall not be rendered void but shall be deemed amended to apply as to such maximum time and territory and to such maximum extent as such court may judicially determine or indicate to be enforceable. If any particular provisions or portion of Section 6.01(a) shall be adjudicated to be unenforceable, the amendment contemplated by the immediately preceding sentence shall apply only with respect to the operation of such Section in the particular jurisdiction in which such adjudication is made.

(f) The parties recognize that the performance of the obligations under Section 6.01(a) by the Seller is special, unique and extraordinary in character, and that in the event of the breach by Seller of the terms and conditions of Section 6.01(a) to be performed by Seller, the Purchaser and its affiliates shall be entitled, if they so elect, to obtain damages for any breach, or to enforce the specific performance thereof by the Seller.

SECTION 6.02. Confidentiality . (a) The Purchaser acknowledges that the information being provided to it in connection with the Acquisition, the Financing and the consummation of the other transactions contemplated hereby is subject to the terms of the confidentiality agreement dated as of May 16, 2007 (the “ Confidentiality Agreement ”), between KPS Capital Partners and the Seller, the terms of which are incorporated herein by reference. Effective upon, and only upon, the Closing, the Confidentiality Agreement shall terminate with respect to information relating to the Business.

 

57


(b) The Seller shall keep confidential, and shall cause its affiliates and subsidiaries and its and their advisors, consultants, employees and agents to keep confidential, all information relating to the Business following the Closing. The provisions of this Section 6.02(b) shall not apply to any disclosure by the Seller, its affiliates or subsidiaries or its or their advisors, consultants, employees or agents (i) of any information, documents or materials which are or become publicly available (other than by reason of a breach of this 6.02(b)) or (ii) required by applicable Law or court process. The covenant set forth in this Section 6.02(b) shall terminate on the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date.

SECTION 6.03. Publicity . The Purchaser and the Seller shall consult with each other before issuing, and give each other the opportunity to review and comment upon, any press release or other public statements with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including the Acquisition, and shall not, and shall not permit their subsidiaries to, issue any such press release or make any such public statement prior to such consultation, except as such party may reasonably conclude may be required by applicable Law, court process or by obligations pursuant to any listing agreement with any national securities exchange or national securities quotation system. The parties agree that the initial press release to be issued with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be in the form heretofore agreed to by the parties.

SECTION 6.04. Connecticut Property Transfer Law; Pre-Closing Environmental Matters . The Seller shall, at its sole cost and expense, (a) with respect to the Transferred Real Properties located in the State of Connecticut, comply with all requirements of the CPTL as it applies to the Acquisition and any other transactions contemplated by this Agreement and (b) continue to be responsible for the Pre-Closing Environmental Matters. The Seller shall not be obligated under this Section 6.04 to perform investigative or remedial action (a) at levels more stringent than industrial cleanup standards or other applicable minimum standards, including environmental land use restrictions, or (b) at costs greater than those reasonably necessary to bring a condition into compliance with Environmental Law or to satisfy the requirements of a Governmental Entity. The Seller shall be a Controlling Party within the meaning of Section 9.09(d) with respect to any actions (including any litigation, remedial action or negotiation and the scope and timing thereof) in connection with its obligations under this Section 6.04. In accordance with the Environmental Access Agreement, after the Closing, the Purchaser shall provide to the Seller access to any facilities subject to the CPTL and any other facilities related to the Pre-Closing Environmental Matters.

SECTION 6.05. Use of Names Following the Closing; Supplies . (a) To the extent necessary, promptly following the Closing, the Purchaser shall cause each Transferred Entity to change its corporate name to a name not including or, in the reasonable judgment of the Seller, not confusingly similar to “Olin”. Except as permitted pursuant to the Trademark License Agreement, from and after the Closing Date, the Purchaser and its affiliates (including the Transferred Entities) shall not use the name “Olin” or any other name that, in the reasonable judgment of the Seller, is confusingly similar to “Olin”.

 

58


(b) From and after the Closing Date, the Purchaser shall not, and shall cause its affiliates (including the Transferred Entities) not to, use stationery, purchase order forms and other similar paper goods or supplies that state or otherwise indicate thereon that the Business or any Transferred Entity is a division, unit or subsidiary of the Seller.

SECTION 6.06. Export Licenses . The Purchaser and the Seller shall, and shall cause their subsidiaries to, use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause the export licenses and other authorizations issued to the Seller by the Department of State of the United States of America solely in respect of the Business to be transferred to the Purchaser or its designees as promptly as practicable after the Closing. Prior to the transfer of such export licenses and other authorizations to the Purchaser or its designees, the Purchaser shall not, and shall cause the Business not to, export any products if such export would violate ITAR.

SECTION 6.07. Arrangements Pending Subdivision of Real Property: Easements . With respect to the Seller’s facilities at East Alton, Illinois, the provisions of Exhibit G hereto shall apply and are hereby incorporated into this Agreement.

SECTION 6.08. Accounts Receivable . The Purchaser shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to collect amounts due and owing on each account receivable of the Business outstanding as of the Closing Date transferred to Purchaser pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. If at any time the Purchaser or any of its affiliates receives amounts in respect of any Uncollectible Account for which the Seller has indemnified the Purchaser or any of its affiliates, the Purchaser shall, and shall cause such affiliates to, pay over to the Seller an amount equal to the indemnity payment made by the Seller.

SECTION 6.09. Post-Closing Cooperation . (a) The Purchaser, on the one hand, and the Seller, on the other hand, shall cooperate with each other, and shall cause their affiliates and their officers, employees, agents, auditors and representatives to cooperate with each other, after the Closing to facilitate the orderly transition of the Business to the Purchaser after the Closing and to minimize any disruption to the Business that might result from the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. After the Closing, upon reasonable written notice, the Purchaser, on the one hand, and the Seller, on the other hand, shall furnish or cause to be furnished to the other and the other’s affiliates and their officers, employees, counsel, auditors and representatives access, during normal business hours, to such books, records, manuals and other information and assistance relating to the Business (to the extent within the control of such party) as is reasonably necessary for financial reporting, accounting and Tax matters or other reasonable purposes.

 

59


(b) The Purchaser, on the one hand, and the Seller, on the other hand, shall reimburse the other for reasonable documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in assisting the other pursuant to this Section 6.09. Neither party shall be required by this Section 6.09 to take any action that would unreasonably interfere with the conduct of its business or unreasonably disrupt its normal operations (or, in the case of the Purchaser, those of the Business).

SECTION 6.10. Further Assurances . From time to time after the Closing, as and when reasonably requested by any party, the other party shall execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, all such documents, conveyances, assurances and instruments and shall take, or cause to be taken, all such further or other actions as such party may reasonably require to confirm and assure the rights and obligations provided for in this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including, in the case of the Seller, executing and delivering to the Purchaser such assignments, deeds, bills of sale, consents, applications for Permits or transfer of Permits, and other instruments as the Purchaser may reasonably request as necessary or desirable for such purpose.

SECTION 6.11. Consents . The Seller and the Purchaser shall, in connection with obtaining the permits, approvals, authorizations and consents set forth on Section 6.11 of the Seller Letter (the “ Material Consents ”), share equally in the costs and expenses of obtaining the same and in all Losses incurred by the Purchaser, its affiliates or the Business as a result of the failure to obtain any of the Material Consents.

ARTICLE VII

Conditions Precedent

SECTION 7.01. Conditions to Each Party’s Obligation . The obligation of the Purchaser and the Seller to consummate the Acquisition is subject to the satisfaction or (to the extent permitted by applicable Law) waiver of the following conditions:

(a) Governmental Approvals . The waiting period under the HSR Act and any Foreign Merger Control Laws applicable to the Acquisition shall have expired or been terminated.

(b) No Injunctions or Restraints . No Law or Injunction enacted, entered, promulgated, enforced or issued by any Governmental Entity or other legal restraint or prohibition preventing the consummation of the Acquisition shall be in effect.

SECTION 7.02. Conditions to Obligation of the Purchaser . The obligation of the Purchaser to consummate the Acquisition is subject to the satisfaction (or, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, waiver by the Purchaser) of the following conditions:

(a) Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties of the Seller set forth in (i) Articles II and III (other than the representations set

 

60


forth in Sections 2.02, 2.04, 2.05, 3.01, 3.02 and 3.03 (collectively the “ Class I Representations ”)) shall be true and correct as of the Closing Date, with the same effect as though made as of the Closing Date (except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case as of such earlier date) ,except to the extent that the facts or matters as to which such representations and warranties are not so true and correct as of the Closing Date (without giving effect to any qualifications and limitations as to “materiality” or “material adverse effect” set forth therein), individually or in the aggregate, are not reasonably likely to have material adverse effect on the Seller or on the Business and (ii) the Class I Representations of the Seller (A) qualified as to “materiality” or “material adverse effect” shall be true and correct and (B) not so qualified shall be true and correct in all material respects, in each case as of the Closing Date, with the same effect as though made as of the Closing Date (except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case as of such earlier date). The Purchaser shall have received a certificate signed by an authorized officer of the Seller to such effect.

(b) Performance of Obligations of the Seller . The Seller shall have performed or complied in all material respects with all obligations and covenants required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by the Seller by the time of the Closing, and the Purchaser shall have received a certificate signed by an authorized officer of the Seller to such effect.

(c) No Material Adverse Effect . Since the date of this Agreement, there shall not have occurred a material adverse effect on the Business.

(d) FIRPTA Certificate . The Seller shall have delivered to the Purchaser at the Closing a certificate, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Purchaser, certifying that the acquisition of U.S. Purchased Companies and the Transferred Real Property that is not owned by a Purchased Company is exempt from withholding pursuant to the Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act.

(e) Lien Release . The Purchaser shall have received evidence of the release of all Liens, other than Permitted Liens, on the Transferred Assets in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Purchaser and any accounts receivable or other assets that constitute Transferred Assets subject to any securitization or other similar arrangement shall have been transferred to Purchaser or a Transferred Entity in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Purchaser.

(f) Deliverables . The Purchaser shall have received all agreements, instruments and other documentation to be delivered by the Seller or its affiliates pursuant to Section 1.04.

SECTION 7.03. Conditions to Obligation of the Seller . The obligations of the Seller to consummate the Acquisition is subject to the satisfaction (or, to the extent permitted by Law, waiver by the Seller) of the following conditions:

 

61


(a) Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties of the Purchaser set forth in Article IV shall be true and correct as of the Closing Date, with the same effect as though made as of the Closing Date (except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case as of such earlier date), except to the extent that the facts or matters as to which such representations and warranties are not so true and correct as of the Closing Date (without giving effect to any qualifications and limitations as to “materiality” or “material adverse effect” set forth therein), individually or in the aggregate, are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Purchaser. The Seller shall have received a certificate signed by an authorized officer of the Purchaser to such effect.

(b) Performance of Obligations of Purchaser . The Purchaser shall have performed or complied in all material respects with all obligations and covenants required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by the Purchaser by the time of the Closing, and the Seller shall have received a certificate signed by an authorized officer of the Purchaser to such effect.

(c) Deliverables . The Seller shall have received all agreements, instruments and other documentation to be delivered by the Purchaser or its affiliates pursuant to Section 1.04.

SECTION 7.04. Frustration of Closing Conditions . Neither the Purchaser, on the one hand, nor the Seller, on the other hand, may rely on the failure of any condition set forth in this Article VII to be satisfied if such failure was caused by such party’s failure to act in good faith or to comply with its obligations under this Agreement.

ARTICLE VIII

Termination, Amendment and Waiver

SECTION 8.01. Termination . (a) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement to the contrary, this Agreement may be terminated and the Acquisition and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement abandoned at any time prior to the Closing:

(i) by mutual written consent of the Purchaser and the Seller;

(ii) by the Seller if any of the conditions set forth in Section 7.01 or Section 7.03 shall have become incapable of fulfillment, and shall not have been waived by the Seller; provided that failure of the Purchaser to receive the proceeds of the Financing in an amount sufficient to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall not result in a termination right pursuant to this Section 8.01(ii) if the Purchaser shall have performed in all material respects its obligations under this Agreement;

 

62


(iii) by the Purchaser if any of the conditions set forth in Section 7.01 or Section 7.02 shall have become incapable of fulfillment, and shall not have been waived by the Purchaser;

(iv) by the Purchaser or the Seller, if the Closing does not occur on or prior to April 15, 2008; or

(v) by the Seller, if the Purchaser or its designees shall not have received the proceeds of the Financing in an amount sufficient to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement on or prior to (A) if the Closing shall not have been delayed in accordance with Section 1.03, the date on which the Closing should occur in accordance with the first sentence of Section 1.03 or (B) if the Closing shall have been delayed in accordance with Section 1.03, the Extension Date;

provided , however , that the party seeking termination pursuant to clause (ii), (iii), (iv) or (v) is not then in material breach of any of its representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement.

(b) If this Agreement is terminated by the Purchaser or the Seller pursuant to this Section 8.01, written notice thereof shall forthwith be given to the other party and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be terminated, without further action by any party. If the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are terminated as provided herein:

(i) the Purchaser shall return all documents and other material received from the Seller, its affiliates or their advisors or representatives relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, whether so obtained before or after the execution of this Agreement, to the Seller; and

(ii) all confidential information received by the Purchaser with respect to the Business shall be treated in accordance with the Confidentiality Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement.

SECTION 8.02. Effect of Termination; Sponsor Termination Fee; Limitation of Liability . (a) If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 8.01, this Agreement shall become null and void and of no further force and effect, except for the provisions of (i) Sections 2.05 and 4.11 relating to brokers and finders, (ii) Section 5.04 relating to expenses, (iii) Section 6.02(a) relating to the obligation of Purchaser to keep confidential certain information and data obtained by it, (iv) Section 6.03 relating to publicity, (v) Section 8.01 and this Section 8.02 and (vi) Article X. Subject to paragraph (c) of this Section 8.02, nothing in this Section 8.02 shall be deemed to release any party from any liability for any intentional breach by such party of the terms and provisions of this Agreement or to impair the right of any party to compel specific performance by any other party of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

63


(b) If this Agreement is terminated by the Seller pursuant to Section 8.01(a)(v), the Purchaser shall pay, by wire transfer of immediately available funds, the Sponsor Termination Fee to the Seller as promptly as reasonably practicable (and, in any event, within five business days) following such termination.

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement to the contrary, (i) if the Purchaser becomes obligated to pay the Sponsor Termination Fee in accordance with Section 8.02(b) and the Purchaser is not in breach of this Agreement such that (but for the Purchaser’s failure to satisfy its obligations under Section 1.01) the conditions set forth in Section 7.03(a) and 7.03(b) would otherwise be satisfied (other than receipt of the certificates referred to therein) (any such event, a “ Non-Breach Financing Failure ”), and provided the Seller is not in breach of its obligations under this Agreement such that the conditions set forth in Sections 7.02(a) and 7.02(b) are satisfied (other than receipt of the certificates referred to therein), then the Seller’s termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 8.01(a)(v) and the receipt of payment of the Sponsor Termination Fee pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 8.02 shall be the sole and exclusive legal or equitable remedy of the Seller and its subsidiaries against the Purchaser and any of its former, current or future general or limited partners, members or stockholders or against any of their former, current or future directors, officers, employees, affiliates, general or limited partners, stockholders, managers, members or agents (each a “ Specified Person ”) for any Losses suffered as a result of the breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or the failure of the Acquisition to be consummated, and upon payment of the Sponsor Termination Fee in accordance with paragraph (b) of this Section 8.02, none of the Specified Persons shall have any further liability or obligation relating to or arising out of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, other than for fraud and (ii) in no event if the Closing does not occur, whether or not this Agreement shall have been terminated, shall the Seller and its subsidiaries, as a group, on the one hand, or the Specified Persons as a group, on the other hand, be liable for any Losses relating to or arising out of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in excess of $20,000,000 in the aggregate for each such group (inclusive of any obligation to pay the Sponsor Termination Fee), it being agreed that, except as provided in Section 10.10, payment of such amount shall be the sole and exclusive legal or equitable remedy available to a party in the event that the Closing does not occur, and none of the Seller, its subsidiaries or any Specified Person shall have any further liability or obligation relating to or arising out of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, other than for fraud . The parties acknowledge and agree that nothing in this Section shall be deemed to affect their right to specific performance to the extent set forth in Section 10.10.

(d) The Purchaser and the Seller acknowledge and agree that (i) the agreements contained in this Section 8.02 are an integral part of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (ii) without these agreements, neither the Purchaser nor the Seller would have entered into this Agreement and (iii) the damages resulting from termination of this Agreement under circumstances where the Sponsor Termination Fee is payable are uncertain and incapable of accurate calculation and the amounts payable pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 8.02 are reasonable forecasts of the actual damages which may be incurred and constitute liquidated damages and not a penalty.

 

64


(e) If the Purchaser fails to pay the Sponsor Termination Fee due pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 8.02 when due, and, in order to obtain such payment, the Seller commences a suit, action or other proceeding that results in a judgment against the Purchaser, the Purchaser shall pay to the Seller its costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) in connection with such suit, action or other proceeding, together with interest on the Sponsor Termination Fee from (and including) the date such payment was required to be made through (but not including) the date of payment at the prime rate of Citibank, N.A. in effect on the date such payment was required to be made; provided that this paragraph (e) shall not be construed to limit the rights of any party to seek prejudgment interest on damages assessed against the other party subject to the limitations set forth in Section 8.02(c) and Section 10.10.

SECTION 8.03. Amendments and Waivers . This Agreement may not be amended except by an instrument in writing signed on behalf of each of the parties. By an instrument in writing the Purchaser, on the one hand, or the Seller, on the other hand, may waive compliance by the other with any term or provision of this Agreement that such other party was or is obligated to comply with or perform. Any such waiver shall only be effective in the specific instance and for the specific and limited purpose for which it was given and shall not be deemed a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement or of the same breach or default upon any recurrence thereof. No failure on the part of any party to exercise and no delay in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right.

ARTICLE IX

Indemnification

SECTION 9.01. Tax Indemnification . (a) From and after the Closing, the Seller shall indemnify the Purchaser, its affiliates (including the Transferred Entities) and each of their stockholders, members, partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, advisors and representatives (the “ Purchaser Indemnitees ”) against and hold them harmless from any Losses arising from, relating to or otherwise in respect of (i) except as provided in Section 9.0 1(b), any Taxes imposed on the Business with respect to any Pre-Closing Tax Period, (ii) any Taxes that may be imposed on the Business as a result of being a member of a consolidated, combined, unitary or similar group of corporations or other taxpayers at any time on or prior to the Closing Date and (iii) any Transfer Taxes for which the Seller is liable under Section 5.04(b)

(b) From and after the Closing, the Purchaser and the Transferred Entities shall, jointly and severally, indemnify the Seller, its affiliates and each of their stockholders, members, partners, directors, officers, employees, agents and representatives (the “ Seller Indemnitees ”) and hold them harmless from any Losses arising from, relating to or otherwise in respect of (i) any Taxes imposed on the Business

 

65


with respect to any Post-Closing Tax Period, (ii) any Taxes that may be imposed on the Business as a result of being a member of a consolidated, combined, unitary or similar group of corporations or other taxpayers at any time after the Closing Date, (iii) any Transfer Taxes for which the Purchaser is liable under Section 5.04(b), (iv) any Tax liability resulting from an election by the Purchaser under Section 338(g) of the Code as contemplated by Section 5.07 and (v) any breach by the Purchaser or any of its affiliates of any covenant contained in Sections 5.05, 5.06 and 5.07.

(c) In the case of any taxable period that includes (but does not end on) the Closing Date (a “ Straddle Period ”):

(i) real, personal and intangible property Taxes (“ Property Taxes ”) of the Business for the Pre-Closing Tax Period shall be allocated to the Pre-Closing Tax Period on a pro rata basis (based on the number of days during such taxable period elapsed on or prior to the Closing Date). If at the time of Closing, the tax rate or the assessed valuation for the year in which the Closing occurs has not yet been fixed, Property Taxes shall be prorated based upon the tax rate and the assessed valuation established for the previous tax year; and

(ii) the Taxes of the Business (other than Property Taxes) for the Pre-Closing Tax Period shall be computed as if such taxable period ended as of the close of business on the Closing Date.

(d) Overlap . To the extent that any indemnification provided for in this Section 9.01 may overlap or conflict with any indemnification contained in Section 9.02, the provisions of this Section 9.01 shall govern.

SECTION 9.02. Indemnification by the Seller. From and after the Closing, the Seller shall indemnify the Purchaser Indemnitees against, and hold them harmless from, any loss, liability, claim, obligation, damage or expense, including reasonable legal fees, costs and expenses, which shall include, for the avoidance of doubt, all reasonable legal fees, costs and expenses of enforcing a Purchaser Indemnitee’s or Seller Indemnitee’s rights pursuant to this Article IX (collectively, “ Losses ”), suffered or incurred by such Purchaser Indemnitees (without duplication for (i) any indemnification provided for in Section 9.01(a) and (ii) any indemnification that may be sought under more than one clause of this Section 9.02) arising from, relating to or otherwise in respect of:

(a) any breach of any representation or warranty of the Seller contained in Articles II or III of this Agreement or in any certificate delivered by the Seller pursuant to this Agreement;

(b) any breach of any covenant of the Seller contained in this Agreement;

(c) any liability or obligation under Environmental Law in connection with the Business, including the operation thereof (other than any Pre-Closing Environmental Matters or relating to any Excluded Assets), to the extent arising out of

 

66


actions, events or failures to act occurring prior to the Closing or arising out of conditions existing on or prior to the Closing, including any liability or obligation under Environmental Law to investigate or remediate any Release of Hazardous Materials, in connection with the operation of the Business, occurring on or prior to the Closing;

(d) any Excluded Liability (including Pre-Closing Environmental Matters);

(e) Uncollectible Accounts;

(f) any fees, costs, expenses or other payments incurred or owed by the Seller or any Transferred Entity to any agent, broker, financial advisor, investment banker or other person that is or will be entitled to any broker’s or finder’s fee or any other commission or similar fee in connection with any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; or

(g) any liability, obligation or commitment to the extent arising out of any claim, suit, action or other proceeding (whether now known or pending or arising after the date of this Agreement) related to any litigation, general liability, auto liability, workers’ compensation, product warranty or product liability of the Business (other than any Pre-Closing Accrued Liability) in respect of events occurring on or prior to the Closing.

SECTION 9.03. Threshold; Cap; De Minimis; Other Limitations. The Seller shall not be required to indemnify any Purchaser Indemnitee, and shall not have any liability:

(a) under clause (a) of Section 9.02 unless the aggregate of all Losses for which the Seller would, but for this clause (a), be liable thereunder exceeds on a cumulative basis an amount equal to $5,000,000 (the “ Basket Amount ”), and then only to the extent of any such excess; provided that claims for indemnification arising out of a breach of the Class 1 Representations or the representations and warranties set forth in Section 3.20 shall not be subject to the Basket Amount but instead shall be recoverable in full on a dollar-for-dollar basis;

(b) under clause (a) of Section 9.02 in excess of $30,000,000 (the “ Cap ”); provided that claims for indemnification arising out of a breach of a Class 1 Representation or the representations and warranties set forth in Section 3.20 shall not be subject to the Cap but instead shall not exceed $400,000,000; and

(c) under clause (a), (c) or (g) of Section 9.02 for any individual item or series of related items where the Loss relating thereto is less than $25,000 (the (“ Mini-Basket Amount ”); provided that claims for indemnification arising out of a breach of the Class I Representations or the representations and warranties set forth in Section 3.20 shall not be subject to the Mini-Basket Amount but instead shall be recoverable in full on a dollar-for-dollar basis;

 

67


(d) under clause (c) of Section 9.02 unless the aggregate of all Losses for which the Seller would, but for this clause (d), be liable thereunder exceeds on a cumulative basis an amount equal to $1,000,000, and then only to the extent of any such excess:

(e) under clause (c) of Section 9.02 for any Losses for which the Seller would, but for this clause (e), be liable, in excess of;

(i) 75% of any such Losses in respect of claims arising prior to the second anniversary of the Closing Date (and the Purchaser Indemnitee shall be responsible for the remaining 25% of any such Losses);

(ii) 50% of any such Losses in respect of claims arising on or after the second anniversary of the Closing Date but prior to the fourth anniversary of the Closing Date (and the Purchaser Indemnitee shall be responsible for the remaining 50% of any such Losses); and

(iii) 25% of any such Losses in respect of claims arising on or after the fourth anniversary of the Closing Date but prior to the seventh anniversary of the Closing Date (and the Purchaser Indemnitee shall be responsible for the remaining 75% of any such Losses);

(f) under clause (c) of Section 9.02 in excess of $30,000,000;

(g) under clause (c) of Section 9.02 to the extent (i) (A) such liability arises out of any invasive investigation undertaken by or on behalf of the Purchaser other than as reasonably required by Environmental Law or by a Governmental Entity, except for any invasive investigation undertaken by or on behalf of the Purchaser (x) as reasonably required to respond to a bona fide emergency or (y) in connection with any activities to decommission, close, expand, repair or relocate operations that are reasonably required by applicable Environmental Law in connection with the relevant activity; (B) such liability arises out of (1) any invasive investigation undertaken on or prior to the second anniversary of the Closing Date by the Purchaser in connection with the sale of the Purchaser, any of the Transferred Entities or any of the Transferred Real Properties or (2) any invasive investigation undertaken after the second anniversary of the Closing Date in connection with the sale of the Purchaser, any of the Transferred Entities or any of the Transferred Real Property that is not reasonably required by the Purchaser in order to complete the sale; or (C) any Purchaser Indemnitee performs remediation of conditions otherwise indemnifiable under 9.02(c) in excess of industrial cleanup standards or other applicable minimum standards, including standards based upon environmental land use restrictions and engineering controls, and/or incurs costs in excess of those reasonably necessary to bring a condition into compliance with Environmental Law or to satisfy the requirements of a Governmental Entity, or (ii) such liability or obligation arises out of any post-Closing exposure to Hazardous Materials to the extent such Hazardous Materials were released after

 

68


the Closing Date; provided , however , that notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 9.03(g), in no event shall the Seller be required to indemnify any Purchaser Indemnitee, nor shall Seller have any liability for, the costs of any investigation of environmental conditions unless required by Environmental Law or Governmental Entity;

(h) under clause (e) of Section 9.02 unless the aggregate of all Losses for which the Seller would, but for this clause (h), be liable thereunder exceeds on a cumulative basis an amount equal to $1,000,000, and then only to the extent of any such excess; and

(i) under clause (g) of Section 9.02 for any Losses for which the Seller would, but for this clause (i), be liable, in excess of:

(i) 75% of any such Losses in respect of claims arising prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date (and the Purchaser Indemnitee shall be responsible for the remaining 25% of any such Losses);

(ii) 50% of any such Losses in respect of claims arising on or after the first anniversary of the Closing Date but prior to the second anniversary of the Closing Date (and the Purchaser Indemnitee shall be responsible for the remaining 50% of any such Losses);

(iii) 25% of any such Losses in respect of claims arising on or after the second anniversary of the Closing Date but prior to the third anniversary of the Closing Date (and the Purchaser Indemnitee shall be responsible for the remaining 75% of any such Losses); and

(j) notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, for any Loss arising from, relating to or otherwise in respect of matters covered by Sections 9.02(g) and 9.03(i), except pursuant to Sections 9.02(g) and 9.03(i).

SECTION 9.04. Survival of Representations; Covenants; Agreements. The representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement shall survive the Closing as follows: (a) the representations and warranties in Articles II, III and IV (other than the Class I Representations and Sections 3.12, 3.17 and 3.23) shall survive until the date that is eighteen months after the Closing Date, (b) the Class I Representations shall survive indefinitely, (c) the representations and warranties in Section 3.12 and the covenants contained in Sections 5.05, 5.06 and 5.07 shall survive for 60 days following the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations (after giving effect to any extension thereof), (d) the representations and warranties in Section 3.17 and 3.23 and the covenants contained in Sections 5.02 and 5.03 shall not survive the Closing, (e) the covenants contained in Sections 6.01 and 6.02(b) shall survive in accordance with their terms and (f) all other covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement shall survive indefinitely.

SECTION 9.05. Termination of Indemnification . (a) The obligations to indemnify and hold harmless any person (i) pursuant to 9.01 shall terminate 60 days

 

69


following the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations (after giving effect to any extension thereof), (ii) pursuant to Section 9.02(a) or 9.07(a) shall terminate when the applicable representation or warranty terminates pursuant to Section 9.04, (iii) pursuant to Section 9.02(b) or Section 9.07(b) shall terminate 90 days after the applicable covenant terminates pursuant to Section 9.04, (iv) pursuant to Section 9.02(c) shall terminate on the seventh anniversary of the Closing Date, (v) pursuant to Section 9.02(e) shall terminate on the date that is 13 months after the Closing Date, (vi) pursuant to Section 9.02(g) shall terminate on the third anniversary of the Closing Date and (vii) pursuant to the other clauses of Section 9.02 and Section 9.07 shall not terminate; provided , however , that all such obligations to indemnify and hold harmless shall not terminate with respect to any item as to which the person to be indemnified shall have, before the expiration of the applicable period, previously made a claim by delivering a notice of such claim pursuant to Section 9.09 to the party providing the indemnification.

(b) For purposes of calculating the amount of any Loss in connection with a claim by any Purchaser Indemnitee or Seller Indemnitee with respect to a breach of any representation or warranty made by the Seller or the Purchaser, as the case may be, for which indemnification is sought pursuant to this Article IX (but not for purposes of determining whether such a breach has occurred), all “material adverse effect” and other materiality references in the representations and warranties set forth in Article II, Article III and Article IV, as applicable, shall be disregarded.

SECTION 9.06. Exclusive Monetary Remedy; Consequential Damages; Nature of Payments; No Duplicate Recovery; Access Rights . (a) Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement or in the Transition Services Agreement, the Winchester Supply Agreement, the Environmental Access Agreement or the Trademark License Agreement, the Purchaser and the Seller acknowledge that their exclusive monetary remedy after the Closing with respect to any claims relating to this Agreement, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Business and its assets and liabilities (other than for fraud) shall be pursuant to the indemnification provisions set forth in this Article IX. In furtherance of the foregoing, each of the Purchaser and the Seller, for itself and its affiliates (including the Transferred Entities), waives, from and after the Closing, to the fullest extent permitted under applicable Law, any and all rights, claims and causes of action (other than claims of, or causes of action arising from, fraud) for monetary damages it may have against the other or its affiliates arising under this Agreement, any document or certificate delivered in connection herewith, any applicable Law (including the Federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act and any other Environmental Law), common law or otherwise, except pursuant to the indemnification provisions set forth in this Article IX.

(b) Neither the Purchaser, any Transferred Entity nor the Seller shall be liable or otherwise responsible to any other person for consequential, incidental, special or punitive damages arising out of, or relating to, this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the performance or breach of this Agreement or any liability or obligation retained or assumed under this Agreement except to the extent such damages are an element of a Third Party Claim against the Purchaser, any Transferred Entity or the Seller which is the object of indemnification hereunder.

 

70


(c) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement to the contrary, no indemnified party shall be entitled to indemnification under this Article IX with respect to any Loss to the extent that such Loss was reflected in the calculation of the adjustment to Purchase Price pursuant to Section 1.05.

(d) Each party shall, and shall cause each of their subsidiaries to, afford to the other party and its accountants, counsel and other representatives reasonable access, upon reasonable notice during normal business hours, to relevant personnel knowledgeable of, and properties, books and records of their respective businesses reasonably related to, the nature and the amount of Losses for which indemnification is being, or was sought, from it pursuant to clause (c) or (g) of Section 9.02.

SECTION 9.07. Indemnification by the Purchaser . From and after the Closing, the Purchaser and the Transferred Entities shall, jointly and severally, indemnify the Seller Indemnitees against, and hold each of them harmless from, any Loss suffered or incurred by the Seller Indemnities (without duplication for (i) any indemnification provided for in Section 9.01(b) and (ii) any indemnification that may be sought under more than one clause of this Section 9.07) arising from, relating to or otherwise in respect of:

(a) any breach of any representation or warranty of the Purchaser contained in Article IV of this Agreement or in any certificate delivered by the Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement;

(b) any breach of any covenant of Purchaser contained in this Agreement;

(c) any Transferred Liability, including the obligation of the Purchaser to indemnify the Seller pursuant to Sections 9.03(e) and 9.03(i); or

(d) any fees, costs, expenses or other payments incurred or owed by the Purchaser or any of its affiliates (other than the Transferred Entities) to any agent, broker, financial advisor, investment banker or other person that is or will be entitled to any broker’s or finder’s fee or any other commission or similar fee in connection with any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

SECTION 9.08. Calculation of Losses . The amount of any Loss for which indemnification is provided under this Article IX (other than Losses under Sections 9.02(c) and (g)) shall be net of any amounts actually recovered by the Purchaser or its subsidiaries under insurance policies with respect to such Loss. The amount of any Loss for which indemnification is provided under this Article IX shall be (a) increased to take account of any net Tax cost incurred by the indemnified party arising from the receipt of indemnity payments hereunder (grossed up for such increase) and (b) reduced to take account of any net Tax benefit actually realized by the indemnified party arising from the incurrence or payment of any such Loss in the year of such Loss or any other year preceding or including the date on which the indemnity payment is made or any taxable year within five taxable years after the taxable year in which such Loss occurs. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 9.08, in any case where the Purchaser or its

 

71


subsidiaries recovers from third parties any amount in respect of a matter with respect to which an indemnifying party has indemnified it pursuant to this Article IX, such indemnified party shall promptly pay over to the indemnifying party the amount so recovered (after deducting therefrom the full amount of the expenses incurred by it in procuring such recovery), but not in excess of any amount previously so paid by the indemnifying party to or on behalf of the indemnified party in respect of such matter.

SECTION 9.09. Procedures . (a)  Third Party Claims . (i) In order for a person (the “ indemnified party ”) to be entitled to any indemnification provided for under Section 9.02 or Section 9.07 in respect of, arising out of or involving a claim made by any person against the indemnified party (a “ Third Party Claim ”), such indemnified party must notify the indemnifying party in writing (and in reasonable detail) of the Third Party Claim promptly following receipt by such indemnified party of notice of the Third Party Claim; provided , however , that failure to give such notification shall not affect the indemnification provided hereunder except and only to the extent the indemnifying party shall have been prejudiced as a result of such failure (except that the indemnifying party shall not be liable for any expenses incurred during the period in which the indemnified party failed to give such notice). Thereafter, the indemnified party shall deliver to the indemnifying party, promptly following the indemnified party’s receipt thereof, copies of all notices and documents (including court papers) received by the indemnified party relating to the Third Party Claim.

(ii) If a Third Party Claim is made against an indemnified party, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate in the defense thereof and, if it so chooses, to assume the defense thereof by written notice to the indemnified party within 45 days of the receipt of the notice received pursuant to Section 9.09(a)(i) with counsel selected by the indemnifying party; provided that such counsel is not reasonably objected to by the indemnified party; provided , further , that notwithstanding the foregoing, the indemnifying party shall not be entitled to assume control of such defense and shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel (reasonably acceptable to the indemnifying party) retained by the indemnified party if (A) the claim for indemnification relates to or arises in connection with any criminal proceeding, action, indictment, allegations or investigation, (B) the claim seeks an injunction or equitable relief against the indemnified party; (C) the indemnifying party failed or is failing to reasonably prosecute or defend such claim, or (D) if the claim is subject to the Cap, (1) amounts remaining under the Cap are $2,000,000 or less and (2) such claim together with all outstanding and unresolved claims that are subject to the Cap could reasonably be expected to give rise to Losses which are more than twice the remaining amount indemnifiable by such indemnifying party with respect to such claims pursuant to this Article IX. Should the indemnifying party be entitled and so elect to assume the defense of a Third Party Claim, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to the indemnified party for any legal expenses subsequently incurred by the indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof. If the indemnifying party assumes such defense in accordance with this Agreement, the indemnified party shall have the right to

 

72


participate in the defense thereof and to employ counsel, at its own expense, separate from the counsel employed by the indemnifying party, it being understood that the indemnifying party shall control such defense. The indemnifying party shall be liable for the fees, costs and expenses of counsel employed by the indemnified party for any period during which the indemnifying party has not assumed the defense thereof (other than during any period in which the indemnified party shall have failed to give notice of the Third Party Claim as provided above) and with respect to any Third Party Claim where the indemnifying party was prohibited from assuming such defense pursuant to this Section 9.09. If the indemnifying party chooses to defend or prosecute a Third Party Claim, all the indemnified parties shall cooperate in the defense or prosecution thereof. Such cooperation shall include the retention and (upon the indemnifying party’s request) the provision to the indemnifying party of records and information that are reasonably relevant to such Third Party Claim, and making employees available on mutually convenient basis to provide additional information and explanation of any material provided hereunder. No party shall admit (except as required by Law) any liability with respect to, or compromise, settle or discharge, any Third Party Claim without the prior written consent of the other party; provided , however , that if such admission of liability, settlement, compromise or discharge does not subject the Purchaser Indemnitees to any remedy (other than the payment of money) and provides for the full and unconditional release of the Purchaser Indemnitees from all liability in connection with such Third Party Claim then, at the request of the Seller, the Purchaser Indemnitees shall agree to such admission of liability, settlement, compromise or discharge as long as the Seller pays in full the amounts payable in connection with such admission of liability, settlement, compromise or discharge. All claims under Section 9.02 or Section 9.07 other than Third Party Claims shall be governed by Section 9.09(b)

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in respect of any Third Party Claim for which indemnification is sought pursuant to Section 9.03(e) or Section 9.03(i), the parties agree that the defense of any such Third Party Claim shall be jointly controlled and administered by the Purchaser and the Seller and that no such Third Party Claim shall be settled, compromised or discharged without the consent of the Purchaser and the Seller, not to be unreasonably withheld.

(b) Other Claims . If any indemnified party should have claim against any indemnifying party under Section 9.02 or Section 9.07 that does not involve a Third Party Claim being asserted against or sought to be collected from such indemnified party, the indemnified party shall promptly deliver notice of such claim to the indemnifying party after obtaining knowledge of such claim. The failure by any indemnified party so to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability that it may have to such indemnified party under Section 9.02 or Section 9.07, except to the extent that the indemnifying party shall have been prejudiced by such failure. If the indemnifying party does not notify the indemnified party within

 

73


45 calendar days following its receipt of such notice that the indemnifying party disputes its liability to the indemnified party under Section 9.02 or Section 9.07, such claim specified by the indemnified party in such notice shall be conclusively deemed a liability of the indemnifying party under Section 9.02 or Section 9.07 and the indemnifying party shall pay the amount of such liability to the indemnified party on demand or, in the case of any notice in which the amount of the claim (or any portion thereof) is estimated, on such later date when the amount of such claim (or such portion thereof) becomes finally determined.

(c) Procedures Relating to Indemnification of Tax Claims .

(i) Promptly after a party (the “ Tax Indemnified Party ”) becomes aware of the existence of a Tax issue that may give rise to an indemnification claim under Section 9.01 (a “ Tax Controversy ”) by it against the other party (the “ Tax Indemnifying Party ”), the Tax Indemnified Party shall notify the Tax Indemnifying Party of the Tax issue and thereafter shall promptly forward to the Tax Indemnifying Party copies of the relevant portion of any notice or other document received from any Taxing Authority and communications with any Taxing Authority relating to such Tax Controversy; provided , however , that a failure to give such notice will not affect such other party’s rights to indemnification under this Article IX, except to the extent that such party is actually prejudiced thereby. Any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in handling, settling or contesting a Tax Controversy shall be borne by the Tax Indemnifying Party.

(ii) Except as otherwise provided in this Section 9.09(c)(ii), after the Closing Date, (except in the case of any Tax Controversy relating to a Tax Return of any consolidated, combined or unitary group of which the Transferred Entities were members, (a “ Pre-Closing Consolidated Return ”)), the Purchaser shall control the conduct, through counsel of its own choosing, of any Tax Controversy with respect to any of the Transferred Entities. In the case of a Contest after the Closing Date that relates solely to Taxes for which the Purchaser is indemnified under 9.01(a) (including any Pre-Closing Consolidated Returns), the Seller may elect to control the handling, settling or contesting of any such Tax Controversy, but the Purchaser shall have the right to participate in such Tax Controversy (except in the case of a Tax Controversy that relates to a Pre-Closing Consolidated Return) at its own expense. The Seller shall not settle, compromise and/or concede any portion of such Tax Controversy (except in the case of a Tax Controversy that relates to a Pre-Closing Consolidated Return) without obtaining the Purchaser’s written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned. In the case of Tax Controversy that relates both to Taxes for which Purchaser is indemnified under Section 9.01(a) and Taxes for which Seller is indemnified under 9.01(b), the Purchaser shall control the conduct of such Tax Controversy, but the Seller shall have the right to participate in such Tax Controversy at its own expense, and the Purchaser shall not settle, compromise and/or concede such Tax Controversy without the consent of the

 

74


Seller, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned. The Tax Indemnifying Party shall keep the Tax Indemnified Party reasonably informed as to the progress of any Tax proceeding with respect to a Tax Controversy to the extent such Tax proceeding relates to Taxes payable by or with respect to the Transferred Entities or Transferred Assets and shall consider in good faith any written comments or suggestions regarding such Tax proceeding from the Tax Indemnified Party.

(d) Procedures Relating to Indemnification for Environmental Matters.

(i) Upon any indemnified party becoming aware of any claim, the occurrence of any event, or the existence of any of facts, in respect of which such indemnified party will bring, or may seek to bring, an indemnification claim under this Agreement arising out of or relating to any violation of, or liability pursuant to, any Environmental Law, the indemnified party will provide written notice (each, an “ Environmental Claim Notice ”) to the indemnifying party within 30 days of the indemnified party becoming aware of any claim, event or fact described above; provided , however , that failure to give such notification shall not affect the indemnification provided hereunder except to the extent the indemnifying party shall have been prejudiced as a result of such failure.

(ii) After receipt of an Environmental Claim Notice, the indemnifying party shall have the right, but not the obligation, to control the defense, or investigate or remediate any condition relating to the subject matter of such Environmental Claim Notice (the “ Environmental Matter ”); provided that if after 60 days of receipt of such Environmental Claim Notice the indemnifying party does not notify the indemnified party that it intends to exercise such right, then the indemnified party may, control such defense.

(iii) The party that controls the defense, investigation or remediation of an Environmental Matter (the “ Controlling Party ”) shall (A) keep the other party (the “ Non-Controlling Party ”) reasonably informed of the progress and status of the defense, remediation or investigation activities, (B) keep accurate records of the costs of all such activities and (C) provide the Non-Controlling Party with copies of such records upon request of the Non-Controlling Party. The Non-Controlling Party shall reasonably cooperate in connection with such defense, remediation or investigation activities and shall furnish such records, information and testimony and attend such conferences, discovery proceedings, hearings, trials, and appeals as may be reasonably requested by the Controlling Party in connection therewith. The Controlling Party shall have full control over any actions (including any litigation, remedial action or negotiation, and the scope and timing thereof) in connection therewith.

(iv) The Controlling Party shall (A) cause to be furnished to the Non-Controlling Party drafts of all proposed remediation plans or other written submissions relating to the Environmental Matter not less than ten business

 

75


days prior to the date on which they are to be submitted to any Governmental Entity or other applicable person, (B) give the Non-Controlling Party a reasonable opportunity to comment thereon and (C) consider in good faith all changes proposed by the Non-Controlling Party.

(v) In connection with an Environmental Matter, the Seller shall have the right, but not the obligation, at reasonable times and after reasonable notice, to enter on the applicable facilities of the Business (A) if the Seller is the Controlling Party, to conduct reasonable and necessary investigation or remediation of such Environmental Matter and (B) if the Seller is the Non-Controlling Party, to monitor the Purchaser’s performance of any investigation or remediation with respect to the Environmental Matter or to conduct its own independent subsurface investigation at its own expense. The Seller shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any interference with the Business and the Purchaser’s operations at such facilities in connection with the Seller’s conduct of any such investigation or remediation.

(vi) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement to the contrary, neither the Purchaser nor the Seller shall have any obligation to indemnify the other (A) for Losses related to Environmental Matters to the extent such Losses were incurred or exacerbated due to the acts or omissions of the other, including Losses incurred as a result of any Release of Hazardous Materials by the other or (B) with respect to attorney, consultant or other expert fees or expenses incurred by any indemnified party related to an Environmental Matter after the indemnifying party exercised its right to be the Controlling Party.

ARTICLE X

General Provisions

SECTION 10.01. Assignment. This Agreement and the rights and obligations hereunder shall not be assignable or transferable by any party (including by operation of law in connection with a merger or consolidation of such party) without the prior written consent of the other party; provided that the Purchaser may assign this Agreement (a) to any affiliate of the Purchaser, (b) for collateral purposes to any lender providing Debt Financing to the Purchaser or (c) subsequent to the Closing, to any transferee of all or substantially all of the assets of the Business. Any attempted assignment in violation of this Section 10.01 shall be null and void.

SECTION 10.02. No Third Party Beneficiaries. Except as provided in (a) the provisions of Section 5.08 specifically relating to indemnification of an affiliate of the Seller or the Purchaser, as the case may be, and (b) Article IX, this Agreement is for the sole benefit of the parties and their permitted successors and assigns and nothing herein expressed or implied shall give or be construed to give to any person, other than the parties and such successors and assigns, any legal or equitable rights hereunder.

 

76


SECTION 10.03. Notices. All notices or other communications required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or sent by facsimile or sent, postage prepaid, by registered, certified or express mail or overnight courier service and shall be deemed given when so delivered by hand or facsimile, or if mailed, three days after mailing (or, one business day in the case of express mail or overnight courier service) to the parties at the following addresses or facsimiles (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by like notice):

(a) if to the Purchaser,

Global Brass and Copper Acquisition Co.

c/o KPS Capital Partners, LP

200 Park Avenue, 58 th Floor,

New York, NY 10166

Telephone: (212) 338-5109

Facsimile: (212) 867-7980

Attention of Michael Psaros

with a copy to:

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10019-6064

Telephone: (212) 373-3000

Facsimile: (212) 757-3990

Attention of Carl L. Reisner, Esq.

(b) if to the Seller,

Olin Corporation

190 Carondelet Plaza, Suite 1530

St. Louis, Missouri 63105

Telephone: (314) 480-1404

Facsimile: (314) 862-7406

Attention of George Pain, Esq.

with a copy to:

Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP

825 Eighth Avenue

New York, New York 10019

Telephone: (212) 474-1000

Facsimile: (212) 474-3700

Attention of Robert I. Townsend, Esq.

                        George F. Schoen, Esq.

 

77


Notices delivered by facsimile shall have the same legal effect as if such notice had been delivered in person.

SECTION 10.04. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement, and shall become effective when one or more such counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other party. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic imaging means shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

SECTION 10.05. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements, the Confidentiality Agreement, the Seller Letter, the Financing Commitments and exhibits hereto and thereto, contain the entire agreement and understanding among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to such subject matter.

SECTION 10.06. Severability. If any term or provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any applicable Law or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nonetheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic and legal substance of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

SECTION 10.07. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the Laws of the State of New York, regardless of the Laws that might otherwise govern under applicable principles of conflicts of Laws thereof.

SECTION 10.08. Consent to Jurisdiction. (a) Each party irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any transaction contemplated by this Agreement, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each party irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such suit, action or other proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, in such Federal court. The parties agree that a final judgment in any such suit, action or other proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by applicable Law.

 

78


(b) Each party irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any transaction contemplated by this Agreement in any court referred to in the first sentence of paragraph (a) of this Section 10.08. Each party irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any transaction contemplated by this Agreement in any court referred to in the first sentence of paragraph (a) of this Section 10.08.

(c) Each party consents, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, to service of any process, summons, notice or document in the manner provided for notices in Section 10.03. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to serve process in any other manner permitted by applicable Law.

SECTION 10.09. Waiver of Jury Trial. Each party hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, any right it may have to a trial by jury in respect to any litigation, directly or indirectly, arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any transaction contemplated by this Agreement. Each party (a) certifies that no representative, agent or attorney of any other party has represented, expressly or otherwise, that such other party would not, in the event of litigation, seek to enforce the foregoing waiver and (b) acknowledges that it and the other parties have been induced to enter into this Agreement by, among other things, the mutual waivers and certifications in this Section 10.09.

SECTION 10.10. Enforcement. The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur and that the parties would not have any adequate remedy at Law if any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that (a) the Purchaser shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement and (b) the Seller shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of Section 5.03 and to enforce specifically the Purchaser’s obligations to consummate the Acquisition if the conditions set forth in Article VII shall have been satisfied or waived by the party entitled to the benefit thereof (other than such conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing) and the Financing Commitments are available to be drawn down by the Purchaser but are not so drawn down as a result of the Purchaser refusing to do so in breach of this Agreement, in each case, in the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County (and, if such Supreme Court of the State of New York shall be unavailable, in any other New York State court or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York), and any appellate court from any thereof, this being in addition, subject to Section 8.02(c), to any other remedy to which any party is entitled at Law or in equity. Notwithstanding the first sentence of this Section 10.10, the parties acknowledge that, prior to the Closing, the Seller shall not have the right to specifically enforce the provisions of this Agreement except to the extent set forth in clause (b) of the preceding sentence. For the avoidance of doubt, the parties agree that (x) in the event of a Non-Breach Financing Failure, the Seller’s sole and exclusive

 

79


remedy shall be the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 8.01(a)(v) and to receive payment of the Sponsor Termination Fee, (y) except in the case of fraud, the maximum aggregate amount of money damages payable by the Purchaser under this Agreement shall not exceed $20,000,000 in the aggregate and (z) in all events, including the grant of any equitable relief, except in the case of fraud, the maximum aggregate amount payable by the Sponsor Funds pursuant to the Sponsor Fund Guarantees shall be

the Sponsor Termination Fee or $20,000,000, as applicable.

SECTION 10.11. Defined Terms. (a)  Certain Defined Terms. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

401(k) Covered Employee ” means any Transferred Employee who is (a) a non-union salaried employee, (b) a non-union hourly employee in Cuba, Missouri or (c) a non-union hourly employee in Waterbury, Connecticut.

affiliate ” means, with respect to any person, another person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such person.

Balance Sheet ” means the audited combined consolidated balance sheet of the Business as of December 31, 2006 attached as Exhibit H hereto.

Business ” means the Seller’s copper, brass and other copper alloy sheet, strip, foil, rod, welded tube, plate, fabricated parts and stainless steel and aluminum strip manufacturing and distribution business and its related research and development activities and excludes the Seller’s ammunition and ammunition component manufacturing and distribution business and its related research and development activities.

business day ” means any day on which banks are not required or authorized to close in The City of New York, New York.

Closing Working Capital ” means the Working Capital as of the close of business in East Alton, Illinois on the Closing Date.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

commodity agreement ” means any commodity futures contract, commodity derivative instrument, commodity option or other similar agreement, instrument or arrangement.

control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

currency agreement ” means any currency exchange contract, currency swap agreement, currency derivative instrument or other agreement, instrument or arrangement designed to hedge currency exchange risk.

 

80


Debt Financing ” means the debt financing provided to the Purchaser or its designees pursuant to the Debt Financing Commitments.

Environmental Claim ” means any administrative, regulatory or judicial action, suit, order, demand, claim, other proceeding or written notice of noncompliance or violation by or from any person alleging liability arising out of, based on or resulting from (a) the presence or Release of, or exposure to, any Hazardous Materials at any location or (b) the failure to comply with any Environmental Law.

Environmental Laws ” means any applicable Law, Judgment or Permit issued, promulgated or entered into, by or with any Governmental Entity relating to (a) pollution, preservation or reclamation of natural resources, (b) the protection of human health or the environment (including ambient air, surface water, groundwater, soils, land surface or subsurface strata) or (c) human exposure to Hazardous Materials.

Equity Financing ” means the equity financing to be provided to the Purchaser or its designees pursuant to the Equity Financing Commitments.

equity interests ” means shares of capital stock, membership interests in a limited liability company, partnership interests, beneficial interests in a trust or other equity ownership interests in a person, and any warrants, options or other rights entitling the holder thereof to purchase or acquire any such equity interest.

Excluded Assets ” has the meaning set forth on Exhibit I hereto under the caption “Excluded Assets”.

Excluded Liabilities ” has the meaning set forth on Exhibit I hereto under the caption “Excluded Liabilities”.

Fabrication Business ” means the portion of the Business consisting of manufacturing and distributing copper, brass and other copper alloys fabricated parts and the related research and development activities but excluding the ammunition and

ammunition component manufacturing and distribution business and related research and development activities.

Financing ” means the Debt Financing and the Equity Financing.

Hazardous Materials ” means (a) any petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction thereof) or asbestos or asbestos-containing materials and (b) any other wastes, materials, chemicals or substances prohibited, limited or regulated pursuant to any Law, Judgment or Permit.

indebtedness ” means, without duplication, (i) indebtedness for borrowed money or indebtedness issued or incurred in substitution or exchange for indebtedness for borrowed money, (ii) indebtedness evidenced by any note, bond, debenture, mortgage or other debt instrument or debt security, (iii) obligations under any interest rate agreement, currency agreement or commodity agreement entered into in connection with the Business’ inventory reduction program, (iv) obligations under any performance bond or

 

81


letter of credit, (v) all capitalized lease obligations and purchase money liens, (vi) guarantees (including so called take or pay or keep well agreements) with respect to any indebtedness, obligation, claim or liability of any other person of a type described in clauses (i) through (v) above, and (vii) for clauses (i) through (vi) above, all accrued interest thereon, if any, and any termination fees, prepayment penalties, “breakage” cost or similar payments associated with the repayment of or default under such indebtedness.

Intellectual Property ” means any patent (including all reissues, divisions, continuations, continuations-in-part and extensions thereof), patent application, patent right, unpatented invention, trademark, trademark registration, trademark application, servicemark, trade name, business name, logo, brand name, copyright, copyright, registration, design, design registration, domain name, Internet address or any right to any of the foregoing.

interest rate agreement ” means any interest rate protection agreement (including interest rate swaps, caps, floors, collars, derivative instruments and similar agreements) or other agreement, instrument or arrangement designed to hedge interest rate risk.

invasive investigation ” means any investigation of environmental conditions involving procedures that are more invasive than those customarily performed in connection with a Phase I study (including drilling or sampling); provided that the term “invasive investigation” shall not include any drilling or sampling solely for the purpose of collecting geological information to be used in construction engineering (as opposed to investigation of potential environmental contamination) as part of the operation of the Business.

knowledge ” means, with respect to the Seller on any matter in question, the actual knowledge of any person set forth in Exhibit J hereto under the caption “Seller’s knowledge”; “ knowledge ”, means with respect to the Purchaser on any matter in question, the actual knowledge of any person set forth in Exhibit J hereto under the caption “Purchaser’s knowledge.”

material adverse effect ” on or with respect to the Business means any state of facts, change, development, condition, effect, event or occurrence (any such item, an “ Effect ”) that is materially adverse to the assets, properties, business, financial condition or results of operations of the Business; provided , however , that in no event shall any Effect resulting from any of the following, be deemed to constitute or be taken into account in determining whether there has been, or is reasonably likely to be, a material adverse effect on the Business: any Effect relating to (i) the economy in general, (ii) the economic, business, financial or regulatory environment generally affecting the industries in which the Business operates (including changes in the cost of metals, energy, electricity or transportation) except to the extent such Effect has a disproportionate effect on the Business, (iii) an act of terrorism or an outbreak or escalation of hostilities or war (whether declared or not declared) or any natural disasters or any national or international calamity or crisis except to the extent such Effect involves the properties or assets of the Business or has a disproportionate effect on the Business,

 

82


(iv) changes in applicable Law or GAAP or the enforcement thereof after the date of this Agreement, (v) the failure of the Business to meet projections or forecasts, in and of itself (for the avoidance of doubt, any underlying cause for any such failure shall not be excluded by this clause (v)) or (vi) the announcement or pendency of the Acquisition or this Agreement or the performance of and compliance with the terms of this Agreement, including any loss of employees, any cancellation of or delay in customer orders or any disruption in supplier, distributor, partner or similar relationships; “material adverse effect” on or with respect to the Seller, the Transferors or the Purchaser means any Effect that (a) prevents or materially impedes or delays the consummation of the Acquisition or the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement or (b) has a material adverse effect on the ability of the Seller, the Transferors or the Purchaser, as the case may be, to perform its or their obligations under this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements.

other bid ” means any proposal for a merger, sale of securities, sale of substantial assets or similar transaction involving the Business or any Transferred Entity, other than (a) the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and (b) the sale of assets in the ordinary course of business.

Other Business Contracts ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Exhibit I hereto.

person ” means any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, Governmental Entity, unincorporated entity or other entity.

Pre-Closing Accrued Liabilities ” means any liability, obligation or commitment arising out of any claim, suit, action or other proceeding (whether now known or pending or arising after the date of this Agreement) related to any litigation, general liability, auto liability, workers’ compensation, product warranty or product liability of the Business in respect of events occurring on or prior to the Closing to the extent such amounts are reflected in the Statement (including in reserves) as finally determined pursuant to Section 1.05.

Pre-Closing Environmental Matters ” means:

(a) the matters set forth in Item 1. of Section 3.17 (Environmental Matters) of the Seller Letter;

(b) with respect to the Transferred Real Properties located in the State of Connecticut, compliance obligations under the CPTL as it applies to the Acquisition and any other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, as set forth in Section 6.04 of this Agreement;

(c) with respect to the East Alton, IL facility, corrective action/compliance obligations under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act for the Releases set forth in the documents referenced in Item 2. of Section 3.17 (Environmental Matters) of the Seller Letter;

 

83


(d) the matters set forth in Items 3., 4., and 14. of Section 3.17 (Environmental Matters) of the Seller Letter;

(e) any liability or obligation in connection with the off-site transportation or disposal of Hazardous Materials arising out of any pre-Closing operations of the Business including the matters set forth in Items 5. through 8. and 10. of Section 3.17 (Environmental Matters) of the Seller Letter and the matter set forth in Item 9. of Section 3.17 (Environmental Matters) of the Seller Letter to the extent such liability or obligation has not been recovered after commercially reasonable efforts to pursue such recovery from BP pursuant to the Settlement Agreement and Mutual Release described in Item 9. of Section 3.17 (Environmental Matters) of the Seller Letter;

(f) any liability or obligation in connection with the “Acevedo, Bernard” and “Gamez, Lenz Elba” matters set forth in Section 3.13 of the Seller Letter;

(g) any liability or obligation in connection with a facility of the Business to the extent related to pre-Closing human exposure to Hazardous Materials, including asbestos-containing materials.

Post-Closing Tax Period ” means any taxable period (or portions thereof) that begins after the Closing Date.

Pre-Closing Tax Period ” means any taxable period (or portions thereof) ending on or prior to the Closing Date.

Primary Metals Business ” means the Business other than the Fabrication Business.

Purchase Price ” means the Estimated Purchase Price or the Final Purchase Price, as applicable.

Release ” means any release, spill, emission, leaking, pumping, injection, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, leaching, dumping, pouring, emanation or migration of any Hazardous Material in, into, onto or through the environment (including ambient air, surface water, ground water, soils, land surface or subsurface strata) or within any building, structure, facility or fixture.

Required Financial Information ” means financial and other information regarding the Business of the type and in the form customarily included in confidential information memoranda used to syndicate bank credit facilities similar to the Debt Financing.

Seller Retained Trademarks ” means the trademarks set forth under the caption “Seller Retained Trademarks” in Section 3.08 of the Seller Letter.

Solvent ”, when used with respect to any person, means that, as of any date of determination, (a) the amount of the “fair saleable value” of the assets of such

 

84


person on a going concern basis will, as of such date, exceed (i) the value of all “liabilities of such person, including contingent and other liabilities” as of such date, as such quoted terms are generally determined in accordance with applicable Federal Laws governing determinations of the insolvency of debtors and (ii) the amount that will be required to pay the probable liabilities of such person on its existing debts (including contingent liabilities) as such debts become absolute and matured, (b) such person will not have, as of such date, an unreasonably small amount of capital for the operation of the businesses in which it is engaged or proposed to be engaged following such date and (c) such person will be able to pay its liabilities, including contingent and other liabilities, as they mature. For purposes of this definition, each of the phrases “not have an unreasonably small amount of capital for the operation of the businesses in which it is engaged or proposed to be engaged” and “able to pay its liabilities, including contingent and other liabilities, as they mature” means that such person will be able to generate enough cash from operations, asset dispositions or refinancing, or a combination thereof, to meet its obligations as they become due.

Sponsor Termination Fee ” means $10,000,000.

subsidiary ” means, with respect to any person, another person (a) an amount of the voting securities, other voting ownership or voting partnership interests of which is sufficient to elect at least a majority of such other person’s Board of Directors or other governing body (or, if there are no such voting interests, 50% or more of the equity interests of which) is owned directly or indirectly by such person or by another subsidiary of such person or (b) of which such person or another subsidiary of such person is a general partner or managing member.

Subsidiary Transferors ” means AJ Oster Company, LTC Reserve Corp. and Waterbury Rolling Mills, Inc.

Tax ” or “ Taxes ” means all national, state, county, local, municipal and other taxes, assessments, duties or similar charges of any kind whatsoever, including all corporate franchise, income, sales, use, ad valorem, receipts, value added, profits, license, withholding, payroll, employment, excise, premium, property, customs, net worth, capital gains, transfer, stamp, documentary, social security, environmental, alternative minimum, occupation, recapture and other taxes, and including all interest, penalties and additions imposed with respect to such amounts, and all amounts payable pursuant to any agreement or arrangement with respect to Taxes, including as a result of being a member of an affiliated, consolidated, combined, unitary or aggregate group.

Taxing Authority ” means any national, state, county, local, municipal or other government, any subdivision, agency, commission or authority thereof, or any quasi-governmental body exercising Tax regulatory authority.

Tax Return ” or “ Tax Returns ” means all returns, declarations of estimated tax payments, reports, estimates, information returns and statements, including any related or supporting information with respect to any of the foregoing, filed or to be filed with any Taxing Authority in connection with the determination, assessment, collection or administration of any Taxes.

 

85


Technology ” means all trade secrets, confidential information, inventions, know-how, formulae, processes, procedures, research records, records of inventions, test information, market surveys, marketing and process know-how and computer software programs, including, all source code, object code, specifications, designs and documentation related thereto.

“Transferred Assets” has the meaning set forth on Exhibit I hereto under the caption “Transferred Assets”.

“Transferred Liabilities” has the meaning set forth on Exhibit I hereto under the caption “Transferred Liabilities”.

“Uncollectible Account” means any account receivable of the Business outstanding as of the Closing Date that remains uncollected one year from the date it was due.

“Working Capital” means, as of any time, the sum of cash, cash equivalents, net receivables, inventory and prepaid expenses as of such time minus the sum of accounts payable and accrued liabilities as of such time, in each case of the Business determined on a combined consolidated basis and calculated in the same manner, using the same methods, as the corresponding line items of the Working Capital Amount set forth on Exhibit F hereto, except as otherwise provided in Exhibit F hereto.

“Working Capital Amount” means $581,154,000.

Working Capital Overage ” shall exist when (and shall be equal to the amount by which) the Working Capital Estimate exceeds the Working Capital Amount.

“Working Capital Underage” shall exist when (and shall be equal to the amount by which) the Working Capital Amount exceeds the Working Capital Estimate.

(b) Other Defined Terms . For purposes of this Agreement, each of the following terms is defined in the Section set forth opposite such term:

 

Term

   Section

Accounting Firm

   1.05(b)

Acquisition

   Recitals

Actions

   5.05(c)

Active Employee

   5.08(a)

Agreement

   Preamble

Allocation Accounting Firm

   5.05(h)(iv)

Ancillary Agreements

   2.02

Annual Bonus Amount

   5.08(r)

Asset Allocation

   5.05(h)

Assumed Benefit Agreement

   3.14(a)

 

86


Term

   Section

Assumed Benefit Plan

   3.14(a)

Basket Amount

   9.03(a)

Business Employees

   3.14(a)

Cap

   9.03(b)

Cap Ex Budget

   3.15(c)(ix)

CBAs

   3.18

Class I Representations

   7.02(a)

Closing

   1.03

Closing Date

   1.03

COBRA

   3.14(c)

Competitive Activities

   6.01(a)

Confidentiality Agreement

   6.02(a)

Consent

   2.03

Continuation Period

   5.08(b)

Contract

   2.03

Controlled Group Liability

   5.08(k)

Controlling Party

   9.09(d)(iii)

CPTL

   2.03

Debt Financing Commitments

   Recitals

Disabled Employee

   5.08(a)

DOJ

   5.03(a)(ii)(l)

Environmental Access Agreement

   1.04(e)

Environmental Claim Notice

   9.09(d)(i)

Environmental Matter

   9.09(d)(ii)

Equity Financing Commitments

   Recitals

ERISA

   3.14(a)

Estimated Purchase Price

   1.01(a)

Exchange Act

   2.03

Extension Date

   1.03

Final Purchase Price

   1.05(c)

Financial Statements

   3.05(a)

Financing Commitments

   Recitals

Foreign Merger Control Laws

   2.03

Foreign Transferred Entity

   5.07

FSA Participant

   5.08(1)

FSA Participation Period

   5.08(1)

FTC

   5.03(a) (ii) (1)

GAAP

   1.01(b)

Governmental Entity

   2.03

HSR Act

   2.03

lAM Fund

   3.14(d)

indemnified party

   9.09(a)(i)

IRS

   3.12(i)

ITAR

   2.03

Judgment

   2.03

 

87


Term

   Section

Labor Laws

   3.18

Law

   2.03

Lease

   3.07(b)

Leased Property

   3.07(a)

Leasing Entity

   3.07(b)

Licensed Intellectual Property

   3.08(a)

Liens

   3.06(a)

Losses

   9.02

Material Consents

   6.11

Mini-Basket Amount

   9.03(c)

Non-Breach Financing Failure

   8.02(c)

Non-Controlling Party

   9.09(d)(iii)

Notice of Disagreement

   1.05(b)

NYSE

   2.03

Owned Intellectual Property

   3.08(a)

Owned Property

   3.07(a)

Pension Service Employee

   5.08(m)

Permits

   3.10

Permitted Liens

   3.06(a)

Pre-Closing Consolidated Return

   9.09(c)(ii)

Pre-Closing Service

   5.08(d)

Property Owning Entity

   3.07(a)

Property Taxes

   9.01 (c)(i)

Proposed Asset Allocation

   5.05(h)(ii)

Purchased Companies

   Recitals

Purchased Companies Equity Interests

   Recitals

Purchased Company Subsidiaries

   Recitals

Purchased Company Subsidiaries Equity Interests

   Recitals

Purchaser

   Preamble

Purchaser 401(k) Plan

   5.08(q)

Purchaser Cafeteria Plan

   5.08(1)

Purchaser Indemnitees

   9.01(a)

Remaining Employees

   6.01(c)

Represented Employee

   5.08(b)

Restricted Assets

   1.02(b)

Retained Employees

   3.14(a)

Retiree Medical Eligible Employees

   5.08(h)

Seller

   Preamble

Seller 401(k) Plan

   5.08(q)

Seller Benefit Agreement

   3.14(a)

Seller Benefit Plan

   3.14(a)

Seller Cafeteria Plan

   5.08(1)

Seller Commonly Controlled Entity

   3.14(a)

Seller Indemnitees

   9.01(b)

Seller Letter

   Article II

 

88


Term

   Section

Seller Pension Plan

   5.08(m)

Specified Person

   8.02(e)

Sponsor Fund Guarantees

   Recitals

Sponsor Funds

   Recitals

Statement

   1.05(a)

Straddle Period

   9.01(c)

Tax Asset

   5.05(d)

Tax Controversy

   9.09(c)(i)

Tax Indemnified Party

   9.09(c)(i)

Tax Indemnifying Party

   9.09(c)(i)

Tax Sharing Agreements

   5.05(e)

Terms and Conditions of Employment

   5.08(u)

Third Party Claim

   9.09(a)(i)

Trademark License Agreement

   1.04(f)

Transfer Date

   5.08(a)

Transfer Taxes

   5.04(b)

Transferors

   Recitals

Transferred Contracts

   3.09(b)

Transferred Employees

   5.08(a)

Transferred Entities

   Recitals

Transferred Entity Voting Debt

   3.02(a)

Transferred Equity Interests

   Recitals

Transferred Intellectual Property

   3.08(a)

Transferred Real Property

   3.07(a)

Transferred Technology

   3.08(b)

Transition Services Agreement

   1.04(c)

Unaudited Financial Statements

   3.05(a)

WARN Act

   3.18

Winchester Supply Agreement

   1.04(c)

Working Capital Estimate

   1.01(b)

Working Capital Principles

   1.01(b)

SECTION 10.12. Exhibits and Schedules; Interpretation. When a reference is made in this Agreement to a party or to an Article, Section, Annex, Exhibit or Schedule, such reference shall be to a party to, an Article or Section of, or an Annex, Exhibit or Schedule to, this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated. All Annexes, Exhibits and Schedules annexed hereto or referred to herein are hereby incorporated in and made part of this Agreement as if set forth in full herein. The table of contents and the headings contained in this Agreement, or any Annex, Exhibit or Schedule to this Agreement, are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. Whenever the words “include”, “includes”, “including” or “such as” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”. The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall.” The words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as

 

89


a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. The word “or” when used in this Agreement is not exclusive. The word “extent” in the phrase “to the extent shall” mean the degree to which a subject or other thing extends, and such phrase shall not mean simply “if”. Whenever used in this Agreement, any noun or pronoun shall be deemed to include the plural as well as the singular and to cover all genders. This Agreement shall be construed without regard to any presumption or rule requiring construction or interpretation against the party drafting or causing any instrument to be drafted. All terms defined in this Agreement shall have their defined meanings when used in any Annex, Exhibit or Schedule to this Agreement or any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto, unless otherwise defined therein. Any agreement, instrument or statute defined or referred to herein means such agreement, instrument or statute as from time to time amended, supplemented or modified, including (x) (in the case of agreements or instruments) by waiver or consent and (in the case of statutes) by succession of comparable successor statutes and (y) all attachments thereto and instruments incorporated therein. The words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights. References to a person are also to its permitted successors and assigns. When a reference is made in this Agreement to the Business, such reference shall also be a reference to the Transferred Entities if the context so requires.

 

90


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Purchaser and the Seller has duly executed this Purchase Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

GLOBAL BRASS AND COPPER ACQUISITION CO.,
by   /s/    Michael Psaros
Name:   Michael Psaros
Title:  
OLIN CORPORATION,
by    
Name:  
Title:  

(Signature page to Purchase Agreement)

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Purchaser and the Seller has duly executed this Purchase Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

GLOBAL BRASS AND COPPER ACQUISITION CO.,
by    
Name:   Michael Psaros
Title:  
OLIN CORPORATION,
by   /s/    Joseph D. Rupp
Name:   Joseph D. Rupp
Title:  

Chairman, President and

Chief Executive Officer

(Signature page to Purchase Agreement)

 


EXHIBIT A

Purchased Companies’ Equity Interests and

Purchased Company Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests

 

         Percentage of all  
     Number of Equity   Outstanding Equity  
     Interests   Interests  

Olin Corporation

    

AJ Oster Caribe, Inc.

   100     100

AJ Oster Foils, Inc.

   100     100

AJ Oster West, Inc.

   100     100

Bryan Metals, Inc.

   1,000     100

Chase Industries, Inc.

   1,000     100

Olin Asia Pacific Pte Ltd.

   3,002,728     100

Olin Brass Japan, Inc.

   600     100

Olin Fabricated Metal Products, Inc.

   1,000     100

Olin Global Services Mexico S. A. de C. V.

   49     98

Olin Industrial (Hong Kong) Limited

   100     100

Olin Mexico S.A. de C.V.

   5,000 (fixed capital)     100 % of fixed capital 

Yamaha-Olin Metal Corporation

   4,800     50

Chase Industries, Inc.

    

Chase Brass & Copper Company

   1,000     100

Olin Industrial (Hong Kong) Limited

    

Olin Luotong Metals (GZ) Corporation

   Registered Capital     80

Olin Fabricated Products (GZ) Co., Ltd.

   Registered Capital     100

Olin Mexico S.A. de C.V.

    

Olin Global Services Mexico S.A. de C.V.

   1     2

AJ Oster West, Inc.

    

Olin Mexico S.A. de C.V.

   10,159,407
(variable capital)
    100 % of variable capital 

 


EXHIBIT B

Form of Transition Services Agreement

 


EXHIBIT C

Form of Winchester Supply Agreement

 


EXHIBIT D

Form of Environmental Access Agreement

 


EXHIBIT E

Form of Trademark License Agreement

 


EXHIBIT F

Calculation of Working Capital

Closing Working Capital ” shall specifically exclude any Excluded Assets or Excluded Liabilities and will include the line items set forth below under the column entitled “Closing Working Capital”. Closing Working Capital will exclude any amounts related to Taxes, intangible assets, inter-company balances and items resulting as part of the transaction (e.g. accrued transaction expenses).

 

          Working Capital  
    

Closing Working Capital

  

Amount

 

Cash:

   See Note #3    $ 0   

Cash Equivalents:

        0   

Net Receivables:

   To be determined based on the following:   
   Accounts Receivable minus the sum of (a) Allowance for Doubtful Accounts (see Note #1) and (b) Provision for Credit Memos/Customer Returns      229,293,000   

Inventory:

   To be determined based on the following:   
   Pounds of metal valued at market price as of the close of business as of the Closing Date ( i . e . COMEX (copper) and LME spot (nickel, tin, and zinc)) for traded market based pricing items, or average purchase price for the last month in which purchases of other items were made.   
   Capitalized manufacturing cost and storeroom supplies inventory will be valued based on the book value as of the Closing Date measured consistently with past practices regardless whether such measurement is in accordance with GAAP and will not include any capitalization of manufacturing variances.   
   Inventories will exclude the reserve for LIFO.      501,442,000   

Prepaid Expenses:

   To be determined based on the following:   
  

•    Employee travel advances

  
  

•    Prepaid rent associated primarily with rented Oster facilities in Allentown, Pa. and Warwick, R.I.,

  
  

•    Unamortized signing bonuses associated with the union contract in East Alton signed in December, 2005 and, the Chase Brass union contract signed in June, 2007

  
  

•    Deposits

  
  

•    The market value of outstanding metal and utility contracts or other derivative instruments related to the ongoing operation of business, net of required broker deposits

     2,967,000   

 


       Closing Working Capital    Working Capital
Amount
 
  

•    All other prepaid expenses and other current assets acquired by the Seller

  

Accounts Payable:

   To be determined based on the following:   
   Includes trade and other payables.      (120,695,000

Accrued Liabilities:

   To be determined based on the following including, but not limited to:   
  

•    Accrued earned and unpaid wages and salaries, including accrued vacation pay previously carried on the corporate books

  
  

•    Accrued but unpaid payroll taxes

  
  

•    Accrued property taxes

  
  

•    Accrued workers compensation costs

  
  

•    Accrued but unpaid utility costs

  
  

•    Accrued but unpaid freight delivery and receipt costs

  
  

•    Accrued but unpaid membership dues

  
  

•    Accrued but unpaid professional service costs including, but not limited to attorneys, accountants, and consultants

  
  

•    Accrued but unpaid costs for services and goods received

  
  

•    Accrued repairs and maintenance/shutdown costs

  
  

•    Accrued moving expenses

  
  

•    Accrued manufacturing expenses

  
  

•    Accrued other sundry liabilities

  
  

•    Accrued asset retirement obligations recorded in compliance with FAS 143 which were previously carried on the corporate books

  
  

•    The market value of outstanding metal and utility contracts or other derivative instruments related to the ongoing operation of the business, net of required broker deposits

  
  

•    Excludes items retained by the Seller

     (34,453,000

Negotiated Fixed Adjustment

        2,600,000   
      $ 581,154,000   
     

 

 

 

Note #1 - Special Accounts Receivable indemnity: As provided for in Article IX of the Purchase Agreement, the Seller is providing an indemnity for Uncollectible Accounts, subject to a $1,000,000 deductible; as such, the reserve for bad debts will be stated at $1,000,000 at closing consistent with the amount reflected in net receivables above.

 

2


Note # 2- Prepaid expenses or accrued liabilities, as appropriate, will include the market value of outstanding metal contracts or any other derivative instruments, net of any broker deposits (to the extent such deposits are transferred to the Purchaser).

Note #3- For the avoidance of doubt, the Seller will retain the liabilities for outstanding checks which have not cleared against the Seller’s accounts on or prior to the date of Closing.

Note #4 - The Purchaser will prepare the Statement and Closing Working Capital in the same manner, using the same methods, as the corresponding line items of the Working Capital Amount. In addition, the following principles will be followed in preparing the Closing Working Capital.

 

   

Raw materials metals inventory will be valued at its market price at Closing as described above.

 

   

Allowance for doubtful accounts will be $1,000,000, consistent with Note #1.

 

   

Prepaid expenses will exclude prepaid insurance.

 

   

Accrued vacation expenses previously included on the Seller’s corporate books will be recorded on the Business’s books measured on a consistent basis with that liability included in accrued liabilities above.

 

   

Accrued asset retirement obligations previously recorded on the Seller’s corporate books will be recorded on the Business’s books.

 

   

Accrued incentive related expenses will be retained by the Seller and will be zero.

 

   

Accrued medical expenses will be retained by the Seller and will be zero or otherwise will be included at the same amount as reflected in net working capital above if other than zero.

 

   

Accrued thrift plan or pension contributions will be retained by the Seller and will be zero.

 

   

The Negotiated Fixed Adjustment will be zero.

 

3


EXHIBIT G

Arrangements Pending Subdivision of Real Property; Easements

As “Owned Property” includes portions of the Seller’s East Alton, Illinois facility (the “ East Alton Facility ”; the portion of the East Alton Facility that is Owned Property is referred to as the “ Transferable East Alton Real Property” and the portion of the East Alton Facility that is not Owned Property is referred to as the “Excluded East Alton Real Property”), it is the intent of the parties that the Transferable East Alton Real Property be subdivided (at the Purchaser’s sole cost and expense) whether pursuant to formal subdivision procedures required by local Law or possibly accomplished as an informal subdivision permitted under local Law, in either case so as to have the East Alton Owned Real Property constitute one or more separate tax lots distinct from the Excluded East Alton Real Property. Such subdivision, whether by formal subdivision procedure or other informal subdivision procedure permitted under local Law, resulting in the establishment of the East Alton Owned Real Property as one or more separate tax lots is referred to as the “ Subdivision ”. The cost of any improvements, alterations or additions legally required to be made on the Transferable East Alton Real Property in order to accomplish the Subdivision, as reasonably agreed to by the Purchaser and the Seller, shall be equally borne by the Purchaser, on the one hand, and the Seller, on the other hand.

The Seller has advised the Purchaser that it is unlikely that the Subdivision can be accomplished prior to the Closing. However, the Seller shall use commercially reasonable efforts to effectuate the Subdivision prior to Closing in a manner reasonably agreed to by the Purchaser and the Seller; provided that, notwithstanding any provision in the Purchase Agreement dated as of October 15, 2007 (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), between the Purchaser and the Seller to the contrary (including Sections 1.01 and 1.04(a) of the Purchase Agreement, the failure to accomplish the Subdivision prior to the Closing and the consequent inability of the Seller to convey fee ownership of the Transferable East Alton Real Property or any circumstances resulting therefrom shall not, absent the failure of the Seller to so use commercially reasonable efforts, constitute a material adverse effect on the Purchaser, on the Seller or on the Business, a breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement under the Purchase Agreement or any certificate delivered pursuant to the Purchase Agreement or failure of any condition under the Purchase Agreement.

If the Subdivision has not been accomplished prior to the Closing for any reason, at the Closing:

  1. The Seller shall lease all of the land of the Transferable East Alton Real Property to the Purchaser pursuant to a triple net lease (the “ East Alton Lease ”) which shall be for a term of 99 years at a fixed annual rent of $1 per year. The East Alton Lease shall contain a covenant by the Seller, in its capacity as landlord thereunder, that the Seller’s interest in the East Alton Lease and the Seller’s fee ownership of the land of the Transferable East Alton Real Property shall remain vested in the Seller or one of its subsidiaries during the term of the East Alton Lease. The East Alton Lease shall, with respect to the Purchaser, in its capacity as tenant thereunder, to the extent not set forth in this Exhibit G, impose

 


upon the Purchaser all the obligations, and afford the Purchaser all the rights, with respect to the land of the Transferable East Alton Real Property as would customarily be found in triple net lease. The East Alton Lease shall afford the Purchaser free and unrestricted rights of assignment, subletting, alteration, use, development and all other rights with respect to the Transferable East Alton Real Property and the leasehold interest therein, the intent being that the Purchaser shall be the beneficial and economic owner of the land of the Transferable East Alton Real Property, and shall have all rights and obligations accruing with respect to the Transferable East Alton Real Property, except for the fact that record title to the land thereof will be held by the Seller or one of its subsidiaries. The Seller shall also covenant in the East Alton Lease not to mortgage or otherwise encumber the land of the Transferable East Alton Real Property or any residual interest that the Seller may have in and to any Improvements .The East Alton Lease shall further provide that, from and after the Closing, the Purchaser and its subsidiaries shall, jointly and severally, indemnify the Seller Indemnitees against, and hold each of them harmless from, any Loss suffered or incurred by the Seller Indemnities arising from, relating to or otherwise in respect of its ownership of the land of the Transferable East Alton Real Property after the Closing Date (including as a result of the actions or omissions of the Purchaser or its affiliates, contractors, agents or invitees), other than Losses for which Seller indemnifies the Purchaser Indemnitees pursuant to Section 9.02 of the Agreement. The East Alton Lease shall not be terminable for any reason whatsoever (other than a taking by eminent domain of all of the Transferable East Alton Real Property).

2. The Seller shall, at the Closing, convey to the Purchaser fee title to all buildings and improvements (and all fixtures, equipment and machinery forming part thereof) located on the Transferable East Alton Real Property (collectively, as the same may be altered, added to, replaced or otherwise modified, the “ Improvements ”). The Seller shall, at the Closing, execute a non-warranty deed (and all required Transfer Tax forms as may be necessary to enable the deed to be placed of record) conveying title to the Improvements to the Purchaser. All Transfer Taxes and recording fees in connection with such conveyance shall be shared equally, by the Purchaser, on the one hand, and the Seller, on the other hand.

During the term of the East Alton Lease, the Purchaser shall be responsible for the performance of all repairs and maintenance of the Transferable East Alton Real Property (the land and the Improvements) and shall observe and perform all obligations under the East Alton Lease.

The Purchaser shall have the right at any time during the term of the East Alton Lease to proceed to accomplish the Subdivision at the Purchaser’s cost and expense, At the Purchaser’s request, the Seller shall cooperate with the Purchaser to accomplish the Subdivision; provided that such requested cooperation does not unreasonably interfere with the ongoing operations of the Seller and its subsidiaries. Upon the Subdivision being approved, the Seller shall execute a non-warranty deed (and

 

2


all required Transfer Tax forms as may be necessary to enable the deed to be placed of record) conveying title to the land of the Transferable East Alton Real Property to the Purchaser .All Transfer Taxes and recording fees in connection with such conveyance shall be shared equally, by the Purchaser, on the one hand, and the Seller, on the other hand.

From and after the Closing, upon the request of either party, the other party shall grant any easement or right of way that is necessary (in the reasonable judgment of the parties) for the continued operation of the business of such party and its subsidiaries (consistent with the level, manner and type of usage as of the Closing Date); provided that the foregoing shall not require the granting of any easement or right of way if such easement or right of way would unreasonably disrupt the normal operation of the granting party or its affiliates.

 

3


EXHIBIT H

Balance Sheet

 


EXHIBIT I

Transferred Assets and Transferred Liabilities; Excluded Assets and Excluded Liabilities

Transferred Assets

All the assets, properties, goodwill and rights of whatever kind and nature, real or personal, tangible or intangible, that are owned by or leased to the Seller or its subsidiaries (including the Subsidiary Transferors but excluding the Transferred Entities) and exclusively or primarily used in, exclusively or primarily held for use by or exclusively or primarily relating to the Business, including the following assets and properties but excluding the Excluded Assets:

(a) all accounts receivable arising out of the operation or conduct of the Business;

(b) (i) all raw materials, work-in-process, finished goods, supplies, parts, spare parts, packaging materials and all other inventories and supplies that are owned by the Seller or its subsidiaries (other than the Transferred Entities) on the Closing Date and that, on the Closing Date, are located on the Transferred Real Properties described in clause (d) below; provided that the foregoing shall not include raw materials, work-in-process, finished goods, supplies, parts, spare parts, packaging materials and other inventories and supplies owned by the Seller or its subsidiaries (other than the Transferred Entities) that are being stored on a Transferred Real Property pursuant to the terms of the Transition Services Agreement only to the extent such amounts are also not included in the Statement and (ii) all other raw materials, work-in-process, finished goods and products, supplies, parts, spare parts and other inventories and supplies (including in transit, on consignment or in the possession of any third party) that are owned by the Seller or its subsidiaries (including the Subsidiary Transferors but excluding the Transferred Entities) on the Closing Date and exclusively or primarily used in the operation or conduct of the Business;

(c) all other tangible personal property and interests therein, including all machinery, equipment, furniture, furnishings, fixtures, computers and vehicles, that are owned by or leased to the Seller or its subsidiaries (including the Subsidiary Transferors but excluding the Transferred Entities) on the Closing Date and exclusively or primarily used in the operation or conduct of the Business;

(d) all Transferred Real Properties that are owned by or leased to the Seller or its subsidiaries (including the Subsidiary Transferors but excluding the Transferred Entities) on the Closing Date;

(e) all Transferred Intellectual Property and all Transferred Technology that is owned by or licensed to the Seller or its subsidiaries (including the Subsidiary Transferors but excluding the Transferred Entities) on the Closing Date including the Intellectual Property set forth on Section 3.08 (a) of the Seller Letter, but excluding the Seller Retained Trademarks;

 


(f) all Contracts to which the Seller or its subsidiaries (including the Subsidiary Transferors but excluding the Transferred Entities) are a party or by which the Seller or its subsidiaries (including the Subsidiary Transferors but excluding the Transferred Entities) are bound that are exclusively or primarily used in, or that arise exclusively or primarily out of, the operation or conduct of the Business (the “ Other Business Contracts ”);

(g) to the extent permitted by applicable Law, all Permits and other governmental authorizations issued or granted exclusively or primarily in connection with the Business to the Seller or its subsidiaries (including the Subsidiary Transferors but excluding the Transferred Entities);

(h) all assets with respect to any Seller Benefit Plan that (i) are transferred to any employee benefit plan maintained by the Purchaser or its affiliates as expressly provided in Section 5.08 or (ii) transfer automatically to the Purchaser or its affiliates in connection with the assumption of any Assumed Benefit Plan;

(i) all rights, claims and credits to the extent relating to any other Transferred Asset or any Transferred Liability, including any such items arising under guarantees, warranties, indemnities and similar rights in favor of the Seller or its subsidiaries (including the Subsidiary Transferors but excluding the Transferred Entities) in respect of any such Transferred Asset or any Transferred Liability;

(j) all original agreements, documents, books, records, ledgers, original Tax Returns, files and other materials (in any form or medium), including records and files stored on computer disks or tapes or any other storage medium (collectively, “ Records ”) of the Seller or its subsidiaries (including the Subsidiary Transferors but excluding the Transferred Entities) exclusively or primarily relating to the Business (including all advertising matter, catalogues, price lists, correspondence, mailing lists, lists of customers, distribution lists, photographs, production data, sales and promotional materials and records, purchasing materials and records, personnel records, manufacturing and quality control records and procedures, blueprints, research and development files, data books, media materials and plates, accounting records and sales order files exclusively or primarily relating to the Business), other than (i) original consolidated, combined or unitary Tax Returns, (ii) Records prepared in connection with the Acquisition, including bids received from other persons and analyses relating to the Business, (iii) file copies of the Records retained by the Seller, (iv) personnel records to the extent they may not be transferred in accordance with applicable Law and (v) all financial and Tax records relating to the Business to the extent that they constitute a part of the Seller’s or any of its affiliate’s general ledger;

(k) all prepaid expenses, advance payments and security deposits exclusively or primarily relating to the Business excluding (i) such of the foregoing that will not benefit the Purchaser and (ii) deposits relating to commodity agreements entered into in connection with the Business’ inventory reduction program;

(l) all rights to causes of action, lawsuits, judgments, claims and demands of any nature available to or being pursued by the Seller or its subsidiaries (including the Subsidiary Transferors but excluding the Transferred Entities) to the extent relating to the Business or the ownership, use, function or value of any Transferred Asset, whether arising by way of counterclaim or otherwise;

 

2


(m) all rights of the Seller or its subsidiaries (other than the Transferred Entities) under any confidentiality agreement entered into in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and

(n) all goodwill generated by or associated with the Business.

Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else in this Agreement to the contrary, “Transferred Assets” shall not include (i) the assets, properties, goodwill or rights set forth in Section 1.02(a) of the Seller Letter and such items shall be deemed “Excluded Assets”.

Transferred Liabilities

All the liabilities, obligations and commitments of the Seller and its subsidiaries (including the Subsidiary Transferors but excluding the Transferred Entities) to the extent related to the Business, including the following liabilities but excluding the Excluded Liabilities:

(a) all accounts payable arising out of the operation or conduct of the Business to the extent such amounts are reflected in the Statement as finally determined pursuant to Section 1.05;

(b) all liabilities, obligations and commitments under the Other Business Contracts;

(c) all liabilities, obligations or commitments to the extent they relate to or arise out of any Transferred Asset, or to the extent they arise out of the ownership or operation by the Purchaser and its subsidiaries of any Transferred Asset or to the extent they are associated with the realization of benefits of any Transferred Asset;

(d) all liabilities, obligations and commitments to the extent such amounts are reflected in the Statement as finally determined pursuant to Section 1.05;

(e) all liabilities, obligations and commitments set forth in Section 1.01(b ) of the Seller Letter;

(f) all employment and employee benefits-related liabilities, obligations, commitments, claims and losses relating to (i) the Transferred Employees (or any dependent or beneficiary of any Transferred Employee) that (A) arise out of or are incurred on or after 12:01 a.m. on the relevant Transfer Date, (B) the Purchaser or its affiliates have specifically agreed to assume pursuant to this Agreement, (C) relate to an Assumed Benefit Plan or Assumed Benefit Agreement, (D) transfer automatically to the Purchaser or its affiliates under applicable non-U.S. Law or as a result of the transfer of the Transferred Entities to the Purchaser or (E) are reflected in the Statement or (ii) the failure of the Purchaser or its affiliates to offer employment to any Business Employee in accordance with Section 5.08 (clauses (i) and (ii), collectively, the “ Covered Employee Liabilities ”);

 

3


(g) any liability, obligation or commitment to the extent arising out of any claim, suit, action or other proceeding (whether now known or pending or arising after the date of this Agreement) related to any litigation, general liability, auto liability, workers’ compensation, product warranty or product liability of the Business (including any Pre-Closing Accrued Liability) in respect of events occurring on or prior to the Closing (it being understood that such matters are addressed by Section 9.03 (i));

(h) any liability or obligation under Environmental Law in connection with the Business, including the operation thereof (other than any Pre-Closing Environmental Matters), to the extent arising out of actions, events or failures to act occurring prior to the Closing or arising out of conditions existing on or prior to the Closing, including any liability or obligation under Environmental Law to investigate or remediate any Release of Hazardous Materials, in connection with the operation of the Business, occurring on or prior to the Closing (it being understood that such matters are addressed by Section 9.03(e)) (it being understood that any liability, obligation or commitment to the extent it arises out of the ownership or operation of any real property or interests in real property that are or were owned or operated by or leased to the Seller or its subsidiaries (other than the Transferred real Properties) shall be an Excluded Liability);

(i) all other liabilities, obligations and commitments to the extent arising out of the operation or conduct of the Business after the Closing Date.

Excluded Assets

All the following assets, properties, goodwill and rights of whatever kind and nature, real or personal, tangible or intangible, that are owned by or leased to the Seller or its subsidiaries:

(j) all assets, properties, goodwill and rights set forth in Section 1.02(a) of the Seller Letter;

(k) all cash and cash equivalents, except to the extent reflected in the Closing Working Capital;

(l) all rights, claims and credits to the extent relating to any other Excluded Asset or any Excluded Liability, including any such items arising under insurance policies, guarantees, warranties, indemnities and similar rights in respect of any such Excluded Asset or any Excluded Liability;

(m) except as otherwise specifically provided in Section 5.08 or for assets that transfer automatically to the Purchaser or its affiliates in connection with the assumption of any Assumed Benefit Plan, all the assets of and all the assets relating to the Seller Benefit Plans;

 

4


(n) all rights of the Seller under this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements;

(o) all current and prior insurance policies and all rights of any nature with respect thereto, including all insurance recoveries thereunder and rights to assert claims with respect to any such insurance recoveries;

(p) (i) all original consolidated, combined or unitary Tax Returns, (ii) Records prepared in connection with the Acquisition, including bids received from other persons and analyses relating to the Business and (iii) file copies of the Records retained by the Seller;

(q) all rights of the Seller or its affiliates (including the Transferred Entities) under any confidentiality (other than confidentiality agreements with other potential acquisitions of the Business which shall be Transferred Assets ), non-use or similar Contract with any employee or contractor of the Seller or its affiliates but only to the extent that such rights relate to any business other than the Business;

(r) all financial and Tax records relating to the Business to the extent that they constitute a part of the Seller’s or any of its affiliate’s general ledger;

(s) deposits relating to commodity agreements entered into in connection with the Business’ inventory reduction program;

(t) the assets deemed Excluded Assets pursuant to the last paragraph under the caption “Transferred Assets” in this Exhibit; and

(u) any Tax Assets for the account of the Seller pursuant to Section 5.05(d).

Excluded Liabilities

All the following liabilities, obligations and commitments of the Seller and its subsidiaries (including the Transferred Entities) whether or not related to the Business and whether or not disclosed in the Seller Letter:

(v) each liability, obligation or commitment to the extent arising out of the operation or conduct by the Seller or its subsidiaries of any business other than the Business;

(w) each liability, obligation or commitment identified in Section 1.02(a) of the Seller Letter;

(x) each liability, obligation or commitment to the extent it relates to or that arises out of any Excluded Asset, or to the extent it arises out of the distribution to, or ownership or operation by, the Seller of any Excluded Asset or to the extent it is associated with the realization of the benefits of any Excluded Asset;

 

5


(y) Pre-Closing Environmental Matters;

(z) all employment and employee benefits-related liabilities, obligations, commitments, claims and losses relating to employees of the Seller, its affiliates or any Seller Commonly Controlled Entity, other than the Covered Employee Liabilities;

(aa) each liability, obligation or commitment for Taxes imposed upon the Seller or attributable to the Transferred Assets for periods up to and including the Closing Date;

(bb) all indebtedness of the Business and/or the Transferred Entities, other than indebtedness owed by one Transferred Entity to another Transferred Entity;

(cc) all liabilities arising from the breach of any non-competition obligations of Seller or the Subsidiary Transferors set forth in any contracts being transferred to the Purchaser pursuant to the terms of this Agreement; and

(dd) all accounts payable arising out of the operation or conduct of the Business to the extent in excess of amounts with respect to accounts payable reflected in the Statement as finally determined pursuant to Section 1.05 (including all amounts owed to the US Mint that are more than 60 days past due as of the Closing Date).

 

6


Knowledge of the Seller; Knowledge of the Purchaser

Seller’s knowledge

Thomas G. Baker

Stephen C. Curley (with respect to tax and insurance matters)

Devin K. Denner

Dolores J. Ennico (with respect to benefits human resources and other employee matters)

John E. Fischer

Naoroze S. Gandhi (with respect to suppliers and purchasing matters)

G. Bruce Greer

Jeffrey J. Haferkamp

James H. Hellrich (with respect to information technology matters)

Patrick G. Kelly

Dennis R. McGough (with respect to benefits human resources and other employee matters)

John A. Moritz

George H. Pain

Curt M. Richards (with respect to environmental matters)

Peter W. Robinson (with respect to intellectual property matters)

Joseph D. Rupp

Todd A. Slater

Theodore A. Zimmermann

Purchaser’s knowledge

Michael Psaros

Kevin Madden

John Walker

Satya Ponnuru

 

Exhibit 10.2

EXECUTION VERSION

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT dated as of the 31st day of October 2008 (this “ Agreement ”), by and between Global Brass and Copper, Inc., (the “ Company ”), a Delaware corporation, and John Walker (the “ Executive ”), an individual.

WHEREAS , on November 19, 2007, Olin Corporation, a corporation organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia, (“ Olin ”) sold the assets relating to Olin’s metal business to the Company or one or more of its subsidiaries, pursuant to a purchase agreement dated as of October 15, 2007 (the “ Purchase Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS , in connection with the consummation of the transaction contemplated by the Purchase Agreement, the Company desires to enter into an employment agreement with the Executive; and

WHEREAS , subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, the Company desires to employ the Executive to serve in the capacity of Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Executive desires to accept such employment with the Company on the basis set forth in this Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual promises, terms, provisions and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Employment . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Company hereby offers and the Executive hereby accepts employment.

2. Term . Subject to earlier termination or extension as hereinafter provided, the Executive’s employment hereunder shall be for a term of three (3) years, commencing on October 15, 2007 (the “ Effective Date ”), and shall be automatically extended for one additional year commencing on the first anniversary of the Effective Date and, if initially extended, on each successive anniversary of the Effective Date, unless either party provides notice to the other at least sixty (60) days prior to the first anniversary and if initially extended, the next succeeding anniversary that the Agreement is not to be extended. The term of this Agreement, as from time to time extended or renewed, is hereafter referred to as the “ Employment Term ”.

3. Capacity and Performance .

(a) During the Employment Term, the Executive shall serve the Company as its Chief Executive Officer. The Executive will report directly to the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”).

(b) During the Employment Term, the Executive shall be employed by the Company on a full-time basis and shall perform such duties and responsibilities on behalf of the Company and its Affiliates (as defined in Section 12 below) as may be designated from time to time by the Board.


(c) During the Employment Term, the Executive shall devote his full business time and his best efforts, business judgment, skill and knowledge exclusively to the advancement of the business and interests of the Company and its Affiliates and to the discharge of his duties and responsibilities hereunder. The Executive shall not engage in any other business activity or serve in any industry, trade, professional, governmental or academic position during the term of this Agreement, except as may be expressly approved in advance by the Board in writing or as otherwise provided in Section 8(b) below.

4. Compensation and Benefits . As compensation for all services performed by the Executive under and during the Employment Term and subject to performance of the Executive’s duties and of the obligations of the Executive to the Company and its Affiliates, pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, the Executive will be entitled to the following:

(a) Base Salary . During the Employment Term, the Company shall pay the Executive a base salary at the rate of $770,000 per annum, payable in accordance with the payroll practices of the Company for its executives. Such base salary, as the same may from time to time be increased at the discretion of the Company, is hereafter referred to as the “Base Salary”.

(b) Incentive Bonus Compensation . During the Employment Term, the Executive shall be eligible to participate in the Company’s annual incentive bonus plan which shall include a target bonus for Executive set at 100% of Base Salary (the “ Target Bonus ”), such percentage being applied on a pro rata basis if the Executive’s Base Salary changes during a particular compensation period. The amount of such bonus, if any, shall be based on achievement of criteria established by the Board and consistent with the business plan of the Company for that year as such business plan is adopted by the Board after consultation with the Executive and such criteria shall be communicated to the Executive in writing within ninety (90) days of the beginning of the fiscal year for which the bonus is measured (each year’s award pursuant to this Section 4(b) shall hereinafter be referred to as the “ Bonus ”). For the avoidance of doubt, the Executive shall be eligible to receive a full bonus for calendar year 2008 upon achievement of the applicable criteria and the criteria upon which such bonus shall be based have already been communicated to the Executive as of the date hereof. The Executive shall also be eligible to receive a pro rata bonus for the portion of calendar year 2009 prior to commencement of the Company’s next fiscal year, to the extent that the Company is not a calendar year taxpayer during 2009, except to the extent that any such pro rata bonus would result in a duplication of the bonus amount which the Executive is eligible to receive, and the criteria upon which such bonus shall be based shall be communicated to the Executive in writing within thirty (30) days of the date hereof.

(c) Equity Awards . The Executive shall receive a profits interests award with respect to up to 7% of the equity value of the Company pursuant to and in accordance with the Halkos Holdings, LLC Executive Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), adopted by the Management Committee of Halkos Holdings, LLC (“ Parent ”), the ultimate parent of the Company, within thirty (30) days of the date first set forth above, which award shall be evidenced by a profits interest award agreement (the “ Award Agreement ”) with the terms and conditions and in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.

 

-2-


(d) Vacations . During the Employment Term, the Executive shall be entitled to four (4) weeks of vacation per year, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Company’s vacation policy applicable to exempt employees, as amended from time to time.

(e) Other Benefits . During the Employment Term and subject to any contribution therefor generally required from executives of the Company, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in any and all Board approved employee benefit plans from time to time in effect, including if applicable any (i) health, disability and welfare plans (excluding the Company’s medical plan), (ii) life insurance plans, (iii) retirement plans and (iv) paid-time-off policies, in each case on the same basis as made available to the Company’s senior executives, except to the extent such plans are in a category of benefits otherwise provided to the Executive (e.g., severance pay). Such participation shall be subject to the terms of the applicable plan documents and generally applicable Company policies. The Company may alter, modify, terminate, add to or delete any of its employee benefit plans at any time as the Company, in its sole judgment, determines to be appropriate, without recourse by the Executive.

(f) Business Expenses . The Company shall pay or reimburse the Executive for all reasonable, customary and necessary business expenses incurred or paid by the Executive in the performance of his duties and responsibilities hereunder, subject to any maximum annual limit and other restrictions on such expenses set by the Company and to such reasonable substantiation and documentation requirements as may be specified by the Company from time to time.

5. Termination of Employment and Severance Benefits . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2 hereof, the Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate prior to the expiration of the Employment Term under the following circumstances:

(a) Death . In the event of the Executive’s death during the Employment Term, the Executive’s employment hereunder shall immediately and automatically terminate. In such event, the Company shall pay to the Executive’s designated beneficiary or, if no beneficiary has been designated by the Executive, to his estate, (i) the Base Salary earned but not paid through the date of termination, (ii) pay for any vacation time earned but not used through the date of termination, (iii) any earned but unpaid Bonus for any calendar or fiscal year preceding the year of termination and (iv) any business expenses incurred by the Executive but un-reimbursed on the date of termination, provided that such expenses and required substantiation and documentation thereof are submitted within thirty (30) days of termination and that such expenses are reimbursable under Company policy (all of the foregoing, “ Final Compensation ”). Except as provided in this Section 5(a), the Company shall have no further obligation to the Executive or Executive’s heirs hereunder in the event of the Executive’s death.

(b) Disability .

(i) The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder, upon notice to the Executive, in the event that the Executive becomes incapacitated during the Employment Term through any illness, injury, accident or condition of either a physical or psychological nature and, as a result, is unable to perform the essential functions of his position, for ninety (90) consecutive calendar days or an aggregate of one hundred twenty (120) calendar days during any period of three hundred and sixty-five (365) consecutive calendar days (such

 

-3-


incapacity is hereinafter referred to as “ Disability ”). In the event of termination of the Executive by the Company for Disability, the Company shall have no further obligation to the Executive, other than for payment of Final Compensation.

(ii) The Company may designate another employee to act in the Executive’s place during any period of the Executive’s Disability. Notwithstanding any such designation, the Executive shall continue to receive the Base Salary in accordance with Section 4(a) and benefits in accordance with Section 4(e) until the termination of his employment. For the avoidance of doubt, such payment of Base Salary shall be offset by payments for disability benefits pursuant to any Company paid short or long term disability benefit plan, if applicable.

(iii) If any question shall arise as to whether Disability exists during the Employment Term, the Executive may, and at the request of the Company shall, submit to a medical examination by a physician selected by the Company to determine whether the Executive is so Disabled and such determination shall for the purposes of this Agreement be conclusive of the issue. If such question shall arise and the Executive shall fail to submit to such medical examination, the Company’s determination of the issue shall be binding on the Executive.

(c) By the Company for Cause . The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder for Cause (as defined in this Section 5(c) below) at any time upon notice to the Executive setting forth in reasonable detail the nature of such Cause. In the event of such termination, the Company shall have no further obligation to the Executive, other than for payment of Base Salary earned but not paid through the date of termination. The following shall constitute “ Cause ” for termination:

(i) committing fraud or gross negligence that, in the case of gross negligence, has a material adverse effect on the business or financial condition of the Company;

(ii) making a willful material misrepresentation to the Board;

(iii) refusing to comply with any material obligations under the Agreement or to comply with a reasonable and lawful instruction of the Board;

(iv) engaging in any conduct or committing any act that is, in the reasonable opinion of the Board, materially injurious or detrimental to the substantial interest of the Company;

(v) being convicted of, or entry of a pleading of guilty or no contest to any (i) felony, (ii) lesser crime of which fraud or dishonesty is a material element or (iii) crime of moral turpitude; and

(vi) failing to comply with any material obligations under the Agreement or with any written rules, regulations, policies or procedures of the Company furnished to the Executive that, if not complied with, could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business of the Company;

 

-4-


provided, however, that with respect to clauses (iv) and (vi) a termination by the Company for Cause shall be effective only if, within thirty (30) days following the delivery of a notice of termination for Cause by the Company to the Executive, the Executive has failed to cure (if reasonably capable of cure within such thirty (30) day period) any unintentional occurrence which gave rise to Cause.

(d) By the Company Without Cause . The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder without Cause at any time upon notice to the Executive. In the event of such termination, in addition to Final Compensation and provided that no benefits are payable to the Executive under a separate severance agreement or an executive severance plan as a result of such termination, then until the conclusion of a period equal to twenty four (24) months following the date of termination (the “ Salary Continuation Period ”), the Company shall continue to pay the Executive the Base Salary at the rate in effect on the date of termination. Any Base Salary to which the Executive is entitled pursuant to this Section 5(d) shall be payable in accordance with the normal payroll practices of the Company and will begin at the Company’s next regular payroll period, but shall be retroactive to next business day following the date of termination.

(e) By the Executive For Good Reason . Except under the circumstances specified in Sections 2, 5(a), 5(b), 5(c) and 5(d) above, the Executive may terminate his employment for “Good Reason”. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Good Reason ” means without the Executive’s consent: (i) the Company’s failure to continue Executive in the position of CEO, (ii) the requirement that Executive report to an individual or body other than the Board, (iii) a material diminution in the Executive’s position with the Company or the duties and responsibilities associated with such position (iv) reduction of Executive’s Base Salary or annual Target Bonus opportunity, (v) the Company’s requiring the Executive to relocate to an office more than fifty (50) miles from both the city of Chicago, Illinois and the Executive’s primary place of residence on the date of termination, or (vi) delivery by the Company of a notice not to renew the Employment Term of this Agreement under Section 2. Notwithstanding the above, the events described in clauses (i) through (vi) above shall not constitute Good Reason unless the Executive notifies the Company in writing within 30 days of the initial event giving rise to Good Reason and the Company has failed to cure the circumstances giving rise to Good Reason within 30 days following such notice by the Executive (the “ Cure Period ”). If the Company fails to so cure prior to the expiration of the Cure Period, then the Executive may terminate his employment for Good Reason. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Executive is offered the same position with a successor corporation the Executive shall not be entitled to terminate his employment for Good Reason and shall not be entitled to any pay or benefits pursuant to this Section 5(e). For the further avoidance of doubt, the Executive hereby acknowledges that as of the date hereof no circumstances exist which entitle the Executive to terminate his employment for Good Reason. In the event of termination in accordance with this Section 5(e), and provided that no benefits are payable to the Executive under a separate severance agreement or an executive severance plan as a result of such termination, then the Executive will be entitled to the same pay and benefits he would have been entitled to receive had the Executive been terminated by the Company without Cause in accordance with Section 5(d) above; provided that the Executive satisfies all conditions to such entitlement. The parties agree that payment of the amounts specified in Section 5(e) above shall constitute liquidated damages for any default or breach by the Company pursuant to

 

-5-


this section and shall satisfy any liability of the Company to Executive in respect of such default or breach.

(f) By the Executive without Good Reason . The Executive may terminate his employment hereunder at any time upon sixty (60) days’ notice to the Company, unless such termination would violate any obligation of the Executive to the Company under a separate severance agreement. In the event of termination of the Executive pursuant to this Section 5(f), the Company may elect to waive the period of notice, or any portion thereof, and, if the Company so elects, the Company will pay the Executive his Base Salary for the notice period (or for any remaining portion of the period). In such event, the Company shall have no further obligation to the Executive, other than for any Final Compensation due to him.

(g) Post-Agreement Employment; Non-Renewal of Employment . For the avoidance of doubt, if the Company timely delivers a notice of non-renewal to the Executive, then the termination of the Executive’s employment at the end of the term of this Agreement shall be treated the same as a termination by the Executive with Good Reason under Section 5(e). If the Executive delivers a notice of non-renewal to the Company, then the termination of the Executive’s employment at the end of the term of this Agreement shall be treated the same as a termination by the Executive without Good Reason under Section 5(e). In the event the Executive remains in the employ of the Company or any of its Affiliates following termination of this Agreement, by the expiration of the Employment Term or otherwise, then such employment shall be at will.

6. Effect of Termination . Except as expressly stated to the contrary, the provisions of this Section 6 shall apply to termination either due to the expiration of the Employment Term, pursuant to Section 5 or otherwise.

(a) Payment by the Company of any Base Salary that may be due to the Executive under the applicable termination provision of Section 5 shall constitute the entire obligation of the Company to the Executive. The Executive shall promptly give the Company notice of all facts necessary for the Company to determine the amount and duration of its obligations in connection with any termination pursuant to Section 5(e) hereof.

(b) Benefits shall terminate pursuant to the terms of the applicable benefit plans based on the date of termination of the Executive’s employment without regard to any continuation of Base Salary or other payment to the Executive following such date of termination.

(c) Provisions of this Agreement shall survive any termination if so provided herein or if necessary or desirable to accomplish the purposes of other surviving provisions, including without limitation the obligations of the Executive under Sections 7 and 8 hereof. The obligation of the Company to make payments to or on behalf of the Executive under Section 5(d) or 5(e) hereof is expressly conditioned upon the Executive’s continued full performance of obligations under Sections 7 and 8 hereof. The Executive recognizes that, except as expressly provided in Section 5(d) and 5(e), no compensation is earned after termination of Executive’s employment.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Executive acknowledges and agrees that any and all payments, other than payment of any Final

 

-6-


Compensation to which the Executive is entitled under this Agreement are conditioned upon and subject to the Executive’s execution of a general waiver and release of claims in such form as prepared by the Company.

7. Confidential Information .

(a) The Executive acknowledges that the Company and its Affiliates continually develop Confidential Information (as defined in Section 12 below), that the Executive may develop Confidential Information for the Company or its Affiliates and that the Executive may learn of Confidential Information during the course of his employment. The Executive will comply with the policies and procedures of the Company and its Affiliates for protecting Confidential Information and shall not disclose to any Person (as defined in Section 12 below) or use, other than as required by applicable law or for the proper performance of his duties and responsibilities to the Company and its Affiliates, any Confidential Information obtained by the Executive incident to his employment or other association with the Company or any of its Affiliates. The Executive understands that this restriction shall continue to apply after his employment terminates, regardless of the reason for such termination.

(b) All documents, records, tapes and other media of every kind and description relating to the business, present or otherwise, of the Company or its Affiliates and any copies, in whole or in part, thereof (the “ Documents ”), whether or not prepared by the Executive, shall be the sole and exclusive property of the Company and its Affiliates. The Executive shall safeguard all Documents and shall surrender to the Company at the time his employment terminates, or at such earlier time or times as the Company may specify, all Documents then in the Executive’s possession or control.

8. Restricted Activities . The Executive agrees that some restrictions on his activities during and after his employment are necessary to protect the goodwill, Confidential Information and other legitimate interests of the Company and its Affiliates:

(a) While the Executive is employed by the Company and for twenty four (24) months after his employment terminates (in the aggregate, the “ Non-Competition Period ”), the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, whether as owner, partner, investor, consultant, agent, employee, co-venturer or otherwise, compete with the Company or any of its Affiliates in any location where the Company or its Affiliates conducts business or undertake any planning for any business competitive with the Company or any of its Affiliates. Specifically, but without limiting the foregoing, the Executive agrees not to engage in any manner in any activity that is directly or indirectly competitive or potentially competitive with the business of the Company or any of its Affiliates as conducted or under consideration at any time during the Executive’s employment. Restricted activity includes without limitation, accepting employment or a consulting position with any direct competitor of the business of the Company or any of its Affiliates. For the purposes of this Section 8, the business of the Company and its Affiliates shall include all Products (as defined in Section 12 below) and the Executive’s undertaking shall encompass all items, products and services that may be used in substitution for Products.

(b) The Executive agrees that, during his employment with the Company, he will not undertake any outside activity, whether or not competitive with the business of the Company or

 

-7-


its Affiliates, that could reasonably give rise to a conflict of interest or otherwise interfere with his duties and obligations to the Company or any of its Affiliates, except as may be approved from time to time by the Board. The parties agree that the Executive may continue to engage in the board memberships and consulting activities which are set forth on Exhibit B attached hereto, so long as such engagements do not, and could not reasonably, give rise to a conflict of interests or otherwise interfere with the Executive’s duties and obligations to the Company or any affiliates.

(c) The Executive further agrees that while he is employed by the Company and during the Non-Competition Period, the Executive will not, directly or indirectly, (i) hire or attempt to hire any employee or consultant of the Company or any of its Affiliates or any Person who was an employee or consultant of the Company or any of its Affiliates at any time during the six (6) months preceding the date of such activity, (ii) assist in such hiring by any Person, (iii) encourage any such employee or consultant to terminate his relationship with the Company or any of its Affiliates, or (iv) solicit or encourage any customer or vendor of the Company or any of its Affiliates to terminate or diminish its relationship with them or, in the case of a customer, to conduct with any Person any business or activity which such customer conducts or could conduct with the Company or any of its Affiliates.

9. Notification Requirement . Through and up to the conclusion of the Non-Competition Period, the Executive shall give notice to the Company of each new business activity he plans to undertake, at least seven (7) days prior to beginning any such activity. Such notice shall state the name and address of the Person for whom such activity is undertaken and the nature of the Executive’s business relationship(s) and position(s) with such Person. The Executive shall provide the Company with such other pertinent information concerning such business activity as the Company may reasonably request in order to determine the Executive’s continued compliance with his obligations under Sections 7 and 8 hereof.

10. Enforcement of Covenants . The Executive acknowledges that he has carefully read and considered all the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the restraints imposed upon him pursuant to Sections 7 and 8 hereof. The Executive agrees that said restraints are necessary for the reasonable and proper protection of the Company and its Affiliates and that each and every one of the restraints is reasonable in respect of subject matter, length of time and geographic area. The Executive further acknowledges that, were he to breach any of the covenants contained in Sections 7 or 8 hereof, the damage to the Company would be irreparable. The Executive therefore agrees that the Company, in addition to any other remedies available to it, shall be entitled to preliminary and permanent injunctive relief against any breach or threatened breach by the Executive of any of said covenants, without having to post bond. The parties further agree that, in the event that any provision of Section 7 or 8 hereof shall be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable by reason of its being extended over too great a time, too large a geographic area or too great a range of activities, such provision shall be deemed to be modified to permit its enforcement to the maximum extent permitted by law.

11. Conflicting Agreements . The Executive hereby represents and warrants that the execution of this Agreement and the performance of his obligations hereunder will not breach or be in conflict with any other agreement to which the Executive is a party or is bound and that the

 

-8-


Executive is not now subject to any covenants against competition or similar covenants or any court order or other legal obligation that would affect the performance of his obligations hereunder. The Executive will not disclose or use on behalf of the Company any proprietary information of a third party without such party’s consent.

12. Definitions . Words or phrases which are initially capitalized or are within quotation marks shall have the meanings provided in this Section and as provided elsewhere herein. For purposes of this Agreement, the following definitions apply:

(a) “ Affiliate ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any other Person that, at the time of reference, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. For the purposes of this definition, the term “controls,” “is controlled by” or “under common control with” means possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

(b) “ Confidential Information ” means any and all information of the Company and its Affiliates that is not generally known by others with whom they compete or do business, or with whom any of them plans to compete or do business and any and all information, publicly known in whole or in part or not, which, if disclosed by the Company or its Affiliates would assist in competition against them. Confidential Information includes without limitation such information relating to (i) the development, research, testing, manufacturing, marketing and financial activities of the Company and its Affiliates, (ii) the Products, (iii) the costs, sources of supply, financial performance and strategic plans of the Company and its Affiliates, (iv) the identity and special needs of the customers of the Company and its Affiliates and (v) the people and organizations with whom the Company and its Affiliates have business relationships and those relationships. Confidential Information also includes any information that the Company or any of its Affiliates have received, or may receive hereafter, belonging to customers or others with any understanding, express or implied, that the information would not be disclosed.

(c) “ Person ” means an individual, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a partnership, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization, a governmental authority, an estate, a trust and any other entity or organization, other than the Company or any of its Affiliates.

(d) “ Products ” mean all products planned, researched, developed, tested, manufactured, sold, licensed, leased or otherwise distributed or put into use by the Company or any of its Affiliates, together with all services provided or planned by the Company or any of its Affiliates, during the Executive’s employment.

13. Withholding . All payments made by the Company under this Agreement shall be reduced by any tax or other amounts required to be withheld by the Company under applicable law.

14. Assignment . Neither the Company nor the Executive may make any assignment of this Agreement or any interest herein, by operation of law or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the other; provided, however, that the Company may assign its rights and

 

-9-


obligations under this Agreement without the consent of the Executive in the event that the Company shall hereafter affect a reorganization, consolidate with, or merge into, any Person or transfer all or substantially all of its properties or assets to any Person. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and the Executive, their respective successors, executors, administrators, heirs and permitted assigns.

15. Severability . If any portion or provision of this Agreement shall to any extent be declared illegal or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, then the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such portion or provision in circumstances other than those as to which it is so declared illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each portion and provision of this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

16. Waiver . No waiver of any provision hereof shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by the waiving party. The failure of either party to require the performance of any term or obligation of this Agreement, or the waiver by either party of any breach of this Agreement, shall not prevent any subsequent enforcement of such term or obligation or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach.

17. Notices . Any and all notices, requests, demands and other communications provided for by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be effective when delivered in person or deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, registered or certified, and addressed to the Executive at his last known address on the books of the Company or, in the case of the Company, at its principal place of business, or to such other address as either party may specify by notice to the other actually received.

18. Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the Award Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties and supersedes all prior communications, agreements and understandings, written or oral, with respect to the terms and conditions of the Executive’s employment.

19. Amendment . This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by the Executive and by an expressly authorized representative of the Company.

20. Headings . The headings and captions in this Agreement are for convenience only and in no way define or describe the scope or content of any provision of this Agreement.

21. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

22. Governing Law . This contract shall be construed and enforced under and be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

23. Section 409A .

 

-10-


(a) The parties intend that any amounts payable hereunder that could constitute “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“ Section 409A ”) will be compliant with Section 409A. However, in light of the uncertainty as of the date hereof with respect to the proper application of Section 409A, the Company and Executive agree to negotiate in good faith to make amendments to this Agreement as the parties mutually agree, reasonably and in good faith, are necessary or desirable to avoid the possible imposition of taxes or penalties under Section 409A, while preserving any affected benefit or payment to the extent reasonably practicable without materially increasing the cost to the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Company nor any Affiliate shall have any obligation to indemnify or otherwise hold Executive (or any beneficiary) harmless from any or all of such taxes or penalties.

(b) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event that the Executive is deemed to be a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) and the Executive is not “disabled” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(C), no payments hereunder that are “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A shall be made to the Executive prior to the date that is six (6) months after the date of the Executive’s “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A and any Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder) or, if earlier, the Executive’s date of death. Following any applicable six (6) month delay, all such delayed payments will be paid in a single lump sum on the earliest permissible payment date.

(c) If and to the extent that more than one payment hereunder shall constitute “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A, each such payment shall be designated as a separate payment within the meaning of Section 409A.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

-11-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Agreement has been executed by the Company’s duly authorized representative and by the Executive as of the date first above written.

 

John Walker     Global Brass and Copper, Inc.

/s/ John Walker

    By  

/s/ Michael Psaros

    Name:  

Michael Psaros

    Title:  

 

Signature Page to Employment Agreement—Walker

 

-12-

Exhibit 10.3

SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

This SEVERANCE AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made this 31st day of August, 2011 by and between Global Brass & Copper, Inc. (the “Company”) and and John J. Wasz (“Executive”).

RECITALS:

WHEREAS, Executive accepted employment to serve as President of GBC Metals, LLC, a Delaware corporation doing business as Olin Brass (“Olin Brass”) reporting to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the “CEO”);

WHEREAS, the Company desires to assure the Executive that he will be paid a severance benefit in the event his employment with the Company terminates under certain circumstances and the parties intend this Severance Agreement to evidence the severance arrangement between the Company and Executive which shall supersede in its entirety any oral or written promise of severance made to the Executive.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants set forth herein and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereby agree as follows.

ARTICLE I

Employment and Termination

 

1.01 At Will Employment . Executive shall be and continue as an at will employee of the Company. The Executive shall be entitled to receive such compensation and benefits as the Board and management of the Company shall determine appropriate from time to time, subject to the rights that may be created in the Executive under the definition of Good Reason below. This Agreement is not a contract of employment and shall not be interpreted to change the Executive’s status as an employee at will of the Company. The purpose of this Agreement is to provide for payment of severance amounts in the event the Executive’s employment with the Company terminates under the specific terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

1.02

Severance . In the event of the occurrence of any Triggering Event (as hereinafter defined), and subject to Executive’s execution, delivery and nonrevocation of the general waiver and release of claims substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A hereto within fifty-five (55) days following a Triggering Event (the “Release Condition”), (A) the Company shall provide to Executive a lump sum severance payment (the “Severance Payment”) in immediately available funds in an amount equal to the sum of (i) one year of base pay at the highest rate of base salary payable to the Executive during the one year period immediately prior to the Triggering Event and (ii) the higher of (x) the Target Amount for the Executive


  for the Performance Period (as such terms are defined under the Global Brass & Copper, Inc. Incentive Compensation Plan (the “Bonus Plan”) in which the last day of employment occurs, (y) the annual bonus of the Executive averaged for the three years immediately prior to the year in which the last day of employment occurs and (z) the amount set forth on Exhibit B and (B) the Company will cause to be provided to the Executive coverage under or equal in value to the Company’ health plan, dental plan and life insurance plan and coverage to each dependent of the Executive covered under the health plan and dental plan immediately prior to the Triggering Event on the same terms and conditions as the Company provides such coverages to active employees and dependants and at a cost to the Executive per period of coverage equal to the periodic contribution amount charged to active employees for a period of one year or, if earlier, until the Executive secures comparable coverages under comparable terms and conditions under a successor employer’s health, dental and life plans. If the Executive has not secured comparable coverage under a successor employer’s health plan at the end of one year, the Executive’s rights under COBRA shall begin upon the loss of coverage after the one year continuation described in the preceding sentence. Payments and benefits of amounts which do not constitute nonqualified deferred compensation and are not subject to Section 409A (as defined below) shall commence five (5) days after the Release Condition is satisfied and payments and benefits which are subject to Section 409A shall commence on the 60th day after termination of employment (subject to further delay, if required pursuant to Section 3.11(b) below) provided that the Release Condition is satisfied. This severance payment and benefits shall be in lieu of any other severance payments or benefits available under the previously executed letter agreement or any severance policy or procedure of the Company. The severance amount shall be in lieu of and satisfaction of any amount otherwise payable under the Bonus Plan.

 

1.03 Accrued Payments . In addition to the Severance Payment, Executive shall be entitled to receive as soon as practicable, and in all events within 30 days following the date of the Triggering Event, (i) payment of any accrued but unpaid base salary and any accrued and unreimbursed business expenses in accordance with Company policy in each case accrued or incurred through the date of the Triggering Event, (ii) any payments, benefits or entitlements that are vested, fully and unconditionally earned pursuant to any Company plan, policy, program or arrangement or other agreement, other than those providing for severance, separation pay or salary continuation payments or benefits (collectively, the “Accrued Payments”).

 

1.04 Triggering Event . A Triggering Event shall be deemed to occur if the Company terminates the Executive’s employment with the Company without Cause or the Executive resigns for Good Reason.

 

1.05

Termination by the Company for Cause . For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean (i) failure or refusal to perform the Executive’s duties as President of Olin Brass after written notice from the CEO; (ii) willful misconduct


  or gross negligence in the performance of Executive’s duties to Company that has an adverse effect on the Company after receipt of at least one warning from the Company; (iii) intentional breach of a written covenant with or written policy of the Company or Olin Brass relating to the use and preservation of intellectual property and/or confidentiality; (iv) being impaired by or under the influence of alcohol, illegal drugs or controlled substances while working or while on the property of the Company or Olin Brass or any of their affiliated entities; (v) conviction of or plea of nolo contendre to a felony; or (vi) dishonest, disloyal or illegal conduct or gross misconduct which materially and adversely affects Executive’s performance or the reputation or business of the Company or Olin Brass (it being agreed that a petty offense or a violation of the motor vehicle code shall not constitute Cause) provided , however , that prior to the determination that “Cause” under clause (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) or (vi) of this Section 1.05 has occurred, the Board shall (x) provide to the Executive in writing, in reasonable detail, the reasons for the determination that such “Cause” exists, (y) afford the Executive a thirty (30) day opportunity to remedy any such breach, if such breach is capable of being remedied during such 30 day period, and (z) provide Executive an opportunity to be heard prior to the final decision to terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder for such “Cause”. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Board may terminate Executive without any advance notification if the “Cause” event is incapable of reasonably prompt cure or if the Board determines that its fiduciary duty requires such termination. The Board shall make any decision that “Cause” exists in good faith. For purposes of this Agreement, no act or failure to act on the Executive’s part shall be considered “willful” unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in bad faith or without reasonable belief that her/his action or omission was in the best interests of the Company or any successor or affiliate. Any act, or failure to act, based upon authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board or based upon the advice of counsel for the Company, or any successor or affiliate, shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, in good faith and in the best interests of the Company, or any successor or affiliate thereof.

 

1.06

Resignation by the Executive for Good Reason . For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean any of the following without the Executive’s prior written consent: (i) assignment of duties materially and adversely inconsistent with the Executive’s position as President of Olin Brass and which results in a material diminution in such position, authority, duties or responsibilities as herein contemplated; (ii) requirement that Executive relocate which increases his one way commute by more than 50 miles from his current location in Louisville, Kentucky or (iii) any material diminution in base salary, bonus opportunity or benefits; provided, however, that in each case the Company or Olin Brass, as applicable, has failed to cure the applicable circumstance within 30 days following written notice from Executive; and provided, further, that Executive must provide written notice of events claimed to constitute Good Reason within 60 days of the initial occurrence of such events. Executive shall not be entitled to terminate his employment for Good Reason with respect to specified events


  unless Executive tenders resignation for Good Reason within 30 days of the Company’s failure to cure.

 

1.07 Resignation from Other Positions on Termination . Executive acknowledges and agrees that effective as of the date of the Triggering Event, Executive shall be deemed to have resigned from any and all titles, positions and appointments Executive holds in the Company, Olin Brass or any of their subsidiaries or affiliates, whether as an officer, director, or employee, consultant, independent contract or otherwise. Executive agrees to execute such documents as the Company or Olin Brass, in its sole discretion, shall reasonably deem necessary to effect such resignations.

ARTICLE II

Executive’s Covenants and Agreements

In addition to any obligations the Executive may have with respect to the following subject matter under and covenant to or policy of the Company in effect on the date of the Employee’s termination of employment, the Executive agrees to the promises set forth in Sections 2.01, 2.02 and 2.03 as follows.

 

2.01 Confidentiality . During the term of this Agreement and during the five year period subsequent to the expiration or termination of this Agreement, Executive shall maintain in the strictest confidence any and all information regarding the Company, and its affiliated organizations, regarding their methods of operations; contracts and agreements; financial information and financial statements; vendor, customer and marketing information and lists; policies and procedures; personnel, employment practices and conditions; marketing and strategic plans and initiatives; customer and supplier relationships; prices and contracts; price structure; cost structure; and any and all other information obtained directly or indirectly by Executive deemed by the Company or its affiliated organizations to be confidential (all of the foregoing shall be identified hereinafter as “Confidential Information”). Executive shall not disclose any portion of Confidential Information without the prior written consent of the Company. Executive shall limit his use of Confidential Information to the performance of his duties, responsibilities, and obligations pursuant to this Agreement and for no other purpose. Upon the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive shall promptly deliver to the Company all Confidential Information and correspondence, drawings, blueprints, manuals, letters, notes, notebooks, reports, flow-charts, programs, proposals and any other written documents obtaining Confidential Information.

 

2.02

Loyalty . Executive shall act with diligence and fidelity to the best of Executive’s ability in furtherance of the best interests of the Company, including Olin Brass and its affiliated organizations. During the term of Executive’s employment with the Company, or its affiliated organizations, including all extensions and renewals, and for a period of twelve (12) months thereafter, Executive shall not


  directly or indirectly recruit, persuade, or encourage employees, vendors, customers, or any other parties maintaining relationships with the Company or its affiliated organizations to terminate or modify their relationship in any way that would be detrimental to the Company or its affiliated organizations.

 

2.03 Noncompetition . During the term of Executive’s employment with the Company, or its affiliated organizations, including all extensions and renewals, and for a period of twelve (12) months thereafter, Executive shall not provide services, directly or indirectly, as an Executive, principal, partner, contractor, consultant, director, officer, shareholder, or otherwise to any business entity that competes with the Company or Olin Brass in any of the principal markets in which the Company or Olin Brass markets its or their products.

 

2.04 Consideration and Acknowledgements . Executive agrees that this Article II has been negotiated on an arms-length basis between the parties and represents material consideration relative to this Agreement. Executive acknowledges that Executive has entered into this Agreement knowingly and voluntarily after being given the opportunity to consult with independent counsel and has given careful consideration to the restraints imposed upon Executive by this Agreement, and is necessary for the protection of the Confidential Information, business strategies, employee and customer relationships and goodwill of the Company, Olin Brass and their respective subsidiaries and affiliates now existing or to be developed in the future. Executive expressly acknowledges and agrees that each restraint imposed by this Agreement is reasonable with respect to subject matter, time period and geographical area and Executive’s experience and capabilities are such that Executive has other opportunities to earn a livelihood and adequate means of support for Executive and Executive’s dependents while complying with the restrictive covenants contained in Sections 2.01, 2.02 and 2.03.

 

2.05 Nondisparagement . Executive shall not, whether in writing or orally, malign, denigrate or disparage the Company, Olin Brass or their respective subsidiaries, affiliates, predecessors or successors, or any of the current or former directors, officers, employees, shareholders, partners, members, agents or representatives of any of the foregoing, with respect to any of their respective past or present activities, or otherwise publish (whether in writing or orally) statements that tend to portray any of the aforementioned parties in an unfavorable light. Nothing in this Section 2.05 shall or shall be deemed to prevent or impair Executive from pleading or testifying, to the extent that he reasonably believes his pleadings or testimony to be true, in any legal or administrative proceeding if such testimony is compelled or requested, or from otherwise complying with legal requirements.

ARTICLE III

Miscellaneous

 

3.01

Severability . If any term or provision of this Agreement or the application hereof to any person or circumstance shall to any extent be held invalid or unenforceable,


  the remainder of this Agreement or the application of such term or provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid or unenforceable shall not be affected thereby, and each term and provision of this Agreement shall, notwithstanding said invalidity, remain valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

3.02 Entire Agreement/Amendment . This Agreement represents the entire agreement of the parties and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, whether verbal or written, concerning severance compensation to be paid on or after the Executive’s termination of employment. This Agreement may be amended only by a written agreement signed by both parties. For the avoidance of doubt, this Agreement does not supersede the Halkos Holdings, LLC, Executive Equity Plan (the “Equity Plan”) or agreements executed in connection with the Equity Plan and the Executive shall have any rights he may have under the Equity Plan and agreements executed in connection with the Equity Plan.

 

3.03 Employer’s Remedies upon Breach . Executive acknowledges that the Company’s remedy at law for a breach by Executive of the provisions of the Agreement, including, but not limited to Article II hereof, will be inadequate. Accordingly, in the event of the breach or threatened breach by Executive of the provisions of this Agreement, including, but not limited to Article II hereof, the Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief in addition to any other remedy it may have.

 

3.04 Release and Waiver . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, Executive acknowledges and agrees that any and all payments and benefits, other than the Accrued Payments, are conditioned upon and subject to the Executive’s satisfaction of the Release Condition.

 

3.05 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois. The parties hereto submit to the in personam jurisdiction of the federal and state courts in the District or county, respectively, in which Schaumburg, Illinois is situate and agree that such courts shall be the sole and exclusive forum for the resolution of any disputes between them.

 

3.06 Assignability . This Agreement is personal to the parties and may not be assigned by either of the parties without the prior written consent of the other party hereto.

 

3.07 Agreement Binding; Joint and Several Payment Obligations . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Executive’s heirs, executors, legal representatives, and permitted assigns and the successors and assigns of Olin Brass and the Company, respectively. The obligations to make payments under the circumstances described in Article I shall be the joint and several obligations of the Company and Olin Brass and its and their affiliated organizations.


3.08 Headings . The headings of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of any of the provision hereof.

 

3.09 Waiver . No failure by either party to exercise any of such party’s rights or remedies hereunder and no custom or practice at variance with the terms hereof shall constitute a waiver or right to demand strict compliance with the terms of this Agreement at any time.

 

3.10 Notices . Any notice provided for or concerning this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered in person or by United States Certified Mail – Return Receipt Requested and postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

To the Company:

Global Brass & Copper, Inc.

1901 N .Roselle Road

Schaumburg, IL 60195

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

Executive:

John J. Wasz

15201 Beckley Crossing

Louisville, KY 40245

Either party may change its address for receipt of notices pursuant to this Agreement by providing written notice of such change to the other party pursuant to the provisions hereof.

 

3.11 Section 409A .

 

  (a)

For purposes of this Agreement, “ Section 409A ” means Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder (and such other Treasury or Internal Revenue Service guidance) as in effect from time to time. The parties intend that any amounts payable hereunder that could constitute “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A will be compliant with Section 409A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall be solely responsible and liable for the satisfaction of all taxes and penalties that may be imposed on or


  for the account of Executive in connection with this Agreement (including any taxes and penalties under Section 409A), and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates shall have any obligation to indemnify or otherwise hold Executive (or any beneficiary) harmless from any or all of such taxes or penalties.

 

  (b) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event that Executive is deemed to be a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) and Executive is not “disabled” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(C), no payments hereunder that are “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A shall be made to Executive prior to the date that is six (6) months after the date of Executive’s “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A) or, if earlier, Executive’s date of death. Following any applicable six (6) month delay, all such delayed payments will be paid in a single lump sum on the earliest date permitted under Section 409A that is also a business day. For purposes of Section 409A, each of the payments that may be made under Section 1.02 are designated as separate payments for purposes of Section 409A.

 

  (c) For purposes of this Agreement, with respect to payments of any amounts that are considered to be “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A, references to “termination of employment” (and substantially similar phrases) shall be interpreted and applied in a manner that is consistent with the requirements of Section 409A.

 

  (d) To the extent that any reimbursements pursuant to this Agreement are taxable to Executive, any such reimbursement payment due to Executive shall be paid to Executive as promptly as practicable consistent with Company practice following Executive’s appropriate itemization and substantiation of expenses incurred, and in all events on or before the last day of Executive’s taxable year following the taxable year in which the related expense was incurred. The reimbursements pursuant to this Agreement are not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit and the amount of such benefits and reimbursements that Executive receives in one taxable year shall not affect the amount of such benefits or reimbursements that Executive receives in any other taxable year.

 

3.12 Withholding; Taxes. The Company may deduct and withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such federal, state, local, non-U.S. or other taxes as are required or permitted to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement or caused this Agreement to be executed the day and date first above written.

 

GLOBAL BRASS & COPPER, INC.

/s/ John Walker

By:   John Walker
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
EXECUTIVE:

/s/    John Wasz

JOHN WASZ


Exhibit A

WAIVER AND RELEASE OF CLAIMS

In connection with the termination of employment of John Wasz (the “Executive”) by Global Brass & Copper, Inc. (the “Company”), pursuant to the severance agreement between the Executive and the Company (the “Severance Agreement”), the Executive agrees as follows:

1. Waiver and Release

 

  (a) As used in this Waiver and Release of Claims (this “Agreement”), the term “claims” shall include all claims, covenants, warranties, promises, undertakings, actions, suits, causes of action, obligations, debts, accounts, attorneys’ fees, judgments, losses and liabilities, of whatsoever kind or nature, both known and unknown, in law, equity or otherwise.

 

  (b)

For and in consideration of the payments described in Section 1.02 of the Severance Agreement, the Executive, for and on behalf of the Executive and the Executive’s heirs, administrators, executors, and assigns, effective the Effective Date (as defined below), does fully and forever waive and release, remise and discharge the Company, GBC Metals, LLC, a Delaware corporation doing business as Olin Brass (“Olin Brass”) their direct and indirect parents, subsidiaries and affiliates, their predecessors and successors and assigns, together with the respective officers, directors, partners, shareholders, employees, members, and agents of the foregoing (collectively, the “Group”) from any and all claims which the Executive had, may have had, or now has against the Company, Olin Brass, the Group, collectively or any member of the Group individually, for or by reason of any matter, cause or thing whatsoever, including but not limited to any claim arising out of or attributable to the Executive’s employment or the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company, and also including but not limited to claims of breach of contract, wrongful termination, unjust dismissal, defamation, libel or slander, or under any federal, state or local law dealing with discrimination based on age, race, sex, national origin, handicap, religion, disability or sexual preference. This release of claims includes, but is not limited to, all claims arising under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act, the Americans with Disabilities Act, the Civil Rights Act of 1991, the Family Medical Leave Act, the Equal Pay Act, the New York Human Rights Law, the New York City Administrative Code, the Illinois or Ohio human relations act and all other federal, state and local labor and anti-discrimination laws, the common law and any other


  purported restriction on an employer’s right to terminate the employment of employees.

 

  (c) The Executive specifically releases all claims against the Group and each member thereof under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (the “ADEA”) relating to the Executive’s employment and its termination.

 

  (d) The Executive represents that the Executive has not filed or permitted to be filed against the Group, any member of the Group individually or the Group collectively, any lawsuit, complaint, charge, proceeding or the like, before any local, state or federal agency, court or other body (each, a “Proceeding”), and the Executive covenants and agrees that the Executive will not do so at any time hereafter with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and claims released pursuant to this Agreement (including, without limitation, any claims relating to the termination of the Executive’s employment), except (i) as may be necessary to enforce this Agreement, (ii) to obtain benefits described in or granted under this Agreement, (iii) to seek a determination of the validity of the waiver of the Executive’s rights under the ADEA, or (iv) initiate or participate in an investigation or proceeding conducted by the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (“EEOC”). Except as otherwise provided in the preceding sentence, (x) the Executive will not initiate or cause to be initiated on the Executive’s behalf any Proceeding, and will not participate (except as required by law) in any Proceeding of any nature or description against any member of the Group individually or the Group collectively that in any way involves the allegations and facts that the Executive could have raised against any member of the Group individually or the Group collectively as of the date hereof and (y) the Executive waives any right the Executive may have to benefit in any manner from any relief (monetary or otherwise) arising out of any Proceeding.

2. Acknowledgment of Consideration . The Executive is specifically agreeing to the terms of this release because the Company has agreed to pay the Executive money and other benefits to which the Executive was not otherwise entitled under the Company’s policies or under the Severance Agreement (in the absence of providing this release). The Company has agreed to provide this money and other benefits because of the Executive’s agreement to accept it in full settlement of all possible claims the Executive might have or ever had, and because of the Executive’s execution of this Agreement.

3. Acknowledgments Relating to Waiver and Release; Revocation Period . The Executive acknowledges that the Executive has read this Agreement in its entirety, fully understands its meaning and is executing this Agreement voluntarily and of the Executive’s own free will with full knowledge of its significance. The Executive acknowledges and warrants that the Executive has been advised by the Company to


consult with an attorney prior to executing this Agreement. The offer to accept the terms of the Agreement is open for forty five (45) days from the date the Executive receives the Agreement. The Executive shall have the right to revoke this Agreement for a period of seven days following the Executive’s execution of this Agreement, by giving written notice of such revocation to the Company. This Agreement shall not become effective until the eighth day following the Executive’s execution of it (the “Effective Date”).

4. Remedies . The Executive understands and agrees that if the Executive breaches any provisions of this Agreement, in addition to any other legal or equitable remedy the Company may have, the Company shall be entitled to cease making any payments or providing any benefits to the Executive under Section 1.02 of the Severance Agreement, and the Executive shall reimburse the Company for all its reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred by it arising out of any such breach. The remedies set forth in this paragraph shall not apply to any challenge to the validity of the waiver and release of the Executive’s rights under the ADEA. In the event the Executive challenges the validity of the waiver and release of the Executive’s rights under the ADEA, then the Company’s right to attorneys’ fees and costs shall be governed by the provisions of the ADEA, so that the Company may recover such fees and costs if the lawsuit is brought by the Executive in bad faith. Any such action permitted to the Company by this paragraph, however, shall not affect or impair any of the Executive’s obligations under this Agreement, including without limitation, the release of claims in paragraph 1 hereof. The Executive further agrees that nothing herein shall preclude the Company from recovering attorneys’ fees, costs or any other remedies specifically authorized under applicable law.

5. No Admission . Nothing herein shall be deemed to constitute an admission of wrongdoing by the Company or any member of the Group. Neither this Agreement nor any of its terms shall be used as an admission or introduced as evidence as to any issue of law or fact in any proceeding, suit or action, other than an action to enforce this Agreement.

6. Governing Law . The terms of this Agreement and all rights and obligations of the parties hereto, including its enforcement, shall be interpreted and governed by the laws of the State of Illinois without regard to the principles of conflicts of laws of the State of Illinois or those of any other jurisdiction which could cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Illinois.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Executive has hereunto set Executive’s hand as of the day and year set forth opposite the Executive’s signature below.

 

 

   

 

DATE     John Wasz


Exhibit B

Exhibit 10.4

SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

This SEVERANCE AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made this 28th day of July, 2011 by and between Global Brass & Copper, Inc. (the “Company”) and Daniel B. Becker (“Executive”).

RECITALS:

WHEREAS, Executive accepted employment to serve as President of A.J Oster Group, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (“Oster Group”) reporting to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the “CEO”);

WHEREAS, the Company desires to assure the Executive that he will be paid a severance benefit in the event his employment with the Company terminates under certain circumstances and the parties intend this Severance Agreement to evidence the severance arrangement between the Company and Executive which shall supersede in its entirety any oral or written promise of severance made to the Executive.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants set forth herein and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereby agree as follows.

ARTICLE I

Employment and Termination

 

1.01 At Will Employment . Executive shall be and continue as an at will employee of the Company. The Executive shall be entitled to receive such compensation and benefits as the Board and management of the Company shall determine appropriate from time to time, subject to the rights that may be created in the Executive under the definition of Good Reason below. This Agreement is not a contract of employment and shall not be interpreted to change the Executive’s status as an employee at will of the Company. The purpose of this Agreement is to provide for payment of severance amounts in the event the Executive’s employment with the Company terminates under the specific terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

1.02

Severance . In the event of the occurrence of any Triggering Event (as hereinafter defined), and subject to Executive’s execution, delivery and nonrevocation of the general waiver and release of claims substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A hereto within fifty-five (55) days following a Triggering Event (the “Release Condition”), (A) the Company shall provide to Executive a lump sum severance payment (the “Severance Payment”) in immediately available funds in an amount equal to the sum of (i) one year of base pay at the highest rate of base salary payable to the Executive during the one year period immediately prior to the Triggering Event and (ii) the higher of (x) the Target Amount for the Executive


  for the Performance Period (as such terms are defined under the Global Brass & Copper, Inc. Incentive Compensation Plan (the “Bonus Plan”) in which the last day of employment occurs, (y) the annual bonus of the Executive averaged for the three years immediately prior to the year in which the last day of employment occurs and (z) the amount set forth on Exhibit B and (B) the Company will cause to be provided to the Executive coverage under or equal in value to the Company’ health plan, dental plan and life insurance plan and coverage to each dependent of the Executive covered under the health plan and dental plan immediately prior to the Triggering Event on the same terms and conditions as the Company provides such coverages to active employees and dependants and at a cost to the Executive per period of coverage equal to the periodic contribution amount charged to active employees for a period of one year or, if earlier, until the Executive secures comparable coverages under comparable terms and conditions under a successor employer’s health, dental and life plans. If the Executive has not secured comparable coverage under a successor employer’s health plan at the end of one year, the Executive’s rights under COBRA shall begin upon the loss of coverage after the one year continuation described in the preceding sentence. Payments and benefits of amounts which do not constitute nonqualified deferred compensation and are not subject to Section 409A (as defined below) shall commence five (5) days after the Release Condition is satisfied and payments and benefits which are subject to Section 409A shall commence on the 60th day after termination of employment (subject to further delay, if required pursuant to Section 3.11(b) below) provided that the Release Condition is satisfied. This severance payment and benefits shall be in lieu of any other severance payments or benefits available under the previously executed letter agreement or any severance policy or procedure of the Company. The severance amount shall be in lieu of and satisfaction of any amount otherwise payable under the Bonus Plan.

 

1.03 Accrued Payments . In addition to the Severance Payment, Executive shall be entitled to receive as soon as practicable, and in all events within 30 days following the date of the Triggering Event, (i) payment of any accrued but unpaid base salary and any accrued and unreimbursed business expenses in accordance with Company policy in each case accrued or incurred through the date of the Triggering Event, (ii) any payments, benefits or entitlements that are vested, fully and unconditionally earned pursuant to any Company plan, policy, program or arrangement or other agreement, other than those providing for severance, separation pay or salary continuation payments or benefits (collectively, the “Accrued Payments”).

 

1.04 Triggering Event . A Triggering Event shall be deemed to occur if the Company terminates the Executive’s employment with the Company without Cause or the Executive resigns for Good Reason.

 

1.05

Termination by the Company for Cause . For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean (i) failure or refusal to perform the Executive’s duties as President of Oster Group after written notice from the CEO; (ii) willful


  misconduct or gross negligence in the performance of Executive’s duties to Company that has an adverse effect on the Company after receipt of at least one warning from the Company or Oster Group; (iii) intentional breach of a written covenant with or written policy of the Company or Oster Group relating to the use and preservation of intellectual property and/or confidentiality; (iv) being impaired by or under the influence of alcohol, illegal drugs or controlled substances while working or while on the property of the Company or Oster Group or any of their affiliated entities; (v) conviction of or plea of nolo contendre to a felony; or (vi) dishonest, disloyal or illegal conduct or gross misconduct which materially and adversely affects Executive’s performance or the reputation or business of the Company or Oster Group (it being agreed that a petty offense or a violation of the motor vehicle code shall not constitute Cause) provided , however , that prior to the determination that “Cause” under clause (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) or (vi) of this Section 1.05 has occurred, the Board shall (x) provide to the Executive in writing, in reasonable detail, the reasons for the determination that such “Cause” exists, (y) afford the Executive a thirty (30) day opportunity to remedy any such breach, if such breach is capable of being remedied during such 30 day period, and (z) provide Executive an opportunity to be heard prior to the final decision to terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder for such “Cause”. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Board may terminate Executive without any advance notification if the “Cause” event is incapable of reasonably prompt cure or if the Board determines that its fiduciary duty requires such termination. The Board shall make any decision that “Cause” exists in good faith. For purposes of this Agreement, no act or failure to act on the Executive’s part shall be considered “willful” unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in bad faith or without reasonable belief that her/his action or omission was in the best interests of the Company or any successor or affiliate. Any act, or failure to act, based upon authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board or based upon the advice of counsel for the Company, or any successor or affiliate, shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, in good faith and in the best interests of the Company, or any successor or affiliate thereof.

 

1.06

Resignation by the Executive for Good Reason . For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean any of the following without the Executive’s prior written consent: (i) assignment of duties materially and adversely inconsistent with the Executive’s position as President of Oster Group and which results in a material diminution in such position, authority, duties or responsibilities as herein contemplated; or (ii) any material diminution in base salary, bonus opportunity or benefits; provided, however, that in each case the Company or Oster Group, as applicable, has failed to cure the applicable circumstance within 30 days following written notice from Executive; and provided, further, that Executive must provide written notice of events claimed to constitute Good Reason within 60 days of the initial occurrence of such events. Executive shall not be entitled to terminate his employment for Good Reason with respect to specified events


  unless Executive tenders resignation for Good Reason within 30 days of the Company’s failure to cure.

 

1.07 Resignation from Other Positions on Termination . Executive acknowledges and agrees that effective as of the date of the Triggering Event, Executive shall be deemed to have resigned from any and all titles, positions and appointments Executive holds in the Company, Oster Group or any of their subsidiaries or affiliates, whether as an officer, director, or employee, consultant, independent contract or otherwise. Executive agrees to execute such documents as the Company or Oster Group, in its sole discretion, shall reasonably deem necessary to effect such resignations.

ARTICLE II

Executive’s Covenants and Agreements

In addition to any obligations the Executive may have with respect to the following subject matter under and covenant to or policy of the Company in effect on the date of the Employee’s termination of employment, the Executive agrees to the promises set forth in Sections 2.01, 2.02 and 2.03 as follows.

 

2.01 Confidentiality . During the term of this Agreement and during the five year period subsequent to the expiration or termination of this Agreement, Executive shall maintain in the strictest confidence any and all information regarding the Company, and its affiliated organizations, regarding their methods of operations; contracts and agreements; financial information and financial statements; vendor, customer and marketing information and lists; policies and procedures; personnel, employment practices and conditions; marketing and strategic plans and initiatives; customer and supplier relationships; prices and contracts; price structure; cost structure; and any and all other information obtained directly or indirectly by Executive deemed by the Company or its affiliated organizations to be confidential (all of the foregoing shall be identified hereinafter as “Confidential Information”). Executive shall not disclose any portion of Confidential Information without the prior written consent of the Company. Executive shall limit his use of Confidential Information to the performance of his duties, responsibilities, and obligations pursuant to this Agreement and for no other purpose. Upon the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive shall promptly deliver to the Company all Confidential Information and correspondence, drawings, blueprints, manuals, letters, notes, notebooks, reports, flow-charts, programs, proposals and any other written documents obtaining Confidential Information.

 

2.02

Loyalty . Executive shall act with diligence and fidelity to the best of Executive’s ability in furtherance of the best interests of the Company, including Oster Group and its affiliated organizations. During the term of Executive’s employment with the Company, or its affiliated organizations, including all extensions and renewals, and for a period of twenty-four (24) months thereafter, Executive shall


  not directly or indirectly recruit, persuade, or encourage employees, vendors, customers, or any other parties maintaining relationships with the Company or its affiliated organizations to terminate or modify their relationship in any way that would be detrimental to the Company or its affiliated organizations.

 

2.03 Noncompetition . During the term of Executive’s employment with the Company, or its affiliated organizations, including all extensions and renewals, and for a period of twelve (12) months thereafter, Executive shall not provide services, directly or indirectly, as an Executive, principal, partner, contractor, consultant, director, officer, shareholder, or otherwise to any business entity that competes with the Company or Oster Group in any of the principal markets in which the Company or Oster Group markets its or their products.

 

2.04 Consideration and Acknowledgements . Executive agrees that this Article II has been negotiated on an arms-length basis between the parties and represents material consideration relative to this Agreement. Executive acknowledges that Executive has entered into this Agreement knowingly and voluntarily after being given the opportunity to consult with independent counsel and has given careful consideration to the restraints imposed upon Executive by this Agreement, and is necessary for the protection of the Confidential Information, business strategies, employee and customer relationships and goodwill of the Company, Oster Group and their respective subsidiaries and affiliates now existing or to be developed in the future. Executive expressly acknowledges and agrees that each restraint imposed by this Agreement is reasonable with respect to subject matter, time period and geographical area and Executive’s experience and capabilities are such that Executive has other opportunities to earn a livelihood and adequate means of support for Executive and Executive’s dependents while complying with the restrictive covenants contained in Sections 2.01, 2.02 and 2.03.

 

2.05 Nondisparagement . Executive shall not, whether in writing or orally, malign, denigrate or disparage the Company, Oster Group or their respective subsidiaries, affiliates, predecessors or successors, or any of the current or former directors, officers, employees, shareholders, partners, members, agents or representatives of any of the foregoing, with respect to any of their respective past or present activities, or otherwise publish (whether in writing or orally) statements that tend to portray any of the aforementioned parties in an unfavorable light. Nothing in this Section 2.05 shall or shall be deemed to prevent or impair Executive from pleading or testifying, to the extent that he reasonably believes his pleadings or testimony to be true, in any legal or administrative proceeding if such testimony is compelled or requested, or from otherwise complying with legal requirements.

ARTICLE III

Miscellaneous

 

3.01

Severability . If any term or provision of this Agreement or the application hereof to any person or circumstance shall to any extent be held invalid or unenforceable,


  the remainder of this Agreement or the application of such term or provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid or unenforceable shall not be affected thereby, and each term and provision of this Agreement shall, notwithstanding said invalidity, remain valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

3.02 Entire Agreement/Amendment . This Agreement represents the entire agreement of the parties and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, whether verbal or written, concerning severance compensation to be paid on or after the Executive’s termination of employment. This Agreement may be amended only by a written agreement signed by both parties. For the avoidance of doubt, this Agreement does not supersede the Halkos Holdings, LLC, Executive Equity Plan (the “Equity Plan”) or agreements executed in connection with the Equity Plan and the Executive shall have any rights he may have under the Equity Plan and agreements executed in connection with the Equity Plan.

 

3.03 Employer’s Remedies upon Breach . Executive acknowledges that the Company’s remedy at law for a breach by Executive of the provisions of the Agreement, including, but not limited to Article II hereof, will be inadequate. Accordingly, in the event of the breach or threatened breach by Executive of the provisions of this Agreement, including, but not limited to Article II hereof, the Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief in addition to any other remedy it may have.

 

3.04 Release and Waiver . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, Executive acknowledges and agrees that any and all payments and benefits, other than the Accrued Payments, are conditioned upon and subject to the Executive’s satisfaction of the Release Condition.

 

3.05 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois. The parties hereto submit to the in personam jurisdiction of the federal and state courts in the District or county, respectively, in which Schaumburg, Illinois is situate and agree that such courts shall be the sole and exclusive forum for the resolution of any disputes between them.

 

3.06 Assignability . This Agreement is personal to the parties and may not be assigned by either of the parties without the prior written consent of the other party hereto.

 

3.07 Agreement Binding; Joint and Several Payment Obligations . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Executive’s heirs, executors, legal representatives, and permitted assigns and the successors and assigns of Oster Group and the Company, respectively. The obligations to make payments under the circumstances described in Article I shall be the joint and several obligations of the Company and Oster Group and its and their affiliated organizations.


3.08 Headings . The headings of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of any of the provision hereof.

 

3.09 Waiver . No failure by either party to exercise any of such party’s rights or remedies hereunder and no custom or practice at variance with the terms hereof shall constitute a waiver or right to demand strict compliance with the terms of this Agreement at any time.

 

3.10 Notices . Any notice provided for or concerning this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered in person or by United States Certified Mail – Return Receipt Requested and postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

To the Company:

Global Brass & Copper, Inc.

1901 N. Roselle Road

Schaumburg, IL 60195

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

Executive:

Daniel B. Becker

275 West Natick Road

Warwick, RI 02886

Either party may change its address for receipt of notices pursuant to this Agreement by providing written notice of such change to the other party pursuant to the provisions hereof.

 

3.11 Section 409A .

 

  (a)

For purposes of this Agreement, “ Section 409A ” means Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder (and such other Treasury or Internal Revenue Service guidance) as in effect from time to time. The parties intend that any amounts payable hereunder that could constitute “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A will be compliant with Section 409A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall be solely responsible and liable for the satisfaction of all taxes and penalties that may be imposed on or


  for the account of Executive in connection with this Agreement (including any taxes and penalties under Section 409A), and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates shall have any obligation to indemnify or otherwise hold Executive (or any beneficiary) harmless from any or all of such taxes or penalties.

 

  (b) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event that Executive is deemed to be a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) and Executive is not “disabled” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(C), no payments hereunder that are “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A shall be made to Executive prior to the date that is six (6) months after the date of Executive’s “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A) or, if earlier, Executive’s date of death. Following any applicable six (6) month delay, all such delayed payments will be paid in a single lump sum on the earliest date permitted under Section 409A that is also a business day. For purposes of Section 409A, each of the payments that may be made under Section 1.02 are designated as separate payments for purposes of Section 409A.

 

  (c) For purposes of this Agreement, with respect to payments of any amounts that are considered to be “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A, references to “termination of employment” (and substantially similar phrases) shall be interpreted and applied in a manner that is consistent with the requirements of Section 409A.

 

  (d) To the extent that any reimbursements pursuant to this Agreement are taxable to Executive, any such reimbursement payment due to Executive shall be paid to Executive as promptly as practicable consistent with Company practice following Executive’s appropriate itemization and substantiation of expenses incurred, and in all events on or before the last day of Executive’s taxable year following the taxable year in which the related expense was incurred. The reimbursements pursuant to this Agreement are not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit and the amount of such benefits and reimbursements that Executive receives in one taxable year shall not affect the amount of such benefits or reimbursements that Executive receives in any other taxable year.

 

3.12 Withholding; Taxes. The Company may deduct and withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such federal, state, local, non-U.S. or other taxes as are required or permitted to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement or caused this Agreement to be executed the day and date first above written.

 

GLOBAL BRASS & COPPER, INC.

/s/ John Walker

By:

  John Walker

Title:

  Chief Executive Officer

EXECUTIVE:

/s/    Daniel Becker

DANIEL BECKER


Exhibit A

WAIVER AND RELEASE OF CLAIMS

In connection with the termination of employment of Daniel Becker (the “Executive”) by Global Brass & Copper, Inc. (the “Company”), pursuant to the severance agreement between the Executive and the Company (the “Severance Agreement”), the Executive agrees as follows:

1. Waiver and Release

 

  (a) As used in this Waiver and Release of Claims (this “Agreement”), the term “claims” shall include all claims, covenants, warranties, promises, undertakings, actions, suits, causes of action, obligations, debts, accounts, attorneys’ fees, judgments, losses and liabilities, of whatsoever kind or nature, both known and unknown, in law, equity or otherwise.

 

  (b)

For and in consideration of the payments described in Section 1.02 of the Severance Agreement, the Executive, for and on behalf of the Executive and the Executive’s heirs, administrators, executors, and assigns, effective the Effective Date (as defined below), does fully and forever waive and release, remise and discharge the Company, A. J Oster Group., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (“Oster Group”), their direct and indirect parents, subsidiaries and affiliates, their predecessors and successors and assigns, together with the respective officers, directors, partners, shareholders, employees, members, and agents of the foregoing (collectively, the “Group”) from any and all claims which the Executive had, may have had, or now has against the Company, Oster Group, the Group, collectively or any member of the Group individually, for or by reason of any matter, cause or thing whatsoever, including but not limited to any claim arising out of or attributable to the Executive’s employment or the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company, and also including but not limited to claims of breach of contract, wrongful termination, unjust dismissal, defamation, libel or slander, or under any federal, state or local law dealing with discrimination based on age, race, sex, national origin, handicap, religion, disability or sexual preference. This release of claims includes, but is not limited to, all claims arising under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act, the Americans with Disabilities Act, the Civil Rights Act of 1991, the Family Medical Leave Act, the Equal Pay Act, the New York Human Rights Law, the New York City Administrative Code, the Illinois or Ohio human relations act and all other federal, state and local labor and anti-discrimination laws, the common law and any other


  purported restriction on an employer’s right to terminate the employment of employees.

 

  (c) The Executive specifically releases all claims against the Group and each member thereof under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (the “ADEA”) relating to the Executive’s employment and its termination.

 

  (d) The Executive represents that the Executive has not filed or permitted to be filed against the Group, any member of the Group individually or the Group collectively, any lawsuit, complaint, charge, proceeding or the like, before any local, state or federal agency, court or other body (each, a “Proceeding”), and the Executive covenants and agrees that the Executive will not do so at any time hereafter with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and claims released pursuant to this Agreement (including, without limitation, any claims relating to the termination of the Executive’s employment), except (i) as may be necessary to enforce this Agreement, (ii) to obtain benefits described in or granted under this Agreement, (iii) to seek a determination of the validity of the waiver of the Executive’s rights under the ADEA, or (iv) initiate or participate in an investigation or proceeding conducted by the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (“EEOC”). Except as otherwise provided in the preceding sentence, (x) the Executive will not initiate or cause to be initiated on the Executive’s behalf any Proceeding, and will not participate (except as required by law) in any Proceeding of any nature or description against any member of the Group individually or the Group collectively that in any way involves the allegations and facts that the Executive could have raised against any member of the Group individually or the Group collectively as of the date hereof and (y) the Executive waives any right the Executive may have to benefit in any manner from any relief (monetary or otherwise) arising out of any Proceeding.

2. Acknowledgment of Consideration . The Executive is specifically agreeing to the terms of this release because the Company has agreed to pay the Executive money and other benefits to which the Executive was not otherwise entitled under the Company’s policies or under the Severance Agreement (in the absence of providing this release). The Company has agreed to provide this money and other benefits because of the Executive’s agreement to accept it in full settlement of all possible claims the Executive might have or ever had, and because of the Executive’s execution of this Agreement.

3. Acknowledgments Relating to Waiver and Release; Revocation Period . The Executive acknowledges that the Executive has read this Agreement in its entirety, fully understands its meaning and is executing this Agreement voluntarily and of the Executive’s own free will with full knowledge of its significance. The Executive acknowledges and warrants that the Executive has been advised by the Company to


consult with an attorney prior to executing this Agreement. The offer to accept the terms of the Agreement is open for forty five (45) days from the date the Executive receives the Agreement. The Executive shall have the right to revoke this Agreement for a period of seven days following the Executive’s execution of this Agreement, by giving written notice of such revocation to the Company. This Agreement shall not become effective until the eighth day following the Executive’s execution of it (the “Effective Date”).

4. Remedies . The Executive understands and agrees that if the Executive breaches any provisions of this Agreement, in addition to any other legal or equitable remedy the Company may have, the Company shall be entitled to cease making any payments or providing any benefits to the Executive under Section 1.02 of the Severance Agreement, and the Executive shall reimburse the Company for all its reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred by it arising out of any such breach. The remedies set forth in this paragraph shall not apply to any challenge to the validity of the waiver and release of the Executive’s rights under the ADEA. In the event the Executive challenges the validity of the waiver and release of the Executive’s rights under the ADEA, then the Company’s right to attorneys’ fees and costs shall be governed by the provisions of the ADEA, so that the Company may recover such fees and costs if the lawsuit is brought by the Executive in bad faith. Any such action permitted to the Company by this paragraph, however, shall not affect or impair any of the Executive’s obligations under this Agreement, including without limitation, the release of claims in paragraph 1 hereof. The Executive further agrees that nothing herein shall preclude the Company from recovering attorneys’ fees, costs or any other remedies specifically authorized under applicable law.

5. No Admission . Nothing herein shall be deemed to constitute an admission of wrongdoing by the Company or any member of the Group. Neither this Agreement nor any of its terms shall be used as an admission or introduced as evidence as to any issue of law or fact in any proceeding, suit or action, other than an action to enforce this Agreement.

6. Governing Law . The terms of this Agreement and all rights and obligations of the parties hereto, including its enforcement, shall be interpreted and governed by the laws of the State of Illinois without regard to the principles of conflicts of laws of the State of Illinois or those of any other jurisdiction which could cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Illinois.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Executive has hereunto set Executive’s hand as of the day and year set forth opposite the Executive’s signature below.

 

 

   

 

DATE     Daniel Becker


Exhibit B

Zero ($0)

Exhibit 10.5

SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

This SEVERANCE AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made this 20th day of October, 2011 by and between Global Brass & Copper, Inc. a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Robert T. Micchelli (“Executive”).

RECITALS:

WHEREAS, Executive accepted employment to serve as Chief Financial Officer of the Company reporting to the Chief Executive Officer (the “CEO”);

WHEREAS, the Company desires to assure the Executive that he will be paid a severance benefit in the event his employment with the Company terminates under certain circumstances and the parties intend this Severance Agreement to evidence the severance arrangement between the Company and Executive which shall supersede in its entirety any oral or written promise of severance made to the Executive.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants set forth herein and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereby agree as follows.

ARTICLE I

Employment and Termination

 

1.01 At Will Employment . Executive shall be and continue as an at will employee of the Company. The Executive shall be entitled to receive such compensation and benefits as the Board and management of the Company shall determine appropriate from time to time, subject to the rights that may be created in the Executive under the definition of Good Reason below. This Agreement is not a contract of employment and shall not be interpreted to change the Executive’s status as an employee at will of the Company. The purpose of this Agreement is to provide for payment of severance amounts in the event the Executive’s employment with the Company terminates under the specific terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

1.02

Severance . In the event of the occurrence of any Triggering Event (as hereinafter defined), and subject to Executive’s execution, delivery and nonrevocation of the general waiver and release of claims substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A hereto within fifty-five (55) days following a Triggering Event (the “Release Condition”), (A) the Company shall provide to Executive a lump sum severance payment (the “Severance Payment”) in immediately available funds in an amount equal to the sum of (i) one year of base pay at the highest rate of base salary payable to the Executive during the one year period immediately prior to the Triggering Event and (ii) the higher of (x) the Target Amount for the Executive


  for the Performance Period (as such terms are defined under the Global Brass & Copper, Inc. Incentive Compensation Plan (the “Bonus Plan”) in which the last day of employment occurs, (y) the annual bonus of the Executive averaged for the three years immediately prior to the year in which the last day of employment occurs and (z) the amount set forth on Exhibit B and (B) the Company will cause to be provided to the Executive coverage under or equal in value to the Company’ health plan, dental plan and life insurance plan and coverage to each dependent of the Executive covered under the health plan and dental plan immediately prior to the Triggering Event on the same terms and conditions as the Company provides such coverages to active employees and dependants and at a cost to the Executive per period of coverage equal to the periodic contribution amount charged to active employees for a period of one year or, if earlier, until the Executive secures comparable coverages under comparable terms and conditions under a successor employer’s health, dental and life plans. If the Executive has not secured comparable coverage under a successor employer’s health plan at the end of one year, the Executive’s rights under COBRA shall begin upon the loss of coverage after the one year continuation described in the preceding sentence. Payments and benefits of amounts which do not constitute nonqualified deferred compensation and are not subject to Section 409A (as defined below) shall commence five (5) days after the Release Condition is satisfied and payments and benefits which are subject to Section 409A shall commence on the 60th day after termination of employment (subject to further delay, if required pursuant to Section 3.11(b) below) provided that the Release Condition is satisfied. This severance payment and benefits shall be in lieu of any other severance payments or benefits available under the previously executed letter agreement or any severance policy or procedure of the Company. The severance amount shall be in lieu of and satisfaction of any amount otherwise payable under the Bonus Plan.

 

1.03 Accrued Payments . In addition to the Severance Payment, Executive shall be entitled to receive as soon as practicable, and in all events within 30 days following the date of the Triggering Event, (i) payment of any accrued but unpaid base salary and any accrued and unreimbursed business expenses in accordance with Company policy in each case accrued or incurred through the date of the Triggering Event, (ii) any payments, benefits or entitlements that are vested, fully and unconditionally earned pursuant to any Company plan, policy, program or arrangement or other agreement, other than those providing for severance, separation pay or salary continuation payments or benefits (collectively, the “Accrued Payments”).

 

1.04 Triggering Event . A Triggering Event shall be deemed to occur if the Company terminates the Executive’s employment with the Company without Cause or the Executive resigns for Good Reason.

 

1.05

Termination by the Company for Cause . For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean (i) failure or refusal to perform the Executive’s duties as Chief Financial Officer of the Company after written notice from the CEO; (ii)


  willful misconduct or gross negligence in the performance of Executive’s duties to Company that has an adverse effect on the Company after receipt of at least one warning from the Company; (iii) intentional breach of a written covenant with or written policy of the Company relating to the use and preservation of intellectual property and/or confidentiality; (iv) being impaired by or under the influence of alcohol, illegal drugs or controlled substances while working or while on the property of the Company or any of its affiliated entities; (v) conviction of or plea of nolo contendre to a felony; or (vi) dishonest, disloyal or illegal conduct or gross misconduct which materially and adversely affects Executive’s performance or the reputation or business of the Company (it being agreed that a petty offense or a violation of the motor vehicle code shall not constitute Cause) provided , however , that prior to the determination that “Cause” under clause (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) or (vi) of this Section 1.05 has occurred, the Board shall (x) provide to the Executive in writing, in reasonable detail, the reasons for the determination that such “Cause” exists, (y) afford the Executive a thirty (30) day opportunity to remedy any such breach, if such breach is capable of being remedied during such 30 day period, and (z) provide Executive an opportunity to be heard prior to the final decision to terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder for such “Cause”. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Board may terminate Executive without any advance notification if the “Cause” event is incapable of reasonably prompt cure or if the Board determines that its fiduciary duty requires such termination. The Board shall make any decision that “Cause” exists in good faith. For purposes of this Agreement, no act or failure to act on the Executive’s part shall be considered “willful” unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in bad faith or without reasonable belief that her/his action or omission was in the best interests of the Company or any successor or affiliate. Any act, or failure to act, based upon authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board or based upon the advice of counsel for the Company, or any successor or affiliate, shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, in good faith and in the best interests of the Company, or any successor or affiliate thereof.

 

1.06

Resignation by the Executive for Good Reason . For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean any of the following without the Executive’s prior written consent: (i) any change in title or reporting relationship that does not reasonably constitute a promotion; (ii) assignment of duties materially and adversely inconsistent with the Executive’s position as Chief Financial Officer of the Company and which results in a material diminution in such position, authority, duties or responsibilities as herein contemplated; (iii) any material diminution in base salary, bonus opportunity or benefits; (iv) any requirement that the Executive relocate his principal residence from his principal residence on the date hereof; (v) any change in the Executive’s principal place of business that results in a one-way commute of greater than 40 miles from his principal residence on the date hereof ; or (vi) John H. Walker ceases to be CEO for any reason; provided, however, that in each case the Company, has failed to cure the applicable circumstance within 30 days following written notice from Executive;


  and provided, further, that Executive must provide written notice of events claimed to constitute Good Reason within 60 days of the initial occurrence of such events. Executive shall not be entitled to terminate his employment for Good Reason with respect to specified events unless Executive tenders resignation for Good Reason within 30 days of the Company’s failure to cure.

 

1.07 Resignation from Other Positions on Termination . Executive acknowledges and agrees that effective as of the date of the Triggering Event, Executive shall be deemed to have resigned from any and all titles, positions and appointments Executive holds in the Company, or any of their subsidiaries or affiliates, whether as an officer, director, or employee, consultant, independent contract or otherwise. Executive agrees to execute such documents as the Company in its sole discretion, shall reasonably deem necessary to effect such resignations.

ARTICLE II

Executive’s Covenants and Agreements

In addition to any obligations the Executive may have with respect to the following subject matter under and covenant to or policy of the Company in effect on the date of the Employee’s termination of employment, the Executive agrees to the promises set forth in Sections 2.01, 2.02 and 2.03 as follows.

 

2.01 Confidentiality . During the term of this Agreement and continuing for a period of five (5) years subsequent to the expiration or termination of this Agreement, Executive shall maintain in the strictest confidence any and all information regarding the Company, and its affiliated organizations, regarding their methods of operations; contracts and agreements; financial information and financial statements; vendor, customer and marketing information and lists; policies and procedures; personnel, employment practices and conditions; marketing and strategic plans and initiatives; customer and supplier relationships; prices and contracts; price structure; cost structure; and any and all other information obtained directly or indirectly by Executive deemed by the Company or its affiliated organizations to be confidential (all of the foregoing shall be identified hereinafter as “Confidential Information”). Executive shall not disclose any portion of Confidential Information without the prior written consent of the Company. Executive shall limit his use of Confidential Information to the performance of his duties, responsibilities, and obligations pursuant to this Agreement and for no other purpose. Upon the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive shall promptly deliver to the Company all Confidential Information and correspondence, drawings, blueprints, manuals, letters, notes, notebooks, reports, flow-charts, programs, proposals and any other written documents obtaining Confidential Information.

 

2.02

Loyalty . Executive shall act with diligence and fidelity to the best of Executive’s ability in furtherance of the best interests of the Company and its affiliated organizations. During the term of Executive’s employment with the Company, or


  its affiliated organizations, including all extensions and renewals, and for a period of twenty-four (24) months thereafter, Executive shall not directly or indirectly recruit, persuade, or encourage employees, vendors, customers, or any other parties maintaining relationships with the Company or its affiliated organizations to terminate or modify their relationship in any way that would be detrimental to the Company or its affiliated organizations.

 

2.03 Noncompetition . During the term of Executive’s employment with the Company, or its affiliated organizations, including all extensions and renewals, and for a period of twelve (12) months thereafter, Executive shall not provide services, directly or indirectly, as an Executive, principal, partner, contractor, consultant, director, officer, shareholder, or otherwise to any business entity that competes with the Company in any of the principal markets in which the Company markets its products.

 

2.04 Consideration and Acknowledgements . Executive agrees that this Article II has been negotiated on an arms-length basis between the parties and represents material consideration relative to this Agreement. Executive acknowledges that Executive has entered into this Agreement knowingly and voluntarily after being given the opportunity to consult with independent counsel and has given careful consideration to the restraints imposed upon Executive by this Agreement, and is necessary for the protection of the Confidential Information, business strategies, employee and customer relationships and goodwill of the Company, and its subsidiaries and affiliates now existing or to be developed in the future. Executive expressly acknowledges and agrees that each restraint imposed by this Agreement is reasonable with respect to subject matter, time period and geographical area and Executive’s experience and capabilities are such that Executive has other opportunities to earn a livelihood and adequate means of support for Executive and Executive’s dependents while complying with the restrictive covenants contained in Sections 2.01, 2.02 and 2.03.

 

2.05 Nondisparagement . Executive shall not, whether in writing or orally, malign, denigrate or disparage the Company or its respective subsidiaries, affiliates, predecessors or successors, or any of the current or former directors, officers, employees, shareholders, partners, members, agents or representatives of any of the foregoing, with respect to any of their respective past or present activities, or otherwise publish (whether in writing or orally) statements that tend to portray any of the aforementioned parties in an unfavorable light. Nothing in this Section 2.05 shall or shall be deemed to prevent or impair Executive from pleading or testifying, to the extent that he reasonably believes his pleadings or testimony to be true, in any legal or administrative proceeding if such testimony is compelled or requested, or from otherwise complying with legal requirements


ARTICLE III

Miscellaneous

 

3.01 Severability . If any term or provision of this Agreement or the application hereof to any person or circumstance shall to any extent be held invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement or the application of such term or provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid or unenforceable shall not be affected thereby, and each term and provision of this Agreement shall, notwithstanding said invalidity, remain valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

3.02 Entire Agreement/Amendment . This Agreement represents the entire agreement of the parties and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, whether verbal or written, concerning severance compensation to be paid on or after the Executive’s termination of employment. This Agreement may be amended only by a written agreement signed by both parties. For the avoidance of doubt, this Agreement does not supersede the Halkos Holdings, LLC, Executive Equity Plan (the “Equity Plan”) or agreements executed in connection with the Equity Plan and the Executive shall have any rights he may have under the Equity Plan and agreements executed in connection with the Equity Plan.

 

3.03 Employer’s Remedies upon Breach . Executive acknowledges that the Company’s remedy at law for a breach by Executive of the provisions of the Agreement, including, but not limited to Article II hereof, will be inadequate. Accordingly, in the event of the breach or threatened breach by Executive of the provisions of this Agreement, including, but not limited to Article II hereof, the Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief in addition to any other remedy it may have.

 

3.04 Release and Waiver . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, Executive acknowledges and agrees that any and all payments and benefits, other than the Accrued Payments, are conditioned upon and subject to the Executive’s satisfaction of the Release Condition.

 

3.05 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois. The parties hereto submit to the in personam jurisdiction of the federal and state courts in the District or county, respectively, in which Schaumburg, Illinois is situate and agree that such courts shall be the sole and exclusive forum for the resolution of any disputes between them.

 

3.06 Assignability . This Agreement is personal to the parties and may not be assigned by either of the parties without the prior written consent of the other party hereto.

 

3.07

Agreement Binding; Joint and Several Payment Obligations . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Executive’s heirs, executors, legal representatives, and permitted assigns and the successors and assigns of the


  Company. The obligations to make payments under the circumstances described in Article I shall be the joint and several obligations of the Company and each of its affiliated organizations.

 

3.08 Headings . The headings of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of any of the provision hereof.

 

3.09 Waiver . No failure by either party to exercise any of such party’s rights or remedies hereunder and no custom or practice at variance with the terms hereof shall constitute a waiver or right to demand strict compliance with the terms of this Agreement at any time.

 

3.10 Notices . Any notice provided for or concerning this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered in person or by United States Certified Mail – Return Receipt Requested and postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

To the Company:

Global Brass & Copper, Inc.

1901 N .Roselle Road

Schaumburg, IL 60195

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

Executive:

Robert T. Micchelli

4407 Esquire Circle

Naperville, IL 60564

Either party may change its address for receipt of notices pursuant to this Agreement by providing written notice of such change to the other party pursuant to the provisions hereof.

 

3.11 Section 409A .

 

  (a)

For purposes of this Agreement, “ Section 409A ” means Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder (and such other Treasury or Internal Revenue Service guidance) as in effect from time to time. The parties intend that any amounts payable hereunder that could constitute “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A will be compliant with Section 409A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall be solely responsible and


  liable for the satisfaction of all taxes and penalties that may be imposed on or for the account of Executive in connection with this Agreement (including any taxes and penalties under Section 409A), and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates shall have any obligation to indemnify or otherwise hold Executive (or any beneficiary) harmless from any or all of such taxes or penalties.

 

  (b) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event that Executive is deemed to be a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) and Executive is not “disabled” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(C), no payments hereunder that are “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A shall be made to Executive prior to the date that is six (6) months after the date of Executive’s “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A) or, if earlier, Executive’s date of death. Following any applicable six (6) month delay, all such delayed payments will be paid in a single lump sum on the earliest date permitted under Section 409A that is also a business day. For purposes of Section 409A, each of the payments that may be made under Section 1.02 are designated as separate payments for purposes of Section 409A.

 

  (c) For purposes of this Agreement, with respect to payments of any amounts that are considered to be “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A, references to “termination of employment” (and substantially similar phrases) shall be interpreted and applied in a manner that is consistent with the requirements of Section 409A.

 

  (d) To the extent that any reimbursements pursuant to this Agreement are taxable to Executive, any such reimbursement payment due to Executive shall be paid to Executive as promptly as practicable consistent with Company practice following Executive’s appropriate itemization and substantiation of expenses incurred, and in all events on or before the last day of Executive’s taxable year following the taxable year in which the related expense was incurred. The reimbursements pursuant to this Agreement are not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit and the amount of such benefits and reimbursements that Executive receives in one taxable year shall not affect the amount of such benefits or reimbursements that Executive receives in any other taxable year.

 

3.12 Withholding; Taxes. The Company may deduct and withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such federal, state, local, non-U.S. or other taxes as are required or permitted to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement or caused this Agreement to be executed the day and date first above written.


GLOBAL BRASS & COPPER, INC.

/s/ John Walker

By:   John Walker
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

EXECUTIVE:

/s/    Robert T. Micchelli

ROBERT T. MICCHELLI


Exhibit A

WAIVER AND RELEASE OF CLAIMS

In connection with the termination of employment of Robert T. Micchelli (the “Executive”) by Global Brass & Copper, Inc. (the “Company”), pursuant to the severance agreement between the Executive and the Company (the “Severance Agreement”), the Executive agrees as follows:

1. Waiver and Release

 

  (a) As used in this Waiver and Release of Claims (this “Agreement”), the term “claims” shall include all claims, covenants, warranties, promises, undertakings, actions, suits, causes of action, obligations, debts, accounts, attorneys’ fees, judgments, losses and liabilities, of whatsoever kind or nature, both known and unknown, in law, equity or otherwise.

 

  (b) For and in consideration of the payments described in Section 1.02 of the Severance Agreement, the Executive, for and on behalf of the Executive and the Executive’s heirs, administrators, executors, and assigns, effective the Effective Date (as defined below), does fully and forever waive and release, remise and discharge the Company, its direct and indirect parents, subsidiaries and affiliates, their predecessors and successors and assigns, together with the respective officers, directors, partners, shareholders, employees, members, and agents of the foregoing (collectively, the “Group”) from any and all claims which the Executive had, may have had, or now has against the Company, the Group, collectively or any member of the Group individually, for or by reason of any matter, cause or thing whatsoever, including but not limited to any claim arising out of or attributable to the Executive’s employment or the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company, and also including but not limited to claims of breach of contract, wrongful termination, unjust dismissal, defamation, libel or slander, or under any federal, state or local law dealing with discrimination based on age, race, sex, national origin, handicap, religion, disability or sexual preference. This release of claims includes, but is not limited to, all claims arising under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act, the Americans with Disabilities Act, the Civil Rights Act of 1991, the Family Medical Leave Act, the Equal Pay Act, the New York Human Rights Law, the New York City Administrative Code, the Illinois or Ohio human relations act and all other federal, state and local labor and anti-discrimination laws, the common law and any other purported restriction on an employer’s right to terminate the employment of employees.


  (c) The Executive specifically releases all claims against the Group and each member thereof under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (the “ADEA”) relating to the Executive’s employment and its termination.

 

  (d) The Executive represents that the Executive has not filed or permitted to be filed against the Group, any member of the Group individually or the Group collectively, any lawsuit, complaint, charge, proceeding or the like, before any local, state or federal agency, court or other body (each, a “Proceeding”), and the Executive covenants and agrees that the Executive will not do so at any time hereafter with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and claims released pursuant to this Agreement (including, without limitation, any claims relating to the termination of the Executive’s employment), except (i) as may be necessary to enforce this Agreement, (ii) to obtain benefits described in or granted under this Agreement, (iii) to seek a determination of the validity of the waiver of the Executive’s rights under the ADEA, or (iv) initiate or participate in an investigation or proceeding conducted by the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (“EEOC”). Except as otherwise provided in the preceding sentence, (x) the Executive will not initiate or cause to be initiated on the Executive’s behalf any Proceeding, and will not participate (except as required by law) in any Proceeding of any nature or description against any member of the Group individually or the Group collectively that in any way involves the allegations and facts that the Executive could have raised against any member of the Group individually or the Group collectively as of the date hereof and (y) the Executive waives any right the Executive may have to benefit in any manner from any relief (monetary or otherwise) arising out of any Proceeding.

2. Acknowledgment of Consideration . The Executive is specifically agreeing to the terms of this release because the Company has agreed to pay the Executive money and other benefits to which the Executive was not otherwise entitled under the Company’s policies or under the Severance Agreement (in the absence of providing this release). The Company has agreed to provide this money and other benefits because of the Executive’s agreement to accept it in full settlement of all possible claims the Executive might have or ever had, and because of the Executive’s execution of this Agreement.

3. Acknowledgments Relating to Waiver and Release; Revocation Period . The Executive acknowledges that the Executive has read this Agreement in its entirety, fully understands its meaning and is executing this Agreement voluntarily and of the Executive’s own free will with full knowledge of its significance. The Executive acknowledges and warrants that the Executive has been advised by the Company to consult with an attorney prior to executing this Agreement. The offer to accept the terms of the Agreement is open for forty five (45) days from the date the Executive receives the Agreement. The Executive shall have the right to revoke this Agreement for a


period of seven days following the Executive’s execution of this Agreement, by giving written notice of such revocation to the Company. This Agreement shall not become effective until the eighth day following the Executive’s execution of it (the “Effective Date”).

4. Remedies . The Executive understands and agrees that if the Executive breaches any provisions of this Agreement, in addition to any other legal or equitable remedy the Company may have, the Company shall be entitled to cease making any payments or providing any benefits to the Executive under Section 1.02 of the Severance Agreement, and the Executive shall reimburse the Company for all its reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred by it arising out of any such breach. The remedies set forth in this paragraph shall not apply to any challenge to the validity of the waiver and release of the Executive’s rights under the ADEA. In the event the Executive challenges the validity of the waiver and release of the Executive’s rights under the ADEA, then the Company’s right to attorneys’ fees and costs shall be governed by the provisions of the ADEA, so that the Company may recover such fees and costs if the lawsuit is brought by the Executive in bad faith. Any such action permitted to the Company by this paragraph, however, shall not affect or impair any of the Executive’s obligations under this Agreement, including without limitation, the release of claims in paragraph 1 hereof. The Executive further agrees that nothing herein shall preclude the Company from recovering attorneys’ fees, costs or any other remedies specifically authorized under applicable law.

5. No Admission . Nothing herein shall be deemed to constitute an admission of wrongdoing by the Company or any member of the Group. Neither this Agreement nor any of its terms shall be used as an admission or introduced as evidence as to any issue of law or fact in any proceeding, suit or action, other than an action to enforce this Agreement.

6. Governing Law . The terms of this Agreement and all rights and obligations of the parties hereto, including its enforcement, shall be interpreted and governed by the laws of the State of Illinois without regard to the principles of conflicts of laws of the State of Illinois or those of any other jurisdiction which could cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Illinois.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Executive has hereunto set Executive’s hand as of the day and year set forth opposite the Executive’s signature below.

 

 

   

 

DATE     Robert T. Micchelli


Exhibit B

Seventy percent (70%) of one year of base pay at the highest rate of base salary payable to the Executive during the one year period immediately prior to the Triggering Event.

Exhibit 10.6

SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

This SEVERANCE AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made this 29th day of July, 2011 by and between Global Brass & Copper, Inc. (the “Company”) and Devin K. Denner (“Executive”).

RECITALS:

WHEREAS, Executive accepted employment to serve as President of Chase Brass and Copper Company, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (“Chase Brass”) reporting to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the “CEO”);

WHEREAS, the Company desires to assure the Executive that he will be paid a severance benefit in the event his employment with the Company terminates under certain circumstances and the parties intend this Severance Agreement to evidence the severance arrangement between the Company and Executive which shall supersede in its entirety any oral or written promise of severance made to the Executive.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants set forth herein and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereby agree as follows.

ARTICLE I

Employment and Termination

 

1.01 At Will Employment . Executive shall be and continue as an at will employee of the Company. The Executive shall be entitled to receive such compensation and benefits as the Board and management of the Company shall determine appropriate from time to time, subject to the rights that may be created in the Executive under the definition of Good Reason below. This Agreement is not a contract of employment and shall not be interpreted to change the Executive’s status as an employee at will of the Company. The purpose of this Agreement is to provide for payment of severance amounts in the event the Executive’s employment with the Company terminates under the specific terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

1.02

Severance . In the event of the occurrence of any Triggering Event (as hereinafter defined), and subject to Executive’s execution, delivery and nonrevocation of the general waiver and release of claims substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A hereto within fifty-five (55) days following a Triggering Event (the “Release Condition”), (A) the Company shall provide to Executive a lump sum severance payment (the “Severance Payment”) in immediately available funds in an amount equal to the sum of (i) one year of base pay at the highest rate of base salary payable to the Executive during the one year period immediately prior to the Triggering Event and (ii) the higher of (x) the Target Amount for the Executive for the Performance Period (as such terms are defined under the Global Brass &


  Copper, Inc. Incentive Compensation Plan (the “Bonus Plan”) in which the last day of employment occurs, (y) the annual bonus of the Executive averaged for the three years immediately prior to the year in which the last day of employment occurs and (z) the amount set forth on Exhibit B and (B) the Company will cause to be provided to the Executive coverage under or equal in value to the Company’ health plan, dental plan and life insurance plan and coverage to each dependent of the Executive covered under the health plan and dental plan immediately prior to the Triggering Event on the same terms and conditions as the Company provides such coverages to active employees and dependants and at a cost to the Executive per period of coverage equal to the periodic contribution amount charged to active employees for a period of one year or, if earlier, until the Executive secures comparable coverages under comparable terms and conditions under a successor employer’s health, dental and life plans. If the Executive has not secured comparable coverage under a successor employer’s health plan at the end of one year, the Executive’s rights under COBRA shall begin upon the loss of coverage after the one year continuation described in the preceding sentence. Payments and benefits of amounts which do not constitute nonqualified deferred compensation and are not subject to Section 409A (as defined below) shall commence five (5) days after the Release Condition is satisfied and payments and benefits which are subject to Section 409A shall commence on the 60th day after termination of employment (subject to further delay, if required pursuant to Section 3.11(b) below) provided that the Release Condition is satisfied. This severance payment and benefits shall be in lieu of any other severance payments or benefits available under the previously executed letter agreement or any severance policy or procedure of the Company. The severance amount shall be in lieu of and satisfaction of any amount otherwise payable under the Bonus Plan.

 

1.03 Accrued Payments . In addition to the Severance Payment, Executive shall be entitled to receive as soon as practicable, and in all events within 30 days following the date of the Triggering Event, (i) payment of any accrued but unpaid base salary and any accrued and unreimbursed business expenses in accordance with Company policy in each case accrued or incurred through the date of the Triggering Event, (ii) any payments, benefits or entitlements that are vested, fully and unconditionally earned pursuant to any Company plan, policy, program or arrangement or other agreement, other than those providing for severance, separation pay or salary continuation payments or benefits (collectively, the “Accrued Payments”).

 

1.04 Triggering Event . A Triggering Event shall be deemed to occur if the Company terminates the Executive’s employment with the Company without Cause or the Executive resigns for Good Reason.

 

1.05 Termination by the Company for Cause . For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean (i) failure or refusal to perform the Executive’s duties as President of Chase Brass after written notice from the CEO; (ii) willful misconduct or gross negligence in the performance of Executive’s duties to Company that has an


  adverse effect on the Company after receipt of at least one warning from the Company or Chase Brass; (iii) intentional breach of a written covenant with or written policy of the Company or Chase Brass relating to the use and preservation of intellectual property and/or confidentiality; (iv) being impaired by or under the influence of alcohol, illegal drugs or controlled substances while working or while on the property of the Company or Chase Brass or any of their affiliated entities; (v) conviction of or plea of nolo contendre to a felony; or (vi) dishonest, disloyal or illegal conduct or gross misconduct which materially and adversely affects Executive’s performance or the reputation or business of the Company or Chase Brass (it being agreed that a petty offense or a violation of the motor vehicle code shall not constitute Cause) provided , however , that prior to the determination that “Cause” under clause (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) or (vi) of this Section 1.05 has occurred, the Board shall (x) provide to the Executive in writing, in reasonable detail, the reasons for the determination that such “Cause” exists, (y) afford the Executive a thirty (30) day opportunity to remedy any such breach, if such breach is capable of being remedied during such 30 day period, and (z) provide Executive an opportunity to be heard prior to the final decision to terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder for such “Cause”. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Board may terminate Executive without any advance notification if the “Cause” event is incapable of reasonably prompt cure or if the Board determines that its fiduciary duty requires such termination. The Board shall make any decision that “Cause” exists in good faith. For purposes of this Agreement, no act or failure to act on the Executive’s part shall be considered “willful” unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in bad faith or without reasonable belief that her/his action or omission was in the best interests of the Company or any successor or affiliate. Any act, or failure to act, based upon authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board or based upon the advice of counsel for the Company, or any successor or affiliate, shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, in good faith and in the best interests of the Company, or any successor or affiliate thereof.

 

1.06 Resignation by the Executive for Good Reason . For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean any of the following without the Executive’s prior written consent: (i) assignment of duties materially and adversely inconsistent with the Executive’s position as President of Chase Brass and which results in a material diminution in such position, authority, duties or responsibilities as herein contemplated; or (ii) any material diminution in base salary, bonus opportunity or benefits; provided, however, that in each case the Company or Chase Brass, as applicable, has failed to cure the applicable circumstance within 30 days following written notice from Executive; and provided, further, that Executive must provide written notice of events claimed to constitute Good Reason within 60 days of the initial occurrence of such events. Executive shall not be entitled to terminate his employment for Good Reason with respect to specified events unless Executive tenders resignation for Good Reason within 30 days of the Company’s failure to cure.


1.07 Resignation from Other Positions on Termination . Executive acknowledges and agrees that effective as of the date of the Triggering Event, Executive shall be deemed to have resigned from any and all titles, positions and appointments Executive holds in the Company, Chase Brass or any of their subsidiaries or affiliates, whether as an officer, director, or employee, consultant, independent contract or otherwise. Executive agrees to execute such documents as the Company or Chase Brass, in its sole discretion, shall reasonably deem necessary to effect such resignations.

ARTICLE II

Executive’s Covenants and Agreements

In addition to any obligations the Executive may have with respect to the following subject matter under and covenant to or policy of the Company in effect on the date of the Employee’s termination of employment, the Executive agrees to the promises set forth in Sections 2.01, 2.02 and 2.03 as follows.

 

2.01 Confidentiality . During the term of this Agreement and during the five year period subsequent to the expiration or termination of this Agreement, Executive shall maintain in the strictest confidence any and all information regarding the Company, and its affiliated organizations, regarding their methods of operations; contracts and agreements; financial information and financial statements; vendor, customer and marketing information and lists; policies and procedures; personnel, employment practices and conditions; marketing and strategic plans and initiatives; customer and supplier relationships; prices and contracts; price structure; cost structure; and any and all other information obtained directly or indirectly by Executive deemed by the Company or its affiliated organizations to be confidential (all of the foregoing shall be identified hereinafter as “Confidential Information”). Executive shall not disclose any portion of Confidential Information without the prior written consent of the Company. Executive shall limit his use of Confidential Information to the performance of his duties, responsibilities, and obligations pursuant to this Agreement and for no other purpose. Upon the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive shall promptly deliver to the Company all Confidential Information and correspondence, drawings, blueprints, manuals, letters, notes, notebooks, reports, flow-charts, programs, proposals and any other written documents obtaining Confidential Information.

 

2.02 Loyalty . Executive shall act with diligence and fidelity to the best of Executive’s ability in furtherance of the best interests of the Company and its affiliated organizations, including Chase Brass. During the term of Executive’s employment with the Company, or its affiliated organizations, including all extensions and renewals, and for a period of twenty-four (24) months thereafter, Executive shall not directly or indirectly recruit, persuade, or encourage employees, vendors, customers, or any other parties maintaining relationships with the Company or its


  affiliated organizations to terminate or modify their relationship in any way that would be detrimental to the Company or its affiliated organizations.

 

2.03 Noncompetition . During the term of Executive’s employment with the Company, or its affiliated organizations, including all extensions and renewals, and for a period of twelve (12) months thereafter, Executive shall not provide services, directly or indirectly, as an Executive, principal, partner, contractor, consultant, director, officer, shareholder, or otherwise to any business entity that competes with the Company or Chase Brass in any of the principal markets in which the Company or Chase Brass markets its or their products.

 

2.04 Consideration and Acknowledgements . Executive agrees that this Article II has been negotiated on an arms-length basis between the parties and represents material consideration relative to this Agreement. Executive acknowledges that Executive has entered into this Agreement knowingly and voluntarily after being given the opportunity to consult with independent counsel and has given careful consideration to the restraints imposed upon Executive by this Agreement, and is necessary for the protection of the Confidential Information, business strategies, employee and customer relationships and goodwill of the Company, Chase Brass and their respective subsidiaries and affiliates now existing or to be developed in the future. Executive expressly acknowledges and agrees that each restraint imposed by this Agreement is reasonable with respect to subject matter, time period and geographical area and Executive’s experience and capabilities are such that Executive has other opportunities to earn a livelihood and adequate means of support for Executive and Executive’s dependents while complying with the restrictive covenants contained in Sections 2.01, 2.02 and 2.03.

 

2.05 Nondisparagement . Executive shall not, whether in writing or orally, malign, denigrate or disparage the Company, Chase Brass or their respective subsidiaries, affiliates, predecessors or successors, or any of the current or former directors, officers, employees, shareholders, partners, members, agents or representatives of any of the foregoing, with respect to any of their respective past or present activities, or otherwise publish (whether in writing or orally) statements that tend to portray any of the aforementioned parties in an unfavorable light. Nothing in this Section 2.05 shall or shall be deemed to prevent or impair Executive from pleading or testifying, to the extent that he reasonably believes his pleadings or testimony to be true, in any legal or administrative proceeding if such testimony is compelled or requested, or from otherwise complying with legal requirements.

ARTICLE III

Miscellaneous

 

3.01 Severability . If any term or provision of this Agreement or the application hereof to any person or circumstance shall to any extent be held invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement or the application of such term or provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid or


  unenforceable shall not be affected thereby, and each term and provision of this Agreement shall, notwithstanding said invalidity, remain valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

3.02 Entire Agreement/Amendment . This Agreement represents the entire agreement of the parties and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, whether verbal or written, concerning severance compensation to be paid on or after the Executive’s termination of employment. This Agreement may be amended only by a written agreement signed by both parties. For the avoidance of doubt, this Agreement does not supersede the Halkos Holdings, LLC, Executive Equity Plan (the “Equity Plan”) or agreements executed in connection with the Equity Plan and the Executive shall have any rights he may have under the Equity Plan and agreements executed in connection with the Equity Plan.

 

3.03 Employer’s Remedies upon Breach . Executive acknowledges that the Company’s remedy at law for a breach by Executive of the provisions of the Agreement, including, but not limited to Article II hereof, will be inadequate. Accordingly, in the event of the breach or threatened breach by Executive of the provisions of this Agreement, including, but not limited to Article II hereof, the Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief in addition to any other remedy it may have.

 

3.04 Release and Waiver . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, Executive acknowledges and agrees that any and all payments and benefits, other than the Accrued Payments, are conditioned upon and subject to the Executive’s satisfaction of the Release Condition.

 

3.05 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois. The parties hereto submit to the in personam jurisdiction of the federal and state courts in the District or county, respectively, in which Schaumburg, Illinois is situate and agree that such courts shall be the sole and exclusive forum for the resolution of any disputes between them.

 

3.06 Assignability . This Agreement is personal to the parties and may not be assigned by either of the parties without the prior written consent of the other party hereto.

 

3.07 Agreement Binding; Joint and Several Payment Obligations . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Executive’s heirs, executors, legal representatives, and permitted assigns and the successors and assigns of Chase Brass and the Company, respectively. The obligations to make payments under the circumstances described in Article I shall be the joint and several obligations of the Company and Chase Brass and its and their affiliated organizations.

 

3.08 Headings . The headings of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of any of the provision hereof.


3.09 Waiver . No failure by either party to exercise any of such party’s rights or remedies hereunder and no custom or practice at variance with the terms hereof shall constitute a waiver or right to demand strict compliance with the terms of this Agreement at any time.

 

3.10 Notices . Any notice provided for or concerning this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered in person or by United States Certified Mail – Return Receipt Requested and postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

To the Company:

Global Brass & Copper, Inc.

1901 N .Roselle Road

Schaumburg, IL 60195

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

Executive:

Devin K. Denner

                                                 

                                                 

Either party may change its address for receipt of notices pursuant to this Agreement by providing written notice of such change to the other party pursuant to the provisions hereof.

 

3.11 Section 409A .

 

  (a) For purposes of this Agreement, “ Section 409A ” means Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder (and such other Treasury or Internal Revenue Service guidance) as in effect from time to time. The parties intend that any amounts payable hereunder that could constitute “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A will be compliant with Section 409A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall be solely responsible and liable for the satisfaction of all taxes and penalties that may be imposed on or for the account of Executive in connection with this Agreement (including any taxes and penalties under Section 409A), and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates shall have any obligation to indemnify or otherwise hold Executive (or any beneficiary) harmless from any or all of such taxes or penalties.


  (b) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event that Executive is deemed to be a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) and Executive is not “disabled” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(C), no payments hereunder that are “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A shall be made to Executive prior to the date that is six (6) months after the date of Executive’s “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A) or, if earlier, Executive’s date of death. Following any applicable six (6) month delay, all such delayed payments will be paid in a single lump sum on the earliest date permitted under Section 409A that is also a business day. For purposes of Section 409A, each of the payments that may be made under Section 1.02 are designated as separate payments for purposes of Section 409A.

 

  (c) For purposes of this Agreement, with respect to payments of any amounts that are considered to be “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A, references to “termination of employment” (and substantially similar phrases) shall be interpreted and applied in a manner that is consistent with the requirements of Section 409A.

 

  (d) To the extent that any reimbursements pursuant to this Agreement are taxable to Executive, any such reimbursement payment due to Executive shall be paid to Executive as promptly as practicable consistent with Company practice following Executive’s appropriate itemization and substantiation of expenses incurred, and in all events on or before the last day of Executive’s taxable year following the taxable year in which the related expense was incurred. The reimbursements pursuant to this Agreement are not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit and the amount of such benefits and reimbursements that Executive receives in one taxable year shall not affect the amount of such benefits or reimbursements that Executive receives in any other taxable year.

 

3.12 Withholding; Taxes. The Company may deduct and withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such federal, state, local, non-U.S. or other taxes as are required or permitted to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement or caused this Agreement to be executed the day and date first above written.

GLOBAL BRASS & COPPER, INC.

 

/s/    John Walker

By: John Walker

Title: Chief Executive Officer

EXECUTIVE:

 

/s/    Devin K. Denner

DEVIN K. DENNER


Exhibit A

WAIVER AND RELEASE OF CLAIMS

In connection with the termination of employment of Devin K. Denner (the “Executive”) by Global Brass & Copper, Inc. (the “Company”), pursuant to the severance agreement between the Executive and the Company (the “Severance Agreement”), the Executive agrees as follows:

1. Waiver and Release

 

  (a) As used in this Waiver and Release of Claims (this “Agreement”), the term “claims” shall include all claims, covenants, warranties, promises, undertakings, actions, suits, causes of action, obligations, debts, accounts, attorneys’ fees, judgments, losses and liabilities, of whatsoever kind or nature, both known and unknown, in law, equity or otherwise.

 

  (b)

For and in consideration of the payments described in Section 1.02 of the Severance Agreement, the Executive, for and on behalf of the Executive and the Executive’s heirs, administrators, executors, and assigns, effective the Effective Date (as defined below), does fully and forever waive and release, remise and discharge the Company, Chase Brass and Copper Company, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (“Chase Brass”), their direct and indirect parents, subsidiaries and affiliates, their predecessors and successors and assigns, together with the respective officers, directors, partners, shareholders, employees, members, and agents of the foregoing (collectively, the “Group”) from any and all claims which the Executive had, may have had, or now has against the Company, Chase Brass, the Group, collectively or any member of the Group individually, for or by reason of any matter, cause or thing whatsoever, including but not limited to any claim arising out of or attributable to the Executive’s employment or the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company, and also including but not limited to claims of breach of contract, wrongful termination, unjust dismissal, defamation, libel or slander, or under any federal, state or local law dealing with discrimination based on age, race, sex, national origin, handicap, religion, disability or sexual preference. This release of claims includes, but is not limited to, all claims arising under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act, the Americans with Disabilities Act, the Civil Rights Act of 1991, the Family Medical Leave Act, the Equal Pay Act, the New York Human Rights Law, the New York City Administrative Code, the Illinois or Ohio human relations act and all other federal, state and local labor and anti-discrimination laws, the common law and any other


 

11

  purported restriction on an employer’s right to terminate the employment of employees.

 

  (c) The Executive specifically releases all claims against the Group and each member thereof under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (the “ADEA”) relating to the Executive’s employment and its termination.

 

  (d) The Executive represents that the Executive has not filed or permitted to be filed against the Group, any member of the Group individually or the Group collectively, any lawsuit, complaint, charge, proceeding or the like, before any local, state or federal agency, court or other body (each, a “Proceeding”), and the Executive covenants and agrees that the Executive will not do so at any time hereafter with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and claims released pursuant to this Agreement (including, without limitation, any claims relating to the termination of the Executive’s employment), except (i) as may be necessary to enforce this Agreement, (ii) to obtain benefits described in or granted under this Agreement, (iii) to seek a determination of the validity of the waiver of the Executive’s rights under the ADEA, or (iv) initiate or participate in an investigation or proceeding conducted by the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (“EEOC”). Except as otherwise provided in the preceding sentence, (x) the Executive will not initiate or cause to be initiated on the Executive’s behalf any Proceeding, and will not participate (except as required by law) in any Proceeding of any nature or description against any member of the Group individually or the Group collectively that in any way involves the allegations and facts that the Executive could have raised against any member of the Group individually or the Group collectively as of the date hereof and (y) the Executive waives any right the Executive may have to benefit in any manner from any relief (monetary or otherwise) arising out of any Proceeding.

2. Acknowledgment of Consideration . The Executive is specifically agreeing to the terms of this release because the Company has agreed to pay the Executive money and other benefits to which the Executive was not otherwise entitled under the Company’s policies or under the Severance Agreement (in the absence of providing this release). The Company has agreed to provide this money and other benefits because of the Executive’s agreement to accept it in full settlement of all possible claims the Executive might have or ever had, and because of the Executive’s execution of this Agreement.

3. Acknowledgments Relating to Waiver and Release; Revocation Period . The Executive acknowledges that the Executive has read this Agreement in its entirety, fully understands its meaning and is executing this Agreement voluntarily and of the Executive’s own free will with full knowledge of its significance. The Executive acknowledges and warrants that the Executive has been advised by the Company to consult with an attorney prior to executing this Agreement. The offer to accept the terms


 

12

of the Agreement is open for forty five (45) days from the date the Executive receives the Agreement. The Executive shall have the right to revoke this Agreement for a period of seven days following the Executive’s execution of this Agreement, by giving written notice of such revocation to the Company. This Agreement shall not become effective until the eighth day following the Executive’s execution of it (the “Effective Date”).

4. Remedies . The Executive understands and agrees that if the Executive breaches any provisions of this Agreement, in addition to any other legal or equitable remedy the Company may have, the Company shall be entitled to cease making any payments or providing any benefits to the Executive under Section 1.02 of the Severance Agreement, and the Executive shall reimburse the Company for all its reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred by it arising out of any such breach. The remedies set forth in this paragraph shall not apply to any challenge to the validity of the waiver and release of the Executive’s rights under the ADEA. In the event the Executive challenges the validity of the waiver and release of the Executive’s rights under the ADEA, then the Company’s right to attorneys’ fees and costs shall be governed by the provisions of the ADEA, so that the Company may recover such fees and costs if the lawsuit is brought by the Executive in bad faith. Any such action permitted to the Company by this paragraph, however, shall not affect or impair any of the Executive’s obligations under this Agreement, including without limitation, the release of claims in paragraph 1 hereof. The Executive further agrees that nothing herein shall preclude the Company from recovering attorneys’ fees, costs or any other remedies specifically authorized under applicable law.

5. No Admission . Nothing herein shall be deemed to constitute an admission of wrongdoing by the Company or any member of the Group. Neither this Agreement nor any of its terms shall be used as an admission or introduced as evidence as to any issue of law or fact in any proceeding, suit or action, other than an action to enforce this Agreement.

6. Governing Law . The terms of this Agreement and all rights and obligations of the parties hereto, including its enforcement, shall be interpreted and governed by the laws of the State of Illinois without regard to the principles of conflicts of laws of the State of Illinois or those of any other jurisdiction which could cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Illinois.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Executive has hereunto set Executive’s hand as of the day and year set forth opposite the Executive’s signature below.

 

 

   

 

DATE     Devin K. Denner


 

13

Exhibit B

Six hundred thousand dollars ($600,000.00)

Exhibit 10.13

11/18/94

INDENTURE OF LEASE

THIS INDENTURE OF LEASE (the “Lease”) made and entered into as of the 1st day of March, 1995 by and between THE LARES GROUP II, a Rhode Island limited partnership having offices at 333 Strawberry Field Road, Warwick, Rhode Island (hereinafter referred to as “Landlord”) and A.J. OSTER COMPANY, a Rhode Island corporation having offices at 445 Warwick Industrial Drive, Warwick, Rhode Island, (hereinafter referred to as “Tenant”).

WITNESSETH:

ARTICLE 1

Premises

1.1 Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant leases from Landlord, upon and subject to the terms and provisions of this Lease, a portion of the building owned by Landlord located at 333 Strawberry Field Road, Warwick, Rhode Island, (hereinafter referred to as the “Demised Premises”). The Demised Premises consist of approximately 73,600 square feet of space as shown on Exhibit “A” attached hereto and made a part hereof.

1.2 Tenant, and its employees, agents and business invitees, shall have the right to use the portions of the parking areas adjacent to the building in which the Demised Premises are located designated on Exhibit “B” attached hereto and made a part hereof for parking purposes only.

1.3 Tenant is fully aware of the present condition of the Demised Premises and accepts the same absolutely “as is” without any obligation on the part of Landlord whatsoever with respect thereto.

 

1


11/18/94

 

ARTICLE 2

Term of Lease

TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the Demised Premises unto Tenant for the term of five (5) years, beginning on March 1, 1995, and ending on February 28, 2000.

ARTICLE 3

Rent

Tenant covenants and agrees to pay to Landlord at Landlord’s address as hereinabove set forth, or at such place as Landlord, from time to time shall designate in writing, rent for the Demised Premises, without offset or reduction and without previous demand therefor at the rate per annum hereinafter set forth, such rent being payable in equal monthly installments as hereinafter set forth, in advance, on the first day of each and every calendar month during the term hereof:

 

Lease Year

   Rent Per Annum      Monthly Installment  

ONE and TWO

March 1,1995 through and including February 28, 1997

   $ 257,600.00       $ 21,466.67   

THREE and FOUR

March 1, 1997 through and including February 28, 1999

   $ 276,000.00       $ 23,000.00   

FIVE

March 1, 1999 through and including February 28, 2000

   $ 294,400.00       $ 24,533.33   

 

2


11/18/94

 

ARTICLE 4

Taxes

4.1 Tenant shall reimburse Landlord as additional rent for Tenant’s pro rata share (as hereinafter defined) of all real estate or other taxes assessed or imposed upon the real estate (i.e., land and buildings) of which the Demised Premises is a part from time to time, which become due and payable in each year during the lease term.

4.2 As used in this Article, the term “real estate taxes” shall mean and include all real estate taxes, public and governmental charges and assessments foreseen or unforeseen, and all costs and fees incurred by Landlord in contesting or negotiating with public authorities as to any of the same at Tenant’s request or with Tenant’s consent (regardless of how such items may be labeled). Tenant also shall pay, not later than the due date thereof, personal property taxes on Tenant’s machinery, equipment, inventory or other personal property or assets of Tenant (any such personal property taxes on the assets of other tenants in the building of which the Demised Premises is a part shall be excluded from real estate taxes reimbursable by Tenant hereunder). Any governmental tax or charge (other than income or estate taxes) levied, assessed or imposed on account of the payment by Tenant, or receipt by Landlord, of, or based in whole or in part upon the rents in this Lease and/or other leases reserved, shall be similarly included in real estate taxes, but only to the extent such tax is in lieu (in whole or in part) of real estate taxes, and only to the extent that such taxes would be payable if the real estate of which the Demised Premises is a part were the only real estate owned by Landlord.

 

3


11/18/94

 

4.3 Tenant’s share of the real estate tax shall be pro rated for periods at the beginning and end of the term hereof which do not constitute full tax years. Tenant shall pay its share of such tax within ten (10) days after Landlord submits to Tenant a bill therefor.

4.4 Tenant’s share of the real estate tax shall be equal to 11% thereof.

ARTICLE 5

Use of Premises

It is understood, and Tenant so agrees, that the Demised Premises during the term of this Lease shall be used and occupied by Tenant for light manufacturing and offices. Tenant shall abide by all reasonable rules and regulations required by Landlord or Landlord’s insurance carrier with respect to the use of the Demised Premises.

ARTICLE 6

Maintenance and Trade Fixtures

6.1 Landlord shall keep, maintain and repair the exterior of the building of which the Demised Premises is a part, including without limitation the roof (but excluding window glass, doors and frames, which shall be Tenant’s responsibility), the structural portions of such building, including without limitation, footings and foundations, floor slab and structural walls, columns and beams. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord as additional rent for a pro rata share of the cost of plowing snow from all of the driveways and parking areas adjacent to the building from which Landlord is responsible for removing snow computed by multiplying such costs by a fraction, the numerator of which is the area reserved for Tenant’s parking as set forth in 1.2 hereof and the denominator of

 

4


11/18/94

 

which is the total area of the parking areas adjacent to the building from which the Landlord removes snow.

Landlord shall maintain the water distribution portion of the heating system servicing the Demised Premises. Landlord shall be responsible for any repairs to the plumbing and heating equipment within the Demised Premises which are necessary due to Landlord’s failure to maintain the boiler or water distribution portion of the heating system.

6.2 Subject to Landlord’s obligations under Section 6.1, Tenant shall keep in good order, condition as they now are and shall repair and maintain the interior portions of the Demised Premises and every part thereof, including, without limitation, window glass, doors and frames, plate glass, fixtures, interior walls, floors, ceilings, plumbing, plumbing fixtures, building appliances and equipment, and similar items, and shall make such repairs, ordinary and extraordinary, unforeseen and foreseen as are necessary to keep same in good order and condition. Tenant will maintain and repair the portions of the heating system within the Demised Premises and all electrical equipment, plumbing equipment and any air conditioning equipment within the Demised Premises. Tenant shall repair all broken glass, shall at all times keep the Demised Premises free and clear of all rubbish, debris, and litter. Tenant shall, at its own expense, repaint, refurbish and remodel the interior portions of the Demised Premises and any part or portion thereof from time to time to assure that the same are kept in the same condition as they are now are through the term of this Lease, provided Tenant shall first obtain the written consent of Landlord, prior to the commencement of any remodeling of any portion of the Demised Premises which would (i) alter the structure of the Demised Premises or any portion thereof, or (ii) change or limit the usability of any such portion of the Demised Premises which is designed and equipped for use as offices or for other special purposes. Tenant shall keep all rubbish in closed containers and shall arrange and pay for the removal of all rubbish.

 

5


11/18/94

 

6.3 Tenant shall comply with and maintain the Demised Premises pursuant to the laws of the State of Rhode Island and ordinances of the City of Warwick, in accordance with all directions, rules and regulations of the Health Officer, Fire Marshall, Building Inspector, and other proper officers of the governmental agencies having jurisdiction over the Demised Premises and in accordance with the requirements of all policies of public liability insurance, casualty insurance and all other policies of insurance at any time in force with respect to the Demised Premises.

6.4 Tenant shall not injure, overload, deface or otherwise harm the Demised Premises, nor shall Tenant permit or commit any nuisance or waste thereon nor permit the emission of any objectionable noise or odor nor make any use of the Demised Premises which is improper, offensive, or contrary to any law or ordinance or the provisions of any policy of public liability insurance, casualty insurance or other insurance at any time in force with respect to the Demised Premises.

6.5 Tenant shall not place a load on any floor exceeding the floor load per square foot which such floor was designed to carry, or install, operate or maintain therein any heavy item of equipment except in such manner as to achieve a proper distribution of weight. Tenant shall not install, operate or maintain any electrical equipment which will overload the electrical system, or any part thereof.

6.6 Tenant shall have the right, at its sole cost and expense, to install or place upon the Demised Premises such trade fixtures and equipment as are necessary for the operation of Tenant’s business, provided, however, that Tenant shall have first procured all permits, licenses and authorizations required to be procured by reason of such installation or placement and shall cause such installation or placement to be done in compliance with all federal, state and local laws, ordinances and regulations applicable thereto and with the requirements of all insurance companies

 

6


11/18/94

 

which have issued policies of public liability insurance, casualty insurance or other insurance with respect to the Demised Premises.

6.7 Tenant shall at all times keep and maintain in good order, condition and repair all trade fixtures and equipment installed or located upon the Demised Premises and shall, at its sole cost and expense, keep such fixtures and equipment in a clean, sanitary and safe condition in accordance with the laws of the State of Rhode Island and ordinances of the City of Warwick and in accordance with all directions, rules and regulations of the health officer, fire Marshall, building inspector and other proper officers of the governmental agencies having jurisdiction thereover and in accordance with the requirements of all policies of public liability insurance, casualty insurance and all other policies of insurance at any time in force with respect to the Demised Premises.

6.8 Tenant may remove its trade fixtures, equipment, and other personal property upon the termination hereof, if and only if Tenant shall not be in default hereunder at such time. Tenant covenants and agrees to repair, at its sole cost and expense, any and all damage to the Demised Premises resulting from or caused by removal of its fixtures, equipment and other personal property. The rent to be paid hereunder and all other charges in this Lease shall be a valid and first lien, charge and encumbrance upon all of Tenant’s personal property, prior and superior to any other lien which may be placed thereon or suffered to be attached thereto by Tenant. Landlord may at any time when it possesses the right to terminate this Lease, enter upon the Demised Premises and take possession of said personal property and proceed to sell the same at private sale or at public auction and may apply the net proceeds of said sale, after the deduction of all expenses, including reasonable attorney’s fees, to the satisfaction of its claims hereunder.

6.9 Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Material to be brought upon, kept or used in or about the Demised Premises by Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors or invitees without the prior written consent of Landlord, which Hazardous Material is necessary or useful to Tenant’s

 

7


11/18/94

 

business and which will be used, kept and stored in a manner that complies with all laws regulating any such Hazardous Material so brought upon or used or kept in or about the Demised Premises. If Tenant breaches the obligations stated in the preceding sentence, or if the presence of Hazardous Material on the Demised Premises results in contamination of the Demised Premises, the land which comprises a portion of the real estate which includes the building where the Demised Premises is situated, or such building or if the contamination of the Demised Premises, such land or such building, by Hazardous Material otherwise occurs for which Tenant is legally liable to Landlord for damage resulting therefrom, then Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from any and all claims, judgments, damages, penalties, fines, costs, liabilities or losses including, without limitation, diminution in value of the Demised Premises, such land or such building, damages arising from any adverse impact on marketing of space, and sums paid in settlement of claims, attorney’s fees, consultant fees and experts fees which arise during of after the lease term as a result of such contamination. This indemnification of Landlord by Tenant includes, without limitation, costs incurred in connection with any investigation of site conditions or any clean-up, remedial removal or restoration work required by any federal, state or local governmental agency or political subdivision because of Hazardous Material present in the soil or ground water on or under the land which comprises a portion of the real estate which includes the building where the Demised Premises is situated. Without limiting the foregoing, if the presence of any Hazardous Material on the Demised Premises, such building or land, caused or permitted by Tenant results in any contamination of the Demised Premises. Tenant shall promptly take all actions as are necessary to return the Demised Premises, such building and land, to the condition existing prior to the introduction of any such Hazardous Material provided that Landlord’s approval to any such action shall first be obtained, which approval shall not be given if such actions would potentially have any material adverse long-term or short-term effect on the Demised Premises or such building or land. The foregoing indemnity shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

8


11/18/94

 

As used herein, the term “Hazardous Material” means any hazardous or toxic substance, including, but not limited to, those substances, material, and wastes listed in the United States Department of Transportation Hazardous Materials Table (49 CFR172.101) or by the Environmental Protection Agency as hazardous substances, materials and wastes that are or become regulated under any applicable local, state or federal law.

At the written request of Landlord, Tenant shall disclose to Landlord the names and amounts of all Hazardous Materials or any combination thereof, which were stored, used or disposed of on the Demised Premises, or which Tenant intends to store, use or dispose of on the Demised Premises.

Landlord and its agents shall have the right, but not the duty, to inspect the Demised Premises at any time to determine whether Tenant is complying with the terms of this Lease. If Tenant is not in compliance with this Lease, Landlord shall have the right to immediately enter upon the Demised Premises to remedy any contamination caused by Tenant’s failure to comply notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease. Landlord shall use its best efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s business but shall not be liable for any interference caused thereby.

Any default under this Section shall be a material default enabling Landlord to exercise any of the remedies set forth in this Lease.

Landlord consents to the Tenant’s use of ammonia on the Demised Premises.

ARTICLE 7

Utilities

7.1 Tenant shall pay for all of its requirements for utilities, including, but not limited to gas, steam, oil, electricity, water, sewer and the like, used or consumed upon the Demised Premises and any improvements installed or placed thereon, including all utilities necessary for lighting,

 

9


11/18/94

 

heating and air conditioning the Demised Premises. Landlord shall provide water for drinking and sanitary purposes only.

7.2 Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for Tenant’s share (as hereinafter defined) of sewer charges in each year during the lease term as hereinafter provided. As used in this Article, the term “sewer charges” shall mean all costs incurred by Landlord for removal and/or disposal of sanitary waste and drinking water from the building of which the Demised Premises is a part, including without limitation, all sewer use charges and sewer improvement assessments from the City of Warwick and any other governmental authorities, and the cost of repair, maintenance and replacement of sewer lines and equipment servicing the sewers. Tenant’s share of sewer charges shall be the same as Tenant’s then proportion of real estate taxes and as set forth in Section 7.4 of this Lease, shall be paid in accordance with Section 7.4 hereof. Tenant shall not use water for production purposes and shall not dispose of water or liquids other than sanitary waste without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent may be conditioned by Landlord upon, among other things, receipt of Tenant’s written agreement to reimburse Landlord for the costs of providing and/or disposing of the same and the satisfaction of all requirements for proper disposal thereof including the obtaining of all required permits. The cost of heat shall be dealt with specifically, as hereinafter provided. Tenant shall pay all costs to install separate electrical meters for the Demised Premises and Tenant shall make payment to Landlord within ten (10) days of the date a bill is rendered for all electricity used by Tenant at the published Narragansett Electric Company C-2 Rate. All payments due to Landlord under this section shall be deemed additional rent.

7.3 Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for Tenant’s share (as hereinafter defined) of heating costs (as hereinafter defined), incurred by Landlord in each year during the lease term as hereinafter provided. As used in this Article, the term “heating costs” shall mean and include all costs incurred by Landlord in providing heat to the building of which the Demised Premises is a part, including

 

10


11/18/94

 

without limitation, the cost of chemicals, labor, power, fuel and the repair, maintenance and replacement of equipment. Tenant’s share of heating costs shall be the same proportion as Tenant’s then proportion of real estate tax excess and shall be paid as follows for the heating seasons included within the term of this Lease.

7.4 Landlord shall bill Tenant for estimated heating costs and sewer charges at the rate of $.45 per square foot for each square foot of area comprising the Demised Premises in equal monthly installments beginning September 1, through and including May 1, said payment shall be due within ten (10) days of the date of invoice; on or after June 1, (the “invoice date”), Landlord shall compute its actual cost, the heating costs for the portion of the past heating season including within the terms of this Lease and its actual sewer costs for such period and shall multiply such amount by Tenant’s share of the real estate taxes. The hearing season is September 15 to April 15 and the portion included within the terms of this Lease is September 15, through and including April 15. Any amount paid by Tenant in excess of Tenant’s share of heating costs and sewer costs for such period shall be promptly refunded to Tenant. If Tenant’s share of heating costs and sewer charges is in excess of the estimated payments the difference shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) days of the date a bill is rendered. With respect to each period thereafter, Landlord shall estimate the cost of heating such building for the coming heating season and shall estimate its sewer charges for the coming twelve (12) month period and shall bill Tenant for 1/9 monthly of Landlord’s estimated costs on the first day of each month of each year commencing with September 1st. No such estimate shall exceed 110% of the previous season’s heating costs and the previous year’s sewer charges. Tenant shall make such payments to Landlord within ten (10) days of the date of invoice and an adjustment shall be made during the month of June based upon Landlord’s actual heating costs and sewer costs. If the estimated payments are less than Tenant’s share of heating costs and/or sewer charges, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the difference between Tenant’s share of heating costs and/or sewer charges and the estimated payments made to Landlord

 

11


11/18/94

 

within ten (10) days of the invoice date. If such payments exceed Tenant’s share of heating costs and sewer charges, Landlord shall promptly refund any difference between such payments following the final determination of Tenant’s share of heating costs and sewer costs. All payments due to Landlord under this section shall be deemed additional rent.

7.5 Landlord shall heat the Demised Premises between September 15th and April 15th, Monday through Friday, excepting legal holidays, between the hours of 7:00 o’clock a.m. and 5:00 o’clock p.m. to 68 degrees and 60 degrees from 5:00 p.m. to 7:00 p.m. Landlord shall heat the Demised Premises to approximately 50 degrees at all other times.

7.6 If Tenant shall require heat during any hours of periods other than as set forth in the foregoing section (“extra heat”), Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for 100% of Landlord’s cost of providing such heat including, without limitation, labor cost. Fuel costs shall be based on actual meter readings as additional rent. If more than one tenant of Landlord shall require additional heat, such additional expense shall be based on the proportion of the building occupied by such tenants, for instance if a tenant occupying 10% of such building and a tenant occupying 40% of such building require additional heat, the first tenant shall pay 20% of such additional costs and the second tenant shall pay 80% of such additional costs.

ARTICLE 8

Waiver of Claims, Indemnity

and Public Liability Insurance

8.1 Tenant waives all claims for damages to persons or property sustained by Tenant or any person claiming by or through Tenant resulting from any accident or occurrence in or upon the

 

12


11/18/94

 

Demised Premises except those claims resulting from Landlord’s willful actions or gross negligence.

8.2 Tenant agrees to pay, and to protect, indemnify, and save harmless Landlord and any holder of any mortgage on the Demised Premises, to the extent not covered by insurance, from and against any and all liabilities, losses, damages, costs, expenses (including all reasonable attorney’s fees, and expenses) causes of action, suits, claims, demands or judgment of any nature whatsoever arising from any injury to, or the death of, any person or any damage to property on the Demised Premises, or in any manner growing out of or connected with the use, non-use, condition or occupation of the Demised Premises or any part thereof or resulting from the condition thereof except those claims resulting from Landlord’s willful actions or gross negligence.

8.3 Tenant agrees to maintain in full force during the term hereof policies of (i) comprehensive general liability insurance including bodily injury, personal injury, property damage and contract liability coverage under which Landlord and Tenant and, at Landlord’s request, any holder of any mortgage on the Demised Premises are named as insureds, and under which the insurer agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord and such Mortgagee harmless from and against all cost, expense and/or liability arising out of or based upon any and all claims, accidents, injuries, deaths, damage to property and damages mentioned herein and defense thereof, and (ii) worker’s compensation insurance covering all persons employed in connection with any work done on or about the Demised Premises with respect to which claims for death or bodily injury could be asserted against Tenant or the Demised Premises. The minimum limits of liability of such comprehensive general liability insurance shall be One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) per occurrence, with deductibles of not more than Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000.00) with respect to bodily injury and One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) with respect to property damage. All insurers shall be authorized to write such insurance in the State of Rhode Island, shall have a licensed resident agent in said State and shall at all times have a general policyholder’s rating of A or A+ in Best’s latest

 

13


11/18/94

 

rating guide. Said policies shall not be cancelable without at least thirty (30) days written prior notice to Landlord and to the holder of any mortgage and a duplicate original or certificate thereof shall be delivered to Landlord and any such mortgagee not less than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration date of said insurance policy.

8.4 Landlord shall indemnify Tenant for, and hold Tenant harmless from, any and all cost, loss, liability, and/or expense (including but not limited to reasonable attorneys fees) caused by, due to, or in any way arising out of any clean-up order or investigation of any release of any hazardous or solid waste on, under or about the Demised Premises (whether under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act [CERCLA] or otherwise), and/or any pollution on under or about the Demised Premises, and/or any other condition or allegation concerning the condition of the Demised Premises or the area about the Demised Premises, except to the extent (and only to the extent) that any such release, threatened release, pollution and/or condition is caused by, in whole or part, Tenant, its agents, servants, employees.

In connection with the foregoing indemnification, Tenant acknowledges and agrees as follows:

1. Landlord, its representatives, agents, contractors, consultants and other third parries designated by Landlord shall have the continuous right to enter upon and secure by appropriate measures portion(s) of the Demised Premises including the building and improvements located thereon and the land underneath the building, at all reasonable times, for the purpose of inspecting same and in order to comply with any and all laws, ordinances, regulations, stipulations, consent decrees, orders and any directions of any governmental authority or agency;

2. To cooperate in all respects with Landlord and with any other third party designated by the Landlord and not to obstruct or interfere with the Landlord or any such third party in connection with the conduct and activities of the Landlord and/or any third parties with respect to the aforesaid right of access, and any activity required in order to comply with any and all

 

14


11/18/94

 

applicable laws, ordinances, regulations, stipulations, orders, decrees, consent judgments or other requirements of any agency or governmental authority;

3. Tenant shall consult with Landlord prior to initiating any action to communicate and negotiate with any governmental authority or agency and performing, or causing to be performed, any site inspections, site assessments or other environmental inspections except in such instance and to the extent that (1) Tenant may be required by law to report directly to governmental authority or agency, or (2) Tenant is responding to an inquiry from a governmental authority or agency; and

4. Tenant shall inform the Landlord and any third party so designated by Landlord to Tenant, in writing, of any release by Tenant, its agents, servants or employees, or anyone claiming by, through or under of Tenant of any oil or petroleum or any other hazardous material at the Demised Premises within one (1) business day of obtaining knowledge of the release.

ARTICLE 9

Access to Premises and Right to Make Repairs

9.1 Landlord shall have the right to enter upon the Demised Premises, at all reasonable times for the purpose of inspecting or of making repairs to the same. If maintenance or repairs are required to be made by Tenant pursuant to the terms hereof, Landlord shall demand that Tenant make the same forthwith, and if Tenant refuses or neglects to commence such maintenance or repairs and to complete the same with reasonable dispatch, after such demand, Landlord may (but shall not be required so to do) make or cause such maintenance or repairs to be made and shall not be responsible to Tenant for any loss or damage that may occur to Tenant’s stock or business by reason thereof. If Landlord makes or causes such maintenance or repairs to be made, Tenant agrees that it will forthwith, on demand, pay to Landlord the cost thereof, and if Tenant fails to make such payment, Landlord shall have the remedies provided in Article 15 hereof.

 

15


11/18/94

 

9.2 For a period commencing one (1) year prior to the termination of this Lease or any option period or extension thereof, Landlord may have reasonable access to the Demised Premises for the purpose of exhibiting the same to prospective tenants or purchasers provided the same does not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s business operations, and may post customary notices in conspicuous places in, on or about the Demised Premises offering the same “For Lease” or “For Sale,” which notices Tenant covenants and agrees shall remain without hindrance or molestation.

ARTICLE 10

Insurance

10.1 Tenant agrees that it shall keep all trade fixtures, equipment, inventory and other personal property installed or placed by it upon the Demised Premises insured against loss or damage by fire with the usual extended coverage endorsements. It is understood and agreed that Tenant assumes all risk of damage to its own property arising from any cause whatsoever vis a vis Landlord, its agents and employees, including, without limitation, loss by theft or otherwise or damage resulting from bursting, stopping or leaking of water, gas, sewer or steam pipes, except for losses due to the willful acts of Landlord or Landlord’s gross negligence. Landlord shall have no obligation to provide security or watchman services to Tenant.

10.2 Insofar as and to the extent that the following provision may be effective without invalidating or making it impossible to secure insurance coverage obtainable from responsible insurance companies doing business in the State of Rhode Island (even though extra premium may result therefrom) Tenant agrees that with respect to any loss which is covered by insurance then being carried or required to be carried by Tenant, Tenant releases Landlord of and from any and all

 

16


11/18/94

 

claims with respect to such loss; and Tenant further agrees that its insurance company shall have no right of subrogation against Landlord on account thereof.

10.3 Tenant shall reimburse Landlord as additional rent for Tenant’s share (as hereinafter defined) of insurance costs (as hereinafter defined) incurred by Landlord in each year during the lease term. As used in this Article, the term “insurance costs” shall mean and include all costs incurred by Landlord in procuring insurance coverage on the building of which the Demised Premises is a part, including without limitation, the cost of comprehensive general liability insurance including bodily injury, personal injury, property damage and contract liability coverage, boiler and machinery insurance, and all risk casualty insurance. Tenant’s share of insurance costs shall be pro rated for any period during the term hereof which does not constitute a full calendar year. Tenant shall pay its share of insurance costs within thirty (30) days after Landlord submits to Tenant a bill therefor. Tenant’s share of insurance costs shall be the same proportion as Tenant’s then proportion of real estate taxes.

10.4 Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in or upon the Demised Premises or bring in anything or keep anything therein, which shall increase the rate of insurance on the building in which the Demised Premises are situated; and Tenant agrees that in the event it shall do any of the foregoing, it will promptly pay to Landlord on demand any such increase resulting therefrom, which shall be due and payable as additional rent hereunder.

ARTICLE 11

Damage or Destruction

11.1 If any damage or destruction shall occur to the Demised Premises by reason of fire or other casualty, Tenant will promptly give written notice thereof to Landlord. If more than twenty-five

 

17


11/18/94

 

percent (25%) of the Demised Premises or the building in which the Demised Premises is situated is damaged or destroyed Landlord shall have an option to terminate this Lease on notice to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the later of: (i) Landlord’s receipt of said notice of damage or destruction to the Demised Premises or (ii) the actual date of such damage, provided if such repairs cannot be made with 90 days of the date of such damage or destruction or if Landlord doses not elect to repair, Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord within forty (40) days after the actual date of such damage. If twenty-five percent (25%) or less of the Demised Premises or the building in which the Demised Premises is situated is damaged or destroyed by fire or other casualty or if Landlord does not so elect to terminate this Lease, Landlord shall restore, repair, replace, rebuild or alter the same as nearly as possible with good quality materials to its value, condition and character immediately prior to such damage or destruction; provided, however, that Landlord need not expend in such restoration, repair, replacement, rebuilding or alteration more than the insurance proceeds available to it. Such restoration, repairs, replacements, rebuilding or alterations shall be commenced promptly and prosecuted with reasonable diligence, unavoidable delays excepted.

11.2 If this Lease is not terminated, an appropriate reduction shall be made in the rent to reflect the extent to which Tenant shall have been unable to utilize the Demised Premises.

ARTICLE 12

Condemnation

12.1 If at any time during the term of this Lease or of any renewal hereof, the whole of the Demised Premises shall be taken for any public or quasi-public purpose by any lawful power or authority by the exercise of the right of condemnation or eminent domain or by agreement between Landlord and those authorized to exercise such right, this Lease and the term hereby granted shall

 

18


11/18/94

 

terminate and expire on the date of such taking and the rent, and other sum or sums of money and other charges herein reserved and provided to be paid by Tenant shall be apportioned and paid to the date of such taking. If materially all of the Demised Premises or the building in which the Demised Premises is situated, but less than all of the Demised Premises is taken then in the case of taking of materially all of the Demised Premises, Landlord and Tenant shall each have an option to terminate this Lease on notice to the other party within thirty (30) days after the taking and in the case of a taking of materially all of such building, Landlord shall have the option to terminate this Lease on notice to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the taking. As used in this paragraph the term “materially all” shall be deemed to mean such portion of the Demised Premises or such building, as when so taken, would leave remaining a balance of the Demised Premises or such building which, due either to the area so taken or the location of the parts so taken in relation to the part not so taken, would not under economic conditions, zoning laws or building regulations then existing or prevailing, readily accommodate a new building of a substantially similar nature to the building of which the Demised Premises comprises a portion at the date of such taking, but would legally permit the construction of some building or buildings upon the land comprising the Demised Premises.

12.2 All compensation awarded to be paid upon such a total or material taking of the Demised Premises and/or such building shall belong to and be the property of Landlord without any participation by Tenant; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall be construed to preclude Tenant from prosecuting any claim directly against the condemning authority in such condemnation proceedings for loss of business, and/or depreciation to, damage to, and/or cost of removal of, and/or for the value of, stock and/or trade fixtures, furniture and other personal property belonging to Tenant, and Tenant’s moving expenses; provided, however, that no such claim shall diminish or otherwise adversely affect Landlord’s award nor the award(s) and/or rights of the holders of any mortgage to which this Lease is subject and/or subordinate.

 

19


11/18/94

 

12.3 The term “taking” as used in this Article is defined as the time when actual possession of the Demised Premises in whole or in part is taken by any lawful power or authority.

12.4 In the event of a condemnation as in this article provided, Tenant waives all claim for any value for its leasehold and/or lease.

12.5 If during the term of this Lease, less than materially all of the Demised Premises shall be taken by virtue of eminent domain or be condemned for any public improvement, as above defined, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as to the part not so taken, and an equitable abatement of rent shall be made so that the rent payable by Tenant shall be in the proportion which the rental value of the area remaining after all repairs and restorations have been made bears to the rental value of the Demised Premises prior to the aforesaid taking.

ARTICLE 13

Assignment

13.1 Tenant may not assign this Lease or sublet or license the use of the Demised Premises or any part thereof without first obtaining Landlord’s written consent. Landlord shall have the right, to withhold its consent, inter alia if the proposed transferees anticipated use of the Demised Premises involves the generation, storage, use, treatment or disposal of Hazardous Material. In any event, no assignment, sublease or license shall discharge Tenant or any Guarantor hereof of its obligations hereunder.

13.2 Notwithstanding Section 13.1 hereof, if Tenant (which term for the purposes of this section shall include the authorized representative of Tenant’s estate in Bankruptcy) assumes this Lease and proposes to assign the same pursuant to the provisions of the Bankruptcy code, 11

 

20


11/18/94

 

U.S.C. Paragraph 101 et seq ., or any future statute in amendment or in substitution thereof (the “Bankruptcy Code”) to any person or entity who shall have made a bona fide offer to accept an assignment of this Lease on terms acceptable to the Tenant, then notice of such proposed assignment, setting forth (i) the name and address of such person or entity, (ii) all of the terms and conditions of such offer, and (iii) adequate assurance to be provided Landlord to assure such person’s or entity’s future performance under the Lease, including, without limitation, the assurance referred to in section 365(b)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code, shall be given to Landlord by Tenant no later than twenty (20) days after receipt by the Tenant, but in any event no later than ten (10) days prior to the date that Tenant shall make application to a court of competent jurisdiction for authority and approval to enter into such assignment and assumption, and Landlord shall thereupon have the prior right and option, to be exercised by notice to Tenant given at any time prior to the effective date of such proposed assignment, to accept an assignment of this Lease upon the same terms and conditions and for the same consideration, if any, as the bona fide offer made by such person or entity, less any brokerage commissions which may be payable out of the consideration to be paid by such persons or entity for the assignment of this Lease.

Provided, however, that if this Lease is assigned to any person or entity pursuant to the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, any and all moneys or other consideration paid, payable or otherwise to be delivered in connection with such assignment shall be paid or delivered to Landlord, shall be and remain the exclusive property of Landlord and shall not constitute property of tenant or of the estate of Tenant within the meaning of the Bankruptcy Code. Any and all moneys or other considerations constituting Landlord’s property under the preceding sentence not paid or delivered to Landlord shall be held in trust for the benefit of Landlord and be promptly paid to or turned over to Landlord.

Any person or entity to which this Lease is assigned, pursuant to the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, shall be deemed without further act or deed to have assumed all of the obligations arising under this Lease on and after the date of such assignment Any such assignee shall upon demand execute and deliver to Landlord an instrument confirming such assumption.

 

21


11/18/94

 

ARTICLE 14

Additional Tenant Covenants

14.1 Tenant shall immediately discharge, either by payment or by filing of the necessary bond or otherwise, any mechanic’s, materialmen’s or other lien at any time filed against the Demised Premises and/or Landlord’s interest therein, which liens may arise out of any payment due for, or purported to be due for, any labor, services, materials, supplies or equipment alleged to have been furnished to or for Tenant in, upon or about the Demised Premises.

14.2 Tenant shall not erect or maintain upon the Demised Premises any signs, advertisements, or notices unless: (i) such signs, advertisements and notices are of such size and character as are customarily used in Tenants business and are installed according to all laws and ordinances of the City of Warwick of the State of Rhode Island and any protective or restrictive covenants affecting Demised Premises, and (ii) Tenant agrees in writing to be responsible for all damage resulting from the installation, maintenance and removal of such signs, advertisements and notices.

14.3 At the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, Tenant will quietly and peaceably quit and surrender to Landlord the Demised Premises in tenantable and attractive condition. If Tenant has made improvements, alterations or additions to the Demised Premises, Landlord, at its option, shall either require Tenant to leave said improvements, alterations or additions or to remove them and restore the Demised Premises as they were immediately prior to the making by Tenant of said improvements, alterations or additions.

14.4 Tenant shall pay on demand as additional rent the Landlord’s expenses, including attorneys’ fees, reasonably incurred in enforcing any obligation of Tenant under this Lease.

 

22


11/18/94

 

ARTICLE 15

Landlord’s Remedies

15.1 It is covenanted and agreed that if Tenant shall neglect to perform or observe any of the covenants, terms, provisions, or conditions contained in this Lease and on its part to be performed or observed within fifteen (15) days after notice of default (except for payment of rent, additional rent or other charges provided for herein, in which case no notice of default shall be required and the grace period shall be ten (10) days), or if the estate hereby created shall be taken on execution or by other process of law, or if Tenant shall be judicially declared bankrupt or insolvent according to law, or if any assignment shall be made of the property of Tenant for the benefit of creditors, or if a receiver, trustee in involuntary bankruptcy or other similar officer shall be appointed to take charge of all or any substantial part of Tenant’s property by a court of competent jurisdiction, or if Tenant shall file any petition or there shall be filed against Tenant any petition under any law now or hereafter enacted for the relief of debtors, or if Tenant shall vacate or abandon the Demised Premises, then and in any of said cases (notwithstanding any license of any former breach of covenant or waiver of the benefit hereof or consent in a former instance), Landlord lawfully may, immediately or at any time thereafter, and without demand or notice, enter into and upon the Demised Premises or any part thereof in the name of the whole or repossess the same as of its former estate, and expel Tenant and those claiming through or under Tenant and remove its, his or their effects (forcibly, if necessary) without being deemed guilty of any manner of trespass, and without prejudice to any remedies which might otherwise be used for arrears of rent or preceding breach of covenant, and upon entry as aforesaid, or upon notice by Landlord to Tenant of the termination of this lease by reason of any of said events of default, this Lease shall terminate; and Tenant covenants and agrees, notwithstanding any entry or re-entry by Landlord, whether by summary proceedings, termination, or otherwise, to pay and be liable for on the days originally

 

23


11/18/94

 

fixed herein for the payment thereof, amounts equal to the several installments of rent, taxes, insurance, premiums and other charges reserved as they would, under the terms of this Lease, become due if this Lease had not been terminated or if Landlord had not entered or re-entered, as aforesaid, and whether the Demised Premises be relet or remain vacant, in whole or in part, for a period less than the remainder of the term, and for the whole thereof, but in the event the Demised Premises be relet by Landlord, Tenant shall be entitled to a credit in the net amount of rent received by Landlord in reletting, after deduction of all expenses incurred in reletting the Demised Premises (including, without limitation, remodeling costs, brokerage fees, and the like), and in collecting the rent in connection therewith. As an alternative, at the election of Landlord, Tenant will upon such termination pay to Landlord, as damages, such a sum as at the time of such termination represents the amount of the excess, if any, of the then value of the total rent, taxes, insurance premiums and other benefits which would have accrued to Landlord under this Lease for the remainder of the Lease term if the Lease terms had been fully complied with by Tenant over and above the then cash rental value (in advance) of the Demised Premises for the balance of the term.

15.2 If Tenant shall default in the performance or observance of any term, condition or covenant contained on its part to be performed hereunder, and if Tenant shall not cure such default within ten (10) days after notice thereof from Landlord, then Landlord may, at its option, without waiving any claim for damages or other rights or remedies for breach of this Lease, thereafter cure such default for the account of Tenant; and any amount paid or contractual liability incurred by Landlord in so doing shall be deemed paid or incurred for the account of Tenant, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord therefor and hold Landlord harmless therefrom; provided, however, that Landlord may cure any such default as aforesaid prior to the expiration of the ten (10) day period or prior to Tenant’s cure of such default if the curing of such default prior to the expiration of such time period is necessary to protect the Demised Premises or Landlord’s interest therein or to prevent injury or Damage to persons or property. If Tenant shall fail to reimburse Landlord upon demand for any amount paid for the account of Tenant hereunder, such amount together with interest

 

24


11/18/94

 

thereon at a rate equal to the Prime Rate, so-called, announced by Fleet National Bank shall be added to and become due as a part of the next payment of rent due hereunder.

ARTICLE 16

Miscellaneous Provisions

16.1 Failure on the part of Landlord to complain of any action or non-action on the part of Tenant, no matter how long the same may continue, shall never be deemed to be a waiver by Landlord of any of its rights hereunder. Further, it is covenanted and agreed that no waiver at any time of any of the provisions hereof by Landlord shall be construed as a waiver of any of the other provisions hereof and that a waiver at any time of any of the provisions hereof shall not be construed as a waiver at any subsequent time of the same provisions. The consent or approval of Landlord to or of any action by Tenant requiring Landlord’s consent or approval shall not be deemed to waive or render unnecessary Landlord’s consent or approval to or of any subsequent similar act by Tenant.

16.2 No payment by Tenant, or acceptance by Landlord of a lesser amount than shall be due from Tenant to Landlord shall be treated otherwise than as a payment on account. The acceptance by Landlord of a check for a lesser amount with an endorsement or statement thereon, or upon any letter accompanying such check, that such lesser amount is payment in full, shall be given no effect, and Landlord may accept such check without prejudice to any other rights or remedies which Landlord may have against Tenant.

16.3 Tenant, subject to the terms and provisions of this Lease on payment of the rent and observing, keeping and performing all of the terms and provisions of this Lease on its part to be observed, kept, and performed, shall lawfully, peaceably, and quietly have, hold, occupy and

 

25


11/18/94

 

enjoy the Demised Premises during the term hereof without hindrance or ejection by any persons lawfully claiming under Landlord; but it is understood and agreed that this covenant and any and all of the covenants of Landlord contained in this Lease shall be binding upon Landlord only with respect to breaches occurring during Landlord’s ownership of the Demised Premises. In addition, Tenant specifically agrees to look solely to Landlord’s interest in the Demised Premises for recovery of any judgment from Landlord, it being specifically agreed that Landlord and its constituent partners, or any of them, shall never be personally liable for any such judgment.

16.4 If any term or provision of this Lease, or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such term or provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each term and provision of this Lease shall be valid and be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.

16.5 Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, the terms hereof shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns, as the case may be, of Landlord and Tenant. Each term and each provision of this Lease to be performed by Tenant shall be construed to be both a covenant and a condition.

16.6 Tenant agrees not to record this Lease, but each party hereto agrees on request of the other, to execute a short form lease in recordable form and complying with applicable laws of the State of Rhode Island and reasonably satisfactory to attorneys for Landlord. In no event shall such document set forth the rental or other charges payable by Tenant under this Lease; and any such document shall expressly state that it is executed pursuant to the provisions contained in this Lease and is not intended to vary the terms and conditions of this Lease.

 

26


11/18/94

 

16.7 Whenever by the terms of this Lease, notice shall or may be given either to Landlord or to Tenant, such notice shall be in writing and shall be hand delivered or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested, and shall be effective upon receipt of the original (without reference to the copy):

If intended for the Landlord, addressed to it at the address set forth on the first page of this Lease (or to such other address or addresses as may from time to time hereafter be designated by Landlord by like notice), with a copy to McGovern, Noel & Benik, 321 South Main Street, Providence, Rhode Island 02903, Attention: Philip Noel, Esq. If intended for Tenant, addressed to it at the Demised Premises (or to such other address or addresses as may from time to time hereafter be designated by Tenant by like notice), with a copy to Legal Department, OLIN CORPORATION, 427 North Shamrock, East Alton, IL 62024-1197.

16.8 This document shall become effective and binding only upon the execution and delivery hereof by both Landlord and Tenant. All negotiations, considerations, representations, and understandings between Landlord and Tenant are incorporated herein and may be modified or altered only by agreement in writing between Landlord and Tenant, and no act or omission of any employee or agent of Landlord shall alter, change or modify any of the provisions hereof.

16.9 The paragraph headings throughout this instrument are for convenience and reference only, and the words contained therein shall in no way be held to explain, modify, amplify, or aid in the interpretation, construction, or meaning of the provisions of this Lease.

16.10 Tenant shall at any time and from time to time upon not less than ten (10) days’ prior notice by Landlord to Tenant, execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord a statement in writing, certifying that this lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or if there have been

 

27


11/18/94

 

modifications, that this Lease is in full force and effect as modified and stating the modifications), and the dates to which the rent and other charges have been paid in advance, if any, and stating whether or not, to the best knowledge of the signer of such certificate, Landlord is in default in performance of any covenant, agreement, term, provision or condition contained in this Lease and, if so, specifying each such default of which the signer may have knowledge, and containing any other information and/or agreement reasonably requested by a mortgagee, prospective mortgagee or prospective purchaser of the Demised Premises or of the interest of Landlord therein, any mortgagee or prospective mortgagee thereof, any lessor or prospective lessor thereof, any lessee or prospective lessee thereof, or any prospective assignee of any mortgage thereof. Landlord shall provide a similar certificate to Tenant, as requested by Tenant.

ARTICLE 17

Subordination

The rights and interest of the Tenant under this Lease shall be subject and subordinate to any mortgages now existing or which may hereafter be placed upon the Demised Premises, and to any and all advances to be made thereunder, and to the interest thereon, and all renewals, modifications, replacements and extensions thereof, if the mortgagee named in said mortgages shall elect by written notice delivered to the Tenant to subject and subordinate the rights and interest of the Tenant under this Lease to the lien of its mortgage. In the event of such election and upon notification by such mortgagee to the Tenant to that effect, the right and interest of the Tenant under this Lease shall be deemed to be subordinate to the lien of said mortgage whether this Lease is dated prior to or subsequent to the date of said mortgage. Notwithstanding the above, Tenant’s possession hereunder shall not be disturbed by the foreclosure of any mortgage or deed of trust so long as Tenant is not in default hereunder. Tenant shall execute and deliver whatever instruments may be required for such purposes and containing any other reasonable terms requested by a

 

28


11/18/94

 

mortgagee or prospective Mortgagee of the Demised Premises, and in the event Tenant fails so to do within five (5) days after demand in writing, Tenant does hereby make, constitute and irrevocably appoint the Landlord as its attorney in fact and in its name, place and stead so to do.

ARTICLE 18

Security Deposit

In order to secure the performance by Tenant of the terms, conditions and covenants contained herein on the part of the Tenant to be paid, performed and observed, Tenant, upon execution hereof, shall deposit with Landlord an amount equal to three (3) months’ rent. Landlord may co-mingle this deposit with its own funds and shall not be obligated to pay any interest thereon. If Tenant should default in the performance of any of the aforesaid terms, conditions and covenants, Landlord may use, apply or retain the whole or any part of the deposit for the payment of rent or for the reimbursement of any sum which the Landlord may expend or be required to expend by reason of such default. Tenant hereby covenants it will not assign or encumber or attempt to assign or encumber the moneys deposited hereunder as security.

ARTICLE 19

Payments to Landlord

Tenant shall pay to Landlord absolutely net throughout the term of this Lease, all rent, additional rent and other payments hereunder, free of any charges, assessments, impositions or deductions of any kind and without abatement, deduction or set off for any reason whatsoever, and

 

29


11/18/94

 

under no circumstances or conditions, whether now existing or hereinafter arising, or whether beyond the present contemplation of the parties, shall Landlord be expected or required to make any payment of any kind whatsoever or be under any other obligation or liability hereunder, except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Lease, and Tenant hereby expressly agrees to waive and disclaim any present or future right to apply any payment or part payment of rental against any obligations of Landlord, however incurred.

WITNESS the execution hereof, in any number of counterpart copies, each of which counterpart copies shall be deemed an original for all purposes, as of the day and year first above written.

 

   

Landlord:

 

THE LARES GROUP II

Witnessed:   /s/ Authorized Witness     By:   /s/ John G. Laramee
        John G. Laramee, General Partner
   

Tenant:

 

A.J. OSTER CO.

Witnessed:   /s/ Authorized Witness     By:   /s/ Authorized Signatory
      Title:   President

 

30


LOGO


LOGO


February 17, 2000

LEASE AMENDMENT

This AMENDMENT made and entered into as of the 1st day of March, 2000 by and between THE LARES GROUP, II, a Rhode Island limited partnership having offices at 333 Strawberry Field Road, Warwick, Rhode Island (hereinafter referred to as “Landlord”), and OLIN CORPORATION, d.b.a, A. J. OSTER COMPANY, a Virginia Corporation having local offices at 445 Warwick Industrial Drive, Warwick, Rhode Island (hereinafter referred to as “Tenant”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant entered into an Indenture of Lease dated as of the 1st day of March 1995, with respect to certain premises situated in Warwick, Rhode Island, (hereinafter referred to as the “Lease”) and

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease in certain respects:

And, WHEREAS the Landlord and Tenant desire to continue said Lease on the terms hereafter stated;

Now, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree that the term of the said Lease is extended for a period of Five (5) years expiring on February 28, 2005, and that the said extended term is under the same terms, conditions, and covenants as in the stated Lease now contained except for and subject to any amendments, deletions and substitutions herein and except any terms, conditions, or covenants that are contrary to the extension of this term.

 

1


  1. Section 1.1 of the Lease is hereby amended and the following is hereby added thereto:

The Demised Premises as of March 1, 2000 and through the remainder of this Lease shall consist of approximately 88000 square feet of space (hereinafter referred to as the “Demised Premises”) as shown on Exhibit “C” attached hereto and made a part hereof.

 

  2. Article 2 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and the following is hereby substituted in lieu thereof:

Term of Lease

TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the Demised Premises onto Tenant for a term of Ten (10) years, beginning on March 1, 1995 and ending on February 28, 2005.

 

  3. Article 3 of the Lease is hereby amended and the following is hereby added thereto:

 

SIX

     

March 1, 2000 through and including February 28, 2001

   $ 330,000.00       $ 27,500.00   

SEVEN & EIGHT

     

March 1, 2001 through and including February 28, 2003

     352,000.00         29,333.33   

NINE, and TEN

     

March 1, 2003 through and including February 28, 2005

     374,000.00         31,166.67   

 

2


  4. Section 4.4 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and the following is hereby substituted in lieu thereof:

Tenants’ share of the real estate tax shall be equal to 11% thereof for the first Five (5) years of the Lease (March 1, 1995 through and including February 29, 2000) and shall be equal to 13.13% thereof for the last Five (5) years of the Lease March 1, 2000 through and including February 28, 2005).

 

  5. Article 16 of the Lease is hereby amended with the addition of Section 16.11 as follows:

16.11 Tenant agrees that disclosure by the Tenant of the rental or other charges payable by Tenant under this Lease to any third party except for the purposes of Tenants’ accounting, banking, and tax preparation shall be strictly prohibited and if Tenant shall disclose such as set forth above, the Tenant shall at the option of the Landlord, be in default hereunder and the Landlord shall have all rights and remedies available as a result of a default hereunder.

 

  6. This Amendment shall be effective as of the 1st day of March 2000.

 

  7. The Lease, as extended and amended by this Amendment is and shall remain in full force and effect and is hereby ratified, confirmed and approved. The terms, conditions and covenants herein contained shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

 

3


WITNESS the execution hereof, in any number of counterpart copies, each of which counterpart copies shall be deemed as original for all purposes, as of the day and year first above written.

   

Landlord:

 

THE LARES GROUP II

Witness:   /s/ Authorized Witness     By:   /s/ John G. Laramee
        John G. Laramee, General Partner

 

   

Tenant:

 

Olin Corporation

d.b.a. A. J. Oster Company

Witness:   /s/ Authorized Witness     By:   /s/ Joseph D. Rupp
        Joseph D. Rupp, President Brass Div.

 

4


LOGO


SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS SECOND LEASE AMENDMENT (hereinafter referred to as “Second Amendment”) made by and entered into as of this, the          day of March 2005 by and between THE LARES GROUP II, a Rhode Island Limited Partnership having offices at 333 Strawberry Field Road, Warwick, Rhode Island, 02886 (hereinafter referred to as “Landlord”) and OLIN CORPORATION d.b.a. A.J. OSTER COMPANY, a Virginia Corporation having local offices at 445 Warwick Industrial Drive, Warwick, RI 02886 (hereinafter referred to as “Tenant”),

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant, by written Lease Agreement dated March 1, 1995 (hereinafter referred to as the “Lease”) agreed to enter into an Indenture of Lease whereby Landlord demised to Tenant a portion of Landlord’s premises consisting of approximately 73,600 square feet of space located at 333 Strawberry Field Road, Warwick, RI 02886.

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant, by written Amendment to the Lease dated March 1, 2000 (hereinafter referred to as the “First Amendment”) agreed to extend the term of the Lease for an additional five (5) years period, whereby Landlord demised to Tenant a portion of Landlord’s premises consisting of approximately 88,000 square re feet of space at a rate set forth in the Second Amendment.

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant mutually desire to now, by a second written Amendment to the Lease (hereinafter referred to as the “Second Amendment”) extend the term of the Lease for an additional five (5) years, beginning March 1, 2005 and expiring on February 28, 2010 at a lease rate set forth herein. The parties further agree that the Lease and the terms, conditions and or covenants contained therein shall continue to be in full force and effect throughout the duration of this Second Amendment, except where such terms, conditions and or covenants have been expressly modified or amended by this Second Amendment.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual covenants set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties each intending to be bound hereby covenant and agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

PREMISES

1. ARTICLE 1, Paragraph 1.1 is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:

1.1 Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant leases from Landlord, upon and subject to the terms and provisions contained herein, a portion of the building owned by the Landlord and located at 333 Strawberry Field Road, Warwick, Rhode Island, (hereinafter referred to as the “Demised Premises”). The


Demised Premises consist of approximately 88,900 square feet of space, as shown on Exhibit “C” , attached hereto and made a part hereof”

TERM

2. ARTICLE 2, is hereby deleted in its entirety and hereby replaced by the following:

2.0 Landlord and Tenant agree to extend the term of the Lease by written Second Amendment for an additional term of five (5) years, beginning March 1, 2005 and ending February 28, 2010.

RENT

3. ARTICLE 3 is hereby deleted in its entirety and the following shall be substituted in its place and become a part thereof for the purpose of determining the rent for this extension period.

3.0 Tenant covenants and agrees to pay to Landlord at the address as hereinabove set forth, or at such place as Landlord, from time to time shall designate in writing, base rent for the Demised Premises, without offset or reduction and without previous demand therefore at the rate per annum hereinafter set forth, such rent being payable in equal monthly installments as hereinafter set forth, in advance, on the first day of each and every calendar month during the term hereof:

 

Lease Year

   Rent Per
Annum
     Monthly
Installment
 

ONE, TWO,

MARCH 1, 2005 through and Including FEBRUARY 28, 2007

   $ 374,000.00       $ 31,166.67   

THREE, FOUR & FIVE

MARCH 1, 2007 through and Including FEBRUARY 28, 2010

   $ 396,000.00       $ 33,000.00   

TAXES

4. Article 4, Paragraph 4.4 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and the following is hereby substituted in lieu thereof:

Tenant’s share of the real estate tax shall be equal to 13.13% thereof for the entire term of the Second Amendment to this Lease beginning March 1, 2005 through and including February 28, 2010.

 

2


MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

5. Article 16 of the Lease is hereby amended with the addition of Section 16.11 which provides as follows:

16.11. Confidentiality. Tenant acknowledges that the terms and conditions of this Lease are to remain confidential for Landlord’s benefit, and may not be disclosed by Tenant to anyone, by any manner or means, directly or indirectly, without Landlord’s prior written consent except for the purposes of Tenant’s accounting, banking and tax preparation. Under no circumstances shall consent by Landlord to any disclosures be deemed to be a waiver on the/part of Landlord with respect to any future disclosure.

6. Except as modified or amended by this Amendment, all of the terms, covenants, and conditions of the Original Lease, as amended, shall continue and remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and confirmed. The terms and conditions contained in this Lease shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto, and upon their respective successors in interest and legal representatives, except as otherwise herein expressly provided.

7. Landlord and Tenant each represent and warrant to the other that they have the full right, power and authority to enter into this Second Amendment to the Lease.

8. This Second Amendment to the Lease shall be effective as of the March 1, 2005.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Second Amendment to be effective the day and year first above written.

 

    LANDLORD:
    THE LARES GROUP II
Witnessed:   /s/ Authorized Witness     By:   /s/ John G. Laramee
        John G. Laramee, General Partner

 

    TENANT:
   

OLIN CORPORATION, d.b.a.

A.J. OSTER COMPANY

Witnessed:   /s/ Authorized Witness     By:   /s/ Authorized Signatory
       

 

3


LOGO


THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE (the “Third Amendment”) is made and entered into as of the              day of March, 2011 by and between THE LARES GROUP II, a Rhode Island limited partnership having offices at 333 Strawberry Field Road, Warwick, Rhode Island, 02886 (hereinafter referred to as “Landlord”) and GLOBAL BRASS and COPPER, Inc. d/b/a AJ OSTER CO, LLC, a Delaware corporation, (hereinafter referred to as “Tenant”).

WITNESSETH

WHEREAS, Landlord by written Lease dated March 1, 1995 (the “Original Lease”), and First Amendment to Lease dated March 1, 2000 (the “First Amendment to Lease”), and Second Amendment to Lease dated March 1, 2005 (the “Second Amendment to Lease) demised to Tenant a portion of Landlord’s premises located at 333 Strawberry Field Road, Warwick, RI 02886, as more fully described in the Original Lease (the “Original Demised Premises”), for a term ending February 28, 2014, at the rent and upon the other terms, covenants, and conditions, contained in the Original Lease and, the First Amendment to Lease and, the Second Amendment to Lease; and

WHEREAS, THE PARTIES now mutually desire to modify and amend the Original Lease and, the First Amendment to Lease and, the Second Amendment to Lease to provide Tenant with a four (4) year extend term for the period from March 1, 2010 through February 28, 2014 as provided in this Third Amendment to Lease.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the terms, covenants and conditions contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant each intending to be bound, hereby covenant and agree as follows:

2. ARTICLE 2 is hereby amended by adding a new Section 2.0, which section becomes a part thereof for the purpose of extending the term of the Lease between the Landlord and Tenant.

2.0 Landlord and Tenant agree to extend the term of the Lease by written Third Amendment for an additional term of four (4) years, beginning March 1, 2010 and ending February 28, 2014


3. ARTICLE 3 is hereby amended by adding section 3.1 which section becomes a part thereof for the purpose of determining the rent for the extended term.

3.1 RENT FOR EXTENDED TERM

 

Lease Year

   Rent Per Annum      Monthly Installment  

ONE through Four,

MARCH 1, 2010 through and

including FEBRUARY 28, 2014

   $ 396,000.00       $ 33,000.00   

4. Except as modified or amended by this Third Amendment all of the terms, covenants, and conditions of the Original Lease, and First Amendment to the Lease and, Second Amendment to the Lease shall continue and remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and confirmed.

5. Landlord and Tenant each represent warrant to the other that they have the full right, power and authority to enter into this First Amendment.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties here to have executed this Third Amendment to be effective on the day and year first above written.

Landlord: THE LARES GROUP II
Witnessed:   /s/ Authorized Witness     By:   /s/ John G. Laramee
        John G. Laramee, General Partner
Tenant: AJ OSTER CO.
Witnessed:   /s/ Authorized Witness     By:   /s/ Authorized Signatory
        Title: President

Exhibit 10.14

SINGLE-TENANT LEASE

(TRIPLE NET)

LANDLORD:

LA PALMA FLEX, L.P.,

a Delaware limited partnership

TENANT:

A.J. OSTER WEST, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

1.   Lease of Premises

     2   

2.   Term; Termination Option; Option to Extend

     2   

3.   Rent

     3   

4.   Net Lease

     4   

5.   Security Deposit

     4   

6.   Use

     4   

7.   Payments and Notices

     7   

8.   Brokers

     7   

9.   Surrender; Holding Over

     8   

10. Taxes

     8   

11. Repairs

     9   

12. Alterations

     11   

13. Liens and Landlord Lien Waiver

     14   

14. Assignment and Subletting

     14   

15. Entry by Landlord

     15   

16. Utilities and Services

     15   

17. Indemnification and Exculpation

     16   

18. Damage or Destruction

     16   

19. Eminent Domain

     18   

20. Insurance

     18   

21. Waiver of Subrogation

     20   

22. Tenant’s Default and Landlord’s Remedies

     20   

23. Landlord’s Default

     22   

24. Subordination

     22   

25. Estoppel Certificate

     23   

26. Modification and Cure Rights of Landlord’s Mortgagees and Lessors

     23   

27. Quiet Enjoyment

     23   

28. Transfer of Landlord’s Interest

     23   

29. Limitation on Landlord’s Liability

     23   

30. Miscellaneous

     24   

31. Lease Execution

     26   

EXHIBIT “A”   SITE PLAN OF PREMISES

  

EXHIBIT “B”   SAMPLE FORM OF TENANT ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

  

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Abated Rent

     3   

Accountant

     3   

ADA

     4,5   

Affected Areas

     6   

Affiliate Assignee

     16   

Appraiser

     2   

Building

     1   

Comparable Buildings

     1   

Corrective Action

     6   

Effective Date

     1   

Eligibility Period

     23   

Environmental Law

     5   

Environmental Permits

     5   

Equipment Lienor

     14   

Excepted Matters

     26   

Existing Lease

     1   

Extension Notice

     1   

Extension Option

     1   

Exterior Signs

     5   

Fair Market Rental Rate

     1   

Force Majeure Delays

     26   

Hazardous Materials

     5   

Indemnified Claims

     16   

Landlord

     1   

Landlord Indemnified Parties

     7,16   

Landlord’s Broker

     8   

Landlord’s Casualty Notice

     17   

Landlord’s Cure Period

     23   

Laws

     10   

Lease

     1   

Lienor Requirements

     14   

Option Term

     1   

Outside Agreement Date

     2   

Outside Repair Period

     11   

Parking Areas

     10   

PCBs

     5   

Permitted Transfer

     15   

Permitted Transferee

     15   

Phase I Site Assessment

     7   

Pre-Approved Change

     11   

Predecessor Landlord

     1   

Property

     1   

Real Property Taxes

     9   

Refurbished Improvements

     13   

Refurbishment Allowance

     13   

Refurbishment Allowance Items

     13   

Refurbishment Drawings

     13   

Release

     5   

Rent

     3   

Review Period

     3   

SNDA

     23   

Summary

     1   

Tangible Net Worth

     20   

Tenant

     1   

Tenant Change

     11   

Tenant Changes

     11   

Tenant Improvements

     12   

Tenant’s Broker

     8   

Tenant’s Parties

     6   

Tenant’s Property

     14   

Tenant’s Review Period

     2   

Term

     1   

Termination Date

     1   

Termination Fee

     1   

Termination Notice

     1   

Termination Option

     1   

Transfer

     14   

Transfer Date

     15   

Transfer Notice

     15   

Transferee

     15   

 

-ii-


SUMMARY OF BASIC LEASE INFORMATION AND DEFINITIONS

This SUMMARY OF BASIC LEASE INFORMATION AND DEFINITIONS (“ Summary ”) is hereby incorporated into and made a part of the attached Single-Tenant Lease which pertains to the Premises described in Section 1.3 below. All references in the Lease to the “ Lease ” shall include this Summary. All references in the Lease to any term defined in this Summary shall have the meaning set forth in this Summary for such term. Any initially capitalized terms used in this Summary and any initially capitalized terms in the Lease which are not otherwise defined in this Summary shall have the meaning given to such terms in the Lease.

 

1.1     Landlord’s Address:

  

La Palma Flex, L.P.

c/o The Shidler Group

10188 Telesis Court, Suite 222

San Diego, CA 92122

Attn: Brigham Black

Telephone: (858) 678-8500

Facsimile: (858) 678-8504

with copy to:

  

Allen Matkins Leck Gamble Mallory & Natsis LLP

501 West Broadway, 15th Floor

San Diego, CA 92101-3541

Attn: Martin L. Togni, Esq.

Telephone: 619.233-1155

Facsimile: 619.233-1158

1.2     Tenant’s Address:

  

A.J. Oster West, LLC

22833 La Palma Avenue

Yorba Linda, California 92887-4767

Attn: Mr. Robert Lewis

Telephone: 714-692-4231

Facsimile: 714-692-1225

  

with copy to:

Susan G. Fishbein, Esq.

Chief Counsel

427 North Shamrock Street

East Alton, Illinois 62024-1197

Telephone: 618-258-5922

Facsimile: 618-258-2732

 

1.3 Premises: The real property located at 22833 La Palma Avenue, in the City of Yorba Linda, County of Orange, State of California, as more particularly described in Exhibit “A” attached hereto (the “ Property ”), together with all buildings, improvements and facilities, now or subsequently located on the Property from time to time, including, without limitation, the building containing 50,282 rentable square feet (the “ Building ”).

 

1.4 Commencement Date: February 1, 2009.

 

1.5 Lease Expiration Date: March 31, 2014 (subject, however, to Tenant’s Extension Option).

 

1.6 Rent:

 

Months of Initial Lease Term

   Monthly Rent      Monthly Rent per
rsf of Premises
 

*1-14

   $ 28,157.92       $ 0.56   

15-26

   $ 29,163.56       $ 0.58   

27-38

   $ 30,169.20       $ 0.60   

39-50

   $ 31,174.84       $ 0.62   

51-62

   $ 32,180.48       $ 0.64   

 

* Including any partial month at the beginning of the Term and subject to abatement as provided in Section 3.1 of this Lease.

 

1.7 Security Deposit: $21,000.00 (currently held by Landlord pursuant to the Existing Lease, as more particularly set forth in Section 5 of the Lease).

 

1.8

Permitted Use: The Premises may be used only for general office use, sales, training, storage and the light manufacturing and distribution of non-hazardous products and, subject to Landlord’s


  reasonable approval, such other legally permitted uses to the extent in compliance with all applicable laws and consistent with the character of the Project as a first-class industrial project.

 

1.9 Brokers: No brokers represent Landlord. Cresa Partners represents Tenant.

 

1.10 Interest Rate: The lesser of: (a) the prime rate announced from time to time by Wells Fargo Bank or, if Wells Fargo Bank ceases to exist or ceases to publish such rate, then the rate announced from time to time by the largest (as measured by deposits) chartered operating bank operating in California, plus five percent (5%) per annum; or (b) the maximum rate permitted by law, or (c) ten percent (10%) per annum.

 

-2-


SINGLE-TENANT LEASE

This LEASE (“ Lease ”), which Includes the preceding Summary of Basic Lease Information and Definitions (“ Summary ”) attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference, is made as of the 1 st day of February, 2009, by and between LA PALMA FLEX L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ Landlord ”), and A.J. OSTER WEST, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Tenant ”).

1. Lease of Premises .

1.1 Lease of Premises. Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the Premises upon and subject to the terms, covenants and conditions contained in this Lease to be performed by each party.

1.2 Measurement of Building. The parties hereby stipulate that the Building contain the rentable square feet set forth in Section 1.3 of the Summary, and such square footage amount is not subject to adjustment or remeasurement by Landlord or Tenant. Accordingly, there shall be no adjustment in the Monthly Rent or other amounts set forth in this Lease which are determined based upon rentable square feet of the Building.

1.3 Existing Lease. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that Tenant, as of the date hereof, is occupying the Premises pursuant to that certain Standard Industrial/Commercial Single Tenant Lease, as amended by First Amendment to Lease dated as of October 17, 2006 (as amended, the “ Existing Lease ”) dated as of February 1, 2004, by and between Landlord’s predecessor-in-interest in the Existing Lease, Arden Realty Finance IV, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (“ Predecessor Landlord ”) and Tenant, and that on the day before the Commencement Date of this Lease, the Existing Lease shall, pursuant to its terms, be of no further force or effect. Landlord and Tenant agree that those terms and conditions of the Existing Lease which expressly survive the expiration or sooner termination of the Existing Lease shall be superseded by the terms and conditions of this Lease.

2. Term; Termination Option; Option to Extend .

2.1 Term . This Lease shall be effective upon the date first above written (the “ Effective Date ”). The term of this Lease (the “ Term ”) shall commence upon the Commencement Date and shall expire on the Lease Expiration Date, unless sooner terminated or extended as permitted herein, and if extended, the “ Term ” will include the Option Term.

2.2 Termination Option. Provided Tenant fully and completely satisfies each of the conditions set forth in this Section 2.2, Tenant shall have the option (“ Termination Option ”) to terminate this Lease effective as of the thirty-eighth (38 th ) month anniversary of the Commencement Date only (the “ Termination Date ”). In order to exercise the Termination Option, Tenant must fully and completely satisfy each and every one of the following conditions: (a) Tenant must give Landlord written notice (“ Termination Notice ”) of its exercise of the Termination Option, which Termination Notice must be delivered to Landlord at least six (6) months prior to the Termination Date, (b) at the time of the Termination Notice, Tenant shall not be in default under this Lease after expiration of all applicable cure periods, and (c) on or before the Termination Date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a termination fee (“ Termination Fee ”) equal to One Hundred Twenty-Four Thousand Six Hundred Ninety-Nine and 36/100 Dollars ($124,699.36). In no event shall this Section 2.2 inure to the benefit of any subtenant.

2.3 Option to Extend.

2.3.1 Extension Option; Option Term. Subject to the terms hereof, Landlord hereby grants to Tenant one (1) option (“ Extension Option ”) to extend the Term of this Lease with respect to the entire Premises for three (3) years (“ Option Term ”), on the same terms, covenants and conditions as provided for in this Lease during the initial Lease Term, except that the Monthly Rent during such Option Term shall be established based on the “Fair Market Rental Rate” for the Premises for the Option Term as defined and determined in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.3.

2.3.2 Exercise of Extension Option. Such Extension Option must be exercised, if at all, by written notice (“ Extension Notice ”) delivered by Tenant to Landlord no earlier than the date which is twelve (12) months, and no later than the date which is nine (9) months, prior to the expiration of the initial Lease Term. Failure of Tenant to timely exercise such Extension Option shall render such Extension Option null and void and of no further force or effect whatsoever.

2.3.3 Fair Market Rental Rate. For purposes of determining the Monthly Rent for the Option Term, the term “ Fair Market Rental Rate ” as used herein shall mean the annual amount per rentable square foot, projected during the relevant period, that a willing, comparable, non-equity tenant (excluding sublease and assignment transactions) would pay, and a willing, comparable landlord of a comparable first-class industrial building located within a ten (10) mile radius of the Premises (“ Comparable Buildings ”) would accept, at arm’s length, for space unencumbered by any other tenant’s expansion rights and comparable in size, quality and floor height as the leased area at issue taking into account the age, quality and layout of the existing improvements in the leased area at issue (with consideration given to the fact that the improvements existing in the Premises are specifically suitable to Tenant) and taking into account items that professional real estate brokers customarily consider in renewal transactions, including, but not


limited to, rental rates, space availability, tenant size, refurbishment allowances, operating expenses and allowance, parking charges (if any), and any other amounts then being charged by Landlord or the lessors of such comparable first-class buildings, and further including rent abatements, construction costs and other concessions (if any) then being granted by comparable landlords to comparable tenants in Comparable Buildings.

2.3.4 Determination of Fair Market Rental Rate. In the event Tenant delivers the Extension Notice, Landlord’s determination of Fair Market Rental Rate shall be delivered to Tenant in writing within thirty (30) days following Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s Extension Notice, but in no event later than three (3) months prior to the expiration of the initial Lease Term. Tenant will have ten (10) days (“ Tenant’s Review Period ”) after receipt of Landlord’s notice of the Fair Market Rental Rate within which to accept such Fair Market Rental Rate or to object thereto in writing. Tenant’s failure to accept the Fair Market Rental Rate submitted by Landlord in writing within Tenant’s Review Period will conclusively be deemed Tenant’s disapproval thereof. If Tenant objects to the Fair Market Rental Rate submitted by Landlord within Tenant’s Review Period, then Landlord and Tenant will attempt in good faith to agree upon such Fair Market Rental Rate using their best good faith efforts. If Landlord and Tenant fail to reach agreement on such Fair Market Rental Rate within fifteen (15) days following the expiration of Tenant’s Review Period (the “ Outside Agreement Date ”), then Tenant may, by delivery of written notice to Landlord within ten (10) days of the Outside Agreement Date, elect to either (i) rescind its exercise of the Extension Option, in which event this Lease shall expire on the Lease Expiration Date (unless sooner terminated in accordance with the terms of this Lease), or (ii) elect to submit the renewal rent to arbitration, in which event each party’s determination be submitted to appraisal in accordance with the following provisions of this Section 2.3. In the event Tenant fails to deliver such notice within said 10-day period, Tenant shall be deemed to have elected to irrevocably rescind its exercise of the Extension Option.

2.3.5 Arbitration.

(a) Landlord and Tenant shall each appoint one independent, unaffiliated, neutral appraiser (“ Appraiser ”) who shall by profession be a licensed real estate broker who has been active over the ten (10) year period ending on the date of such appointment in the valuation of leases of Comparable Buildings within a ten (10) mile radius of the Premises. Each such Appraiser will be appointed within twenty (20) days after the Outside Agreement Date.

(b) The two (2) Appraisers so appointed will, within ten (10) days of the date of the appointment of the last appointed Appraiser, agree upon and appoint a third Appraiser who shall be qualified under the same criteria set forth herein above for qualification of the initial two (2) Appraisers.

(c) The determination of the Appraisers shall be limited solely to the issue of whether Landlord’s or Tenant’s last proposed (submitted within ten (10) business days after the Outside Agreement Date) new Fair Market Rental Rate for the Premises is the closest to the actual new Fair Market Rental Rate for the Premises as determined by the Appraisers, taking into account the requirements of Section 2.3.3 above and this Section 2.3.5 regarding same.

(d) The three (3) Appraisers shall, within fifteen (15) days, of the appointment of the third Appraiser, reach a decision as to whether the parties shall use Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted new Fair Market Rental Rate (i.e., the Appraisers may only select Landlord’s or Tenant’s submission and may not select a compromise position), and shall notify Landlord and Tenant thereof.

(e) The decision of the majority of the three (3) Appraisers shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant. The cost of each party’s Appraiser shall be the responsibility of the party selecting such Appraiser, and the cost of the third Appraiser (or arbitration, if necessary) shall be shared equally by Landlord and Tenant.

(f) If either Landlord or Tenant fails to appoint an Appraiser within the time period in Section 2.3.5(a) hereinabove, the Appraiser appointed by one of them shall reach a decision, notify Landlord and Tenant thereof and such Appraiser’s decision shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant.

(g) If the two (2) Appraisers fail to agree upon and appoint a third Appraiser, both Appraisers shall be dismissed and the matter to be decided shall be forthwith submitted to arbitration under the provisions of the American Arbitration Association (but subject to the requirements of Section 2.3.3 and this Section 2.3.5).

(h) In the event that the new Monthly Rent is not established prior to end of the Initial Term of this Lease, the Monthly Rent immediately payable at the commencement of such Option Term shall be the Monthly Rent payable in the immediately preceding month. Notwithstanding the above, once the Fair Market Rental Rate is determined in accordance with this Section 2.3, the parties shall settle any underpayment or overpayment on the next Monthly Rent payment date falling not less than thirty (30) days after such determination.

2.3.6 Right Personal; Termination of Option. The Extension Option is not assignable separate and apart from this Lease, nor may such Extension Option be separated from this Lease in any manner, either by reservation or otherwise. Tenant shall have no right to exercise such Extension Option, notwithstanding any provision of the grant of such Extension Option to the contrary, and Tenant’s exercise of such Extension Option may, at Landlord’s option, be nullified by Landlord and deemed of no

 

-2-


further force or effect, if Tenant shall be in default under the terms of this Lease (after the expiration of applicable notice and cure periods) as of Tenant’s exercise of such Extension Option or at any time after the exercise of such Extension Option and prior to the commencement of the Option Term. In no event shall this Section 2.3 inure to the benefit of any subtenant unless duty exercised by Tenant.

3. Rent .

3.1 Monthly Rent and Monthly Rent Abatement. Tenant agrees to pay Landlord, as base rent for the Premises, the Monthly Rent designated in Section 1.6 of the Summary. The Monthly Rent shall be paid by Tenant in advance on the first (1 st ) day of each and every calendar month commencing upon the Commencement Date. Monthly Rent for any partial month shall be prorated in the proportion that the number of days this Lease is in effect during such month bears to the actual number of days in such month. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein and provided that Tenant faithfully performs all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, Landlord hereby agrees to abate Tenant’s obligation to pay Tenant’s Monthly Rent for the first (1st), and second (2nd) full months of the initial Lease Term (“ Abated Rent ”). During such abatement period, Tenant shall still be responsible for the payment of all of its other monetary obligations under this Lease. In the event of a default by Tenant beyond the expiration of applicable notice and cure periods under the terms of this Lease that results in early termination pursuant to the provisions of Section 22 of this Lease, then as a part of the recovery set forth in Section 22 of this Lease, Landlord shall be entitled to the recovery of the Monthly Rent that was abated under the provisions of this Section 3.1; provided, however, that the recoverable amount of Abaled Rent by Landlord shall be deemed reduced by one sixty-second (1/62 nd ) each month during the Lease Term until the date of such early termination.

3.2 Additional Rent. All amounts and charges payable by Tenant under this Lease in addition to the Monthly Rent described in Section 3.1 above shall be considered additional rent for the purposes of this Lease, and the word “ Rent ” in this Lease shall include such additional rent unless the context specifically or clearly implies that only the Monthly Rent is referenced, provided that any non-scheduled and non-recurring payment required to be made by Tenant hereunder shall be due no sooner than thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of a written invoice therefor, and in no event shall Tenant be required to pay any late charge and/or interest on such sum unless Tenant fails to make such non-scheduled and non-recurring payment within such thirty (30) day period. Rent shall be paid to Landlord as provided in Section 7, without any prior demand therefor and without any deduction or offset except as specified elsewhere in the Lease, in lawful money of the United States of America.

3.3 Late Payments. Late payments of Rent will be subject to interest and a late charge as provided in Sections 22.6 and 22.7 below.

3.4 Invoices for Required Payments. All requirements in this Lease upon Tenant to pay or reimburse for any premiums, costs, expenses or fees of, or imposed upon, Landlord or any other party, or for any other amounts considered as additional rent, shall be limited to commercially reasonable premiums, costs, expenses or fees, actually incurred, and shall be supported by a reasonably particularized invoice, delivered to Tenant not less than thirty (30) days prior to the due date of Tenant’s obligations to pay same.

3.5 Audit Rights. In the event Tenant disputes the amount of any expenses set forth in any Invoice delivered by Landlord to Tenant pursuant to Section 3.4 above, Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant’s cost, after reasonable notice to Landlord, to have Tenant’s authorized employees of agents Inspect, at Landlord’s office during normal business hours, Landlord’s books, records and supporting documents concerning the expenses set forth in such invoice; provided, however, Tenant shall have no right to conduct such inspection, have an audit performed by the Accountant as described below, or object to or otherwise dispute the amount of the expenses set forth in any such invoice, unless Tenant notifies Landlord of such objection and dispute, completes such inspection, and has the Accountant commence such audit within one (1) year immediately following Landlord’s delivery of the particular Invoice in question (the “ Review Period ”); provided, further, that notwithstanding any such timely objection, dispute, inspection, and/or audit, and as a condition precedent to Tenant’s exercise of its right of objection, dispute, Inspection and/or audit as set forth in this Section 3.5, Tenant shall not be permitted to withhold payment of, and Tenant shall timely pay to Landlord, the full amounts as required by the provisions of this Lease and such invoice. However, such payment may be made under protest pending the outcome of any audit which may be performed by the Accountant as described below. In connection with any such inspection by Tenant, Landlord and Tenant shall reasonably cooperate with each other so that such inspection can be performed pursuant to a mutually acceptable schedule, in an expeditious manner and without interference with Landlord’s operation and management of the Building. If after such inspection and/or request for documentation, Tenant still disputes the amount of the expenses set forth in the invoice, Tenant shall have the right, within the Review Period, to cause an independent certified public accountant which is not paid on a contingency basis and which is mutually approved by Landlord and Tenant (the “ Accountant ”) to complete an audit of Landlord’s books and records pertaining to expenses set forth in such invoice to determine the proper amount of the expenses incurred and amounts payable by Tenant for the calendar year which is the subject of such invoice. Such audit by the Accountant shall be final and binding upon Landlord and Tenant. If Landlord and Tenant cannot mutually agree as to the identity of the Accountant within thirty (30) days after Tenant notifies Landlord that Tenant desires an audit to be performed, then the Accountant shall be a national or regional accounting firm, which is not paid on a contingency basis and which is selected by Tenant and reasonably approved by Landlord. If such audit reveals that Landlord has over-charged Tenant, then within thirty (30) days after the results of

 

-3-


such audit are made available to Landlord, Landlord shall reimburse to Tenant the amount of such over-charge. If the audit reveals that the Tenant was under-charged, then within thirty (30) days after the results of such audit are made available to Tenant, Tenant shall reimburse to Landlord the amount of such under-charge. Tenant agrees to pay the cost of such audit unless it is subsequently determined that Landlord’s original invoice which was the subject of such audit was in error to Tenant’s disadvantage by three percent (3%) or more of the total expenses which was the subject of such audit. The payment by Tenant of any amounts pursuant to this Section 3.5 shall not preclude Tenant from questioning the correctness of any invoice provided by Landlord at any time during the Review Period, but the failure of Tenant to object thereto and commence its inspection and have the Accountant commence the audit as described above prior to the expiration of the Review Period shall be conclusively deemed Tenant’s approval of the invoice in question and the amount of expenses shown thereon. In connection with any inspection and/or audit conducted by Tenant pursuant to this Section 3.5, Tenant agrees to keep, and to cause all of Tenant’s employees and consultants, attorneys, and the Accountant to keep, all of Landlord’s books and records and the audit, and all information pertaining thereto and the results thereof, strictly confidential, and in connection therewith, Tenant shall cause such employees, consultants, attorneys, and the Accountant to execute such commercially reasonable confidentiality agreements as Landlord may reasonably require prior to conducting any such inspections and/or audits.

4. Net Lease . Except as otherwise provided herein, all Rent shall be absolutely net to Landlord so that this Lease shall yield net to Landlord, the Rent to be paid each month during the Term of this Lease. Accordingly, and except as otherwise provided herein, all costs, expenses and obligations required to be paid by Tenant hereunder relating to the Premises which may arise or become due during the Term of this Lease shall be paid by Tenant pursuant to the terms and provisions of this Lease. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to require Tenant to pay or discharge any liens or mortgages of any character whatsoever which may exist or hereafter be placed upon the Premises by either an affirmative act or omission of Landlord.

5. Security Deposit . Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that Tenant has previously deposited with Predecessor Landlord an amount equal to Twenty-One Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($21,000.00) as the Security Deposit under the Existing Lease. Landlord confirms that it has received the Security Deposit from Predecessor Landlord and is currently holding the Security Deposit pursuant to the terms of the Existing Lease. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that such Security Deposit shall be held by Landlord as security for the full and faithful performance by Tenant of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be performed by Tenant during the Term. The Security Deposit is not, and may not be construed by Tenant to constitute, rent for the last month or any portion thereof. If Tenant defaults with respect to any of its obligations under this Lease beyond the expiration of applicable notice and cure periods, Landlord may (but shall not be required to) use, apply or retain all or any part of the Security Deposit for the payment of any rent or any other sum in default, or for the payment of any other amount, loss or damage which Landlord may spend, incur or suffer by reason of Tenant’s default. If any portion of the Security Deposit is so used or applied, Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after receipt of written demand therefor, deposit cash with Landlord in an amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount. Landlord shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general funds, and Tenant shall not be entitled to interest on the Security Deposit. If Tenant shall fully and faithfully perform every provision of this Lease to be performed by it, the Security Deposit or any balance thereof shall be returned to Tenant within thirty (30) days following the expiration of the Term (or, if applicable, the earlier termination thereof). If Landlord sells its interest in the Building during the Term and if Landlord deposits with the purchaser the Security Deposit (or balance thereof), and such purchaser acknowledges receipt thereof in writing and assumes the obligations of Landlord under this Lease, then, upon such sale, Landlord shall be discharged from any further liability with respect to the Security Deposit. The obligations of Landlord under this Section 5 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

6. Use .

6.1 General. Tenant shall use the Premises solely for the Permitted Use specified in Section 1.8 of the Summary, and shall not use or permit the Premises to be used for any other use or purpose whatsoever. Subject to Landlord’s obligations set forth in this Lease, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, observe and comply with all requirements of any board of fire underwriters or similar body relating to the Premises, all recorded covenants, conditions and restrictions now or hereafter affecting the Premises and all laws, statutes, codes, rules and regulations now or hereafter in force relating to or affecting the condition, use, occupancy, alteration or improvement (whether structural (except as otherwise provided herein) or non-structural, including unforeseen and/or extraordinary alterations or improvements, and regardless of the period of time remaining in the Term) of the Premises, including, without limitation, the provisions of the Americans with Disabilities Act (“ ADA ”) (subject to Landlord’s obligations set forth in the following grammatical paragraph) as it pertains to the condition, use, occupancy, improvement and alteration (whether structural (except as otherwise provided herein) or non-structural, including unforeseen and/or extraordinary alterations or improvements, and regardless of the period of time remaining in the Term) of the Premises. Tenant shall not use or allow the Premises to be used (a) in violation of any recorded covenants, conditions and restrictions now or hereafter affecting the Premises or of any law or governmental rule or regulation, or of any certificate of occupancy issued for the Premises, or (b) for any unlawful purpose. Tenant shall not cause, maintain or permit any nuisance in, on or about the Premises, nor commit or suffer to be committed any waste in, on or about the Premises.

 

-4-


Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall be obligated, at its sole cost, to comply with all applicable laws, statutes, codes, rules and regulations now or hereafter in force, including, without limitation, the provisions of the Americans with Disabilities Act (“ ADA ”), relating to the exterior of the Building, except with respect to improvements required as a result of, or in connection with, Tenant’s specific use of the Premises (as opposed to occupancy and use by tenants in general) and/or any alterations to the Premises undertaken by Tenant during the Term and/or except where Tenant’s alterations to the Premises and/or Tenant’s specific use of the Premises triggers a legal compliance requirement with respect to the exterior of the Building.

6.2 Signs and Auctions. Subject to the approval of all applicable governmental and quasi-governmental entities, and subject to all applicable governmental and quasi-governmental laws, rules, regulations and codes, Landlord hereby grants Tenant the right, at Tenant’s sole cost end expense, to maintain the existing exterior identification signs on the face of the Building (the “ Exterior Signs ”) installed by Tenant under the Existing Lease. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, for the removal of such signage and the repair of all damage to the Building caused by such removal, normal wear and tear excepted. If Tenant fails to so remove such signs, then Landlord shall have the right to do at Tenant’s sole reasonable cost and expense. Except for such signage, Tenant may not install any signs on the exterior of the Building, without Landlord’s prior approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Tenant shall have no right to conduct any auction in, on or about the Premises.

6.3 Refuse and Sewage. Tenant agrees not to keep any trash, garbage, waste or other refuse on the Premises except in sanitary containers and agrees to regularly and at reasonable intervals remove same from the Premises. Tenant shall keep all containers or other equipment used for storage of such materials in a reasonably clean and sanitary condition. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, properly dispose of all sanitary sewage and shall not use the sewage disposal system for the disposal of anything except sanitary sewage. Tenant shall keep the sewage disposal system free of all obstructions and in good operating condition. Tenant shall contract directly for all trash disposal services at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

6.4 Hazardous Materials.

6.4.1 Definitions: As used in this Lease, the following terms have the following meanings:

(a) “ Environmental Law ” means any federal, state or local statutory or common law, or any regulation, ordinance, code, order or permit relating to (a) the environment, human health or safety, including, without limitation, emissions, discharges, releases or threatened releases of Hazardous Materials (as defined below) into the environment (including, without limitation, air, surface water, groundwater or land), or (b) the manufacture, generation, refining, processing, distribution, use, sale, treatment, receipt, storage, disposal, transport, arranging for transport, or handling of Hazardous Materials.

(b) “ Environmental Permits ” mean collectively, any and all permits, consents, licenses, approvals and registrations of any nature at any time required pursuant to, or in order to comply with, any Environmental Law.

(c) “ Hazardous Materials ” shall mean and include any hazardous of toxic materials, substances or wastes as now or hereafter designated or regulated under any Environmental Law, including, without limitation, asbestos, petroleum, petroleum hydrocarbons and petroleum based products, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, polychlorinated biphenyls (“ PCBs ”), and freon and other chlorofluorocarbons; provided, however, that Hazardous Materials shall not include ordinary and general office supplies, such as copier toner, liquid paper, glue, ink and common household cleaning materials as well as other materials used and stored by Tenant in the Premises as part of Tenant’s Permitted Use, all to the extent used and stored in compliance with all Environmental Laws (some or all of which may otherwise constitute “Hazardous Materials” as defined in this Lease).

(d) “ Release ” shall mean with respect to any Hazardous Materials, any release, deposit, discharge, emission, leaking, pumping, leaching, spilling, seeping, migrating, injecting, pumping, pouring, emptying, escaping, dumping, disposing or other movement of Hazardous Materials.

6.4.2 Tenant’s Obligations - Environmental Permits. Subject to Landlord’s express obligations hereunder. Tenant will (i) obtain and maintain in full force and effect all Environmental Permits that may be required from time to time under any Environmental Laws applicable to Tenant or Tenant’s use of the Premises (including Tenant’s alterations to the Premises) and (ii) be and remain in material compliance with all terms and conditions of all such Environmental Permits and with all other limitations, restrictions, conditions, standards, prohibitions, requirements, obligations, schedules and timetables contained in all Environmental Laws applicable to Tenant or the Premises.

6.4.3 Tenant’s Obligations - Hazardous Materials. Tenant agrees not to cause or permit any Hazardous Materials to be brought upon, stored, used, handled, generated, released or disposed of on, in, under or about the Premises, or any other portion of the Property by Tenant, its agents, employees, subtenants, assignees, licensees, contractors or invitees (collectively, “ Tenant’s Parties ”) (except for ordinary and general office supplies, such as copier toner, liquid paper, glue, ink and common household cleaning materials as well as other materials used and stored by Tenant in the Premises as part of

 

-5-


Tenant’s Permitted Use, all to the extent used and stored in compliance with all Environmental Laws (some or all of which may constitute “Hazardous Materials” as defined in this Lease)), without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent Landlord may withhold in its sole and absolute (but good faith) discretion. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant agrees to promptly remove from the Premises, the Building and the Property, at its sole cost and expense, any and all Hazardous Materials, including any equipment or systems containing Hazardous Materials which are installed, brought upon, stored, used, generated or released upon, in, under or about the Premises, the Building and/or the Property or any portion thereof by Tenant or any of Tenant’s Parties during the Term of this Lease and/or during the term of the Existing Lease.

6.4.4 Landlord’s Right to Conduct Environmental Assessment. At any time during the Lease Term and upon at least twenty (20) days written notice to Tenant, provided Landlord and its consultants exercise their commercially reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s use and enjoyment of the Premises, Landlord shall have the right, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense (except as otherwise provided below), to conduct an environmental assessment of the Premises (as well as any other areas in, on or about the Property that Landlord reasonably believes may have been affected adversely by Tenant’s use of the Premises (collectively, the “ Affected Areas ”) in order to confirm that the Premises and the Affected Areas do not contain any Hazardous Materials in violation of applicable Environmental Laws or under conditions constituting or likely to constitute a release of Hazardous Materials. Such environmental assessment shall be a so-called “Phase I” assessment or such other level of investigation which shall be the standard of diligence in the purchase or lease of similar property at the time, together with, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense (except as otherwise provided below), any additional investigation and report which would customarily follow any discovery contained in such initial Phase I assessment (including, but not limited to, any so-called “Phase II” report). In the event a Phase I or Phase II assessment performed by Landlord pursuant to this Section 6.4.4 discloses a violation by Tenant of the terms of this Section 6.4, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the reasonable costs of such Phase I or Phase II assessments, as applicable, within thirty (30) days of receipt of Landlord’s written invoice therefor.

6.4.5 Tenant’s Obligations to perform Corrective Action. If the data from any environmental assessment authorized and undertaken by Landlord pursuant to Section 6.4.4 indicates there has been a Release, threatened Release or other conditions with respect to Hazardous Materials on, under or emanating from the Premises and the Affected Areas caused solely by Tenant or Tenant’s Parties that may require any investigation and/or active response action, including without limitation active or passive remediation and monitoring or any combination of these activities (“ Corrective Action ”), Tenant shall promptly undertake Corrective Action with respect to contamination if, and to the extent, required by applicable Environmental Law and the governmental authority exercising jurisdiction over the matter. Any Corrective Action performed by Tenant will be performed with Landlord’s prior written approval and in accordance with applicable Environmental Laws, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and by a environmental consulting firm (reasonably acceptable to Landlord), provided Tenant shall not be responsible for any increased costs of Corrective Action resulting from Landlord’s unreasonable withholding or delay of any approval of Landlord required by this Section 6.4. Tenant may perform the Corrective Action before or after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, to the extent permitted by governmental agencies with jurisdiction over the Premises, the Building and the Property. Tenant or its consultant may install, inspect, maintain, replace and operate remediation equipment and conduct the Corrective Action as it considers necessary, subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval. Tenant and Landlord shall, in good faith, cooperate with each other with respect to any Corrective Action after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease so as not to interfere unreasonably with the conduct of Landlord’s or any third party’s business on the Premises, the Building and the Property. Landlord shall provide access until Tenant delivers information reasonably satisfactory to Landlord that Tenant’s Corrective Action activities on the Premises and the Affected Areas satisfy applicable Environmental Laws. Tenant’s delivery of a “no further action” letter or substantially similar document reasonably satisfactory to Landlord from the applicable governmental agency shall in all events be deemed reasonably satisfactory. Tenant also agrees to use reasonable efforts to locate its remediation and/or monitoring equipment, if any (subject to the requirements of Tenant’s consultant and governmental agencies with jurisdiction over the Premises, the Building and the Property) in a location which will allow Landlord, to the extent reasonably practicable, the ability to lease the Premises, the Building and the Property to a subsequent user. Landlord has provided Tenant with a copy of that certain Phase I Environmental Site Assessment prepared by VERTEX Environmental Services, Inc. dated November 30, 2006 (the “ Phase I Site Assessment ”) and Landlord, to its actual knowledge, has no additional environmental reports, tests, and/or data relating to the environmental condition of the Premises in its possession or control. In the event Landlord conducts an environmental assessment pursuant to Section 6.4.4, Landlord shall promptly provide Tenant with a copy of any such environmental assessment together with reasonable supporting documentation.

6.4.6 Tenant’s Duty to Notify Landlord regarding Releases. Tenant agrees to promptly notify Landlord of any release of Hazardous Materials in the Premises, the Building or any other portion of the Property which Tenant becomes aware of during the Term of this Lease, whether caused by Tenant or any other persons or entitles. In the event of any release of Hazardous Materials caused by Tenant or any of Tenant’s Parties, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to cause Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to promptly take all steps required by applicable Environmental Laws that Landlord reasonably deems necessary or appropriate to remediate such release and prevent any similar future release to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord. Tenant will, upon the request of Landlord at any time during which Landlord has reason to believe that Tenant is not in compliance with this Section 6.4. (and in any event no earlier than sixty (60) days and no later than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of

 

-6-


this Lease), cause to be performed an environmental audit of the Premises at Landlord’s expense (except as otherwise provided below) by an established environmental consulting firm reasonably acceptable to Landlord. In the event the audit indicates that Corrective Action is required as a result of a Release by Tenant or Tenant’s Parties then Tenant shall promptly perform the same at its sole cost and expense and shall reimburse Landlord for the reasonable costs of such audit within thirty (30) days of receipt of written request by Landlord.

6.4.7 Tenant’s Environmental Indemnity . Subject to Landlord’s covenants hereunder, to the fullest extent permitted by law, Tenant agrees to promptly Indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless Landlord and Landlord’s members, partners, officers, directors, shareholders, employees, agents, successors and assigns (collectively, “ Landlord Indemnified Parties ”) from and against any and all claims, damages, judgments, suits, causes of action, losses, liabilities, penalties, fines, expenses and costs (including, without limitation, clean-up, removal, remediation and restoration costs, sums paid in settlement of claims, attorneys’ fees, consultant fees and expert fees and court costs) which arise or result from the presence of Hazardous Materials on, in, under or about the Premises, the Building or any other portion of the Property and which are caused by Tenant or any of Tenant’s Parties during the Term of this Lease and/or during the term of the Existing Lease, including arising from or caused in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, by (i) the presence in, on, under or about the Premises and the Affected Areas, of any Hazardous Materials (caused by Tenant or any of Tenant’s Parties during the Term of this Lease or the term of the Existing Lease); (ii) Tenant’s or other user’s actual, proposed or threatened use, treatment, storage, transportation, holding, existence, disposition, manufacturing, control, management, abatement, removal, handling, transfer, generation or release (past, present or threatened) of Hazardous Materials to, in, on, under, about or from the Premises and the Affected Areas; (iii) any past, present or threatened non-compliance or violations of any Environmental Laws in connection with Tenant and/or the Premises and/or the Affected Areas, (iv) personal injury claims (v) the payment of any environmental liens, or the disposition, recording, or filing or threatened disposition, recording or filing of any environmental lien encumbering or otherwise affecting the Premises and/or the Affected Areas, (vi) reasonable attorneys’ fees, consulting fees and expert fees, (vii) the cost of any investigation of site conditions, and (viii) the cost of any repair, clean-up or remediation ordered by any governmental or quasi-governmental agency or body or otherwise deemed necessary in Landlord’s reasonable judgment. Tenant’s obligations hereunder shall include, without limitation, and whether foreseeable or unforeseeable, all costs of any required or necessary repair, cleanup or detoxification or decontamination of the Premises, the Building and/or the Property, or the preparation and implementation of any closure, remedial action or other required plans in connection therewith. For purposes of the indemnity provisions in this Section 6.4, any acts or negligent omissions of Tenant and/or Tenant’s employees, agents, assignees, contractors or subcontractors of Tenant or others acting for or on behalf of Tenant shall be strictly attributable to Tenant. The provisions of this Section 6.4.7 will survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

6.4.8 Landlord’s Environmental Indemnity . Landlord shall indemnify, protect, defend, and hold harmless Tenant from and against all claims, suits, actions, causes of action, assessments, losses, penalties, costs, damages and expenses, including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees, sustained or incurred by Tenant pursuant to any Environmental Law with respect to any Hazardous Materials present in, upon or beneath the Premises, the Building or the related Property and which are caused by or permitted to be released by Landlord and/or its employees, contractors, or agents; provided, this indemnification shall not apply with respect to any Hazardous Materials released by Tenant or any Tenant Parties at the Property under this Lease or during the term of the Existing Lease; provided further, however, that Landlord’s indemnity obligations shall not extend to loss of profits, loss of business or any other consequential damages which may be suffered by Tenant.

7. Payments and Notices . All Rent and other sums payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder shall be paid to Landlord at the address designated in Section 1.1 of the Summary, or to such other persons and/or at such other places as Landlord may hereafter designate in writing. Any notice required or permitted to be given hereunder must be in writing and given by nationally recognized overnight courier or express mailing service), facsimile transmission sent by a machine capable of confirming transmission receipt, with a hard copy of such notice delivered no later than one (1) business day after facsimile transmission by another method specified in this Section 7, or by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed to Tenant at the address(es) designated in Section 1.2 of the Summary, or to Landlord at the address(es) designated in Section 1.1 of the Summary. Either party may, by written notice to the other, specify a different address for notice purposes. Notice given in the foregoing manner shall be deemed given (i) when actually received or refused by the party to whom sent if delivered by a carrier or personally served or (ii) if mailed, on the day of actual delivery or refusal as shown by the certified mail return receipt or the expiration of three (3) business days after the day of mailing, whichever first occurs. For purposes of this Section 7, a “business day” is Monday through Friday, excluding holidays observed by the United States Postal Service.

8. Brokers . Landlord has entered into an agreement with the real estate broker (if any) specified in Section 1.9 of the Summary as representing Landlord (“ Landlord’s Broker ”), and Landlord shall pay any commissions or fees that are payable to Landlord’s Broker with respect to this Lease in accordance with the provisions of a separate commission contract. Tenant represents that it has not had any dealings with any real estate broker, finder or intermediary with respect to this Lease, other than Landlord’s Broker and the broker specified in Section 1.9 of the Summary as representing Tenant (“ Tenant’s Broker ”) and Landlord shall pay any commissions or fees that are payable to Tenant’s Broker with respect to this Lease in accordance with the provisions of a separate commission contract. Landlord shall have no

 

-7-


further or separate obligation for payment of commissions or fees to any other real estate broker, finder or intermediary. Each party represents and warrants to the other, that, to its knowledge, no other broker, agent or finder (a) negotiated or was Instrumental in negotiating or consummating this Lease on its behalf, or (b) is or might be entitled to a commission or compensation in connection with this Lease. Tenant shall indemnify, protect, defend (by counsel reasonably approved in writing by Landlord) and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all claims, judgments, suits, causes of action, damages, losses, liabilities and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and court costs) resulting from any breach by Tenant of the foregoing representation, including, without limitation, any claims that may be asserted against Landlord by any broker, agent or finder undisclosed by Tenant herein. Landlord shall indemnify, protect, defend (by counsel reasonably approved in writing by Tenant) and hold Tenant harmless from and against any and all claims, judgments, suits, causes of action, damages, losses, liabilities and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and court costs) resulting from any breach by Landlord of the foregoing representation, including, without limitation, any claims that may be asserted against Tenant by any broker, agent or finder undisclosed by Landlord herein. The foregoing indemnities shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

9. Surrender; Holding Over .

9.1 Surrender of Premises. Upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease. Tenant shall surrender all keys for the Premises to Landlord, and, subject to casualty, condemnation, and Landlord’s maintenance, repair, and restoration obligations hereunder Tenant shall deliver exclusive possession of the Premises to Landlord broom clean (with respect to the Building) and in first-class condition and repair, reasonable wear and tear excepted, with all of Tenant’s personal property (and those items, if any, of Tenant Improvements and Tenant Changes identified by Landlord pursuant to Section 12.2 below) removed therefrom and all damage caused by such removal repaired, as required pursuant to Sections 12.2 and 12.3 below.

9.2 Holding Over. If Tenant holds over after the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, then, without waiver of any right on the part of Landlord as a result of Tenant’s failure to timely surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord, Tenant shall become a tenant at sufferance only, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease so far as applicable (including Tenant’s obligation to pay all costs, expenses and any other additional rent under this Lease), but at a Monthly Rent equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Monthly Rent applicable to the Premises immediately prior to the date of such expiration or earlier termination. Acceptance by Landlord of rent after such expiration or earlier termination shall not constitute a consent to a hold over hereunder or result in an extension of this Lease. Tenant shall pay an entire month’s Monthly Rent calculated in accordance with this Section 9.2 for any portion of a month if holds over and remains in possession of the Premises pursuant to this Section 9.2.

9.3 No Effect on Landlord’s Rights. The foregoing provisions of this Section 9 are in addition to, and do not affect, Landlord’s right of re-entry or any other rights of Landlord hereunder or otherwise provided at law or in equity.

10. Taxes.

10.1 Real Property Taxes. Tenant agrees to pay all general and special real property taxes, assessments, liens, bond obligations, license fees or taxes, commercial rent taxes and any similar impositions in-lieu of other impositions now or previously within the definition of real property taxes or assessments and any and all assessments under any covenants, conditions and restrictions affecting the Premises (collectively “ Real Property Taxes ”) which may be now or hereafter levied or assessed against the Premises applicable to the period from the Commencement Date, until the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease. Real Property Taxes shall include, by way of illustration but not limitation, the following: (a) any tax on Landlord’s “right” to rent or “right” to other income from the Premises or as against Landlord’s business of leasing the Premises; (b) any assessment tax, fee, levy or charge in substitution, partially or totally, of any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge previously included within the definition of real, property tax, it being acknowledged by Tenant and Landlord that Proposition 13 was adopted by the voters of the State of California in the June, 1978 election and that assessments, taxes, fees, levies and charges may be imposed by governmental agencies for such services as fire protection, street, sidewalk and road maintenance, refuse removal and for other governmental services formerly provided without charge to property owners or occupants. It is the intention of Tenant and Landlord that all such new and increased assessments, taxes, fees, levies and charges be included within the definition of “real property taxes” for the purposes of this Lease; (c) any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge allocable to or measured by the area of the Premises or the Rent payable by Tenant hereunder, including, without limitation, any gross receipts tax or excise tax levied by state, city or federal government, or any political subdivision thereof, with respect to the receipt of such Rent, or upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant and of the Premises; (d) any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party, creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises; and/or (e) any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge by any governmental agency related to any transportation plan, fund or system (including assessment districts) instituted within the geographic area of which the Premises make a part, but Real Property Taxes shall expressly exclude, income or franchise taxes, capital stock, inheritance, estate, gift, transfer taxes (including so-called transfer taxes associated with any conveyance), deed stamps, conveyance fees or taxes, impact or development fees, rent, revenue, succession or similar tax levied against Landlord or the Premises or any portion thereof,

 

-8-


other business taxes, or any other taxes imposed upon or measured by the Landlord’s income or profits, except to the extent the same shall be imposed in lieu of real estate or other ad valorem taxes.

All Real Property Taxes for the tax year in which this Lease terminates shall be apportioned and adjusted so that Tenant shall not be responsible for any Real Property Taxes for a period of time occurring subsequent to the expiration of the Lease term.

Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord the total Real Property Taxes prior to delinquency after Landlord’s presentation to Tenant of a true and correct copy of the tax bill. Failure of Tenant to pay to Landlord said Real Property Taxes as and when herein specified shall, in addition to all other rights and remedies of Landlord hereunder, subject Tenant to any fine, penalty, interest, or cost which Landlord may incur as a result thereof, provided that in no event shall Tenant be responsible for any such fine, penalty, interest or cost resulting from Landlord’s failure to present such tax bill to Tenant on or prior to the date thirty (30) days prior to the due date therefor. If applicable, Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after demand, reimburse Landlord for any such fine, penalty, interest, or cost, together with interest thereon at the Interest Rate.

Landlord agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to contest any tax, fee or assessment wholly or partially paid or reimbursed by Tenant to the same extent as Landlord would contest the same if Landlord had paid the tax, fee or assessment itself. Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for Tenant’s appropriate share of any and all amounts recovered by Landlord as a result of such contest after deducting Landlord’s reasonable, actually-incurred costs of such contest.

10.2 Personal Property Taxes. Tenant shall be liable for, and shall pay before delinquency, all taxes and assessments (real and personal) levied against (a) any personal property or trade fixtures placed by Tenant in or about the Premises (including any increase in the assessed value of the Premises based upon the value of any such personal property or trade fixtures); and (b) any improvements or alterations in the Premises (if installed and paid for by Tenant). If any such taxes or assessments are levied against Landlord or Landlord’s property, Landlord may, after written notice to Tenant (and under proper protest if requested by Tenant) pay such taxes and assessments, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord therefor within thirty (30) days after receipt of written demand from Landlord; provided, however, Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall have the right, with Landlord’s cooperation, to bring suit in any court of competent jurisdiction to recover the amount of any such taxes and assessments so paid under protest.

11. Repairs .

11.1 Tenant’s Repair Obligations. Except for Landlord’s obligations under Sections 11.2, and subject to the replacement provisions set forth in Section 11.3, Tenant shall at all times and at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, keep, maintain, clean, repair, renovate, retrofit, replace and preserve the Premises and all non-structural parts thereof, including, without limitation, utility meters, plumbing, pipes and conduits, all heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems located within the Premises, all fixtures, furniture and equipment, Tenant’s signs, if any, locks, closing devices, security devices, windows, window sashes, casements and frames, floors and floor coverings, shelving, restrooms, ceilings, interior walls, roof (membrane only), skylights, interior and demising walls, doors, electrical and lighting equipment, sprinkler systems, Parking Areas (as hereinafter defined), driveways, walkways, loading dock areas and doors, rail spur areas, fences, signs, lawns and landscaping, if any, all Tenant improvements, Tenant Changes or other alterations, additions and other property and/or fixtures located within the Premises in good condition and repair, reasonable wear and tear, condemnation, casualty, and Landlord’s express repair, replacement, and restoration obligations excepted. Tenant’s repair and maintenance obligations shall include, but not be limited to, slurry coating the Parking Areas as necessary to property maintain the asphalt, but not more often than once every thirty-six (36) months (subject to Landlord’s initial obligation to slurry coat the Parking Areas as set forth in Section 11.2 below); Parking Area and driveway sweeping and repairing; and responsibility for painting. Except for Landlord’s obligations in Section 11.2 below, Tenant shall at all times during the Term make all structural and non-structural changes, repairs and improvements to the Premises of every kind and nature, whether ordinary or extraordinary, foreseen or unforeseen, which may be required by any applicable laws or for the safety of the Premises, if and to the extent required by Section 6 above. Tenant agrees to procure and maintain maintenance contracts (reasonably pre-approved by Landlord) for Tenant’s obligations hereunder with reputable, licensed contractors reasonably pre-approved by Landlord, such approval not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Such maintenance and repairs shall be performed with due diligence, lien-free and in a good and workmanlike manner.

11.2 Landlord’s Repair Rights and Obligations. Except as provided in this Section 11.2 below, Landlord has no obligation whatsoever to alter, remodel, improve, repair, renovate, retrofit, replace, redecorate or paint all or any part of the Premises. Tenant waives the right to make repairs at Landlord’s expense under any law, statute or ordinance now or hereafter in effect (including the provisions of California Civil Code Section 1942 and any successive sections or statutes of a similar nature), it being agreed that Tenant and Landlord have by this Lease made specific provisions for such repairs and have defined their obligations relating thereto. If Tenant fails to perform Tenant’s obligations under Section 11.1 hereof, or under any other provision of this Lease, then Landlord shall have the option (but not the obligation) to enter upon the Premises after thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Tenant, or in the case of an emergency immediately without prior notice (provided Landlord agrees to give as much notice as reasonably practicable under the circumstances), to perform, such obligations on Tenant’s behalf necessary to return the Premises to good order, condition and repair, whereupon the reasonable costs

 

-9-


actually incurred by Landlord shall become due and payable to Landlord, upon demand, together with a fee of ten percent (10%) of the costs of such work for Landlord’s managing agent within thirty (30) days of receipt by Tenant of written demand by Landlord (which ten percent (10%) fee shall apply only in the event Landlord is entitled and in fact performs such work due to a failure of Tenant to perform its obligations hereunder). Notwithstanding anything above to the contrary, promptly following written notice thereof from Tenant, Landlord shall, at its cost, repair and maintain the exterior walls, foundations and other structural portions of the Building, including, without limitation, the roof (with Tenant being responsible for the roof membrane); provided, however, to the extent such maintenance or repairs are required as a result of any act, neglect, fault or omission of Tenant or any of Tenant’s Parties (subject to the mutual waiver of subrogation set forth in Section 21) or otherwise made necessary due to Tenant’s specific use (as opposed to general occupancy of the Premises) or Tenant’s Changes to the Premises, Tenant shall pay to Landlord within thirty (30) days of receipt by Tenant of written demand from Landlord, as additional rent, the actually-incurred costs of such maintenance and repairs, together with a fee of ten percent (10%) of said costs (which ten percent (10%) fee shall apply only in the event such repairs are actually performed by Landlord and necessitated by Tenant’s or Tenant’s Parties act, neglect, fault, or omission or necessitated by Tenant’s specific use). Within the first six (6) months from the Commencement Date, Landlord shall, at its sole cost, slurry coat and stripe the Parking Areas of the Project owned by Landlord exercising commercially reasonable efforts to minimize interruption to Tenant’s use of the Parking Areas during the process of such slurry coating. As used herein “Parking Areas” shall mean the existing paved parking areas on the Property owned in fee by Landlord and depicted (by hatching) on Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference.

11.3 Replacements. Subject to the mutual waiver of subrogation set forth in Section 21, if an item (such as roof membrane or an existing HVAC unit serving the Premises) required to be maintained by Tenant pursuant to Section 11.1 cannot be repaired other than at a cost which (in Tenant’s commercially reasonable good faith opinion utilizing sound business Judgment) is in excess of twenty-five percent (25%) of the cost of replacing such item, then, in such event, such item shall be replaced by Landlord upon Tenant’s request, and the cost thereof shall be prorated between the parties and Tenant shall only be obligated to pay, each month during the remainder of the Term of this Lease, on the date on which Monthly Rent is due, an amount equal to the product of multiplying the cost of such replacement by a fraction, the numerator of which is one, and the denominator of which is the number of months of the useful life of such capital expenditures as reasonably determined by Landlord but not to exceed ten (10) years in any event. For purposes of the payment hereunder, the cost of such replacement shall be amortized on a straight line basis over the useful life of such replacement as determined in accordance with this Section 11.3.

11.4 Condition of Premises. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that, except to the extent otherwise specifically set forth in this Lease, Landlord has not made, does not make and specifically negates and disclaims any representations, warranties, promises, covenants, agreements or guarantees of any kind or character whatsoever concerning or with respect to (a) the value, nature, quality or condition of the Premises; (b) the suitability of the Premises for any and all activities and uses which Tenant may conduct thereon; (c) the compliance of the Premises with any laws, rules, ordinances or regulations of any applicable governmental authority or body, including, without limitation, environmental laws (collectively, “ Laws ”); (d) the habitability, merchantability, marketability, profitability or fitness for a particular purpose of the Premises; (e) the manner or quality of the construction or materials incorporated into the Premises; (f) the manner, quality, state of repair or lack of repair of the Premises; or (g) any other matter with respect to the Premises. Tenant further acknowledges and agrees that, except to the extent specifically set forth in this Lease, the leasing of the Premises as provided for herein is made on an “AS-IS” condition and basis with all faults. Landlord shall have no liability or responsibility for any latent or patent defects in the Premises. Except for damages arising from Landlord’s failure to perform its obligations under Section 11.2, Tenant and anyone claiming by, through or under Tenant hereby fully and irrevocably releases Landlord from any and all claims that it may now have or hereafter acquire against Landlord for any cost, loss, liability, damage, expense, demand, action or cause of action arising from or related to any construction defects, errors, omissions or other conditions, including, but not limited to, environmental matters, now or hereafter affecting the Premises. This release includes claims of which Tenant is presently unaware or which Tenant does not presently suspect to exist in its favor which, if known by Tenant, would materially affect Tenant’s release of Landlord.

11.5 Tenant’s Self-Help Rights. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 11, If Tenant provides written notice to Landlord of the need for repairs and/or maintenance which are Landlord’s obligation to perform under Section 11.2 above, and Landlord falls to undertake such repairs and/or maintenance within thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice (or such longer time as is reasonably necessary if more than thirty (30) days are reasonably required to complete such repairs and Landlord commences such repairs within such 30-day period and thereafter diligently attempts to complete same), then Tenant may, at its option and without limiting all other available remedies, proceed to undertake such repairs and/or maintenance upon delivery of an additional three (3) business days’ notice to Landlord that Tenant is taking such required action (provided, however, that no additional notice shall be required in the event of an emergency which threatens life or where there is imminent danger to property). If such repairs and/or maintenance were required under the terms of this Lease to be performed by Landlord and are not performed by Landlord prior to the expiration of such three (3) business day period (or the initial notice and repair period set forth in the first sentence of this Section 11.5 in the event of emergencies where no second notice is required) (the “ Outside Repair Period ”), then Tenant shall be entitled to reimbursement by Landlord of Tenant’s actual, reasonable, and documented costs and expenses in performing such maintenance and/or repairs. Such reimbursement shall be made within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of a reasonably established period invoice

 

-10-


from Tenant of such costs and expenses, and if Landlord fails to so reimburse Tenant within such 30-day period then Tenant shall be entitled to offset against the Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease the amount of such invoice together with interest thereon at the Interest Rate, which shall have accrued on the amount of such invoice during the period from and after Tenant’s delivery of such invoice to Landlord through and including the earlier of the date Landlord delivers the payment to Tenant or the date Tenant offsets such amount against the Rent; provided, however, that the amount of offset shall be limited to thirty percent (30%) of each monthly payment of Monthly Rent (provided, however, in all events, Tenant shall be entitled to fully recover such costs during the Term so that the percentage of recovery from Monthly Rent may increase ratably as required in order to fully recover such costs over the remaining Term, provided further, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, if (i) Landlord delivers to Tenant prior to the expiration of the Outside Repair Period described above, a written objection to Tenant’s, right to receive any such reimbursement based upon Landlord’s good faith claim that such action did not have to be taken by Landlord pursuant to the terms of this Lease, or (ii) Landlord delivers to Tenant, within thirty (30) days after receipt of Tenant’s invoice, a written objection to the payment of such invoice based upon Landlord’s good faith claim that such charges are excessive (in which case, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant, within such 30-day period, the amount Landlord contends would not be excessive), then Tenant shall not be entitled to such reimbursement or offset against Rent, but Tenant, as its sole remedy, may proceed to claim a default by Landlord. In the event Tenant undertakes such repairs, Tenant may utilize the services of any qualified contractor reasonably approved by Landlord (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed) which normally and regularly performs similar work in comparable buildings in the general vicinity of the Building. Tenant shall comply with the other terms and conditions of this Lease if Tenant takes the required action, except that Tenant is not required to obtain Landlord’s consent for such repairs.

12. Alterations .

12.1 Tenant Changes; Conditions.

(a) Tenant shall not make any alterations, additions, improvements or decorations to the Premises (collectively, “ Tenant Changes ,” and individually, a “ Tenant Change ”) unless Tenant first obtains Landlord’s prior written approval thereof, which approval Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay. Notwithstanding the foregoing. Landlord’s prior approval shall not be required for any Tenant Change which satisfies all of the following conditions (hereinafter a “ Pre-Approved Change ”): (i) the costs of such Tenant Change does not exceed Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000.00) individually; (ii) the costs of such Tenant Change when aggregated with the costs of all other Tenant Changes made by Tenant do not exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) in any three (3) year period; (iii) If applicable, Tenant delivers to Landlord final plans, specifications and working drawings for such Tenant Change at least ten (10) days following completion of the work thereof; (iv) Tenant and such Tenant Change otherwise satisfy all other conditions set forth in this Section 12.1; and (v) the Tenant Change does not require a building permit and does not affect the structural, electrical mechanical, life-safety or exterior elements of the Premises (Including, by way of example, and not limitation, repainting re-carpeting, re-flooring, hanging wall coverings, installing low-voltage wiring and hanging pictures and shelving, cabinetry, re-tooling equipment, warehousing fixtures, or any other similar non-structural Tenant Changes).

(b) Prior to performing any Tenant Changes, Tenant shall submit to Landlord plans and specifications for such Tenant Changes for Landlord’s approval (provided such approval shall not be required with respect to Pre-Approved Changes). After Landlord has approved the Tenant Changes and the plans, specifications and working drawings therefor (or is deemed to have approved the Pre-Approved Changes as set forth in Section 12.1(a) above), Tenant shall: (i) enter into an agreement for the performance of such Tenant Changes with licensed and bondable contractors and subcontractors selected by Tenant and approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; and (ii) before proceeding with any Tenant Change, provide Landlord with at least ten (10) days’ prior written notice thereof. In addition, before proceeding with any Tenant Change, Tenant’s contractors shall obtain, on behalf of Tenant and at Tenant’s sole cost and expense (provided Landlord agrees, at no material cost to Landlord, to reasonably cooperate with Tenant and its contractors in obtaining the following permits and approvals): (A) all necessary governmental permits and approvals for the commencement and completion of such Tenant Change; and (B) at Landlord’s reasonable request, a completion and lien indemnity bond, or other surety, satisfactory to Landlord for such Tenant Change (provided, however, that Landlord shall waive the imposition of such bond/surety for Tenant Changes made by Tenant or any Affiliate Assignee). Landlord’s approval of any contractor(s) and subcontractor(s) of Tenant shall not release Tenant or any such contractor(s) and/or subcontractor(s) from any liability for any conduct or acts of such contractor(s) and/or subcontractor(s). Further, Landlord’s approval of Tenant Changes and the plans therefor will create no liability or responsibly on Landlord’s part concerning the completeness of same or their design sufficiency or compliance with laws.

(c) All Tenant Changes shall be performed: (i) in accordance with the plans, specifications and working drawings pre-approved by Landlord, if applicable; (ii) lien-free (subject to the terms and conditions of Section 13) and in a good and workmanlike manner; (iii) in compliance with all laws, rules and regulations of all governmental agencies and authorities including, without limitation, applicable building permit requirements and the provisions of Title III of the ADA and all applicable Environmental Laws; (iv) by licensed and/or bondable contractors and subcontractors approved by Landlord (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed) and (v) at such times, in such manner and subject to such rules and regulations as Landlord may from time to time reasonably designate. In no

 

-11-


event shall any Landlord-approved Tenant Changes to the roof of the Building cause a violation of any roof warranty maintained by Landlord.

(d) Throughout the performance of the Tenant Changes, Tenant shall obtain, or cause its contractors to obtain, workers compensation insurance and commercial general liability insurance in compliance with the provisions of Section 20 of this Lease.

12.2 Removal of Tenant Changes and Tenant Improvements . Unless Tenant elects to remove such Tenant Changes pursuant to the terms of this Lease, all Tenant Changes (and the existing tenant improvements in the Premises (whether installed or paid for by Landlord or Tenant) (the “ Tenant Improvements ”)), shall become the property of Landlord and shall remain upon and be surrendered with the Premises at the end of the Term of this Lease except Tenant’s trade fixtures, which shall remain the property of Tenant and removed pursuant to the terms of Section 12.3 hereof; provided that in no event shall Tenant have any obligation to remove any Tenant improvements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall be obligated to repair and restore any portion of the foundation/slab of the Building where Tenant placed/removed equipment under this Lease and/or the Existing Lease as well as filling in any pits.

12.3 Removal of Personal Property. All articles of personal property owned by Tenant or installed by Tenant at its expense in the Premises (including business and trade fixtures, furniture and movable partitions including, without limitation, the warehouse cranes and pits) shall be, and remain, the property of Tenant, and shall, at Landlord’s option, be removed by Tenant from the Premises, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, on or before the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease. Tenant shall repair any damage caused by such removal.

12.4 Tenant’s Failure to Remove . If Tenant fails to remove by the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease all of its personal property, or perform its repair and restoration obligations pursuant to Sections 12.2 and 12.3 above, then Landlord may, (without liability to Tenant for loss thereof), at Tenant’s sole cost and in addition to Landlord’s other rights and remedies under this Lease, at law or in equity: (a) perform such repair and restoration obligations; or (b) remove and store such items in accordance with applicable law; and/or (c) upon thirty (30) days’ prior notice to Tenant sell all or any such items at private or public sale for such price as Landlord may obtain as permitted under applicable law. Landlord shall apply the proceeds of any such sale to any amounts due to Landlord under this Lease from Tenant (including Landlord’s attorneys’ fees and other costs incurred in the removal, storage and/or sale of such items), with any remainder to be paid to Tenant.

12.5 Refurbishment Allowance. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant shall be entitled to renovate the Premises in accordance with this Section 12.5 and otherwise in accordance with this Section 12. In connection therewith, Tenant shall be entitled to a tenant refurbishment allowance (the “ Refurbishment Allowance ”) in the amount of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00) for the costs relating to the design and construction of certain renovations in the Premises (the “ Refurbished Improvements ”). The Refurbishment Improvements shall constitute Pre-Approved Changes not requiring Landlord’s prior approval, provided that the cost thresholds set forth in Section 12.1(a) clauses (i) and (ii) shall not apply to the Refurbishment Improvements (i.e., Tenant may construct an improvement costing in excess of Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000) without seeking Landlord’s prior consent, except as hereinafter set forth). Tenant may, at Tenant’s option, apply the Refurbishment Allowance to structural Tenant Changes, or any other Tenant Changes requiring a building permit, provided, however, that in such event, Tenant shall be required to obtain Landlord’s prior written consent, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed, in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Article 12.

(a) Refurbishment Allowance items . The Refurbishment Allowance shall be disbursed by Landlord following completion of the Refurbished Improvements for the following items and costs only (collectively, the “ Refurbishment Allowance Items ”):

(i) Payment of the fees of the architect and engineer(s) retained by Tenant (if any), including, without limitation, the cost of preparing plans and specifications for the Refurbished Improvements, if any (“ Refurbishment Drawings ”);

(ii) The payment of plan check, permit and license fees relating to construction of the Refurbished Improvements;

(iii) The cost of construction of the Refurbished Improvements, including, without limitation, testing and inspection costs, trash removal costs, and contractors’ fees and general conditions;

(iv) The cost of any changes to the Refurbishment Drawings or Refurbished improvements required by applicable building codes; and

(v) Sales and use taxes and Title 24 fees.

(b) Disbursement of Refurbishment Allowance . Provided that Tenant is not in default on any of its obligations under the Lease, as amended herein, upon completion of any Refurbished Improvements, Landlord shall make a disbursement of the Refurbishment Allowance for Refurbishment

 

-12-


Allowance Items for the benefit of Tenant and shall authorize the release of monies for the benefit of Tenant as follows:

(i) Disbursement . Tenant shall deliver to Landlord: (i) a request for payment of Tenant or Tenant’s general contractor in commercially reasonable form; (ii) copies of invoices from all contractors, subcontractors, laborers, materialmen and suppliers used by Tenant in connection with the Refurbished improvements, for labor rendered and materials delivered to the Premises for the Refurbished improvements; (iii) executed conditional mechanics’ lien releases from all of contractors, subcontractors, laborers, materialmen and suppliers in such form and content as reasonably required by Landlord with respect to the Refurbishment improvements for which Tenant is requesting disbursement conditioned only upon the payment of invoices being requested by Tenant for payment; and (iv) all other information reasonably requested by Landlord. Tenant’s request for payment shall be deemed Tenant’s acceptance and approval of the work furnished and/or the materials supplied as set forth in Tenant’s payment request. Promptly thereafter (in all events within thirty (30) days), assuming Landlord receives all of the applicable information described in items (i) through (iv), above, Landlord shall deliver a check made payable to Tenant in payment of the amounts so requested by Tenant (but in no event to exceed the amount of the Refurbishment Allowance). Landlord’s payment of such amounts shall not be deemed Landlord’s approval or acceptance of the work furnished or materials supplied as set forth in Tenant’s payment request.

(ii) Other Terms . Landlord shall only be obligated to make disbursements from the Refurbishment Allowance to the extent costs are incurred by Tenant for Refurbishment Allowance Items. All Refurbishment Allowance items for which the Refurbishment Allowance has been made available shall be deemed Landlord’s property. In no event shall Tenant be entitled to any credit for any unused portion of the Refurbishment Allowance. All drafts of the Refurbishment Drawings, if any (pertaining to structural Tenant Changes or Tenant Changes otherwise requiring a building permit, only), shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 12.5 to the contrary, in no event will Tenant be entitled to receive any portion of the Refurbishment Allowance for Refurbished Improvements that have not been completed on or before January 31, 2011 (and as long as Tenant has complied with the requirements of Section 12.5(b)(i) above on or before such date), provided, however, that such January 31, 2011 date shall be deemed extended until January 31, 2012 for Refurbished improvements consisting of maintenance and repairs to the Premises performed by Tenant.

 

13. Liens and Landlord Lien Waiver .

13.1 Liens. Tenant shall not permit any mechanic’s, materialmen’s or other liens to be filed against all or any part of the Premises, nor against Tenant’s leasehold Interest in the Premises, by reason of or in connection with any repairs, alterations, improvements or other work contracted for or undertaken by Tenant or any other act or omission of Tenant or Tenant’s agents, employees, contractors, licensees or invitees. Tenant shall, at Landlord’s request, provide Landlord with enforceable, conditional and final lien releases (and other reasonable evidence reasonably requested by Landlord to demonstrate protection from liens) from all persons furnishing labor and/or materials with respect to the Premises. Landlord shall have the right at all reasonable times to post on the Premises and record any notices of non-responsibility which it deems necessary for protection from such liens. If any such liens are filed, Tenant shall, at its sole cost, cause the same to be discharged of record within thirty (30) days after the date Tenant receives notice of the filing of the same, or Tenant may contest such lien claim in accordance with applicable law provided Tenant diligently prosecutes such contest to completion. Upon the final determination of any such contest, Tenant shall pay the amount of such lien or part thereof, if any. as finally determined in such contest, together with any costs, fees, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, Interest, penalties, fines and other liability in connection therewith. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant falls to cause such lien to be so released or bonded within such thirty (30) day period. Landlord may, without waiving its rights and remedies based on such breach, and without releasing Tenant from any of its obligations, cause such lien to be released by any means it shall deem proper, including payment in satisfaction of the claim giving rise to such lien. Tenant shall pay to Landlord within ten (10) days after receipt of invoice from Landlord, any sum paid by Landlord to remove such liens, together with interest at the Interest Rate from the date of such payment by Landlord. Notice is hereby given that Landlord shall not be liable for any labor, services or materials furnished or to be furnished to Tenant, or to anyone holding the Premises through or under Tenant, and that no mechanics’ or other liens for any such labor, services or materials shall attach to or affect the Interest of Landlord in the Premises.

13.2 Landlord Lien Waiver. Tenant shall have the right to remove any and all of Tenant’s furniture, trade fixtures, equipment and other personal property (collectively, “Tenant’s Property”) at any time during the Term (or the Option Term, If applicable), provided that Tenant repairs any damage to the Premises caused by such removal. Some of Tenant’s Property hereafter installed and used by Tenant on the Premises may be financed by a third-party lender or lessor (collectively, an “Equipment Lienor”), and Landlord hereby agrees to recognize the rights of any such Equipment Lienor to remove Tenant’s Property from the Premises during the Lease Term (or the Option Term, if applicable), subject to the Lienor Requirements. Landlord agrees that all of Tenant’s Property installed or to be Installed on the Premises shall be and remain personal property and not real property. Landlord waives the right of distraint and agrees that it does not have and shall not assert any right, lien or claim in or to the financed or leased Tenant’s Property, and agrees that, subject to the Lienor Requirements, any Equipment Lienor may remove and dispose of such financed or leased Tenant’s Property prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, without reference to, and free and clear of, any demand of Landlord and that

 

-13-


any damage from such removal is repaired as aforesaid. Upon Tenant’s request, Landlord shall promptly execute and deliver to Tenant a form of Landlord’s waiver reasonably acceptable to Landlord in favor of any Equipment Lienor; provided, however, that any such document must provide, in addition to any other terms Landlord reasonably deems necessary, the following (collectively, the “Lienor Requirements”): (i) such lender shall not have the right to place a lien on, nor remove, any item which is a part of Landlord’s realty or any other item which has been permanently affixed to the Premises or the Building other than fixtures and equipment installed by Tenant and not paid for with the Refurbishment Allowance, (ii) any removal of Tenant’s Property may be accomplished only during the Term of this Lease (or the Option Term, if applicable), upon reasonable prior written notice to Landlord and subject to Landlord’s reasonable rules and regulations; (iii) any such Equipment Lienor must agree to repair any damage to the Premises and the Building resulting from such removal and to Indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from any and all loss, cost, damage, expense and liability (Including without limitation court costs and reasonably attorneys’ fees) Incurred in connection with or arising from such Equipment Lienor’s exercise of its rights under such lien and/or removal of any such items from the Premises, and (iv) no such Equipment Lienor shall be entitled to dispose of, sell or auction any such item at the Premises or the Project.

14. Assignment and Subletting .

14.1 Restriction on Transfer. Except with respect to a Permitted Transfer (as hereinafter defined), Tenant will not assign this Lease in whole or in part, nor sublet all or any part of the Premises (collectively and individually, a Transfer”), without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent Landlord will not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay. In no event may Tenant encumber or hypothecate this Lease. The consent by Landlord to any assignment, encumbrance or subletting shall not constitute a waiver of the necessity for such consent to any subsequent assignment or subletting. This prohibition against assigning or subletting shall be construed to include a prohibition against any assignment or subletting by operation of law. Irrespective of any assignment or sublease, Tenant shall remain fully liable under this Lease and shall not be released from performing any of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease. Without limiting in any way Landlord’s right to withhold its consent on any reasonable grounds, it is agreed that Landlord will not be acting unreasonably in refusing to consent to an assignment or sublease if, in Landlord’s opinion, (i) the net worth or financial capabilities of such assignee is less than that of Tenant at the date hereof, (ii) the proposed assignee or subtenant does not have the financial capability to fulfill the obligations imposed by the assignment or sublease, (iii) the proposed assignment or sublease involves a change of use of the Premises from that specified herein, or (iv) the proposed assignee or subtenant is not, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, of reputable or good character. Except with respect to a Permitted Transfer, if Tenant is a corporation, limited liability company, or an unincorporated association or partnership, the transfer, assignment or hypothecation of any stock or interest in such entity in the aggregate in excess of forty-nine percent (49%) shall be deemed an assignment within the meaning and provisions of this Section 14.1.

14.2 Transfer Notice. Excepted with respect to a Permitted Transfer, If Tenant desires to effect a Transfer, then at least thirty (30) days prior to the date when Tenant desires the Transfer to be effective (the “Transfer Date”), Tenant agrees to give Landlord a notice (the “Transfer Notice”), stating the name, address and business of the proposed assignee, sublessee or other transferee (sometimes referred to hereinafter as “Transferee”), reasonable information (including references) concerning the character, ownership, and financial condition of the proposed Transferee, the Transfer Date, any ownership or commercial relationship between Tenant and the proposed Transferee, and the consideration and all other material terms and conditions of the proposed Transfer, all in such detail as Landlord may reasonably require.

14.3 Landlord’s Options. Within fifteen (15) days of Landlord’s receipt of any Transfer Notice, and any additional information requested by Landlord concerning the proposed Transferee’s financial responsibility, Landlord will notify Tenant of its election to do one of the following: (i) consent to the proposed Transfer subject to such reasonable conditions as Landlord may impose in providing such consent; or (ii) refuse such consent, which refusal shall be on reasonable grounds set forth in Landlord’s notice.

14.4 Additional Conditions. A condition to Landlord’s consent to any Transfer of this Lease will be the delivery to Landlord of a true copy of the fully executed instrument of assignment, sublease, transfer or hypothecation. Except with respect to Permitted Transfers, Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord, as additional rent, fifty percent (50%) of all sums and other consideration payable to and for the benefit of Tenant by the assignee or sublessee in excess of the rent payable under this Lease for the same period and portion of the Premises, in calculating excess rent or other consideration which may be payable to Landlord under this Section, Tenant will be entitled to deduct commercially reasonable third party brokerage commissions and attorneys’ fees and other amounts reasonably and actually expended by Tenant in connection with such assignment or subletting if acceptable written evidence of such expenditures is provided to Landlord. No Transfer will release Tenant of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease or alter the primary liability of Tenant to pay the Rent and to perform all other obligations to be performed by Tenant hereunder but shall operate to transfer all rights of Tenant hereunder to the prospective assignee or such rights set forth in the agreement between such assignee or sublessee and Tenant. Landlord may require that any sublease shall provide that if Landlord gives said sublessee written notice that Tenant is in default (beyond the expiration of applicable notice and cure periods) under this Lease, said sublessee will thereafter make all payments due under the sublease directly to or as directed by Landlord, which payments will be credited against any payments due under this Lease.

 

-14-


Tenant hereby irrevocably and unconditionally assigns to Landlord all rents and other sums payable under any sublease of the Premises; provided, however, that Landlord hereby grants Tenant a license to collect all such rents and other sums so long as Tenant is not in default under this Lease (beyond the expiration of applicable notice and cure periods). Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after the execution and delivery of any assignment or sublease, deliver a duplicate original copy thereof to Landlord. Consent by Landlord to one Transfer will not be deemed consent to any subsequent Transfer. In the event of default by any Transferee of Tenant or any successor of Tenant in the performance of any of the terms hereof, Landlord may proceed directly against Tenant without the necessity of exhausting remedies against such Transferee or successor. Except with respect to Permitted Transfers. Tenant effects a Transfer or requests the consent of Landlord to any Transfer (whether or not such Transfer is consummated), then, upon demand, and as a condition precedent to Landlord’s consideration of the proposed assignment or sublease. Tenant agrees to pay Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and administrative costs (whether attributable to Landlord’s in-house attorneys or paralegals or otherwise) and other costs incurred by Landlord in reviewing such proposed assignment or sublease, not to exceed Two Thousand Dollars ($2,000.00). Acceptance of the reimbursement of Landlord’s attorneys’ fees and costs shall in no event obligate Landlord to consent to any proposed Transfer.

14.5 Permitted Transfers. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 14 to the contrary. Tenant may assign this Lease or sublet the Premises or any portion thereof (herein, a “Permitted Transfer”), without Landlord’s consent, to any entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with Tenant, or to any entity resulting from a merger, consolidation or other corporate restructuring with Tenant, or to any person or entity that acquires substantially all of the assets of Tenant’s business as a going concern, or to any partner of joint venturer of Tenant (each a “Permitted Transferee” and any such transfer a “Permitted Transfer”), provided that: (a) at least twenty (20) days prior to such assignment or sublease. Tenant delivers to Landlord the financial statements of the assignee or sublessee; (b) in the case of an assignment, the assignee assumes, in full, the obligations of Tenant under this Lease pursuant to a commercially reasonable assumption agreement, a fully executed copy of which is delivered to Landlord within twenty (20) days following the effective date of such assignment; (c) the financial net worth of the assignee or sublessee equals or exceeds that of Tenant as of the date of execution of this Lease; (d) Tenant remains fully liable under this Lease; (e) the use of the Premises remains unchanged; (f) such transaction is not entered into as a subterfuge to avoid the restrictions and provisions of this Section 14; and (g) Tenant remains fully liable under this Lease. For the purpose of this Section 14.5, the term “control” and its derivatives means the direct or indirect power and authority to direct the major decisions and policies of another entity and the direct or indirect ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the beneficial ownership interest in such entity. A permitted Transferee that is an assignee of Tenant’s entire interest in this Lease may be referred to herein as an “Affilliate Assignee.”

15. Entry by Landlord . Landlord and its employees and agents shall at all reasonable times have the right to enter the Premises to inspect the same, to exhibit the Premises to prospective lenders or purchases (or during the last twelve (12) months of the Term, to prospective tenants), to post notices of non-responsibility, to alter improve or repair the premises as contemplated by this Lease and/or to otherwise exercise its rights and remedies under this Lease, all without being deemed guilty of or liable for any breach of Landlord’s covenant of quiet enjoyment or any eviction of Tenant, and without abatement of rent. In exercising such entry rights, Landlord shall endeavor to minimize, as reasonably practicable, the interference with Tenant’s business, and shall provide Tenant with reasonable advance written Landlord shall endeavor to give as much notice as is reasonably practicable, and for providing regularly scheduled services, if any). Landlord shall have the means which Landlord may deem proper to open Tenant’s doors in an emergency in order to obtain entry to the Premises. Any entry to the Premises obtained by Landlord by any of said means or otherwise shall not under any circumstances be construed or deemed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into, or a detainer of, the Premises, or an eviction of Tenant from the Premises or any portion thereof, or, except as expressly provided herein, grounds for any abatement or reduction of Rent and Landlord shall not have any liability to Tenant for any damages or losses on account of any such entry by Landlord except, subject to the provisions of Sections 21.1 and 23, to the extent of Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. Tenant may reasonably designate a certain reasonable number of areas within the Premises as “Secured Areas” should Tenant require such areas for the purpose of securing certain valuable property or confidential information. Landlord may not enter such Secured Areas except in the case of an emergency or in the event of a Landlord inspection, in which case Landlord shall provide Tenant with at least forty-eight (48) hours prior written notice. Landlord shall not show the Secured Area to a prospective lender, purchaser or, during the last twelve (12) months of the Term, a prospective tenant, without forty-eight (48) hours prior written notice and without a representative of Tenant being present.

16. Utilities and Services . Tenant shall be solely responsible for obtaining and shall promptly pay all charges for heat, air conditioning, water, gas, electricity or any other utility used, consumed or provided in, furnished to or attributable to the Premises directly to the supplying utility companies following the Commencement Date, together with all deposits and hook-up, connection charges for such utilities. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord within thirty (30) days of billing for any hook-up, connection, fixture or other charges and/or tariffs that are charged to Landlord by utility companies. Landlord will notify Tenant of this charge as soon as it becomes known and such charge will be due as additional rent. Except as expressly set forth this Lease, no event shall Rent abate or shall Landlord be liable for any interruption or failure in the supply of any such utility services to Tenant.

 

-15-


17. Indemnification and Exculpation .

17.1 Tenant’s Assumption of Risk and Waiver. Except to the extent such matter is not covered by the insurance required to be maintained by Tenant under this Lease and such matter is attributable to the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord’s agent(s), Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant, Tenant’s employees, agents or invitees for: (i) any damage to property to Tenant, or of others, located in, on or about the Premises, (ii) the loss of or damage to any property of Tenant or of others by theft or otherwise, (iii) any injury or damage to persons or property resulting from fire, explosion, failing plaster, steam, gas, electricity, water, rain or leaks from any part of the Premises or from the pipes, appliance of plumbing works or from the roof, street or subsurface or from any other places or by dampness or by any other cause of whatsoever nature, or (iv) any such damage caused by other persons in the Premises, occupants of adjacent property, or the public, or caused by operations in construction of any private, public or quasi-public work. Landlord shall in no event be liable for any consequential damages or loss of business or profits and Tenant hereby waives any and all claims for any such damages. All property of Tenant kept of stored on the Premises shall be so kept or stored at the sole risk of Tenant and Tenant shall hold Landlord harmless from any claims arising out of damage to the same, including subrogation claims by Tenant’s Insurance carriers, unless such damage shall be caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord’s agent(s). Landlord or its agents shall not be liable for Interference with the light or other Intangible rights.

17.2 Indemnification by Tenant. Subject to the mutual waiver of subrogation set forth in Section 21, Tenant shall be liable for, and shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold Landlord and Landlord’s parent, partners, officers, directors, employees, agents successors and assigns (collectively, “Landlord Indemnified Parties”) harmless from and against, any and all claims, damages, judgments, suits, causes of action, losses, liabilities and expenses, including attorneys’ fees and court costs (collectively, “Indemnified Claims”), arising or resulting from (a) any occurrence at the Premises following the Commencement Date, unless caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents, employees or contractors, (b) any act or omission of Tenant or any of Tenant’s Parties; (c) the use of the Premises and conduct of Tenant’ business by Tenant or any of Tenant’s Parties, or any other activity, work or thing done, permitted or suffered by Tenant or any of Tenant’s Parties, in or about the Premises; and/or (d) any default by Tenant of any obligations on Tenant’s part to be performed under the terms of this Lease. In case any action or proceeding is brought against Landlord or any Landlord Indemnified Parties by reason of any such Indemnified Claims, Tenant, upon notice from Landlord, shall defend the same at Tenant’s expense by counsel approved in writing by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. In no event shall Tenant’s exemption, indemnification or hold harmless obligations be construed as requiring Tenant to exempt, indemnify or hold harmless Landlord or any other person or entity except for damages or injuries actually sustained by Landlord caused by the acts or omissions of Tenant or its employees, agents, or invitees.

17.3 Reciprocal Indemnity. Notwithstanding any provisions of Lease Sections 17.1 and 17.2 to the contrary, Tenant shall not be required to indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from any indemnified Claims to any person, property or entity resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents, contractors, servants, employees or licensees in connection with Landlord’s activities in the Premises. Subject to the mutual waiver of subrogation set forth in Section 21, Landlord shall indemnify and hold Tenant harmless from any such indemnified Claims, as well as any indemnified Claims arising or resulting from any default by Landlord of any obligations of Landlord’s part to be performed under the terms of this Lease (but not including (In any event) any loss of business, loss of profits or other consequential damages); provided, however, to the extent any damage or repair obligation is covered by insurance obtained by Landlord, but is not covered by insurance obtained by Tenant, then Tenant shall be relieved of its indemnify obligations up to the amount of the insurance proceeds which Landlord is entitled to receive. Tenant’s agreement to indemnify and hold Landlord harmless pursuant to Section 17.2 above and the exclusion from Tenant’s indemnify and Landlord’s agreement to indemnify and hold Tenant harmless pursuant to this provision are not intended to and shall not relieve any insurance carrier of its obligation under policies required to be carried by Landlord or Tenant, respectively, pursuant to the Lease to the extent that such policies cover the results of such acts, omissions or willful misconduct. In no event shall Landlord’s indemnification or hold harmless obligations be construed as requiring Landlord to exempt, indemnify or hold harmless Tenant or any other person or entity except for damages or injuries actually sustained by Tenant caused by the acts or omission of Landlord its employees or agents.

17.4 Survival; No Release of Insurers. The Indemnification obligations under Section 17.2 and 17.3 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. The covenants, agreements and indemnification in Section 17.1, 17.2 and 17.3 above, are not intended to and shall not relieve any insurance carrier of its obligations under policies required to be carried pursuant to the provisions of this Lease.

18. Damage or Destruction .

18.1 Landlord’s Rights and Obligations. In the event the Building is damaged by fire or other casualty to an extent not exceeding thirty-five percent (35%) of the full replacement cost thereof, and Landlord’s contractor estimates in a writing delivered to the parties that the damage thereto is such that the Building may be repaired, reconstructed or restored to substantially its condition Immediately prior to such damage within one hundred eighty (180) days from the date of such casualty, and Landlord will receive insurance proceeds sufficient to cover the costs of such repairs, reconstruction and restoration

 

- 16 -


(Including proceeds from Tenant and/or Tenant’s Insurance In the event Tenant elects to deliver such proceeds to Landlord pursuant to Section 18.3 below), then Landlord shall commence and proceed diligently with the work of repair, reconstruction and restoration and this Lease shall continue In full force and effect. If, however, the Building is damaged to an extent exceeding thirty-five percent (35%) of the full replacement cost thereof, or Landlord’s contractor estimates that such work of repair, reconstruction and restoration will require longer than one hundred eighty (180) days to complete, or Landlord will not receive insurance proceeds (and/or proceeds from Tenant, as applicable) sufficient to cover the costs of such repairs, reconstruction and restoration, then Landlord may elect to either:

(a) repair, reconstruct and restore the portion of the Building damaged by such casualty (including, to the extent of Insurance proceeds received from Tenant, any Tenant Changes), in which case this Lease shall continue in full force and effect (subject to Tenant’s rights hereunder); or

(b) terminate this Lease effective as of the date which is thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s election to so terminate.

Under any of the conditions of this Section 18.1, Landlord shall give written notice to Tenant of its intention to repair or terminate within the earlier of sixty (60) days after the occurrence of such casualty, or fifteen (15) days after Landlord’s receipt of the estimate from Landlord’s contractor (“Landlord’s Casualty Notice”).

18.2 In the event of any damage or destruction to the Premises (i) which cannot be repaired and restored by Landlord within one hundred eighty (180) days from the occurrence of such damage or casualty (as reasonably determined by Landlord), (ii) which Landlord fails to commence repair and restoration of any such damage or casualty within sixty (60) days of the occurrence of such damage or casualty, or (iii) which Landlord fails to complete the repair and restoration thereof within two hundred seventy (270) days of the occurrence of such damage or casualty (as such dates may be extended, due to any delays caused solely by Tenant), then Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease effective immediately by providing written notice to Landlord within ten (10) days after Landlord’s Casually Notice to Tenant with respect to clause (i) above, within ten (10) days after the expiration of such sixty (60) day period with respect to clause (ii) above, and within ten (10) days after the expiration of such two hundred seventy (270) day period with respect to clause (iii) above (as such dates may be extended due to any delays caused solely by Tenant).

18.3 Tenant’s Costs and Insurance Proceeds. In the event of any damage or destruction of all or any part of the Building, Tenant shall promptly; (a) notify Landlord thereof; and (b) at Tenant’s option (except with respect to Refurbished Improvements paid for by Landlord pursuant to disbursement of the Refurbishment Allowance, as more particularly set forth below) either (i) deliver to Landlord all insurance proceeds received by Tenant with respect to the Tenant Changes in the Building (excluding proceeds for Tenant’s furniture and other personal property), in which event Tenant shall assign to Landlord all rights to receive such insurance proceeds, or (ii) notify Landlord that Tenant will not require Landlord to restore Tenant Changes in the Building, in which event Tenant shall have no obligation to deliver insurance proceeds with respect to the Tenant Changes to Landlord and Landlord shall have no obligations to restore the Tenant Changes pursuant to this Section 18. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, in the event of any damage or destruction resulting from casualty with respect to the Refurbishment Improvements. Tenant shall be required to deliver to Landlord all insurance proceeds received by Tenant with respect to the Refurbishment Improvements paid for by Landlord pursuant to disbursement of the Refurbishment Allowance.

18.4 Abatement of Rent. In the event that as a result of any such damage, repair, reconstruction and/or restoration of the Building, Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, the Building or any portion thereof, then, so long as Landlord actually receives reimbursement from Landlord’s rent loss insurance, the Monthly Rent shall be abated or reduced, as the case may be, during the period that Tenant continues to be so prevented from using and does not use the Building or portion thereof, in the proportion that the rentable square feet of the portion of the Building that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, bears to the total rentable square feet of the Building. Except for abatement of Monthly Rent as provided hereinabove, Tenant shall not be entitled to any compensation or damages for loss of, or interference with, Tenant’s business or use or access of all or any part of the Premises resulting from any such damage, repair, reconstruction or restoration.

18.5 Inability to Complete. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained In this Section 18, In the event Landlord Is obligated or elects to repair, reconstruct-and/or restore the damaged portion of the Building pursuant to Section 18.1 above, but is delayed from completing such repair, reconstruction and/or restoration beyond the date which is one hundred eighty (180) days after the date estimated by Landlord’s contractor for completion thereof pursuant to Section 18.1, by reason of any causes beyond the reasonable control of Landlord (Including, without limitation, delays due to Force Majeure Delays as defined in Section 30.16, and delays caused by Tenant or any Tenant Parties), then Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Tenant.

18.6 Damage Near End of Term. Landlord and Tenant shall each have the right to terminate this Lease if any damage to the Building or Premises occurs during the last twelve (12) months of the Term of this Lease and Landlord’s contractor estimates In a writing delivered to the parties that the repair, reconstruction or restoration of such damage cannot be completed within the earlier of (a) the scheduled expiration date of the Lease Term, or (b) sixty (60) days after the date of such casualty.

 

-17-


18.7 Waiver of Termination Right. This Lease sets forth the terms and conditions upon which this Lease may terminate in the event of any damage or destruction. Accordingly, the parties hereby waive the provisions of California Civil Code Section 1932, Subsection 2, and Section 1933, Subsection 4 (and any successor statutes thereof permitting the parties to terminate this Lease as a result of any damage or destruction).

19. Eminent Domain .

19.1 Total or Partial Taking. In case all of the Premises, or such part thereof as shall materially and substantially interfere with Tenant’s ability to conduct its business upon the Premises, shall be taken for any public or quasi-public purpose by any lawful power or authority by exercise of the right of appropriation, condemnation or eminent domain, or sold to prevent such taking, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease effective as of the date possession is required to be surrendered to said authority. Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire amount of any award without deduction for any estate or interest of Tenant; provided, however, in the event of such a taking, Tenant shall be entitled either (i) to such portion of the award as shall be attributable to goodwill and for damage to, or the cost of removal of, Tenant’s personal property, or (ii) to pursue an award for loss or damage to Tenant’s trade fixtures, removable, personal property. Tenant’s business damages, moving expenses, and any alterations or additions Tenant made to the Premises. In the event this Lease is not terminated following a taking, Landlord shall restore the Premises to substantially their same condition prior to such partial taking to the extent of any award proceeds received by Landlord, and a fair and equitable abatement shall be made to Tenant for the Monthly Rent corresponding to the time during which, and to the part of the Premises of which, Tenant shall be so deprived on account of such taking and restoration. If the award proceeds from the taking are insufficient to restore the Premises as required by the preceding sentence and Landlord does not provide its own funds to so restore the Premises, and if as a result thereof Tenant’s ability to use the Premises as contemplated by this Lease is materially and substantially Impaired, then Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease by giving Landlord written notice thereof; provided, however, Landlord may rescind such termination by giving Tenant written notice within ten (10) business days following Landlord’s receipt of such termination notice from Tenant that Landlord will provide the necessary funds to so restore the Premises and the Premises can be restored to such condition as will enable Tenant to fully occupy and enjoy the Premises for the exercise of the Permitted Use, as determined by Tenant in its reasonable discretion.

19.2 Temporary Taking. In the event of taking of the Premises or any material part thereof or occupancy or all or any part of the Premises for a period in excess of sixty (60) days, Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease effective immediately by providing written notice to Landlord.

19.3 Waiver of Termination. Tenant and Landlord waive any right to terminate this Lease under Section 1265.130 of the California Code of Civil Procedure, or any similar statute or law now or hereafter in force.

20. Insurance .

20.1 Tenant’s Insurance. During the Lease Term, Tenant shall obtain and keep in full force and effect respecting the Premises, the following Insurance:

(a) Special Form (fka All Risk) Insurance, including fire and extended coverage, sprinkler leakage (including earthquake sprinkler leakage), vandalism, malicious mischief, earthquake and flood coverage upon Tenant’s property of every description and kind located on the Premises, Including, without limitation, furniture, equipment and any other personal property and any Tenant Changes in an amount not less then the full replacement cost thereof. In the event that there shall be a dispute as to the amount which comprises full replacement cost, the decision of Tenant shall be presumptive.

(b) Commercial general liability Insurance coverage, on an occurrence basis, including personal injury, bodily injury (including wrongful death), broad form property damage, operations hazard, owner’s protective coverage, contractual liability (including Tenant’s indemnification obligations under this Lease, including Section 17 hereof), liquor liability (if Tenant serves or stores alcohol on the Premises), products and completed operations liability, and owned/non-owned auto liability, with a general aggregate of not less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) per occurrence with “umbrella” or excess liability coverage of not less than Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000).

(c) Worker’s compensation and employer’s liability Insurance, in statutory amounts and limits, covering all persons employed in connection with any work done in, on or about the Premises for which claims for death or bodily injury could be asserted against Landlord, Tenant or the Premises,

(d) Business Interruption insurance, as will reimburse Tenant for direct or indirect loss of earnings attributable to all perils commonly insured against by prudent tenants or attributable to prevention of access to the Premises or Tenant’s parking areas as a result of such perils.

20.2 Requirements of Tenant’s Insurance. Each policy required to be obtained by Tenant hereunder shall; (a) be issued by insurers authorized to do business in the state in which the Premises is located and rated not less than financial class X, and not less than policyholder rating B+, V. In the most recent version of Best’s Key Rating Guide; (b) name Tenant as named insured thereunder and shall name Landlord and, at Landlord’s request, such other persons or entities of which Tenant has been

 

-18-


informed in writing, as additional insureds with respect to the insurance described in Section 20.1(b) above; (c) specifically provide that the insurance afforded by such policies for the benefit of the additional insureds shall be primary, and any insurance carried by the additional insureds shall be excess and non-contributing; (d) contain an endorsement that the insurer waives its right to subrogation as described in Section 21 below; (e) require the insurer to notify the additional insureds in writing not less than thirty (30) days prior to any change, reduction in coverage, cancellation or other termination thereof; (f) contain a cross liability or severability of interest endorsement with respect to the insurance described in Section 20.1(b) above; and (g) be in amounts sufficient at all times to satisfy any coinsurance requirements thereof. Tenant agrees to deliver to Landlord, as soon as practicable after the placing of the required insurance, but in no event later than the date Tenant enters all or any part of the Premises, certificates from the insurance company evidencing the existence of such insurance and Tenant’s compliance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 20). Tenant shall cause replacement certificates to be delivered to Landlord not less than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of any such policy or policies. If any such initial or replacement certificates are not furnished within the time(s) specified herein subject to the notice and cure period provided in Section 22.1 below, then Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to procure such policies and certificates at Tenant’s expense, payable within thirty (30) days of Tenant’s receipt of written demand therefor.

20.3 Effect on Insurance. Tenant shall not do or permit to be done anything which will violate or invalidate any insurance policy maintained by Tenant hereunder. If Tenant’s occupancy or conduct of its business in or on the Premises results in any increase in premiums for any insurance carried by Landlord, Tenant shall pay such increase as additional rent within thirty (30) days after being billed therefor by Landlord. If any insurance coverage carried by Landlord shall be cancelled or reduced (or cancellation or reduction thereof shall be threatened) by reason of the use or occupancy of the Premises by Tenant or by anyone permitted by Tenant to be upon the Premises, and if Tenant fails to remedy such condition within thirty (30) days after notice thereof, Tenant shall be deemed to be in default under this Lease, without the benefit of any additional notice or cure period specified in Section 22.1 below, and Landlord shall have all remedies provided in this Lease, at law or in equity, including, without limitation, the right (but not the obligation) to enter upon the Premises and attempt to remedy such condition at Tenant’s cost; provided Landlord acknowledge and agrees that Tenant’s use of the Premises in accordance with the Permitted Use will not result in an increase in such premiums.

20.4 Landlord’s Insurance. During the Term, Landlord shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, insure the Building (excluding, however, Tenant’s furniture, equipment and other personal property and any Tenant Changes) against damage by fire and standard extended coverage perils and with vandalism and malicious mischief endorsements, rental loss coverage, and such additional coverage desired by Landlord in its commercially reasonable judgment and consistent with that maintained by a prudent owner of a Comparable Building in the general vicinity of the Building. Landlord shall also carry commercial general liability insurance, in such reasonable amounts and with such reasonable deductibles as would be carried by a prudent owner of a Comparable Building in the general vicinity of the Building. At Landlord’s option, all such insurance may be carried under any blanket or umbrella policies which Landlord has in force for other buildings and projects. In addition, at Landlord’s option, Landlord may elect to self-insure all or any part of such required insurance coverage. Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, carry any other form or forms of insurance as Landlord or the mortgagees or ground lessors of Landlord may reasonably determine is advisable. The cost of insurance obtained by Landlord pursuant to this Section 20.4 shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) days after Landlord’s presentation of an invoice to Tenant, provided, however, that in no event shall Tenant be required to contribute more than Twenty Thousand Dollars ($20,000) per calendar year (the “ Insurance Cap ”) towards the cost of Landlord’s insurance; provided further, however, that such Insurance Cap shall be deemed increased by three percent (3%) per calendar year during the Lease Term over the Insurance Cap in effect during the prior calendar year. In the event the cost of obtaining such insurance exceeds the Insurance Cap, Landlord shall be required to pay the additional cost of such insurance without reimbursement from Tenant.

20.5 Tenant’s Self-Insurance. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant shall have the right to self-insure part or all or any of said insurance coverages subject to the terms hereof so long as either Tenant or the self-insurance guarantor maintains a Tangible Net Worth (as defined below) of at least equal to One Hundred Million Dollars ($100,000,000.00) according to the most recent consolidated financial statement referred to below and such insurance conforms with the practice of large corporations maintaining systems of self-insurance. As used herein, “ Tangible Net Worth ” means the excess of total assets over total liabilities. In each case as determined in accordance with GAAP, excluding, however, from the determination of total assets, all assets which would be classified as intangible assets under GAAP including, without limitation, goodwill, licenses, patents, trademarks, trade names, copyrights, and franchises. If Tenant elects to self-insure, Tenant shall be responsible for any losses or liabilities that would have been assumed by the insurance companies which would have issued the insurance required of Tenant under this Lease and shall be bound by the waiver of subrogation provision set forth above in Section 21 below. In the event that Tenant elects to self-insure all or any part of any risk that would be insured under the policies and limits described above, and an event occurs where insurance proceeds would have been available but for the election to self-insure, Tenant shall make funds available, to the same extent that they would have been available had such insurance policy been carried, unless specifically provided to the contrary herein. Furthermore, the self-Insurance protection shall be equivalent to the coverage required above and Tenant shall not be relieved from its indemnification obligations under this Lease. If Tenant fails to comply with the requirements relating to self-insurance and insurance, Landlord may obtain such insurance and Tenant shall pay to Landlord promptly within thirty (30) days of receipt of written demand the premium cost thereof. It is expressly

 

-19-


understood that the self-Insurance permitted above does not relieve Tenant of its statutory obligations under Workers’ Compensation laws.

21. Waiver of Subrogation .

21.1 Waiver. Anything in this Lease to the contrary notwithstanding, both Landlord and Tenant hereby waive any and all rights of recovery, claims, actions or causes of action against the other party, or such other party’s employees, agents or contractors, for any loss or damage to the Premises, Building or Property, to any personal property of the other party, or to the loss of business by the other party, arising from any cause that (a) should have been insured against under the terms of any insurance required to be carried hereunder but for the defaulting party’s failure to comply with its obligation under this Lease to procure such Insurance or (b) is insured against under the terms of any Insurance actually carried, regardless of whether such Insurance is required to be carried hereunder. Each of Landlord and Tenant agrees that in the event of any such loss or damage, it shall look solely to its Insurance for recovery. The effect of such waiver is not limited by the amount of such Insurance actually carried or required to be carried, to the actual proceeds received after a loss or to any deductible applicable thereto (by way of example and not limitation, the Insured party is liable for any and all deductibles in its insurance policies and it shall not be entitled to any payment or reimbursement thereof), and either party’s failure to carry insurance required under this Lease shall not invalidate such waiver. The foregoing waiver shall apply regardless of the cause or origin of any such claim, including, without limitation, the fault or negligence of either party or such party’s employees, agents or contractors.

21.2 Waiver of Insurers. Each party shall cause each property insurance policy required to be obtained by it pursuant to Section 20 to provide that the insurer waives all rights of recovery by way of subrogation in connection with any claims, losses and damages covered by such policy. Each of Landlord and Tenant shall bear the costs associated with obtaining such waiver of subrogation from its insurance company.

21.3 Survival. The provisions of this Section 21 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

22. Tenant’s Default and Landlord’s Remedies .

22.1 Tenant’s Default. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute a default under this Lease by Tenant:

(a) Intentionally omitted;

(b) the failure by Tenant to make any payment of Rent or any other payment required to be made by Tenant hereunder, within ten (10) days of written notice from Landlord that such payment was not received;

(c) the failure by Tenant to observe or perform any of the express or implied covenants or provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant, other than as specified in Sections 22.1(a) or (b) above, where such failure shall continue for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; provided, however, that if the nature of Tenant’s default is such that it may be cured but more than thirty (30) days are reasonably required for its cure, then Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if Tenant shall commence such cure within said thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently prosecute such cure to completion within ninety (90) days of Tenant’s initial receipt of Landlord’s notice;

(d) (i) the making by Tenant of any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (ii) the filing by or against Tenant of a petition to have Tenant adjudged a bankrupt or a petition for reorganization or arrangement under any law relating to bankruptcy (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Tenant, the same is dismissed within sixty (60) days), (iii) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located at the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Tenant within sixty (60) days, or (iv) the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located at the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease where such seizure is not discharged within sixty (60) days;

(e) Intentionally omitted; or

(f) Tenant shall be liquidated or dissolved or shall begin proceedings towards its liquidation or dissolution.

Any notice given under this Section 22.1 shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice required under California Code of Civil Procedure, Section 1161.

22.2 Landlord’s Remedies; Termination. In the event of any such default by Tenant, continuing beyond the notice and cure periods set forth in Section 22.1, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord under this Lease, at law or in equity, Landlord shall have the Immediate option to terminate this Lease and all rights of Tenant hereunder. In the event that Landlord shall elect to so terminate this Lease, then Landlord may recover from Tenant:

 

-20-


(a) the worth at the time of award of any unpaid Rent which had been earned at the time of such termination; plus

(b) the worth at the time of the award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(c) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent for the balance of the term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided; plus

(d) any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform Its obligations under this Lease or which, In the ordinary course of things, would be likely to result therefrom.

As used In Sections 22.2(a) and 22.2(b) above, the “worth at the time of award” is computed by allowing interest at the Interest Rate set forth in Section 1.10 of the Summary. As used in Section 22.2(c) above, the “worth at the lime of award” is computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank” of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%).

22.3 Landlord’s Remedies; Re-Entry Rights. In the event of any such default by Tenant, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord under this Lease, at law or in equity, Landlord shall also have the right as permitted by applicable law, with or without terminating this Lease, to re-enter the Premises and remove all persons and property from the Premises; such property may be removed, stored and/or disposed of pursuant to Section 12.4 of this Lease or any other procedures permitted by applicable law. No re-entry or taking possession of the Premises by Landlord pursuant to this Section 22.3, and no acceptance of surrender of the Premises or other action on Landlord’s part, shall be construed as an election to terminate this Lease unless a written notice of such intention be given to Tenant or unless the termination thereof be decreed by a court of competent Jurisdiction.

22.4 Landlord’s Remedies; Continuation of Lease. In the event of any such default by Tenant, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord under this Lease, at law or in equity, Landlord shall have the right to continue this Lease in full force and effect, whether or not Tenant shall have abandoned the Premises. The foregoing remedy shall also be available to Landlord pursuant to California Civil Code Section 1951.4 and any successor statute thereof in the event Tenant has abandoned the Premises. In the event Landlord elects to continue this Lease in full force and effect pursuant to this Section 22.4, then Landlord shall be entitled to enforce all of its rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover rent as it becomes due. Landlord’s election not to terminate this Lease pursuant to this Section 22.4 or pursuant to any other provision of this Lease, at law or in equity, shall not preclude Landlord from subsequently electing to terminate this Lease or pursuing any of its other remedies.

22.5 Landlord’s Right to Perform. Except as specifically provided otherwise in this Lease, all covenants and agreements by Tenant under this Lease shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and without any abatement or offset of rent. If Tenant shall fail to pay any sum of money (other than Rent) or perform any other act on its part to be paid or performed hereunder and such failure shall continue beyond the notice and cure periods set forth in Section 22.1, Landlord may, without waiving or releasing Tenant from any of Tenant’s obligations, make such payment or perform such other act on behalf of Tenant. All sums so paid by Landlord and all necessary incidental costs incurred by Landlord in performing such other acts shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of written demand therefor as additional rent,

22.6 Interest. if any monthly installment of Rent, or any other amount payable by Tenant hereunder is not received by Landlord by the dale when due (provided that any non-scheduled and non-recurring payment required to be made by Tenant hereunder shall be due no sooner than thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of a writhen Invoice therefor, and in no event shall Tenant be required to pay any late charge and/or interest on such sum unless Tenant fails to make such non-scheduled and non-recurring payment within such thirty (30) day period), it shall bear interest at the interest Rate set forth in Section 1.10 of the Summary from the date due until paid. All interest, and any late charges imposed pursuant to Section 22.7 below, shall be considered additional rent due from Tenant to Landlord under the terms of this Lease.

22.7 Late Charges. Tenant acknowledges that, in addition to interest costs, the late payments by Tenant to Landlord of any Rent or other sums due under this Lease will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of such costs being extremely difficult and impractical to fix. Such other costs include, without limitation, processing, administrative and accounting charges and late charges that may be imposed on Landlord by the terms of any mortgage, deed of trust or related loan documents encumbering the Premises. Accordingly, If any Installment of Rent or any other amount payable by Tenant hereunder is not received by Landlord within five (5) business days of the due date thereof, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an additional sum of five percent (5%) of the overdue amount as a late charge, but in no event more than the maximum late charge allowed by law. The parties agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs that Landlord will incur by reason of any late payment as hereinabove referred to by Tenant, and the payment of late charges and interest are distinct and separate in that the payment of interest is to compensate Landlord for the use of Landlord’s money by Tenant, while the payment of late charges is to compensate Landlord for Landlord’s

 

-21-


processing, administrative and other costs incurred by Landlord as a result of Tenant’s delinquent payments. Acceptance of a late charge or interest shall not constitute a waiver of Tenant’s default with respect to the overdue amount or prevent Landlord from exercising any of the other rights and remedies available to Landlord under this Lease or at law or in equity now or hereafter in effect.

22.8 Waiver of Consequential Damages. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, in no event shall Tenant be liable to Landlord for any loss of profits, loss of business or other consequential damages incurred by Landlord except Landlord’s right to recover statutory damages pursuant to Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code (or any successor statute) following Tenant’s default and termination of this Lease as provided therein.

22.9 Rights and Remedies Cumulative. All rights, options and remedies of Landlord contained in this Section 22 and elsewhere in this Lease shall be construed and held to be cumulative, and no one of them shall be exclusive of the other, and Landlord shall have the right to pursue any one or all of such remedies or any other remedy or relief which may be provided by law or in equity, whether or not stated in this Lease. Nothing in this Section 22 shall be deemed to limit or otherwise affect Tenant’s indemnification of Landlord pursuant to any provision of this Lease.

22.10 Intentionally Omitted.

22.11 Costs Upon Default and Litigation. In any action to enforce or interpret this Lease, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable costs and expenses, including its reasonable attorney’s fees and disbursements.

23. Landlord’s Default . Landlord shall not be in default in the performance of any obligation required to be performed by Landlord under this Lease unless Landlord has failed to perform such obligation within thirty (30) days after the receipt of written notice from Tenant specifying in detail Landlord’s failure to perform; provided however, that if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for its performance, then Landlord shall not be deemed in default if it commences such performance within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently pursues the same to completion within ninety (90) days of Landlord’s initial receipt of Tenant’s notice (“Landlord’s Cure Period”). Upon any such uncured default by Landlord, Tenant may exercise any of its rights provided in law or at equity in addition to such remedies as are expressly set forth in favor of Tenant in this Lease; provided, however: (a) Tenant shall have no right to offset or abate Rent in the event of any default by Landlord under this Lease (except as otherwise expressly provided herein); (b) Tenant’s rights and remedies hereunder shall be limited to the extent (i) Tenant has expressly waived in this Lease any of such rights or remedies, and/or (ii) this Lease otherwise expressly limits Tenant’s rights or remedies, including the limitation on Landlord’s liability contained in Section 30 hereof; and (c) in no event shall Landlord be liable for consequential damages or loss of business profits. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, in the event that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises or any portion thereof, for five (5) consecutive business days (the “Eligibility Period”) as a result of (i) any repair, maintenance or alteration performed by Landlord after the Commencement Date and required to be performed by Landlord under this Lease, or (ii) any failure by Landlord to provide access to the Premises, then Tenant’s obligation to pay Monthly Rent shall be abated or reduced, as the case may be, from and after the first (1st) day following the Eligibility Period and continuing until such time that Tenant continues to be so prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises or a portion thereof, in the proportion that the rentable square feet of the portion of the Premises that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, bears to the total rentable square feet of the Premises; provided, however, that Tenant shall only be entitled to such abatement of rent if the matter described in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) of this sentence is caused by Landlord’s negligence or willful misconduct. To the extent Tenant shall be entitled to abatement of rent because of a damage or destruction pursuant to Section 18 or a taking pursuant to Section 19, then the Eligibility Period shall not be applicable. In no event shall Landlord or Tenant be liable for consequential damages or loss of business profits.

24. Subordination . At the request of Landlord or any mortgagee of a mortgage or a beneficiary of a deed of trust now or hereafter encumbering all or any portion of the Premises, or any lessor of any ground or master lease now or hereafter affecting all or any portion of the Premises, this Lease shall be subject and subordinate at all times to such ground or master leases (and such extensions and modifications thereof), and to the lien of such mortgages and deeds of trust (as well as to any advances made thereunder and to all renewals, replacements, modifications and extensions thereof); provided, however, that a condition precedent to the subordination of this Lease to any future ground or underlying lease or to the lien of any future mortgage or deed of trust is that Landlord shall obtain for the benefit of Tenant a commercially reasonable subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement from the lessor or lender of such future instrument (an “SNDA”); which will provide that no subordination of this Lease to a future ground or master lease or future mortgage or deed of trust shall result in Tenant being disturbed in its possession of the Premises or in the enjoyment of its rights under this Lease so long as Tenant is not in default with respect to its obligations hereunder, and any subordination agreement which Landlord, any mortgagee, beneficiary or lessor requests Tenant to execute to effect or confirm such subordination shall so provide. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall have the right to subordinate or cause to be subordinated any or all ground or master leases or the lien of any or all mortgages or deeds of trust to this Lease. In the event that any ground or master lease terminates for any reason or any mortgage or deed of trust is foreclosed or a conveyance in lieu of foreclosure is made for any reason, at the election of Landlord’s successor in interest, Tenant shall attorn to and become the tenant of such successor pursuant to the terms of the applicable SNDA. Subject to the foregoing, Tenant covenants and agrees to

 

-22-


execute and deliver to Landlord within thirty (30) days after receipt of written demand by Landlord and in the form reasonably required by Landlord (subject to Tenant’s commercially reasonable modifications), any additional documents evidencing the priority or subordination of this Lease with respect to any such ground or master lease or the lien of any such mortgage or deed of trust or Tenant’s agreement to altorn. Should Tenant fail to sign and return any such documents within said twenty (20) day period, Landlord may send Tenant a second written notice conspicuously stating that in the event Tenant fails to execute such documents within an additional ten (10) days, such documents shall be deemed approved by Tenant; In the event Tenant fails to executed such additional documents within such ten (10) period, Landlord shall be entitled to deem Tenant to have approved the terms of such documents (and Tenant shall not have the right to object to the same). Within thirty (30) days after the execution of this Lease, Landlord shall, if requested by Tenant, use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a non-disturbance agreement (on lender’s standard form) from the holder of any pre-existing mortgage encumbering the Premises; In the event that Landlord is unable to provide the non-disturbance agreement within said thirty (30) days, then Tenant may, at Tenant’s option, terminate this Lease, in which event neither Landlord nor Tenant shall have any further liability or obligation under this Lease.

25. Estoppel Certificate .

25.1 Tenant’s Obligations . Within ten (10) business days following Landlord’s written request, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord an estoppel certificate, in a form substantially similar to the form of Exhibit “B” attached hereto, certifying: (a) the Commencement Date of this Lease; (b) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if modified, that this Lease is in full force and effect as modified, and stating the date and nature of such modifications); (c) the date to which the Rent and other sums payable under this Lease have been paid; (d) that there are not, to the best of Tenant’s knowledge, any defaults under this Lease by either Landlord or Tenant, except as specified in such certificate; and (e) such other matters as are set forth in Exhibit “B” or are reasonably requested by Landlord. Any such estoppel certificate delivered pursuant to this Section 25.1 may be relied upon by any mortgagee, beneficiary, purchaser or prospective purchaser of any portion of the Premises, as well as their assignees.

25.2 Tenant’s Failure to Deliver . In the event Tenant fails to deliver an estoppel certificate within the time period set forth in Section 25.1, Landlord may deliver a second written notice conspicuously stating that the matters specified in this Section 25.2 shall be deemed correct in the event Tenant fails to deliver such estoppel certificate within ten (10) days of Tenant’s receipt of such second notice. In the event Tenant fails to deliver an estoppel certificate within such ten (10) day period, such failure shall be conclusive upon Tenant that; (a) this Lease is in full force and effect without modification, except as may be represented by Landlord; (b) there are no uncured defaults in Landlord’s or Tenant’s performance (other than Tenant’s failure to deliver the estoppel certificate); and (c) not more than one (1) month’s rental has been paid in advance.

26. Modification and Cure Rights of Landlord’s Mortgagees and Lessors .

26.1 Intentionally Omitted.

26.1 Cure Rights. In the event of any default on the part of Landlord, Tenant will give notice by registered or certified mail to any beneficiary of a deed of trust or mortgagee covering the Premises or ground lessor of Landlord whose address shall have been furnished to Tenant in writing, and shall offer such beneficiary, mortgagee or ground lessor a reasonable opportunity to cure the default not to exceed Landlord’s Cure Period plus thirty (30) days.

27. Quiet Enjoyment . Landlord covenants and agrees with Tenant that, upon Tenant performing all of the covenants and provisions on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed under this Lease (including payment of rent hereunder), Tenant shall and may peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises, in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease, as against all persons claiming by, through or under Landlord.

28. Transfer of Landlord’s Interest . The term “Landlord” as used in this Lease, so far as covenants or obligations on the part of the Landlord are concerned, shall be limited to mean and include only the owner or owners, at the time in question, of the fee title to, or a lessee’s interest in a ground lease of, the Premises. In the event of any transfer or conveyance of any such title or interest (other than a transfer for security purposes only), the transferor shall be automatically relieved of all covenants and obligations on the part of Landlord contained in this Lease, provided the transferee assumes such obligations in writing, a copy of which written agreement Landlord shall endeavor to provide to Tenant. Landlord and Landlord’s transferees and assignees shall have the absolute right to transfer all or any portion of their respective title and Interest in the Premises and/or this Lease without the consent of Tenant, and such transfer or subsequent transfer shall not be deemed a violation on Landlord’s part of any of the terms and conditions of this Lease. No sale or conveyance by Landlord of the Property, Building, Premises, or any interest therein shall relieve Landlord of its obligations hereunder accruing on or prior to such sale or conveyance unless such obligations are assumed by the transferee in writing.

29. Limitation on Landlord’s Liability . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, the obligations of Landlord under this Lease (including any actual or alleged breech or default by Landlord) do not constitute personal obligations of the Individual partners, directors, officers or shareholders of Landlord or Landlord’s partners, and Tenant shall not seek recourse against the

 

-23-


individual partners, directors, officers or shareholders of Landlord or Landlord’s partners, or any of their personal assets for satisfaction of any liability with respect to this Lease. In addition, In consideration of the benefits accruing hereunder to Tenant and notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary. Tenant hereby covenants and agrees for itself and all of its successors and assigns that the liability of Landlord for its obligations under this Lease (Including any liability as a result of any actual or alleged failure, breach or default hereunder by Landlord), shall be limited solely to, and Tenant’s and its successors’ and assigns’ sole and exclusive remedy shall be against, Landlord’s interest in the Premises (Including, without limitation, all profits, rents and sales proceeds arising therefrom, including, without limitation, condemnation awards and insurance proceeds), and no other assets of Landlord.

30. Miscellaneous ,

30.1 Governing Law. This Lease shall be governed by, and construed pursuant to, the laws of the state in which the Premises are located.

30.2 Successors and Assigns. Subject to the provisions of Section 28 above, and except as otherwise provided in this Lease, all of the covenants, conditions and provisions of this Lease shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective heirs, personal representatives and permitted successors and assigns.

30.3 No Merger. The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant or a mutual termination thereof shall not work as a merger and shall, at the option of Landlord, either (a) terminate all or any existing subleases, or (b) operate as an assignment to Landlord of Tenant’s interest under any or all such subleases.

30.4 Professional Fees. If either Landlord or Tenant should bring suit or arbitration against the other with respect to this Lease, including for unlawful detainer or any other relief against the other hereunder, then all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the prevailing party therein (including, without limitation, its actual appraisers’, accountants’, attorneys’ and other professional fees, expenses and court costs), shall be paid by the other party.

30.5 Waiver. The waiver by either party of any breach by the other party of any term, covenant or condition herein contained shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant and condition herein contained, nor shall any custom or practice which may become established between the parties in the administration of the terms hereof be deemed a waiver of, or in any way affect, the right of any party to insist upon the performance by the other in strict accordance with said terms. No waiver of any default of either party hereunder shall be implied from any acceptance by Landlord or delivery by Tenant (as the case may be) of any Rent or other payments due hereunder or any omission by the non-defaulting party to take any action on account of such default if such default persists or is repeated, and no express waiver shall affect defaults other than as specified in said waiver. The subsequent acceptance of Rent hereunder by Landlord shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular Rent so accepted, regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such Rent.

30.6 Terms and Headings; Interpretation. The words “Landlord” and “Tenant” as used herein shall include the plural as well as the singular. Words used in any gender include other genders. The Section headings of this Lease are not a part of this Lease and shall have no effect upon the construction or interpretation of any part hereof. Any deletion of language from this Lease prior to its execution by Landlord and Tenant shall not be construed to raise any presumption, canon of construction or implication, including, without limitation, any implication that the parties intended thereby to state the converse of the deleted language. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that each has participated in the negotiation and drafting of this Lease; therefore, in the event of an ambiguity in, or dispute regarding the interpretation of, this Lease, the interpretation of this Lease shall not be resolved by any rule of interpretation providing for interpretation against the party who caused the uncertainty to exist or against the draftsman.

30.7 Time. Time is of the essence with respect to performance of every provision of this Lease in which time or performance is a factor. All references in this Lease to “days” shall mean calendar days unless specifically modified herein to be “business” days.

30.8 Prior Agreements; Amendments. This Lease, including the Summary and all Exhibits attached hereto contains all of the covenants, provisions, agreements, conditions and understandings between Landlord and Tenant concerning the Premises and any other matter covered or mentioned in this Lease, and no prior agreement or understanding, oral or written, express or implied, pertaining to the Premises or any such other matter shall be effective for any purpose. No provision of this Lease may be amended or added to except by an agreement in writing signed by the parties hereto or their respective successors in interest. The parties acknowledge that all prior agreements, representations and negotiations are deemed superseded by the execution of this Lease to the extent they are not expressly incorporated herein.

30.9 Separability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Lease (except for Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent) shall in no way affect, impair or invalidate any other provision hereof, and such other provisions shall remain valid and in full force and effect to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

-24-


30.10 Recording. Neither Landlord nor Tenant shall record this Lease. In addition, neither party shall record a short form memorandum of this Lease.

30.11 Exhibits. All Exhibits attached to this Lease are hereby incorporated in this Lease for all purposes as though set forth at length herein.

30.12 Auctions. Tenant shall have no right to conduct any auction in, on or about the Premises.

30.13 Accord and Satisfaction. No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the Rent payment herein stipulated shall be deemed to be other than on account of the Rent, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment as Rent be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such Rent or pursue any other remedy provided in this Lease. Tenant agrees that each of the foregoing covenants and agreements shall be applicable to any covenant or agreement either expressly contained in this Lease or imposed by any statute or at common law.

30.14 Financial Statements. Upon ten (10) days prior written request from Landlord (which Landlord may make at any time during the Term but not unless in connection with a proposed sale, financing or refinancing of the Premises and not more often than once in any calendar year), Tenant shall deliver to any present or anticipated future lender or buyer of the Premises a current financial statement of Tenant. Such statements shall be prepared in accordance with generally acceptable accounting principles and certified as true in all material respects by Tenant (if Tenant is an individual) or by an authorized officer of Tenant (if Tenant is a corporation or limited liability company) or a general partner of Tenant (if Tenant is a partnership).

30.15 No Partnership. Landlord does not, in any way or for any purpose, become a partner of Tenant in the conduct of its business, or otherwise, or joint venturer or a member of a joint enterprise with Tenant by reason of this Lease.

30.16 Force Majeure. In the event that either party hereto shall be delayed or hindered in or prevented from the performance of any act required hereunder by reason of strikes, lock-outs, labor troubles, inability to procure materials, failure of power, governmental moratorium or other governmental action or inaction (including failure, refusal or delay in issuing permits, approvals and/or authorizations), injunction of court order, riots, insurrection, war, fire, earthquake, flood or other natural disaster or other reason of a like nature not the fault of the party delaying in performing work or doing acts required under the terms of this Lease (but excluding delays due to financial inability) (herein collectively, “Force Majeure Delays” ), then performance of such act shall be excused for the period of the delay and the period for the performance of any such act shall be extended for a period equivalent to the period of such delay. The provisions of this Section 30.16 shall not apply to nor operate to excuse Tenant from the payment of Rent strictly in accordance with the terms of this Lease.

30.17 Counterparts. This Lease may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which shall be one and the same agreement.

30.18 Nondisclosure of Lease Terms. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the terms of this Lease are confidential and constitute proprietary information of Landlord. Disclosure of the terms could adversely affect the ability of Landlord to negotiate other leases and impair Landlord’s relationship with other tenants. Accordingly, Tenant agrees that it, and its partners, officers, directors, employees and agents, shall not intentionally and voluntarily disclose the terms and conditions of this Lease to any newspaper or other publication or any other tenant or apparent prospective tenant of the Building or other portion of the Premises, or real estate agent, either directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of Landlord, provided, however, that Tenant may disclose the terms to its attorneys, accountants and to prospective subtenants or assignees under this Lease.

30.19 Non-Discrimination. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that there shall be no discrimination against, or segregation of, any person, group of persons, or entity on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, age, sex, marital status, national origin, or ancestry in the leasing, subleasing, transferring, assignment, occupancy, tenure, use, or enjoyment of the Premises, or any portion thereof.

30.20 Consents and Approvals. Except (i) for matters for which there is a standard of consent or discretion specifically set forth in this Lease, or (ii) matters which could have an adverse effect on the Building’s structure or the Building’s systems and equipment, or which could materially adversely affect the exterior appearance of the Building (collectively, the “Excepted Matters” ), any time the consent of Landlord or Tenant is required under this Lease, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and, except with regard to the Excepted Matters, whenever this Lease grants Landlord or Tenant the right to take action, exercise discretion, establish rules and regulations or make an allocation or their determination, Landlord and Tenant shall act reasonably. With respect to the Excepted Matters, Landlord shall be entitled to grant its consent or exercise its discretion in its sole and absolute (but good faith) discretion.

 

-25-


31. Lease Execution .

31.1 Tenant’s Authority. If Tenant executes this Lease as a limited liability company, partnership or corporation, then Tenant and the persons and/or entitles executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant represent and warrant that: (a) Tenant is a duly organized and validly existing limited liability company, partnership or corporation, as the case may be, and is qualified to do business in the state in which the Premises are located; (b) such persons and/or entitles executing this Lease are duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on Tenant’s behalf in accordance with the Tenant’s operating agreement (if Tenant is a limited liability company), Tenant’s partnership agreement (if Tenant is a partnership), or a duly adopted resolution of Tenant’s board of directors and Tenant’s by-laws (if Tenant is a corporation); and (c) this Lease is binding upon Tenant in accordance with its terms. Tenant shall, promptly following Landlord’s request therefor, deliver evidence, reasonably acceptable to Landlord, of such qualification, organization, existence and authorization.

31.2 Landlord’s Authority. Landlord represents and warrants that it has all necessary authority to enter into this Lease and Landlord is the owner of the Building. Landlord covenants that it shall not (i) enter into any new easement, covenant, condition, or restriction, or other encumbrance that would materially adversely affect Tenant’s use and enjoyment of the Premises, or (ii) to the extent Landlord’s consent is required, grant its consent to any amendment to the recorded covenants, conditions and restrictions affecting the Premises as of the data hereof, which would materially adversely affect Tenant’s use and enjoyment of the Premises (as long as Landlord has the legal right to withhold such consent without any liability to Landlord whatsoever).

31.3 Joint and Several Liability. If more than one person or entity executes this Lease as Tenant: (a) each of them is and shall be jointly and severally liable for the covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements of this Lease to be kept, observed and performed by Tenant; and (b) the act or signature of, or notice from or to, any one or more of them with respect to this Lease shall be binding upon each and all of the persons and entitles executing this Lease as Tenant with the same force and effect as if each and all of them had so acted or signed, or given or received such notice.

31.4 No Option. The submission of this Lease for examination or execution by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of or option for the Premises and this Lease shall not become effective as a Lease until it has been executed by Landlord and delivered to Tenant.

31.5 No Litigation or Claims. Landlord represents and warrants that to its actual knowledge, Landlord has received no written notice of any claim, suit, litigation, proceeding or action against Landlord that relates to the Building and/or the use and ownership thereof.

31.6 Title to the Premises. Landlord represents and warrants that Landlord is the owner of 100% of the fee simple title to the Premises.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK)

 

-26-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Lease as of the day and year first above written.

 

“LANDLORD”    

LA PALMA FLEX L.P.,

a Delaware limited partnership

      By:  

Shidler West Investment Partners, L.P.,

a California limited partnership,

its General Partner

        By:    SWIP, Inc.,
          a California corporation,
          its General Partner
          By:   /s/ Jim Ingerbritsen
          Name:   Jim Ingerbritsen
          Title:   CFO

 

“TENANT”    

A.J. OSTER WEST, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

 

1-30-09

      By:    /s/ Daniel B. Becker
        Name: Daniel B. Becker
        Title: President
      By:    
        Name:    
        Title:    

Signature page to lease


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Lease as of the day and year first above written.

 

“LANDLORD”    

LA PALMA FLEX L.P.,

a Delaware limited partnership

      By:  

Shidler West Investment Partners, L.P.,

a California limited partnership,

Its General Partner

        By:  

SWIP, Inc.,

a California corporation,

Its General Partner

          By:    
          Name:    
          Title:    

 

‘TENANT”    

A.J. OSTER WEST, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

      By:   /s/ Daniel B. Becker
        Name: Daniel B. Becker
        Title: President, A.J. Oster LLC
                            By:    
      Name:    
      Title:    


EXHIBIT “A”

SITE PLAN

LOGO

 

Exhibit “A”

-1-


EXHIBIT “B”

SAMPLE FORM OF TENANT ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

The undersigned (“Tenant”) hereby certifies to                                                           (“Landlord”), and                              , as follows:

1. Attached hereto is a true, correct and complete copy of that certain Lease dated                          ,          between Landlord and Tenant (the “Lease”), which demises Premises which are located at. The Lease is now in full force and effect and has not been amended, modified or supplemented, except as set forth in Section 6 below.

2. The term of the Lease commenced on                          ,          .

3. The term of the Lease is currently scheduled to expire on                          ,          .

4. Tenant has no option to renew or extend the Term of the Lease except:                                  .

5. Tenant has no preferential right to purchase the Premises.

6. The Lease has: (Initial One)

(    ) not been amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed or assigned.

(    ) been amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed or assigned by the following described agreements, copies of which are attached hereto:                                                               .

7. Tenant has accepted and is now in possession of the Premises and has not sublet, assigned or encumbered the Lease, the Premises or any portion thereof except as follows:                                  .

8. The current Monthly Rent is $                      .

9. The amount of Security Deposit (if any) is $                  . No other security deposits have been made.

10. All rental payments payable by Tenant have been paid in full as or the date hereof. No rent under the Lease has been paid for more than thirty (30) days in advance of its due date.

11. To the best of Tenant’s knowledge, all work required to be performed by Landlord under the Lease has been completed and has been accepted by Tenant, and all tenant improvement allowances have been paid in full except                                  .

12. To the best of Tenant’s knowledge, as of the date hereof, there are no defaults on the part of Landlord or Tenant under the Lease.

13. To the best of Tenant’s knowledge, Tenant has no defense as to its obligations under the Lease and claims no set-off or counterclaim against Landlord except                                  .

14. Tenant has no right to any concession (rental or otherwise) or similar compensation in connection with renting the space it occupies, except                                  and except as expressly provided in the Lease.

15. All insurance required of Tenant under the Lease has been provided by Tenant and all premiums have been paid.

16. There has not been filed by or against Tenant a petition in bankruptcy, voluntary or otherwise, any assignment for the benefit of creditors, any petition seeking reorganization or arrangement under the bankruptcy laws of the United States or any state thereof, or any other action brought pursuant to such bankruptcy laws with respect to Tenant.

17. Tenant pays rent due Landlord under the Lease to Landlord and does not have any knowledge of any other person who has any right to such rents by collateral assignment or otherwise.

EXHIBIT “B”

 

-1-


The foregoing certification is made with the knowledge that                              is about to [fund a loan to Landlord or purchase the Premises from Landlord], and that                                  is relying upon the representations herein made in [funding such loan or purchasing the Premises].

Dated:                      ,          .

 

“TENANT”
By:    
By:    

SAMPLE ONLY (NOT FOR EXECUTION)

EXHIBIT “B”

 

-2-

Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1 of Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc. of our report dated October 28, 2011 relating to the financial statements of Global Brass and Copper Holdings, Inc., which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Chicago, Illinois

January 6, 2012